Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http: //books .google .com/I
^^r
/s-
RAY SOCIETY
c Pu.i/y cart ion . V.I J
INSTITUTED MDCCCXLIV
/U--(ujlX
u ^ *-**-*^-^i^.
REPORTS
ON THE PROGRESS
OF
«■ _ , •
ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY
1841, 1842.
EDINBUBGH
PRINTED FOR THE RAY SOCIETY
MDCCCXLV
* «
PRTNTBO Bt W. H.LISABa, BDINBUBGH.
ADVERTISEMENT.
The principle of establishing Societies for the purpose of
publishing such works, in various departments of literature
and science, as would otherwise be inaccessible, has now
become so generally recognized, as to render any defence
of their institution wholly unnecessary.
^ The Parker, the Camden, the Percy, the Sydenham, and
^^
^ several other Societies, have been formed for the purpose of
,^ supplying a demand for particular kinds of literature, which
**? the ordinary means of publication could not be brought to
«^ meet. Following in the footsteps of these respectable Asso-
^ ciations, the Eay Society recognizes as its object, the easy
^ acquisition of works on Natural History, more particularly in
Zoology and Botany, which, from various circumstances, can-
not be readily procured. In one point, the Eay Society will,
indeed, differ from most, if not all, of those which have pre-
ceded it — ^in the publication, namely, of original modem works,
or memoirs in Natural History, which, from the expense of
their publication and the improbability of a sufficiently exten-
sive sale, would not be undertaken by a publisher at his own
risk, or printed in the transactions of existing Societies. The
Council of the Ray Society are very anxious, that this point
IV ADVERTISEMENT.
should be nnderstood by the members and the public, as they
have no intention of invading the province of the publisher.
According to the present constitution of the Bay Society,
the following are the classes of works which the Council con-
templates being able to supply to the members : — 1. Original
Works in Zoology and Botany. 2. New editions of Standard
Works of established value. 3. Bare Tracts and Manuscripts.
4. Translations of foreign works, ancient and modem. Under
each of these departments the Council has already had sug-
gested to them works for publication, the appearance of which,
they feel confident, will be very acceptable to the members of
the Society, and materially aid in the extension of the sciences
of Zoology and Botany.
In selecting a name for the Society, the Council have felt
«
no difficulty, as every one will recognize the propriety of
designating it after the first of British Naturalists. And in
presenting the first volume to the members of the Society, they
would have gladly rendered it the vehicle of matter having
reference to the labours of Bay ; but, as this has been found
incompatible with the early publication of a volume, they hope
the Beports on the Progress of Zoology and Botany, for the
past few years, will not be deemed an inappropriate commence-
ment of their labours.
CONTENTS.
Fagc
THE STATE OF ZOOLOGY IN EUKOPE,
Bt C. L. BONAPABTB
1-43
Tti Britain ....
4-10
— Sweden ....
10-12
— Denmark ....
12
— Russia ....
12,13
— Prussia ....
. 14-17
— Switzerland
18-20
— Holland
. 20-24
— Belgium . . . . .
24-26
— France ....
26-34
— Spain . . . . .
34
— Portugal ....
34
— Italy ....
35-43
THE PROGRESS OF ZOOLOGY IN 1842
1-348
1. Mammalia, by Prof. Andr. Wagner
3-67
Quadrumana . . . .
17-24
Chiroptera ....
24-28
Insectiyora . . . . .
. 28-33
Camiyora ....
33-37
MarsupiaUa . . . .
38-40
Rodentia ....
40-59
Edentata . . . . .
59,60
Solidungula ....
60,61
Pachydermata . . . .
61, 62
Ruminantia ....
62-67
Cetacea . . . . .
67
Tl
CONTENTS.
2. BiBDS, by Prof. Andr. Wagner
Aocipitres
Passerinie
Clamatores
Zygodadjli
ColmnbiniB
Gallinaoeae
CuTBores
GrallaB
Natatores
3. Rkptilia, by Dr. F. H. Tposchel
Chelonii ....
Saurii ....
Serpentes ....
Batrachia
4. Fishes, by Dr. F. H. Troschel
Acanthopteiygii
Makcopterygii . .
Lophobrancbii
Plectognathi
Cyclostomi
Plagiostomi
Troschel
5. MoLLUscA, by Dr. F. H
Cephalopoda
Pteropoda
Heteropoda
Gasteropoda
Pulmonata
Ptenobranchia
Pomatobranchia
Gynmobranchia
Aspidobranchia
Cyclobranchia .
Tubulibranchia
Cirribranchia
Conchifera
Tunicata .
6. Insects, Arachnida, Crustacea, and Entomostraca,
by Dr. W. F. Erichson
Coleoptera
• •
• •
68-90
74
75-81
81
82-84
85
85,86
86
87,88
88-90
91-99
94
94-96
96-99
99
100-115
105-108
108-114
114
114
115
115
116-149
120
121
121, 122
122-145
122-130
130-142
142
142-144
144
144
145
145
145-149
149
150-279
156-218
CONTENTS. VU
Page
Orthoptera 218-230
Hymenoptera 231-239
Strepsiptera . . 239
Lepidoptera 240^256
Hemiptera 25^2%2
Thysanura 262
Parasita 262
Fossil Insects 263
Arachnida 263-270
AxanesB 264
SolifugaB 265
Opiliones 267
Acari 267^-269
Pycnogonides 270
Crustacea 270
Decapoda 270-274
Stomopoda 274
Ampliipoda 274-276
Isopoda 276
Myriapoda 276, 277
Entomostraca 277-279
PhyUopoda 277
Siphonostoma 278
Cirripedia 279
7. Annblidbs, by Prof. C. Th. V. Siebold . . 280-^289
8. Entozoa, by Prof. C. Th. V. Siebold . . 290-318
Gordiacea 292-298
Nematoidea 298-302
Aoanthocepbala ....... 302
Trematoda 303-313
Cestoidea 313-314
Cystica 314-316
Helminthes, d. g 316
Pseudo-Helminthes 317
9. ECHINODERMATA, ACALEPHA, PoLTPI, and InPUSORIA,
by Prof. C. Th. V. Siebold .... 319-348
Echinodermata 319-530
Acalepb® 330-334
Polypes . 334-343
Foraminifera 343—348
Infosoria 343-348
CONTENTS.
E PROGRE^ OF PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY IN
P««
1841, Bv Db. H. F. Link
1-104
Internal Structure of Planta
4-32
Stems, Leaves, uid Budt ....
R«oto and Tubers
32-57
57, 58
Flowen ......
59,60
A. Parasitei .....
60-68
69-72
B. Lenmacen
72,73
Fems .......
73-77
MoHWa
78.79
LichenM
79,80
Alg«
Fungi .
MonstKMitiea
80-84
84-86
86-91
91-94
Growth — Nutrition .....
94-.fl6
96-100
100-104
OBSERVATIONS
OM THE
STATE OF ZOOLOGY IN EUROPE,
AS REGARDS THE VERTEBRATA.
READ AT THE THIRD MEETING
OF THE ITALIAN CONGRESS OF SCIENCE, FLORENCE, 1841.
BY
CHARLES LUCIAN BONAPARTE,
PRINCE OF CANiNO AND MUSIQNANO.
TRANSLATED FOR THE RAY SOCIETY,
H. E. STRICKLAND, M.A., F.G.S.
OBSERVATIONS
ON THB
STATE OF ZOOLOGY IN EUROPE. Ac.
When it was proposed last year, at the Turin meeting, that
some person should be requested to give an account to the
members, at the ensuing meeting, of the scientific researches
which might be made during the year in all countries, espe-
cially as regarded new discoyeries on subjects relating to the
respectiye sections, I pointed out the great difficulties which
presented themselves, particularly in regard to Zoology. I re-
marked, that expectations would thus be aroused, which could
not be accomplished by a single person, and that any one who
should earnestly and diligently undertake so difficult a task,
might easily incur the criticisms of those, who in particular
departments, were acquainted with details of which he was
unayoidably ignorant. Besides, who could assure himself, that
the work would eyer be fully accomplished ? What security
could be found, that he who undertook it would not be inter-
rupted by the arriyal of the future meeting t It appeared to
me, also, to be more consonant with the independence of our
pursuits, and more conduciye to that spirit of intercommuni-
cation, which is a chief object of our meetings, that eyery
one should use his own priyilege, of informing the members,
of whatever has, to his knowledge, been effected during the
year in those places where literature and science are pursued.
3
4 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
And as each one could append to such a statement his own
ideas, and follow his own views in explaining the subject, the
work would thus be rendered more complete, and no one
would be unduly injured in his own estimation, or discouraged
from joining in this most useful but most extensiye under-
taking.
On further considering the subject, I regretted not to hare
proposed it at Turin, as it would have been in favour of such
a plan, that the many learned members there assembled, might,
by combining their materials, hare erected such an edifice
with great success. Be that as it may, however, by making
use of many books and journals to which I had access, and
also a considerable amount of correspondence, with which
zoologists in most parts of the world have honoured me ; aided
too by the inspection of many museums, during my various
journeys since October last (including a visit to Lyons during
the recent scientific Congress of France), I am enabled to lay
before you such notes on the subject as I could collect, hoping
that you will all be willing to aid in rendering them more
perfect.
BEITAIN.
CoMMENOiNa with Great Britain, I think I ought, before all
others, to make mention of the work to which Gould is de-
voting great study, labour and expense, entitled the ^' Birds
of Australia^'' and for the sake of which he visited Australia
with all his family, and remained there more than two years.
That distinguished zoologist entrusted to me the first number
of his work, that I might present it to this meeting ; a work,
as you all see, truly superb and marvellous, and capable of
adding to a fame which already seemed to have reached its
ultimatum. He showed me about 500 species of Birds, many
among them of wholly new genera, and many others belonging
to genera, which in Europe are very poor in species, such, for
instance, as Plato^lea, Himantopua, and others ; all which he
will figure and illustrate in the truly excellent mode which you
see in the specimen before you, together with an account of
4
IN EUROPE — BRITAIN. S
their manners and habits, from the egg to maturity, and that
too, from a country whence hardly 150 species were before
imperfectly known. Besides those anomalous animals from
Australia, which are already celebrated, you will be interested
in seeing others added, of which we had before no notion. I
will here limit myself to mention two only, the first of which
is the TaUgalla lathami, till now a subject of dispute, as to
whether it was a gallinaceous bird or a vulture. These birds
haye the habit of uniting together in communities, and of col-
lecting, by the aid of their feet alone, rast mounds of yegetable
matter, disposed to fermentation, and prepared for the recep-
tion of their eggs, which in due time they bury at intervals of
a foot, and with the point downwards. Another new bird,
called by Gould, Leipoa ocellata, makes mounds of sand for
the same purpose. There are also two species of Passerine
Birds (Chlamydera, Gould), which form, with marvellous
skill, a gallery, I might rather call it a covered terrace, for the
purpose of walking there and playing with the females, which
terrace one species decorates with shells, the other with feathers
of various colours. Nor has Gould confined himself to Birds,
for while making observations and collections in all the classes,
he has especially attended to the Marsupial animals, of which
he has published an entire series, admirably figured. By the
help of these figures, and the never sufficiently praised re-
searches of the celebrated anatomist Owen, this sub-class of
animals, hardly known a few years since, will be illustrated in
a manner adequate to the singularity of its characters.
The whole class of Mammalia is more efiectually studied in
England than elsewhere, not so much because the museums of
that country are the richest in those animals, as from the fact,
that those zealous naturalists readily undertake long and ex-
pensive journeys, for the sole purpose of verifying the objects
of their studies in the museums of all other nations, and of
cancelling or adopting the species which have been proposed or
suspected, thus rendering more perfect the critical department
of science ; while, on the other hand, allow me to remark, that
continental naturalists, although worse supplied with specimens,
rarely or never visit London with this object. In reference to
5
6 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
MammiferB, not to mention the veil known labours of Bell, and
Uie usefiil resettcheB of the encyclopsedie J. E. Gray, who so
worthily BuperiBtonds the first zool<^cal museum in the world ;
there are, at present, three men who ate earnestly engaged on.
this class in Britain — Martin, Waterhouse, and Ogilby. The
first, if it had not been for tlie unfortunate failure of a pub-
lisher, would probably haTe finished a complete general work
on the Mammalia, the commencement of which, embracing only
the Tarieties of Man and the ShnHdee, forms a luminous sample
of a work worthy of all praise, and leaves in us a lirely and
unhappily insatiable desire for the remainder. Mr. Waterhouse,
who occupies the enviable position of Curator to the Museum
of the Zoological Society of London,* and who founds his
researches upon the structure of the cranium, to which, how-
ever, he perhaps attaches too exclusire an importance, has
given us some excellent monographs, of which I beg to offer as
a specimen to this meeting, that of the Oaleopitlieai, in which
group he establishes, on good grounds, two species. He has
also arranged the Camhiora into new and very natnral
groups, giving his chief attention, however, to the Modentia,
in regard to which we may depend upon his work beii^ most
perfect, as he has promised to figure Oib entire series of this
very intricate order. Of Mr. Ogilby, the worthy secretary of
the same Zool<^cal Society, it is sufficient to allude to the
friendship and renown which he enjoys among men of science.
He spares no exertion to increase his extensive knowledge of
Mammalia, with the view of publishing, in due time, a general
work on species. Meanwhile, he does not cease to pubhsb
memoirs on many questions connected with this subject, espe-
dally on the Suminantia, which he has arranged in a much
more philoso]^cal manner than was before known. And even
those who, like myself, cannot attach so great an importance
to tiie organs of locomotion and of prehension, as he is dis-
[H>sed to do, must admit, that even the abuse of this principle
lias in his hands been beneficial to science. By conversing in
■ Mr. Waterhouw does not now occupj this position, tut he is
•qatiHj well placed for the study of Zoology, a* asaistant-curalor in
ihe British Musenm. — Ed.
IN EUROPE — BRITAIN. 7
London with men of this stamp, and aided especially by the
two last named, I haye remodelled the Catalogue which I have
been for some years compiling, of all the Genera of Mammifers,
and which, with your permission, I propose to read on another
occasion, not doubting that I shall be much aided by your
obseryations on the application of my system to so important a
branch of Zoology. Mr. Jenyns, the well known author of the
Manual of British Vertebrate Animals^ pursues his raried
inyestigations into the small Mammifers of those islands ; and,
in a late excellent memoir, corrects all the errors into which
he had fallen. He has published a new species of Arvicolay
under the expressiye, though not laudable, name of neglecta,
which species I belieye not only to be a good one, but to
occur on the continent also, being nothing else than the true
agrestis of Linnaeus and Nilsson, which has been brought to
light by De Selys Longchamps.
Ornithology flourishes in Britain more than oyer, as is
proyed, not only by the yarious inimitable works of Gould
before spoken of, but by those of Macgilliyray, of Eyton, of
Yarrell, of Jardihe, and of Selby. The two last authors haye
united to resume, after a short interruption, but with increased
energy and improyed execution, their beautiful Illustrations
of Ornithology. If the United Kingdom has to deplore the
irreparable loss of the erudite Vigors, and the far remoyal of
Swainson, who neyertheless may render great sendee to Or-
nithology in New Zealand, it may yet console itself with the
labours of Mr. George Bobert Gray, a worthy brother of the
well known naturalist of that name. This gentleman, haying
laid aside Entomology, seems desirous of applying himself more
strictly to the study of Birds, which are now his special depart-
ment in the British Museum ; and while peacefiilly engaged in
arranging them in the magnificent and splendid gallery, lately
built for them at the national expense, he has not n^lected to
send to press, a second edition of his List of the Genera of
Birds, the first edition of which was already celebrated as
the most complete comparatiye work known on that subject.
He and I mutually satisfied ourselyes on many of the details
of that class: he was also willing to adopt many particulars
7
8 STATE OF zooumr
of my Claesiflcation, so that our final laboitrs will differ but
sli^tly from each other. Great Britain may alao congratu-
late it«elf on another omitholt^st, Mr. Strickland, vho, in
his brief criticiBms on the workg of others, has shown himself
well acquainted with a subject which he proposes to treat of
more at large. JAr. Blyth, the secretary of the Ornithological
Society, has left London to reside in India, at the head of one
of the chief scientific establishments ; a new obserrer will tiius
be added to the Hodgsons, the Sykeses, and others, to inform
us of the Vertebrate Animals of those regions. Macclelland
has published a Paper on the Birds and Quadrupeds of Assam,
on the remote frontiers of China.
Britdn has contributed little or nothing to Erpetolc^ since
the elegant work of Mr. Bell on British Beptiles. I am only
able to mention witb praise, the short descriptions given by
Mr. J. £. Grray, of the most interesting species in the British
Museum, and the not yery successful attempts at the classifica-
tion of the Batraehia by Mr, J. Hogg.
Ichthyology is there continually extended by the labours of
Mr. Tarrell on the Indigenous Fish. Messrs. Thompson, Par-
nell, M'Coy, and others, also continue to describe new species,
without, however, sufficiently studying continental works, iu
consequence of which they occasionally publish as new, species
which are only remarkable as being found for the first time in
that country. Allow me to mention an example of this in
my Torpedo noiiliana, which has been reproduced under two
different names. Sir William Jardine is publishing a magnifi-
cent work on the Salmonida, of which I have recommended
the distribution of prospectuses. Mr. Low is brining before
the pubhc, in a handsome form, the Fish of Madeira, the com*
oarison of which, with those of our seas, will supply some im-
tant information. There are also in Britain other authors,
1, from time to time, make known some of the rare fish,
ught from the numerous colonies of that country. I ought
to pass oyer the iehthyological researches, exhibited in
utiful plates, and carefiilly edited letter-press, by Dr. A.
rth, in his work on the Zool(^ of South Africa, and by
. Darwin, in the Zoology of the Voyt^ of the Beagle, ia
IN EUROPE — BRITAIN. 9
whicli the new species of Birds are illustrated by Gould, the
Fossil Mammalia by Owen, and the existing ones by Water-
house. I cannot, however, refrain from remarking, that Ich-
thyology, and as I said before, Erpetology, are far from being
cultiyated in Britain so fully as the two superior classes of
Vertebrate Zoology.
The United Kingdom is adorned, especially in its manufac-
turing towns, with zoological museums, more or less complete
an^well arranged. There are also formed (and the taste is
on the increase,) viraria of all kinds of animals, in beautifully
situated gardens, at the head of which are the magnificent
Zoological Gardens of London, where we have lately heard of
the birth of a Giraffe, which is being successftdly reared. New
societies which rise in all quarters, and which, being confined
to particular objects, are better adapted than the more com-
prehensive ones, to the making tranquil observations, contri-
bute remarkably to a more perfect knowledge of animal
beings. The extension of zoological science in Britain is
further advanced by the meetings of the British Association,
as may be seen in various periodical journals, which are too
many to enumerate. I will merely mention, that the report of
Mr. Thompson, on the Zoology of Ireland, is a valuable and
lucid essay which faithfully exhibits the subject, and seems to
me worthy of imitation. The union into one of the two best
magazines of natural history, which took place last year, is
chiefly owing to the departure for America of Mr. Charles-
worth, the young editor of one of them.* Science, however,
will be no loser, if by means of the English privileges of im-
partiality and freedom of insertion, the surviving journal con-
tinues to maintain its former reputation. I cannot omit to
mention the importance of the Proceedings of the Zoological
Society^ although they have been so roughly censured by an
eminent author. What shall I say of their Transactions, pub-
lished with so much careful attention and splendour ? Mean-
time, the Transactions of more ancient origin, such as those of
the lannaean, the Wemerian, the Boyal, and other Societies,
* Mr. Charlesworth has since returned, and is now Curator of the
Museum of the York Literary and Philosophical Society. — Ed.
9
10 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
still continue to be published. The Library of Natural His-
tory^ edited by Sir W. Jardine, continues to flourish with the
progress of science ; and among its many merits, I consider
the greatest to be, that it fayours the diffusion of knowledge,
by the low price at which these learned and elegant treatises,
adorned with excellent coloured figures, may be purchased.
This eulogium is fiilly justified by the latest yolumes, including
those of Hamilton Smith on Dogs and Horses, and especially
that of Waterhouse on the Marsupials. The zoological
volumes of the Library of Entertaining Knowledge are no
less deserving of praise, as well as the learned ones of Lard-
ner*8 Cyclop€edia, and the articles scattered, alphabetically^
by the pen of a Broderip, in the widely circulated Penny
Cyclopasdia, which has served as a model to so many similar
works.
SWEDEN.
Sweden has not departed from the station to which Lin-
naBus raised her. In the department of Yertebrata (to which,
as you are aware, I confine this sketch), her eminence is
worthily sustained by Professor Nilsson, who occupies himself
with equal success in all the four classes, and has shown him-
self a complete master of each, in his Fauna Scandinaviea.
This work is unfortunately written in the Swedish language,
which is very unfavourable to the diffusion which it deserves,
and the same is also the case with his other work, the IHu-
minade Figurer till Skandinaviena Fauna, That author has
informed me, that he is also preparing a special work on the
PhocidcB, of which he has carefully studied the specimens pre-
served in the museums of Berlin, London, and Paris. Nor
can I pass by a valuable letter, which he has lately written to
me, in which he clearly proves, that the Lepua timidus of Lin-
n»us, and more particularly the species described in the
Fauna Suecica, is not the common hare of the continent of
Europe, which does not occur in Scandinavia at all, but is
the Lepua variabilis of Pallas, as is clearly shown, by the
phrase oestate cinereus hyeme semper albus, and especially by
10
IN EUROPE — SWEDEN. 11
the character, cavda ahrupta^ semper alba. In that hare,
moreoyer, Nilsson recognises two distinct forms, which I would
regard as two good species, and the rather, because the hares
of different countries seem to me not to have been sufficiently
compared. The same naturalist has recognised six Swedish
species, of that very difficult genus, Le/nrnua or Arvieolay viz.,
— the norwegicvs^ the amphibms, a new species from Lap-
land, which he calls mediua, the arvalis, the rutilus^ and the
glareola. He has also discovered in Scania, the most southern
province of Sweden, the Mus hetulmus of Pallas, which he
clearly proves not to be a Mus^ but to belong, in reality, to
the very distinct genus, Sminthua. Nor ought I to pass over
some facts, from which he advises me to cancel my Scmrus
itaUcus, but which rather confirm the existence of a* species
hitherto mistaken by others. I beg, therefore, the meeting to
test this species, by the very rules which my learned opponent
suggests, referring to the skulls which I here exhibit. A
more just objection is made by him to the criticism of
Temminck, on the shortness of the claws in the Plates 6 and
7 of his Lagopus subaJpitms, a critique which originated in
Temminck not being aware, that the bird changes not only its
feathers but its claws, which last are longest only in winter ; a
provision which adapts it to scratch the hardened snow, just
as the white plumage enables it to remain unobserved by rapa-
cious animals, upon the whitened surface of the ground. The
light thrown by Nilsson on the Ichthyology of the Baltic is
well known ; I will merely mention one of his more recent dis-
coveries, viz., — ^an obscure species of Salmonidce from that
region, and a second species of the Mediterranean genus,
Argentina. In that country also is continued, and now nearly
completed, the purely Iconographic work of Wright, on the
Birds of Sweden. Sundevall also, who has given us an orni-
thological system, abounding in sound science, continues to
publish, in the Swedish periodicals, the descriptions of various
birds of that country. Let us unite in lamenting the death of
the Ichthyologist Fries, and let us be thankful, that his surviv-
ing colleague, Erkstrom, continues in a praiseworthy manner,
the magnificent work on the Fish of Scandinavia, which they
11
12 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
published in common^ and which has already thrown much
light on the Fish of Europe, including eren the southern parts.
And although some errors occur in it, they certainly appear
to arise not from negligence or from wrong yiews, but from
hypercriticism. The continuation of this work is rendered the
more valuable, now that Sundevall has joined in the undertaking,
and the Latin translation which accompanies it will make it
more extensively known.
DENMARK.
Denmark also contributes to the advancement of Zoological
Sciencci It is from thence that Lund departed to South
America, where he has collected a rich harvest of antediluvian
animals. The Transactions also of their Academies testify to
Danish science, as do the writings of Professor Reinwardt,
and among which I ought specially to mention his excellent
description of the celebrated Bogmaro^ a Fish of the genus
Trachypterus ; also the Danish Ichthyology, in course of pub-
lication by Kroyer, who, moreover, has published a Journal
of Natural History since the year 1836.
RUSSIA.
The vast empire of Russia is also powerful in Science, of
which we have an incontrovertible proof, in the honourable
rivahry between the two Academies of Moscow and Petersburg.
Nor let us wonder, that it flourishes under the direction of an
Ouwarow, who gave us a written proof of his great and valuable
interest in the Italian Congress. After the impulse given by
the long desired publication of the Fauna Rossica of Pallas, a
Erynicki, an Eichwald, a M^n^tries, a Brandt, a Nordmann,
strove to reap the well sown field. Of M. Brandt's writings,
I have only seen the first and second parts of his SpicHegia
OmitJiologica, which make me impatient for their continua-
tion, inasmuch as the learning there exhibited, would do honour
12
IN EUROPE — RUSSIA. 13
to countries which boast of being far more ciyilized. The
recent labours of the same author, on the Pelecanidce and the
Alcidce, rival his former writings on the Hystrices and the
Solenodon.
We may here speak of a Russian work, though printed at
Paris in the French language ; the Travels in South Russia
of Prince Demidoff, who after himself directing an expedition
that would do honour to a state, whether we consider the
individuals that composed it, or the measures taken to ensure
the most successful results, has spared no effort to render his
work perfect, accompanied as it is with all the typographic
splendour which the French metropolis supplies. The zoolo-
gical part of the work is wholly from the pen of Nordmann,
who has also superintended the execution of the magnificent
plates, among which those of Mammalia and Fish are specially
to be admired. The text supplies a desideratum in the Euro-
pean Fauna, which was very deficient in its eastern portion ;
and it will, therefore, deserve an attentive examination. Of
the Batrachians no notice is taken, and some orthographical
errors have occurred to me, which sometimes obscure the
sense; as, for instance, the Serpent, called Callopeltis leo-
pardimis, has no other resemblance with Ccelopeltis than that
of the name. Useful observations, however, I need hardly
remark, are deduced from every part of the work, and the two
following have occurred to me in merely turning over the
pages : — ^The Pleuronectea nasutvs of Pallas, is nothing else
than the Sole of Porro (Solea laacaris of Bisso) ; an inspection
of the plate of the Callionymua festwua, has convinced me,
that it is my Callionymus dracunculuSf the fish so called by
Bondeletius and Linnaeus. The especial memoir on the
Pastor roaeus, whose habits were not previously well known,
is deserving of all praise. The observations on the Scales of
Fish, by Professor Mandl, are the more important, because
they serve to correct some misconceptions of Agassiz, although
they are far from weakening his theory on the growth of scales,
which is the foundation of his system of Ichthyology.
13
14 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
PRUSSIA.
Returning from Russia towards Germany, and resting a
while in Prussia, I behold in her capital a museum, which,
in many branches, especially in Ornithology, is the richest in
the world. Its director. Professor lichtenstein, continues to
occupy himself chiefly with Mammalia, and with Monographs
of Aquatic Birds. Wiegmann, the oracle of Erpetology, having
died without publishing his long expected work on Serpents, I
am fortunate in possessing his last words of censure against
those who claiming high authority, make a chaotic confusion
of si)ecies, and his exhortations to their successors to act
otherwise. With his loss, however, we fortunately have not
to regret the cessation of his most precious Archiv fiir Natur-
geschictej as Professor Erichson will devote himself with equal
attention and diligence to that publication. And if the Me-
moirs of Nathusius on the Sorices, of Keyserling and Blasius
on the VespertilionioUBj of Erohn on the Metamorphoses and
Generation of the Sygnathi and Hippocampi, and of Bur-
meister on the Corneous Integuments of the Tarsi of Passerine
Birds, which Aimish a good method for their classification,
sufficed to raise that journal to great renown, the no less
valuable labours of its present editor, which are there em-
bodied, will equally maintain its reputation. This author is
chiefly devoted to the Invertehrata, while in regard to Ver-
tebrata, it will suffice to mention the valuable treatise of
Wagner on the Rodentia. Muller and Henle, names which
are inseparable, whether they treat of profound anatomical
doctrines, or of the right determination of distinct species of
Fish, have completed their work on the Plagiostomi, of which
the second and concluding fasciculus, that which treats of the
RaiicUB, yields in no respect to that on the Squalidce, which
has been so universally admired. Henle, moreover, has pub-
lished independently an important Memoir on the Lingual Ap-
paratus of Reptiles, compared anatomically. The posthumous
work of Nitzsch, entitled Pterologia, is continued to be pub-
lished, and unquestionably supplies new means for classifying
14
IN EUROPE — PRUSSIA. 15
birds. The Acta Natures OurioBorum speak for themselres,
as do the writings of the various professors of Bonn, and those
of the celebrated Prince Maximilian of Wied, from whom we
have, besides the descriptions of two most interesting species
of Rodentiay two new species of North American birds, Zona-
trichia comatay Wied, in the FringillincB, and Oymnorhinus
cyanocephalus in the GarruUnoB^ the last of which forms
a distinct genus, to which I feel bound to propose the name
of Cyanocephalus as generic, the name giyen by the author
haying been preyiously occupied.
Gloger has lately added to his many zoological works, an
European Ornithology ^ deserving of high praise, of which we
are expecting to receive the concluding volume. This author
pushes, to an undue extent, the mania for restricting species,
a useful but often dangerous tendency, and not unfrequently
fallacious, an instance of which is furnished, among others,
by the triumph of our countryman, Savi, respecting the
Sorea etruacua, in which it were desirable that he had exer-
cised more moderation. Directly opposed to Gloger, is the
well known Brehm, who continues to multiply species ad in-
fimtvm, and not content with those which he has already
created, he re-examines them daily, to extract from their
ranks one or more new ones, a practice as you know already
sufficiently exposed. The reader, however, who neglects to
study this work, will deprive himself of many philosophical
views, which indeed are not always able to emerge from the
reality of facts without the aid of fancy. Whoever may have
an opportunity of visiting Brehm, in his house, will admire a
vast collection of birds, living and dead, in skeletons, models,
and drawings. We might well say, that no one has studied
the habits of birds more than Brehm, were it not for the
Naumanns, which family for three generations has occupied
itself with this curious and useM branch of natural history.
So warm is their zeal, that they have constrained Nature,
in order to procure and render familiar the winged tribes ; one
spot they have clothed with forests, another they have converted
into a marsh; they have turned aside rivulets, and reared
plantations of various foreign trees ; not to mention the new
15
16 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
kinds of bird-lime, the new nets and the new cages, which they
haye inyented and constructed. The present Naumann, after
collecting and sifting the knowledge of his predecessors, and
perfecting it by means of the growing light of the a^, is now
completing the last yolume of a work, which excels all others
of the same class, no less in the completeness of the text, than
in the accuracy of the plates.
Proceeding to visit Northern Germany, we meet with Messrs.
Blasius and Eeyserling, who after haying employed themselyes
on a Monograph of the European VespertilionidcB, haye un-
dertaken to giye a descriptiye Catalogue of the Vertebrata of
that portion of the world, a most useftd task indeed, but of
which I will not now speak in detail, as the questions on which
I differ from those authors will be sufficiently elucidated when
my work on the same subject is published. The descriptions
of the Mammalia and Birds are already issued, and those of the
Beptiles and Fish are anxiously expected. In Frankfort on the
Main, Dr. Biippell, now deserted by Professor Cretzschmaer,
who seems to haye bidden farewell to our science, has com-
pleted the ample yolume of his Fauna von Abyssinien. We
haye also, from the same author several monographs, one on
Ceblepyris, another on the Swans (among which he enumerates,
to my surprise, the Cairina moschata), and he promises to
publish others.
Southern Germany beholds new works published daily, but
not of such importance, since the deaths of Spix, Wagler, and
Michahelles. The supplements to the work of Schreibers on
Mammifers are still continued. Besides the great work pub-
lished at Darmstadt, I have received a periodical publication
on the Birds of Europe, by Susemilh, which will now acquire
fame, from the care bestowed on it by the celebrated Schlegel.
There is also a treatise by F. Berge, on the Propagation of
Birds, containing figures of their eggs. Some articles on
Zoology occur in the Journal of Dr. Bohatzsch, published at
Munich. The celebrated Tiedemann, by studying daily the
brains of animals, and by weighing, measuring, and analysing
them in every way, has succeeded in distinguishing the species
even when closely allied, more especially of the Q^adru7nana
16
IN EUROPE — SOUTHERN GERMANY. 17
and Camiuoray by the drcumyolutions of the brain. He is now
preparing to publish a magnificent work, with plates, repre-
senting particularly the brains of the FeUdce^ from which we
may expect some important principles for future researches on
the Animal Kingdom.
At Vienna, Natterer haying returned from a lengthened
sojourn of sixteen years in Brazil, has brought with him, as
is said, the largest collection of Brazilian Birds hitherto
known, amounting to more than a thousand species ; and we
cannot therefore be sufficiently urgent, that he will soon de-
cide on making them known. Nor has he confined himself
to collecting Ornithology only, since we frequently see remark-
able animals of other classes published, which are said to be
the fruit of his expedition. Among these I will merely men-
tion the famous Lepidosiren^ the description of which he
entrusted to Fitzinger, who, as well as Bischoff and others,
belieyed it to be the last link of the Batrachians, although
furnished with scales, whilst I, persuaded by the profound
anatomical researches of Owen, do not hesitate to class it
with Fishes.
Fitzinger, from whom we expect researches of still greater
interest, continues to issue detached memoirs, which are always
of yalue, such as that on Crocodiles in the Annalen dee Wiener
Muaeuma der Naturgeschicte, a work which, I regret to say,
is no longer published. In these Annals, the famous Heckel,
the curator of the ichthyological portion of the Vienna Mu-
seum, and the inyentor of a yery useful instrument, which he
calls an Ichthyometer, for the measurement of fish (which being
thus defined by certain formulaa, may be drawn without seeing
them), has published yarious memoirs which emulate each othw
in merit. He sent me seyeral new genera, accurately defined,
that I might include them in my writings on fish ; and more
recently, he has informed me of a new inhabitant of the fresh
waters of eastern Europe, which he calls Aulopyge^ most re-
markable for haying the anal fin perforated, and also for its
affinity to the Anoiblepa of South America.
17 B
18 St ATE OP ZOOLOGY
SWITZERLAND.
An humble eottage in Switzerland was the cradle of Scientific
Congresses, which Italy now beholds in gilded marble saloons,
thanks to the love of science which certain of her princes ex-
hibit, on these occasions especially, as an example to others.
It was there that these Congresses were founded by the worthy
GK>sse, whose accomplished son honours this meeting with his
presence, and from them the celebrated Oken originated those
of Germany, from which, rather than from the later Associa-
tions of France and Britain, you are well aware that our
Congresses are modelled. The annual recurrence of these
meetings in the Swiss Bepublic, proyes abundantly, that no
other country of the world includes so many men of science in
so small an area. Another proof of it is to be found in the
various collections of Academical Memoirs, among which the
most distinguished in the present year are, the Transactions
of the Helyetic Society, and the Mmioires de la Societe dee
Sdencea Natarellea de Neufchatel. Neufchatel is a comer of
the world, illuminated by the presence of an Agassiz ; of that
Agassiz, who, in the morning of his life, launched into such
reputation, that the Academies of Rome, of Paris, of London,
of Petersburg, of America, strove to enrol him among their
members. He continues with success his great work on Fossil
Fish, and has at last issued the first specimens of that other
magnificent work on the Fresh-water Fish of Central Europe,
the plates of which, illuminated in water colours, and silvered
in a manner entirely new, surpass in truth and splendour every
other work of a similar description. It was fortunate for him,
that the British Congress preceded that of Turin (to which, as
you are aware, he communicated a most important letter re-
specting Italian fossils), as he was well repaid with interesting
observaticms made in richer regions, and in the fame which he
earned, by proving that all the surface of the British Islands
had once been covered with perpetual ice; although his fa-
tiguing exertions and the rigour of the climate injured his
health, so that being unfitted for profound study, and having
IS
IN EUROPE — SWITZERLAND. 19
fallen into a nerrous state, he reposed unwillingly for some
months. In the midst of this repose howeyer, he employed
himself usefully in compiling a uniyersal Nomenclator of all
the Genera of the Animal Kingdom, for which vast work he
has collected more than 17,000 words, of which already more
than 700 hare proved to he used in duplicate. To render more
perfect this well-conceiTed undertaking, he has resolyed to
submit the respectiye classes to those who are more especially
devoted to one or other of them; and he has done me the
honour of requesting my revision of the ornithological portion,
in which he has already collected 1700 genera, to be followed
by the Ichthyology which I have also in hand. I now exhibit
to the section a slight specimen of this work. This learned
naturalist intended to have spent the summer among the moun-
tains in his vicinity, then to publish another part of his Poia-
sons FossUes^ and then to anticipate the arrival of this
Congress, being desirous of first visiting with me the Maritime
Alps ; but the projects which he meditated were interrupted
by the unfortunate episode of his illness. Under such a man
who can doubt of the daily advancement of the Neufchatd
Museum, patronised as it is by the patriotic feeling of those
learned dtizena, and assisted by M. Goulon? Greneva, that
focos <^ civilization, is not confined to sheltering illustrioufif
botanists ; once the abode of the two. Decandolles, of Duby, of
Moricand, and others, she now boasts of a Fictet, who, not
content with the fame which be aDqmrod by the study of In-
sects, has now given us eKeelle^it illustrfutions of new Verte*
bratay preserved in the flourishing museum of that city. The
oriental plague in Syria has carried off Dr. Otth, the pride of
Berne, whece idly repose his colled^ons and precious manu-
scripts, which, in a less, turbulent and mpre studious city of
Switzeriand, would have been aj]*eady publi^ed, as a rare
treat to the cultivators of natural science. All Switzerland is
peopled with active naturalists and adorned with museums. I
will rest a moment at Zurich, where the Saxon, Okeai has hifif
peaceful abode, and continues to edit the Isis, perhaps the
most scientific journal of natural hist<M7, not in Germany
merely, but in the whole world. He has lately finished his
19
20 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
great philosophical work on the whole of natural history, in
which he has developed new and lofty theories, which, if to
some they appear rather extravagant, are admitted hy all to
he most ingenious. There are none of us who do not regret
the absence of a man to whom literature and science are so
much indebted. Zurich may also boast of haying given birth
to that unwearied compiler. Professor Schinz, who has this
year published a work on the Vertebrata of Europe, not in-
deed very well digested, and void of criticism, yet very useful,
as containing every species, though they may be derived from
books rather than from nature.
HOLLAND.
The natural sciences flourish at present in Holland more than
ever. This is shown by numerous publications, written, for
the most part, in a language which is scarcely or not at all
familiar to the generality ; and by the prizes offered for the
solution of certain questions, a specimen of which you have in
the programme, which I now lay before you, of the Society of
Science at Haerlem, a society to which I am proud to belong,
and to be its representative on this occasion. The last volume of
the Transactions of this Society, just now published, contains,
among other papers, two, which, though foreign to Zoology,
are of such importance, that I will here mention them, in order
to make them known in Italy. One is by Herr Eeitzing of
Nordhausen, in Prussia, on the Metamorphoses of certain
A IffCB, and their development into plants of a higher organization ;
the other is by the celebrated Martins of Erlang, on the fecun-
dation of vegetables. The richness of the museums of Holland
has become proverbial, but they all are eclipsed by the national
collection at Leyden, which, under the direction of a Tem-
minck, aided by a Schlegel, a De Hahn, and a Beinwardt, has
acquired a lustre, which equals, and even surpasses the most
celebrated ones hitherto formed. Wonderful, above all, is the
collection of skeletons, which is such, that no one can hence-
forth adequately treat of Zoosteology, without first having
20
IN EUROPE — HOLLAND. 21
recourse to this maryellous depository. In the court yards of
this museum lires the gigantic American Salamandride, which
in consequence of the decided opinion of those professors as to
its being a true Salamander, it fell to my lot to call Sieboldia ;
a name which it has been afterwards yainly attempted to change
into Megahbatrachus, and more recently (therefore less ex-
cusably) into Cryptobranchtis ; but I shall the more earnestly
insist on the former appellation, because it commemorates the
famous Dr. Siebold, who brought this Amphibian all the way
from Japan, with other most interesting curiosities.
Temminck has concluded the series of his Planches Goto-
rieesy forming a sequel to those of Buffon, and accompanied
by an index which has hardly equalled expectation. He has
also completed the fourth yolume of his Manuel cCOmitho^
loffiey which had been long expected, and in which is included
a supplement to the preceding yolumes, and a considerable
number of species, either wholly unpublished, or new to the
European fauna. A good work, on the Birds of this quarter
of the globe, would hare been much less imperiously wanted,
if Temminck's Mantiel d*Omithologie, praised as it has been,
especially in France, had been improved in its classification,
its style, its arrangement of the descriptions (which, however,
are yery characteristic), and its notices of habits. The same
naturalist has resumed, after a long interval, his very useful
Monographs of Mammalia, among which the most anxiously
expected was that intended to clear up the genus Vespertilio^
more especially as the publication of his researches on these
animals had been retarded more than twenty years. As long
ago as 1830, I remarked in my Oeservazioni aulla seeonda
edizione del Regno Animale del Cuvier, '* I shall abstain from
saying more on the Ghiroptera (of America) to which I at one
time gave my attention, but afterwards entrusted the specimens
which I had collected to the learned Temminck, who is in a
position to make a better use of them than I can do." We
may therefore conclude, that he has devoted very little time
to this subject during these twenty years, for notwithstanding
his inunense materials, and the aid which he has received from
every side, the work would have afforded us but little light if
21
22 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
its drfects had been less prominent. Pennit me, therefore, to
mention a few of these points, especially as it is an opinion
which I hare elsewhere maintained, that to correct the errors
of eminent writers is the most effoctnal means to adrance
sdence, while the great yeneratioa which is entertained tor
Tenuninck, and his ex cathedrd tone, tiay ih some cases
prove fatal to truth. Not to enter on the discusrion of classi-
fications and the limitations of groups, which are matters of
abstract opinion, I will here only remark upon ^edes, which
beyond all doubt, are matters of fact. His Vespertilio bra-
ehyotu8^ BailK, is nothing else than the V. pipiatrellue. The
Vespertilio sehreihersi is perhaps the same with Miniopteru8
ursinii of my Fauna Italica^ in the description of which he
.considered that the account of the teeth was wanting (of
which, on the contrary, I gaye a most minute description).
This arose from his not knowing the proper place to seek it,
for I haying giyen these characters under the genus, could not
repeat them under the species. The Vespertilio limnopkilus
published by him as new in Plate 48. of the work, is the Fe*-
pertiUo dasycnemus of Boi^. In regard to the two European
species of Plecotus (a most excellent genus, notwithstanding
his facetious remarks, now that it is restricted within due
limits), he would haye done much better to omit my aiurikta
and my brevtmamts, rath^ than the aiiritus and the camutue
of Faber, which are all one. It is true, that my brevimanu»
is diflfwent from that of Jenyns, which Temminck, with good
reason, regards as the young of the auritus. He did not per-
ceiye, and I therefore announce it the more readily, tltat my
VespertiUo emarginatus^ of which he says my figulie represents
it exactly, is in fact the V, nattereri^ which I haye recently
discovered also at Sestri. Possibly, there occurred to Tem-
minck (whose figure is evidently copied from that of 6eoffi*oy),
that which I confess happened to myself, the failing to recog-
nise the true emarginaius in the Paris Museum, where I
made the strictest search in company with Isidore Geofiroy
St. Hilaire, son of the founder of the species, which I would
gladly have recovered, as thie name of emarginatus ought to
be retained for the species of Bat described by him. His
22
IN EUROPE — ^HOLLAND. 23
Veapertilio megapodms is evidently my capaccinii, of which I
may add, that the Ve^ertilio dasypvs, of the Turin Museum, is
a synonyme. As I now wish to raise this species to the dignity
of a genus, I shall call it Capa^nius megapodms, being oyer
desirous of honouring a most worthy prelate, whom I would
gladly see sitting where he delights to sustain the honour of
Roman learning, especially in our assemblies. The Vesper^
tilio kum^ralis is not a good species, but only a yariety of
mystacinus. The Vispistrellus is nothing else than the Vesper*
tilio kuhli. And here we may remark, that Sayi will lose this
as well as others of his species, as among Birds he loses his
Emheriza palnstris, which is identical with the Emheriza
pyrrhuloidea of Pallas. Another more magnificent and more
recent work, which is also under the direction of Temminck,
and does great honour to the typography and calchography
of Holland, are the Illustrations of the island of Java; the
last number of which contains a most interesting new genus of
Marsupial. Schlegel continues his coloured representations of
Amphibia, of which I have just receiyed the fourth fasciculus,
containing, among other things, the figures of many Salaman-
dridcBy among which I rejoice to see figured the celebrated Pleu-
rodeles, which I strongly recommended to the scalpel of our
countryman, Busconi, and which is accurately drawn with the
very sharp ribs projecting beyond the skin. I cannot, however,
abstain from expressing my regret, at seeing there repeated,
among the Italian Salamanders, those words introduced equi-
vocally, and now admitted to be erroneous, ^' video m^liora
proboqtie, deteriora sequor^ It is superfluous to say, that
in his own mod^n writings, Schlegel continues to increase
that spirit of ultra reunion, which I need not have alluded to,
if that fatal school had not invaded our own country. It is a
mischievous inconsistency in his principles, that while restrict-
ing species, he yet multiplies their names, by giving a new
term to the species which embraces the former ones ; a fatality
which persecutes Zoology I And to say the truth, the daz-
zling style of Schlegel, the confidence with which he lays down
his own opinion, often indeed a just, and never a trifling one,
frequently induce the reader to despise the object which he
23
24 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
attacka. This is not the place to bring forward the manj
errors of fact, contained in his fascinating chapter on the
geographical distribution of the Ophidia, which I shall do on
another occasion, with the respect which is due to such a man,
and to so great a personal friend ; who has now implied him-
self, and I see the announcement with joy, to a work on the
Cetaceay which will certainly throw light on a subject, which
notwithstanding the recent labours of F. Cuyier and of Lesson,
is still very obscure.
BELGIUM.
TuRNiNQ towards Belgium, we find, that when she separated
from Holland, she carried with her her due share of literary
fame. My friend Cantraine, who was of such service to Tem-
minck and to the Leyden Museum, now worthily occupies the
chair of Natural History in the Uniyersity of Ghent, and
although he prefers the study of Molluaea^ in which he has
produced several descriptive and anatomical works, and is
preparing others, he is also successfully occupied with Verte-
hrata ; and among his other writings, has published an excel-
lent Memoir on the Fish Ruivettua of SicUy and of Madeira.
The Memoirea de VAcademie Royale des Sciences de Brux-
elleSy afford us not a few papers of much value, among which
I will notice a Monograph of the Dolphins with plates, a sub-
ject, as all know, that supplies a desideratum in science, very
little being known of these fish-like animals so renowned in
fable. This work we owe to M. Wesmael, who is also known
for his entomological papers, especially that on the Instinct of
Insects. The researches in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy
by Wambeem, in the same Transactions, deserve honourable
mention, though they relate principally to Mollusca.
The zoological labours of the active spirit of Dumortier
are also well known, especially those on the crania of Orang-
outangs, and the philosophical inductions which he draws
from them. He only admits one species of these animals, not-
withstanding the diversity in the cranium, which sometimes
24
IN EUROPE — BELGIUM. 25
.exhibits d. simple fronto-parieto-occipital crest, and sometimes
presents it of enormous size and doable. He shows, that the
Simla resembles Man in regard to its structure when young,
and gradually becomes less human as it grows older, while
Man, the older he grows, by the wisdom which he acquires,
approaches always more, and more to God. Science is also
not a little indebted to another Belgian legislator, the active
secretary of the Chamber, Baron Dubus, who has giren us
many descriptions of new species of Birds, and haying now dis-
tributed them into decades, is about to publish figures of them.
Anatomical researches on Man and Animals are daily extended
by M. Burgraeye, whose anatomical and physiological museum
attracts the admiration of strangers. The uninterrupted re-
eearches oi the celebrated astronomer, Quetelet, on Social
PhyaieSy or in other words, the natural history of Man, in-
cluding his circulation, physical deyelopment, &c., must not be
forgotten, as they will lead to admirable results. But the most
Jealous and meritorious of the zoologists of Belgium, whence
he diffuses his knowledge to more extended regions, is M. de
iSelys Longchamps, whose affability and learning the sayants
of Italy had an opportunity of appreciating at the Congress
t)f Turin. Without speaking of his writings on the LibellaUB^
which do not fall within our scope, I will commemorate his
well known Etudes de Micramammalogie, which will throw so
much light on the genera Mua and Arvicola^ not to mention
his Catalogue of the Mammifers of Europe. He is now extend-
ing his researches to the genus VespertiliOy and to the yery
intricate fresh-water Fish of his country, among which he
describes thirty species of C^mnidoe. I haye lately received
from him a valuable letter, in which he admirably establishes
the differences between the much confused Vespertilio nat-
tererij emarginatuSj mystacmvs^ d/mbenton% and douycfie-
mu8y for which he has laid down excellent characters ; and
he promises me perfect specimens, which I hope to receive
in time to lay before this section, as he will be prevented
from attending in person. All these undertakings are only a
prelude to his greater work, the Faune Beige, which we are
daily expecting. For the absence from this meeting of those
25
26 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
eminent Belgians, we are abundantly recompensed, by the
presence of Professor Morren, whom we all esteem as excelling
in many branches of natural science, an actiye promoter of
useful discussions, and admirably chosen by his wise king and
by the Academy of Brussels, to represent the science of
that learned and industrious nation.
FRANCE.
It cannot be doubted, that France preserres her ancient
scientific renown, notwithstanding the petulance of those who
would wish to detract from it. Paris is eyer the great c^itre
of attraction, wherefore the attempts of those persons are most
praUeworthy, who endeavour to transfer a portion of the light
of science from this absorbing focus, to the rays and circumfe^
rence of the circle, a tendency which we perceive in the annual
Congresses, and in the recent establishment of the Provincial
Institute, which now has its abode at Mans. There are
founded also, in every region of France, new museums and
schools, while the old ones are increased and adorned on every
side. Bordeaux has, for many years, boasted of her lannsean
Society; she may now be proud of the " Actes'' of that
society, and of the museum lately entrusted to the care of
Gachet. Marseilles daily enlarges her museum, and especially
enriches it with specimens from AMca ; thanks to the care of
the indefatigable Barthelemy de la Pommeraye, who honours
this meeting by representing his country, and who is the
possessor of many new species, two of which, very interesting
from their resemblance to their European congeners, I have
described in the Revue Zoologique. Avignon too boasts, that
amidst her turretted walls rises a museum, which, with many
otiher philanthropic institutions, she owes to the care of her
deservii^ citizen Bequien. Aries, the birthplace of Laugier,
the sharer of Temminck's labours, although it no longer
possesses the celebrated collection which served as a ground-
work for the Planches Calorie^, still retains a respectable
museum, which is especially rich in the products of that French
26
IN EUROPE — FRANCE. 27
Africa, La Orau, Nismes boasts not only of an interesting
^nerd collection, but a special one of the Ornithology of the
Department of Gard. Montpellier has not fallen from her
ancient fame, and though in the branch of science which now
concerns us, she has lost a Dug€s, she yet contains several
scientific men, including Professor Lallemand, whom we hare
seen amongst us, and from whom we have some yaluable
obserrations on the supposed spermatic Animalcules. Stras-
burg, a city that shares in the adrantages of France and of
Germany, desenredly selected as the seat of the tenth scientific
Congress of France, possesses a museum which has long been
celebrated, as well tar the professors which formerly adorned
it, as for those which adorn it still, of whom we haye an
eminent example in our colleague M. F^e. Metz, happily
situated on that Moselle, which was long since celebrated by
the lyre of Ausonius, boasts of two faunas in its department,
one preferable to the other. Bochefort is the abode of Lesson,
who is oyer influenced by that tendency of strong minds to
attempt too much; and if we might express a wish in his
behalf, it would be, that he might be enabled to appear to
more adyantage, by residing in cities better supplied with books
and cabinets. His last work treats of Man and the SimioB*
The scientific journals are often adorned with his papers, or
extracts from them. M. Allard, at Montbrisson, attracts the
attention of naturalists, by his collection of the three kingdoms
of nature, which recdyes daily additions and improyements.
The nucleus of this collection, was that of Baron Feutrier,
which still preseryes objects possessed by the fiamous Bufibn.
Not to be unduly prolix, I confine myself to Normandy, in
which not only the ancient capital Bouen, but the learned
city of Caen, and eyen the little Falaise, are decorated with
Scientific Societies, Transactions^ and Museums. That of
Bouen is worthily presided over by Professor Pouchet, author
of a Treatise on Botany, and of an equally yaluable one on
Zoology, of which the second and improved edition has been
published in the present year; the only work hitherto in
which the doctrines of his celebrated master, Blainyille, are
adequately developed. A devoted friend to this institution,
27
28 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
Pouchet, would have come amongst us three years since, had
not a defect in his hearing induced him rather to await at his
abode for the volumes of our Transactions. Caen has to boast
of Professor Desjardins, of Brebisson, and of M. Caumont,
the founder of Scientific Congresses in France. In Falaise
resides the most practised ornithologist of France, the Baron
de Lafiresnaye, worthily connected with the family of Buffon.
His classification, founded chiefly on the Habits of Birds, is
the work which most particularly distinguishes him.
After the death of Cuyier, the sceptre of Zoology, which was
disputed with him by Geoffroy St. Hilaire, passed into the
hands of that family, which, in right of succession, is likely
long to retain it. Paris will be indebted to the young Geofiroy
for improred arrangements in her museums, which, in the
ornithological branch especially, by no means equalled the
expectation of excellence, which, in so great a metropolis, we
were lustified in entertaining. This eminent naturalist, far
from being wearied with so'many laborious and nsefnl on-
dertakings, is now preparing a work which will serve as a
continuation to the great iconographic publication of his father
and Frederic Cuyier, holding out to us also the prospect, at
some future time, of a general Species of Mammifers.
I want words to praise, in adequate terms, the learned and
magnificent work of M. Ducrotay de Blainville, another suc-
cessftd rival to Cuvier, which is the result of forty years of
unwearied study. In truth, I know not whether most to praise
the excellence of the descriptive portion, or the erudition
which accompanies the history of science in each department.
May we be allowed, however, to wish for a more rigid deter-
mination of species in this work ? May we venture to say,
that in order to avoid too great a multiplicity of genera, he
forms some which are wholly inadmissible? It cannot be
denied, that he ^s unacquainted with many species, especially
of VeapertilionidcB. 1 may also add, that he has not weighed
with much diligence, the characters of several of the genera
which he has himself cancelled ; such, for instance, as those
which he incorporates with his Suhursus^ a word constructed
to suit a theory, and certainly not an acceptable one. Among
28
^
IN EUROPE — FRANCE. 29
his scholars, and among those who assist him, the most dis^
tingoished is M. Geryais, already well known by several useful
memoirs.
The famous Professor Dumeril does not cease from his
learned and successful studies. In compiling his uniyersal
Species of Amphibia^ he entrusted a part of the labour to
M. Bibron, who, it is only justice to say, has exceeded the ex*
pectation of all the cultiyators of science, and especially that
of his colleague. This distinguished young man, not honoured
as yet with chairs or titles, nor enriched by well earned and
profitable rewards, will ere long be esteemed one of the first
zoologists of France. It is beautifol to obserre how at erery
step of the publication of the Erpetologie Oemrale, the orders
there treated of continually improye, as their arrangement
proceeds in his hands at the Jardin dee Plantes. These two
naturalists are now turning their attention to Serpents, which
will .be comprised in two yolumes ; the publication of the Ba-
trtxchia, which form the concluding yolume of the work, being
now anticipated.
I may here allude to that most useful undertaking of the
publisher Boret (the worthy editor of the collection of Man-
uels), who imder the title of Suites d Buffon, a name which
carries great weight in France, like that of Galepinus in Italy,
is publishing a series of excellent treatises on the different
branches of natural history. I regret, that this is not the place
to speak of those on the Invertehrataj and will only remark,
that since the death of Desmarest, to whom he had entrusted
the class of Fish, the selection of his successor will become a
matter of general interest. Three plans would suit me if I
were in the position of that editor : — ^First, to contriye by all
means, that the work should be undertaken by Agassiz, who,
it cannot be doubted, would render it noyel and important
in eyery aspect; , secondly, that MM. Dumeril and Bibron,
should apply to Fish the same energy and acumen which they
haye shown in treating of Beptiles, in which case eyery one
might guarantee the yalue of their labours ; or, thirdly, if
neither of these two plans were practicable, to entrust it to
the ichthyologist of the day, M. Valenciennes, eyen though
29
30 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
he should only give us a second and improved edition of that
truly excellent work, which he had the honour to commence,
in conjunction with the great master Guyier, and which he
has now for some years continued alone. This work has now
passed the fifteenth volume, and notwithstanding some slight
defects, is undeniahly heautifiil and useAil in every way,
although the author finds himself tied down to the somewhat
antiquated system of the before mentioned master. All the
other writings of Valenciennes are equally to be praised, and
especially the ichthyologic portion of the distinguished work
of MM. Webb and BerthoUet on the Canary Islands. To
whom shall a chair be given if not to him ? It were better for
science had he been elected to the Chair of Ichthyology rather
than of Malacology, a subject which he ever strives, and suc-
cessfully, to overtake. The cultivators of sdence are them-
selves subject to malignant stars, and no one experienced them
more than that esti^nable friend of Cuvier and Humboldt. Milne
Edwards, the last fortunate rival of Valenciennes in the elec-
tion to the Institute, is ever the chief zoological contributor
to the Annales des Sdencea Naturelles. He has published
ElSmens de Zoologie, but the lower animals seem more
particularly to attract his studious inquiries.
M. A. D'Orbigny continues the fine zoological illustrations
to his Voyage dans FAnierigne Meridianale, in which he has
announced so many new species. His not less- able brother,
with other learned coadjutors, has undertaken a new Diction-
naire d^Histoire NatureUe, the two first volumes of which
excite favourable hopes. I now lay before you some plates of
this work, accurately coloured, by which you may judge of their
inimitable high finish, although the work is of a popular nature
and moderate price. There has also been published at Paris,
a Supplement, rendered necessary by the lapse of time, to th^
great Dictionnaire dee Sciences Naturelles, which the articled
by Blainville suffice to render precious. The Armalea.du Muh-
9mnk dHistoire NaMrelU are published firom time to time,
and are not unworthy of the great collection of mepoirs t9
whidi they form a sequel. Tl^ Remie Zoologique de la
Society Cuvieriemie, edited by Guerin, has now acquired, an
30
IN EUROPE — FRANCE. 31
European fame and use, no less than the rery comprehensiye
Miigaaia de Zoologie of the same author. The Comptes
Rendus de T Institute the journal of the same name (Vlnatitut)^
which speaks not only of the French scientific bodies, but of
those of the whole world, Mid the Eco du Mond Savant^ are
so many sonorous trumpets, which proclaim from Paris the
progress of the natural sciences.
M. Bourjeaud de St. Hilaire has giyen us a new yolume on
Parrots, being a continuation of those of Le Yaillant, much
inferior, indeed, to that of the English artist Lear, yet not
wholly deprired of merit. The celebrated Mademoiselle Pau-
line de CourceUes, now Madame Enip, has commenced, with
the literary aid of M. Florent Prevost, a writer not sufficiently
actiye in following the rapidity of her pencil, a new series of
Pigeons, not comprised in her former work, the text of which
was written by M. Temminck, and of which a second edition is
publishing at the same time, as appears by the prospectus
which I haye laid before you. I should neyer end, were I to
enumerate all the zoological undertakings, and all the zoolo-
gists of eminence who adorn the French capital ; I therefore
take leaye of them, briefly alluding to Prince Massena, whose
rich zoological collections, we hope, will ere long be made
pubUc. The entomologists Dejean and Boisduyal, Eiener,
profoundly occupied with his IconograpMe des CoquilleSj the
encydopsddic Bory de St. Vincent, who is now at the head of
a scientific expedition, exploring Algiers (whence we may
expect a work of not less interest than the magnificent ones
on Egypt and the Morea, gained for science by the arms of
France, or than those others which were the fruit of the
yarious yoyages round the world, of a Freycinet, a D'Uryille,
and others), do not permit me to leaye Paris without at least
mentioning their names.
What shall I say of Lyons J The ninth Scientific Congress
of France, there assembled from the 1st to the 12th of the
present month, and at which I proposed to myself the honour
of attencBng, did not giye me the opportunity of reVisiting this
illustrious city ; but I was consoled, by reflecting how much
the clergy of that and other dioceses abound with zealous
31
32 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
Cttltiyators of natural science, and how the co-operation, and
occasional presence, of that eminent Archbishop, the Cardinal
Bonald, placed in the station of Albo, the first Honorary
President, would add to the splendour of those meetings ; in
which it is daily becoming more fit that the ministers of the
sanctuary should take an active part, inasmuch as they lead by
a more or less direct path from yisible to inyisible wonders^
and by the ministry of the first-bom daughter of God they
pay homage to the Maker and Founder of all things. But the
volume of Transactions of that most numerous Congress, which
is now in the press, will at once give a full account of the state
of natural science, and of the ever increasing splendour of the
scientific establishments of the second city of France. In what
more particularly relates to Zoology, and especially to Yerte-
brata, the Abb^ Croizet, who supplied to Cuvier, to Blainville,
and others, so many fossils of his native Auvergne, and who is
himself well acquainted with these objects, not only filled with
much honour the office of President of the combined sections
of Zoology, Botany and Mineralogy^ but exhibited many objects
of much interest and novelty, and occasionally entered into
general discussions on the Animal Kingdom. In that city of
Lyons, are the ornithological collections of M. Fleuret, which is
very complete in Birds of Europe ; that of Dr. Bifieri ; and the
fine one of M. Boursier, who was deputed by a Lyonese Society
to come here, and to whom we owe those fine photogenic draw-
ings, admired in several sections, and well adapted to repre&ent
natural objects with ease and fidelity. In his collection are an
abundance of rare species of Humming Birds, the new ones of
which he has published in beautiful coloured plates, as you see
in the specimens which I have presented in his name to the
section. Would that my prayers could induce him to publish
the wished for Monograph of the gem-adorned family of 2Va-
chilidce^ for which his collection^ united with those of lioddiges
and of Leadbeater, which he could easily visit in England,
would suffice to supply him with all the materials hitherto
known. If a person, who like myself, has given but little
attention to this family, might venture to give him advice on
the sub-division of these birds, it would be to recommend him
32
IN EUROPE — ^FRANCE. 33
to attach much value to the colours, eren more than to the
form of the remiges and tail, in forming the various groups.
The chief boast of that Congress, as he is of the chairs and
city of Lyons, was M. Jourdan, founder of a museum posses-
sing double merits. One of these is, that not beii^ complete
by nature, it is made so by the artifice which M, Jourdan has
invented, of supplying the absence of the real object by the
best figure to be obtained, and where this was wanting by the
name. Thus, at a glance of the eye, one beholds the entire
state of the Animal Kingdom, and at the same time one per-
ceives what species are wanting to render the whole complete.
The other merit of the collection consists in the arrangement
according to the nervous system, which M. Jourdan considers
the best for the whole kingdom, and for each of its classes. I
who follow it in the case of the Mammifers, abstain from re-
peating the discussions which I held with that eminent profes-
sor, but confine myself to laying before you, at his request, an
epitome, not only of this, but of the interesting psychological
results which he deduces. He considers, that Animals should
be classed according to their respective degrees of animation
and sensibility. The circulation of the blood, res{Hration,
digestion, generation, do not seem to him to correspond with
the degrees which may be measured by means of the above
mentioned faculties. The nervous system, on the other hand,
is always developed in proportion to the sensibility, and on
this, therefore, Jourdan takes his stand. The more abundantly
animation is exhibited, the more extensive does the nervous
synthesis appear. The fly, for instance, is more animated than
the oyster, and thus the advocate of a single series of beings
would see assigned to the Artieulata that pre-eminence over
the Mollusca which was denied to them by Cuvier. Just as
vegetables and minerals have their sovereign characteristic
law, so animals have tiieirs in animation, which shows itself by
means of the sensations producible, in successive degrees, from
the lowest Insect up to Man, who, combining them all, raises
them to a yet more elevated point, so that Man, to adopt
Jourdan's expression, is an animal microcosm. In the three
lowest divisions of the Animal Kingdom, the sensations only
33 C
1
34 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
indicate instinct, that is to say, the spirit of self-preserration.
In the fourth, will, or more correctly, intelligence, begins to
deyelop itself. But in the fifth, composed of the human race,
appear free-will, reflection, imagination, and abore all, the
spirit of perfection, which is not found in any other class.
These progressive degrees are completely indicated by the
greater or less development of the nervous system. A work
on the comparative researches into that system, and which
supplies rules for classification, was lately given me by Signer
Bazin, entitled ^' Del Sistema Nervosa, delta vita Animale e
delta vita Vegetahite'^ These are subjects, on which, as all
must see, an hasty opinion cannot be given.
SPAIN.
The Spanish disturbances do not, as yet, permit that nation
to employ itself successfully on studies which require peace
and quiet. It is however known, that in certain provinces,
especially in Catalonia, new museums are being erected, and
that the Academies are beginning to flourish again, two of
which, that of Madrid and of Barcelona, we have the pleasure
to see here represented.
PORTUGAL.
Portugal, of which I might repeat the above remark, has
suffered, besides a great loss in the Prince Augustus of Leuch-
temberg, the first husband of th^ Queen, an excellent friend
and patron of the unfortunate Wagler. So great were his
aims, and his noble intentions for the promotion of natural
science, which he cultivated and loved beyond all others, ai^ I
could show to you by the epistolary correspondence with which
my noble relation favoured me.
34
IN EUROPE — ITALY. 35
ITALY.
Coming to our own Italy, rich in so many branches of learn-
ing, that she need not be ashamed if in Zoology she is not
equally advanced, we have chiefly to deplore the late irre-
parable loss of M. Camillo Ranzani, the Bolognese professor,
and one of the first zoologists of Europe, who, a few days be-
fore his decease, wrote his last Memoir on the Fish of Brazil.
There was no subject which he undertook which he did not
penetrate deeply on every side. Oh ! how much we have to
regret, that he did not finish his Elementi di Zooloffia, and
especially the Erpetological and Malacological portions, of
which subjects he had a perfect knowledge. Public opinion has
already proclaimed, as his successor in the chair of Zoology,
Professor Antonio Alessandrini, worthily called the Cuvier of
Italy ; and this appointment would be the more appropriate,
because it seems reasonable to unite the chairs of Comparative
Anatomy and Zoology, just as these subjects are united in
our present section ; whereas, there is little or no connection
between Zoology and Mineralogy ; both which professorships
were held together by the deceased naturalist whom I have
above extolled.
Signer Bisso, encouraged by the warm and merited recep-
tion which he experienced at the Turin meeting, is devoting
himself to &esh labours^ with the additional experience which
he has acquired, and is chiefly occupied with a monograph of
the very intricate Labridce of the Mediterranean. The mag-
nificent ornithological collections of the Marchese Costa at
Chambery, a city devoted to natural history, increase percep-
tibly, as do those of the Marchese di Breme at Turin, and of
Carlo Durazzo at Genoa ; who, while pursuing his researches
on the Ornithology of his own country, has this year enriched
Europe with two new species, the Fodiceps longirostris of
Sardinia, which is wholly new, and the Fuliea criatata of
Spain, Barbary, Sardinia, and Liguria itself, resembling (at
least in appearance), the one figured by Bufibn as coming from
35
36 STATE OF ZOOLOaY
Madagascar, a point which remains for verification. It is cer-
tain, that by the inspection of Chinese drawings, we learn that
this, or another Fulica equally crested, inhabits the waters of
that region. Nor can we pass over in silence, the growing col-
lections of the University of Genoa; nor the worthy professor
who presides over it ; nor the unrivalled entomologist, Massi*
miliano Spinola, whose capacious mind embraces at once the
highest philosophy of the science, and the minute details of
insects ; nor the zealous naturalist Verany, founder of an in-
teresting ornithological collection at Nice, a diligent designer
of animals, and second to none in the knowledge of CephalO'
poda. But in Turin, undoubtedly the most cultivated city of
Italy, we need not wonder to see the three chief branches of
natural history, respectively superintended by three men, equal
in every virtue and talent, a Gen^, a Moris, a Sismonda. The
first of these, an eminent zoologist, though entirely devoted to
editing the Transactions of the Turin Congress, has not wanted
time or energy to continue his researches on the Animals of
Sardinia, and to enrich the incomparable museum of which I
was lately a witness, as well as to study the fresh-water fish
of that kingdom, from which great results are promised for
Ichthyology. Dr. Bellingeri ceases not to investigate the
fecundity of animals, and the development of their intellect^
from which researches he deduces many ingenious arguments.
Favia preserves her ancient lustre, which is amply main-
tained by Busconi, always intent on his profound studies,
especially on the Batrdchia, with which he alone has hitherto
been dissatisfied ; and which will open to us, I feel confident, a
new field of knowledge, including the anatomy of the Pleuro-
deles which I discovered in that collection, where for fifty
years it lay confused with the Tritons and Salamanders. And
now the country of this distinguished man boasts also in
respect to Zootomy, of a Panizza, who ever strives for the
attainment of fame, formerly by means of medical and now
by natural science, and. whose advancement is likely to be
aid^d by his ingenious scalpel which he generously dedicates
to our instruction, of which his excellent Memoir on the Lam-
prey is a recent example. The rich collection of Serpents,
36
IN EUROPE — ITALY. 37
in that university, has been rendered more precious by the
learned illustrations of them, undertaken by that actiye dis-
ciple of Schlegel, Dr. De Filippi, whose profound knowledge
of anatomy, and of comparative physiology, seems to refute
the too strong assertion of the Barbassori, that forty years of
study, and grey hairs, are necessary to make an anatomist.
Milan, which has been generously enriched with the Decris-
tofori collection, so well intrusted to the care of Professor
Balsamo Grivelli, is preparing herself to receive, in a suitable
manner, the Italian Scientific Congress. And if Dr. De Fi-
lippi confines himself to the study of Vertebrate Animals, the
city is more than compensated by her eminent students of
Malacology, such as the noble Signer Carlo Porro, the able
compiler of a classed bibliography of that subject; and of
Entomology, such as the noble Signer Carlo Bassi, who from
his very infancy gave token that his genius had happily led
him to that branch of natural history, in which the serenity of
his mind and of his style does honour to himself and to his
country. .
The Venetian provinces yield in nothing to those of Lom-
bardy, there being one Institute of Science, which is divided in
equal proportion between both regions. This is not the place
to speak of many eminent men who compose it. In Venice, I
will only mention the ornithological collections of Count Con-
tarini, who has made excellent observations on the Birds of
that country. The many learned writings of Dr. Nardo, who
is always engaged in completing his Fauna Adriatica, are
familiar to you all, as tending to perfect, in every point of
view, the natural system of Ichthyology. Verona has her
scientific societies, and thanks to the prudent zeal of her
citizens, she even has private parties so arranged as to be
useful to science. The Italian Tyrol also boasts of her col-
lections. Even from Chioggia the learned city of Padua
attracted to her library Professor Naccari, who, if he has not
yet joined this institution, has certainly the merit of having
been the first to publish the Embryos of Faunae in the form of
catalogues, and who yields to none in zeal. Belluno, abound-
ing in Birds, has produced a very useful ornithological synopsis ;
37
38 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
and in a valuable work of the geological Professor Catullo, is
a good list of the Vertebrata of that province.
Grossing the Adriatic, we see even the semi-barbarous MoU
daria, establishing, under the patronage of her enlightened
Hospodar, a natural history society, already rich in facts and
specimens. Nor is this wonderAil, in an age when the Tartar
Emperor of CSiina was enrolled in the register of the Academy
of Brussels.
Athens, ai|d the Ionian Islands, also nobly strive to cul-
tivate the natural sciences in those countries. Malta has
seen the publication of a good Catalogue of the Fish which
live around her coasts ; and that of the Birds, enriched with
notes on their manners, is in preparation by Signer Antonio
Schembri.
Sicily, more devoted to these sciences than the continental
parts of the kingdom, beholds, on all sides, the growth of new
societies, new journals, and new museums. Tou all know»
gentlemen, the name and the activity of the Accademia Gio-
enia of Catania. Messina is distinguished among the Sicilian
cities by Luigi Benoit and Anastasio Cocco. The latter con-
tinues to throw light, in every way, on the Fish of his own
country, as is fully shown by his articles in periodical works,
to which I may add the epistolary correspondence with which
he obligingly honours me. Benoit has published the Ornito-
logia SiciUana, a truly useful littl^ work, especially in Sicily,
although it does not equal the expectations of those who looked
for an original work on the Habits of Birds, rather than a
repetition of other authors, who were frequently defective in
points where it behoved him to have set them right.
Naples being the city in which the somewhat limited zoo-
logical science of the continental part of the kingdom seems
V> be concentrated, has lately beheld the formation of a society
of young cultivators of natural science, which has already
produced several useful works, and given promise of more.
Dr. Oronzio Costa, its founder, who has undertaken a journey
to France and Britain, has given us some new numbers of his
Fauna del Regno di Napoli^ so conveniently divided into
monographs, which, if of but small interest as regards Mam-
38
IN EUROPE — ITALY. 39
mifers and Birds, is more important for the study of Fish, and
especially of the lower animals. He has published, in yarious
journals, articles on natural history, and particularly his Cor-
rispondenza Zoologica, To him also we owe the knowledge
of the most imperfect of the Vertebrataf the fish Branchios-
toma, described a short time afterwards by Tarrell, in Eng-
land, under the name of AmpMoa^us, which is depriyed of the
organ of smell and taste ; not, howeyer, of eyery trace of eyes
and of brain, as erroneously supposed by some. In a recently
established journal, the Antologia di Scienzi Naturally we
note, with pleasure, the writings of Signer Piria, and of the
equally well known Signer Archangelo Scacchi. Signer Dalle
Chiaje, the continuer of Poli, adhering to his anatomical re-
searches, has published the second yolume of his complete
physiological work, and an interesting Memoir on the Proteus
anguinus.
Entering the Roman State, we find at Yelletri an ornitho-
logical collection, the property of a lady, the Signora Gontessa
Borgia, who employs herself profitably with this science. Stop-
ping too at Terradra, before arriying at this city, I may re-
mark, that if the clear and cultiyated intellect of an Elisabetta
Fiorini were applied to Zoology rather than to Botany, in
which branch she is famed among the highest masters of the
science, I could with greater fitness exclaim with Ariosto : —
'* he donne son yenute in eooellenza
D'ogni bell* arte, in che hanno posto cura/'
In Bome, we haye collections of natural history, not indeed
despicable, but far from being proportionate to a city, which
centuries ago boasted of the famous Kircherian Museimi, or
to the immense opportunities afforded by the Catholic Propa-
ganda. These collections are daily enriched by the care of
Professors Metaxa, father and son, of Dr. Ponzi, and of the in-
defatigable Signer Riccioli. We owe to the Metaxas an appro-
priate journal, where not only the medical sciences, but Zoology
also has a place, by the publication of interesting memoirs
which their zeal collects from all parts of Italy, with additional
39
40 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
materials of their owb. Ichthyology, and especially its atia-
tomical department, is illustrated by them in useful papers.
The Oiomale Acadieo, the true foundation of which was laid
in 1818, by a Lyncean Academy, now existing at Florence,
includes many memoirs on natural science, which fell within
the scope of its extensive range, unassisted at first by any
public money. My own cabinet and my zoological library,
which my subject obliges me to allude to, being now trans-
ported from the extremity of the Quirinal Hill to the centre
of the dty, may aid the student, by furnishing him with appro*
priate books and objects. You are acquainted with my own
humble labours, which, by the aid of your intelligence, I shall
endeayour to render always less unworthy of yoor compassion.
It is right, that I pass an encomium on the rare collection of
that zealous cultivator of science. Signer Lavinio Spada
Medici, rich in minerals and crystals, and abounding in fossil
bones, collected with much industry. With the death of the
meritorious Cavalie]:e Abate Scarpellini, it is not right that the
Accademia dei Lincei^ which he restored, should also perish,
when, by uniting it with another of great renown, through the
care of the eminent Lambruschini, the Prefect of the Studies,
and by the conspicuous zeal of the eminent Cardinal Griusti-
niani Gamerlengo di Santa Ghiesa, a zeal consistent not only
with his personal character, but with the office which he sus-
tains with equal dignity, — ^it will certainly not descend from
the honourable rank in which it was placed by a Federico
Gesi, with the aid of so many illustrious men, and especially of
a Galileo.
Viterbo possesses the Accademia degli Ardentiy which is
also concerned with science. Perugia sustains her ancient fam«
by the men whom she at present boasts of, and by the periodi-
cal works which she publishes. In natural history, she derives
fame from a Bruschi, the founder of her Botanic Garden, and
the author, besides other writings of the most classical wc^rk
on Natural History that Italy has known; while the total
privation of sight, which this learned man labours under,
recalls the verse, —
" Occhio cieco, divin raggio di mente I"
40
L
IK EUROPE — ITALY* 41
The venerable Colizzi is famed, not only for his Toluminous
work on Natural Law, but also for his profound knowledge of
science, and especially of Chemistry. Besides her public col-
lections, Perugia shows, with pride, the ornithological one of
the Marchese Orazio Antinori. Ascoli deserves to be recorded
for Orsini and his collections. The same may be said of Sini-
gagli, for Procaccini Bicci and his collection of fossils of every
class, among which it most concerns us to mention the Fish.
The Universities of Macerata, of TJrbino, and of Ferrara, have
also cause for boasting in regard to natural science. The
learned Felsina, with her rich collections, her chairs from
which such profound instruction is given, has her Armali delle
Seienze, abounding with select matter, and her Atti delT Ac-
cademia, I will only mention, not to be prolix, the excellent
treatise of Professor Alessandrini on the Branchia of Fish,
and especially that on the Heterobranehus, of which I am
surprised that Valenciennes has not availed himself.
Modena, centre of the Italian Society, the birth place of an
Amici, the abode of a Marianini, has beheld the publication of
the first volume of the Storia Naturale degli Stati Estensiy
by our colleague. Professor Brignole.
Parma, in whose praise it is sufficient to mention that
second Esculapius, Professor Tommasini, an honour of which
she has deprived our own Bologna (which boasted of having
given him a chair), is also proud of Professor Jan, versed in
all the branches of natural science, and long known for his re-
searches made in combination with the zealous Decristofori.
Lucca offers some respectable collections in the royal palace
of the Duke. The Zoological Museum of Pisa, in regard of
the abundance and beauty of the preparations, and especially
of the manner in which it is arranged, deserves to be cited as
a model to Florence herself, if not to all Europe. This fine
establishment is owing to the care of the truly zealous Paolo
Savi, who forwards in every way the munificent views of his
sovereign, and who every day strengthens his claims on the
Grand Duke's liberality towards this institution, and on the
gratitude not of Tuscany only but of all Italy. He is already
fiufiiciently known to the scientific world for his extensive
41
42 STATE OF ZOOLOGY
knowledge of natural objects, and for the remarkable advance-^
ment which Zoology has received from him, by the aid of the
two other sciences, which with rare success are united in him,
Geology, namely, and Anatomy ; as is shown by his numerous
and highly praised writings, which are particularly remarkable
for the clear ideas and correct judgment which distinguish him
aboye others. Nor can I leave Pisa without praising ite long
established Oiomale de' Letterati, which now, under a change
of title, has become more dedicated to natural science, and
in which we have lately perused an interesting Memoir by
Fecchioli on the Arvicoke. Sienna, renowned in Italian
history, and even the commercial Leghorn, are provided with
scientific establishments and with academies, with which the
ever smiling Tuscany continually adorns herself.
It would be carrying flowers to the garden, were I to speak
diffusely of this city of Florence, which now receives us with
so much affection, generosity, and splendour, for you your-
selves, with what I may call your judicmm attbtile videndis
artibus^ have been better able than myself to judge of the
happy condition in which, amidst every other science, that of
natural history luxuriates and fructifies abundantly ; for which
I should give renewed praise to the illustrious sovereign, were
I not sure, that whatever fell from my lips would be inadequate
to his deserts. I feel, however, that I should be justly blamed,
if I omitted to say, that Leopold II., devoted as he is to the
true progress of the highest studies, spares no anxiety to
invite, and liberally entertain, the most eminent men of our
common country ; for he most wisely considers, that the inte-
rests of municipal protection are never to be preferred to the
cause of truth and to the glory of the state. Tou have before
you sufficient proof of the warmth of his zeal, not only for
the details of science, but for those external matters which
serve to embellish her. On the present occasion, he has
spared no care to provide for the ornamental and scientific
arrangement of the extensive museum in which we are now
assembled. For this, a deserved tribute of praise must be
given to the learned and modest director, Cav. Vincenzio
Antinori, ably seconded by the active curator, Signer Brus-
42
IN EUROPE — ^ITALY. 43
coli, and by Professors Mazzi, Nesti, and especially Dr. Carlo
Passerini, whose accuracy in matters of science, is matched
by that strictness of moral character in every social relation
which we so rarely meet with.
Ton have seen with what liberality they haye adorned with
new and varied improvements this Botanic Garden, which by
the active care of the excellent family of Targioni, has arrived
at such perfection, and may rival any other in the abundance
of species, through the assiduity of the agriculturist. Signer
Baroni, who is so eminent for his theoretical and practical
knowledge of Phytology. Thus to renew the vigour of scien-
tific establishments, on occasion of these meetings, is certainly
not the least of the infinite benefits arising from the insti-
tution of Congresses.
And from this third Italian meeting, which we are about
to conclude in these revered and hospitable walls, — a meeting
which, from the number and eminence of the visitors, has
exceeded its predecessors in a flattering degree, — while we
derive an ever increasing hope of the rapid advancement of
our institution, we have also a fresh evidence, that to what-
ever honourable enterprise the Italians are summoned, they
respond to the call, as they have always responded, when
Patriotism attracts, unites, and warms them.
43
REPORTS
ON THE
PROGRESS OF ZOOLOGY,
FOR THE YEAR 1842.
TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN,
BT
W. B. MACDONALD, B.A.
OF &AMMB&SCALE8.
MAMMALIA.
BY
PBOFESS08 ANDB. WAGNER OF MUNICH.
The difficiiky of ftregfintuig a BUA(»not review «f the variottB
works, in tim depai1i»ettt of Sdence, is every year kicreasisg.
Norl^ Afiserica, and the raet colonial enfxtre of EBgland,
are daily aaftiiming a more actiYe pwrtioipatiiin ta sdentiSe
reeearch, asd the mutiial ^Mfficulty we exix^ienee of becomiiig
eofl^ltttely cowrer^iit wkfa tbe laboans t)f each otber, in-
croases the kboar of UBiting, in one icaitegory, their puhlished
works with our 0mm* This difficulty heooines nnidi greater,
aanouatii^ sometbaes eyeu to imi^ssibility, becaiise the ezira-
Earqpeaii natiiralists do aot always employ <oiir Tcminology,
though well adapted for a^eeiarate definition. A ihoroiu^
ao^aintanee with '' lll^er^$ Prodrome Syatematis Mam-
moAmm. ^ Jjumn -addiUfi iermmis ZooffrapkiciSi^ would be
a great reeonunendation to ik&m.
Ef^n within the pronnoe of onr own adentifie tmlture, the
diffienlties are i&iareased, of making onrselyes master of zoo-
logical literature in its whole extent. The different ^alects
of the great empire in whioh the Teutonic tongue prevaik, are
* For example, we have not yet succeeded in procuring, from Eng-
land, after repeated attempts, 1^ Calcutta Journal of Natural History ;
so that a notice of that work must be deferred till aext Eeport.
47
4 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII:
striying with more and more energy to obtain an equal influence
with those languages, which hare hitherto held uniyersal sway,
both in the ordinary intercourse of life and in the scientific
world; and although these national attempts in themselres
may not inyite us to much exertion in mastering them, yet, on
the other hand, it is not to be denied, that they produce such
important scientific labours, that he who would giye a view of
what has been done in Zoology could not omit noticing them,
without leaying many gaps and errors in his sketch.
No one has suffered more from this difficulty than Lesson
did, last year, in his " Nouveau Tableau du Rlgne Animal;
Mammiflres^ Paris, 1842, 8yo. This Tableau was designed
to be a Catalogue of all the hitherto published species of
Mammalia, and a similar one was promised on the Birds,
Reptiles, MoUusca, and Zoophytes, the materials for which
had been already collected. The former might haye been
looked upon as tolerably complete, if therological literature
had been exhausted in French and English works ; but as,
besides these, there also exists a German, Dutch, Swedish,
Danish, and American literature in Zoology, — the omission of
so^ extensiye a field, in the Tableau of Lesson, forms one
of the principal obstacles to its completeness. The continu-
ation of Schreber*s Natural History of the Mammalia, since
1834 ; ihe treatises of Dutch zoologists on the Mammalia of
the Indian Archipelago ; whateyer has been done for t|tis class
in Wiegmann's Archiyes, and by Nilsson, Brandt, andl others,
haye all been entirely oyerlooked in this Tableau as if they
had no existence. To these serious faults many others are to
be added. First, there are great critical defects, and true
and doubtful species, without selection, are arranged together
in progressiye numbers. Moreoyer, whereyer Lesjio^ has de-
parted from the systematic arrangement of Guyier, he gropes
about in the dark. For example, he places in one family,
Ascomys with CricetuSj Gerbillus with DipuSj Hydromya
with Castor, Hapalotia with Eriomys, &c., eyidently showing,
that he is ignorant of their anatomical relations. Finally,
we could not bring into use his new nomenclature of families,
and partly of genera, without blushing for such a tyro in the
MAMMALIA. p
ancient languages; M<i8t<mqnadelphie^ Hydromastologie^
Dipodineai^ HippopotamisidecBj Rhinoeerosidece^ Stmdea^
Bov€8idecp, Echymipera^ MysateUsy MicoureuSy &c,,.are some
of the numerous newly inyented names, with which Lesson has
the hardihood to display to the world his ignorance of the
ancient tongues.
During the course of last year, the third division of th^
supplementary yolume of Schreber's Mammalia, continued by
A. Wagner, has been completed. The printing of this volume
is just finished, but it will be still some time before it can be
published. Of the Rodentia^ the families Pedimana, Sciurina^
Myoanna^ Maeropoday Ghinchillina, Paammoryctinay Cuni-
cularia, and Murina^ are fully described in it. The fourth
division of the supplementary volume, which will soon appear,
will contain the Terrestrial Mammalia.
The thirteenth volume of the Mammalia, in the Naturalist's
Library, by Jardine, has been announced. It contains Col. C.
H. Smith's Introduction to the Mammalia, but it has not yet
tome to hand. The twelfth volume, containing the Equidce^
inerely ipentioned in the former report, will this time be dis-
cussed in its proper place.
The Histoire Naturelle des Mammifdres, by CFeofiroy and
Fr. Cuvier, the latter numbers of which have not yet been
obtained, has' terminated with the seventy-second.
Martip's Natural History of Quadrupeds has, unfortunately,
since the third number, ceased to appear, in consequence of
the bookseller's embarassments.
The Breeds of the Domestic Animals of the British Islands,
described by David Low, Professor of Agriculture in the Uni-
versity of Edinburgh, and illustrated with Plates, from draw*'
ings by Mr. W. Nicholson, reduced from a series of portraits
from life, executed for the Agricultural Museum of the Uhi-
tersity of Edinburgh by Mr. N. Shiels. Lond. 1841-2, 4 vols.
folio, price £16, 16s.
The first volume contains the Horse ; the second the Bull ; the third
the Sheep and Gout ; the fourth the Hog. These are the most sump-
tuous drawings of the domestic animals which have yet appeared. By
49 D
6 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
the aii of these beautifully drawn and faithM portraitf , one eaa malj
foim a dear idea of the different English xaoes of these
Verzeichmss der in dem Museum der Senckenberg. naturf.
Oeaellschait aufgestellten Sammlungen, 1st Abtheil: Saiig-
thkre und deren Skelete. Frankf. 1842.
This Gktalogue, prepared by Dr, Rdppell, is a Toucher for those who
cannot personaJlj visit the Smckenberg Museum, that this magnificent
institution can show one of the most remarkable ooUections of the Mam>
maUa, both in stuffed spedmens, as well as in skeletons and skulls. It ia
already known, that a great portion of this oolleotion has been Iffought
together by Riippell's unwearying actiTity.
It is much to be desired, that an index to the contents of all such
great collections should be from time to time published.
We are also indebted to the same author for two excellent Treatises
on Theorology, in the third yolume of the Museum Senkenbergianum.
The first is on Mammalia, of the order Bodentia, obserred in the nortih'-
east of Africa ; and the second is a description of seyeral New Mam-
malia, to be found in the Zoological Cdlection of the Natural History
Society of Senckenberg. These two treatises will be more particularly
in the division of this Report appropriated to species.
Descriptions of some New Gtenera, and fifty unrecorded
Species of Mammalia. By J. £. Gray. (Ann. and Mag. of
Kat. Hist. X. p. 255).
A fiiir number of new species are here made known to us, but unfor-
innately in a yery incomplete manner, frequently without mention of size,
seldom with a comparison of them with known species, so that, in many
eases, without specimens, it is impossible to make them out. Meanwhile,
we shall only mention the names of Gray's new genera, which are as fol-
lows : — Stumira, Noctulinia, Trilatitus, Eeriyoula, Myotis, Murina, Har-
piocephalus, Centurio, Osmetectis, Nesokia, Vandeleuria. Although
these names are not so uncouth as those of Lesson, yet the most of them
are sufficiently barbarous to debar their entrance into the system. Why
should the rules of Linnaeus, for nomenclatare, which are to be found in
his PhUotophia Botanica, and repeated by Bliger in his ProdronmSf not
be generally recognised in England and France? This should be the
express condition under which any new names ought to be receiyed.
Luckily, in the present case, most of the genera are of one character, so
that they may be cashiered at the same time with their uncouth names.
Of the more general works on the internal structure of the
Mammalia, the foUoTving may be mentioned : —
50
MAMMALIA.
Osteographie, &c. Par M. Ducrotay de Blainyille. Parig.
Sirice 1840.
The tenth and eleventh are now added to the nine earlier numbers,
tiie dmakois oompriaing Muttela and Vivemra,
Todd's Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology. Lond.
Since 1839.
Seven numbers of the third volume, parts 19-25, have appeared.
Among the articles of its more general contents, may be here particukrly
mentioned — Mammalia by Owen, and Mammary Glands by S. Solly.
Neue IJntersuchungen aus dem Gebiete der Anatomie nnd
Fhysiologie. Yon F. J. C. Mayer. Bonn, 1842.
* The Essays pertaining to our Beport, are, — ^1. The Bwtkl PhoAryngea
of the Mammalia : 2. The Anatomy of the Ma/rtwjpiaUa : 8. A Feeuliar
Organ m the Tongue of Man and the Mammalia; 4. A peouliaJCify in
the Structure of the Tongue of the Armadillo. Nob. 2 and 4, will after-
wardi be more particularly mentioned.
Nasmyth has laid before the Paris Academy, an Essay on
the Macroscopic Formation of the Teeth (Gompt. Bend. xy.
p. 678) ; on which Dntrochet, Flonrens, and Serres, have given
in a report. (Ibid. p. 1055).
The authors of this report agree with Nasmyth, that the (cartila-
ginous) fundamental substance of the ivory, and the enamel of the teeth,
is composed of oeUs ; on the other hand, they differ firom him with regard
to the tubes, said to bear calcareous matter in the substance of tiie ivory,
and which he considers as fibres, while they have convinced themselves
of the correctness of previous observations. On the external surfiice of
the enamel, Nasmyth observed a tender cuticle, which the reporters also
discovered and rec(^gnised as a cellular formation. This is, perhaps, the
same membrane which Erdl described in the Munich Gel. Anz. X7.
p. 771, as the commencement of caries.
Traits pratique et theoriqne d^ Anatomie Comparatiye com-
prenant I'art de diss^quer les animaux de toutes les classes et
les moyens de conserver les pieces anatomiques. Par H.
Strans-Dnrklieim. Paris, 1842, 2 toIs.
The animal stmeture is not merely deeoribed in this book, in a dear
and comprehensive style, but the manner in which prepaxafckms can best
be made and most durably preserved is also pointed «ut. In tiie latter
51
8 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
lefpeot, it may be ocmsolted with advantage by the cniators of xoologi-
cal ooUections. The dassifieation of the animal Idngdom is oopional^
treated of in the introduction.
o
Arsberatielser om nyare Zoologiska Arbeten och Upptack-
ter, till E. Yetenskaps-Academien afgifnefor aren 1837-1840.
Af. C. J. Sundewall. Stockh. 1841.
This arriyed too late for review in my last year's report ; bnt I agree
completely with the judgment of the editor of our Archives upon this
solid work, and which he has appended in a note to my report. I am
surprised, however, that my continuations of Schreber's Mammalia seem
only known to the author, £:om a notice of them in the Isis and in the
Archives. It is a great pity, that the language in which this excellent
review is written, should be a hindrance to its general circulation.
Osserrazioiii sullo stato della Zoologia in Europa, in qoanto
ai Yertebrati nell* anno 1840-1841, lette li 27 Settembre,
1841, alia terza riunione degli Scienziati Italiani da C. L:
Principe Bonaparte. Firenza, 1842.
An excellently written review, and very complete, eo far as Italy,
France, and England, are concerned, of the works which have appeared
on Vertebrated Animals during the year 1840-41. German contributions
are less noticed and known. A Pterologia, for example, is composed
fit)m the Pterylogrojpia of Nitzsch. According to the Prince, the Acts
of the NatvrcB Ctmosorv/m are quoted as " gli Scritti dei vari Profe&-
dori di Bovm,** a misconception, probably aiising from the Acta Natwrm
Cwrioiorwin being published at Bonn. A compliment is paid to Southern
Germany, that it sees new works daily appearing ; but then follows this
dubious addition, that these works are of less importance since the death
of Spix, Wagler, and Michaelles. The Mammalia of Schreibers (t. e.
Schreber) is also praised. A work upon European Birds, besides the great
one at Darmstadt, he proceeds to mention, as published by Susemilh
(t. e. Susemihl) ; another by Berge, on the Propagation of Birds ; some
zoological articles which have a^^peared in the Journal of Dr, Eohatsch ;
and that Dr. Tiedemann still continues busy, weighing, measuring, and
dissecting various brains. These the author supposes to be the con-
tributions of Southern Germany. Of Holland, he speaks with praise,
that natural historians are more abundant there than formerly ; and it is
leather curious, that neither Yrolik, nor Schroder van der Eolk, nor
S. Miiller, although the principal contributors of treatises on that subject,
nor Van der Hoeven, although editor of a periodical on Natural History,
are mentioned at all, probably because their works are written in " qvxl
idioma pbco o nulla familiare all' universale." Temminck's Monograpih
52
MAMMALIA. 9
oir Ve^pertiUones is strictly criticised, so &r as ooncems the European
species, and some mistakes wkich had slipped into it are corrected ; how-
ever, the reviewer has on this occasion forgotten, that these corrections
were already made by Keyserling and Blasius^ in our Archives, two years
previously. Notwithstanding these little criticisms, we hail with plea-
sure the continuance of this annual report, as by its means we become
more readily and perfectly aoquiunted with Italian contributions to science ;
and we have only to express a wish, that the celebrated author may fill up
omissions, by the aid of our Arohives, which otherways might occur in
the sketch of German literature.
Amtlicher Bericht iiber die 19te. Yersammlung deutscher
Naturforscher und Arzte zu Braunschweig im September,
1841. Von F. K. v Strombeck u. Dr. Mansfield. Braunschw.
1842.
Mudi richer in ^gard to Zoology than that of last year, as Blasius
has given a brief account of a great portion of the results of his Russian
Joumej.
Atti della terza riunione degli Scienzati Italiani tenuta in
Firenze nel Settembre, 1841. Firenz, 1841.
The zoological portion has been briefly noticed in the Isis; whence
it is clear, that much that is Interesting had been brought forward.
No reports of the Transactions of British and Scandinavian Natu^
ralists have yet reached me, so that I must here leave a gap. These
Societies, if they had any anxiety that their Transactions should early
become known to us, might lessen the trouble of editing, if they them-
selves would timeously forward their Eeports, or, at least, send them
over to the Academies.
Yerhandlungen der schweizerischen naturforsch^den Ge*
sellschaft bei fliren Versammlungen zu Zurich den 2, 3, und 4.
August, 1841. Ziirich, 1842.
In the introductory diitoourse by Schinz, some interesting statem^ts
axe made of the condition of Scientific Institutions in Switzerland, whidi
furnish, an obvious proof of what great progress can be made |n this
deipartment, when theiwork is set to with wiU and energy. In the for-»
mation of large collections, Geneva, Neuenburg, Ziirich^ Basle, Berne,
and Aargau, have especially taken the lead. Lucerne and Freiburg have
shown a preference for other objects.
Tbe history of the Fauna of individual countries has made
rapid advancement in the past year, both by writings peculiar
to the subject and by books of Travels.
53
10 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCLXII :
H. Freyer, Fauna der in Erain bekannten Sisiugtliierey
Vogely Beptilien und Fische ; nach Cavier^s System geordnet,
etc. Laibach, 1842.
T haye not yet reoeived this Fauns, althon^ ordered, owing most
probably to the difficulty of intercourse between the Leipsic booksellers
and those of the proyindal towns of Austria.
Landbek's Beiti^ge znr Zoologischen Geographie, die
Saugihiere Siebenbiirgens. (Isis, 1842, p. 176).
A rery grateful contribution to Animal Geography, as we have
hitherto known almost nothing of the Fauna of l^ebenbnrgen, althou^
the variety of its physical relations led us to expect much that is remark-
able with regard to it. Amongst those species more deserving of notipe,
I may here quote, Urms arctos, FeUs lynx, Ccutot Jlber, Aretomyi
Bdbac or Marmotta, Lepus va/nabilU, AntUope rupicapra. Copra ibea,
almost extirpated. In all, fifly species are described.
Faune Beige, Ire Fartie : indication M^thodique des Mam-
miferes, Oiseaux, Reptiles et Foissons observes jusqn'ici en
Belgiqne, par Edm. de Selys Longchamps. Liege, 1842.
Besides eleven species of Domestic Animals, the author enumerates
sixty-three species of Mammalia for Belgium. Among these he reckons the
Human as one, and a^r it immediately follows the Badger. That the
author has felt the unfitness of such an arrangement is evident, from his
attempting a sort of apology for it. 310 species of Birds are mentioned
as being found in Belgium.
As the making out of these Faunas rests upon numerous personal
observations, this work may be regarded as a highly valuable contri-
bution to the knowledge of European species and their geographical
distribution.
Bonaparte, Iconografia delia Fanna Italica. Tom. 1. Mam-
miferi et Uccelli. Boma, 1832-41.
Th0 conclusion of this beautiftd work has now reached us. Of the
ninety species of Mammalia which the author ascribes to Italy, fixHy-foor
are here represented; and of 390 species of Birds, tidrfy-five. This
Iconografia is the most important contribution to the knowledge of the
remarkable Fauna of iJie basin of the Mediterranean ; and the Prince
has gained not less merit by its publication, than he did by that of the
North American Fauna.
Travels in Kashmir, Ladak, Iscardo, the countries adjoimng
the Mountain Course of the Indus, and the Himalaya north of
the Panjab, by G. T. Vigne. In 2 rols. Lond. 1842.
54
MAMMALIA. 11
> These traveli may be regaxded^ in some meaMre, as the oonlinuatioii
of a work written two years before, — " A Personal NarratiTe of a Visit
to Ghnzni, Kabul, and AffgHanistan.** The author is the first European
who has penetrated to Iscardo, the metropolis of Lesser Tibet. With-
out possessing a systematic knowledge of Zoology, he has, as a dilettanti
and sportsman, principally paid attention to the Game Animals of these
countries, and imparted much valuable ioformation regarding thenu
The portions of wild sheep and goats brought back by him were identi-
fied by Blyth.
Cabool : being a personal NarratiTe of a Journey to, and
Residence in that City, in the Years 1830, 1837-8, by the
late Lieut.-Gol. A. Bumes. Lend. 1842.
The author, who is well known by his Journey to Buchara, and his
melancholy death at Kabul, gives, in his description of that place, a
short notice of tiie animals (p. 162), which is very jrorthy of attention^
although defectiye in scientific distinctians. The waterfowl are there
very numerous, as Bumes says he collected no less than forty-fiye dif*
ferent species of Ducks (meaning web-footed lMrds)« Animals with for
fit for use, are much in request; of these, from eight to tesEL specaas
were found, — amongst them, the Lynx, " Cfor-Jnm^** and the " Mooahf
Kkoorma ;" but one of the most prized is the " DUa Khaujuk,**.tk large
Weasel, of greyish colour, with white on the neck. The ** Oakigo criM-
MccmdcUvbs" of Cuvier (surely erroneously identified) was also found
by the author, as w^ as tiie Huzara Bat, a creature without a tail (pro-
bably a Lagomyi), Porcupines and Hedgehogs are there in abundance ;
Marmots are also caught, but Hares are rare and small With the ez*
ception of waterfowl, there is very little game, though the Afghans hunt
eyeiy thing that has fur* Bears of a reddish-brown hue, and Wolyes
are seen in winter ; also the Bed Fox and the Common Fox (Beymod)^
which is larger than in India. The people also talk much of the ^ Suff
i Zb^ee," Hill-Hound of Huzara» but the author donbts if it actually be
the Wild Dog, as there are neither woods nor jungles. There is also
andher animal, similar to our Badger, and called " TibbergatnJ* Some
pretty specimens of wild Sheep and Goats were brought from Hindu
Kusdi; these have been tolerably circumstantially described by Dr.
Lord, in Appendix, No. V.
The Expedition to China is already beginning to bear fruits
in Natural History. Th. Cantcnr has produced an Essay,
** General Features of Chusan, with Remarks on the Flora
and Fauna of that Island.'' (Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 265)«
Cunningham mentions, as fiir back as the year 1701, that Chusan
abounded in Cows, BufiUoes, Goats, Stags, and Swine. The Stags have
55
12 KEPORT ON ZOOLOGY, M&CCCXLII :
taow wholly dimppeared with tlie wooda, and the orer-peopling of the
idand hu done awaj witlt the large domestio auimalH. The few Oxen
which were found <m tlie flist occupation of the uland were merely med
for hiubandiy ; but tliere were neither Bufiiiloes nor Sheep, whidi latter
(of a broad tailed spedea) were vei; numerous in Chinii. SeToral tHiui
of the Manit psntadactifla were seen, whidi must have been the product
of the iilaod. Two specimena (^ the Cervw axit were bKnig^t fimn
Fonnofls.
SouTenirs d'un Voyage dans I'lnde execute de 1834 &
1839, par M. Adolphe Delessert. Paris, 1843. 8to.
Thit work is divided into a description of his Travela and a Zoological
Af^iendiz. The flret aeenu merely inteaded for the inibnuation of the
anthor'i private friendi, and containa no scientific infoimatitm. His
longest stay was at Pondicherry, whence he undertook many huntdng
expeditioDB to the ^il^erriet, and made a large collection, which «cai-
taius no less than 1200 apeoimenB of Mammalia. The Appendix
stretches over all tho cliief dlTiaons of Zoology, and is Aimished wi&
beautiful plates, uz of which belong to Therdogy: — Tab. 1. Bom fron-
ta&t : 2. Canit prinxmmt : 3. Sciwut Dtleuertii : i, SkoU of Seivrv*
Delettertii and imtigait: 5. SkoU of Sc. Raffitm: and 6. Skull of
6c. cmriventer.
Verhandelingen orer de 14'atuiirl : geschiedenis, Ac. Zoologie.
No. 7. Leid : 1842.
The seventh nnmber C^ this pnhUcslion &]ls to be mentioned, which
is accompanied with eight plates, — " Semnopithecwt eamatranut, Bhi-
tMcero* sondatf^u* and ncmatroniM, Bot tovtdaictu, Cerwt JS-vAlii;"
skull uid homs of " Cenmt nuHt, Rutta molaceaMis, Bwa timoriennt,
«j>utnui and KvhUi;" of Birds — " Svterot ea»ddix," Very beantiiiil
and oorrect plates, which bIidw that the work is mfifcing good prDf^OBs ;
•0 tliat it would be much to be lamented, if, as the prospectus holds out,
it should soon come t« a cDnclosion, jost as a commencement has been
made to Tejoesent the aoologiaal rdatiooB of the Colonies of the Netlier^
lands. The very great expense at which this work, by distinguished
naturalists, has beeii be^;un, m^es continued elaboratiou in the same
scale oeceBsarj ; and, for tlie interest of science, we Itope that tlie en>
teoed GoTemment i^ Holland, which encourages in the strongest
every scientific aim, will afford to this work, one of the most im-
ant in our department, the meana of completion. In tiiis way, they
erect such a monument in the history of the sdences as few nations
exhibit.
^anna Japonica, sire descriptio animalium, qun in itinere
Japonicam, jiissu et auBpiciis snperiorum, Sx. Suscepto,
MAMMALIA. 13
annis, 1823-30 coUegit, notis, obsenrat. et admnbrat. illustravit
Ph. Fr. de Siebold. Mammalia elaborantibus G. J. TemminCk
et H. Scblegel. Lugd. Butay. 1842. Decas. 1.
This also is one of the most important works, which, by the muni-
fioenoe of the Qoyermnent of Holland, have been contributed to science ;
and, at the same time, affords a happy proof how scientific zeal can set
aside the barriers which Japanese mistrust has opposed to the entrance
of European elements. In the first Number, the following species are
described : — " IntMLs tpeciotuSy tab. 1 and 2. Pteropvs dasymaUus, Pt,
p9elaphon, Rhinolophus nippon, tab. 3, fig. 1, 2. Rh. comtUuSy tab. 3,
fig. 3 and 4. Veapertilio moh^mis, tab. 3, ^g. 5, V. nocPhUa, V, hie-
potis, V. macrodactyhfs, V, abranvus, V. akakomtUiy Tdlpa Wogvra,
itkh. 4, ^g. 1-5. Urotrichus talpoides, tab. 4, fig. 6-11. Sorex platy-
cephahbSj tab. 5, ^g, 1,** Besides these, there are figured : — ** Sorex
vndicus and Kinezvmi, tab. 5, fig. 2, 3. Meles a/nahuma, tab. 6. Mustela
fMUi and mela/mpvs, tab. 7. Nycthereutes v%verrmu$y tab. 8. Cijmis
hodophiloue, tab. 9. C, familiaris japonicusy tab. 10."
In the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 115, Dr« RtLppeU has given a view of
the geographical distribution of the Rodentiay collected by him in the
north-east of Afiica and the coasts of the Bed Sea. Thirty-five species
are enumerated in all.
Two new numbers, the 15th and 16th, of A. Smith's Illustrations,
have arrived^ It is a pity this beautiful undertaldng does not advance
quicker.
The fourth number of Harris's Portraits of the Game and Wild
Animals of Soulhem Africa has appeared, with tab. 19. RhinoceroB
dnvuB : 20. Strepdceros capends : 21. QazeUa albifrons : 22, Elephas
ajriccmuB : 2S, Aegoceros niger : 24. Eqtms fnontcmuB (E, zebray Lin.)
and Oreotragvs mltratrise. The plates rival those of the former numbers
in beauty and splendour.
Beise ia das innere Nord Amerikas in den Jahren, 1832
bis 18S4. Von Maximilian Prinzen zu Wied. Coblenz, seit,
1838.
This work has now come to a conclusion, and will take its position
amongst the most important contributions to the literature of travels.
A Catalogue of the Mammalia of Connecticut, arranged ac-
cording to their Natural Families. By J. H. Linsley (Sillim.
Am. Joum. xliii. No. 2, p, 345).
It is very fortunate, that individual Faunas are every day occupying
more attention, because, in this way, the most certain materials are
brought together for a General Animal Geography. Linsley enume*
57
14 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCOCXLII :
ntef teTOitjr-one tpedet for Oonnectiont, in which, however, the usual
domeitio aniinklfi, and seven species of Whales, are induded.
Bnchanan has oontribnted Terj eztensiyely to the knowledge of North
American Mammalia, in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Science
of Philadelphia, yiii. 1 (1839) ; 2 (1842), mention of which will after-
wards be made in the course of this Eeport.
In the Compt. Rend, des Stances de TAcadem. des Sc. zr. p. 10i5,
Is. Geofiroy has furnished a report on Castlenau's Journey in Florida,
from whioh much that is valuable may be expected on the Fauna of that
province. As the procuring of zoological literature is every day becom-
ing more expensive, it is much to be desired, that if possible, pictures of
costumes and customs, picturesque views, and figures of all those species
of animals which have already been drawn, were omitted, and merely
the new and interesting species given. If, on the one hand, it is to be
most thankfully acknowledged, that the French Government, annually,
either directly contributes very considerable sums for editing costly works
(in the course of the year more than 400,000 francs), or subscribe for
firom 100 to 150 copies; yet, on the other hand, the author is thus
tempted to publish lus work, in a style which adds quite unnecessarily
to the cost, and increases the difficulty of procuring it in a foreign
country.
Diagnosen neuer Arten Bra^silischer Saiigthiere. Yon. A.
Wagner (in these Archives, eighth year, 1 vol. p. 366).
In conjunction with Mr. J. Natterer, I have been engaged on the
Mammalia of Brazil, for which, by his persevering energy, materials
have been brought together in Vienna, such as no other collection can
exhibit. It is confidently to be hoped, that the Supreme Austrian
Government will extend the same support to this work which other states
lend to similar undertakings. A beginning is here made to the publish-
ing of a general Fauna of Brazil, to which Austrian Naturalists have
given preparatory aid ; and, in the meanwhile, I have selected twenty-
seven new species of Mammalia, whose diagnoses I have made known*
Journals of two Expeditions of Discovery in North-west
and Western Australia, during the years 1837, 38, and 39.
By G. Gray, Governor of South Australia. London 1841,
2 vols. 8vo.
A very instructive journey, made through a portion of New Holland
hitherto very little or not at all known. As the author remarks. North-
west Australia seems partioularly rich in Birds, Reptiles, and Insects ;
of Mammalia there are but few speoes, and even these are limited in
numbers. During a five months' residence, Gray found only four species
58
MAMMALIA. 15
of Kangaroos, namely,^- Halmatwrw giganteus ; two smaller species,
of which Petrogale hraehyotU is one, and a Kangaroo Rat. Also a sort
of Opawwm^ as he calls it, or a Flying Marsupial ; two species of Dogs,
one of which agrees with that of Timor; besides Rats and Mice. He
twice followed the track of an animal with cleft hoofs, whose size,
judging from the footsteps, must have exceeded that of the Buffalo.
Qraj mentions an unknown domestic animal, which perhaps might have
been a Cow, escaped from some earlier expedition. In the appendix are
found contributions to the knowledge of the geographical distribution
of the Australian Mammalia^ with notices upon some newlj discovered
species (already mentioned in the Archives, 1842, p. 339). Qould has
added a list of Birds, comprising 182 species.
A more general index of the contributions to the knowledge of the
remains of antediluvian Mammalia must be mentioned at a future
period.
Sur les GaTemes et les Brdches §. Ossements des Enyirons
de Paxi8. Par M. J. Desnoyers. (Compt. Bend. xt. p. 522,
with a note in the " Annal. des Sc. Geolog. 1842.'')
Ouvier had to undertake his first labours on the fossil cavernous ani-
mals, chiefly &om materials collected in Germany. A considerable
period elapsed till similar bone caretna were discovered in the South of
France ; and ten years after the death of that great naturalist, Desnoyert,
along with 0. Prevost, collected a great many of such remains in the
immediate neighbourhood of Paris. They found them in excavations of
Gypsuzu {Qvp$»cMoten)i of which one at Montmorency, a few mdtres in
width, alone contained more than 2000 bones of more than 300 indivi^
duals, and of about twenty species, generally of great size. The list
enumerates the following genera: — 1. Shrew-mouse, two spedes, of
which one resembles the Sarex tetrctgonwrus, the other the 8,ffMen%
(very abundant) : 2. Mole, of the common species (abundant) : 3-61
Badger, Weasel, Polecat, Martin, not differing firom those of the present
day (few): 7. Field-mouse, of 4-5 species (most abundant) 4 6. Maimot^
not differing fiom those of the present diiy (pretty common) : ?. 8pet*
incph4lu9f agreeing with Sp. mpertiUosUs of Kaup : 8. Hare, bigger than
the common one : 9. Lagomys, two species (rather few) : 10. Wild Swine^
teeth (few): 11. Horse (abundant): 12. Reindeer (antlers and bonto):
13. Stag, of a small species. Along with these remains of Manima]i%
were found some bones of l^rds, very like those of the Common Land
Rail ; besides some small BatracTUa of Ihe size of a Frog, and seveal
species of Hetix and Pupa, Some time afterwards, to the south of Paris^
at Corbril, a cavc(ni was discovered in sandstone, containing bones of the
Elephant, Rhinooeros, Hysena, Cavern-Bear, Horse, Ox, and an antlered
ruminating animal.
59
16 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Sur des nouyelles Cayernes ^ Ossements de TAude. Far
M. Marcel de Serres (Instit. 1842, p. 388).
These cayems are found in the neighbourhood of Caicassone (Aude),
at the little town of Caunes, in transition limestone, which furnishes the
finest marble in the South of France. There has hitherto been disco-
vered,— 1. Eqv/us, most abundant ; out of some small bones, M. de Serres
might describe a second smaller species : 2. Cervus, abundant, of small
stature: 3. Ccupreolust identified by the teeth: 4. Antelope, among
which will be distinguished the Chamois : 5. C<ipra cegagrvs, " a species
easily distinguished hy its back teeth" (?) : 6. Bos mtermedius : 7. Lepvs,
tolerably abundant : 8. UrtfM, numerous, but the portions were not so
complete as to render the species recognisable : 9. Canis, partly agreeing
with the Household Dog, partly with the Fox : 10. Hyama q>elcea, not
abundant : 11. FeUs, classed by the author, from the remains, partly
with the F, leopa/rdus and F. serval. Among the bones of Birds were
recognised an Owl, Buzzard, and Quail.
Lund has imparted the newest discoyeries of his continued
inyestigation into the Brazilian Cayems, containing the bones
of buried antediluyian Mammalia.
These are to be £ound in a treatise, dated Logoa Santa, 30th
January, 1841, which is epitomized in the ** Oversigt oyer dot k. danske
Videnskabemes Selskabs Forhandlinger i Aaret, 1841, af Qrsted. Kid-
benh., 1842, p. 16." Lund has discoyered, up to this time, 111 species,
diyided into fiffy-four genera, whilst the liying Mammalia of the same
country, only amount to eighty-nine species, belonging to forty-nine
genera. Among the most important of the newly discoyered fossil spedes
are, — ^two species of ant-eaters, yery like the Myrmecophaga jubata^
and tetradckctyla ; two species of DouypuSf WagL, one of which Is of
the size of the Tatu tMrimf the other (D. suJcatus) somewhat lugger
than D. pwrhctatus: a dwarfish epecies o£ Megatherivm, somewhat laxgier
than the Tapir (Megatherium LamrUlardi) : a new genus of the fiimily
of the. Sloths, diBtinguished by its large canine teeth, like those of the
CholcBpus (Oenotheriwn gigas); and, lastly, the Otter, a species not
hitherto discoyered among antediluyian remains.
Among the correctiims of his earlier labours, the most important is, in
r^ard to his former statement about the occurrence of the Hyisena —
more complete remains haye conyinoed him, that they belong to a genus
between the dog and cat ; he names it SnUlodon, on account of its firmly
compressed almost lancet formed canine teeth. This animal was of the
size of the lion, but of a heayier structure, and its canine teeth exceed, in
iize, those of all hitherto known beasts of prey.
Lund gives a yery ample description of the Platyonyx. He placet
60
MAMMALIA. 17
this genus next the Sloths, with the reniai4[, that it is organized on the
plan both of the MegdUmyx and Megatheriwm, and that, on this aooount,
its place among the Sloths appears incorrect, as the primitive genera
were covered with a coat of mail. The question, whether the human
bones, found with the antediluyian remains of animals^ may be of the
same age, Lund thinks it at present impossible to answer with any
degree of certainty.
Human Footprints in Solid Limestone. By Day. Dale
Owen, M.D. (Sillim. Americ. Joum. 1842^ xliii. No. 1, p. 14).
When I recognised in the plate accompanying this paper footsteps,
undoubtedly human, I entered on the perusal of it with caution, and the
more so, when it appeared that the author was also the possessor of the
specimen, for he, in common with us all, would naturally lean towards a
theory that gave additional yalue and interest to it. My fears were,
howeirer, groundless. Dr. Owen explains these footsteps to be the works
of the idle Indians, in opposition to the opinion of Shoolcroft and Man-
tell, who had considered them to be those of the antediluyians. Owen's
explanation is doubtless equally applicable to the human steps on the
Zauberberge, northward of Athens-Georgia. (Inst. 1842, p. 140). That
they are not those of man may be confidently asserted, when we learn
that this limestone belongs to a formation older than the coal. I am of
opinion, that in general, animal traces of this kind in- rocks will be found
to have some similar origin to those described by Dr. Owen ; T)ut that
this is not the case with Tespect to the impressions on the sandstone
slabs of Hildbv/rghausen, I am equally persuaded. A personal inspection
of these slabs, during the last summer, has satisfied me, that the tracks
have been made by an animal ; as truly as those are in the Weilheimer
Lime-tophtM, which I had already discoyered two years previously, and
concluded to be made by the impressions left &om the tread of stags«
From what animal the Hildbttrghavsen tracks have had their origin, I
am at a loss to say, for I am not sure even of its class ; but analogy may
lead us to conclude that it was a reptile. Similar prints have lately been
found, in variegated sandstone, at Aura on the Saul (Unterfranken)^
Rumpf in Jahrb. f. Min. 1842, p. 450.
QUADEUMANA.
Becherches d'Anatomie Compared sur le Ghimpansd, par
W. Vrolik. Amsterd. 1842. Folio.
The internal structuie of the Chimpansee was first described by Tyson,
in the year 1699, in a masterly work for the time. It was more than »
61
18 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDGCCXLII :
eentury befbve any new eontribatiani were added, and though Owen hat
wriiten on tU OMeogmphj, and Sandilbrton ila Myahgy^ jet enoi^
■MMined to aAod ridi gteaningv for Violik the younger. I will oulj
quota one portum of his exeellent work : The wrist, as in man, has only
eig^t little bones, idiile in all other apes, even in the orang-oatang, it
has nine, to which the snpemnmersry many oomered hone, as Qg calls
it, is to he added. The latisdmus dord is the same as in other apes,
and always sends off a slip to the olecranon. The extensor of the index
fikiger is not a separate musde, and therefore it cannot perform the act of
pointing out and showing. This want, without doubt, has reference to
the less perfect state of the intellectual faculties, and the impossibility of
forming abstract ideas. The reporter has, in his Monograph on Apes,
pointed out this defect in the same way. Vrolik has yery fairly shown
the superiority of the human hand over that of the ape. The sac of the
head of the windpipe is sometimes single, sometimes double, and appears
to be only a prolongation of the yentricles of the larynx. The vermiform
appendage of the ctecum is separated from it by a constriction. Vrolik
mentions a difference between the brain of the orang-outang and the
human brain, which has hitherto been oyerlooked; that the eorpug
coManun in the former is much shorter, and does not quite reach to the
anterior corpora quadrigenUna. The internal structure is weU ex-
hibited in seven plates : and there is also a vignette, representing the
live Chimpansee in London.
J. Brooke asserts, that in Borneo, according to the report
of the natiyes, and his own researches, two or three species
of Orang-Outang are indigenous. (Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix.
p. 54).
One species is, the Miaspappcm (Simla Wwmhiii Owen), with cheek
callosities in the male, as well as in the female and in the young ones.
Brooke killed a male, which measured from head to heel, four feet. The
if ios hoMar is considered by the Malays and Dyaks as a different species,
without cheek callosities in both sexes, much smaller and weaker ; hands
and feet proportioned to the body, not such gigantic extremities as in the
Pappa/n; the countenance projecting at the under part, and the eyes
externally larger. Brooke killed two grown females, one with young,
and an almost grown male. He supposes this Eassar to be Owen's Simia
morio: both species inhabit the same woods, yet Brooke did not find
them together on the same day. The latter is most abundant. The
third species, Mias Rambi, from the report of the natives, must be as
tall as the Pappan, or even taller, but not so stout, with longer hair,
smaller countenance, and, in both sexes, wanting cheek callosities. As
Brooke sent five live orang-outangs to England, we may e^qteet some
ftr&er information in regard to these species.
62
MAMMALIA — QUADRUMANA. 19
Is. Qeofiroy has again distiiiguished two species of our orang-outangs ;
the Pithecus 9atyinis of Borneo and Sumatra, and another of Sumatra,
wMoh he calls P. bicolor, because the fur above, and in the middle of the
bellj, is red ; while behind the belly, on the sides, shoulders, inside the
fhi^, and around the mouth, it is fulvous white. The sockets of the
eyes, in the former, are longish and oval ; in the latter, fonr-oomerecl»
and scarcely longer than broad. The latter is the one which lately was
alive in the Menagerie (Compt. Bend. xv. p. 720). As the colour
and form of the sockets are variable, this aew species appears very
problematicaL
Snr les Singes de TAncien Monde, specialement sur les
Genres Gibbon et Senmopitheque par M. Is. Geofiroy. (Compt.
Bend. xv. p. 746).
Is.. Qeoffroy wiU contribute a copious work upon these genera, in
Jiflcquemont's *' Voyage auz Indes ;" and meanwhile, he gives an extract
fiom it : — He enumerates ten species of Gibbons, — ^1. Hylcbates leitcMcus:
2. H. (igiUs : 3. H, Raffiem : 4. J7. albimcmus : 5. H, l&ucogenys ;
habitat unknown : 6. S. Hooloek : 7* H, choromcmdAx^, not yet exactly
identified: 8. H. concolor, HarL, a species to which, as Is. Geoffix>y
■ays, Dutch SEoologists have incorrectly Attached the fulvous and brown
Gibbons from Borneo; he does not, however, mention to what these
properly belong : 9. H, tyndactyhis : 10. H, enteUoides, a new species
of Ib. Geoffiroy, with this character : fur very light fulvous colour ; orbit
of the face white ; face and hands black ; cheek caUosities small and
round ; second and third toes united by a piece of skin, fklmost to the
joining of the first with the second joint : from the Peninsula of Malacca.
Blyth remarks in a letter (Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 61), that Lieut.
Beagin, from a sketch of Hyldbates leucogewys, recognised an animal
which he had often met in the Malabar ghauts, where it lived in the
jungles, generally in groups of e^ht or ten.
Of the genus SenmopithecuSf Is. Geofiroy enumerates fifteen species,
besides one NasaMs, He describes a new species, 8enmopithecu8 dus-
mmderi: — ^body greyish-brown; head, throat, sides, and under part of
body, fulvous ; tail and legs brown, which, on a great portion of the tail,
on the fi>re-arms, and the hands and feet, passes into red-brown (roux) ;
hair upon the head divergent : horn the Malabar coast.
In the Ann, of Nat. Hist. x. p. 256, Gray adds a i^iecies also to the
dander apes, viz., IVe^fis ndbiUs: bright rufous, without any streak
on the shoulders. Habitat, India. British Museum. This species difiers
fiKnn the Simia TneUdophoB in being darker, and not having a black
aest; firom P. jlavimamAJis in being of a nearly uniform auburn, and
not yellow, with a blackish back, and in having no black streak across
&e diouldeor or on the cheek.
63
20 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
In the Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 503, Owen luw shown that the
stomach, esDcom, and the rest of the intestinal canal, in the Coldbng
urdnuSf are of the same nature as in the Senvnopithecus, which was to
be expected after Rdppell had proved the same thing in the CoMn^
guereza ; cheek pouches wanting. Owen has confirmed the identity of
the C. ursmtM with polycomos, as ebown by myself. The latter name is
to be retained as the original.
Mr. Thomson, Surgeon pf the last Niger Expedition, brought home »
large arm-shield, made from the skin of Colobvs guereza. The shield
consists of the greater part of the back with the white stripe ; and is
distinguished from an Abyssinian specimen in the British Museuni, by
the white band being considerably broader, and not furnished with quite
such long hair. (Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 203).
For fixing the hitherto very uncertain accounts of the habitat of a
great portion of the African Apes, the following notices of Fraser, the
Naturalist of the last Niger Expedition, are worthy of attention. (Ann.
of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 262). In the neighbourhood of Sierra Leone, were
found Simla troglodytes, Colobua urstnus, Cercopithecu$ fuUginosm
(common), C, Sahasus, and Cynocephalvs papio. At Bassa, Fraser saw
some skins of Cercopithecus Dicma, said to be common there. At Cape
Coast, Cerccpithecus petaturista is to be found, and Coldbus Uucomeros;
skins of the latter, as well as of Cerccpithecus Diana, were extremely
plentiful at Accra.
Is. Geoffrey has, in D'Orbign. Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. iii..
p. 296y furnished a Monograph on the Genus Cercopithecus.
After the separation of the Mangabeys (Cercopithecus fidiginosus and
cethiops, as ^irell as C, talapoin), the author enumerates still twenty species
of Cerccpithecus, in which aU the grinders are four-sided, and have four
tubercles. He groups them in the following way : — A. Snout somewhat
shorter, body slender, disposition peaceful and sofl : a. Nose hairy and
white. — 1. C, nictitoAhs : 2. C. petawrista ; my description of an old
male is not noticed, although the difference is considerable. 5. Sides and
'Under part of the fiice coyered with yery long hairs : 3, C pogonias,
c. Tail lively red : 4. C.cephus: 5. C. erythrotis, d. Tail of different
(solours, but dull ; above the eyes no white bands : 6. C, labiatus, a new
species of Is. Geoffrey which, by the colour of the upper side and dispo^
sition of the dieek hair, is very similar to the C nictita/as, but is different
in the colour of the under side and tail ; the former is dirty white ; the
latter is, in a great extent, dirty fulvous beneath, and red and black
speckled nbove ; the rest black : habitat unknown : 7. C, CampbeUi :
8. C, Martini : 9. C. Temjninchii ; douhtful : 10. C, monoides, a new
species of Is. Geofiroy, like the Mona, but of a different colour on the
under part of the body, which, in the C, monddes, is greyish : habitat
64
3IAMMALIA— ^UADRUMANA. 21
Bnknown. €. Like d,, but with white bands above the ejes : 11. C, mana :
12. C, rolowa/y ; which Is. Qeoffiroy sepaxates from the Diana, because
the back is deep dark brown, almost black (in the Diana, brown);
farther, the belly is white in the living animal, bordering on orange (in
the Diana, blackish) ; and the inner side of the thighs is of the same
colour (in the Diana, rust-coloured): thus, Bennett's C. dicma should
be placed with the Roloway : 13. C, diana, founded on the species of
Linnaeus and Schreber: li. C leucampyx,; in order to distinguish
this species from both the preceding, it is to be remarked, that the white
hue upon the under side, in the C. roloway^ comprises throat, breast,
and belly ; in the O. duina, throat and breast only ; and in the C, leu-
e<MnpyXy merely the chin; the latter species also has no beard, and the
outlines of the forehead are much larger. — B, Snout somewhat longer,
body less slender, disposition petulant and irritable, fur greenish-grey
or green : 15. O. Lakmdii, Is. Geoff. (C. pusilhM, Desmoul), is distin-
guished by Is. Geoffrey from the C ptfgerythrus, because in it the fur
is not properly green, not even on l^e 'back or head, but only grey,
slightly or scarcely at all sprinkled with a green or olive hue : from the
Cape, especially from Cafferland ; common : 16. O. pygerytJvms ; like
the preceding, but head, back, shoulders, sides, and upper side of the
tail yeUowish-green, sprinkled with black ; differing from the following
species (equally with the preceding) by the colour of the hinder parts,
the hands, and the blade chin: habitat unknown, though Fr. Cuvier,
from confounding it with the former one, gives the Cape : 17. C, cyno-
iuroSf to which the author joins the C. tephrops : 18. C, griseo-viridia :
19. C. Sahasus : 20. C. tantalus ; yet very uncertain : 21. C, rufo-viri-
dis; also first characterized by Is. Geoffroy; head superiorly olive-
green ; back greenish-red ; sides pure red ; shoulders and thighs green-
ish-grey ; the rest of the upper parts grey ; under parts white : habitat
unknown, g. Fur red. 22. C, ruber , from Senegal : 23. O. pyrrhono-
#tM, from Nubia. Is. Geoffrey separates both, as specifically distinct,
while I, in my monograph (with which the author is not acquainted),
have given them as two varieties of the same species. I believe now,
on account of their different habitats, it would be better to hold them
as separate. It is not the case, however, t^t in the C, pyrrhonotus, as
Geoffrey says, the outside of the under part of the limbs is red, and grey
in the O, ruber ; the reverse is exactly the case (vide my Monograph).
On the C. ^MgulariSf the author has no information.
Some farther inftrrmatifirn on the Cercopithecua erythrotis-aiSid Martini
has been given by Mr. Waterhouse in Ann. of Nat. Hist iz. p. 147.
J. E. Gray describes (Ann. x. p. 256), a Cercopithecus Burnettii; —
greyish-bliusk; head, nedc, and upper part of the back yellow dotted;
tiixoat, cheek, abdomen, and inside of leg}B greyish-white ; hair of the
cheeks attd fixrehead yellow, with a small black tuft over each eye ; hairs
65 E
22 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
long, pale at the base, then grejiflh-black ; those of the Head, neek,^ bael:^
and root of the tail, with two or three broad jellow-brown subtermiixal
bands ; body 19'' ; end of tail mutilated : from Fernando Po^
Is. Geofiroy separates from Cereopittiecus a peculiar genus^
MiOPiTHECUS (jutm, minor).
. He glres, as its chief characteristics, in D'Orb. Diet. iiL p. 308,— SknH
raised higher aboye the eye-sockets ; partition of the nose pretty broad ;
nasal fossae opened downwards and sidewards; last grinders less than
the anterior ones; in the under jaw, onfy with three Imobs, two anterior,
and one posterior ; similar arrangement in the upper jaw ; siie much
inferior to that of the other apes of the Old World. The genus is
founded upon the Simia talapoin. As a seecmd species. Is. Qeof&oy
adds to it a Miopithecus capillatus, very like to the first, but somewhat
bigger ; colour reddish with a dash of oliye, not green ; the back-hair,
in its under half, black, not grey ; also wants the tui%6 of yellow side-
ways inclined hair, which the Talapoin has on the cheeks. As the skull
and teeth of the new species are not known, there remains an uncer-
tainty whether it properly belongs to this genus.
The Inuvs speeioevs has been fully described by Temminck
m the Faun. Jap. Mam. p. 9.
It agrees most nearly with the J. ecaudatus, but is }th less. This is
the only species of ape in the Japanese islands, and not in all localities.
It is pretty common in the island Sikok, and in the province of Aki
(island Nippon) ; in that of Kiusiu, the southernmost of this group ; it
is found in the mountains of Figo ; its geographical distribution will,
on this account, be bounded by 35° north latitude. It lives in herds,
and is as docile as the /. eccmdatus.
American Monkeys. — ^The reporter has already giyen the
diagnoses of four new Brazilian species in these Archiyes
(8 Jahrg. 1 Bd. p. 357).
J. E. Gray has mentioned some species in the Ann. Nat.
Hist. X. p. 266, yiz. : —
EriodeB fironfatus ; no thumb <m the hand ; reddish-brown, yellowish-
brown beneath ; forehead, elbows, knees, and the upper side of the arms
and of the four hands, black. Young like the adidt, but with long
white hairs on th& cheeks, and amongst the black hair on the forehead :
habitat. South America. Captain Belcherr British Museum. Appears
to be a good species. On the contrary, Gray's Pithecia pogonias is
nothing more than a young male or female of Pithecia Imeoeephalaf
which figures in the System abeady, under six different names at least;
66
MAMMALIA — QUADRUMANA. , 23.
Gray lias correctly remarked, that NyctipUheeui trivirgatus, Humb.,
and N.felinusi Spiz, are two verj difierent species. The former has^
hitherto only been known from the description and drawing of Hum^
boldty and &om a defective specimeii, in which the muscles of the ear
were almost wholly wanting, so that Gniy gives it the name of Aotus,
and characterizes it ; paleK)Oloured brow, with three narrow converging
stripes running together on the nape, the side ones extending on to the
cheeks ; tail remarkably dark : Brazil. I am not acquainted with this
spedeB, but Jhn. Natterer writes me as follows of it : — *' On l^e upper
Rio Negro, I found a night ape, which presents to me too much differ^
enoe not to separate it from the Southern Miriquina. It differs £rom
this by much shorter and whiter fur — by black streaks upon the crown
of the head, which are of equal bxteadth, running more apart, and almost
parallel — by the brownish-grey-white mixed hue of the throat — the
anterior part of the neck and the breast, — by the much paler whitislji
ochre-coloured belly — by the greyer ground-oolour of the chest, without
mixture of brownish-yellow — by a bread bright yellow-brown strips
from the nape to the root of the tail — by the grey tinge of the root of
the tail, without mixture of odbre — and by hair of one colour on the
black part of the tail. In the Miriquina of Azara, both the black side
stripes of the crown of the head are narrower than, the middle stripe,
which is as broad again, and represeAts an oval spot pointed at botji
ends ; the side stripes run towards each other, and often unite with th^
middle ; throat, fore-part of neck, and all the belly, are of a pale ochre-
colour; the general hue of the upper side is more brownish-grey, or
yellow brownish-grey, without back stripes ; the root of the tail is ochre-
ooloured, as well as the hair of the black part of the tail at its roots ;
the tail itself has longer hair, especially at the point. The first
named Northern Night-Ape seems to be only a somewhat darker variety
of the Simia trivirgata, Humb. The iV. trivirgatus of Gray will also
belong to it, although, in the latter, the stripes on the head unite on the
nape, in which respect it certainly differs from our specimen and from
that of Humboldt ; but the difference need not be reckoned of much
consequence, as in the Miriquina the stripes are often separated, and
often united." With these remarks I fully agree, and can confirm them
in respect to the N.feliwas. We distinguish, accordingly, two speciea,
r~l. That of Azara, Rengger, Fr. Cuvier, Spix, and myself, described
as Nyctipithecus AzanB, Humb., ^m Paraguay and Southern Brazil,
but stretching eastward as far as Para, where Spix found it : 2, The
«pecie» at first described by Humboldt, now also by Gray and Natterer,
N. trivirgatus, Humb., from the north-west of Brazil, beyond the
Amazon, and the adjoining part of New Grenada. Lastly, a third
irpedes could be made, N. vodfercms, Spix, dwelling in the woods of
Tabatinga, on the coast of Peru, if the irregular colouring be present ii^
67
24 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII:
all the indiyiduaU there, which I do not know, tm Spiz aolj brought one
specimen. But if it should be merely a variety, it would not be, as
Gray supposes, one of the N. trivirgatui ; but, on account of the agree-
ment in the marking of the head, stripes, and colour of the tail, one of
the N. Azanz {N, felinui, Spiz).
Gray's remark, that the Cheirogaleut CommersanU of Vigors and
Horsfield, is nothing more than the N. felinus, is valuable. I could
not bring it in among the half-apes, so that in my monograph, I only
mentioned it in a note to Cheirogaleus, I cannot imagine how Vigors
and Horsfield have made such a serious mistake.
ItEUUBiDM* — Gray defines, in the same work, three new species from
Madagascar (z. p. 257).
1. Lemu/r earonatus ; ash above, limbs and beneath pale yellowish ;
Hmo white ; orbits grey ; cheeks and forehead bright rufous, with a large
black spot on the crown ; tail thick, end blackish.
2. Cheirogaleits Smitkii ; pale brown ; streak up the nose and fore-
head; the chin and beneath paler; tail redder. Distinguished firom
€h, typicfM, Smith, in British Museum, by its much smaller size and
different colour, which is greyish-brown ; head a redder brown ; orbits
black ; cheeks and beneath white.
3. Oalago minor; pale grey; back rather browner washed, beneath
whitish ; tail elongate, depressed, narrow. Not more than half the sixe
of the Galago nenegaknsis.
CHIROPTERA.
Many valuable contributions have been given to this order,
particularly by Tenuninck, Gray, and Bachmann.
Frugivora. — Among the ten species of Cfhiroptera brought
by Von Siebold from Japan, two belong to the genus Pteropus,
(Faun. Japon. p. 12).
Both species, Pt, dasymallus and pselapJiony having been described
already, I shall only add some more ezact information about th^ dis-
tribution. The former is found in the south of the' ishind Eiusiu, in the
district of Satsuma, and rarely at Jaknnosima ; the latter is only known
in the island of Bonin.
RtLppell's Pt, schoimii is firom Schoa ; '' ecaudatus, aurieulus brevi^
bus, halluce elongate, corporis colore cervino, regione epigastrica canes-
eente ; macula albicante ante et post auriculas, ad latera faciei a naribus
per oculos fascia umbrina ; unguibus nigris." Very like the Pt, Whiteip
s, IcibiatuSf but the ears much shorter.
68
MAMMALIA — CHIROPTERA. 26
IsTiOPHORA.-— Gray defines a new genus, under the name of
Sturnira (Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 257).
Tail and interfemoral membrane wanting ; nose-leaf lanceolate,
simple ; tragus distinct ; inner surface of the lips bearded on the sides ;
bind feet large ; lower lip with a single larger wart surrounded bj a
series of small ones.
The species is called 8t gpectrum ; fur brown, with darker tips to
the hairs, beneath pale whitish ; membranes dark blackish : Brazils.
Unfortunately, neither are the teeth described, nor is a comparison
made with the already identified genera. Diphylla appears to stand
nearest it.
Gray has two other Brazilian species of this division, yiz. : —
1. Phyllostoma elongatum, — ^The front of the lower lip with a large
triangular space divided by a central groove; ears rounded, large; tragus
slender and lanceolate ; nose-leaf elongate, lanceolate, tapering.
2. Phyllophora megalotis, — The groove of the lower lip not fringed
on the edge ; far blackish, rather pale beneath ; nose-leaf large, ovate-
lanceolate, longer than broad ; ears as long as the head, rounded ; fore-
arm bone 1" 3'^' ; body and head 2 inches.
I have characterized another Brazilian species, Phyllostoma excisum,
in these Archives, 8 Jahrg. 1 Bdr p. 358.
Two species are added to the Rhinolophi, viz. : —
1. Khinoloph/as fumigoUus, Enpp. (Mus. Senck. iiL p. 132) ; similar
in the border of the nose and form of the ears to the Rh. cUvosus, but
the tail shorter, the fore-arm longer, the thick long fur dark smoke-grey:
from Schoa: 2. Bh, moriOf J. £. Gray (Ann. x. p. 257), like Rh, luctu$,
but reddish-brown, which is perhaps the effect of brandy : from Malaoca^
Singapore.
Rh, ferrum equinum has been found in Algiers (Diivernoy in the
M^m. de Strasb. iii. p. 3) ; and besides this, the Ve^ertUio mtmntM,
Gymnorhina. — Blasius has imported some interesting
obseryations on the Flight and Habits of Bats, theu* Wan-
derings and Geographical Distribution, in the " Yersammlung
der Naturforscher zu Braunschweig,'* (p. 62).
The question about their migration finds a sufficient solution in facts
connected with the Vesperugo NilMomi. This species exists generally
In the latitude of 54-58'' in Russia, on the plains, and next it in the upper
Harz and the Swedish mountains ; I may also add to these the hills at
Regensburg. In summer, on account of the dear nights, it is nowhere
to be firand in all the north of Russia, between 60-70'' north latitude :
it is first to be seen there in August, when the dark nights begm.
The author describes (p. 86), from an ori^al spedmen, the VetperiUio
69
26 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII:
'volgevaU, Evemn., as identical with V. DaMbentcniif a oondunon which
I did not Tenture to mention in former reports, becauae, in mj spedmeo,
which was much injured bj insects, the skin of the wing did not reach
to the under end of the shin. The other species of Erersmanni th^
Veepertilio tv/rcomwnus, which I have not seen, Bhisius describes as a
decidedly new species, belonging to the group of VeepertiHo gerotinus.
Schinz has found in Switzerland, VegpertiUo discolor and Nattereri,
and has also discovered a new bat in the environs of Zurich, which he
calls Vesp&rtilio mmuHssimus. According to his description, the bade is
dark coffee-brown; the bellj dark brown, almost b}ack; ear small, heart-
shaped, sloping at the outer margin ; tragus broad, lanceolate, with blunt
point. Whole length ^" 8'", of which the tail occupies 1" ; the whole
breadth onljr 0". (Verh. der schweiz. Gesellsch. 1841, s. 7Q. It is a
pity that Schinz has not followed the plan laid down by Keyserling apd
Blasius, in the recojgnition of this sp^ies.
Sely3 Longchamps (Faune Beige, p. 21) insists, that Vespert, emar-
ginatus is a peculiar species ; he wonders how it could be confounded
with V. m/yatacinus ; it rather resembles, as he says, the F. Nattereri ;
but differs from both by its woolly projecting hair, bright red on the
back and over the interfemoral membrane, by very emarginated ears,
thick snout, &c. Its colour is very like V, serotinus. The reporter
would here remark, that Koch has also placed a separate spedes very
like the V, mystaci/nus in the V. Schrcmhii, which agrees with that one
in the number of grinders, the form of the ears, and the flying mem-
brane, but is different in colour. The hair, both on the upper and under
surface, is double coloured, namely, — ^black on the inner half, and on the
outer a glittering fulvous brown, perceptibly lighter on the abdomen.
Is this the F. ema/rgvnatus ? Selys remarks also (p. 300), that accord-
^n^ to his examination of the F. hrachyotis of Baillon, it Is nothing
more than a casual variety of F. pipistrelhis with the ears destroyed,
Canlor's Vespertilio irretitus comes from the Chinese Island of Chusan
(Ann, YK. p. 481) i ears rounded^ shorter than the head ; tragus lanceolate ;
muz?:le bluQt, with so^ie long hairs ; fur soft, upon the back brownish-
grey, on the belly dust coloured ; tail slightly protruding from the inter-
femoral membrane, the latter thinly haired beneath ; grinders 4-5 ; body
2" 1'" ; tail 1" 1"' ; length of ear 2J lines ; breadth of ear 2^'' ; lengtib
9f tiie tragus 1'".
J. E. Gray has wished to surprise zoologists, by the defining
pf saven new genera of VespertilionidcB (Ann. Nat. Hist, x,
p. 257).
It is evident, that he has paid no attention to the labpurs of Keyserlii^g
and Blasius, as they are in the German language. It is nothing to him,
th&t from this neglect, exactly those characteristics are passed ove^, m
70
MAMMiLLlA— CHIROPTERA. 27
which «lone the genera and aib-genera can be -established; and he adheres
to those which serre merely for defining tiie species. I will Iherefoie
abridge my account of them. Under Scctophilus, Gray will only adnat
the species whose flying membrane is fixed from the heel to the root <of
ihe toes (V, seroHn/us, discolor, Leialeri, nmrmus), Noctiulmia is a
new genus like ScotopkUus, but the flying membrane is only flzed to
ihe heel ( V. proierus and Julvu$). VesperHUo comprises the species
which haye the feet free, with the. wings only attached to the ankles ; and
the interfemoral membrane is furnished only with a few scattered hairs,
and the fncae is short and hairy (V, mystacinuSf Da/uJbentonu, Curoli),
Fvom tiiese Gray separates ^ve new genera: — 1. TrilatiUM(t) feet free;
tnterfemoral membrane with cross tufts of hair beneath (V. HaMelHi,
macelluSi hlepotis), 2. Kerivoula, the same; but the wing arises from
the root of the toes (V, HcMrduncMi, pictus, ten/ais) ; and two new spe-
cies, K. griseus! habitat unknown; and K.poeiMi8, from Fernando Po.
3. Myotis; wing extending to root of toes ; ear large; tragus long (F.
mtfrtntM, already cited by the author at {Scotophikbs!! V, Beehsteinii
and Natereri), From V^»pert. iuUlus, the genus (4.) MtMrmct ib made ;
and from F. harpyia, the genus (5.) Haapioc^^LhaliM,
On the genus Cbntdbio of Gray, wil^ ^'^'^'^ incisors:; large^ars; sbcM^
indented tragus; no tail; deeply eut in flying membrane; I will refw
for An*ther information to S. Mliller and Schlegel, as the Centurio wnese
j>i Gray from Amboyna, occurs in their Fauna of the Indian Archi-
pelago.
Bachmann in the Joum. of the Acad, of Nat. Science of
Philadelphia, yiii. 2 (1842), p. 280, has described foua* species
of VeBpertilio, collected from North Ammcii.
As the author was unacquainted with tiie woik of Eeyserling and
Blasius, he has oYcrlooked the ralue of some important characters, as for
example, those derived from the grinders, whose number he does not
give, whilst he notes all the incisors and canine teeth, although these
are universaUy present in the same number as a constant generic mark,
and thus possess no yalue for specific definition. 1. VespertiUo monti-
cola ; *^ Yesp. subulata brevier, aoriculis brevioribus, tragis non exce-
dentibus dimidium longitudinem auricul«e ; colore fulvo ;" body 1^' 8"' ;
tail H^' : from Virginia : 2. V^ mrginicMvus ; ** V. monticola paululum
longior, aurieuUs paululum longioribus, magisque aoutis ; dentibus prim,
max. sup. simplicibus; interfem;. membrana nuda; corpore supra fuligineo-
•fusco, subtus cinereo-fuscato :" from Virginia: 3. V. Leibii; ** V. supra
fusco-ferrugineus, subtus cinereus, alis auribusque nigris ;" body V^ T'^ ;
.tail 1" ^*" : from Michigan : 4. V. califomicus ; " V. fusco-lutescens,
vellere longo et molli, trago longitudine dimidium f* body 1'' T" ; tail
71
28 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLII :
1'' &". BiiisliiwRTi|i renuurkt of V, Mtbuto^uf , that it is identical with
M?Miirtrie'8 T. hidfvb^yu^ kdA Green*! V. dometticua, and tliat it is
rery widelj distribnted, as he has reoeiyed this species from Carolina
and Labrador during summer. V, co/rolineniU is found in autumn,
winter, and spring ; but in summer appears to wander northwards, and
is at that time plentifhl in the State of New York.
It should not here be omitted, tiutt aooordingto BlainTille's statement,
Bhinopoma carolineMe U a Moloesns.
INSECTIVORA.
AcuLEATA. — Two new Monographs on the Hedgehogs haye
appeared since mine.
One is by Burmeister in Ersch and Graber^s AUgem. Encydop. Bf 37
(1842), under the artide ErinaeeuSf and giyee a careftd and laborious
oompariaon of what has hitherto been published on tiie fBsaSlj of the
Hedgehogs^ His opinion, that my Erinacefu alhiventris must be only a
small indiyidual of E, frontaUsy of which I now possess a specimen, is
altogether without good ground.
The other monograph is by Sundeyall (Ofrersigt af slUgtetErinaoeus,
in the Sy, Vetenskaps Acad. Handl. 1641). I haye reoeiyed it as a
separate pamphlet, through the editor of our Archiyes, ftxr the yolume
in which it is contained wiU not appear until at a later period. Un^
fortunately my Monograph of the Hedgehogs had not reached the author,
although in the hands of the booksellers since 15th May, 1841, so that
my E, alhiventris is omitted ; but definitions might haye been giyen of
two other species characterised by me (E, hrachydoLCtylus and prwMfri),
Bundeyall's monograph is rich in personal researches, and is a yery yalu-
able contribution to the knowledge of the Hedgehogs. The foUowing
species are enumerated : — a. Erinaoei aculeis yarie interteztis, yerticis
preminentibus, non yel parum breyioribus ; pHi in plerisque longiores,
rigidi. 1. E, europcBus : 2. E. frontalis, Smith : 3. E, coneolor. Mart, :
4. E, heterodactyhis, Sund. ; ^'griseus, auriculis magnis, digitis connezis,
pedibus posticis 4 dactylis :" from Sennar : 5. E, asthiopicus, h. Erinaoei
aculeis densius positis, ordinatis, antrorsum sensim multo breyioribus (in
8p. quas yidi, numeri 6-8, pili corporis simt breyes densissimi moUes,
quasi lanei, auriculas. magns): 6. E, aurictus. Pall.: 7. E, platyotis,
Sund. : 8. E. agyptiuSy Geoffiroy {E. libycus, Ehrenb.) The author adds,
as species of this diyision, which he has not seen, E. hypomelas, collarisy
Cfra/yi, spata/ngus ; and, finally, giyes to that one mentioned by PaUas,
from Dauuria, the name of E. dauwricus,
72
MAMMALIA — INSECTIVORA. 29
I have next to remaiik, that the E. heterodactylui, Bond., u identical
with mj E. pruneri; the posterior thumb is wanting in both. I supposed
this defect in E. prwM/ri and alhiventris, to be occasioned by an iiguiy,
and therefore omitted it in mj description; but since Sundevall has
found the same, I do not hesitate to state the want of the thumb, on the
hinder foot, as a yery important diagnostic mark for my E. pruneri and
nlbiventrU, The E, cethiapicus, £hr., perhaps identical with my E,
lyraehydactyhis, cannot be separated from the group to which E, a/mitus
belongs; the bristles are idso in this one quite soft. E, platyotis, Sund.,
with the diagnosis, — *' dense albido-pilosus, auriculis mazimis, poUioe
postioo breyisslmo," — ^would seem also to belong to my E, hrachydacty-
luSf were there not too great a difference in the length of the bristles.
In the E. hrachyd<ictylu9 they are as long as the ears, or even more so ;
in the E, platyotis, on the other hand, Sundeyall gives the ears 20-29
millimetres, while the bristies of the baek are only 18-19 millimetres.
His two spedmens came from Egypt. E. cBgypticuSf Geoffr., Sundevall
places with the E. libycibs, Ehrenb., and gives as diagnosis, — ** dense
moUiter albido-pilosus auriculis longit. 1-^ capitLs, pollice postico brevi
peifecto." The distinction between it and the former species does not
appear to be satisfactory. Certainly Sundevall says of E, platyotia, —
'* simiUimus priori (E, awrito) et sequenti {E, asffypL), sed ab utroque
differt proportioni digitorum et ab E, cegyptiaco magnitudine auricu-
lamm." However, I must remark, that in these short-toed animals a
difference in length in the toes is at least difficult to detect, and the
length of the ears may be modified in consequence of the preparation.
Both these species should be more strictly defined, and the constitution
of the bristles expressly detailed, according to the mode 1 have shown.
It is very doubtful to which of the three Egyptian species (E. hrachy-
dactylus, platyotis, and Itbycus) the E. cegypticus, Geofiroy, belongs.
In the CataL des Mammif, Geoffroy says, — *' or^illes trds along^s,"
which does not exaotiy agree with SundevaU's E, cegypticus, I have
lefened it to my E. hroMshydactylus.
Duvemoy and LerebouUet (Mem. de Strasb. iii. p. 4), have described
a stuffed specimen of Erinaceus algirus from Oran, with this diagnosis :
" £. auriculis subarcuatis digitis et unguibus mediocribus ; toto coipore
subtus pilis confertissimiB, moUibus, magnopere albis vestito ;** &' long.
It belongs to my second division of the Hedgehogs, and must be a variety
of the Es hrachydactylus or csgypticus* In order, however, to be cer->
tain of this, the length of the ears and bristles, and particularly the outer
and inner structure of the latter, must be specified. It is interesting to
know, that the Hedgehog is found at Algiers ; whilst, on the other hand,
Siebokl asserts, that it was introduced into Japan from China.
We have yet to register the ** SmybolsB ad Erinaoei Europsi anato*
men, diss, inaug. quam oonscripsit Seubert ;" Bonn, 1841, principally
73
30 REPOBT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
ezplftming tbe muacaliu suboutaneiu, and the male organf of genera-
tion. Two beautifiillj drawn plates are appended.
SoBiciNA. — ^Duyemoy has presented us with two excellent
Treatises on the Shrew-mice, — ^the one entitled, " Sur les
Dents des Musaraignes, consider^s dans leur composition et
leur stmcture intime, leurs rapports arec les machoires, leur
d^veloppement et leur succession" (Compt. Bend. xy. p. 270,
804, 483, 1000) ; the other, " Notices pour servir h, la Mono-
graphie du genre Musaraigne'' (Magas* de Zool. 1842), with
.16 copper-plates.
Next to Wagkr, Duvemoy laid the foundation for separating the
Shrew-mice into natural groups, which has been fiirther accompUshed
by him in this new work, in which he has carefully described the species
known to him ; and, moreover, illustrated the most of them with figures.
He enumerates the following species: — I. Subg. Sorex {Croddwraf
Wagl.) a With three small intermediate teeth. 1. 8, ara/neus, tab.
38 : 2, 8, leucodon, tab. 39 : 3. 8, cycmeusy Duy., tab. 40, 41 : 4. 8,
fierpesteSf Duv., tab. 42, 43. I had ventured the opinion, in my mono-
graph, that this might be a younger state of 8. varius ; but from this
description and the drawing, I see that this cannot be the case, as the
8, herpeites has long waved hair at the tail, which is totally wanting in
the 8, varius. It is also difierent from my 8. infumatus, by its oolour.
On the other hand, it may be identical with A. Smith's 8. capensoides
(South Afric. Quart. Joum. 1833, p. 62) : 5. 8, crassicoAidus. Duver-
noy conjectures, that Geofiroy's 8. nvifoguros may belong to this, but it
is by no means the case with the 8, myosuroB described by myself and
Pallas (compare Schreb. Suppl. ii. p. 72). — h With four small interme-
diate teeth : 6. 8. gtganteus (8. indicus), tab. 45, according to a speci-
men from Egypt, wants, on the right side, the third, on the left, the
fourth intermediate tooth : 7. 8, 8onneratii ; the animal from Japan,
represented on tab. 46, I hold for 8. myoguroSy Pall : 8. 8. Perrotetii,
Duv., tab. 47, a new species, only of ttie size of the 8, etruscuB ; ear
large, fur dark brown above, and on both sides blackish ; beneath with a
grey tinge: from the Nilgherries, 2300 metres above the sea. — II. Subg.
Amphisorex {8oreoe, Wagl.) : 9. A, pygmasus, tab. 48 : 10. A. alpmuSj
tab. 49 : 11. ^. Le»ueurii, Duv., tab. 50, of the size of 8. etruecus ; ftir
above somewhat dark ash-grey, lighter on both sides, palest beneath ;
tail above blackish-grey, beneath pale ; lips whitish : from the banks of
Wabasch, in the State of Indiana. — III. Subg. Hydrosorex (Crossopue,
Wagl.) : 12. H, carinatus (8. fodiens), tab. 51. — IV. Subg. Brachysorex,
a new group : points of teeth coloured, upper incisors with only one lobe ;
the intermediate tooth following does not go over it; under incisors with
74
MAMMALIA — INSECTIVOEA. 31
2-3 blunt denticulations, «8 in Amphuorex ; iBtennediate teeth i-^, the
first two of which are pretty equal in size, the last wholly iwdimentary,
and standing inwards to the first large grinder : 13. B. hrevicoMdus, Say,
tab. 52 : 14. B, Ha/rlcmiy Day., tab. 53, is perhaps, as the author con-
jectures, Identical with S, parvus, Say. In the appendix, Sorex leuco-
4on is described and figured, tab. 54. We hope that the author of this
distinguished contribution to the Monography of the Shrew-mice will 430on
^ye us the promised continuation of his work.
Masius remarks (Bericht uber die 19^ Yersamml. der ^toiSwsch.
p. 87)) that after the examination of seyeml specimens of Sorer waveo-
lens which were collected in the Crimea, on the estate «f Pallas, this
spedes is identical with 8. etruBCus, Of this Sayi had already remarked,
that the side gland was wanting in it, and iliat its musk smell proceeded
from the excrements. From another obseryation of Blasius, ;Sf. Cfmelini
does not seem different ^!tim 8. p^gmasus.
itiippflll, in the Mos. Senckenb. iiL p. 133, described a 8orese mdicus,
▼ar. einereo-cBnea, from Schoa. The dimensions were all the same as in
the Indian specimens, only the colour was difierent ; upper side, feet,
and tail, dark grey passing into red-brown, with a sort of metallic gloss ;
under side ash-grey ; whole length 7", of which the tail occupies 1-5.
The 8, flavegcens stands nearest it in point of colour, but the tail is
jonly 1-4.
Temminck has described already one species of the Shrew-mice of
Japan, Crossopiis platycephalus. Faun. Japon.^ p. 23; it is a third
bigger than our Water Shrew-mouse, dark brown aboye, dark grey
beneath.
Gray has made known two species of Shrew-mice &om India, in the
Annals of Nat. Hist. x. p. 261. — 1. Croesoptis Mmalayicus ; slate-
coloured black, with longer and white-tipped hairs on the sides and
rump ; lower part of the throat and the middle of the beUy ru«ty brown ;
t^il scaly, with adpressed dark brown hajrs aboye, ai^d elongate rigid
whitish hairs beneath ; feet rather naked ; teeth white ; body 5^ inc., tail
3'^ This, from its white teeth and naked feet, is not a Crossopvs, but
a Crocidura. 2, Cordra nigrescens ; bladdsh lead-colpur washed with
rufous ; chin and beneath pale and rather more rufous ; whiskers dark ;
daws white, ears hid in the fur ; cutting teeth brown at the tip ; body
3" 6"' ; tail 1" 4'" : from India.
In conclusion, I may remark, that I possess a specimen of the 8. va/nus,
from which I obserye, that it agrees in the teeth with 8. a/iromevs ; but,
from the want of the long undulated hair on the tail, it differs from all
the spedes of the Crocidwra : the sub-genus Myosorex of Gray is thus
established. On the other hand, 8. varvm is not, as Gray imagines,
identical with ctnnamomeusy as I haye conyinced myself by the ex-
amination of specimens of both at Berlin, In them, also, the tail 13
75
82 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fiinushed with long wared hair, and therefore these epecies are to he
xanloed under Crocidura. 8, ptUeheUus will also helong to this diyision,
aa its teeth are snow white.
Duyemoy has added a copious Supplement to his earlier
Treatises on Macroecelides Bozeti, in the M^m. de Strash. iii.
p. 50.
It treats of the skeleton and the structure of the teeth, the formation
of the snout, the gland of the tail, the digestiye apparatus, and the female
parts of generation. It is rich in personal observations, and in deep
acquaintance with the literature. A plate shows the anatomical pecu-
liarities mentioned.
Talpina. — ^Temminck has, a short while ago, given the
description of a new genus, XJrotrighus, which he announced
some years since.
It is to be found, in the Dutch language, in the Instituut of Yerslag.
van het K. N. Instit. van Wetenschapp., Amst. 1842, p. 212 ; and in
French, in the Faun. Jap. p. 20 ; also in Gu^rm*s Magas. de Zool. 1842,
Mammif. pi. 55, Head elongated, with a long thin snout naked at the
end, formed of two cylinders ; ears and eyes concealed by fur ; the feet
naked, the anterior like those of the Mole. The tail measures }d of
the length of the body, thick, scaly, and covered with long bristles ; teeth
36, whereof | incisors, the upper formed as in the Wiichuhol. (The
skull and teeth, unfortunately, are very indistiactly figured). The
Zygoma is present. The only species is the U, talpoides, of the size of
our Water Shrew-mouse, with soft, velveiy, glittering, dark brown fur.
Plentiful in Japan, never in the level, but in hilly regions, where it digs
like the Mole, but does not cast up hillocks.
Japan has also a peculiar species of Mole, called by Temminck Talpa
Wogura, It is, like our own, but with only six instead of eight incisors
in the lower jaw, and of a light brown cobur, which is brighter on the
sides, and becomes reddish on the belly. On all the Japan islands. At
Sikok a black variety is found ; at Kiusiu a white.
Bachmann has defined five species of the genus Scalops^
hitherto known as containing one only.
His descriptions are to be found in the Joum. of Fhiladelph. viii. 1,
p. 58, and 2, p. 292. — 1. 8calops Townsmdii, Nutt. ; 44 teeth ; for dark
above and beneath, black under the usual admission of light (the hairs
are greyish-black till towards the point); tail sparingly covered with
short hair; body 7i"; breadth of fore-hand 7'". Another specimen,
76
MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA. 33
eaught by Townsend at Columbia River, is about 1'^ longer, and has a
white line under the belly ; to this belongs Richardson's Sc» ccmadenHs.
2. 8c. Breweri ; also with 44 teeth ; glittering ash-grey ; black above,
brownish beneath ; hands slender ; tail flat, broad, and hairy ; nasal foss»
situate at the sides instead of on the upper surface of the snout, as in
Sc. aquaticus ; body 6"; tail, without hair, 1"; with hair, 1" 5"';
breadth of hand 4f*'; of tail if" : in Ohio and several of the Northern
States. 3. Sc. ao'gentatug, Bachm.; like the following species, only
36 teeth ; hair of the back, firom the roots upwards, furmshed with
narrow dark blue and white rings to near the points, where a broader
grey white ring exists, with such a short brown point, that the clear
colour on the upper surface is stiU visible, and presents a fair silveiy
appearance ; on the under side the hairs are lead coloured, with a whitish
and light brown pointed ring standing on end; nasal fossae on upper
surface of snout ; body 7" ; tail 1" ; breadth of hand 10"' : from Michi-
gan. 4. 8c. latimcmus, Bachm. ; bigger than 8c, aquaticus ; hair
longer, looser, and compact, without the same shining glossy appearance,
dark grey with dark brown points ; teeth and hands almost double the
size of 8c. aguaticus; tail naked; body 6" 8'"; tail 1" 7'"; breadth
of hand ICK'' : from Mexico and Texas. According to this, the animal
described by me (Schreb. Suppl. ii. s. 104) would belong to 8c. latima/MM.
6. 8c, ctquaticuSf Linn. ; only 5 or 5^'' long ; colour, although occasion-
ally varying, far brighter than in 8c. Toivnaendii. The young have only
90 teeth till after the first year, when they get 36.
CARNIVOEA.
Ursina. — The reporter has taken considerable pains, to show
that the specific identity of the Cayem Bears with the Brown
Land Bears, as. asserted by Blainville, is untenable.
As my treatise from the Mun. gel. Anzeig. (1842, n. 130-X32) has
been already reviewed in these pages (1843, p. 24), it is superfluous to
enter farther upon it. Procyon psora is described by Gray in the Ann.
of Nat. Hist. X. p. 261. Yellowish -brown and grey, grisled; face,
temples, side of neck, chest, belly and sides of body, dirty yellow ; fore-
head, cheeks under the eyes, each side of the throat and back of the
ears, blackish-brown ; frir rather long, dark brown ; longer hairs yellow-
white, those of the back, head, and shoulders brown tipped ; tail short,
perhaps destroyed ? body 27'' ; tail 3'^ ? From California.
77
34 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
MusTELiNA. — ^Bachmanii has given a valuable contribution
to the knowledge of the American Weasels.
He shows (Joum. of Philadelph. viii. 2. p. 288), that the Europeaa
Muttela vulgaris is different from the American, as Richardson describes
it, and gives the latter the name of M, fmca, ThiJs American species is
of a medium size, between M, erminea and vulgaris ; the tail is shorter
than in the first, but longer than in the latter ; and, as in the former,
black at the end, yet the hairs are short and soft, and not so long and
stiff as in the Ermine. The upper side is brown, the imder pure wliite,
without mixture of brown hairs, as is the case in the M, vulga/ris ; at
the same time, the white hue extends farther out, and reaches, on the
inside of the legs, down to the tarsus ; whilst, in the European Weasel,
it scarcely reaches the thighs.
M.eniMnea.
Body U" 7'"
Tail 4 6
Tail with hair 6 2
Height of ear, posteri(»rly 0 2^
f*
M. fusca.
M, vtdgartt.
9" 0"'
... 7" 0"'
2 9
.,. 1 9
3 2
... 2 1
0 3
... 0 2
Badmiscnn kept an Ermine and a Weasel in his house during winter;
the first became aU white, the latter not. He is convinced^ that M, fusca
does not become white, at least in the latitude of New York, which is
not the case with the Weasel (Jf. vulgaris), hitherto supposed to he
identical with the former. M. fusca extends, in the southern states, as
far as the upper parts of South Carolina and Georgia. The reporter
remarks, that the M, fusca is identical with M. dcogna/nii, Bonap.
Bachmann, however, has rendered great service, in having shown, in a
convincing manner, the specific difference of this from M. vulgaHs^
Bachmann does not appear yet to know, that the identity also of the
American Ermine with the European is doubted, which is unfortunate
on this account, since he first could give a decision on this point.
Bachmann has added the description of Mustela frenata, Licht.
Karelin raised the question, in the Bullet, de Mosc. 1841, p. 572,
whether the Zobel of Altai, of which he sent two specimens while on
his tour, may not constitute a different species firom the Zobel of Eastern
Siberia^ The Altai differs from the Siberian by the body being more
extended, and by yellowish spots on the throat. From these marks, we
ttkight place the Zobel of Altai with the Martens ; but it is a real Zobei^
as its hairy coat extends under the paws.
The reporter gave an extended notice, in these Archives, 8 Jahrg.
1 Bd. p. 258, of a new Brazilian species of Lutra — L, soUta/ria, Natt.
P. Gervais has observed (Instit. 1842, p. 117), that Arctonyx must
not be placed with Meles, but with Mydaus, as the reporter had pre-
viously done.
78
MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA. 36
Laurillard asserts, that Morren has found, in the tertiary formation at
Brussels,' the remains of a Badg^ intermingled with those of Batra^hia,
Snakes, Birds, and Shark teeth. He proposes the name Melea Morreni
(D'Qrb. Diet. Univ. ii. p. 593) for the species.
H. Yon Meyer has obtained from the brown coal of Eapfnach, in
Switzerland, a fragment of the under jaw with the teeth, of a genus
intermediate between the Badger and Weasel, which he has named
Trochictis, The species is named Tr, carhona/ria (Jahrb. F. Min. 1842,
p. 586).
It was announced, in the " Oversigt over det K. danske Vetensk,
Selskabs Forhandl. i. Aar. 1841,'' that Lund had discovered, among the
Brazilian beasts of prey at present existing, a new genus, between that
of the Wolverene (Jaerv.) and the Dog, which has been named by him
Cynogale venatica. Farther information must be waited for before the
family of the said species can be determined.
ViveRrina. — ^Mr. T. R. H. Thomson has described, in the
Annals of Nat. Hist, x. p. 204, a Genetta Richardaonii from
Fernando Po.
Rich fulvous ; three streaks on the nape ; numerous unequal spots on
the back, sides, and limbs, and twelve bands on the tail black; nose
grey; feet greyish fulvous, scarcely spotted; legs, cheeks, belly, and
inner side of limbs brighter fulvous ; body 13^, tail 12} inches. Might
not this be a young Genetta poensis, Wat. ?
The difference between the Algerine Genetts and those of the Cape
and South of Europe, has been shown by Lereboullet (M^m. de Strasb.
iiL p. 7). The Strasburg Museum possesses a specimen of each of these
Genetts ; but no special habitat is assigned to the latter. The author
finds the following difference : — The Algerine Genett has larger, cbser,
darker, and fiill spots ; a peculiar white spot above the eye is wanting ;
the paws brown« In the Cape Gtenett the spots are more distant, fulvous
in the middle ; the paws grey. In the European Genett the tail is longer
than the body; in the Algerine it reaches to the eye ; in the Cape Genett
to the nape ; and has eleven black rings, and a white tip, while the others
have only nine ; and the ear is hairy inside, in the others the edges only
ate so. The reporter remarks, that a supposed Spanish Genett, of the
Yienna Museum, agrees pretty nearly in the colour and length of the
tail, since it has about ten black rings, with a brownish-yeUow tip, and
is as Ismg as the body (each 17'0 ; there are also spots on the sides, ^1
and large, like the Strasbuig specimen. We might thus distinguish this
Genett as Viverra gemietta, va>r, Ewropea, if these marks should provQ
to be constant in several individuals.
79
■N
36 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCGCXLII :
The discoYery of a Mangusta in Spain is important for
animal Geography*
J. £. Gray mentions in the Ann. of Nat. Hist. iz. p. SO, that Captain
Widdrington had brought from Siena Moiena an Ichneumon (along
with a FeU9 pardina), to which he gives the name of Herpegtes Wid-
dringtonii; — fbr black and white, grisled; side of the nose, feet, and
end of taQ UackiBh ; the hair of the back is long, black, with three broad
white rings, and a very fine brownish tip ; under fur soft, bay coloured;
hairs of the face short and adpressed; throat and belly nakedish ; ears
shorty rounded, ooyerod with short soft fine ringed hairs ; body twenty-
two, tail twenty inches. Very nearly allied to H, icJmeumon, but it
differs from that species in the hairs being much shorter, and haying
only three rings ; while the hairs of the back of the H, ichneumon are
white, with seven broad black rings, leaving a long white base, and only
narrow rings between the black ones above. It would be another im-
portant fiict for the geographical distribution of animals, if the Pcmto-
doxfMtu NubioB, Fr. Cuvier (Mammif. 71 livr.), was actually a native of
Nubia, whence Burton is alleged to have brought it. It agrees so much
with our P. felvnuB, that one might believe the description of the P«
NubicB was drawn from this specimen. What, however, I much doubt,
is the assertion that its habitat is Nubia, sinoe, of the whole genus, no
species is known from Africa; and from the carrying about of specimens,
their secondary dwelling is often taken for their original.
J. E. Gray has given a romarkable specimen of his love of making
genera, in the Ann. x. p. 260, as, from a very doubtful drawing in Hard-
wicke's Illustrations of Indian Zoology, which he at first looked upon as
Viverrafuica, he has characterized a genus Osmetectis, without knowing
any thing of the nature of the teeth, or of the structuro of the soles. He
believes he has discoverod in it the Indian roprosentative of the Namce,
I, on the contrary (Schrob. Suppl. ii. p. 289), have guessed it to be a
Paradoxna^a,
Canina. — Gray has given some notices on the Wild Dogs
of New Holland, in his Journal of Two Expeditions in North-
west and Western Australia.
Besides the Dingo, he saw in North-western Australia, a totally dif-
eront dog. Its colour is the same, but partly with a blackish tinge ;
the nose is long, thin, and very pointed, like that of the groyhound, but
the shape is moro sturdy. According to the report of some of his tra-
velling companions, who had been at Timor, this dog must agree with
the one common in that island (Ca/nis rutUa/M\ which is the moro pro-
bable, as it was only seen in the company of natives ; whilst the Dingo
was found in some regions abundant in the wHd state.
80
MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA, 37
Delessert gave a sketch of the Canis primoBvus in Souv. d*uii Voy.
dans rinde, p. 16, tab. 2. B]e killed one at Gengy, on the coast of
CoTomandel, and saw them oflen in the NiJgherries, hunting in companies
of three and four.
Cemis Aza/rce was found by Bridges >m the valleys of the east side of
the Andes of ChUi, between 34"* and 35*". It seems to differ from the
Great Fox of Chili, called Culpeo, by having coarser ears. Ann. of
Nat. Hist. ix. p. 509. Waterhouse remarked (p. 513), that this Fox
difPeied from that figured in the Zoology of the Voyage of the Beagle,
in having no black on the chin and comers of the mouth.
Hyjenina. — A comparison of the specific differences by
which the Hycena hrunnea is distinguished from thB Hycena
stiriata and crocuta, in the construction of the skull and teeth;
has appeared by the reporter.
It is to be found in the Abh. der Munchn, Akadem. iii p. 607, and is
aooompanied by a plate of the skull of the H, hrun/nea, of the size of
nature, with a representation of the canine and molar teeth of the other
«pecdes.
Felina. — Gray has enriched his genus Leopardus^ with
four new species (Ann. of Nat. Hist. x. p. 260).
Two species are from Central America, and have been named by him
Leopardus grisev^ and pictus ; the third, X. Elliott, is &om Madras ;
the fourth, L, Horsjleldii, fi*om Bhotan. Neither their dimensions are
giyen, nor a comparison with known species ; hence a certain recognition
of them is impossible; and I content myself with merely naming them.
At the Swiss meeting, Bruno introduced a discussion about a South Ame-
ricaii Cat, which is distinguished from the Felis pa/rdalis by its smaller
size, and the want of ohligue stripes &om the shoulders to the haundi ;
and from the F, macrura, by a thicker head and a weak and a shorter
taiL : he called it F, pa/rdaloides. Pictet supposed that it may, perhaps,
be a YBxiety of F, macrwra, (Isis, 1842, p. 257.)
PiNNiPEDiA. — ^Riippell has ^yen a description of a young
Stemmatoptis eristatua in the Mus. Senck. iii. p. 134.
There Is a notice, in the Eey. Zool. 1S42, p. 401, of a liying Seal
taken in Corsica, where they are abundant
81
38 REPORT ON ZOOLOOT, MDCOOXLII :
MARSUPIALIA.
Owen has written the article Marsupialia in the thilxl yolume
of Teddys Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, with as
much copiousness as exactness, and explained the Anatomical
Structore by many Wood Cuts.
Mayer has gi^on some Taluable remarks on tiie Anatomy of the Mar-
BupiaUa in his *' Nenen UntenRu^nngen aus dem Gebiete der Aiiatom.
und Fhysiolog. 1842, 8.. 20," oonoeming the fonnation of the purse and
the pnne bones, to which he chiefly ascribes the wide gpouting of the
hladd&r : also of the parts of generation and of the hndn, in which, in
opposition to Owen, he recognises oonTolutions and a corpus callosum,
P, Gervais has inade known a rery remarkable genus, under the
singuhir name TAssirEs, His description is to be found in the Magazine
of Zoology, 1842, p, 35-37^ The external appearance is, in some mea-
{mre, that of a Shrew-mouse, bnt the head is bngor, the nose mneh
esrtended and slender; ears short, rounded, not hairy; hinder limbs
somewhat longer than the fore, with naked soles and short toes ; fore-
feet with five free toes, the point of each forming a small ball as in
the Tariia, and projecting over the small nail; m the hinder-^t the
second and third toe unite at the smallest part, and even as fiir as the
nail joint ; the fourth toe is the longest, and like the fifth, with a small
nail, which the ball also jHrojects orer ; the hinder great toe is opposite
and without a nail ; the tail is very long, coyered at the root by the fur
of the back, th#n the hsjr becomes quite short like that of a rat's tail ;
the female is provided with a purse ; the skull, at first sight, resembles
that of the ant-eater; there is no fi;Led socket for the joint of the nnd^r
jaw, and this resembles that of the Myrmecophaga jvhata, as well a9
tiiat of the Manotremaip The system of the teeth is as remarkable a«
the structure of the skull. In the under jaw are found, anteriorly, a
couple of knife-shaped teeth directed forwards ; towards the posterior
third of the tooth-margin of the under jaw-bone, on each side, there is
one small tooth and no more. Tn the upper jaw are at first seen a couple
of small inoisors ; behind them in the first third of the tooth-margin, on
each side, are small wart-formed teeth* and none any where else. Qervais
looks upon this paradoxical genus as constituting a separate fiunily, in
the division of the Dtddphis syndactylus, and gives it the name of TVvr-
tipedidcR {!), The reporter would ratiier bring it, as an auomaloiis fimn,
under the Insect-eating Marsupials of prey, where, as a separate family,
it would assume a place analagous to the Proteles among the Hyamas,
Gervais gave to his species the name Ta/rnpes roitratus. Fur fidvous
brown (hair lead coloured at the root, fulvous at the point), beneath
82
MAMMALIA — ^MARSUPIALIA. 39
. bright Mtous colour. A darkbh stripe along the back, on both sides
bordered with light fulyous ; besides this, on each side of the back, a
reddish-black watered band length-wajs; bodj 4^, tail 3j^ inches : firom
Swan riyer. Gray soon after described a specimen of the same genus
under the name Taawpes BpensercR. (Ann. of Nat. Jlist iz. p. 40.)
Genrais asserts that this is identical with his own.*
The genus Choeropu$, hitherto incomplete! j known. Gray has defined
more exactly and fully. (Ann. of Nat Hist iz. p. 41). The slender
forO'-feet have actually no more than two toes of the same length, and
fumifihed with conical daws. The hinder feet ha^e four toes, the outer
ones yery small, with a daw, the middle ones very strong and long with
A compressed claw; the two jimer toes straight, weak, united up to the
daws. Tail hairy with-a small terminal penclL Gray names Hie spedes
desiaribed Ch, ccutonotis; baeowni^^grey, beneath white, sides brownish ;
kngth of body 10, of tail 3^ ear 1} inches. Lires in the bush at Murray,
and was sent home by Captain Gr^. He also got, in the same district,
an animal like the Ch, ecwwdcutuB^ but with a stxong taiL It is, according
to him, certain, that from the skin of the first described specimen, the tail
had been accidentally lost,
I haye, in the meanwhile, ^yen the charaoters of ten new spedes of
'the genus ZHdelphys, in the Aidiiy. 18429 1 Bd. p« 358.
Lund has fiiund, in the country inyestigated by him in the Braxils,
Minas Geraes, in all seyen liying flpedes of Marsupial Rata. (Det K.
Danske Yidensk. Selsk. Afh. yiii p. 236). He brings them into two
diyisions : — a. Large spedes, with long white bristly hairs projecting far
oyer the others. 1. Didelphys <mrita^ Neuw., agreeing in all respects
with the description of the Prince : 2. D, alHvenlris, Lund ; yery
intelligibly described by Markgraf as the Carigueya, but unknown to
all other authors. Head, neck, sides of the belly, hair of the back, ai
the root and posterior half of the tail, pale Isabella-yellow. Extremities,
a band through the eye, another aboye the forehead, points of the. hair
en the neck, back^ and rides, with the anterior half of the tail, blade ;
ears grey, with whitish tips. Whole length 22^^ of which the body con-*
stitutes one half; ears 2^' 3'^\ Distinguished from the 2>. virgmia/na,
by its smaller size, longer tail, white belly, and larger ears. — h. Smaller
* Gray was induced to the characterizing of a second species, chiefly per*
haps by Genrais' inexact description of its locality. Dr. Pireiss, to whose
kindness I am indebted for the sight of two specimens .of this remarkable
little animal, assured me that it is quite unknown at Swan Riyer. The indiri-
dnals brought by him, he receiyed from the natiyes, at St. George's Sound, who
cafl it Nnlbingar. Gray's also came from the same place. It liyes in holes of
trees, and feeds on fruits and insects. There remains no doubt of the identity
of the species of Geryais and Gray. — EniToa or AacHiy.
83
40 REPORX ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXUI :
ipeinea, witliout brutlj haliv; in Nos. d-S, the tul u longer Uian the
bodj, in Noa. 6, 7, diorter: 3. V. meana. Land; pore grej mbove,
beneath white ; a grejiah-black band throng t^ eye ; toil light brmm,
towards tip whiti^, naked to the root; ears grey- Very difierent
from JD. cinere^, Temm. ; body 4"; tail 5": 4. D. tnarina, Anot, :
5. D. ptiiilla, Deam. ; only portioni of the akeletoii, which point to
Aian'B £!nano (?) : 6. D. trieolor, in die and ooknir quite sgredng
witL Ataxa'e Colicorto, but the colour of the sidet, which he calla a lirdy
cinnamon hue, ii, in the liTisg species, merely ochre-yellow, on which
account, Lund places it with doubt with the D. tricolor ; 7. D. trt{m«ata,
described by Markgraf as a Slirew-moiue.
J. E- Qray has increased the genus Phatcogaie with two new species.
The one he names Ph. tupicalit, in size and appearanoe resembling the
Ph. mtntma, but differing in having long white tips to the dark brown
- and black hairs ; in the short conical tapering tail, covered with longisli
yellowish-tipt hairs, but chiefly in baring a terminal pencil of black-tipt
hairs. In the upper jaw were found only two false grinders, probably
in ccHuequence of its youth : Habitat unknown. (Ann. ix. p. 518)-.
To the other species, Gray gires the name Ph. leacoput ; fur grey,
washed with blackish ; head ratiier redder ; lips, chin, throat, chest, and
belly, inside of legs and feet, white; tail slender, under half white, upper
blackish brown ; ears large. Easily distinguished from Ph. leucogaiter
by its white fbet. (Ann. x. p. 261.)
Besides these, Mr. Qould has increased tlie already great number of
species of Kangaroos by sii. (Ann. ii. p. 345 ; i. p. 1.) These spedes
are called — Oephranter antilopinwi, O. (?) iBobeUinui, Halmaturtu
agiUt, Macropm oci/dromui, Lagorchettet congpicillatai, and L. albl^
pilit. O^hranter is a. newly established genua or aub-genus, founded
on the great eztenaion of the nasal fosaic and muxzle, the proportionably
small rise of the lateral toes of the hind-foot, and the great developinent
of tiie middle toe, ice. It is unnecessary to enter mote exactly into
this at present, as Oould will farther Uluatnite these species in his
monograph.
BODENTIA.
Waterhouse, induced by my Treatise on the Systematic
Grouping of the Rodentia, has begun the correction of his
angement in opposition to mine. (Ann. of Nat. Hiat. x.
197.)
Ls we both commence from different principles, so it follows that the
aping of families must often be dlflerent. Waterhouse places great
64
MAMMALIA— RODENTI A. 41
^portance on tlie form of the under jaw, whilst I have assigned to it
onlj a very subordinate importance. In particular, I do not classify
according to one and the same character, which must always lead to a
more or less artificial distribution ; but in the fixing of a family, I have
been guided by those marks which are prominent in it above the rest.
What my method, by this proceeding, obviously loses in logical con-
sequence^ it gains richly on the other hand^ for it can be made to com-
prehend the genera together in groups according to nature. On the
individual £unilies I shall, where it is necessary, in proceeding, speak more
at large ; and I thus hope to come to an understanding with Waterhouse,
whose distinguished services to Therology I acknowledge with the high-
est respect.
Miram explains, in the BvHl, de Mosc^ 1841, p^ 541, that the merit of
having first drawn attention to the peculiar little bones on the mai^gin
of the passage of hearing in the Guinea Pig, does not belong to him but
to Leuckart4
The reporter has concluded " Schreber's Saugth. Suppl. iii." with the
family of the Mice. The fourth supplementary volume will give the rest
of the Bodentia, and the remaining orders of land Mammalia,
SciURiNA. — Waterhouse (Ann. x. p. 202) has given a
wider extension to his family SciwridcB, according to the
following scheme ^—
Family SciURtDiB, with the genera BciMTUB, Pteromys, 8ciuropteni»,
XeruSf ToAfnias, Spermophihis, and Arctomys,
Aberrant Form9 (without post-orbital process to the frontals).
1. With large ant-orbital opening; palate contracted between the
anterior molars... ... Anomalurus,
2. With small ant-orbital opening.
a. With rootless molars , ... |— | — Aplodontia,
5. With rootless molars „. |~| — (Sciu/ridce?)
.a. Folds of enamel simple ... ..< ... Asdomys,
b. — — complicated ... ,.. Castor,
I cazmot agree with the muon of these aberrant forms to the Squirrels,
just because they are aberrant, and eould find a legal place elsewhere.
I consider Anomaltirus to belong to the Myoxince, according to the few
notices which are given of it. Aplodontia apd A9comy» rank naturally
with the Jumping Mice ; and this shows how necessary it is to have
characterised a peculiar family, Cv/nicuUiria, as Pallas had asserted ;
otherwise ^e genera of this gioup must have been scattered among the^
other fiunilies, and these would then have been deprived of their natural
ebaracter, as the .other classification is a forced one. The addition of the
85
42 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Beayer to the SciuriwE destroys completely their natural chaaracter;
and I blow not what definition could then be given of the Scktridos, In
his first work on the Bodentiaf Waterhouse (Loud. Mag. of Nat. Hist
183i^, p. 593) had placed Castor and A$€amy$ with SpcbUtx in his fiunily
of the ArvicoUdoe, a classification, at least, more allowable than the
present one under the Sciurinoe* Ccutor shews, however, in its whole
Aelet(m and dental struotore, in the Ibnnation of its feet, tiul, and
secreting apparatus connected with the organs of generation, so many
serious deviations even from the Mice, that any union with them ia
likewise unnaturalr
The addition to the mew species of the genus Sciurus is extremely
large, but unfortunately a great part of it is so unsatisfactorily charac-
terized, that the reporter, in the want of specimens, cannot determine on
a separation of the species which may be nominal only. He contents
himself with simply quoting the species according to their habitatsL
a. Indian, — The ample description of the Sc. Delessertii by Gervais,
with a plate of this species and its skull, as well as of the skull of 8c.
intigniSf Rajflem, and o^i/reiventeTf has now appeared twice ; once in the
Magas. de Zool. No. 20, and again in Delessert's Souv. d*nn Yoy. dans
rinde, which is much to be disapproved of, as it costs the purchaser
double; and amongst the 1200 Mcmtmalia which Delessert brought
home with him, there must have been sufficient novelty for other plates*
' Besides, Gervais has, in both works, confounded Tomios and .F\mam-
hulus together ; while in fact the former have cheek-pouches, and the
latter, like true Squirrels, have not.
J. E. Gray describes in the Ann* z. p. 203, six other species : — ^1. 8c.
ruf(hgular%9 firom China, very like the 8c. RajfleHi, but only half the
size ; without white on the cheeks ; and the shoulders and side of the
neck are red. 2. 8c, rufoniger; black; throat, inside of legs, and be>
neath, bright red ; along each side an indistinct streak ; outside of the
thigh grisled white : India. 3. 8c, rufogaster ; reddish, grisled ; head,
side of the neck, and outside of the limbs, leaden-grey, grisled ; tail and
feet black ; abdomen red : Malacca. 4. 8c, atrodorsalis ; grey ; middle
of the back blackish, slightly grisled ; cheeks and whiskers yellowish ;
ears, chest, belly, and under side of limbs, dull rufous ; tail blackish, hair
with a broad black central band : Bhotan. 5. 8€. ca$tcmeoventri8 ; very
like the 8c, hippuris, but <mly half the size, and the ears are grey : China.
6. 8c. ccmiceps ; pale grey, grisled ; back yellowish, beneath paler grey ;
tail long, grey, black varied, ringed, hair with three broad black bonds ;
Bhotan.
h, Apiccm, — Waterhouse has described three species fixxm the Niger
Expedition, in the Ann. x. p. 202: — 1. 8e. Stangeri; larger than the
common Squirrel, with coarse fur, fireokled with black and yellow on the
upper parts' of the body ; the abdomen thinfy covered with hair ; tail
86
MAMMALIA — ^RODSNTI A . 43
r&rj large and bushy. 8. Se, rufobraehium ; like the Se. wwukktfM^
but rather larger, more beautifiillj- oolooied, aad haa the potterior part
ef the fore and hind legs fringed with rusty-red hairik 3. Se, hu/cogtny^;
aboTe rich brown from the admixture of black and xkAx yellow ; bencyith
white ; tail principally blaek, but the hairs tipped with white and red ftt
the root; the mesial portum of the tail beneath is bright msly-redf thue
sides of the face white; the siee about that of the eonunon SqiuireL
«. North ^f»ema«^.-^BBchmann puUished, in the Joum. of the Aoad*
of Nat. So. of Philadelphia, Tiii. 2 (1842), p. 310, six North AmeriMua
species : — ^1. Se. kmigerut ; fur long and wooUj ; tail thick, bushy*
seareely two-rowed ; nose, ears, and feet^ almost black ; upper side dark
grey, sprinkled with brown ; under side pale brown •; body 12'' ; tail 11'' :
N. California. 2< So, nwutelmus ; whole body uniform shining black ;
10" long; tafl 13^^: from California* Distinot from So. niger, by the
want of the white on the nose and ean« 3. Sc. farruffinewentrU ; abore
bnght grey, reddish-brown on the shoulders; beneath light red; body
8" 10"'; taiilO": California. It so much resembles some YBziotiet of
Se. emereui and leueotig, that it might be reckoned a yanety of the on*
or other, were not the great distaaee of their habitats an oljeotioiu
5. So, molUpiloBus ; dark brown, red on the sides ; beneath grey : allied
to the So, hudooniousy but the light colour of the belly is much less : be^
tween the colouring of the back and the under side there is no dark line^
&o. ; body 8^" ^ tail T' : N. California^ 6/ So, oeddoniaUs ; fwt bng
and soft; head^ back stripe and tail/ Uaek; sides brown, mixed with
black; under side brown black; ears narrow; body 11"; tail lit"*
Most nearly allied to the black Tariety of Sc, IoucoHm, yc>t different, as
no species was Ibund out of the Atlaatic States, westward of the Batkj
Mountains, or, with the exception of So^ oetpUtroiius, westwani of the
Mifliissij^ Eight permanent or uncertain ^ecies ef black Nertk
American Squirrels «re now known.
Lesson defines two species from Cential Ameriea, in his Tableau dn
lUgne Animal, p. 112:— ^c. PUadoi(I) from St Salvador, ^d Sc.
Adolphei, from Nicaragua. The first is OTidently nothing eke than Se* '
auroogaster, Fr. Cuvier; the other has, as Lesson says, a great resem^
bisBH^ to the Capistrato a lomgue queue of Fr. CuTier, yet he does net
speak of a whito colouring on the nose. Gray's Sc. JUekeurdeomi is from
Honduras (Ann. x. p. 264). Bfaick, brown, yaried ; hairs black, with •
btoad •uboentral brown band ; cheeks aad ndes brown ; middle of throat-
chest, belly, and inner side of the limbs, white; hair ci tail with l^ig
white tips ; feet black ; ears haiiy ; length of Hm body, and head, ?
of tail, ? If Gray himself cannot give the length of his new
species, who can ?
d. Souik Ameneom. — ^The reperter published in &• Aroiiiyes, I842<
YoL i. p. 300, two new Brazilian species : — Se, iffmvet^trie and p^ftho-f
87
44 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fiotuSi Nattr Further researches have smoe shown, that the 8c» cutuMMf
found in the southern part of Brazil, has a sepresentatlve in the north-
west part, which is distinguished by the ochre colour of its throat, and
on this account, has been named by us 8c» gilvigularis, Graj's Sc. Bel^
cheH is firom Columbia ; black, minutely dotted with bright yellow ;
sMes of head and outside of legs more orange ; feet bay ; edge of eyes^
and under side of body, bright orange ; lips and throat paler ; along the
sides of the body a black streak between the two colours ; whiskers black ;
ears hairy^ slightly pencilled; tail flat, rather narrow, black and red
varied, with long white tips to the hairs ; body 7^''; tail 4^''. (Ann. z<
p. 263.) Gray also mentions another species, habitat unknown, Sd, 9plen^
did/ue, — of the size of English Squirrel, but brighter red ; hair uniform
red-bay to the base ; head rather paler ; cheeks and chin stni more so ;
belly, and inside of the legs as far as the wrist, pure white ; whiskers and
tdft of hairs on the temples black ; ears rather naked ; tail flat, two-rowed,
bright red, with hair of one colour to the base. Gray describes, with an
interrogation if from India ? a Xerus tvivittatus (Ann. x« p. 264) ; dark,
brown, minutely grisled with grey ; outer sides of the limbs with longer,
brown hair; broad streak on each side of back, belly, cheeks, lips, throat,r
lower part of sides and inside of limbs, white ; a narrow streak on the
middle of the back grey-brown ; tail broad, hair whitish, with three
broad black bands.
: Pteromys has also had a considerable addition to its species. One>
from Afirica, where none of them had been previously known, is impor-
tant to the knowledge of their geographical distribution. Gray has de-
scribed three species from the Old World (Ann.^ of Nat. Hist. x. p. 262).
1.. Pteromys derbicmua ; blackish-brown, grey grisled ; hairs dull black
brown with whitish tips ; shoulders whitish ; tail and feet black ; tail
round ; beUy and inside of limbs greyish-^white ; head abore and below
blackish-grey ; body 14" : Sierra Leone, Mr* Whitfield. 2. Sciurop-
tema canicepa; blackish-brown^ yaried with red bay; hairs long, dark
btaddsh, with red bay tips ; outside of the legs redder^ beneath reddish*
yellow ; head iron grey with longer black interspersed hairs ; throat
white ; chin black ; tail flattish, black, with some reddish-tipped hairs ; .
body 9^' ; tail 8^". Sent with the following, by Pearson, from Dargellan
(India). Another specimen is about ^d. smaller; pale above and below;
head coloured like the back. Either a young one or new species, which
in the latter case, should be named Sc, Pearsonii. 3. Sduroptervs
nobilh; bright <diestnut brown, with yellow tips to some of the hairs ;\
pale rufous beneath ; the top of the head, shoulders, and a narrow strode,
down the middle of the upper part of the back, pale fulvous. — ^Bach- .
man's Pterormfs oregonemis comes from the Pine Woods on Columbia .
Rivetj and is minutely described in tiie Journal of Philadelp^. viii. 1,
p. 101« It is of medium . size, between Pt, volucella and sahrinua;.
88
MAMMALIA — RODENTIA.. 45
brown abore, jeUowish-Wliite beneath ; baa longer and narrower ears
than the bitter; spur at the root of the hand much longer (11^ lines, in
iabrvMis only 9), and therefore the wings also are much broader ; on
bellj an ochre-ooloured tinge, which is wanting in the Pt, sahrvmb9;
body &* &'^ ; tail 6'' ; 'ear T^* ; breadth between external margins of
wings 8".
The Poudied Squirrels hare been enriched with three North American
species, oalleeted from the coasts of the Padfic. Two of these, collected
bj Townsend, are described by Bachmann (Phil. Joum. viii, 1, p. 68) : —
1. T(mUas Totpnsendii; like the T, Lysteri, but larger; tail much
longer ; no white stripes on the sides, but a red colour on the haunches t
head and back yellowish-brown, with five black stripes lengthways;
body 6'' 9^" ; tail, without hair, 4", with hair, 5" : Common in the woods
on the west coasts, where it liyes in holes under the earth. 2. 7. mim-^
nms; a black stripe runs sl(mg the spine from the forehead to the tail ;
on each side a whitish ash-coloured one, then a brown, next a pure white^
and at last again a brown stripe accompanies it; under side white; &om
the nasal fosssB^ over the eye, is a white stripe, bordered superiorly with
brown ; through the eye to the ear runs a red line, under it another ;
tail slender, superiorly brown, bordered with bright red ; body 3'' 9^'' ;
taU, without hair, 3" 2'", with hair, 4" : Very plentiful along the banks
of the Rio Colorado. The third species, T. Hindei, has been described
by Gray (Ann. x. p. 264:) ; rufotis brown, with three rather dose black
streaks on the middle of the back, the outer ones edged with a white
streak, having an indistinct black edge to it on its outer side ; belly
white; feet rusty brown ; hair of tail red at the base, with a broad blade
subterminal band and a whitish tip ; body 5}'' ; tail 4}'' : California.
Blasius remarks, in the Verb, der deutsch. Naturf. zu Braunschw.
p. 87) that Tamias striatus is found westward from the Ural, almost to
the Dwina; and in the woods on the Witsch^ada and Sissola it abounds.
On the other hand, Pteromys volcms vi rarely seen in all the North.
To the American Marmots some additions have been made to their
species by Bachitiatm, in the Journal of Philadelph. viii. 1, p. 6, and ii.
p. 319. 1. Spermophihis Totonsendii, allied to the Sp. Richardsonii
and guttatua, Bidh, ; above brownish-grey (hair black at the root, then
silver-grey, then dark brown; with yellowish-white tip) ; hair of the under
side black, tipped with grey; tail above the same colour as the back, be>
neath slightly tinged with brown ; body 3f ; tail, without hair, 1", with
hair, 1^'' : inhabits the prairies on the Walla-walla ; becomes very fat ;'
disappears in August, and appears again early in spring in a very lean
Ojomdition, 2. Sp^ awnulatus ; superiorly reddish-brown, spotted with
Uack ; beneath white ; tail with 17-20 black rings ; body S'' 2'" ; tail>
without hair 8^, with hair 9'' 4''^: Inhabits the western prairies, without
^act limit*
89
46 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Blasins, in hk remarks on the European Marmots (Yerh. der 19ten
VemammL d. Natnrf. Bnmnachw^ p^ 87), laments that the knowledge of
the species is not altogether cle«r# Sp^ gnitatuMf the least diffiised
speoies, was found hy him in the regions of the upper and middle
Donetz, Nearly a^ed to it, he describes the Sp* muiieui, of the high-
est Alps of the Caneansus. 8p. citillus appears to be diffused from the
Danube and Sohlesia as &r as tiie Altai.
Ar€to9Mf$ Jlavwenter has been brought by Douglas^ from the moun-
tains between Texas and Califomia; and is described by Rachinann
under this name (Journal of Fhiladelph. Tiii. 2, p. 909). It is nearly
allied to the A. empetra, but the feet are browmsb-yeUow instead of
black; abdomen yellow instead of rich rust red; hair of the back yeU
kwish-white and black-coloured instead of rust brown, black and white ;
daws half as long t body 16" ; taU, with hair, 6'' W". BachmanTi men-
tions of A, fnoMug (Jootn. PhlL p. 322), that rudimentary cheek-pouches,
into which a pea oonld be inserted, are present.
Mtoxina. — ^Biippell has described a new speoies MMyosem
eineraceas^ in the Mus. Senck. iii. p. 136.
Tail bushy, as in the M. glis; upper surface and tail mouse-grey, with
1^ tinge of a light tawny colour ; under surface yellowish-bright grey ;
throat and paws milk white; body 4^"; tail 2" 5'": From Port Natal
in South Africa.
A remarkable link has been found between the Sciuridoe and the
Myaxidas in the AnomahMrus Frasevi, Fraser discovered this Eodent
at Fernando Po, and Waterhonse gave it the above name in the Ann. z.
p. 201. The external appearance is Ihat of a Pteromya; fur very deli-
cate and soft, and oi a sooty colour on the upper parts of the body,
freckled with yellow ; beneath whiftash ; on the under side of the basal
third of the tail, there is found a doubled longitudinal series of largo
homy scales, with projecting anglss, which assist the animals in climb-
n^ ; skull m general HSbc that ei the Squirrels, but without the post-
orbital process, and with a comparativefy large ant-orbital opening;
molars |, the palate contracted between them. This genus I rank
provisionally with the MyoxidcB, or Dormice.
DiPODA.-^^To Sdrtetes a species has been added by J. E.
$ray. (Ann. x. p* 262.)
He caUs it Alactaga indiem^ and says that it agrees with 8e» (leontium
in the proportipn and length of the hind feet, but diifers fron it in this,
that it is yeDowish, and that the hairs of the tuft of the tail are yellow
with blaok tips; whilst in the £1^. aeontium the black hairs are one
colour to the base, and there is only a slight indication of the
90
MAMMALIA — RODENTIA. 47
form of the pads to the hind toes, so strongly developed in the A, indica.
In it the J are oompreAMd, with three to Are grooyes on each side, and
crenated on the front edge; bodyS^''; tail 6''; earV'4^''': Candahar,
at Qaettah.
With regard to the Dipus vexiUmiui, EUudiu thinks that it is not
essentially different from D. jacuhis,
Davemoy and Lerebonllet haye giyen a masterly description of the
DipUB maurit€inicu8. Day., in the M^m. de Strasb. iii. The authors
haye principally compared the anatomical rektions most completely,
with an exactness which brings to mind the beaatifal works of Pallas
and Daubenton. The delmeation of the mnsdes of the hind limbs is
particiilarly interesting, as it shows how the latter axe ftiUy adapted for
powerfol springing. The chief anatomical peculiarities are rendered
dear by two beautiful plates. In reference to the geographical distri-
bution, the authors remind us, that Dipus mawritcmicui from the
western proyinces of Algiers, and also the specimens f^m Constantine,
axe not distinguished from those of Tunis and Tripoli. The Dipu»
mofurita^iouB, howeyer, is larger, stronger, of a darker hue, and the red
is more mixed with black, than in the Springing-mouse of Tripoli, which
is smaller, and Ughter red. The latter has likewise a somewhat longer
and narrower head, and comparatiyely larger ears. The hairs are, be>
sides, in the Algerine Spring-mouse, stiff and pretty rough ; in that of
Tripoli remarkably £Me, and as it were, woolly ; and this is also the case
in the specimens from Constantine, which approach nearer the Tripoli
than the Algiers Spring-mouse.
PsAMMORYCTiNA. — The new genus Schizodon ttom Cbili,
described by Waterhonse, in the Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 507,
is allied to the Psammoryctea and Octodon, as well as to
Ctenomys^
Fore-feet strong, with large daws for burrowing ; ears of moderate
size; molars |, rootless, the crown of each diyided into two parts by the
meeting of the folds of enamd of the outer and inner side, and the sur-
face of these teeth may be compared to a series of cylinders (two to
eadi tooth), whidi are much compressed in the antero-posterior direction.
The three foremost molars are of equal size, the posterior one smaller.
Ant-orbital opening yery large, besides a peculiar but yery small infra-
orbital openii^. The only spedes is 8eh» fiucus, of the size and colour
of the common Bat, but with softer fur; bodye^'; tail T' 8"''; ear 5^''':
Very common on the eastern side of the Andes, undermining the whole
oouatry, so that hones are continually plunging into the burrows.
Figures saoA frirther anatomical details are much to be desired^
Lund has diyided the South American Bristle Rats into four genera.
91
43 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
(E. Danske YidenaL Selsk. Natnrr. Afhaadl. 1841, p. 243). 1. Phtl<
LOUTS ; each upper molar oonsisting of four simple parallel little cross
plates. 2. .EcHncYs; upper molars composed of two double cross
plates, the Hmbs of which are united to tiie inner margin in the form
of two separate ▼. t. 3. Lokcheubs; two little cross plates, the
anterior single, the posterior like double v. ▼. 4. Nblomts ; upper
molars originally consisting of two cross plates, the anterior simple, the
posterior in the form of a single y. I haye here to remark, that PhylUymyB
is a true Nelomys, or rather Lancheres, according to my definition ; to
which also, perhaps, will belong the genus Lonchophorub, described by^
Lund afterwards (p. 282). Lund's Echimys and Lonehereg are identical
with my Echinomys; and Lund's Nelomys agrees, in all material
respects, with Jourdan's genus of the same name (or Loncheres accord^
ing to my definition) ; but differs from it by the want of bristles, as it
appears, and by a small yariation in the molars*
Lund has only found some under jaws of Phyllomys hrcmlien$i8, in a
hole in the yalley of the Rio da Yelhas. He has obtained no species as
yet of his Echimys, to which he joins E. chryswrus, eajewnensis, &c. ;
but he has got twif species of LonehereMj which he distinguishes as
£. elega/M and laticeps, Loncherei elega/ns he says is generally distri-
buted. It is slender, and of a rat-like appearance; superiorly rich
rusty yellow brown, beneath pure white ; both colours stop suddenly ;
tail scaly, thinly coyered with hairs, which, towards the end, increase in
length, so that they here form a thin pencil } body 8" ^ tail 8^''. In
my opinion, this species will be nothing else than Echinomys leptosoma,
(E» cajennemis). Of the habits of the Bristly Rats, hitherto quite
unknown, Lund giyes us the first information. L» elegcms keeps in the
neighbourhood of standing waters, where it makes its nest amongst the
sedges. It swims quickly, yisits by night the com fields, when it climbs
the maize stalks, nibbles the ears, and destroys the crop. According to
Natterer's information, the species of Echinom/ys ascend the trees, whilst
those of NelomyB inhabit holes. This latter fact Lund also obseryed.
Of Lund's second species of Loncheres, called by him L, laticepBy I find
no other account by him, than that (p. 99) it is rare. Lund also men-
tions two Hying species of Nelomy$ (Lancheres of tiie reporter), N. cm^
tricola and mleidens, NelomyB omtrieola (p. 246), formerly called by
him EchmamyB <zpereaideB (p. 98), is not a true Bristly Rat, as it wants
eyery trace of bristles, and its hairs axe of the usual constructicm.
It is plump, with a thick snout, short ears, and ycry hairy tail ; aboye
grey-brown, composed of a mixture of rusty yellow and black-brown';
beneath white ; bodylO''; tail7i'': liyes in holes, and feeds on all
oi^ganic substances which it can gnaw. N. BuleidenB, Lund, is only
known from the remains of bones that haye been found, according to
which it differs in this respect fiom the other species^ that the cuttingr
92
MAAiMALIA — RODENTIA. 49
teeth have a furrow lengthways. Lund's N» cmtricola is eyidently
nearly allied to Loncheres unicolor, Bilpp., which I have' characterized
in these Archives hurt year (1 Bd. s. 361), without being perfectly sure
of ranldng it under LoncJieres, since its teeth were not known to me.
Two other Brazilian species, L, macrwra and nigri-spina, Natt, are
described at the same place.
CuNicuLARiA. — BUppell has added one of the most
remarkable forms to Mammalia in his new genus Hetero-
CEPHALUS.
It is represented in the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 99, tab. 8, fig. 1, and
tab. 10, fig. 3. Skin almost wholly naked, with single hairs here and
there ; body plump ; eyes small ; external muscles of the ear obsolete ;
limbs strong, five toed, with stout daws; tail rather short; cutting
teeth strong, smooth, obliquely sharpened; molars |, consisting of a
simple cylinder, the upper ones with an indentation on the inside, the
under with two indistinct protubercmces pushing against each other.
To the only hitherto known species, Ruppell has given the name
Heterooephalus gUxber; body, in a straight line. At* ; tail 1" 3''^ ; fore-
foot, with middle daw, T*' ; hind-foot, with middle daw, W : lives in
holes in the meadows of Schoa. The reporter, from the plate, finds the
skuU most nearly resembling that of the Oeorhychus,
Riippell has made another important addition to this family, in a
second North African spedes of Rhizomys (Tctchyoryetes). lib. dt.
p« 97y tab. S, fig. 2 ; tab. 10, fig. 2. He calls this spedes Rkizomyi
mcbcrocephalus ; hair pretty long and extremdy delicate ; whole upper
surface rich reddish-brown with a beautiful sil^ gloss verging towards
metallic (hairs dark bluish-grey, with brown. tips); under side dirty
yellow grey ; body 12^' ; tail 1" ^'^ : habitat, earth passages of the
pasture meadows of Schoa.
J. £. Gray has defined another spedes under the name of Rhizomyi
minor ; far grey with browner ends, long, very silky ; whiskers brown ;
sides of head rather browner; tail naked; body 6^'' ; tail If : Indian
or Cochin China? (Ann. z. p. 266.)
Bachmann, in the Joum. of Philad. viii. 1, p. 103, has more exactly
characterised Ascomys (Geomys) borecUis, Rioh., and A, T<non9endiiy
Rich., hitherto only known by an unsatisfiictory notice. A, horealU is
pale grey ; superiorly washed with yellow ; under side, feet, daws, and
tail white ; cutting teeth anteriorly yellow ; in the upper ones a slight
groove, towards the inner margin, is visible by means of a magnifying
glass; body 7^"; tail 2''. Bachmann acknowledges, that he has not
been able to find out the difPerenoe between this and the A. Tatontendii,
He states the body of this latter to be 7V'y the tail 2}". Bichardson
93
50 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLU :
himiwlf, has at present only said that the tail of the latter if smnewhat
laxger than that of the fi>nn^: both species axe natives of Goltanbia
KuRiNA. — Waterhouse has made a modification in the
arrangement of this family, in the Ann. x. p. 203, , aJPter the
. following scheme : —
Family. — Murida — Genera: GerbilluSf PBommomySf Mus, Ee^pe-
romys, Dendromys, Phkeomys, Cricetomys, CricetuSt Euryotis, Hapa-
loHif Rdthrodon, Sigmodon, and Neotoma,
Sub -family 1. — Agpalomyina — Genera: Ehizomys, Aspalomys,
(8palaa!)y and Heteroc^halus^
Sub-fiunily 2. — Arvicolina — Genera: Ondatra^ Arvicola, and
Against this arrangement the reporter has to obeenre, that its logieal
seqnenoe is not to be granted, as the two sub-families, taken together,
do noiy perhaps, form a part (tf the £imily Mwrida, but stand as an
appendix to it. This appendix, moieoTer, would not be necessary for
the Arvicolasy as they, in the most essential respects, bear the type of
the Mice, and in their most importent differenoe, the construction of the
molars, do not stend isolated, but by Neotoma and Mygtromfs, adyance
into veiy intimate union with the oOtet divisions of the Mwrince, It is
somewhat different with the Aipalomyina. These are strange members
in the family of the Mice, yarying from them yeiy essentially in the
structure of the skull, the molars, and cutting teeth, and in the limbs, so
that the passage from them to the Mice is only made by a jump. My
arrangement and division of the family Murina is now completed in
Schreber's Suppl. iiL
Two new. genera haye been described by Gray in the Ann. x. p. 2&^
NxsoKiA and Yandxlbubia. On their relation to the other genera, the
reporter does not yentuie any judgment, as the i«esent description is
not sufficient for that purpose. The molars eyen of Vcmdeleuria are
not known. Nesokia. — Cutting teeth yery large, flat in front and
mooth ; grinders f ; front, in upper jaw, large with three ooss ridges;
the middle oblong, and the hinder much narrowed behind, each wilii
two cross ridges ; the front lower grindet larger, narrowed in front with
three eross ridges ; hinder each with two ridges, the hindermost mnalfast ;
tail short, thick, with whorls of scales and scattered bristles; ears
moderate, naked. The author disdngnishes this genus from Mus, by
the large onttmg teeth and short tail; he looks on it as intermediiate
between Mus and Rhizomys. As a qiecifis, he plaoes in it Mus Mctrd^
mckU from India; and. he thinks it probable that Brandt's Hypudasus
Ouira may belong to the genus. VANnBUUBUu — Upper cutting teeth
triangular, with a deep grooye near the middle on the oblique front
94
MAMMALIA — ^RODSNTIA. 61
•dge ; ean hairy ; for foft, with soine longer bristles ; hind feet refty
long, tiender, soles bald beneath; toes 4-5, kmg, the thfeo auddle
almost eqaal» the hinder middlfi vtty long; the front outer scaioe^
risible; the front inner weak; tail verj long, sealjr, with scattered
hairs, and with longer more enmded hairs at the tip. Very like the
American QerbUH (jocuUm) in external appearance and fonn of hmd
feet; differs frem DtnirimMft in the Ibrm and proportion of the toes:
lines in bushes and trees in bidia. The upeeies is Jlics oleraeeMf Sykes?
or M, Umgiccmdatus of Elliott.
To Smith's genus Ototnyt^ the reporter had to furnish a new name,
Malcbcothrix (Schreb. So^. iiL p. 496), because Fr. Cnyier had, nine
years preyiously, given the same title to another genus (Ewtyotis).
With regard to the new species whidi hate been added to the genus
JfiM, and even to tiie family Mwridce, I diaH refer for a notice of them
to my monograph of this group, in order to gain room; and I shall only
ooeaeionatty notice some species, while I shall more closely consider sndi
others as have come to my knowledge sfaice the printing of tiiat woric.
Lesson's Mus (forulems has dipped out of some colony into the granaries
of Roehefort ; Aboye slate bine ; beneath bluish ash-grey ; tail bhwkish ;
extremities flesh coloured (Tab. du iUgn. Anim. p. 138). Selys (Ber.
Zool. p. S46), eonsiden Hie Jfus hibenUout as an accidental Tariety ef
M. rattus. Tobias of Gorlits, has imparted some interesting observe.
taons on tiie habits of the Jf«s mmutus, and foimation of its nest.
(las, 1642, p. 387.) Riippell has described and given drawings of the
North East African Mice, in the Mus, Senckenb. iiL p. 104; viz., Jfus
abygsiMcuSy oMptB^ leucagterwwMf d&mbeenm, imberbis^ and Criee^
twMf% g€i/rMwMM. Of M, cUexa/ndrinus, Riippell mentions, in the
Yen. d. SenoL Samml. p. 29, that he has received one fr^om North
America; and the reporter has it fiiHU the Bnudls, — a proof how widely
these Miee are extended.
Bachmann has described five new q;>ecies in the Joorn. of
the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, viii. p. 300^ which he
places under Mvu, bnt which, as the reporter supposes, do
not, perh3>ps, collectively belong to this genus* but must fall
under Heaperomys, and, perhaps, under genera yet to be
(established.
1. Jfus hmMiiB ; reddiah-grey above (hair at under part lead-coloured),
beneaith lig^t fulvous ; eheeloi, and a side streaik, blight nut colour; tail
thinly covered with hair, above brown, beneath somewhat lighter;
body 2'' ^"i tail 2''4'''; ear Z'" \ South Carolina. 2. Jf. (caUmya)
aureolu$; above bright orange colour; belly light fulvous; throat,
breast, and fore-feet, white ; body if' 3"' ; taU 3" V' ; ear, posteriorly,
95
52 EEPOET ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
3"': inCiroliiwuidOeoTgw: dimbi Tery well. Very hkeM. Uumput',
bnt KHnewhat luger, and the em lattier ■horter. 3. if. miehigcmeniU ;
lig^t giejish'brown, teneath wMtish ; cheeka jellow ; bodj 4" ; tail
2i" ; ear 1'" ; from Michigaji. Difibn &om M. leueopat bj ita maoh
ihorter tul, shorter ear*, and the whitfl not extending to the sides.
4. Jf. coroItneiHu ; light lead ooloiir (hairs of one colour), beueaOi
somewhat paler; ears long and hair^; upper cutting teeth slightly
fiUTOWed ; body 2" 4"' ; t^ 2" 9"' ; ear 4'". Not niuneroas on the
coasta <^ South Carolina. 5. Jf. Ltcontii; abofe dark reddish-brown
^haiifl at root lead coloured) ; beneath light Mtoiu ; ears slightly pro-
jecting from the tai ; upper cutting teeth deeply fsnowed ; body 2i" ;
taO 2" ; ear 1^"' : from Georgia. Professor Stdiinz showed me tw«
miee, whii;^ oame'from the same State; one of which agrees with
Jf. Leeoittii, the other, which aeems midescribed, I have named Ifus
poli<mot\i$ : M. supra flavido-plombeu^, Bubtua pedibnaque albidua ;
aariculis mediocribus ; dent. prim, int^ris ; cauda pUosa abbreviata ;
body 2" 4'" ; tul 1" 2"' ; ears 4"' ; hind foot 7"'. As mentioned already,
nrather species belong to Jfu«, but their teeth are tudmows to me.
Four new Brazilian species of ffetperomyi have bean described in
tbeae Archives by the reporter, 1848, 1 Bd. p. 361 :— if. (Oirymyetenu)
nuteOatat, Wagn. ; H. aruiculoidet, Fict ; H. orobintu ; and S. mb-
Jlavru, Wagn.
With regard to Pkloeomyt Cumingii, described by Eydoux and
Souleyet fVoy. Sur la Bcaiite, ZooL i. p. 43, tab. 7), I must remark, that
it is Tery different from the animal characterized by Waterhouae. The
latter, which. I myself had an opportunity of eiamining at Vienna, ii
quite black on the back ; tail and fbet foiy black. On tlie other hand,
the Frendi sodo^ata describe thur animal as mostly white. It appears,
UierefixN, to be either an Albino, or some other species.
JfiM harbarut, and Rhombomyi robuttut, Wagn. {QettiUut ShawUt
Duv.), have been amply Hlmtrated by Davemoy and LerebouUet in the
iSija. de Straab. iii. The anatomioal pecnliaritiee, particularly the eye,
and several syitema, have been iUnstrated witii great ezactnesa in hoQi
these species, as well as in Dipwt mo/vritanieui. Two plates represent
these as well as the animali themselves.
The newly described Jumping Mice of Riippell and A. Smith have
alteady been noticed in my monograph, where also a new spedes finm
i& is des<adbed.
yerbUlat aytUrarm, Gray (Ann. z. p. 266) ; iiir grey-brown, rather
sled, under flir lead-colotued ; abdomen whitish ; chin and throat pure
ite; tail covered with pale chestnut-brown hairs,* those near the
MAMMALIA — RODENTI A . 53
end black-tipped ; upper cutting teeth with a deep central groove ;
body 5" 3'" ; toil 4" 3'" : Affghanistan.
Much labour has been expended on the group of Burrowing
Mice.
Seljs jdaoed, in his Faun. Beige, the Hypudaius offreHie as a peculiar
species. He now recognises his H, fiUvus as identical with H. a/rvalis ;
but still lingers on the distinctness of the H, mbterraneus. The reporter
does not know it from observation, but agrees with the opinion of
Keyserling and Blasius.
The reporter described a new species from St. Gothard, in Schreb.
SuppL iiL p. 576, under the name of J7. alpinus, and gave a sketch in
tab. 191, B. The name of the H, nivalis, of the Faul Horn, was only
known to the reporter from the Rev. ZooL 1842, p. 347, at the time his
description was printed. He has since found, that a diagnosis of this had
abeady been given in the preceding number of the Zeitschrift, p. 331,
from which it is to be concluded, that H, alpiwus and nivalis are
identical. Selys also shows H. neglectus to be identical with H, agrestis,
Sundevall has given, in the K. Yetensk. Acad. HandL for Ar. 1840,
Stockh. 1842, p. 15, a very careful description of the teeth of H» arvalis
(according to more recent definitions JET. agresHs), of H. ruHlus and
gloreohMf and of Myodus lemmus, with important renuirks on their
geographical distribution in Sweden. Correct plates illustrate the
teeth of the known spedes. Two species have been described by Gray
in the Ann. z. p. 265 : — 1. Arvicola Boylei ; rufous grey, beneath grey ;
hair dark lead colour at the base ; ears moderate, round, hairy ; tail
covered with pale hairs ; first lower grinder has a large rhombic anterior
process, and three folds on the outer side and four on the inner one ; the
hinder upper one has three folds on each side, and an elongated lobe
behind; body^''; tail T' 2^'' : Cashmere. 2. Arvicola americima^
like the English Water Bat, but only half the size ; fit>nt cutting teeth
slightly grooved on the outer edge : South America. This is the first
notice of real Field-Mioe beiog indigenous to South America ; but since
no authority is given, it may be «uppo6ed that an error in the habitat
has occurred.
Four new species of North American Burrowing-Mioe have been
described by Bachmann, in the Journal of Philadelphia, viii. 1, p. 60 ;
and iL p. 295: — 1. Arvicola Totmaendii; hairs above lead coloured,
with dark brown tips, beneath ash-grey ; feet and daws brown ; ears
large, someirhat projecting ; body 6'' ; tail 2^'' ; breadth of ear 5''' :
from Columbia River. 2. A, fulvua; fur smooth and glossy, above
chestnut-brown, beneath whitish-groy; ears and limbs long; body
3" 9"' ; tail 1" 4'" : probably from Illinois. 3. A. nagutm ; head and
nose elongated; far above dark rust-brown, beneath dirty yellowish-
97 G
54 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
grey; legs and tail light biown; body 5'' V''\ taU 1" ^'' : abuMUmt in
the northern parts of New York. 4. A, teakptaides ; head thick ; note
blunt ; ears concealed ; fur abort, yery soft, aboye li^t brown, beneath
bright grey; body ^" ; tail l(f" : Long Ldand,— not rare in the neigh-
bourhood of New York. Differs from A. pen$ylva/nica by its thicker
head ; by the fbr being only half as long and withomt the longer bristles :
from A.pinetarwny by its siae, and the want of a chestnut-brown hue on
the^ cheeks.
Blasius has giyen some lemarks on the Lemmings, in the Verb, der
Naturf. zu Braunsohw. p. 88. The last under molar has in them four or
fiye alternating prism* ; in the Arvicola only three, standing obliquely
behind eadi other (not alternating). All the Northern spedes, as
MyoduB hud9onieu8f haye oonyex rounded fiire-teeth, which fi>rm a bow
on the edge. The species found farther south, to 6^** latitude (M. nor-
UfeffiefM or UmmuMf M, torquatus and laffwrw)^ haye finre4eeth with
single bows running into each other on the anterior surfwe. The most
southern £>rm, Jf . migratorius (Lemmu$ obeims , Brandts ; Qeorhychtu
luteu€f Eyersm.), whieh belong to the KirguisiBa Steppes, has flat, not
curyed, upper fore-teeth*
Rathke has furnished a copiooa account of the Norwegian Lemming,
with regard to its aflatonucal relations, in the last publications of the
Naturf. Qesellsch. in Danaig, 1842, p. 1.
Mv9 hetulmui has been found in Sweden by W. Yon Dilben. He
disooyered this species at Bonneberga, in the neighbourhood of Land*
skrona, and described it in the E. Yetensk. Acad. HandL Stock. 1843,
p. 175. This disooyery points out a wide distribution of the known
species; and it is also of importance, as the Prince of Musignano
obsertes, since it afforded Nilason an opportunity of determining that it
cannot be arranged under Jfus, but must be placed under Smm^wg*
Bladus has, in like manner, conyinoed himself, that the allied trades,
Mu» v<igu$, belongs to the genus 8fnmtku$ (Yerh. p. 87).
Castorina. — The position of the nipples of the Myopo-
tamuB hSiS, since my la.st year's report, called forth much
obseryation, the most of which is yet deposited with me in
manuscript.
It was announced in last year's report, that a Mr. Popelaire had made
known a strange animal from Chili, which, among other anomalies, had
nipples on its back. Wesmael named this wonderful animal Ma,9t(motU9
PopelarU; and Lesson has since giyen it a second name, QuUUnomyM
chiiaMis. I esteemed the whole account as fiibulous. The assertion
was, howeyer, not long printed, until the Academy reoeiyed the K.
Yetensk. Acad. Haadl. for Ar, 1839, Stockh. 1841, in which Fahrfeus
98
MAMMALIA — RODENTIA. 55
daoUred, firom an examination of a akin, ihai the nipples, in fiiet, thougli
not exactly upon the back, yet lay 1^ inches above the mesial line of
the sides, and that the animal was nothiqg else than the well known
MyopotcMMns c&ypu9. He promised forther information on the receipt
of two liTuig spedmenSy whidi had been promised him (p. 226, also
given in the Isis, 1S42, p. 356), Sundevall gave a ooafirmatum of this
ftct, in the Arsber. om nyare Zool. Arbet. p. 538. The question was
now not one of a fable, but only of correct interpretation. Farther
evidenee of this appeared. Dr. Biippell informed me, about the 11th
February, that he had found, in two females of the Myopot<miu8 from
ChUi, the nipples, four pair in number, just as Fahrasus had described
them ; and he observed, that Christie, in the Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1835,
p. 182, had previously mentioned, that in this animal the nipples were
situated ** uncommonly high on the sides.*' In a third specimen in
Frankfort, probably a male, excrescences were not £>und on the sides.
At the same time, Dr. Schinz informed me, that he had observed the
same position of the nipples, not merely in the Myopota/mu$, but also in
the iMgostamfM. About dd March, I received from Eriohson the infor>
mation, that he had convinced himself, from the examination of a skin
from Chili, of the correctness of the earlier assertions. He laid before
me, at the same date, a notice from Sondevall, who had kept for a while,
in Stockholm, a live adult male of Myopotamusy and on which, after its
death in the previous May, no trace of exerescenoes were found. In
addition, I have to remark, that I have fonnd, very distinctly^ these
excrescences in a specimen in the collectum here. It is therefore proved,
that in Myopotamvs, merely in the female however, nipple-like organs
are found h^h on the sides, but their function has not yet been pointed
out That tiiey represent nipples is probable, from their absence in the
male ; but in order to be certain of it, either their connection with the
mammary glands, or at least the fact of suction, by means of these
organs, must be shown. One circumstance struck me on the examina-
tion of the specimen here, a very large old individual, that these excres-
censes were quite concealed beneath the under fur, and surrounded by it,
whilst in others the nipples are situated on the naked skin. It is a very
interesting fact, that a similar position of these organs has been found
by Dr Schinz in LcLgostomus, but we have both sought in vain for them
in the OhincMUa, *
Dr. Rjippell has drawn my attention to a eireumstance whioh deserves
fiurther observation. In both his specimens from Chili, the fur is dark
brown, grisled with bright brown ; the top of the nose is also dark brown,
but witii a whiter spot at the point, and the mouth is edged with white.
* Neither ooold I find them i« the stofTed skins of La^ttam/ui, especially
in the Hare-vme, of this collection.— Editob of Arch.
99
56 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
The specimen here, which also came from Chili, is of the same colour.
In a third specimen, said to be from FaiagoBj, the apex of the nose,
with the whole fur, is mstj red ; the border of the mouth ash grey.*
Weber showed, in the meeting of Natural Historians at Brunswick
(Verb. p. 65), that in the male Bearer, behind the urinary bladder, there
lies another bladder, which much resembles a uterus bieomUy and con-
sists of two tubes.
AcULEATEA. — Atherura ofricana (A.fasciculata, Benn.)
was characterized by Oray as follows, from a living and a
stuffed specimen (Ann. x. p. 261) : —
Spines all dull steel black; of the back strong, elongate, end com>
pressed, angular ; of the head, under parts and limbs flat, channelled ;
whiskers black, bristly; tail elongate, tapering, ^d the length of the
body, with a tufl of compressed white elongate quills; ears rounded,
somewhat naked, black : Sierra Leone. Veiy dilferont from the figure
of the Indian Atherura in the Illustrations of Indian Zoology.
The Cercolahes melcmwrv*, characterized by me in these Archives,
1842, 1 Bd. p. 360, has, at the same time, been defined by Gray in the
Ann. z. p. 262, under the name SphiggtMrus melanv/rus,
SuBUNGULATA — DcLsyprocta nigricanSy Natt., has been
distinguished firom the other species by the reporter, in the
Archives, v. J. 1 Bd. p. 362.
Among the three new species of Ddtyprocta which Gray has described
in the Ann. z. p. 264, his D, nigra is identical with our Z>. nigriccmSy
Natt. From a young immaturo specimen, Wagler had proviously marked
it as 2). fuliginosa, Qray's 2>. pwnctata is the real Aguti described by
Azara, to which, therefore, Lichtenstein has given the name of 2). Azarce,
This species belongs to Paraguay and the southern regions of Brazil,
but is totally absent in the northern, according to Natteror's ezact inves-
tigations. The D. aguti, described by Desmarest, Fr. Cuvier, the Prinz
von Wied, and others, is peculiar to the north and east parts of Brazil.
Natterer collected most of his specimens at Borba, whero the D, Aza/rcR
* In the specimens in the collection here, the reverse is the case. The South
Brasiliaii have the fore-part of the snout and the margin of the mouth of rather
a rifih white, while in the GhUi specimens above mentioned, the same parts are
muddy grey. In one of the South Brazilian, the fore-paws are grey ; in another
the whole fur is yellowish-white. The Chili specimen is, on the whole, darker
coloured than the South Brazilian, because the black of the scattered hairs
more extended. The same is observable in the whiskers, which, in the South
Brazilian, are mostly white ; in the Chili ones, black, mixed with some brown.
— Editob of Arch.
MAMMALIA — RODENTIA, 67
is not' to be met with. Graj describes also a D. aibida ; whitisb-grey,
nearly imifbnn; the hair of the back elongated, white at the base : from
St Yinoents, in the West Indies. Size of a Guinea-pig, Ccma cobaya.
This species (?) is quite unknown to me.
Lund has, in the often quoted Eopenh. Denkschr. p. 286, also drawn
attention to the difference between the two citron yellow AguHs. I am
of his opinion, that MarkgraTs AgtUi is the one defined by Desmarest
and most authors as D. <iguH, Lund, on the other hand, would totally
separate the South Brazilian species fiom that of Paraguay (the D, Azcmtcb,
Lichtenst.), and calls the former D. ca/udcUa, He distinguishes the two
by this, that in the 2>. Azurce the rump is of the same colour with the
rest of the body (in the D, caudata, pure grey) ; the size is smaller, and
the tail shorter. I can, however, affirm, from seeii^ the numerou
South Brazilian speciniens in the Vienna collection, that the colour o
the rump in them here and there also falls into grey ; no difference o
size exists ; and therefore the specific distinction is inadmissable.
The reporter regrets, that from want of room, he can only
epitomise the extensiye and yalnable communications of Lund
in the Eopenh. Denksch. of 1841.
Lund distinguishes two CavicR ; a laiger darker one, with white belly,
which he calls Cavia a^erea, and considers identical with Lichtenstein's
C obscura and C. leibcopyga, which is correct. To another smaller one,
with shining fur passing into reddish, and a yellow-grey beUy, he giyes
the name of C. rufetcens. This is, as the reporter adds, the same with
Wagler's C julgida, Lund distinguishes a smaller species of Cerodon
rupestrisj which he names C. aaxatiHsj but merely characterizes it by
the configuration of the skulL Coelogenys fulvus and fuscut belong to
one species ; the difference of the skull in regard to smoothness or rough-
ness depending, he is inclined to think, on difference of sex.
DuPLiciDENTATA. — What Blasius complains of in the Eu-
ropsBo^Siberian Hares, that they are certainly not numerous,
but sufficiently intricate, applies still more to the numerous
species of the other zones. Blasius has not merely lamented,
but busied himself, along with Bachmann, in unrayelling this
intricacy.
Blasius mentions, in the Yerh. der Versamml. der Naturf. zu Braun-
schweig, p. 88, that after the examination of an Irish Hare, he finds
that the Lepus fUbemicus cannot be separated as a species from L, vct-
riabilis {L. horeaUs), He describes, moreover, a new species, L, aqui-
lonius, already mentioned by Pallas, under the L, variabilis, as " Bussak"
101
58 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
The tail has fourteen Yertebro, as in the v<»ridbili8, but it is (excluding
the hair) of the length of the head, and marked in the same way as in
the L, Hmidm, abore black, beneath white. The ear is also, as in the
L. timidiu, of the length of the head, the slit of the ear mneh shorter
than the head ; upper side brown ; head and sides of trunk, thighs, and
after part of back, on the outside, dirty greyish-white, without rust
colour. This new species appears principidlj to inhabit between 55**
and 63'' north latitude, where, in Russia, the L, timidug is totally absent.
Across the Baltic, towards the west, it is not observed.
Kilster has remarked of the Hares of Spalatro (Dabnatia), that they
are smaller than ours, with a very bright grey tinge on the k>ins (Isis,
1842, p. 611).
The dark-tailed Tariety of the Lepu$ crasgieaudatuB was. ooneotly
described by Rtippell, in the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 137, under the name
X. melcmwrus.
Bachmann has reyised his earlier Monograph on North
American Hares, and added four new species.
His new work is contained in the Joum. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of
Philad. yili. 1, p. 75. — a. Species in the higher latitudes, in winter
becoming white. 1. Lepus glcLcialu : 2. L, campeitrU, Bach. : 3. L. CLtne-
ricanuB, End. {L, virgmicmus, HarL) : not found, as the author re-
marks in his corrections, on the other side of the Rocky Mountains ; but
confined to the north parts of the United States, Canada, and the north-
east coast, as fkr as 64^. — h. With long ears and tail : all from the
north-west coasts. Z. T<wmsendU, Bach., new species, tab. 2 ; size of
Z. ommcontes ; ears, tail, legs, and tarsi very long ; fur above bright
grey, beneath white : at Columbia River. 5. L, longicaudatuB, Gray :
6. L. nigricaudatuBy Bonn. : 7. L. Richa/rdBonii, Bach., new species ;
somewhat larger than L. tylvaHeuB ; ears and legs much longer and
slenderer ; tail shorter ; upper side grisled grey, under side white : Ca-
lifornia. L. caUfomicuB, Gray. — c. Tarsi thinly haired, daws pro-
jecting over the fur. 9. L, tiquaHouB, Bach. : 10. L, pa2us<m, Badi.
— cK. Like Cj but the feet thickly haired. 11. L, gtflvaticuB, Bach. —
e. Small ears ; head and tail short. 12. L. artemidaf new species ; grey,
on the nape and the limbs rusty red ; under side white ; tail above same
colour with back, beneath white ; tarsi weU haired ; body 12" : at Walla-
walla. 12. L. Bdchmcmi, Wat., new species ; like the L, paluBtrU, but
about Jd less ; ears longer ; feet thickly haired ; colour less yellow ; taU
above greyish-black, beneath white ; body 10" : in the south-west parts
of North America. 14. L. Nuttallii, Bach.
A new species of Burrowing Hares {Leporidce) has been discovered
on the mountains of Cabool, Lagomys rtifescens, Gray (Ann. x. p. 266).
102
MAMMALIA — EDBNTATA. 59
Pale grey, with a bright rafous tinge ; Ixase of the bain dark lead-colour ;
•lightiij varied with blaok on the hinder part of the bade ; cheeks, middUs
ai throat, abdomen, inner sideB of limbe and feet whitish ; ears huge,
haiij, rounded ; daws black. On rocky hills near Baker^s tomb, at about
6000 or 8000 feet eloTation. This is easily known from all the other
Old World species, by its pale colour and rafous tinge.
Hodgson procured another species from the snowy region of Nepal,
on the border of the Holy Lake, out of whidi the Trisal Ghmga flows.
He calls it Lagom/if% nepalenns; and gives the following character of
it : — ** with broad, roonded, nndish ears, nearly half the length of the
head; soles nude on the termino-digital baUs only, and sofk equable fur,
which is dark bay from the snout to waist, and mfesoently freckled black
thence to the vent; bdow and the limbs pater bay; snout to vent 7
inches; head 2; ears |; palm (with nail) |; planta (with nail) 1|."
The lemate is rimilar, but smaller. Hodgson himself does not deny the
possibility that this spedes may be identical with L. Roylei (Ann. z.
p. 76),
EDENTATA.
BfjppELL gave, in the Mus. Senck. p. 138, an exact descrip-
tion and sketch of a rare species of Sloth in that collection,
which he named Bradypua gularis;
It is identical with Wagler's B, €U4SuUigery and bdongs to the north-
eastern parts of Brazil and Ghiiana. The geographical distribution of
two other species has been now fixed by the jouraeys of S^ and Nat-
terer. B. infiucaiu$, WagL, inhabits the north-west part of South
America ; the A a», WagL {B. tndactyltu, Cuv,, Neaw.) inhabits, on
the other hand, South Brazil
Lund and Owen have simultaneously proved, that the assumption of
Megatherium having a mail*<»vering is incorrect Lund's essay is, in
the meanwhile, only communicated in a short notice in the Oversigt over
det K. danske Yidensk. Selsk. forh. i. Aaret. 1841, p. 161. He remarks,
that he has placed his genus Platyonyx (which he has separated from
MegaJUmyx), next the Sloths, for he is of opinion, that the type of the
organization of these animals, as well as of the MegcUanya and Mega-
thermm is the same, and consequently, that they have no covering of
maiL
Owen's description of a tooth and part of the skeleton of the Olyp-
todon elavipee (Transact of the OeoL Soc. of London, vi. jp. 81), is one
of the best works which has appeared on Palssontology during the
preceding year. He brings forward evidence, that the fossil pieces of
103
60 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
mail which were found in South America, do not belong to the Megor-
theriumy but to a peculiar genus which he calls Olyptodon, Lund, at
the same time, gave to it the name HolophoruSf and D' Alton that of
Pctchypue.
OrycterotheHum missaurieniie is a new species described by Harlan.
The bones were found bj Koch on the Missouri : the teeth are like those
of the MegaUmyx ; the daws like those of Orycteropus, (Sillim. Amer.
Joum. xlii. p. 392 ; and in Ann. z. p. 72.)
Harlan^ in Sillim. Amer. Joum. zliii. p. 14:1, quotes Owen's article,
MegatherUdce, in the Penny Cyclopiedia, xv., where are five genera
comprehended : — Megatheriv/m^ MegaUmyx, GloMOtherium, Mylodon,
and Scelidotherium. He also puts us in mind, that he had proposed, in
1835, the name Aulaxodon or Pleurodon, for Myloddn, The latter of
these two is eyidently better than Mylodon, which signifies nothing else
than grinder. Orycterotherittm would also belong to the family Mega-
theriidoB,
Lund has given some excellent remarks on the Brazilian ArmadiUoes.
(Det E. Danske Yidensk. Selsk. Afh. viii. p. 55, 65, 225.) He distin-
guishes a species, D<Mypus wrocerae (2). S^nctus, Linn.), from Datypua
longicaudus (D, d-cinctus), of the Prince of Neuwied : it has eight
molars, eight bands, and tail somewhat shorter than the body. He has
also discovered a smaller species, called by the Indians Tattt-fnirim,
Mayer has called attention, in his Neuen Untersuch aus der Anat.
and Phys. p. 32, to a small nipper-like organ, under the tip of the
tongue of the Dagypns,
Owen has illustrated the anatomical relations of the Monotremata in
the third volume of Todd's Cyclopaedia. The internal structure of these
remarkable animals is here very clearly and fundamentally shown, with
many illustrative plates. Whoever wishes to become acquainted with
their anatomy cannot select a better guide than this article.
SOLIDUNGULA.
The Natural History of Horses. By Col. Ham. Smith. (The
Naturalist's Library, vol. xii.)
The author has brought forward no fewer than twelve species of
horses — a. The Eqmn>e form : 1. EqwM cahalliM domesHcus : 2. E.
vcurius : 3. E, hippagrus. — b. The Asinine form : 4. Asinus equ>uleus :
5. A. onager: 6. A, hamna/r: 7. A.. henUonus, — ^. The Hippotigrine
form : 8. Hippotigris zehra : 9. H, a/ntiquorwm : 10. -flT. Bwrchelli :
11. H, quacha : 12. H. isahellinus. — E. varius is the spotted horse, which
Moorcrofk, Qerard, and othiers mention. From the species, our Piebald
104
MAMMALIA — PACHYDERMATA. 61
Horses originate ; and, in the year 1815, some squadrons of Bavarian
hussars were mounted with them. In the E, MppagruSy which rests
on the fabulous Koomrah of the North African mountains, the author's
lively imagination leads him to believe, that he recognises Oppian's
Hvppagras, The Asinus eqvndeus, identified with the Yo-to-tse of the
Chinese, is defined from a single individual, which, in all its particu-
lars, was nothing more than a Hybrid or Mule, between the Horse
and Ass. The A, ha/mar rests merely upon an incorrect drawing of
the KuUvn by Ker Porter. Hippotiffris antiquarv/m, or the Zebra
of Congo, is distinguished &om that of the Cape on insufficient infor-
mation. H. udbellinua is founded upon a stuffed specimen, whose
habitat is unknown, but it may be only a variety in colour of the
QiMgga, We see &om this, that the slightest marks aro sufficient for
the creation of new species. The monograph of the reporter on the
Horse is, naturally to the author as an Englishman, totally unknown.
PACHYDERMATA.
Count Keyserlino has described an under molar tooth of
Elasmotherium, which was found in the Eirguisian Steppes,
in the neighbourhood of the Caspian Sea. According to his
and Brandt's opinion, this genus forms a link between the
Rhinoceros and Elephant.
Fischer of Waldheim founds upon this tooth a new species,
E. Keyserlingi, (Bullet, de Moscow, 1842, p. 254, tab. 3.)
Goddard has announced, after an examination of the Miaau-
rium Kochii, that it is a Mastodon, (Proceed, of the Acad,
of Nat. Sc. of Philad. Oct. 1841, p. 115.)
In digging canals in Louisiana, an under jaw was found at the depth
of forty-five feet, which, however, was so rotten, that it crumbled to
pieces, and only one tooth was preserved. Professor Carpenter holds it
for the fifth tooth of a Tapir, which it evidently is from the description,
though not from the plate, in which the artist, through exaggeration of
the perspective, has quite disfigured the originaL (Sillim. Amer. Joum.
xliL p. 390.)
Owen's description of some fossil remains of Cho^ropotamus, PaUeo-
theriwm, Anoplotheriv/m, and Dichobwthe, from the eocene formation.
Isle of Wight (Transact, of the Geol. Soc. vi. p. 41), gives some expla-
nation of the alliance of Choeropota/mus with the Peccaris. He also
describes a new species of Dichobune, Z>. cervinwm,
105
62 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
There was found, in the newest tertiary formation of South Carolina,
(among some bones of Mastodon, Elephant, Stag, Getacea, Tortoises,
Sharks), a fragment of the under jaw of a Boar, in the form and num-
ber of the teeth very nearly approximating to the BahirvMa, HacLan
names it Bus americ€mu8, (Sillim. Amer. Joura. zliii. p« 143.)
H. y. Meyer has given many Taluable remarks on Chzistors descrip-
tion of the Rhmoeeros megarhmu$, (Jahresb. f. Mineral, 18i2, p. 585.)
RUMINANTIA.
In the Boston Journal of Nat. Hist. iy. 1 (1842), p. 1, Jack-
son has furnished a description of the internal Structure of
two grown Dromedaries of both sexes.
The Cervus artigiensia^ D'Grb., has been fully described by
Fucheran.
The description is to be found in D'Orb. Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. iii.
p. 328. The horns are very peculiar ; the rose is yery small, surrounded
by a pearled wreath ; the branch is forked from one-half to two inches,
so that the animal seems almost four-horned. These stags inhabit the
East CordiUeras of BoIlYil^ at the height of 4000 metres aboye the sea.
Laurillard mentions, in the same book, that he is acquainted with
about fifty species of antediluvian stags, and although he acknowledges
that several nominal species are to be found amongst them, yet he stiU
thinks the number of real species will be pretty abundant.
Pusch ascribes a stag horn, found in Lithuania, to a species which had
died out : he names it Cervua hremends. The reporter must, however,
agree completely with the remark added by von Bronn. (Jahrb. fur
Min. 1842, p. 47.)
Zi^ler showed, from a preparation, that ill a roe, the Graafian vesicle
had already burst in August, so that this does not first occur in Novem-
ber, as Po<^el believed from his investigations. (Bericht. iiber die Vem.
der. Naturf. za Braunchw. s. 82.)
In the Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, 1842, p. 21,
Owen has made some remarks on tiie birth of a Giraffe and the foetal
membranes ; as well as upon some of the natural and diseased appear-
ances, which the dissection of the young animal presented. A beautifid
plate of the mother and young is added.
With respect to geography, it is chiefly worthy of notice, that Riippell,
by the immediate comparison of the Senegal Antilope redwnea with the
Abyssinian, which have hitherto been held identical, has convinced him-
self, that the latter differs spedfically from the former. He now gives
106
MAMMALIA — RUMINANTIA. 63
the Abyssinian one the name of AntUope hohor. (Vers. d. Senck.
SammL s. 38).
Captain Abbot has informed us, that the AnHlope acbgia lives in
large flocks in the Steppes, between the river Oxns and the Caspian.
(Ann. ix. p. 147.)
In the 16th number of Smith's South African Zoology, a plate is given
of AnHlope gcrgon, with an ample description.
Blasius spoke upon the generic distinction between Ovu and Copra,
at the meeting of Naturalists at Brunswidc. (Ber. p. 89.) All Sheep
possess a distinct lachrymal groove, which is wanting in Goats. The fore-
head in Copra rises to a steep protuberance ; in OvU it is flat, or even
somewhat hollowed. In all species of (Ms, the greatest diameter of the
horn is across the longitudinal direction of the head, while, in all species
of the Copra, it runs parallel with it. The Gk>ats have, on the anterior
side of the horns, at each constriction, two or three stronger trans*
verse knobs, between the smaller cross waves ; the Sheep only moderate
cross pads. In Capra, the form of the hoof, viewed sideways, is four-
sided, trapezoidal, scarcely higher before than behind. In Ovm, it is
three-sided, running out to a point posteriorly, like a goat's hoof out
through diagonally. Blasius also made some remarks on periodicity in
the growth of the horns of these animals, which corresponds to the
shedding of the antlers in the Stags. The same author farther remarked,
that in general, complete specific distinctions were to be found in the
arrangement and direction of Sheep's horns. In the (Ms a/rgali, 0,
montcma, O, nahor, and a newly defined species which Brandt has
received from the Caspian, the right horn winds in a space to the left,
and the left horn to the right. 0, nivicula and O. ealifamica are
identical with 0. montana.
In the O. mtMman and O. Vignii, Hodgs., the horn has the same
twist, but so slight, that the anterior surface lies quite on the same
level, and the twist is only perceptible on the posterior surface. In
the O. tragelophut, O, orientalis, Gm., O. bwrhel, and the Cyprian
Sheep (0. cyprius), which Blasius considers as a peculiar species,
the left horn is twisted to the left, and the right to the right.
The direction of the tips and the spread of the horns is also aflected
by this oonstruction. Our domestic Sheep, in respect to the horn
formation, comes nearest O. mtismon, and to a species of Brandt's still
undescribed.
The reporter is of opinion, that separate names should be given to the
constant local finms of the genus; though, in the meanwhile, whether
they are to be considered as species, or only as races, which haw
evidently a permanent type, is a question, the definite answer to which
must be furmshed from a series of indubitable observations.
The reporter extracts the following quotation from a Report of Karelin,
107
64 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
to the Imperial Society of Naturalists at Moscow. (Ballet, de Mosc.
1841, p. 563.)
" I spent some time on the mountains of Tschingis Taou in the Kir-
guisian Steppes, to the east of the district Earkaralinsk, where I observed
some very remarkable animals, which are known bj the name Arkhari,
or Mountain Sheep {Ovi8 ammon), 1 have killed many of these, and
among others, a male of almost eight puds. The Arkhates and Tschingis
mountains are the true oountij of tiiese animals ; and I think that those
of Corsica and Sardinia are a different species."
According to Pallas, the Argali was distinguished by the Kirgis-tatars
by the name Arkar ; since, howeyer, this was found also in the Altai,
therefore that Arkhari, which was compared with the Muflan, must
perhaps rather be Ovis (yrientalis, or the new species of Brandt.
The Mountain Sheep of Cabool, described by Dr. Lord in Bumes'
Cabool, p. 384, appears, so far as I can gather from the indistinct
account of the direction of the horns, rather to belong to the Muflons
than to the Argalis, Horns three-sided, with anterior angle, the longest
side behind, the shortest at the top of head ; toward the root they become
somewhat four-cornered, whilst, on the fore-side, a knob is observable.
They are whitish light brown, cross-rooted; above this, at spaces of
from four to six inches, with a deft or channel. At the root the ante-
rior angles stand about three inches asunder, the posterior are so near,
that the little finger can scarcely be inserted between them ; at a short
distance from their origin tiiey begin to turn backwards, and end twisting
round spirally towards the front. Nose convex ; lachrymal groove large ;
no hoof grooves. Colour fulvous, somewhat bay ; haimches mixed with
grey, behind with a stroke of dirty white, which passes under the belly ;
head grey ; a white or greyish beard under the chin, which passes on
towards the breast, of an almost black hue ; body 4' W ; tail 3^'' ;
height of shoulders 3' 2^'' ; horns, according to the twisting, 2' 8'' :
inhabits, iu great numbers, the mountains north of Cabool, which form
a part of the great Hindu Eusch : is called Oosfmid-i-koh (Mountain
Sheep) ; should also be called Buz-i-hoh (Mountain Goat).
A remarkable new species of Goat has been found in the Caucasus.
Only two species of Capra have hitherto been known from these moun-
tains : a third has now been described, under the name JEgoceros Pal-
Umi, by Bouillier in the Bullet, de Mosc. 1841, p. 910, and figured in
tab. 11. According to the description, the head is very much like that
of a Sheep ; no lachrymal grooves ; under the chin is a beard 3^ inches
long. The horns black, wrinkled, moderately thick, semicircular behind,
and falling down externally, but afterwards the tips turn upwards and
inwards ; at the base they are almost triangular, in the middle roundish,
compressed towards the tip. Colour of the whole wool chestnut brown.
The female has no beard, and only small horns with slight curve. The
108
MAMMALIA — RUMINANTIA. 65
bnck 4' Z" long ; horns 2^ 3" ; distance between them at root W\ in
the middle 1' 4}'', at the tip r 3'' : habitat, the heights of the Caucasus.
This species oomes nearest the Ca/pra pyrenaica in the form of the horns.
Kejserling and Bkisius have already remarked, in the *' Wirbelthieren
Europas," that the Cretan Wild Goat, drawn by Belon, is probably
Copra sinaitica. A specimen in the Konigsberg Museum, which is
reported to have come firom Crete-^and is decidedly C. sinaitica, as
Blasius - adds in the appendix—confirms this coigecture (Bericht der
Vers. z. Braunschw. p. 91).
The presence of the Wild Qoats in the Nilgherries has been proyed by
Delessert, who killed some there (Joum. d'un Yoy. dans Tlnde, p. 116)..
Blyth was also informed by Lieutenant Beagin, of the existence of a
true Ibex upon the Nilgherries, with long knotty horns, and great beard,
in which characters it differs from the Himalayan Ibex (Ann. ix. p. 62).
Lord describes two specimens of the Markhor firom Cabool, which
Vigne also found in Lesser Tibet. Lord calls it a true Goat, which he
compares with Copra asgo^grus, Lachiymal grooves wanting. In the
first specimen, the horns are long, oval, anteriorly very much flattened,
with twelve protuberances or galls, which do not run all round; two
finger's-breadth distant from each other at the root, then receding
fivther, whilst they twist somewhat outwards, upwards, and then back-
wards ; colour muddy brownish-grey, lighter beneath, but almost black
on the firont of the legs ; the beard is black, and confined to a tuft under
the chin ; tail with a black pencilling of hair ; horns towards the root
blackish, further up dirty yellow; body 4' 10^''; tail 9^'; height of
shoulders 2^ W ; horns, according to twist, 2f : on the hills north of
CabooL The other specimen came firom the hills at Baghlan. Horns,
at the posterior base, touching each other, anteriorly separated by a
finger's breadth, advandng in long spiral windings upwards, outwards,
and a little backwards, forming two complete circuits. Without these
circles, the horn would be completely triangular; rings or wrinkles
wanting, although it is rough. Colour muddy red-grey, blackish fixmi
the horns to the' tail ; abdomen, haunches, and feet below the knees
grey ; horns dirty yellowish-white, darker beneath, with distinct annual
furrows ; beard grey, with long white shaggy hairs continued down on
the neck; body 4' 10^''; tail &' y horns, in a straight line, 2^ 1^'';
according to twist 2^ &' ; distance of tips 1' 8''. Disting^uished by the
upright spiral formed horns. On account of the variety in the form of
the horns, Blyth looks on this Mo/rlchor as a Qoat become wikL
Under the two articles Bceuf and Buffle, in D*Orb. Diet.
Uniy. d'Hist. Nat. ii., Boulin has giyen a good Monograph of
the genus 0<r.
He brings them into four groups: — a. Oxen {Taureawe); forehead
109
66 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXUl :
flat, or even Bconewhat oancaye, snd almost as broad as high ; horns at
the ends of the oodpital ridge ; thirteen pairs of ribs. 1. B, tauru9 :
3. B* gauruB : 3. B. gayal : 4. B, hanimg, — 6. Bisons ; fixrehead broader
than high, aiched ; orbita projecting ; horns under the top of the fore-
head ; more than thirteen pairs of ribs. 5. B. Uton (1' Aurochs) : 6. B,
omericantM Qe Bison.) — c. Yaiks. 7. B. grtmnieng.—d. Buffalo. 8. B,
bvbalus : 9. L'Ami d eamea en ennsicmt : 10. L*Arm gecuit : 11. B,
caffer: 12. JB. hratchffcerag. The latter is described according to the
same living individual fix>m which Grraj had defined his species, but,
firom growth, it has undergone considerable modification in some of its
marks.
Boulin looks on the Qaur, Qajal, and Banteng, as three difTerent
species ; and from the marks which he gives of their skulls, this seems to
be indeed the case. With respect to the Gaur and Banteng, from tlie
plates of their skulk (see our Archiv. v. tab. 9, for the former, and the
NederL Verb. n. 7, for the latter), there cannot be a doubt but that they^
are different species ; as to the Gayal, there is still adifferenoe of opinion.
Whilst Roulin places it as a peculiar species, Dolossort, on the contrary,
asserts, that the wild oxen killed by him in the south of India, were the
nme with the Gayil {B. frontalis t. ti^lhsta/nm)y as well as the Gaur;
he refers at least for the latter to Hodgson's description; so that it
cannot remain doubtfiil, that at least those' wild oxen of this division,
extending through anterior India, from Cape Comorin to Nepal, belong
to the Bob gauruSf whilst the Boi tylhetanut of Sylhet and further
India must be a different species from it. On this point S. Mtiller and
Schlegel will, periiaps, soon furnish us with the necessary information.
What Boolin has communicated <ni the Bison is the least satisfkotoiy.
His knowledge amounts to what Cuvier said of them, and he has made
no mention of what has sinoe been published by Bojanus, Jarocki,
Brincken, Baer, Fusch, and the reporter, upon <his subject The dia-
tinctions formerly given by the reporter between the Bison of ttm New
and Old Worid, have sinoe been confirmed by the sight of three beauti-
ful Tiithnanian specimens set up in Berlin. Their whole body is thickly
haired, partieulariy on Ihe fi>re part, without, however, any remarkable
prolongation of the hair on the sides of the neck ; whilst, in the American
Bison, the shoulders, neck, and head, are covered with thick curly felt,
a foot long on the oociput. In the Lithuanian specimens, ako, the rufifs
at the posterior margin of the metacarpus, so remarkably well defined
in the American Bison, are wanting.
Blyth has given some information about two species of Wild Ox, said
to be &om the north-west of Africa. It is certainly not sufficient to ^x
the speciea (perhaps not even the genus), but still will give an impulse
to further investigation. Of the one, a specimen was fiom the central
region of Mount Atlas, and for some mimths lived at Tangiers ; its
110
MAMMALIA — CETACEA. 67
country name is Sherif al Wady, but the systematic name which it
should haye, when reoeiyed into the system, Blyth proposes to be Bo9
atlantinus. The other species, with a flowing nuchal mane (Wadan ?
Peeasse ?) is found, commonly in huge herds, about Rabat and Salee, on
the Barbary coast. (Ann. iz. p. 62.)
The first diyision of OgQby's Monograph of the Hollow-
homed Buminants, mentioned in last year's report, is now
completed in the Transact, of the Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 33.
CETACEA.
BUPPELL looks upon a Dolphin, living in the Bed Sea, as a
new species, Delphmus dbusalam^ which he distinguishes firom
Z). turaio by the number of the teeth, the dorsal yertebrso, and
the position of the eye towards the comer of the mouth.
(Mus. Senck. iii. p. 140, tab. 12.)
Couch has given a short description, with a plate, which he
boasts as being true to nature, of a Delphmus glohiceps
{Fhoeama melcul), twenty feet long, from a specimen caught
on the coast of Cornwall. (Ann. ix. p. 371.)
Doumet has given an account of a Hyperodon, stranded on
the coast of Corsica, in the Bev. Zool. 1842, p. 207, and has
added a sketch of it.
Haldeman has been too late with his proposal of giving the
Dolphin with two teeth in the under jaw, the name of Hypo-
don^ as it has long since been called Heterodon. Proceed,
of the Acad, of Fhiladelph. 1842, p. 127.
A short notice has been given in the Instit. 1842, p. 384,
of a fossil Dolphin found in Maryland, Delphinua calvertenm.
Ill
BIRDS.
BY
PROFESSOB ANDR. WAGNER OF MUNICH.
The report on the contributions to Therology has so far
exceeded the bounds assigned to it, that the reporter is con-
strained to abridge the Ornithological division, which he can
readily do, by confining himself principally to references ; and,
indeed, it would require more time than he has at his disposal,
for a critical review of all the new species made known during
the last year.
In the following enumeration of the general contents of
the works to which access has been had, those, as usual, are
not separately named, which, from embracing both classes of
warm-blooded animals, have already been mentioned in the
Therological division.
Nomina Systematica generum Avium tam Viventium quam
Fossilium. Auctore L. Agassiz. Becognoverunt Princeps C.
L. Bonaparte, O. B. Gray, et H. E. Strickland. Solodur.
1842.
Agassiz goes on briskly with his Nomendator Zoologicus. The Omi-
thological division has quickly followed the Therological, elaborated by
naturalists well fitted for the task. This catalogue is of the greatest
utility, for the facility it gives us of finding out the fiunily, under which
the new generic names, in a great measure little known, are to be brought.
The most difBLcult part is the etymology, as the more recent dilettanti, in
112
BIRDS. 69
their manufacturing of genera, have set aside all the laws of nomencla-
ture, and indulged in the most senseless compounds, which no philologer
can divine. For instance, the name BriiehyptercLcias does not, as is here
supposed, derive its concluding syllables from M ; but the frightful
name, as Wiegmann called it, is forged frvm Brachifpteryx and Corctcias,
just as Cifpgnagra is from Cypsehu and Tanagral! Again, Dacelo is
not a proper or personal name, but Leach coined it by a transposition
of the letters of Alcedo, There is need of an Dliger to clean this
Augean stable !
The 13th volume of the Naturalist's Library, conducted by Sir
William Jardine, has been issued. It contains the natural History of
the Necta/rmiadcB or Sun Birds.
In the Rev. Zool. p. 202 and 66, Hartlaub has communicated some
observations on Gray's Genera Avium, and contributions to the correc-
tion of synonymes. It is much to be desired, that this latter occupation
was oftener exercised, and that ornithologists, instead of busjring them-
selves with the defining of new species and genera, would employ their
leisure in the critical examination of those already published.
Marcel de Serres, des causes des Migrations des Animaux
et particulidrement des Oiseaux et des Poissons.
The Scientific Society at Harlem had selected for a prize essay. What
are the causes of the migration of fish, particularly the species which
serve for nourishment or other economical purposes ? Marcel de Serres
of Montpellier, has answered the question to the satLsfaction of the
Society, and they have published his work in the Natuurk. Yerhandel.
van de H. Maatschappii der Wetenschappen te Haarlem. 2 Deel. Haarl.,
184:2. It occupies the whole volume. M. de Serres properly took up
the general question, and extended his work to all classes of a.niTna.lB of
which there are migratory species. The treatise is very interesting, but
cannot here be farther discussed in detail.
In the Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 31 7» attention is called to a little PoHsh
book on fowling, which appeared in the sixteenth century, and has been
again published, with a commentary by Ant. Waga, under the title
Myslestwo Ptasze, ^. It contains many details on the Birds of Poland.
Several works have appeared on the eggs and nests of birds.
Des Murs has given in the Mag. de Zool. 1842, Ois. pL 22, contribu-
tions to an Ornithological Ovography, to be used in the System of Birds,
in which he considers form, shell, and colour. He distinguishes six
forms, the spherical, oval, cylindrical, ovate, ovato-conic, and elliptic.
He also gives an example how these forms are to be systematically em-
ployed. Lafresnaye also makes some remarks on the same subject, in
the Rev. Zool. p. 302. The eggs of all our SaxicoUiux are blue ; of all
113 H
70 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
the An%9odactylce ot Emrope snd America white or slightly fleeh-ooloured,
flcatteied with dark brick-red spots or points. Most of those species, of
all orders, which nest in the hollows of trees, have altogether white or
▼ery pale coloured eggs.
To the common remark, that in tropical regions, there are a greater
number of birds which build covered nests than in moderate climates,
Hill adds his obseryations, according to which, in the West Indian
Islands, the nests, with the exception of those of the Pigeons and Hum-
ming Birds, have almost always circular coyerings, composed of dry grass,
with wool, moss, and feathers interwoven. He imagines that the eggs
are thus protected from the many severe hurricanes, as well as &om the
hurtful efPects of electricity and dazzling light. (Ann. of Nat. Hist. iz.
p. 145.)
The eleventh number of Beige's Fortpflanzung der Vogel has been
published. The plates of the nests and eggs of birds, which belong to
Oken's Atlas, are very usefuL
Two books of instruction, for the preparation of Birds, fall to be
noticed, viz. : —
Brehim, die Kunst Vogel als Balge zubereiten, auszustopfen,
&c. Weim. | Thlr. Eick, Anleit. fiir Naturaliensammler,
wie Vogel, Saugthiere, &c., conservirt werden konnen. Stuttg.
J Thlr. " Eurze Anweisung, naturhist. Gegenstande einzu-
sammeln und zuzubereiten.'' This has appeared in the Galwer
Vereinsbuch-handlung ; and is very useful for collectors in
foreign countries.
Euhlmann, de absentia furculss in Psittaco pullario. Diss,
inaug. Kiel, 1842.
It is remarkable, that in this species, the fiircule is constantly wanting,
whilst, in the other parrots, hitherto examined, it is always present.
Osteologie der Vogelfusse, von Eessler in Petersburg.
(Bullet, de Mosc. 1841, iii. p. 465, and iv. p. 626.)
The reporter willingly confesses, that in consequence of this fundamen-
tal and copious work, he resigns a great portion of the species, which in
the past year were published as new. The osteology of a part of the body,
the form of which has the closest relation with the habits of the bird, is
here examined with care; and, at the same time, a very important j^om^
d'appui has been gained for the classification of birds, as well as for the
definition of their fossil species. The author's researches extend over
all the orders and families of Birds ; and it is only to be regretted, that
he did not choose, for his ground work, the system of Nitzsch, which
114
BIRDS. 71
takes a very complete view of the skeLeton, instead of that of Cavier,
which, in regard to Osteology, was not sufficiently elaborated ; and in
Qonsequence he does not alwd>ys keep to the natural arrangement. When
the author, for example, remarks, that Oyp^ehM and Oa^primwil^uB do
not altogether agree with Cuyier's Fimrostre$; he, on his side, justifies
the separation of these genera from the Swallows, and their complete
division from the Passerind first proposed by Nitzsch. Two tables,
drawn up with unwearied care and perseverance, show the measurements
of the bones of the posterior extremities.
Mayer has communicated, in the Neuen Untersuch. aus dem Gebaete
der Anat. u. Phys. Bonn, 1842, some obseryatkms on a tooth formation
in the upper-bill of the foetus of birds, probably destined for gradually
rubbing through and breaking the egg-shelL There are also remarks on
the presence of the urinary bladder, which is not totally wanting, but in
some birds, is distinctly met with even at a later period : And, lastly,
he remarks on the use of the Bursa Fabricii as a uterus in the female
bird, and as a seminal sao in the male.
£. Weber spoke on the construction of the lungs and the mechanism
of breathing in birds, at the Brunswick meeting of Naturalists. (Amt.
Bericht, p. 75.)
C. Siedhof has imparted his experience on the management of Cham-
ber Birds, particularly Singing Birds, in the Lais, 1842, p. 339.
Many contributions have been made to the description of difPerent
Faunas. They constitute the most important part of soographical labours,
and axe of great consequence in the dass of birds, as it is only by a com-
prehensive knowledge of the principal Faunas, that the extent and direc-
tion of the migrations of birds of passage can be ascertained. .
The works upon German Ornithology by Naumann, Susemihl, Bekker,
and Zander, have been continued. Brehm has continued his account of
several trips to Brinnis at Delitzsch, and, as a good observer, haa made
many interesting remarks with regard to Zoology, and in particular to
Ornithology, which the reporter would extol the more, as he confesses
himself at variance with the unhappy multiplication of species.
C. Tk V. Siebold has published new contributions to the Vertebrated
Fauna of Prussia. (Preuss. Provinzial Blatter, 1842, Bd. 27, p. 420.) At
first he gives an account of a MS. left by Klein, ** Aviarium Prussicum,"
as well as of a set of drawings belonging to it. He next discusses some
rare species which occur in it, namely, Falco ccmdiccms, Alcmda alpes-
trig, Ar^Ua egretta, Podiceps a/r€ticu$y and auritu8, appending some
observations of his own. Sylvia locustella, never till now mentioned
as a Prussian Bird, was found by Siebold, in the summer of 1840, at
Heubude, in the wild garden of Biom. It is worthy of attention also^
that in April, 1838, a flight of Rooks entered into the city of Danzig,
and settling upon all the larger trees, in gardens as well as in the most
115
72 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
crowded streets, built their nests there and brooded. He farther remarks,
that judging from an oil painting, a Peleca/nus <mo€rotalu» was shot in
Prussia, in the year 1608. Finally, he gives an interesting description
of the Sasper-lake at Danzig, on which numerous water-fowl brood in
great security, but which he surprised in a boat. Lamt ridtbwndus is
most abundant. In the nestlings of the Sterna nigra, he remarked a
chalbj white spot on the tip of its otherwise black bill.
The first attempt at an enumeration of the Birds of Siebenbiirgen has
been made by Landbek in the Isis, p. 181. Though the author hims^
confesses the incompleteness of his list, yet he has already mentioned
261 species. There is an interesting description of the Reiherinsel at
Adony in Hungary, by the same author (Isis, p. 267). Andree's 0f7er-
sigt af Gottland's F&^hur, in the K. V. Acad. Handl. for 1841, p. 207,
is a valuable contribution to the knowledge of the geographical distri-
bution of the European species. In C. J. SundevaU's Remarks on
Scandinavian Ornithology (1. c. Ar. 1840, Stockh. 1842, p. 31), there
are mentioned : — a. Birds accidentally present. 1. Twrdu8 varius : 2.
Fringilla erythrina : 3. Colvmba tv/rtv/r : 4. OtU tetrax. — h, Scandi-
navian species. 5. Ala^da alpestris : 6. Anthus pratensU : 7* Mota>cilla
Jlava : 8. Emberiza citrineUa : 9. FrmgiUa Unaria, The second
division is particularly valuable, from the separating of the varieties
and their distribution, to which we shall return at a later period.
L. Schrader has Aimished a List of Birds in the high north regions of
Scandinavia, in the Isis, p. 616.
The reporter takes this occasion of drawing attention to some Swedish
oopper-plates, which, however, are merely known to him from SundevaU's
o
report, in his Arsberatt. om. Zool. arbet. p. 540, namely, — 1. Svenska
Foglar af brodema v. Wright, which, as Sundevall asserts, excel all
other works, native or foreign, in faithful delineation ; and not only are
the exterior covering of the feet and bill admirably represented, but also
the feathering and posture of the bird (30 Nob., each 2^ Bdr. Bko., with
6 plates). 2. Komer Skandinaviska foglame, mit kol. ^g. (6th part,
1841). 3. J. Ad. af Strom Svenska foglame, mit kol. fig. (6th part,
1841). 4. J. Ad. af Strom Svenska foglama, 100 Sid. med. 9 pi. af W.
V, Wright. Stockh. 1839. 5. Svenska Colorerade fogelagg af J. D. Hog-
beg (Ist part, Stockh. 1840.
W. Thompson has continued his description of the Birds of Ireland, in
the Ann. of Nat. Hist. ix. p. 141, 221, 373, and x. p. 50, 171, and has
got as far as Ca^privmdgvs, H. L. Meyer's Illustrations of British Birds
and their Eggs, N. I. Lond. 1842, 8vo., is a smaller edition of the same
author's larger work in 4to. The Naturalist's Library, vol. 34 (1842),
contains the third volume of British Birds, by Sir. W. Jardine.
The Faune Beige, par E. de Selys Longchamps, is rich in personal
observations on the Belgian Birds, and contains a tolerably complete
116
BIRDS. 73
dassification, which, however, being founded only on external characters,
cannot be consideied as a step forwards in the ornithological system.
Th. Cantor has found the following birds on the Chinese Idaod
Chusan : — Lomius erythroTMtuSy Dicrurug halicasgiuSj Turdus memUoy
PhUedon tp., Sylvia hypolais, Hirwndo erythropygia, Pyrgita rMmta/na^
PaMor crittateUwy Pica vulgaris, Alcedo hengalensia, and Ardea sp.
(Ann. ix. p. 482.)
The reporter is only acquainted with the title of T. C. Jerdon's Cata-
logue of the Birds of the Beninsula of India, Madras, 1839, and of his
Illustrations of Indian Ornithology, to be published in fi^ coloured
plates (Ann. ix. p. 242),
A description of seyeral Abyssinian BMs, mostly new, of the order of
Climbers, by Dr. E. RiippeU, consisting of ten spedes, wiU be mentioned
in its proper place.
Two numbers of A. Smith's IDiistra.tion8 of South Afirica^ the 15th
and 16th, have been received in the past year.
The Birds of America, from drawings made in the United States and
their territories, by J. J. Audubon, voL ii. 1842, is at present only known
to me, firom a copious notice in Silliman's Amer. Joum. xlii. p. 130, fiom
which the following is borxowed : — Since the completion of his first
volume, Audubon has obtained 395 new subscribers, the half of whom
are from the city of Boston alone, so that his work now numbers almost
a thousand ; a case of liberal support, to a work on Natural History,
without a parallel in the New World, and hardly even in the Old : at
least there is no parallel to it in South Qermany. This second volume
contains 70 plates, with 136 figures of birds, besides a great number of
etchings of plants, nests, insects, &c, and with the text, cost 14 dollars
(about 2^ fl.), which is a reasonable price. There are seventy species
of birds represented, twenty-six of which are not to be found in the
work of Wilson, and seventeen in no other work on American Orni-
thology. Townsend's List of the Birds of the Rocky Mountain Region,
the Oregon district, and the north-west coasts of America, is valuable
to compare with the eastern species (Joum. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of
PhUad. viii. p. 151). A list of some birds, collected by Bridges in Chili,
is contiuned in the Ann. ix. p. 509.
Numbers 6, 7, 8 and 9, of Gould's Birds of Australia, have appeared
during the last year, and this splendid work is making rapid progress^
117
74 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
ACCIPITRES.
Brehm, who, as lie mentioned in the Isis, 1842, p. 418, was
rery naturally astonished, that the Condor stood alone without
sub-species, has had the happiness to trace out and distinguish
two tfti^species.
1. Sarcaramphtu gryph/u$f Linn. ; mDch lazger than VuUu/r anereut.
In old age both sexes baye a silTer- white band ai an ineh in breadth,
passing through above the white shield of the wings : 2. 8, amdor^ Br. ;
size of tiie Vultur fuhvs. Both sexes in old age have a silver-white
wing-shield, over which there is no white band, or at least only an
imaginary one.
Brehm has added a new spedes to his Vultures, formerly described
in the Isis, p. 509, Vultu/r isabellinu$, which he distinguishes by the
Isabella colour from similar Vultures, and which must belong to the
West of Europe.
Lafresnaye, in the Rev. ZooL p. 173> has quite unnessarily made a
particolar genus, HarpyhaUaetotf firom the HcMrpyia coronata, VieilL
Lesson (ibid. p. 378) has distinguished another genus, with the name
Camifsx, which Sundevall had already bestowed upon a Pipra : in its
princ^Mil marks, it is like HerpHotheres^ but difim by its long and
strong tarsi, and the shortness of its wings, in proportion to the length of
its taiL He adds to it a new species, C. na»o, from Central America.
Brehm has been successful in dividing our Osprey into five species —
1. Pandion alticeps, Br. : 2. P. medifMin^ Br. : 3. P. planieepsy Br, :
i. P. atbigukure : 5. P. fiuciatum. (Isis, p. 425.)
The following speciee of £agles are represented in Qould's BSrds of
Australia, parts 6^9 : — AquUafueoaa^ Guv., and A, marphnaides, Gould
(both in part 7); Buteo nkdcmosUmon (part 9); Ekmus axillarigf
Lath., and E, $oriptue, Oould (ibid.) ; Accipiter torquatus, Cuv.,
(part 6) ; Astur approaimanB, Vig., and A. omentusy Gould ; MilvuB
afinis, Qould (part 6). None of these species are new, as even those
described by GoiUd were characterized by him previously in the Proceed-
ings of the Zoological Sodety.
A. Smith hajs represented two species of Owls, in the Illus-
trations of South Afiica, No. 15.
1. Bubo capendsy Smith ; a young specimen, whose specific difference
from our Screedi-K)wl is not yet proved : 2. Athene Woodfordi, Smith ;
supra rubro-brunea, maculis fasciisque albis notata, in&a pallide rubro-
bnmea, fascus albis variegata ; cauda rubro-brunea, 7-8 fiisciis pallide
flavo-bruneis, rostro pedibusque flavis ; length 13^".
118
AVES — PASSERINE. 75
PASSERINE.
C. SuNDEVALL drew the attention of the meeting at Bruns-
wick, to the fact, that he had already, in his Ornithological
System, published in the Transactions of the Swedish
Academy for the year 1835, giren a clearly defined character
for the order of Singing Birds as comprised by Nitzsch.
(Amtl. Bericht uber die 19te Vers, deutscher Naturf.
Braunschw. 1842, p. 78.)
In all Singing Birds, tlie tectrioes alarum are so short, that the larger
of ihem do not reach the middle of the wing-feathers of the second order,
and end in the middle of the breadth of the wings. In all birds which
hare no muscular apparatus for singrag, these tectrioes are much longer
and more numerous, so that the smaller ones reach about as far as the
larger ones in the Singing Birds, and the larger stretch out far oyer the
middle of the wing-feathers of the second order, constituting quite a
different form of the wing and of the whole bird. The fi>llowing birds
oinly appear deviating or doubtful : — 1. Menura has the wings of a Sing-
ing Bird, but a different formation of foot : 2. Upv^ has the wings of
a Singing Bird, but no muscular apparatus for singing : 3. The Spedded
Woodpeckers approximate to the Singing Birds in wing-formation.
CoRViNiE. — Hodgson distinguishes a new genus of Cryp-
sirhina and Dendrodtta, Conostoma, with a more compressed
bill, and founds it upon a species, C. cemodius, also hdd as
new, from the neighbourhood of the snowy region of Nepal.
At the same time, Hodgson remarks, that 850 species of birds
are known to him from Nepal. (Ann. x. p. 77.)
Lafresnaye has giren the name of Pica San-Blasiana^ in
the Mag. de Zool. Ois. pi. 27, to the species defined by Neboux
as the Geai de San-Blas^ and has added a drawing of it.
The reporter remarks, that his Corvu$ infumatus, and Hedenborg's
O. umbrinus (see Amnml Report, 1839-40), are identical, according to
an immediate comparison which Natterer had an opportunity of making.
Sondeyall's description, '' capite colloque grisesoentibus," must, therefore,
be oonected, as it leads to misconception.
Ampelid^. — Lesson has described a Pipra fastiuysa, in
the Rer. 2k)ol. p. 174 : habitat, Bealejo in Central America.
119
76 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Hartlaub has remarked, ibid. p. 56, that EupJumia ccelestis.
Less., and Pipra elegantiasima, Bonap., belong to one species ;
again, p. 203, that Minla ignostincta, Hodg., is = Leiothrix
omata, Horsf., and Civa cyanouroptera = L, lepida, Horsf.
TANAGRiDiE. — Lesson has given two species of Tanagra
as new, in the Bey. Zool. p. 175.
Aglaia diaconus and Euphama afiniSf both from E^alejo. His
Pitylus lazuh/s is also from Central America. Lafresnaye has added
two new species to CyclorkU (Lcmiagra), hitherto founded merely upon
the Tcmctgra guicmennSf viz., the O. Jla/viventriiy from Santa-Cruoe in
Mexico ; and C. nigrirogtris, from Columbia. Azara's Hahia vert he
looks upon as identical with Ta/Migra guianevms (Rev. ZooL p. 134).
An Arremon atropileus, and a Tcbchyphonus Victormi, both from
Bolivia, are also described by him (op. cit. p. 335). A description of
the Pyranga leucoptera of Trudeau, from Mexico, is to be found in the
Joum. of Philad. viii. p. 160.
FRiNGiLLiBifi. — ^Landbek asserts, in the Isis, p. 90, that
Fringilla cisalpina and hispaniolensis are only yarieties of
our House Sparrow.
F, dsalpina was distiuguished from it by not being present on this
side of the Alps ; he found it plentiM in Under Engadin, Canton Orisons.
Among the Sparrows which he shot on the roof of the inn, were some
Italian ones, some birds of passage, and some common Sparrows. In the
newly fledged young ones, and in the adult female, he could discover no
difference from the common ones. In voice, habits, nest, and eggs, no
difference was observable between the two sorts. As it is now observed,
that amongst F, hivpamiolends, the young males, especially, completely
resemble our own ; so Landbek regards those southern Sparrows not as
peculiar species, but only varieties of one and the same.
Sundevall distinguishes two varieties of Fringilla Ivaa/na^ in the
K. Vet. Acad. HandL for 1840, Stockh. 1845, p. 56.— Var. a. (iwwma
alnorwra et Holboelli, Brehm) ; rostro majuscule, basi tantum plumis
tecto, altitudine 7, longitudine ad summum angulum frontalem 11-12
millim. ; macula guise nigra longitudine rostri vel ultra. Var. h (Lin-
aria hetulcbrwrny Brehm) ; rostro parvo, ultra medium plumulis tecto,
altitudine 6, longit. ab. ang. frontis 8-10 millim. ; macula guise parva
(longit 5-6 millim.). Besides this, Sundevall remarks, that var. a. is
larger, with the forehead more compressed and blackish; var. h, is
smaller, with the forehead high arched and greyish.
Hautlaub asserts, in the Rev. Zool. p. 56, that Carduelii rufogularisy
130
AVES — PASSERINE. 77
Less., is identical with Fringilla thoracica, HI., and Pipilo rufiUyrques,
Swains. ; Pyrgita perwvia/na, Less., with Fringilla matutina, Licht. ;
Pyrrhula cruentata. Less., with Fringilla hoBmorrhoa, Wagl. {Pyr-
rhula frontalis, Say, and Eryth/rotpiza front.^ Bon.) ; aJso Cocco-
thratMtes fortwoitris, La&., with C meUjmoxamth/iM, Hodgs. ; Looeia
prasipterony Less., with Spermestes cucuUata, Swains. ; Pitylus gut-
tatus, Less. {Ouira>ca mela/nocephala, Swains.), with Fringilla xa/n-
thomaschaliSi WagL Lesson's Coccothratutes ca/meus oomes from
Acapulco. (Rey. ZooL p. 210.)
Callyrhyncus was separated by Lesson, in the Rey. Zool.
p. 209, as a genus among the Pyrrhulinoe,
Bill stronj^, yery high, oonyez, crooked, much compressed sideways ;
upper mandible much curyed, narrow, pointed ; ridge of beak oonyez,
diyiding the frontal feathers, bordered on each side by a grooye, from
which rises the swollen lateral corneous plate; nostrils round, bare,
placed at the margin of the frontal feathers, and coyered by a few
hairs ; under mandible much compressed sideways, swollen in the middle
and beneath ; tail moderate, pretty straight, &c. The new species is
called C peruviamus from Callao.
Lafresnaye also has established a separate genus amongst
the FringillidcB, to which he gives the name of Catambly-
RHYNCHUs. (Rey. Zool. p. 301.)
Rostrum breye, arcuatum, yalde compressum, maxillas carina supera
planulata, utrinque linea impressa marginata, apice obtusa, rotundata.
Lafresnaye has established this genus from the peculiar formation of
the bill, which rests upon a newly disooyered species, C, diadema from
Columbia.
Gould, in his Birds of Australia, has represented the following species
of this family : — Estrilda temporalis. Lath, (part 6) ; E. ru/icauda,
Gould, (part 7), and E, phaeton, Hombr. (part 8) ; Emblema picta,
(part 7) ; Donacola casta/neothorasc, Gould, and D. pectoralis, Gould,
(part 7) ; Poephila acuticauda, Gould, P. personata, Gould, P. cincta,
Gould, (part 6).
Brehm has now to>ught the Lark of the Desert (Phileremos), founded
on Alauda alpestris, into fiye species. (Isis, p. 502,) He has been still
more suocessfrd with the Yellow Hammer, which he has diyided into no
fewer than eight sub-species, of which he has giyen yery full descriptions,
with some interesting remarks on their habits. (Isis, p. 752.)
Emberiza hortulana, which, according to Bigack, is extremely rare
in Prussia, has been found by M. Rosenheyn pretty frequent on the
bushy banks of the Weichsel; and at Culm is a very common bird.
(Preuss. Proyinzial Blatter. 1842, p. 2'd2,)
121
78 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Demtiboitreb. — Brehm, after diTiding the Lanms tninor into five,
and the X. collurio into seven sub-species, in the Isis, p. 652, gives a
copious history of the habits of both these species. HarUaub asserts, in
the Rev. 2^1. p. 57» that McUaconotus aura/n$iope€tui, Less., is iden-
tical with M. chrytogasUr^ Swains. ; also PyenonotuB niveoventer, Less.,
with Ofimcalus pectoTiUUf and Pycn. carbancMriuSy Less., with CMe^
pyri$ lugubrie, Sundev.
Delessert, in his Souv. d'un Voj. k Tlnde, p. 24, asserts his Mvsdeapa
vwriegata to be identical with Siva strigula, Hodgs., and has given a
drawing of it on tab. 8. A short description has been given of M, rufula,
Lafr. Hartlaub has defined, as identical species (Op. sup. cit.), Platy-
rhynchus pseudogilla^ Less., and Mvsiccipa mystacea, Spiz (Flwvicola
cursana, Sw., (Ena/nt?ie climazwra, VieiU.); also Mu&eipeta lo/pis^
Jj&BB.=M. melcMfiopBf Yig., of which M, thalassmay Sw., will be the
female; Musdca/pa hilineata, 'LeBB.=Acanthiza arrogo/nSf Sund. ;
Setophaga caatcmea, ljea8,=Mu8cicapa vulnerata, Wagl. Lafresnaye
has found a second species of Copurus, C. leuc<motu8, from Bolivia (Rev.
Zool. p. 335). Lesson's fVom tityroides comes from Central America.
(Ibid. p. 210.)
Grould, in his Birds of Australia, part 6, has figured six species of
Arta/mtis (Ocypterus); A, 8ordidkb8, Lath., ctnereiM, YieilL, min<n', VieilL,
8upercilio9U8, G., personatus, G., and leucopygialis, G.
SuBULiBOBTRES. — A spocimeu of the TvrdtLS varitts, PalL, was killed in
Sweden (Jemtknd) in the year 1837, and described by Sundevall in the
K. Vet. Acad. HandL p. 36. The reporter takes this opportunity of
observing, that another specimen was shot in Steiermark last harvest,
and sent to the Vienna Cabinet. Turdu8 nigropHetiSy Lafr. is described
by Delessert in his Souvenirs, p. 27« Hartlaub, Rev. ZooL p. 58, defines
T. colkirU, Sor., as identical with T, albocinctuB, Royl. ; Petrocincla fer-
rugmeoventer. Less., with P. rufiventru, Jard. ; Ixos plwmigerus, Lafr.,
with Brachypus leucogenya. As the name Cratercpus Delesaertii, Lafr.,
was already given by Jerdon to another species, Delessert has now
defined it in his Souv. p. 28, as Or, Lafreanayii, Bibia nigrictps,
Hodgs.= Ctnc^osoma aipiatratv/m, Vig. (Hartl. in the Rev. ZooL p. 202).
Timalia pcscilorhyncha, Lafr. = T. Btfbrufa, Jerdon. (Deless. Souv.
p. 28.)
Townsend has pointed out, in the Joum. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of
Fhilad. viiL p. 148 and 159, that the bird drawn by Audubon, as Sylvia
phUadelphia, is veiy difTerent from a species finmd by him at Columbia
River, and to which he gave the name S, tolmcd: afterwards, when
Audubon perceived his error, he gave it the name of S. MacgHUvrayi.
Brewer has corrected, in Sillim. Amer. Joum. xlii. p. 132, many mistakes
of Audubon in the definition of the American Syhnce. Muscieapa SeUm,
Aud., is the young of Sylvia cncuUata^ Wils. ; ByL Vigorm^ Aud., the
122
AVES — PASSERINiE. 79
young of 8,pinu$; 8yl. ra/ra is the young male of ;Sf. azwrea; S.pal-
fnarwniy Bon., is identical with S, petechia, Bon. ; S, puHUaj Wils. and
8, iphagnotay Aud., are identical with S, canadensis; S, tigrina, Bon.,
does not agree with that of Latham, but with SyL monta/na ; 8. Roscoei
is the joung of the common Maryland Yellow Throat; 8, CMldrenii, Aud.,
is the common Summer Yellow Bird not completely feathered, which
broods in this state.
Of the genus Drymoica, A. Smith has given, in the lUust. of the Zool*
of South Africa, No. 16, the description and drawings of Z>. substriata,
pallida, rujUcapUla, Le VailkmtU, tetrix, and terre^t/ris.
The Wagtails (Bndytes) have now been extended by Brehm
to ten species. (Isis, p. 511 and 566.)
They are called — 1. B, atricapilhis, Br. (Motaeilla melcmocephala,
Licht.) : 2. B. melcmoc^hahu, Boje. (M, melanocephala, Lieht.) : 3. B.
Feldeggii, Mich. : 4. B, cinerea-capilltis, Sayi : 5, B. ccmiceps, Br. (M,
cinereo-capUla, Auct.) : 6. B. mega/rhynchos, Br. {M, Jlava, Auct.) :
7. B, hoarulue {M, hoa/rula, Liim.) : 8. B, chrysogaster, Br. (M, Jlava,
Linn.) : 9. B. fiavus (M, Jlava, Linn.) : 10. B. JloAfeohM, Temm. {M.
JUwa, Gould). Brehm himself confesses, that the distinction between
Nos. 2 and 3 is very difficult, and between 3 and 5 still more so ; when
young, perhaps quite impossible : it is not possible to come to a conclu-
sion, as he says, without examining the shape of the bill and head. But
if the species admit of slight variations in the colour, why should it not
also do so in the form of the head and bill? Selys Longchamps men>
tions, in his Faune Beige, p. 88, five YeUow Water Wagtails, — 1. Mota-
cilia JUx/va: 2.M, dnereih-capilla: 3. M, melanocephala : ^M.Jla/ueola:
and 5. M. howrula. The M. cmerechcapilla, of which he shot a speci-
men at LtLttich, he is inclined to suppose a southern race of 3f. Jlava.
Sundeyall, in the E. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh. 1842, p. 47, divides the
Motaeilla Jla/va into five varieties : — ^Var. 1. (Anglica, M. Jla/veola,
Temm.) ; capite semper virescente, colore dorsi : Yar. 2. {Vulgaris 8ue-
ca/na); dilutior, pure laeteque oolorata, superciliis perfectis, latis, Lara
fere implentibus limboque gulari lato pure albis. Maculae colli pecto-
risque pallidiores fusee : Yar. 3. (Borealis e Lappoma) ; obecurior
paullo sordidius oolorata, loris definite nigris, limbo gulari colore juguli ;
maculae colli pectorisque distinctae, obaeuriores; apices tectricum ex
fiiscescente sordidse. $ caput obscure canescens, lateribus pure nigrum ;
vetuB superdliis plane nullis, fronte verticeque fere nigris : Yar. 4. {Dal-
matica, Bruch., M, Feldeggi, M, cmereo^apiUa?) Yar. 5, {AfncavuL,
M. melanocephala, Licht.)
The reporter would rather recognise local varieties than different
species in the described deviations of Motaeilla Jlava,
123
80 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Certhiparus is a new genus of Lafresnaye, founded on
Parua senilis^ Dub. (Rey. Zool. p. 69.)
He regards it as an intermediate genus between the Tit Mice and
Woodpeckers ; resembling the latter from its rigid tail, with somewhat
outwardly turned feathers at the sides ; and the former from the shape
of the bill, feet, and whole form. On these accounts, in the reporter's
opinion, it ought to be reckoned with the Tit Mice. The Parus nav. ze-
kmdice, Lath., as Lafresnaye thinks, might be added to the Parus senilis,
yet its tail is not stiff, though it has the same form. But this is, as the
reporter adds, a farther and certainly yery striking proof, that the
genus Certhipa/rus is quite untenable. Hartmann has (in the Rey.
Zool. p. 75) defined the Orthonyx heteroclitesy Lafr., which is allied to
this, as identical with Muscicapa chloris, Forst. loon., ined. tab. 157,
M. och/rocephala. Lath.
Sundevall has divided the AnthvLs pratenms into three yarieties, — 1.
Yar. Vulgaris; gula alba, striola nigricante utrinque a basi maziUaB
inferioris : 2. Yar. CervvMi {Motacilla cervina. Pall.) ; gula juguloque
fulyis, stria laterali ad latera juguli nulla eyidenter nigro-maculata ;
Cauda et alsB breyiores. A specimen was shot in East Finmark in 1837 :
3. Yar. Rufigularis, Br. ; superciliis, gula juguloque saturate ex griseo
rubicundis, striola gulas nulla, cauda et alas longiores.
Lesson characterizes two species of MegalonyXy which he names
M. nantbs and rufocapilluSf both from the island Chiloe, on the coast
of Chili (Bey. Zool. p. 135 and 209). Lafresnaye now numbers nine
species of Orallaria (ibid. p. 333) ; among them, G, rufieapilla is a
newly added species from Bolivia.
Gould, in his Birds of Australia, has given plates of Ephtkia/ntM'a
albifrons, Jard. (part 6) ; E. awrifrons, Q., and tricolor, G. (part 7) ;
Drymodes hrwivneopygia, (part 8) ; Petroiea multicolor, Yig., Oooden-
oviiy Yig., phoBnicea, G., hicolor, Sw., fusca, G. (part 8) ; Eryth/rodyas
rhodinogaster, Drap., and rosea, G. (part 8) ; Pitta strepitans, Temm.,
and iris (part 6).
Certhiaceje. — New species : Dendrocolaptes tria/ngularis, Lafr., fit)m
Bolivia (Bev. ZooL p. 134) ; Picolaptes capistratus. Less., from Bealejo
(ibid. p. 174) ; Tatare (Sitta) fuscus. Less. (ibid. p. 210) ; Conirostrum
aJhifrons and ooeruleifrons, Lafr., frcnn Columbia (ibid. p. 301).
Hartlaub has remarked, that the genus Uncirostrum, Lafr., had pre-
viously received the name Diglossa from Wagler. He points out six
species (Bev. Zool. p. 569).
Delessert mentions, in his Souv. p. 23, tab. 8, that Chloropsis auH-
ventris, Del., is identical with Chi. ourvirostris, Sw. Hartlaub, how-
ever, had mentioned the same before in the Bev. p. 58. The Acanthiza
tenuirostris was used by Lafresnaye for the formation of a new genus,
and drawn in the Mag. de Zool. Ois. pi. 27.
124
AVES — CLAMATORES. Bl
HiBUMDiNACEiB. — Laudbek has giyen some valuable observations on
Hirundo rupestris in the Isis, p. 97. The New Holland Swallow, which
Vigors ajid Horsfield had comprehended under one specieswith Hirundo
javanica, has been separated from it by Gould, and defined as H. ne-
oxena (Birds of Australia, part 9). In the same part are given Atticora
(Hirundo) leucogtemon, G., Collocalia ariel and a/rborea.
CLAMATORES.
Macrochires. — Townsend has discovered a new S\rift at
Columbia Biver.
He names it Cypselus Vauxii, and distinguishes it from Cpelasgiua,
with which it may be confounded, from its lighter colour and much
smaller size ; only 3^^' long. (Joum. of the Acad, of Philad. viii. p. 148.)
Hartlaub (Rev. Zool. p. 58), and Delessert (in his Souv. p. 25, tab. 9),
have mentioned, that Cypselus leuconotus, DeL, is identical with ChoB-
tura nudipes* Cypselus cmstralis has been represented by Gould in
the Birds of Australia (part 9) ; Acanthylis cwudacuta, Lath, (ibid.)
Boorcier has described, in the Rev. ZooL p. 373, three species of
Humming-birds from Columbia, by the names of Ormigmyia AUne,
Julie, and MuhiMit, Lesson has given the name of 0, dnnamomea
to a fourth species from Acapulco (ibid. p. 175). Longuemare has given
a drawing of his 0. Clarisse, in the Mag. de ZooL N. 23.
Caprimulginjb. — Eurostopodus (Caprimulgus) albigularis, Vig.,
and guttatu8, Vig., have been represented by Gfould. (Op. sup. cit.
part 9).
ToDiDiB. — Gould has given a plate of the Merops omatus. Lath,
(part 7). According to HartUub's statement, Alcemeropa paleazureu$.
Less., ia = A, Athertoni, Jard. = Nyctiomis casruleus, Sw. = N, am-
hergticbnus, RoyL = Buda nipalenm, Hodgs. (Rev. ZooL p. 58.)
LiPooLos&fi. — ^Brehm, in the Isis, p. 488, has divided the European
Hoopoe into four sub-species — Upupa hifasciata, macrorhynchos, epopt,
and hrctchyrhynchos. From observation of a live specimen, he thinks
that this genus must be added to the Earth Woodpeckers. There is a
beautiful plate of Buceros casddix, fem., in the NederL Yerhandel. n. 7.
TodWomphus recu^rvirottris, Lafr. (Rev. ZooL p. 134), was brought
from the South Sea, and is the third species of this genus.
Strickland has lately proved, that Alcedo wn/ymendB, Linn., is actually
to be found in Asia Minor (Ann. of Nat. Hist. iz. p. 441). Two species
of Prionites have been described by Lesson, from Central America ;
Crypticus (Hyloma/net) apidster, and Momotus Lewonii (Rev. ZooL
p. 174).
125
82 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLII :
ZTGODACTYLL
RuppELL, in the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 127, has given a list
of the Climbing Birds obsenred by him in the north-east of
Africa.
They are aa follows : — Picua pcecephaluSf Bchoensis, Hemprichii,
asthiopicus, and abtfisinicus ; Tuna torqidlla, and (jequatoralis; Cu-
culu8 c€moru8y 9olitariu8, serratus, afer, Claam, cupreus, and OMrattu ;
Coccyzus gla/nda/rius ; Centropus senegalensis, m/perdlioaus, and mo-
nachus ; Indicator archipelagicuSf and minor ; Bucco chrysozonicua ;
Micropogon margcMritatus ; Pogonias keviroatris, melanocephaluSj
Vieillotiy BrucH, and v/ndatu$ ; Trogon na/rina ; Psittaoua rudventriSf
JlavifronSy Meyeri, Le VaUlanH, taranta, and cubicularia ; Corythaix
leucotig ; ChizcBrkis zonura, peraonata, and letuogagter. In all, thirty^
eight species, of which twelve were discovered by RdppelL
CucuLiNiB. — RiippeU has clearly shown (Op. ant. dt. p. 122), that
Cuculus serratus of the Cape and Abyssinia, is a different species from
the C. melcmoleueoB of India. He has also given a minute description
of Le YaUlant's Cttculus aoHtaritu, which is also found in Abyssinia as
well as at the Cape.
W. Thompson has mentioned, in the Ann, ix. p. 225, four instances
of the presence of the Coccyzus americanuBy Bonap., in the British
Islands.
Lesson, in the Rev. ZooL p. 210, has defined the Coccyzus erythropy-
gus of San-Carlos, in Central America, as a new species.
Gould has circumstantially described, in the Ann. iz. p. 237, two new
species of Trogon from the Cordilleras: — 1. Trogon personals, very
like the Trogon atricollisy but the abdomen is scarlet instead of orange :
2. Tr, (cahirus) oMriceps, allied to the T. pavoninus, but larger ; bill
bright yellow ; wing-coverts longer, &c.
Lesson has described a thirc^spedes from Realejo in Central America,
as Trogon capistratus, and appended a description of the male of
Tr, mexica/nus, Sw. (Rev. Zool. p. 135.)
BuccoNiDiB. — Hartlaub has described a Bv^co mcUinccensis, allied to
the B. ctrmilla/risy but differing from it by the light blue throat, red
cross-bands on the anterior part of back, want of the orange coloured
breast-bands, &c. At tiie same time, he enumerates the species of Bucco
particularly, and brings their number up to twenty-three. (Rev. Zool.
p. 336.)
RuppeU (Op. ant. dt. p. 124) has discovered that the southern pro-
vinces of Abyssinia axe the habitat of the Pogonias lasvirostrisy a fact
not previously known.
126
A VES — Z YGOD ACT YLl . 83
Rhamphastid^. — The third number of Gould's Mono-
graph of the RhamphasUdce, translated by J. H. C3ir. Fr.
and J. W. Storm, has appeared.
This third number has not yet been sent to our State Library, and
therefore is not accessible to me at present. *
Gould, in the Ann. iz. p. 238, has given the name of Pteroglossus
(Aulacorhynchus) castcmeorhynch^s to a new species from the Cordil-
leras, standing next the Pt, hoBmatopygus, but differing from it and all
other species by its much larger size (18").
PiciNJE. — ^RUppell, in the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 119, has
increased this family with two species.
1. Picus (Dendobratiu ?) schoensU, very like the P. hia/rmicusy but
larger, the two white streaks on the sides of the head not uniting, &c. :
from Schoa. 2. Tv/nx cequatorialis, from the Southern Proyinoes of
Abyssinia. Hitherto there were only two species Imown in the Old
World, Tiz., F. torquilla of Europe and North Africa, and Y, peciaralU
of South Africa. This new third species corresponds in size with the
Northern ; and is near the South African by the rusty red of the under
side of the body, which, however, is differently disposed or divided.
Rnppell has appended to these two species the description of a female
Pieui poecephahis. Swains.
On a review of the SpecHed Woodpeckers (Isis, p. 649), Brehm
believes he has found out, that the smaller species of Picus may be
separated into a particular genus, which should be called Piculus. Their
chief mark is the tail, which is not so wedge-shaped as in the other
Woodpeckers, but is much blunter. They are also particularly distin-
guished by a black and white banded back, and the females have pro-
bably no red, but only black upon the top of the head : this, at least, is
the case in the Picus minor, Macei, moluccerms, and concretus. This
separation may be very good, but the name Piculus has already been
used by Is. Geof&oy as identical with PicwnvnuB. Brehm has announced
a sub-species of the Picus, in the meanwhile, as P. rosdventris,
Hartlaub has remarked, that Picus luridus, Nitzsch, is synonymous
with P. tuhhiy Less., and Hemicercus hru/neus, Eyt. (Rev. Zool. p. 57.)
PsiTTACiNJE. — ^Chr. L. Brehm, Monographic der Fapageien.
Fol. das Heft Mit. 10 ill. Abbild.
After the oopper-plates of Panots by Le Yaillant and Bouijot St.
* In the fifth number of the Archives of last year^ I have given a notice of
this number, and drawn attention to its increasing value in original obser-
vations^ additions, and improvements. — Editok of Arch.
127
84 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCOCXLII :
Hilaire, it is a doubtfiil matter to publish others, as the great libraries
haye no need of such a work, and will delay the purchase until con-
yinoed, that after the publication of the first number, it is not given up,
as happens in so many cases. Should science need such an undertaking,
the author (at whose command, indeed, must stand the whole ornitho-
logical literature of this family, and a great collection), promises to give
a critical description of aU the species hitherto known, wiih. plates of
those which have not been preyiously represented.
Riippell, in the Mus. Senckenb. iii. p. 125, has made known to us two
new species of Parrots : 1. Psittacus (Pionus) ru/iventris ; in size and
form of tail resembling the Ps, senegalus, and ako approaching it in
the distribution of the principal colours, but having a much stronger
bill : from Schoa : 2, Ps. (Pionus) Jlavifrons ; about l-6th larger than
Ps. Meyeri ; fore-part of head and region of eyes beautiful citron yellow ;
the rest of plumage different shades of green : from the Abyssinian
province of Godjam.
Pgittaeus (Amazona) aura-palliatus of Realejo, Arara erythrcfrons
of Valdivia, Ps. (Cai'ca) chrysopogon of San-Carlos, and Pa. (Aratinga)
ebwmvrostrwm of Acapulco, have been described by Lesson in the Rev.
Zool. p. 135.
. The following species are represented in the new parts of Gould : —
Nymphicvs novas hollomdke (part 7) ; Apramycttbs tcapulatua, Bechst.,
and erytJvropterus, Gm. (part 8) ; Trichoglo89u$ SioainsonU, Jard., rubri-
torqtm, Vig., and versicolor, Vig. (part 9).
AMPHiBOLiE. — ^Riippell has made known, in the Mus. Senck.
iii. p. 127, two new species of Ckizcerhis, from the southern
provinces of Abyssiniau
1. Ch, personata ; regione ophthalmica, gems, mento et gula pennis
denudatis, pileo crista plicatili plumis laxis elongatis colore murine;
nucha, regione parotica juguloque albidis, jugulo et pectore viridi-
glaucis, abdomine et tibiis rufocervinis, auchenio, dorso et alis csesio-
umbrinis, rectricibus oHvaceis ; cauda elongata, subrotundata, supra
cinerea, infra luteo-virente ; 19" : 2. Ch, leucogaster, pQeo, crista plica-
tili, plumis apice truncatis; capite, gutture, collo, cervice, dorso et
alis ex caesio-iunbrinis ; tectricibus mediis nigro-marginatis, remigibus
dimidio basali albis, apicaJi umbrino-nigris ; cauda subrotundata, nigra,
fascia lata alba transversa, rectricibus 2, intermediis ex caesio-umbrinis,
abdomine et tibiis albis ; 18f '^
CMzasris felicke = GK concoloTy Smith (Rev. Zool. p. 5&).
128
AVES — GALLINACEiE. 85
COLXJMBINiE.
Oeophaps Smtthiif Jard., plwmifera, G., and seripta, Ptilinopus Swain-
Mmii, G., and Etmngiiy G., have been represented by Gould in the 7th
part of his Birds of Australia. Both species of Ptilinopus have been
hitherto united under the name of Colwmha pxvrpurata, and thej agree
in the distribution of colour ; but the Pt, Ewingii is smaller, the top of
the head rose-red instead of crimson, the breast pale greenish-grej,
instead of muddy green, the middle of abdomen bright orange, instead
of lilac ; and the tail-feathers greenish-yellow instead of being tipped
with rich yellow.
GALLINACEJE.
Galling. — Buhle's Naturgesch. der domesticirten Thiere,
Heft. 3. (Pfau, Truthuhn und Perlhuhn nebst ihren Verwand-
ten.) Halle, 1842.
This book has not yet reached me.
Delessert, in his Souv. p. 2% tab. 10, and Hartlaub, in the Rev. Zool.
p. 58, have remarked, that Frcmcolvaus mvostM, Del., is identical with
Ft, Hardmckii, Gray. Lesson^s Ortyo! leucopogony is from San-Carlos
in Central America. (Bev. Zool. p. 175.)
The riddle in Temminck's announcement (Man. d'Qmitholog. iv.
p. 313), which he put down as very doubtful, that the Turkey (Meleagris
gallopavo), was found wild in Dalmatia, has been satisfactorily solved,
as KtLster mentions (Isis, p. 611), that Otis tardea is known, throughout
Dalmatia, by the name of " Wild Turkey." By a similar misunder-
standing, Hellenius once took a female of the Mufion, which is commonly
called a Boe in Sardinia, for Cenms capreolus ; and thence Rudolphi,
from its fruitful pairing with the Bam, drew the conclusion, that the
latter fact could not be brought into consideration for the determining
of a species. (Yid. Munch, gel. Anzeig. iv. p. 936.)
Penelope albiventer, firom the province of Nicaragua, has been de^
scribed by Lesson as a new species. (Rev. Zool. p. 174.)
The presence of the genus Megapodws in New Holland,
has now been proved, by the M. tumulus being found on
Coburgh Peninsula, on the north coast. (Oould^s Birds of
Australia, part 6.)
The most remarkable thing in these birds, is, their peculiar way of
hatching their e(;g8. These are found in large sand heaps, which are
129 I
86 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
generallf of & conical &Tm ; one of them waa iizty feet in circumference
at the base, and fifteen high : the eggi Ikj deep in thete heaps, sligbtl}'
oovered with sand, which, hy the heat of the lun, acquires a ooniideTable
wamith. How these heaps have be«n erected, and how the joung oome
ont of them when titey have newly chipped the shell, hu not yet been
observed bj Europeans; and only sonM nnsatisfaotoiy accounts have
been received &om the natives.
Megapodiw, TaUegaUa, and Leipca, form a very remaik&ble femily,
from the peculiar manner in which they hatch tiieir e^. They extend
ttaai the Philippines over the islands of the Indian Archipelago, sa far
as New Holland.
Hartlaub holds it as certain, that the geoos Ateckthelia, Less., is only
the young of Megapodint. (Rev. ZooL p. 204.)
Crypturid^. — Lesson has given a new species fW>m Cen-
tral America, in the Kev. Zool. p. 210, TinamtiB (Notkura)
cmnamomea.
CURSORES.
Mayer, in his N^euen Uutersuch. aus dem Gebiete der Anat.
uttd Physiol, p. 30, has discussed a pectdiar formation of the
sexual opening in the female Emu of New Holland.
The conuDOn opening of the tectum, Bezmd parts, and urinary oi^;ans,
has the form of a cup, or crown of a flower, of considerable size. There
ore twenty-eight folds, or rays, wliich run from the middle opening of
the common fandament, like radii towards the periphery, and form on it
80 many sacs, or cells, in which a white fatty substance is secreted. The
, intention of this organ is not known : there is nothing like it in the other
running birds. It is remarkable, as the author observes, that even in a
bird of New Holland, there is a purse shaped organ in the sexual region,
as an eipression, so to speak, of the endemic genius of the structure,
which, in the same country, prevails in the MammaUa.
A plate is given in the Transactions of the Zoological Society, of a
'1 thigh-bone, found in New Zealand, which Owen recognised as that
bird allied to the Ostrich.
AVES — GRALLiE. 87
GRALL^.
Alectorides. — Gould has now given a drawing of the Otis
auatralasiana^ in the Birds of Australia, part 8.
This species is abundant, and spread widely over New Holland. It is
larger than the Otis tarda, A capital error in Gould's work is the want
of measurements, although there is plenty of room,
FuucARi^. — Parra cordifera^ from Aeapulco^ has been
described by Lesson in the Bey. Zool. p. 135 and 210. A
drawing of Gallirallus hrachypterua^ Lafr., was given in the
Magas. de Zool. n. 22.
Leib found the FuUca a/merica/Mi brooding, in very great numbers,
in the month of June, in the marshes at Lake Erie, in company with the
OaUinula galeata. The nest is woven of rushes, without lining, 1^ to
2^ in diameter, swimming on the water, and attached to the reeds : the
eggs, ten to fifteen in number, are oval, greenish-yellow, with small dark
brown freckles. (Joum. of Philad. viii 203.)
Erodii. — ^Brehm has divided the small German Bitterns
(Ardea minuta) into three sub-species : — Botaurus minutus^
pusillus, and melanottju, (Isis, p. 770.)
Hemiglottides.— Drawings have been given of PlataUa
regia, G., sjii Jlavipes, G., in the Birds of Australia, part 7.
The latter species is remarkable, as it agrees in many respects with
the white species of Ibis, and accordingly proves, from another source,
the connection of the PlataUa and /Hs, in one family, as asserted by
Nitzsch.
LiMicOL^. — EurKinorhynchus griaeas^ Nilss. (Platalea
pygmcea, Linn.), has been described, with a plate, by Hart*
laub, in the Bev. Zool. p. 37.
Ouyier and Temminck have arranged this bird correctly among the
Snipes. Its habitat is not Surinam, as asserted by Linnsus, but BengaL
Nordmann has most exactly shown the difference between
his Glareola melanoptera (which name Fischer wishes to
change into O. Nordmanm), and the O. torquata. (Bullet,
de Mosc. 1842, p. 314. tab. 2.)
131
^ I
88 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCOXLll :
They have been very accurately described in the short diagnosis of
both species: 1. Olareola torquata; *' tectricibus inferioribus alarum
rufo-castaneis :" 2. Olareola melanoptera ; " alia supra et subtus uni-
ooloribus nigris." The Olareola pratincola, Pall., belongs, as a sy-
nonyme to the latter species, which Pallas erroneously esteemed as
O. torquata. Both species are plentiful in the South of Russia, yet it
appears, that the new species is a form found more to the eastward.
Whether it also be difierent from the O, (yrientalis, Nordmaon, from
want of literary aid, could not decide. But the reporter can assure him,
that this alone would not have helped him out, because the description
which Leach gives of O. orientalis is so inexact, and his plate is so
incorrect, that the bird cannot be recognised from it. Since, however,
the collection in this place possesses a Javanese specimen, the reporter
can add, that O, orientalu is quite a different species from the O. mela-
noptera. Certainly the alula is of the same colour ; but the winjgs upon
the under side are like the O, torquata.
Die Waldschnepfe von C. E. Diezel. Leipz. 1842.
A very excellent little book for sportsmen as well as naturalists, rich
in original observations, and distinguished by its lively style.
Of this family, the following species have been represented in the
Birds of Australia: — Charadrius {Lobivanellua) lobatus, Lath., and
peraonatus, G. (part 8) ; Rhynchoea australisy G., and JRecurvirogtra
rvbricolliSf Temm. (part 9).
Hartlaub has given, on tab. 2, in the B«v. ZooL, plates of the bill and
feet of his Chioms minor.
NATATORES.
LoNGiPENNES. — A large flock of Sterna arctica was seen in
the interior of England last May, about which a slight dis-
cussion has arisen between Strickland and Austin. (Ann. ix.
p. 351, 434, 518; x. p. 75). A drawing of Sterna tereti-
colUSf Lafr., was giyen in the Magas. de Zool. n. 27,
TuBiNARES. — W. Thompson has cited two cases, in which
PufintM major, Fab. was taken in Ireland. (Ann. ix. p. 433.)
Unguirostres. — The eleyenth Tolume, and first number
of the twelfth, of " Naumann's Naturgeschichte der Vogel
132
AVES — ^NATATORES. 89
Deutschlands,'* has been published. The concluding half of
the former, and commencement of the present volume, are
occupied with the genus Anas,
The anatomical characteristics of the genus have been arranged, with
valaable annotations, bj Rud. Wagner, from the papers left by Nitzsch.
The following species have been treated of in the following order : —
First Group, Swimming Ducks, with an unlobed hinder toe. — a. Bur-
rowing Ducks, called by later Ornithologists, Tad(yma or FttZpon^er,
although thej have nothing of the Goose tribe. 1. A, tadorna: 2. A,
rutila, h. Fresh-water Ducks, *^ lately divided into fiye genera and
more, on account of slight deviations, which are scarcely tenable, as
sub-genera." 3. A, hoschas: 4. A, acuta: 5. A, strepera: 6. A. qu^r-
quedula : 7. A, crecca : 8. A, penelope. c. Shovellers. 9. A. clypeata.
Second Group, Divers, with the hinder toe lobed. " This great section
may be properly divided into several sub-divisions or families, between
which there is no want of transitions, on which account it is difficult to
determine whether the whole group should be considered as a separate
section of the genus Anas, or whether our following families of Ducks
should appear as so many different genera." a. Fen Ducks. 10. A. ru-
Jma: \l,A.ferina: 12, A, nyroca (leucophthalmos) : IS. A, fuligula :
14. A, marila.
Anas purpureoviridis, Schinz, has been pronounced by Selys
and Bonaparte a hybrid of ^no^ hoschas and A. moschata.
Selys relates, in the Faune Beige, p. 141, that he shot a female of
A. pwrp, at Longchamps-sur-Geer, in December 1835. He saw a male
at Baillon ; and examined two other males in the museum at Lausanne,
perfectly alike, which had been killed on the Lake of Geneva.
Leib found the nest of AnaB discora, along with that of A. hoschas, in
the meadows which border on the marshes of Lake Erie. It was com-
posed of dry grass, thickly lined with feathers, and contained eighteen
eggs of a delicate cream colour. (Joum. of Philad. 1842, p. 204.)
Gould has formed a new genus, Merganetta, for a species
of Duck from the the Chilian Andes. (Ann. ix. p. 511.)
In many of its characters, as he says, it approaches the Ducks, but in
others it evinces an affinity with the Mergansers, especially in its long
and stiff tail-feathers and narrow and pointed beak. It differs, how-
ever, from either of the groups mentioned, in having, in both sexes,
a strong spur on the wing. Gould gives to the species the name
J£, armata.
Gould has figured a new species of Duck in the Birds of Australia,
part 6, Nettapus coromandelianus, Gm., and piUchelliis, G.
133
90 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, HDCCCXLll:
Yarrell has given « short notice on the Ttadiea of Anier gamb^am,
in the Ann. iz. p. 147-
La&esnaye has Temarked, in the Rev. Zool. p. 71, tliat Ducks and
Qeese procl&im themselvei aa different genera bj their liabite and food
— a fact previously known.
Pyoopodes. — Podiceps antareticiu of Valparaiso, faae been
described as a new species bj Lesson, in the Rev. Zool. p. 209.
REPTILIA.
BY
DB. F. H. TROSCHEL.
Several Faunas of European countries are here to be men-
tioned, as interesting with regard to geographical distribution.
A. Zawadzky : Fauna der Galizisch-bukowinischen Wirbel-
thiere. Stuttgart, 1840.
The section on Beptilia extends from p. 140 to 161. The genera
and species are described, and. notice taken of their occurrence, hahits,
and uses; the Polish names are added. This Fauna contains, in all,
twenty-fiye Reptilia, viz., one Tortoise, four Lizards, six Snakes, and
fourteen Batrachians, nine species of which are without tails, and five
with tails. A list of the Latin names of the genera and species is
appended ; likewise a list of Polish names, to which the German and
Latin ones are added.
H. Freyer: Fauna der in Krain bekannten Saugethiere
Vogel, Beptilien, und Fische. Laibach, 1842.
Beptilia from p. 41 to 45. The species are not described, but onlj
^e Latin, German, and Krainian names given, with some STnonymes,
and short remarks on the places where the species are found. Among
the twenty-six Reptilia, are two Tortoises, three Lizards, seven Snakes
(among which is a new one. Coluber isahellinusjf and fourteen Batra-
chians, eight without, and six with tails.
135
92 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDGGCXLII :
Edm. de Selys Longchamps Faune Beige, I'* partie ; Indi-
cation M^thodique des Mammiferes, Oiseaux, Reptiles, et
Poissons, observes jusqu'ici en Belgique. Liege, 1842.
Reptilm, p. 169 to 182. The species are not described, the remarks
being confined to notices of their occurrence and varieties. Among the
twentj-three species, are one Tortoise, four Lizards, five Snakes, and
thirteen Batrachians, eight without, and five with tails. Eight of these
twenty-three species are found in almost all parts of the country, twelve
in particular localities, and the occurrence of three within the Belgian
bounds is not sufficiently determined. There are plates of Triton pal-
matus and punctatusy male and female.
In the Fauna Caspio-Caucasia, von Eichwald, Petersburg,
1841, — the section on Reptilia occupies from p. 44 to 128 ;
plates 3 to 31 belong to it.
Three Tortoises are mentioned: — Clemmye caspica, Wagl. ; Emys
ewropcea, abundant in the rivers which discharge themselves into the
Caspian Sea ; Testudo Hbera, Pall.
Many Lizards inhabit the shores of the Caspian. They show, in
general, a greater approximation to the Fauna of Egypt and Syria than
to that of Europe. PiammoMuruB casptcvs, Eichw. ; Lacerta oceUata,
Daud., viridis, Daud., stirpiv/mf Daud., agiUs, L., strigata, Eichw. (L.
quinquevittatay M^n^tr., in the Vienna Mus., from Syria, as L, viridis,
var., X. Michahelletii, Fitz.) ; Zootoca exiffua, Eichw. (X. gylvicola,
Eversm.), crocea, Wagl., chalyhdea, Eichw. (X. »<ixicola, Eversm.) ;
Atpidorhinvs (nov. gen.), gr<i€ilis, Eichw. . (X. vittataf Eversm.) ;
Podarcia veloai, Wagl., deserti, Lepechin (X. variahilU, Pall.) ; OpJUops
eUgamSy M^ndtr. {Amystes Ehrenbergiif Wiegm.) ; Stellio ccufMosw^
Eichw. (X. 8tellio et muricatay Pall.) ; Phrynocephalus caudivolvulus,
Eichw. (X. eaudivolvula, Pall., Agama ocellata, Lichtst.), heUoscopus,
Kaup. (0. helioacopa, Pall.) ; Megalochilus a/writu8, Eichw. (X. aurita,
Pall.) ; Trapellus ga/nguinolentus, Eichw. (X. aanguinolenta, Pall.,
Agama aralensis, Lichtst.) ; Qym/nodactylut caspius, Eichw. (Uromas-
tix fasciatuB, M^n^tr.) ; Euprepis princeps, Eichw. ; Pseudopus serpen-
Hwus, Merr. ; Anguis fragilis, L. {A, DeM&riy Andrz. et Ang. mcertusy
Kryn.)
Snakes. — Eryx turcicuSy Daud., Trigonophis iberusy Eichw. (Coluber
ffivaXy Schreiber, Ta/rhophis fcdlaXy Fleischm.); TrigonocephahM kaly»y
Lichst., TovnAfris (nov. gen.) oxiatMiy Eichw., new species ; Tropidono-
#us pertay Eichw. (Colvher perga, Pall.), natrix, Kuhl, ater, Eichw.
(Tr, natricis, var.?) ; ScutatuSy Eichw. (Coluber acutatusy Pall.), hydrus^
Fitz., 9auromate8y Eichw. (0. va/riegatusy L., O. sauromates. Pall.) ;
Hcemarrhois trdbalisy Bole ; Tyria argonautay Eichw., najadumf Eichw.
136
REPTILIA. 93
Zctcholus IcBvie, Eichw. (Col, ktuisy Lac^p.) ; Zamenis JEsculapn,
Wagl. ; Ccelopeltis IHone, Eichw. (Col, Dione, Pall.), erythrogattra,
Eichw. (Col, ^ryth/rogcuter, Fisch.), la,certma, Wagl., vermiculata,
Eichw. (Col, vermiculatus, M^n.)
The only Batrachians in those regions are, Hyla viridiSf Laur. ; Bcma
tempora/riay L., tigrina, Eichw. (Rama dentex^ Kiyn.); aichmncms,
PalL ; Bufo vaHahilis, Pall., cinereus, Schneid.
Hence it follows, that the two new genera onlj contain animals not
preyioiislj known ; but manj names bear the authorily of the author,
although such a change of name was often unnecessary. The Herpeto-
logy of Dumeril and Bibron is not jet made use of.
Th. Cantor, in an Essay entitled '^ General Features of
Chusan, with Remarks on the Flora and Fauna of that
Island," makes some obserrations on its Beptilia. Ann. ix.
p. 275.
Of Chelonian Reptiles, but two forms were found, one of which,
Trionyx tuberculatum, approaches closely to T,javanicus, None of the
larger Saurians occur, nor Monitors ; but both the little Hemidactylum,
which is very numerous, and the TiUqua are nearly allied to species
inhabiting Bengal and other parts of India. It has generally been
believed, that China is infested with very few serpents. At Chusan,
although few in species, they are remarkably numerous. Naja, which
appears to be the only terrestrial venomous serpent, as well as the
species of Lycodon, Coluber , and Tropidonotus, are, as pointed out in
the descriptions, closely allied to Indian species. Python Sclmeideri has
hitherto been found only in Java, Banca, Amboyna, and once at Malacca.
All these, however, are forms which characterize tropical Asia. I am
told, that several species of Pelagic Serpents occur in the Chusan Archi-
pelago. In the Batrachian Reptiles, there exists a striking resemblance
between the Fauna of Chusan and Japan. In both, the Frogs are
European forms, the Toads not ; Bufo ga/rga/rizanB approaches to the
Indian Toad, figured as B, duhia in Hardwicke's Blustrations.
The species are furnished each with a short diagnosis (Ibid. p. 482),
but as this is limited to colouring, it is insufficient for fixing the species.
They are the following ; — Trionyx tuherculatus, Envys muticua; HenU-
dactylui na/aus, Tiliqua rufoguttata ; Naja atra, Lycodon rufozonor-
tus, Coluber dhumnades. Col. mandarlnus, Tropidonotus rufodoraatus.
Python Schneideriy Merr. ; Rana tempora/ria, var., Rana esculenta,
var. ; Hyla a/rborea, var. ; Bufo gargarizcms.
A list of the above mentioned species of Reptiles, collected
by Cantor in Chusan, is also to be found in M'Clelland's
Calcutta Journal, vol. ii. 1842, p. 101.
137
94 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
In Ernest DiefTenbach's TrayeU in New Zealand, London, 1643,
p. 202, J. £. Graj enumerates the New Zealand BeptUia known to
him ; their number, however, is but small, being onlj seren. These
are : — ^Two species of Tiliquaf T. zelcmdica and omata ; three species
of the genus Naultinui, of the family of Gechanes, described by Gray,
Zool. Misoell. p. 72, N, elegans, Gr., N, pacijicus, Gr. (Platydactylus
Duvaucelli, Dum. Bibr.), N, punctatvs, Gr., Hatteria ptmctata, Gr.,
Pekbmys bicolor. Other Snakes and Amphibia seem to be entirely
wanting.
J. E. Gray describes, in his Zool. Misoell., London, 1842, several new
genera and species of Australian Beptilia, from a collection made by
Gilbert at Port Essington. A description of some Reptilia of other
countries, in the British Museum, is also included. (Ibid. p. 57.)
• •
Berthold : Uber verschiedene neue oder seltene Amphibien-
arten. Gottingen, 1842, 4to. — Unfortunately this has not yet
come to hand.
Haro has made known bis researches on the breathing of
some Amphibia ; Memoire sur la Respiration des Grenouilles,
des Salamandces, et des Tortues. (Annales des Sc. Nat^
tom. xviii. p. 36.)
CHELONIL
J. E. Gray, in the Zool. Miscell. London, 1842, describes a
new tortoise, Hydraspis victorice, from Victoria River, on
the north-east coast of New Holland.
SAURII.
Spring and Lacorbaire have imparted some information
on certain parts of the Organization of the Phrynosoma
Harlanii, from a specimen brought alive by Firson from the
Texas to Europe.
It was in a state of numbness, from which it could only be roused by
the direct influence of the rays of the sun, and by repeated gentle pushes.
It opened its eyes, raised its head, and began to run pretty quickly ; but
soon became again benumbed. Besides the anatomical observations,
the authors correct the description of Dumeril and Bibron in regard to
138
REPTILIA — SAURIl. 95
oolour. This specimen had, on each side of the back stripe, five black
spots, which, on their posterior half, were edged with the finest jonquil
yeUow ; the throat, sides, and roots of the limbs were, as it were, dusted
with the same hue ; the under half of the body was pure white, without
speck. The pores of the thighs could not be discovered. (Bulletins de
I'Acad. de Bruzelles, iz. 2, p. 192.)
AspiDOBHiMUS (noY. geu.), Eichw., 1. c. p. 74. Nares prominulae,
eziguis scutellis elevatis apici rostrali impositsB ; squamae temporum sub-
tilissimae, granulosa^ ; collare ; squamsB notsei ezigusB, granulosae. There
is one species, A, gracUis, Eichw. (L<ic. vittata, Eversm.)
TiUqua Esmtgtonii^ Crntyy Zool. Miscell., from the north coasts of
New Holland.
LiaUa BurUmi, hicatenata, and punctulata are three New Holland
species, described by Gray in the work just quoted.
(Edura, Gray (nov. gen.), of the family of Oeckones, ibid. p. 52, Toes
5-5, wide, free, scaly beneath at root, ends somewhat broader ; under side
with two rows of cross folds, the last on each toe broad ; claws 5-5, con-
cealed in the groove between the folds ; back and belly with oval convex
equal scales, smaller on the sides; tail oval, lanceolate, very thick, low,
with pointed tip, covered with rings of broad scales ; anal pores in a
erescentic line. CE, m<Mrmorata^ New HoDand.
. PmiA, Gray (so v. gen.), of the family of the Oeckones, ibid. p. 53.
Like Ptyodactyhi$, but the toes are shorter, thicker, wide at the root,
and there are anal pores present. Ph. pwnctulata, New Holland.
Gecko SnUtkiif from Prince of Wales' Island, and G, chinensis, from
China, have been described by Gray, Zool. Mis. p. 57.
Tarentula chfpeata. Gray, ibid. : habitat unknown.
Phelsufna trilineatum and Imeatum (Gecko wvunguis, Cuv.), are also
described by Gray (ibid.) : the latter species from Madagascar.
Gehyra, Gray (nov. gen.), from the family of the Geckones, ibid. p. 57,
forms a part of Wiegmann*s Peroplus, but has the scales of the Gecko :
it is distinguished from this genus by the length and compression of the
end of the toes. G, ocecmica (Gecko oceanuma),
Naultinus, Gray, Zool. Mis. p. 72, is distinguished from Gehyra by
the ends of the toes not being compressed. There are three species :
N. pacijicus, ib. p. 58 ; thumb without nail ; bright brown ; irregular
broad stripe on each side : South Sea Islands. N, elegans, ib. p. 72 ;
thumb with nail ; green ; irregular spots on each side of the back : New
Zealand. N. punctatus, ib., in Dieffenbach, p. 204 ; thumb with nail ;
dark green ; back with very small black dots ; under half yellow-
green; 4".
BoLTALiA, Gray, Zool. Mis. p. 58, holds a middle place between Gehyra
and HenUdactyhM ; toes free, folds beneath numerous, slender, transverse,
narrow, divided by a deep small groove ; thumb similar ; pores of thigh
139
96 REPORT ON ZOOLO(3^Y, MDCCCXLll :
distinct ; tail somewhat oompressed, ringed, with a middle row of shields
beneath : B, mblevis, India.
HemidactffluB depresmiSf tnercatorius, said faseiatus, Gray, ibid. ; the
first two from Madagascar : of the latter the habitat is unknown.
Goniodactylus Baei, Gray, ibid. : from India.
ToLABENTA, Graj (noY. gen.), of the same family ; the feet as in Agamfia,
but head, nasal fossae, and ejes, show that the genus belongs to the
OecJcones. 8. WUhmwnii (Savignj, -Bept. ^gjpt. t. c. f. 3) : Egypt.
Cyrtodnctylus ocellatus, ibid. p. 59 : from Tobago.
Cyclv/ra quinquecarinatay id. ibid. p. 59 : Demerara?
The new genus Lofhognathub, of the family of the AgcbfMt (Gray's
Zool. Mis. p. 53), is distinguished from Calotes only by the presence of
two or three thigh pores, and two anal pores on each side : L. Oilberti,
from the north coasts of New Holland.
The genus Difobiphoba, Gray, ibid. p. 53, of the same fiimily, is
distinguished from Ora/mmatopfiora only by two anal pores ; in habit it
stands between Orammatophora and Calote» : D. hilmeata^ from the
north coast of new Holland.
Hatteria, Gray, ibid. p. 72, of the family of the Ag(Mna ; head four-
oomered, covered with small scales ; throat with a cross fold ; nape and
back have a ledge of compressed bristles; body covered with small
scales ; beUy and under side of the tall have broad, four-cornered, un-
quilled scales, in cross rows ; tail compressed, triangular, covered with
small scales, and with a crest of broad bristles ; toes 5, 5, covered with
small scales ; no thigh pores ; smaU anal pores : H, punctata^ from New
Zealand.
SERPENTES.
In opposition to the observation of Valenciennes, mentioned in the last
report (p. 172), on the temperature in the hatching of the Python hivit-
tata, Dumeril is of opinion, that the increased temperature is produced
in the eggs of the snake, and is not to be ascribed to the influence of the
brooding mother. (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 5.)
Aloysii Calori : De vasis pulmonum ophidiorum secun-
dariis observationes novae (Commentarii Acad. Bononiensis,
T. p. 395), with a lithographic plate.
In the Biblioteca Italiana o sia Giomale di Letteratura, Scienze, ed
Arti, compUato da varj letterati (tom. xciz. Milano, 1740, p. 163 and 306),
is found a Catalogue Raisonn^, describing the Snakes in the Museum of
the University at Pavia, by De Filippi. Catalogo ragionato e descrlttivo
deUa Eacolta de' Serpenti del Museo dell* S. R. Universitct di Pavia.
140
REPTILIA — SERPENTES. 97
Del Dottor Filippo de Filippi, gii assistente alia cattedra di storia
naturale nella detta Universitlk. The species are arranged aooording to
Schlegel's Essai sur la Physiognomie des Serpents ; but a new species of
the genus Cal<iTnaria is described (v. i.)
' J. E. Graj, in his Zool. Misc., London, IS^, p. 41, giy^s a synopsis
of the family Boidce. This family contains thirty-two species, which
the author divides into twenty genera. Of these, eight genera and ten
species are found in Tropical America ; four genera and five species in
A&ica; six genera and eight species in Asia; four genera and eight
species in New Holland ; one species in Europe. The species of the
genus Python inhabit Asia and Africa, but each division of the world
has its separate species. One species of the genus Eryx is common to
the South of Europe and North of Africa. Several species are cited as
new.
There is contained in the same little work, p. 47> a synopsis of the
species of the family Crotalidoe, which comprises ten genera with thirty
species. Six genera and eleven species are peculiar to America ; two
genera and sixteen species belong to Asia and the islands ; one genus is
common to Asia and Africa ; one genus, with two species, is found in
Africa ; Europe and Australia contain no species. Several new species
axe distinguished by their colour.
There is found, besides, in the same work, p. 59, a s3mopsis of the
family Hydridoe, which numbers forty-three species in twenty-three
genera. Twenty species are found in the Indian Ocean ; sixteen in the
salt-water canals of India and the neighbouring islands ; and six inhabit
Tropical America. The following are defined as new genera : —
Lapemis ; different from Pelnmis, by the smaller somewhat compressed
head, and a smaller mouth : Hydras curtuSf Shaw, and L, Ha/rdtioichu,
Gray.
Liopala; belly shields broad, the anterior smooth, united, the pos-
terior separated, knobbed; the anterior scales of back smooth; the
posterior has a central tubercle ; one or two posterior eye shields :
Hydrus gracilisy Shaw ; and L, fa%ciata, Gray.
Atxtbia; beUy shields tolerably broad, the two middle rows united
into a single broad six sided plate ; all the scales smooth : A, omata.
Gray; Hydrophia Lividsa/yiif QrtLj ; Hydru8 spiralis, Sh&w (Hydrophis
meUjmura, Wagl.) ; A, elegcms, Gray.
Bitia; tail has two rows of shields beneath; nasal fossss between
two plates; abdominal shields, on each side, quilled; scales smooth:
B. hyd/roidesy Gray.
DixADES is American, and contains Homalopm pUcatilis and leopar-
dina, Schlegel.
FsRANiA, like Hypsirhina, Wagl., but the body is compressed ; the
back quilled ; tail conical : Homalopm Sieboldii, Schlegel.
141
98 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
- Raclitia ; hodj eylindrical ; scales smooth ; yeriebral shield rather
small ; anterior shield of foErehead smaU, triangular ; . a bridle shield ;
one small anterior, and long posterior eye shield; taU short, conical:
R, indica, from India.
Higina; body cylindrical; scales smooth; abdominal shields rather
small ; an anterior broad, two posterior smaller eye shields ; no bridle
shield : H. fasciata, from Demerara.
Fordonia; head broad posteriorly; three forehead shields, the an-
terior elongated; between the nasal shields no bridle shield; body
compressed ; tail short : F. leuccbaUa (Hamalopeis leucobaUa, Schl^el).
MiRALiA ; Type, Brachyorros alternant, Reus (Homalopm decus-
sata, Schlegel).
Farancia; anterior forehead shields united into a triangular cross
plate ; posterior forehead shield broad ; nasal fosssB sideways, smaU, in
the midst of a four-sided shield ; an anterior and two posterior ocular
shields ; body fusiform ; scales smooth ; tail conical : F. Drurmnondii,
from California.
Lastly, Gray, in the same work, p. 68, has given a synopsis of the
family Viperidce. Twenty-one species form the eight genera of this
family, of which two genera and three species inhabit Asia ; four genera
and twelve species, Africa; two genera and four species, Europe; and
one genus with one species, Australia ; one genus, Echis, has both an
African and an Indian species.
Gray's genus Daboia, has for type the Vipera daboia, Daud; agreeing
with it, D. RusseUi, Russ., Ind. Serp. t. 32 ; and D. pulchella of Ceylon.
Coluber itabeUi/Mis, Freyer, 1. c. p. 42; iuibella-yellow ; eyes red;
head has eleven small shields ; upper jaw edged with seventeen, under
jaw with twenty-one small shields ; abdominal shields 221 ; tail shields
. eighty-two ; length 2' 6" ; length of tail 5J" ; at Feistenberg in Lower
Krain.
Tropidonotui OMstralis, Gray ; Zoological Miscellany, p. 54 ; from
the north coast of New Holland.
Calamaria fabas de Filippi, 1. c. p. 176 ; head small, not broke off
from the trunk ; the bridle shield, which is usually wantmg in CaJor-
ma/ria, is present in this species ; back scales bay, with somewhat brighter
margin ; belly white, with many alternating square spots ; both anterior
forehead shields white ; allied to Col, Linncd : habitat unknown.
Lycodon reticulatuSf and L. olivaceus, Gray ; Zoological Miscellany,
p. 54 : both from Australia.
DendropMa (Ahetvdla) fuBca and oliva^ea, id. ib. : from same place.
Elaps (ymatus, id. ib. ; whitish, the scales of back and sides bordered
black: Australia.
Naja oMitralU, id. ib. ; bright brown, brighter beneath; only two
posterior eye shields.
142
REPTILIA — BATRACHIA. 99
Tomyrit, Eichw., 1. c. p. 103 (nov. gen.) ; caput oollo subdilatabili
latius, duplo longius quam latum, tela 2 utrinque distincta dentesque 2
imperforati breyiores, lis postpositi, scutella submazillaria tria, interque
eorum par postremum unum majus (non tria alia minora in triangulo,
NaJ89 ezemplo) ; squamae notsei elongato-lanceolataB, plan», Iseves, exi-
guse; gulares majores per 4 series obliquas dispositse. Affine UriEO
(Najce), Wagl., genus. There is one species, T, oxicma ; e purpureo
rosea, transyersim nigro-yittata, yittis integris atris, medio dorso sub
angulo confluentibus, postremis eyanidis, gul4 e flayo rose& ; 2^''.
BATRACHIA.
Aloysii Calori : Descriptio anatomica Branchianim maxime
internarum gyrini Banse Esculentse, unaque praBcipuum dis-
crimen, quod inter branchias ad inyicem et batrachiomm uro-
delorum intercedit. (Gommentarii Acad. Bonon. y. p. Ill) ;
with two lithographic plates.
R. P. Lesson describes a new species of Bufo^ which he had
already briefly characterized in his *' Catalogue de la Faune
du Departement de la Charente-Inferieure," viz. : —
B, vmearum ; first finger as long as second, upper socket margins
projecting, rounded, skull covered with thick skin, parotids elliptical,
rounded on each side, longish, separated ^Ito two parts by a space, skin
of tympanum concealed, hinder toes semipalmate ; three protuberances
on the heel, two on the hands, no lenticular gland on either thigh, no
ledge of skin on inner margin of tarsus, iris red, above knobbed, un-
derneath small regular protuberances, no spots. In the vine hills of
Haute-Saintonge. (Rev. ZooL 1842, p. 33.)
Some new species of Batrachia have also been described by
J. E. Gray, in his Zoological Miscellany, viz. : —
Discoglossus omatu8, Alytes a/ustralis, Pelodytes nasutus, P. afinis,
Hyla ccerulea (H. cyomea^ Daud.), H. rubella, Eucnemis bicolor. They
are all firom the north coast of New Holland.
Rapp describes three new Batrachia in these Archives, 1842,
1, p. 289 : Hyperoliua marmoratus, Engystoma guttatum,
and Breviceps verrucosus.
143
REPORT
ON THE
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF PISHES,
DURING THE YEAR 1842.
BY
DB. F. H. TKOSCHEL
MacLeay has made known a new Arrangement of Fishes, in
the Calcutta Journal of Natural History for July, 1841, and
in the Annals, ix. p. 197, of which the following arrangement
of the larger groups may serre as an example : —
I. CTENOBRANCHII ; gills pectinated.
1. Plaoiostomi, Cuv. — Cartilaginous fish with fixed branchiae ; lead-
ing to Mammalia.
2. Sturiones, Cuv. — Cartilaginous fish with free branchiae.
3. OsTiNOPTERYGii, MacLcay. — Bony fish with free branchiae ; leading
to Amphibia.
II. ACTENOBRANCHII ; gills not pectinated.
4. LoPHOBRANCHii, CuY. — Bony fish with tufts, arranged in pairs
along the branchial arches.
5. Ctclostomi, Cuy. — Cartilaginous fish breathing by a series of
cells.
The author calls the first division an aberrant, and the second a
normal group. His division, Oatinapterygii, he divides again into an
aberrant group, Accmthopterygii (Artedi), all of which he thinks have
144
PISCES. 101
Ctenoidian scales ; and a normal group, Malaeopterygii (Artedi), all
of which he thinks have Cycloidian scales. The classification then
proceeds: —
A. ACANTHOPTERYGII :
1. Balistina. — Plectognathi, Cay. Maxillary bones soldered to the
inter-maxillaries, and both to the palatine arch; opercula and gOls
concealed under the skin.
1. BalisHdcB?
2. Ostraciontidas ?
3. Cephalagpis? Ag.
2. Percina. — Bones of the jaws free and complete ; operculum dis-
tinct; operculum or prseoperculum generally with dentated edges, or
with spines.
4. OrthcbgoriscidcB ?
5. Diodontidce?
4. Cirrhitidce,
5. Sparidce,
1. ChcetodonticUE,
2. Percidce.
3. Scorposnidce.
3. FisTULARiNA. — Boucs of the jaws free and complete; operculum
distinct; operculum and prseoperculum generally with smooth edges.
(We see upon what a small peculiarity this character is founded, when
we consider, that even in the same genus, species often occur with den-
tated and smooth opercula !)
1. ScombridcB.
2. Fistularidoe.
3. Gobioidce.
4. Lophiidce,
5. Ldbridce.
B. MALACOPTERYGII :
4. Pleuronectina. — ^Ventral fins, when existing, inserted under the
pectorals, and directly suspended to the bones of the shoulder.
4. PleuronecHdcB. *
5. Gadidce.
1. Anguillidce,
2. Echeneidce,
3. Cyclopteridce,
5. Clupeina. — AbdommaleSf Guv. Yentrals suspended behind the
pectorals, and not attached to the bones of the shoulders.
4. Glwpeidce,
5. Salmonidce,
1. 8ilv>rid(B,
2. Gyprimdas,
3. Esocidce,
The number ^re continues in a similar way to regulate the whole
system, three groups always coming together, and then again two.
Several important papers, on the geographical distribution of Fishes,
have been already meiitioned in this year's report on the Natural
History of Reptilia.
145 K
102 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
A. Zawadzki's Fftuna der GUiziMh-bukowinischen Wirbelthiere,
(p. 166 to 182), eniiinerstef forty-firar tpecies of Fishet, the number of
which might, perhaps, be still farther increased, by continued inquiry «
The distance from the sea, says the author, prevents our being rich in
Migratory Fish, and yet we can point out many which come into our
riyers from the Baltic and the Black Sea. Among the forty-four Fishes,
are three species of Petr<nnyzont three of Acipenser, six of 8almOy one
of J^soo?, -twenty Cyprini, three of CobiHs, one Silurtu, three Percaidof,
one CottuSf one Gctsterotteus, one OctduSf and one Murana,
H. Freyer in his " Fauna der in Erain bekannten Wirbelthiere," has,
in all, only thirty-two Fishes, namely, two Peranda, one Cottus, fifteen
Cyprini, three Cdbitis, one E$ox, one Silurug, four Salmones, one
Ocbdus, two Mtirasnce {acutirostris and latiro8tris, Risso), one Adpenter^
and one Petromyzon,
The Faune Beige, 1^ Fartie, Indication m^thodique des
Mammiferes, Oiseaux, Reptiles, et Poissons, observes jnsqu'ici
en Belgique, par £dm. de Selys Longchamps, Liege, 1842,
contains the class of Fishes, from p. 183 to 245.
He divides it into two sections, — Fresh-water Fishes and Sea Fishes.
There are fifty-three Fresh-water Fishes in Belgium, forty-three of
which live only in fresh-water; six in fresh-water, but which go in
winter to the mouths of the rivers ; and four Uve iu the sea, but migrate
into the rivers in spring or summer. They are divided as follows accord-
ing to their genera : — One AcipenseVf one Pleiironectes, one Cottus, one
Aeerina, one Perca, one 0<idu8, thirty-one Cyprinoidce, two Alosoe^ four
Sahnones, one Esox, two OaMerostei, three Anguilke, three Petromy-
goneSf one AmmoccBtes. The family of the Cyprinoids is treated with
peculiar preferiBUce, and in a manner that forms a monograph of them.
Several new species are described ; and figures in Hthography are given
of LeucUcus dolahratus, Holandre, L, Selysii, Heckel, L, jeses, Jurine,
L. ruHloides, Selys, X. rutilua, Abramis Heckelii, Selys, and Cyprmus
Btriatue, Holandre. Forty-one species of Sea Fishes are mentioned,
thirty of which pass up the Scheldt as far as Antwerp : of the rest none
have yet been observed there. These are, — ^two BajcB, one Squatina^
one Spinax, one 8cylUumf one Ca/rcJiarias, one Mustelus, one Chimasra,
one Syngnathus, one Hippocampus, five Pleu>r<mecte$f one Mullus, two
TriglcB, one Cottusy one Aspidophorus, one OchiuSf one Cyclopterus, one
Eoarces, two Callionymi, six Gadidce, three Clvpeacea, two Salmones,
one Belone, one TrachinuSy one Scomber, one Am^nodytes, and one
Mwrcena.
The new fishes of the Caspian Sea are figured on four plates, in the
Fauna Caspio-Caucasia, von E. Eichwald, Petersburg, 1841. They have
146
PISCES. 103
all been already described in these Archives, 1838, i. p. 97, to which I
refer. The section on Fish contains a copious introduction on fishing,
and its extension to the Caspian Sea.
McClelland has given some interesting information on the Indian
Fishes, collected in different regions by Gfriffith. (Calcutta Journal,
p. 560.) The new Fishes collected in Afighanistan have been described
and drawn. They are mentioned below.
Cantor remarks on the Fishes of the island of Chusan, in his treatise
previously mentioned, p. 95, that those forms of sea fish which became
known to him were almost all also inhabitants of the Bay of Bengal
and other parts of the Indian Ocean. The firesh-water fishes are mostly
Indian forms. Two species inhabit Bengal, viz., Anabas scandens, and
Cpprmus doMtconitM, Ham. ; one is Javanese, and three are European :
among the latter is an Eel, which seems to be identical with Anguilla
latiro8tris of Yarrell. (Annals, iz. p. 277.) The species are given at
p. 484 of the same .work. Many are considered as new. The remark
made, when noticing the Reptiles, that the diagnosis is almost wholly
oonfined to colour, is equally applicable here. The fin rays are numbered.
The following species are mentioned : — Anabas sca/ndenSf Cuv. ; Mae-
rcpodui oceUatuB, Ophic^halus a/rgus, Mugil cephalotus, Cuv. ;
PeriophthalfMM modesttM, Eleotris Jlammcmg, Cyprinus g^lwides,
Cyprinus a/uratug, Leuciscua •daniconmSf Hamilt. ; CobiHs a/ngvAlli-
c<iudata, Heimramphu8 mtermedius, Silwms pimctatus, Anguilla
latirostris, SynhrcmehuB grobm/micus.
Cantor has also given a list of these species in M*Clelland's Calcutta
Joum. vol. ii. 1842, p. 102.
A number of Ph. Fr. de Siebold's Fauna Japonica, Lugduni Bata-
vorum, appeared in the year 1842, which includes Fishes. This work
was undertaken by Schlegel. The Fishes which appear in it are all of
the family ofPercaidce ; many are lithographed and beautifully coloured ;
but, upon closer inspection, one is tempted to doubt their correctness.
The new species are noticed hereafter.
In the Transactions of the ZooL Soc. of London, vol. iii. part 1, 1842,
there appeared a Supplement to a Synopsis of the Fishes of Madeira, by
Lowe. The results have already been mentioned, from the Proceedings
of the Zoological Society, in a former annual report (Archives, vi. 2), to
which I refer.
In the same book is found a treatise by Dr. Richardson on the
Fishes of Australia, in which the species are very fully described.
This paper has already been mentioned in the Reports for the years
1840-41-42, fron the epitome of it in the Proceedings of the Zoolo-
gical Society. There are three copper-plates, containing the fol-
lowing species : — Serrcmua gasorj Nemaddctylus concinnus, Trigla
Vanessa and polyommata, Latris hecateiay Clinus despidllatus. Only
147
104 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
one new species, Bcorpcena militarise appears to have been added to the
science.
Dr. Richardson has also published, in the Ann. of Nat. Hist. iz. p. 15,
120, 207, 384, and z. p. 25, contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia,
and these are not yet concluded. The materials were furnished by Gould,
whose assistant, Grilbert, had collected them at Port Essington, on the
north coast of New Holland. Some remarks are added on some drawings
of Fishes, made by Lieutenant Emery on the north-west coast of New
Holland. There are also some observations on the species from Van
Diemen's Land and New Zealand, which are in the Museum at Haslar.
Many species have been described as new, others are looked upon as
species already known, and described anew in comparison with the
descriptions already given by earlier and by more recent Ichthyologists.
The new species are mentioned below.
In Dleffenbach's Travels in New Zealand, Lend. 1843, p. 206, Gray
and Richardson have given a list of ninety-two species of new Zealand
Fishes now known. Most of them are determined according to older
authors, particularly Solander, Banks, and Forster. Some have also
been collected by Dieffenbach, and are here described. Long articles
are given on Hemerocetes acanthorhynchus; Cuv., Val. ; Hevnircmyphus
marginatus, Lacep., and Rhombus plehejus, Soland. Three new species
only have been described, viz. — Eleotris hasalis, Gray, Oalaxiasfas-
datus. Gray, and Anguilla Diefenbachii, Gray ; but they had already
appeared in Gray's Zool. Misc. p. 73. The notice of these Travels
has been anticipated, although of 1843, from their dose connection with
Gray's Miscellany.
Camill. Ranzani has published four treatises on the New Fishes in the
Bolognese Museum, in the " Novi Commentarii Acad. Scient. Instituji
Bonon ;" tom. iv. 1840, p. 65 ; tom. v. 1842, p. 1, 307, and 339. Peculiar
species and genera will be mentioned below. They are all figured.
In the Annali Universali di Medicina di Milano, August, 1841, is
contained ** Developpement des Poissons : M^moire lu au Congrds de
Florence, par M. de Filippi." (S. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 45.)
H. J. R. Jacobi de vesica aerea Piscium, cum Appendice de vesica
aera cellulosa Erythrini ; Diss. Inaug. Berol. 1842. The author compares
the varieties of the swimming-bladder, in all respects, especially as they
are given in Cuvier and Valenciennes' Nat. Hist, des Poissons. In an'
appendix, the swimming-bladder of Erythrinus, which is cellular in the
anterior portion of the posterior division, is described, and a drawing of
it is added.
148
PISCES — ACANTHOPTERYGII. 105
ACANTHOPTERYGII.
M'Clelland describes a small Fish of Calcutta as the Am^
haasis lata, Cuy., in the Calcutta Journal, ii. p. 150.
A, indica, id. ib. p. 585 ; with a black spot on the top of the anterior
dorsal fin ; eight upright spines in the dorsal fin, and three at the base
of the fin concealed ; three upright spines at the base of the anal fin, and
one concealed : Loodianah. A, (Chanda) ruconius, Buchan., has been
d««ribed by him firom the same place.
Apogon lineatua, Schlegel, L c. p. 3, difiers firom A, lineolatus, Rupp.,
by the less breadth of the anal fin, the want of the bhick spot at the base
of the caudal fin, and its less compressed head; D. 7-1. 9; A. 2. 8;
C. 17 ; P. 12 ; Y. 1. 5. Ap, semilineatus, id. ib. p. 4, has a black band
passing from the point of the nose over the eye till under the second
dorsal fin ; a second goes firom the point of the nose, through the eye, to
the point of the operculum; D. 7-1. 10; A. 2. 8; V. 1. 5 ; P. 13; C. 19.
A, aprion, Richards., Ann. iz. p. 16 ; without serratures on the pm-
operculum, and with a small cluster of teeth on the tongue.
Several species of Serranus have been described by Schlegel, 1. c.
Their Japanese names have been, in general, retained. 8. hawcbm^boAri
agrees in form with 8. hepatus ; five cross bands ; rows of small spots
upon the soft perpendicular fins ; a large spot upon the membrane, which
fills up the deep semicrescentic section of the operculum ; two brown
lines on the praeoperculum ; D. 12. 12 ; A. 2. 10. 8, latifaciatvSy has
two bright very broad bands lengthways, the hinder fins haye large dark
points ; corresponds to 8, merra ; D. 11. 12 ; A. 3. 8. 8, pcecilonotus ;
four white curved stripes lengthways above and on the sides ; D, 11. 15 ;
A. 3. 8. 8. octocinctus ; brownish-red, with eight white perpendicular
bands ; a large black spot on the tail ; D. 11. 14 ; A. 3. 9. 8. tsirimenr-
ara ; allied to 8. ma/rginalisy Cuv., Val. ; with a row of five or six white
spots on the sides ; the spinous portion of the dorsal fin only has a black
margin; D. 11. 16; A. 3. 8. 8. epistictus; brownish-red, with three
rows of black points on the body ; D. 11. 14 ; A. 3. 8. 8. aka-ara ;
reddish-brown, with brick-red spots, becoming on the dorsal fin small
oblique bands ; D. 11. 16 ; A. 3. 8 ; 8. atoo-a/ra ; brown yellow ; all the
fins, except the spinous portion of the dorsal, have a yellow margin ;
the body is covered with yellow dots; D. 11. 16^ to 11. 18; A. 3. 8.
8. mo-a/ra, brown-grey, with some large dark marbled spots ; D. 11. 15 ;
A. 3. 8. 8, dermopterus; uniform brown-red, the fins somewhat darker;
D. 11. 19, to 20 ; A. 3. 9.
8€rranuB QiJhertiy Richardson, Ann. ix. p. 19 ; the body and the ver-
tical fins covered with umber-brown spots ; the ground colour is paler,
149
106 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
and on the back and sides appears like the threads of a net, enclosing
the dark round spots. There are about a dozen spots in a row between
the gill-opening and caudal fin; P. 17; V. 1. 5 ; D. 11. 17; A.3. 9. S.
stella/nSf id. p. 23, resembles «Sf. Pa/rhinsonii and kexagonatus, Guv. and
Val. ; P. 16 ; D. 11. 15 ; A. 3. 8. Serromus luridua, Ranzani, 1. c. v.
p. 356 ; P. 15 ; D. 11. 15 ; A. 3. 9 ; fins brown, bordered wilh black,
body and head yellowish ; belongs to the group of Merous : habitat the
Brazils.
Di€i€ope Spams, Schlegel, 1. c. p. 14; D. 10. 10; A. 3. 8; P. 16;
resembles a Spools in habit.
Metoprion carponotatus, Richardson, Ann. iz. p. 28, back darkifth
and somewhat clouded ; fins unspotted ; a dark spot girdles the base of
the three upper pectoral rays ; D. 10. 15 ; A. 3. 10 ; P. 14.
Ranzani also describes two new species of the genus Jfesoprion, 1. c.
T. p. 352. M, hahiensiB, P. 15 ; D. 10. 14 ; A. 3. 8 ; head dark-brown,
back red-brown, other parts reddish-silvery coloured. M, argyreuSy P. 16;
D. 10. 12 ; A. 3. 8 ; yiolet spots on the nape, similar lines before the
eyes.
Cirrkitea aureus, Schlegel, 1. c. p. 15, uniform golden yellow, the first
ray of the soft dorsal fin elongated; D. 10. 12 to 13; A. 3. 6 to 7; 3^''.
Schlegel, 1. c. p. 15, describes a Japanese Fish under the name of
Avdacocephalus, of the same size with Centropristes, It has three spinels
on the operculum, the prseopercnlum is yery strongly dentated on the
horizontal margin, and the caudal fin is rounded. The colour is violet,
a yellow band runs on each side to the tail and close under the dorsal fin,
sinking a little at the anterior end^ and goes through the eye to the point
of the upper jaw : D. 9. 13; A. 3. 10; P. 12.
Therapcn rabricatus, Richardson, Ann. iz. p. 127» with smaller head
and larger ventral fins than those of the TK serous and theraps ; D.
12.10; A. 3. 9.
Therapon (Pelates) oxyrhyncJmSy Schl^el, 1. c. p. 16 ; body elongated ;
snout pointed ; palate and vomer without teeth ; bluish-green, with four
black bands lengthways, between them some indistinct and interrupted
cmes ; D. 12. 10 ; A. 3. 8.
Schlegel also describes, at the same place, p. VJ, a Fish under the
name of Anoptus, which he places in proximity with Ncmdus, He
separates it from Datnia, because it possesses vomer teeth; and dis-
tinguishes it from Na/ndus by the want of palate teeth. It is olive
brown ; abdominal and caudal fins blackish ; a large black spot ant^orly
on the dorsal fin ; B.6; D. 10. 13; A. 3. 8; P. 15. This Fish is figured
by Erusenstem, pi. 54, f. 1, a, under the name of Bcmjos,
Percis emeryana, Richardson, Ann. iz. p. 130 ; the spinous dorsal fin
is much arched ; D. 5. 21 ; A. 16.
Sillago hurrus, Richardson, Ann. iz. p. 128, is banded on the sides
150
PISCES — ACANTHOPTERYGII. 107
like 8. fnacvUata, bnt wants the silvery lateral stripe, and shows spots
on the dorsals ; D. 10. 20; A. 1. 21.
M'Clelland establishes a new Perooid genus allied to SiUa^o, from a
vesry small Fish which Buchanan has fignzed and described as an AtherifMi.
He calls it CestrcBU9, which name had already been used by GuYier and
Valenciennes. Its characters are, head oral and flat anteriorly ; eyes
projecting and forward; jaw flat and turned upwards; small conical
teeth on the intermaxillary ; four gill rays and two rough ledges, those
at the upper and posterior angle of the operculum end in blunt points ;
pectorals round, oyer the yentrals, the first ray of which is a prickle ;
dorsals £ur separate ; a fleshy projection from the anal fin. C mmimMs ;
D. 5-9 ; P. 16 ; V. 1. 5 ; A. 12 ; C. 13. (Calcutta Joum. n. 1842, p. 151.)
Ranzani, 1. c t. p. 340, arranges a new genus, Diapteru$^ m the
family of the Percoids, The species described, howeyer (2>. av/ratuB)^
does not seem to me different from Oerres hrasilia/MMf Guy. and Yal. ;
and must return to that genus.
Seorpcena hurray Richardson, Ann. iz. p. 215; crimson fading to
reddish- white on the branchiostegous membrane ; the side of the head is
yeined with deeper lines ; all the drrhi are green, and the body is marked
with a few irregular oliye green blotches. Sc, panda, id. ib. p. 216 ;
flcales yery laige, thirty-fiye in a row, and about sixteen in a yertical
line; yermillion with two dark hyacinth^red bands on the side; body
spotted with round drops of dark orange-brown ; D. 11-10 ; A. 3-6 ; P.
16. Sc. erg<Mtulorum, id. ib. p. 217 ; scarlet ; a black spot crosses the
ninth, tenth, and eleyenth dorsal spines ; P. 15 ; D. 12-9 ; A. 3-5. Sc.
militarisy id. Transact. ZooL Soc. iii. p. 90 ; capite breyiusculo, drrhis
nullis (?), spinis capitis fere Scorpoense porci yel bufonis, opercnlo summo
genisque squamosis, squamis coporis ciliatis; colore carmesino; B. 7;
P. 16; D. 12. 10; A. 3. 5; V. 1. 5 : Australia.
Stfna/nceia trachynis, Richardson, Ann. ix. p. 385, allied to the
Sc, horrida and hrachiOf bat the posterior dorsal spines are lower than
the anterior ones ; the praeoperculum has a spine ; and the species has
▼omerine teeth. (It belongs, therefore, to the genus Syna/ncidiiMn. J.
MiilL Abh. d. Acad, zu Berlin, y. j. 1839.)
Ranzani, 1. c. y. p. 342, distinguishes the genus HcevMAlon into two
diyisions. The first contains the longish, not much compressed species,
with complicated lateral lines ; the second, those with high compressed
body and simple lateral lines. In the second diyision, two new species
haye been described, H. mela/noptenim, P. 17; D. 12. 18; A. 3. 9; and
H, moricandi, P. 17 ; D. 12. 16 ; A. 3. 9 : both are from Brazil.
Scolopsis longulusy Richardson, Ann. ix. p. 389 ; four times as long it
is high ; D. 10-9 ; A. 3-7 ; P. 17.
Ampkiprion melarwstohiSy Richardson, Ann. ix. p. 390 ; three white
yertical bands ; head and body black ; pectoral fin black at the base, the
151
108 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
rest of it primroae-jrellow ; caudal paler yellow, with an obliqoa whit«
baud; the soft donal haa a narrow jellow border. A. (?) rubrocinctvt,
id. ib.; black; under jaw, throat, breast, half the taU, and all Qie &nt,
Termillion red) the bars are white. Pagrut qaadritubercv.latai, Ranz.
I, c. V. p. 348 ; has fonr bonj protuberanoea on tbe head, two on the
point of the snout, two be&re the eyes : Brazili. Cheetodon gexfat-
ciatHt, Richardson, Ann. x. p. 26 ; has uz verticsl bands ; D. 10-20 ;
A.3-17; F. 17. CA^^monmor^o^M, Richaids., Ann. x. p.29; wants
the two vertical bands which C. rottraltti possesses ; the dorsal fin is
rounded, the anal pointed; D. 9-29; A. 3-18; P. 15.
M'Clelland, 1. o. p. 583, describes two new species of the genus Ophi-
cephabit: 0. Ifidictt$, two scales between the eyes, and one on front of
snout ; head half as long as the body without caudal fin and head ; about
thirty-six scales along the lateral line; D. 26; P. 17; V. 6; A. 17:
Loodianah. 0, 'iiuyntanus, three scales in a row between the eyes;
three scales placed in a triangle in'&ontof snout; about forty-three
along the lateral line ; pectoral fins with fine transverse bars ; D. 32 ;
P. 14; V. 6; A. 17: Himalaya.
Acanthurut vuln«ralor, Buizani, 1. c v. p. 350; P. 16; D. fl. 28;
A. 2. 26 ; brown ; fins black at tip : Brazils.
Eleotria basalU, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 73 ; brown, with fine dark spots ;
fina blackish ; pectorals with a broad yellow band ; head blackish ; tail
round; D. 7-10; V. 5: New Zealand.
Scorus amplut, Ranzani, 1. c. p. %4; bead and back violet-lnuwn ;
belly and fins bright red : firasils.
MALACOPTERYGII.
J. MiJLLER has given important information on some families
of the Soft-finned Fislies, with fixed and comprehensive cha-
racters for distingniBhing them. (Monatsbericht der Acad,
zu Berlin, 1842, p. 206.) The reporter has very lately
brought the results of these researches together, in an Essay
in this year's Archives, to which the reader is referred.
Eq. Antonii Aiessandrini : Apparatus branchiarura Hetero-
iranchi anguillaris (Commentarii Acad. Bonon. v. p. 149) ;
rith two. lithographs.
In a Discourse on the Swimming-bladder of Fishes (Mo-
latsberichte der Acad, zu Berlin, 1842, p. 174 and 202 ; and
PISCES — MALACOPTERYGll. 109
MUller's Archiv. 1842, p. 310), J. Miiller, in conjunction with
the author of this report, has made known two new genera of
the family of Siluroides, from a MS., " iiber neue Welse."
Calophysus, M., T. (1. c. p. 179) ; wide gill clefts ; no teeth in palate ;
a row of strong teeth on upper and under jaw, behind which, in the
one or other, is a row of smaller ones ; the first ray of pectoral and
dorsal fin simply membered at the end, without spines ; a long adipose
fin ; six barbules ; seven branchial rays. The species are, O, mdcrop-
terus, M., T. {Pimelodus macropteruSy Lichst.) ; and C. ctenodusj M.,
T. (Pimelodus ctenod/uSf Ag.)
EuANEMUS M., T. (1. c. p. 203) ; narrow gill clefts ; body compressed
laterally ; crest covered by skin ; teeth on upper and under jaw haclde-
shaped in a band ; none on the vomer and palate bone ; the first ray of
the dorsal and pectoral fin is a spine ; the dorsal stands quite forwards
and is small ; a very smaU adipose fin ; anal fin very long ; rays of the
pectorals more numerous than in the other Siluridce ; eyes concealed by
skin; six barbules. The species, E, colynibetes, is new, and from
Surinam.
Silu/ru8 inddcus, M*Clelland, 1. ,c. p. 583 ; four soft rays on the very
small dorsal fin; head short; gill covering posteriorly with a blunt
rounded angle ; four barbules ; B. 11; D. 4; P. 1. 3; V.8; A.71; CIS:
Loodianah. Its varieties are, S, ccmio, duda, and chedra of Buchanan.
PimelodAis pusillus, Kanzani, 1. c. v. p. 332 (habitat unknown) ; seems
new. The mail-coat of the head runs out behind to a point, extending to
the first ray of the dorsal fin ; eight barbules ; D. 1. 6 ; P. 1. 7 ; A. 10.
P, anisv/ruSj McClelland, 1. c. p. 583 ; under flap of caudal fin shorter
than upper; eight barbules; B. 10 to 15; D. 2. 8; V. 6; A. 9; C. 15;
Loodianah. P. indicus, id. ib. under flap of caudal fin shorter than
upper: eight barbules; B. 2; D. 2. 6; P. 1.7; V. 6; A. 8; C. 18:
Loodianah.
Bagraa mcbcronemuB, Ranzani, 1. c. v. p. 334', appears to be Galeich-
thys Chronovii, Val. ; at least it belongs to this genus.
An interesting new genus of Siluridce has been described
by McClelland, 1. c. p. 584, with the name
Gltftosteknon. — Teeth velvety ; head broad and flat ; mouth at its
under surface ; eyes small and directed upwards ; if there be spines, they
are concealed in the membranes of the fins ; pectoral and abdominal fins
broad, sidde shaped ; body beneath more or less covered with warty or
striped suction surfaces, in order to attach itself to stones; no bony plates
in body: habitat, the mountains of India and Central Asia. G. reticu-
lata ; the under surface of the head and the anterior part of the body
153
110 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fbnns a flat wrinkled outer surface : found at the source of the Gabul
Biyer. Q. Bulcatu$ ; an oval disc on the breast, between the pectorals,
composed of cross plates ; and a row of similar plates on the broad under
surface of the first raj of the abdominal fins ; D. 8 ; P. 13 ; V. 7 ; A. 9 :
Kasyah Mountains. O. striatut; eight barbules; a striped suction
surface on the breast ; B. 8 ; D. 8 ; P. 11 ; V. 6 ; A. 9 : Easjah Moun-
tains. O. pectinopterus ; eight barbules ; striped on the breast ; B. 9 ;
D. 8 ; P. 9 ; Y. 6 ; A. 7 : Simla Mountains. O. labiatus ; lips enveloped
with many flaps, and so broadened round the mouth, that they form
a broad flat sucking disc ; anal fin yerj small ; dorsal without spines ;
adipose fin long ; barbules very short ; D. 7 ; P. 14 ; V . 7 ; A. 6 : Mish-
mee Mountains. From the formation of the lips, should this species not
form a peculiar genus ?
McClelland describes another new genus of the same family,
which he calls Olyra. Its characters are : —
Body soft, long, and cylindrical, with two dorsal fins, the first radiated,
the second adipose ; head elongated, and flat at the snout ; the gill coyer-
ing ends posteriorly in an oblique point turned towards the dorsal fin ;
anal long, caudal entire ; teeth yelvety ; no dorsal spine ; six to eight
thin barbules. O. longicaudatvs ; a rough spine before the pectoral
fins ; jaws equal in length ; six bristly barbules ; the middle ray of the
caudal fin elongated into a point ; B. 6 ; D. 7 ; P. 1. 6 ; V. 5 ; A. 23.
The author observes, in this species, a union between the Shad-fish
and Cobites. 0. laticeps; under jaw longer than the upper; head
anteriorly veiy low ; eyes small and vertical ; the rays of the anal fin
increase in length posteriorly ; six or (?) eight thin barbules ; B. 13 ;
D. 7 ; P. 9 ; Y . 7 ; A. 15 : Easyah Mountains.
Callichtys personatus, Eanzani, 1. c. v. 1842, p. 322, appears to be
C, hngi/ilisy Yal.
Hypostomus hrevitentaculatus, Ranzanzi, 1. c v. 328, is H, duodeci-
malis, Yal., Hist. Nat. xv. p. 498.
The sixteenth volume of the great Histoire NatureUe des Poissons,
par Ouvier et Valenciennes, appeared in 1842, and contains the oom-
mencement of the family of the Cyprinoids, viz., the genera Cyprinus,
Barbus, Labeoharhus, Riipp. ; SchizotJiorax, Heckel ; Oreinus, M*Cel-
land; Dangilay Val., Rohita, Val., CapcRta, Yal.; Cirrhmus, Cuv.,
Gohio, Cuv., Tinea, Cuv., Laheo, Cuv. In an appendix, the author con-
demns the divisions of the Cyprinoids made by Hamilton, Buchanan,
and John M'Clelland, and tries to reduce them to the genera above
mentioned. He then gives the species with barbules, which he thinks
doubtful : their number is considerable.
Danffila, Yal., has a long dorsal ^n, without an anterior spine; a
154
PISCES — MALACOPTERYGII. Ill
border of oonical papillaB on the thin upper lip, and four barbules : the
species are from Java and India.
Nuria, Yal., has a short dorsal fin directed backwards, without an
anterior spine ; two barbules at each side of the comer of mouth ; lips
thin : species from Ceylon and India.
RohAta, YaL ; lips fleshy, more or less fringed ; a thick fold of tkin
forms superiorly a sort of stumpy fleshy snout^ and beneath there is a
velum, which conceals the openiii^ of the mouth in the closed state ; in
the open state, the mouth forms a sort of sucking-cup. To this belong
several of Buchanan's species.
Oapceta, Yal. ; only two barbules at the comers of the mouth ; the
first ray at the dorsal fin hard and serrated, or hard and not serrated, or
soft.
M'Ciellflnd, 1. c. p. 576, has arranged a number of new species^ and
also a new genus, in the family of the Cyprmoids.
Racoma is distinguished from SchizothorctXy Heck., by protrusile
jaws, the intermazilkry forming a moveable border. R. gMoidet ; the
operculum ends in a round point ; dorsal fin central ; between the eyes
and caudal fin it has anteriorly a prickly ray, which posteriorly is
serrated; D. 3. 8; P. 19; Y. 1. 11; A. 6: Bamean River; 12".
B. chrysochlora, brownish-yellow ; D. 3. 8 ; P. 19 ; Y. 10 ; A. 8 :
LoJpore, Cabul River ; l(y\ R. nobilis ; body and fins have many
small spots ; D. 3. 9 ; P. 19 ; Y. 11 ; A. 8 ; 18". R. lahiatus ; head
longer than .tiie height of the body ; intermaxillary covered with thick
fat ; the barbules end in three points ; D. 3. 8 ; P. 19 ; Y. 10 ; A. 7 :
Pushut, Koonar River, at Jallalabad. R, hrevis ; Hps covered with a
thick fleshy membrane ; fins small ; D. 2. 7 ; P. 20 ; Y. 11 ; A. 7 :
Helmund River.
ScHizoTHOBAX, Hock. ; head elongated and oonical ; snout pointed ;
intermaxillary fixed, a. Under lip, only at the comer of the mouth,
has a fr^e enveloping margin. 8. intermedius ; D. 4. 8 ; P. 1. 18 ;
Y. 1. 10 ; A. 2. 6 : Cabul River, at Jallalabad ; Tamuck River, h. The
enveloping margin to the under lip, free at the point. S, edeniana ;
border of the under lip entire ; snout compressed ; dorsal spine serrated
at the base; D. 3. 8; P. 1. 19; Y. 1. 9; A. 1. 7: Cabul River, at
Koti-i-Ashruf. <Sf. ritschieana ; posterior margin of the under lip triple
flapped ; lips broad ; dorsal spine broad ; body spotted ; D. 4. 8 ;
P. 1. 19; Y. 1. 9; A. 1. 6: Aflghanistan. S. ha/rhatus; head elon-
gated ; lips thin and hard at margins ; dorsal spine very broad,
compressed, and bony ; D. 3. 8 ; P. 20 ; Y. 12 ; A. 2. 6 : Cabul River,
at Jallalabad.
OreintM plcbgiott&mus {Schizathorax plcugioBtomuSy He<^), O.
Chrijitkii ; mouth half as broad as the length of the head ; dorsal spine
broad; D. 4. 8; P. 20; Y. 11; A. 1. 6: Affghanisian.
155
112 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Cirrhinug bumena/na; head short, thick, and round; gill covering
narrow and small; under jaw short; mouth beneath; D. 9; P. 16;
v. 9 ; A. 7 : Cabul Eiyer at Jallalabad.
Opsariut piteatorius; back arched before the dorsal fin, anal fin
under the posterior part of the dorsal ; mouth small ; sides silyerj, with
nine bars ; D. 8 ; P. 16 ; V . 9 ; A. 8 : Seharanpore. O, bicirratus ; two
drrhi ; length of the head equal to height of body ; dorsal fins somewhat
before the anal ; thirty-five scales on the lateral line, and nine incom-
plete stripes on the sides ; D. 8 ; P. 13 ; Y. 8 ; A. 2. 10 : Khyber Pass
and Cabul River at Jallalabad.
Leiici$€U8 neglectus, Seljs' Faune Beige, is distinguished &om L, idus^
L., by its longer head, lower body, deeper cleft caudal fin ; the lateral
lines consisting of fifty-five scales, while in the idus sixty are present :
foimd at Brussels. L. ruHloides, id. ib. ; D. 12 ; A. 13 ; length 5" ^" ;
fins yellow : perhaps only a variety of L, rutilus.
Aspius albumoides, id. ib. ; D« 11 ; A. 19-21 ; fifty scales on the
side line, eight rows above, four beneath : nearly allied to A. albuTMis,
Abrcumis Heckeliif id. ib. ; D. 13 ; A. 19-20 ; lateral line has forty-eight
to fifty-three scales, ten rows above it, five below : A. Buggenhagii (?),
Yarrell ; 8" 10"'.
Ccbitis hontonengis, M'Clelland, 1. c. p. 586; snout somewhat com-
pressed ; lips fringed ; ax barbules ; D. 8 ; P. 11 ; V. 8 ; A. 6 ; C. 18 :
Boutan at the Mishmee Mountains.
Platycara a/nisura, id. ib. ; caudal fin entire, sickle-shaped posteriorly,
as the under rays are shorter than the upper ; ^\e rudimentary barbules
in firont of the mouth, two at the comers ; D. 10 ; P. 21 ; V. 11 ; A. 7 ;
C. 19. P. lissorhynchus has a disc behind the mouth ; snout smooth
and round ; caudal fin four-oomered ; D. 9 ; P. 18 ; Y. 9 ; A. 6 ; 0. 19 :
both species are from the Kasyah Mountains.
J. Miiller has arranged, in his family of the CharaciruB^ a
new genus, Hemiodus.
A row of teeth on the intermaxillary like round leaflets, serrated
at the margin ; no teeth in the under jaw ; adipose fin. The species,
H. crenidens, firom Brazil, is Salmo unimaculatus, Bloch. (Monats-
berichte der Acad, zu Berlin, 1842, p. 106, and Miiller's Archiv. 1842,
p. 324.)
J. Miiller separates the genus Erythrinus, as it is defined
by Agassiz, into two sub-genera.
The one, Eryth/rinuSy Cuv., MiQl., has simple hackle-formed palate
teeth ; the larger dog teeth, under the jaw teeth, are proportionably
short ; the swimming-bladder cellular. E, unitasniatus, Ag. (SynodtM
156
PISCES — MALACOPTERYGII. 113
ertfthrinus, Bl. S.), and E, salvus, Ag. The other, Macrodon, MiQl.»
has a row of larger conical palate teeth before the hackle-formed ones ;
under the jaw teeth several very large dog teeth ; swimming-bladder
without cells. M, trahira. Mull. {Er, macrodon, Ag., Synod/as mala-
haricus, Bl. S.), and M. hrasiliengis, Mull. (Er, brasiliengiSf Ag.)
(Monatsberichte der Acad, zu Berlin, 1842, p. 173; Muller's Archiv.
1842, p. 308.)
McClelland, 1. c, makes known an Indian Salmo, S. ori-
entails,
A row of hooked teeth along the margin of the under jaw ; the inter-
maxillary is continued along the margin of the upper jaw, hj which
structure there are two rows of teeth in it ; some teeth on the vomer
and on each side ; three at the point of the tongue; head equal to height
of body, and a fourth of its whole length ; back and sides have green
and red irregular spots ; B. 12 ; D. 12 ; P. 14 ; V. 10 ; A. 10 : Rivers
near the Ozus.
Selys Longchamps confirms the presence of Coregonua oxyrhynchus
on the Belgian coast; he found ten individuals among Osmerus eperla/nus
in the market at Brussels ; they came firom Antwerp. (Bullet, de TAcad.
de Bruxelles, iz. 2. p. 510.)
Clupea mdcrophthalmia, Ranz. 1. c. v. p. 320 ; eyes large ; small
conical teeth in both jaws ; no side lines ; Br. 8 ; D. 17 ; A. 17 : Brazil.
Exoccetus hahiensis, Ranzani, 1. c. v. p. 362 ; abdominal fins pretty
laige, reaching as far as the fourth ray of the anal, nearer the anal fin
than the operculum, which is without scales ; -no appendices to the jaws.
Esox indica, M'CleUand, 1. c. p. 582 ; commencement of dorsal fin
exactly above that of anal ; D. 12 ; P. 11 ; V. 7 ; A. 15 ; C. 15-:
Loodianah.
HemiraarvphMS unifasciatus, Ranz. 1. c. p. 326: Brazils. Belone
raphidoma, Ranzani, 1. c. v. p. 359 : Brazils.
Stannius has published, in Miiller's Archiv. 1842, p. 338, a
Treatise on the Peripheristic Nervous System of the Haddock
{Oadus Callarius).
Ranzani, 1. c. iv. p. 76, describes a Synbranchus fuligi-
no9U8 from Brazil, which, if not identical with, is certainly
yery nearly allied to S. marmoratus^ Bl.
The teeth stand, in front, in six, at the sides, in three rows ; lateral
lines not branchy ; the dorsal fin begins behind the anal ; the tail mea-
sures only \ of the whole length ; but with this statement the drawing
does not agree.
157
114 REPORT Oy ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Ranzani, L e. iv. p. 76, describes a Qymnothoraac funebrU^ which
closely resembles the O. afer, BL, but is unspotted, and comes fi^om
Conger opistophthalmus, Ranzani, L c. iy. p. 78 ; ejes almost behind
the comer of the month ; lateral lines channelled with angular inverted
margins. C. hranlienni, id. ib. p. 79, pL xiiL f. 1 ; anteriorly four
conical teeth, laterally teeth in five rows; lateral lines consist, as it
were, of a row of scars in the skin. C. cylindraideus, id. ib. p. 80 ;
teeth in two rows ; on each side in front of the snout two tubes, the
anterior of which has a thread-formed appendix : all three are from
Brazil. O. rubesceng, id. ib. p. 81, from the Mediterranean, has the
teeth in four rows.
EucHELioFHis, J. Muller (Monatsbericht der Acad, zu Berlin, 1842,
p. 205); no pectoral fins; the gill clefts on both sides united in the
middle by the junction of the gill membranes ; the anus is placed much
farther forwaid than in the OpJUdice, and immediately behind the gills ;
rays of the gill membrane six. The species, E. vermiculari*, Miill., is
new ; 4'' ; the body prolonged posteriorly to a point.
G. Valentin has published an Essay on the Anatomy of the
Electric Eel (Oymnotua electricus), in the new Denkschrift
der allg. Schweizerischen Gesellsch. f iir die gesammten Natur-
wissenschafben Bd. iy. Neuchat. 1842.
LOPHOBRANCHIL
A. D£ QuATREFAGES gives, in the '* Annates des Sciences
Naturelles," tome xriii. p. 193, a Contribution to the History
of the Derelopment of the Syngnathus ophidiorij Linn.
The author thinks the observation new, that the eggs in this species
are fixed &ee under the body. This fact had been already made use of
by Fries as a ground of division of the genus (v. Archiv. 1838, i. p. 238).
Only one step m the development has been described, as the author had
only the eggs of one Fish for examination.
PLECTOGNATHI.
Banzani, 1. c. iv. p. 72, describes two new species of Tetro-
don^ from Brazil.
The one, T, ma/rmoratus, has two tentacula, and behind them the
nasal fossae. It is rough on the back, smooth on the sides ; beneath it
158
PISCES— CYCLOSTOMI. 115
has points, in which small sharp spines are concealed ; superiorly it is
marbled with brown and grey-brown ; on the sides it has a row of black
spots ; there is no mention of a cuticular bulb on the sides. The other,
T, pachycephaluSf has in a hollow papilla two nasal fossae ; the beUy is
rough with prickles, which stand, as it were, in the meshes of a net ;
superiorly it is dark grey ; on the sides silvery.
CYCLOSTOMI.
The Treatise mentioned in last year's Jahresbericht, p. 186,
on the Anatomy o{ Amphioams lanceolqtus, by John Goodsir,
has appeared, accompanied with two lithographic plates, in
the Transactions of the Boyal Society of Edinburgh, yoI. xy.
part 1, p. 247.
PLAGIOSTOMI.
A. Alessandri has written " Observationes super intima
Branchiarum Structura Piscium cartilagineorum.'' (Comment.
Acad. Bonon. iv. 1840, p. 329.)
The two Dog Fishes described by Ranzani, from Brazil, have been,
at a later date, also described by MtQler and Henle. His Galeus ma-
culatus, 1. c. iy. p. 69, is Galeocerdo tigrinus, Miill. and Henle. His
CcLTchtMrias porogus, 1. c. iv. p. 70, is probably Cwrchnmas (Pt%on<ydon)
MilberH, Val.
159
REPORT
ON THE
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
MOLLUSCA, DURING THE YEAR 1842.
BY
DB. F. H. TROSCHEL
D'Orbigny has invented an instrument of general interest,
for measuring the spiral angles of the conyoluted shells of the
Mollusca. He calls it a Helicometer.
It consists of two arms, moyeable by a joint, and to the one a semi-
circle, diyided into 180 degrees, is attached. If a shell is laid be-
tween the two arms, the spiral angles can be immediately found out.
D'Orbigny remarks, that Shells can thus be brought into three divi-
sions : — 1. They have a spiral angle regular in its whole length : 2. The
spiral angle is convex, or swollen in the middle : 3. It is concave. He
points out the different ways of measurement applicable to these three
forms. The increase of the spire is more or less rapid, and the oblique
direction of the suture agrees with it. It is enough that a shell be placed
in the Helicometer, with the mouth imdermost, so that the one arm lies
parallel to the axis or side of the spiral angle, whilst the other follows
the suture. This measurement D'Orbigny calls the suture angle. He
measures, besides, the length of the last whorl in relation to the whole
length of the shell. (Institut. 1842, p. 52.) Unfortunately, the diffi-
culty of exact measurement, and the irregularity of the spire in the
same species of shell, will be an impediment to the introduction of this
instrument into science.
160
MOLLUSC A. 117
Under the title, " Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer
Oder wenig gekannter Conchylien," R. A. Philippi has com-
menced a new work at Cassel, the first number of which has
appeared. Cassel, 1840.
It contains six plates, upon each of which, species of one genus only
are represented.^ The plates are also numbered according to the genera,
so that, at the conclusion of a volume, or of the whole work, they can
be arranged systematically. The aim of the work is to represent, in
good plates, new or little known Shells, — which aim it seems likely to
accomplish, as the more recent plates of the second number for 1843,
which has already appeared, are progressively improving. Those of the
first number contain the genera Melania, Strombus, Helix , Natica, and
Unio.
6. B. Sowerby's Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or Figures and
Descriptions of Shells, Part 1, London, 1842 (the other parts
I am not acquainted with), contains Monographs of Helicina,
Pupinay Rostellaria, Aporrhais^ Struthiolariay and Strom-
There are figures of all the species with each number, and the larger
ones on a scale smaller than nature, so that each plate is full in figures.
The descriptions are short, consisting merely of the specific character.
The work is absolutely necessary for the naming of collections.
Two sheets of text, which conclude the first yolume, have
been received of the Histoire Naturelle de Tile de Cuba, par
Bamon de la Sagra, in which D'Orbigny has written the
MoUusca. They contain the genera Pyramidella, Tomatella,
Siphonaria, Vermetua, Odontostoma, Helicina, and Cyclos-
toma. The first seven sheets of the second volume have
already appeared. The work is making rapid progress.
Numbers seventy-three to eighty-two, of Kiener's Species
G^n^ral et Iconographie des Coquilles Yivantes have appeared
in the year 1842, and contain the text for the genera Ceri-
thium, Manella, and THtonium, and plates of the THtonium
and Murex,
Of Lovell Reeve's Conchologia Systematica, or complete
System of Conchology, the first two parts of which have
161 L
118 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
already been mentioned in the preyioug report, twelre numbers
haye now appeared, which conclude the work.
There are 300 neat copper-plates in aD, with 1500 figares. The hook
oontainB, with a few exceptions, most of the genera hitherto described.
It is particularly to be reoommended in the study of the Mollosca, from
the fidelity of the drawings ; althon^ it cannot be concealed, that the
arrangement and view of the genera do not always correspond to the
loesent standard of science. It would be too long to cite here all the
misconceptions of this sort ; but the arrangement of Littormay Scalaria,
Twrritella, and others in the family of IW^macecc ; of Natiea in that
of the Neriidcece ; of Anypulla/ria in Peritiomata {Paludina and ViU-
vata)y &c., may serve as examples. In illustration of the false limits of
genera, the connection of Physa, Limnoeus, and Amphipeplea, in
one genus, may be adduced. Here and there, too, a species falsely
defined is met with ; for certainly the sheU figured as Ampullaria
rugosa. Lam. (Nerita v/rceus, Mull.), is not that species, but rather
A, globosa, Swains. The first ^ve numbers form the first volume, and
contain the Cirripeda and Bivalves, The remaining seven contain the
rest of the Mollusca, and form the second volume. Ehrenbeig's Poly-
thalamia {Foraminifera of D'Orbigny) are joined to the Cephalopoda;
but only five genera are figured as types of the difTerent forms. Several
new species are incorporated in the work, which is particularly impor-
tant on this account, as they have already been defined in the Proceed-
ings of the Zoological Society.
One number, the fifth of the second volume, of the long in-
terrupted Iconographie der Land und Susswasser MoUusken,
yon Bossmassler, has appeared in 1842.
The first plate contains species of the genus Helix ; the second of
Cla/ugilia ; the third of Pupa ; the fourth and fifth of Anodonta and
Unio. Many species are new. In the preface, the author promises that
the twelfth number shall conclude the second volume ; and then there
will appear a ** Fauna Molluscorum Extramarinorum Europie," in
which he wiU arrange, systematically, the collected materials. We hope
he may soon make good his promise.
During the year 1842, two numbers, the fifth and sixth,
have been added to Hartmann's Erd und Susswasser Gaste-
ropoden.
In the fifth number, species of the genera Helix, Neritina, and lAmr-
n<mi8y with varieties and monstrosities, are figured. The author also
adds exotic genera, viz., Helix (Chromocochlea), TwrhinoideSy and
162
MOLLUSCA. J.19
Mindarcma, and promises to do so oftener, which gives, in fact, a new
feature to the work. The plates of the sixth number comprise the
genera Pti^a^ Plcmorhis, Olcmgilia,, Helix, with their varieties and
monstrosities. Of exotics there are Helix pulcherrima, hoBmastoma,
and some species &om the Canary Islands and Madeira.
An Index Mollusoorum Groenlandias, by MoUer has appeared. (Na-
turhistorisk Tidskrift. Utgivet af Henrik Kroyer, 1842, iv. p. 76.) The
work has also been published in a separate form, under the same title,
Ha&ise, 1842. The detailed analysis uHll be given below. Many
species are new.
Cantor remarks, on the Fauna of Chusan, that the Fresh-water Mol-
Insca are rich in forms : some approach to European species, three are
identical with Indian, viz., — Helix tapeina, Benson, Planorhis com-
pre89U8, Hutton, and Helix naninodes, which last is also found at
Singapore. (Ann. ix. p. 277.) The species, among which there are
three new genera, have been described by Benson. (Ibid. p. 486.)
In the Bulletin de FAcademie de BruxeUes, vol. ix. 2, p* 340, are to
be found diagnoses of some new species of living and fossil shells by
Cantraine, which belong to the basin of the Mediterranean. The living
species are mentioned in a future part of this report.
Many remarks, on the presence of Mollusca, are to be found in the
Ilep(»rts of Journeys in Dalmatia and .Monte Negro, by Ktister. (Isis,
1842, p. 283, 609, 743, and 847.)
Petit corrects, in the Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 232, the synonymes of
several Shells, which had been described by R. P. Lesson in the same
journal Lesson's Fu9us fiiniculatus is =» ^. DupetittJuma/rsU, Kiener ;
Fu8U8 Boscb-ponti is Tiirhinella m/ultinoda, Auct. Lesson cites the
Mitra casta, M, hicolor, Oliva tuslcama, and OLpuelchana of lyOrbigny,
as belonging to one species of Mitra. This the author denies from his
own inspection of the specimens.
George Hyndman gives a list of thirty-nine species of Mollusca, which
he obtained, with the dredging net, about two miles east of Sana Island,
at the depth of forty fathoms. (Ann. x. p. 19.)
W. Thompson has added a list of Mollusca (ibid. p. 21), found also
with the dredging net, at a great depth on the Scottish coasts. From fifly
fathoms, eight miles S. S. W. of the Mull of Galloway, he obtained ^ve
living species and three dead ; from 110 to 140 fathoms, five miles S. W.
of the Mull of Galloway, one living species and six dead ; &om 145
fathoms in Beaufort's Dyke, about five miles S. W. &om the Mull of
Galloway, eight living species and ten dead.
D'Qrbigny bas presented to the Society Philomatique, some eggs of
the Voluta hrasiliana. They have a diameter of seventy millim., while
the animal itself has only 200 ; they are oval, and have a cartilaginous,
pUant, and transparent shelL Each egg contains fifteen or twenty
163
120 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
yellowiih yolki, lunoimded by a thin membnuie. At a later period an
embjro if formed in the middle of each yolk, which, on farther deyelop-
ment, vergee to the tide of the shell, when having reached the tize of ten
millim., and with two oonyolutions, the fortm breaks through and escapes.
(Institat. 1842, p. 43.)
Some remarks are added, at the same place, by Laurent, on the egg
capsules of the Valvata piicinalU, These capsules are globular, affixed
to some body under water, and contain ten to twenty eggs, surrounded
by a common glaire. Each has its separate shell, ending in a twisted
thread at each pole, and only one yolk. When the derelopment of the
eggs ii fhr advanced, the capsule is torn asunder, and the eggs come out :
some days later the covering of the individual egg opens and lets the
embryo escape.
Laurent meiitions, in the same place, Ihat seminal animalcules are
found in the egg of the Limctx ctgrestis. He says iJso, Ihat the grape-
formed organ in the Hermaphrodite Snails, which contains, in its paren-
chyma, seminal animalcules and eggs, is provided with a single outlet, to
convey the egg and the seminal animalcular fluid into the first chamber
of the matrix; while, at the same time, the secreting organ of the glaire
supplies the necessary proportion of jeUy. The matrix only supplies
that portion which forms the egg-shell ; and this gradually thickens the
nearer the egg is to its exit. The author possesses a preparation of a
Limcuc atir, which died during the formation of the egg.
CEPHALOPODA.
Milne Edwards has giyen, in the Annates des Sciences
Natnrelles, xviii. p. 331, a full account of the Spermatophora
of the Cephalopoda, in continuation of his obserrations
made with Peters in Nizza, and already mentioned in the
former year*s Report. Four plates belong to this treatise,
the last of which exhibits the male organs of generation, of
the S^yia officinalis.
'■ A. Erohn has given some additional remarks on the
Structure of the Eye of the Cephalopoda, in the Leopoldiner
Acten. xix. 11, p. 41.
B. Ball exhibited to the Irish Academy the following
Cephalopoda, as a contribution to the Fauna of the Irish
3ea. (Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 348) : —
164
MOLLUSCA — HETEROPODA. 121
Sepia qfieinalis ; S, rupellaria (?) ; Loligo sagittcUa, var. (?) ; X.
9ubulataj two varieties (?) ; L. media, oad a yariely (?) ; L. Eblavue ;
Eledone ventricoea; Octopus vulgaris; Sepiola Rondeletii; Rossia
Owenii and R. JacMi; Spirula australis. He oonsiders the two
Rossia to be new. R. Owenii has large aoetabula placed on long pedicles
in three rows, those of the centre row being not more tixan half the
diameter of those on each side ; on the first pair of arms the acetabula
are more numerous, more equal in size, and smaller than on the others.
R, JctcobU has smaller acetabula, and arms proportionably shorter.
Peters has given, in MiiUer's Archiyes, 1842, p. 329, some contribu-
tions to the anatomy of the Sepiola; thej refer to the ink-oigan and
parts of generation. The autiior esteems, as of doubtful value, the
differences between the species of this genus hitherto described, since
the smaller breadth of the cuticular flap which unites the mantle and
head, as well as the presence of an under eyelid, can ftimish no specific
<^iaracter, for the former varies very much, and an under eyelid is pre-
aent in all the Sepiola. ^
Owen has received from Captain Belcher a specimen of Na/utilus
pompUius, with the shell, from Amboyna. The position of the animal
in the shell agrees exactly with the description which Owen had formerly
given of it in his Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus. The spire of the
shell is covered by the dorsal fold of the mantle, and is lodged in the
concavity at the back of the muscular plate above the head. The in-
lundibulum rests upon the outer wall of the large chamber containing
the animal. (Ploc. ZooL 8oc. 1842, p. 143.)
PTEROPODA.
Cantraine mentions, in the Bulletins de Bruxelles, iz. 2,
p. 340, that Odontostoma rugulosum is Dentalium trachea,
Montagu, and calls it, accordingly, Odontostoma trachea,
Odontostoma Usviswmum, id. ib.; testa cylindrica, arcUata, vitrea,
IsBvissima, infeme oblique truncata, subpapillosa, dausa : Golf von Ca^
gliari.
Moller, 1. c. p. 4, gives a new Limacina; L, halea, testa turrita,
anfir. 7 ; spira prominente, apice acuto.
HETEROPODA.
Milne Edwards has now published his Observations, made
along with Peters, on the Organization of the Carinaria
165
122 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
mediterranean in a more extended state tlian formerly. (Annal.
des Sc. Nat. xTiii. p. 323 ; Tide Archiy. 1641, ii. p. 265.)
Lorell Beere has giren a plate and description of a new
species of Carinaria, Tiz. : —
C. ^oci/if ; shell tmispaient, camprc—ed at the rides ; keel with a
rimple straight edge ; yertez small; length ^^" ; breadth 1}'' ; height
2" : habitat unlmoini. (Annak, ix. p. 140.)
GASTEROPODA.
PULMONATA.
Description des limacides de rAmerique, par Amos Binney«
Boston, 1842.
This work, tmfortunatelj, has not jet oome to hand. The author
describes all the speeies of LimacidoB which are found in North Ame-
rica, with Latin diagnoses and English descriptions, aooompanied with
remarks on their geographical distribution and habits. The species
Bie-^Limax Jlavus, itgrettU, campe9tri$y new speeies ; Arion hortengis ;
Td}enophorug (new genus) ccMrolinensU (Limax carolinengU, Auct.) ;
Philomycus (Rafin.) dorsalis, Binn. (S. Rey. ZooL 1842, p. 221.)
W. H. Benson has airanged a new genus, Ineilaria, in the fiimilj of
the IAma.cid<B, which only differs from Limax in this, that the body is
bordered by a velum. The species, /. hUineaUij is livid, with two
L&teral and one mesial stripe, and the velum is sprinkled with brown
points and spots. (Ann. ix. p. 486.)
The Vitrina ngaretina, Beduz, from the banks of the Cazamanca,
in Africa, described in the Rev. Zool. 1841, is to be found figured in
the Magas. de ZooL 1842, pi. 59.
Vitrina zd)ra, Le Guillou ; t. rotundata, umbilicata, supra depresso-
conveza, subtus oonveziore, hyalina, flammulis albis et spadiceis oblique
undulatis omata; anfraddbus 4 supra tenuiter striatis; apertura sub-
dilatata, umbilico minimo ; 7 mill. : Auckhind Island. (Rev. Zool. 1842,
p. 136.)
PfeifTer describes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 187) three new species of
Succinea, S, elegans, reJUxa, and va/riegata, from Chili ; and remarks,
that they belong to the same group with Helix gallina-9ulta/na^ Chemn.,
in which, according to PfeifTer, are also to be reckoned Bulimug
Broderipii and coquimbensisy for, on account of the want of a columella,
these are probably true Succinece. D'Qrbigny's observations prove that
the animal of the S. gallina-sultana is very similar to Succinea in it«
form and habits.
166
MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA. 123
Lea, in the Prooeed. of the Amer. Philosoph. Soc. 1841, p. 31, giveg
the diagnoses of nine Succinea: 8, gracilis^ from Java; wiirdiana,
from Ohio; totteniaoMtf from Newport; nuttaUana, from Oregon;
awreay from Ohio; comdeaAML^ from Martinique, which is perhaps 8*
hcUiotidea, Mittre (Rev. ZooL 1841, p. 65) ifulgenSy from Cuba, perhaps
8, sagra, D'Orlngny; oregonemiSf from Oregon; and injlata, from
South CSarolina.
In the Bey. ZooL 1842, p. 1, is to be fonnd an " Essai d^n
Arrangement de plusieurs MoUusques du genre HeUx, selon
les lois de leurs rariations specifiques, par Ch. Porro."
The author regards the foUowing as yarieties of one species :--&./«:
etMTieoUma^ ¥6r, ; eircwnorndtaj F^r. ; companyoni, Anton ; erycma,
Jan. ; globulcMris, ZiegL ; grohmannia/na, PhiL ; gualtericma, F6t. ;
hispcmica, Partsch (non. Lam.) ; hospitanSj Bonelli ; marmorata, F6t. ;
meHtengiSy F^r. ; mwralis, MiilL ; nebrodenns, mandraliscaf nidensis,
F^r. ; pacinicma, PhiL ; RaspaUli, Pajr. ; sege»ta/iMiy Phil. ; terpentina,
Fdr. ; signata^ F^r. ; vplendensy Drap.
Mittre describes three new species of the genus Helix in the AnnaL
des Sc. Nat. xYiii. p. 188 : — H, mmoricerms ; testa orbiculato-oonvez^
imperforata, gLibriusoula, albida aut lutesoente, supeme mamilis friscis
interruptis, infeme aliis fasdam fingentibus; anfractibus 5 oonvezius-
culis, spira prominula, apioe fusco; hibro margine reflexo ; fauoe pallide
rosea, columella subdentata ; T*' : Minorca. H. telonensis ; testa sub-
depressa aut conrexiuscula, oomea tenui, pelludda, subtilissime striata ;
anfractibus 5 oonyezis, ultimo majore, apertura rotundata, peristomate
acuto, simplioi, umbilioo magno ; 4''' : Toulon. H, Nyeli ; testa orbi-
eulari, cannata, supemd depressa subtus oonreza late umbilicata, sub>
tilissime striata, grisea yel lutesoente, supra maculis fuscis, infra duobus
fiisoiis omata; apertura angulata, labro albo, tenui, intus maiginato,
subreflezo; 5^" \ Minorca.
Souleyet has characterized three new species of the same genus in the
Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 101 : — H, Chevalierii; circular, deeply umbilicated;
keel slight, brown, with a chestnut band ; 37 mill. : Malacca. H. DiMron-
deauii ; circular, with a keel ; olive brown, obliquely wrinkled, striped
crosswajs ; 41 null. : Lu^n. H, Umra/Mmis ; oonical, umbilicated, thin,
closely striped, bright brown; 16 mill.: Cochin-China. These three
species have been figured in the ** 2iOologie du Voyage de la Bonite."
Le QuUlou has increased the number of the species of the genus Helix
by twenty-six, for the diagnoses of which we refer to the Rev. ZooL
1842, p. 137. Their names are as follows : — H. umbilicata, Sumatra;
tvhgranosa, N. Australia ; Nouleti, Viti Islands ; recluziana, habitat
unknown ; Jannellii, N. Australia ; ta^omonisy Salomon Islands ; deles-
167
124 R£PORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
9ertiana, Warrior Island (StraitB of Tonret) ; tritonUmU ; "Sew Guinea ;
tuccinulata, Gnaham ; tematana, Temate ; crouanii, Hamoa ; aUmla,
Temate ; Valencienneiii, habitat unknown ; appraximata, Hogolen and
Temate, arrawemUf Arrow Islandfl ; hyalinay Salomon Islands ; eon-
eentricay Yarao ; aucklandica, Auckland Islands ; oceanica, Tahiti ;
BlaifmlUi, Arrow Islands; torticoll%$. New Guinea; K%e»neri, New
Guinea ; purpurottoma. New Guinea ; qtictd/nfaseiata, Temate ; guU
tata. Coram ; cyclostamata^ Warrior Islands.
Helix Ouerinif Pfeiffer (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 304) ; is somewhat more
depressed than JET. trochiformis, F6t, ; brown, wrinkled lengthways ; at
the keel of the last whorl, and at the base of the others, doselj fringed
with hairs : Plateau of the Nil^erries.
Helix zeus, Jonas, ib. ; umbilicated, circular, with oblique wrinkles
and eleyated spiral streaks; the last whorl angled; superiorly brown,
with yeUow zigzag lines ; iuferiorlj has a broad brown band : Philip-
pinesc
Pfeiffer (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 85) describes sixteen species of
HeliXy which were collected by Cuming on the Philippines, and hare
been named by Sowerby, Broderip, and himself. And at p. 150 of the
same Tolume, he gives descriptions of six additional species from the
same islands.
Helix Valtoni, Loyell Reeve (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 49) ; ovate,
depressed ; dark ruddy-brown with streaks lengthways ; aperture with a
black lip : Ceylon. It is figured in the Conch. Syst., and is especially
characterized by its curiously speckled epidermis.
Helix ravida, Benson (Ann. iz. p. 486), sub-globular, umbilicated, with
six whorls, somewhat plaited transversely : Chusan.
H, na/ninoide$y id. ib. ; shell sub-discoidal, slightly striated in a ra-
diating manner above, and marked below with distant smooth stri»:
habitat Singapore ; scarce at Chusau:
In the first number of PhUipprs descriptions and plates of new shells,
the fourth plate is devoted to the genus Helix, Most of the species
have been described by v. d. Busch, and are already contained in
Pfeififer*s SymbolsB, No. 2, viz., — H, Rumphiiy gemina, hatavicma,
inquinata, rotatoria: all from Java. Bensoniy from Bengal. The
H, fhuUbf Sow., is also figured ; and H, conus, Phil. ; shell conical ;
keel sharp ; chestnut-brown, with yellow sutures : Java.
Helix tewnesaeensis, Lea (Proc. Amer. PhU. Soc. 1841, p. 31) ; above
plano-convex ; convex beneath ; yellow, obliquely striped ; umbilicated ;
labrum inwardly concealed : Cumberland Mountains. H, mobilia^na,
id. ib. p. 82 ; globular ; reddish-horn colour, shining ; umbiHcated ; aper-
ture lunated, labrum reflexed : Mobile, Alab. H, minutiedima, id. ib. ;
globular ; brownish-horn coloured ; umbilicated ; four whorls ; aperture
roundish ; labriun sharp : Cincinnati.
168
MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA. 125
Petit de la Sauasaye distinguiflhes, as a species of Helix distinct from
the (Str^tcuxfis) cambaides, D'Qrb., of Chiquitos, a shell from Bahia,
mentioned bj Moricand, in the writings of the Geneva Nat. Hist. Soc. ;
and he calls it H, (Streptaxis) dejecta. It has two teeth on the labnun,
while in the H. comhoides, D'Orb., only one, of a much larger size, is
found. The author also gives here the character of a new species,
nelix Ca/ndei; testa subovali, albida, nitida, perforata, anfr. 5-6,
oonvexiusculis ; apertura rotundata, edentula, breve refleza, umbilico
parvulo ; 5 mill. : New Granada. (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 175.)
Carocolla cumberla/ndianaf Lea (Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1840, p. 289) ;
whitish, marked with brown; widely umbiUcated; aperture furrowed
interiorly : Cumberland Mountains. C edgcuricma (id. ib. 1841, p. 31) ;
above plain, beneath convex ; bay ; not umbilicated ; columella has one
tooth : Cumberland Mountains.
J. C. Jay of New York describes two new species of Bulinms (Rev.
Zool. 1842, p. 80). B. malleatu$ ; testa ovato-oblonga, sub-ventrioosa,
subtenui, mgoso-malleata, albida, maculis fuscis subseriatis irregulariter
picta, anfractibus quinis, ultimo mazimo, spira conico-subacuta, apice
obtuso, apertura ovato-acuta, intus sublutescente, columella oontorta,
labro albo, crassiusculo, late reflezo, umbilico ovato-oblongo ; long.
55 mUL ; larg. 28 mill. B, fiilguratu$ ; testa oblonga, solidiuscula,
transversim striato-undulata, anfractibus quinis, conveziusculis, ultimo
dilute olivaeeo, flamnus fuscis fulgurantibus interdum confluentibus
omato, supeme maculis albis altemis cincto, spira conico-subacuta,
decorticata, dilute-rosea, apertura ovato-oblonga, intus subfulva vel
aurantia, columella plicata, umbilico oblongo, labro reflezo, albido;
long. 50 mill. ; larg. 22 mill. : both species are from an island in the
Pacific.
A new Bulimus, described by Souleyet, is to be found in the same
work, p. 102. B. iMnbUicaris ; testa umbilicata, ovato-conica, albido-rosea,
IsBvigata, anfr. 6-7 conveziusculis, apertura ovato-oblonga, angustata,
columella subrecta, refleziuscula, labro tenui, subreflezo, umbilico
magno, (^lindrico, usque ad apioem perspicuo ; 13 null. : Bolivia.
Dr. J. H. Jonas (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 188) describes four new
Bulvtai. B. calobapttiSf umbilicated ; reddish, with yellow wavy bands.
B. hcdanaides, yellow, with brown red bands ; base of the last whorl
green. B. aplomorphm^ yellow, with three red brown bands. B.
iimplex, green, the last whorl has an obtuse angle:* All from the
Philippines.
Pfeiffer describes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 88) five species of
* This seems a proper place to remark, that the reporter, in his abridgement
of the specific characters here and elsewhere, often omits those particulars
which aire most distinctive. — Trans.
169
126 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
BinHmus from the Philippines, collected bj Cuming, yiz., B. hreviculus,
CufMingii, ligna/riuSy jugla/ns, and nympha. And nine species of the
same genus aie described bj him at p. 151, viz., B» cochliodes, cuyoentii,
ejfu$u$, macroMtoma, ramblonengis, $olidu9, tuhcarmatus, uber, and
virens.
Pfeiffer also describes four species of Bulimus, fiom Chili (ibid,
p. 186), yiz., B, Bridgem ; yellow-brown : pachychUus ; strong ; white :
rhodcbcme ; umbilicated ; white with reddish spots and flashes : terebra-
ns ; wrinkled lengthways ; whitish ; above brownish>blue.
BulifMAB imeircigdinus of Reeve is green, with a white band at the
sutures. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 49.) It is fiom the Philippines, and
was first figured in the Conch. Systematica. Bulimus ja/yanMs, Lea
(Proc Amer. PhiL Soc. 1841, p. 31), oval conical; above whitish,
beneath chestnut-brown ; umbilicated ; six whorls : Java.
Partula Dumartrayii, Souleyet (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 102), testa ovato-
oonica, pallide olivacea, supeme fusca, anfr. 6, sub-convexis, Isevigatis,
apertura obovata, bilamellata; lamella palatali validiore, immersa,
lamella oolumellari breviore; labro intus incrassato albido aut fusoo,
eztus tenue compresso, basi subreflezo ; umbilioo mediocri ; 10 mill. :
Sandwich Islands. P. injlata, Reeve; testa obeso-conica, transversim
tenuissime striata, albida, epidemude luteo-fusca induta; anfractu ultimo
angttlato-inflato, umbilicato; apertura subquadrata, labro pianissimo
expanse. (Proc. Zool. 1842, p. 197.)
Achatina Perroteti, Pfeifier (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 305), approximates
to several species of the genus Glandina ; smooth, transparent ; the last
whorl measures a third of the whole length : Plateau of the Nilgherries.
LoveU Reeve has described four new species of Ach^tma (Proceed.
Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 55) ; which have been figured in his Conchologia Sys*
tematica, vol. ii. A. lactea; cream-coloured, striated longitudinally:
Zanzibar. A, tmcta; whitish, stained with large longitudinal spots;
apex rose coloured : Africa (?). A, KrcmsU ; chestnut brown, marked
with small zigzag stripes except on the last whorl : Cape Natal, Africa.
A, picta ; bright yellow, with green bands crossing the whorls ; aperture
round, yellowish : Cuba.
Achatina erecta, Benson (Annal. ix. p. 487), whitish, fusiform, rough ;
eight whorls : Macao.
A, twfhmata, Lea (Proc. Amer. PhU. Soc. 1841, p. 31), whitish;
obliquely banded and spotted ; sub-carinated. A. striata, id. ib., cylin-
drical ; striped longitudinally ; homy ; eight whorls : both are from
Siberia.
J. Forster has published an Essay in the Acten der Leopoldiner Aca-
demic, voL xix. pars 2, p. 249, " Ideen iiber die Gebilde der Clausilien,"
in which he separates, and describes fully, the different forms of the
Clausilia ventricosa, not as species, but as " Gebilde'* (forms), to which
170
MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA. 127
he g^yes separate names. There are three forms, and the first is divided
into three orders.
Cla/unlia pluviaHlts, Benson (Annul, iz. p. 486), pale olive colour ;
fourteen whorls, all faintly striated transversely ; at the base of the lip
an oblique solid fold, and a parallel groove. CI. aculus, id. ib., brown>
ish; ten or eleven whorls, marked with faint oblique striae; aperture
with two or three teeth : both are from Chusan.
Pupa Hoppii, MuUer (Qroenl. p. 4) ; testa detrorsa, cylindraoea,
obtusa, IsBvi ; columella bidentata.
The Cyclostoma cuvienammi and Mekmoatoma Petit, formerly
described in the Rev. Zool. 1841, have been figpired in the Magas. de
Zool. 1842, pi. 55, 56.
Cyclostoma Cfironnierii, Souleyet (Eev. Zool. 1842, p. 101); orbi-
cular; umbilicated; white with brown spots'; chestnut brown beneath;
22 milL: Lu^on. 0. maculosa, id. ib.; bulged and spherical; umbili-
cated, with a keel, with yellow and brown lines and spots ; 14 mill. :
Lufon.
D'Orbigny has described several species of Cyclostoma in the Hist.
Nat. de Cuba. C. laiUabris, allied to C laJbeo, but shorter ; conical and
longitudinally striped. C.ventricosa; bellied out; pupa-formed; smooth;
rose-coloured; anteriorly violet. C awriculata; cylindrical; longitu-
dinally striped; umbilicated; whitish; anteriorly violet. C. hiMdata;
whitish ; rose coloured, with lamellated striae crossways ; aperture with
two borders. C.pudica; violet, striated crossways; margin of aperture,
above the umbilicus, divided into two flaps. 0. Pretrei; white ; umbili-
cated ; lameUated longitudinally ; spinous across. C. auheria/na ; finely
striated crossways; suture deeply crenated ; labrum simple. C. candeana;
fiirrowed across; lameUa-like striss longitudinal; suture irregularly
lamella-like crenated ; labmm bipartite. C. delatreana ; not umbili*
Gated ; yellow with brown bands ; ribbed lengthways ; striated across ;
suture crenated ; aperture ovaL C. sagra; umbilicated ; yellow, spotted
brownish-red longitudinally and across; cross strise; suture simple;
aperture oval. C. poeyana; deeply striated across; brownish-yellow
with red bands ; suture simple ; aperture oval.
Several new species of CyclosUmia, fix)m the Philippines, are to be
fi>und described by G. B. Sowerby in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 80.
C. acuti-4narginatwnf luzonicum, canaliferum^ vaUdum, Stainforthiif
tuba, phiUippina^rum, altum, pupimforme. Cyclostoma cincirmatensis
of Lea (Ptoc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1840, p. 289), has this character;— r
t. elevato-copica, IsBvi, nitida, diaphana, umbiHcata, anfractibua senis;
apice obtuso, labro margine reflexo: Cincinnati.
D'Qrbigny characterizes a new genus, Odontostoma (the name has been
already given), in the family of Cyclostom<i (Ramon de la Sagra's Hist.
Nat. de Cuba, MoUusques, p. 237). It is distinguished from Helicina
171
128 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
onljr bj the margin of the mouth not being thickened, and bj the pre-
■enoe of teeth on the oolnmeUa, which are continued inwardlj like
lamells. The animal seemg to want an operculum. The two species are
from Cuba. O. depre$sa is low and has six whorls: O. globulosa is
spherical, with fire whoris: both have two lamelle on the columella.
Helicina 9CLffraiana, lyOrb., Guy., is distinguished &om H, major.
Gray, by the thickened unreflezed margin of Uie mouth. H. variegata,
mo/rmorataj and lanieriana, appear to correspond with yarieties of
PfeifTer's species^, ad^persa. H.crassa; thick; spherical; streaked
lengthways; bay with white band; the angle of columella toothed.
H, zephirina; spherioo-conical ; smooth; reddish; labrum white. H.
petitiana; conical; yellow; furrowed across; labmm white; angle of
columella sharp. H. Sloanii is J7. eonica, Pfr. H. eonUa; trochi-
form; yellow; smooth; aperture triangular; whorls keeled; angle of
columella plain, sub-dentated. J7. trochulina; trochi-form; smooth;
angle of columella convez ; aperture semicircular. B. elegant appears
to be i7. rupe»tri»y Pfr. H. elongata; elongato-oonical ; smooth ; above
as it were hammered obliquely ; bright yellow. H, rotunda; spherical ;
smooth ; rose coloured ; angle of columella emaiginated. H. dentigera;
roundish ; depressed ; smooth ; white with a band ; angle of columella
dentated, emarginated. H. minima; roundish; depressed; smooth;
bright rose colour; less than the preceding. J7. globulosa; spherical;
smooth ; white with broad bands : all these are from Cuba.
Sowerby enumerates more than sevenfy species in his monograph on
the genus Helicina, L c, amongst which seyeral axe new. H. ja>maic-
entis ; H, awrantiai, Gray, simillima, sed t. magis oonica et magis tenui ;
peritremate pallidiore, minus incrassato. H. Brownii, t. globosa, tenui,
anfr. ultimo magno ; apertura semilunari, labio eztemo reflezo, paulu-
lum ezpanso, prope collumellom indsura elongata ; labio intemo prope
oollumellam subcalloso ; columella obliqua, acuta. H, lutea; t. globoaE^
subangulata, IsBvi ; labio eztemo paululum ezpanso, viz incrassato, labio
intemo leviter incrassato : Antilles. H. a^tUlarum, t. depressa, magna,
tenui, leyiter striata, anfractu ultimo magno, labio intemo tenui, prope
oolnmellom paululum incrassato, columella rotundata, angusta, obtusissime
angulata ; labio eztemo ezpanso, reflezo, postioe subdepresso : Antilles.
H. guadeloupeniis (Zool. Pro. 1842, p. 7). H. ma,eulata, t. trapezoi-
dea, subangulata supra Infraque conica, laeri, tenui, mbrofasciata et
maculata, labio eztemo reflezo, subezpanso, ad basin columeUee tenui,
columella subcallosa, ad basin attenuata, operculo comeo : South America.
H. polita (Zool. Proc. 1842). H. timilis (Zool. Proc. 1842). H, parva
(Zool Proc. 1842). H. maxima (Zool. Proc. 1842). H. pellueida ; H.
zephyrvMi, Dud. ; similis, sed columella poene recta, subangulata : Guiana.
H, pyramidalie (H, conica, D*Orb.) H. angusHedm^a (H. acutisnma)
•{Zool. Proc. 1842). H. trochiformig, ib. H. aglutinans, ib. //.
172
MOLLUSCA — :OASTER0P0DA. 129
LazarvSj ib. //. rotella, t. laBvi, angulata, viz carinata, labio eztemo
reflezo, labio interno ezpanso, columella' subangulata. H, piloga (Zool.
Proc. 1842). H, a/ngulata, ib. H, cornea, H. orbiculatoB {Oligyras
orb., Btij), simillizna sed t. crassiori, labio eztemo ad basin oolumellfe
Bubemarginato, columella caUosa. H, minuta (Zool. Proc. 1842).
The species from the Proc. Zool. Soc. are also published in the Annals,
z. p. 400.
Sowerbj's monograph of the genus Pv>pina, 1. c, contains nine species.
The tezt is already printed in the Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 102.
Vide Archiv. 1842, ii. p. 390.
R. B. Hinds describes two new species of Pupina, P, cmrea ; golden
yellow ; aperture with a notch below, emarginated aboye and toothed :
New Quinea. P. mitU; brown ; a red line on the sutures ; aperture
with a notch inferiorly ; above emarginated and toothed : New Ireland.
(Ann. z. p. 83.)
Awricula frumentum. Petit de la Saussaye (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 105);
brown; columella with three folds; no umbilicus; 8 miU. : Peru.
A. cbvena, id. ib. ; brown ; cylindrical, pointed ; columella has three
bright yiolet folds ; labrum inwardly thickened in the middle ; no umbi-
licus ; 7 mill. : Chili.
Petit de la Saussaye describes (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 201), siz
species of the genus Attricula as new, which were collected by Cuming.
A. tomatelUformu, from the Philippines ; doliolum, from Lu^on ; redu-
nana, from West Columbia ; ptfriformia, ib. ; ceylomca, from Ceylon ;
pulchella, from the Philippines.
Carychium esdle, Lea (Sillim. Amer. Joum. 1842, p. 109) ; yeiy high ;
whitish, striated longitudinally ; siz whorls ; three teeth in the aperture :
Philadelphia.
Loyell Reeye has published (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 218 ; and z. p. 74)
a synopsis of the genus Sca^rahus, in which he comprehends eleyen
species. They are all figured on a plate, which also belongs to the
author's Conchologia Systematica. Helix clau$a, Wagn., which is
included, evidently does not belong to this genus. The Auricula
Mca^aJxBua, Quoy, he names 8c. striatus. There are, besides, two
new species described: Sc. lehithostoma, which is distinguished by
the bright yelk-yeUow colour of the mouth: and 8c. pyra^nidatuB,
the most oblong of the species, with a mouth yellowish and highly
enamelled.
R. B. Hinds describes a new species of the same genus from the
Feejee Islands : 8c. pollex ; chestnut brown ; strongly striated longitu-
dinally. (Ann. z. p. 82.)
Lea describes some species of the genus Phy$a in the Proc. Amer. Phil^
Soc. 1841, p. 32. Ph. hUd/reihiana, from Illinois ; infiata, from Vir-
ginia; troostemis, from Nashyille.
173
130 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLH :
fienioii notices the preeenee of PlanorbU tpirorbis, MiilL, and Lim-
nom$ glaber, Mull., in Ireland. (Calcutta Journal, vol. ii. p. 223.)
Planorbu papyrcLceus, Benaon (Ann. ixw p. 487) ; very minutely ra-
diato-atriated ; keeled at the margin ; hollowed on both sides. PL hemi-
sphoBTulaj id. ib. ; superiorly oonyez, beneath hollowed ; without keel :
these are from Chusan. PI. regularis. Lea, Proc. Amer. 1841, p. 32 ;
spherical ; plain superiorly, beneath narrow umbilicated ; transparent ;
pale yellow ; three whorls keeled superiorly : United States.
PL Imchanennsy id. ib. ; lenticular; keeled at circumference; be-
neath narrow umbilicated ; three whorls : Ohio. PL helhi9, id. ib. ;
orbicular; beneath wide umbilicated; greenish-yellow; four whorls,
keeled above, sub-keeled beneath ; interiorly reddiBh-brown : Tennessee.
Lymnea plicatula, Benson (Ann. iz. p. 487) ; last whorl transversely
with pUdt; the suture impressed; spire pointed, generally ferruginous.
L. minor, id. ib.; smooth; four whorls; fold of coUumella obsolete:
both are from Chusan.
Lea describes sixteen species of this genus in the Proc. Amer. Phil.
Soc. 1841, p. 32, viz., L» phUadelphioa, from Philadelphia ; griffiihiamaj
from Lake Charlotte, New York; nuttalliwna and hulimoides, from
Oregon ; extgua, from Tennessee ; planulata. White Sulphur Springs,
Va. ; fiitifarmis, Niagara ; rustica, Ohio ; plica, Tennessee ; coarctata,
Newport; casta, parva, curia, strigasa, hirtlandicma, frt>m Ohio;
rubella fr^m Oahu.
CTENOBRANCHIA.
NEW QENERA AND SPECIES.
VaXvata bicarinata, Lea, Proc. 1841, p. 83; t. orbicnlari, supeme
planulata, bicarinata, subcrassa, supeme cornea, infeme albida, late
umblHcata, suturis impressis, spira depressa, anfractibus quatemis con-
vezis, apertura rotunda, intus albida : Schuylkill Biver.
Paludina Breughelii, Cantraine, BulL de Bruz. iz. 2, p. 349 ; testa
ovato-conoidea, solida, oomeo-frdvescente, epidermide viridi-fusco ; anfr.
4-5 convezis; apertura ovali, supeme viz angulata, spiram non
sequante, peristomate continuo, labro simplid : Malta.
PaludvMi mbfusca, id. ib. ; testa conoidea-depressa, subperforata,
oomeo-viridescente aut frdva sub-epidermide fusca ; anfr. 3-4 convezis ;
apertura ovato-rotundata, supeme viz angulata, spiram superante ;
labro acuto simplici; labio refleziuscnlo, subincrassato, peristomate
continuo : Istria and Dalmatia.
Paludina quadrata, Benson, Ann. iz. p. 487, olive green, with
slight transverse plaits ; furrowed longitudinally. P. lecythoides ; with
174
MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA. 131
transyerse faint folds ; 6-7 whorls ; margin of mouth somewhat turned
baek, black. P. (Bithynia) longicomis ; four whorls; polished; margin
of mouth somewhat turned back, blackish. P. (Bithynia) striatula ;
polished ; homy ; margin of mouth turned back, blackish, wavy : these
are all from Chusan.
P€Uudma seminalis, Hinds, Ann. z. p. 83 ; obtusely turreted ; apex
eroded; mouth bluish: California. (Allied to P. nuclea of Lea.) —
P. regularis, Lea, Proc. Amer. Soc. 1841, p. 34 ; spherical ; greenish
horn coloured ; not umbiHcated ; five whorls ; mouth large, interiorly
blue : Ohio (?), P. obtusaf id. ib. ; cylindrical ; greenish ; slightly
umbilicated ; four whorls : Ohio. P. troostiana, id. ib. ; bellied out
oonicaUy; horn-yellow; umbilicated; mouth large, round: Tennessee.
P. €ingulata, coosaenais and cyclostomaforinis, id. ib. p. 83, from the
Coosa River, Alabama. P. incrasaata and coarctata, id. ib. 1843,
p. 243, fi*om Alabama. P. hermondinma, D'Orbigny, Cub. ; greenish ;
umbilicated ; anteriorly slightly keeled.
D'Orbigny describes, in the Hist, de Cuba, several species of his
genus Paludestrina ; viz., P. a'viberia/na, affi/ms, candea/na.
Lea describes, in the volume already quoted, p. 34, five species of the
giemiB Anculosaj — troostiana, gibhosaj dentata, ca/rinata, variabilis;
and at p. 83, A. rubiginosa, hella, griffithiana, tuherculata; and,
1842, p. 243, A, vacisa, Foremani, soUda, flanwnata ; as also Afrmi-
cola arbunUata and parva,
lo tenebrosa. Lea, ib. ; testa fosiformi, subtenui, subnigra, Isevi, spira
oonica, suturis viz impressis, anfiraotibus senis, subplanulatis, apertura
irregnlariter pyrifonni, intus purpurea : Tennessee.
Laouncvla, nov. gen. Benson, Ann. iz. p. 488, testa turbinata, sub-
globosa, apertura majori, integra, oblonga ; peristomate interrupto ;
labio subrefiezo; umbilico profimdo, tortuoso. There is one species,
L. pulchella, from Chusan.
Haldeman makes some remarks on the genera allied to Melania.
Pi/rena amrita he is indiaed, on account of its fringed mantle, to place
with the CerithinoB (genus Claviger, Hald. ib. vol. zHi. p. 216).
Pirena atra he considers as the type of the genus, and puts it in the
family of the Melamai, as he says it has the same connection with
Melanapsis, as Mekmia has with Anadoiay in respect to organization
and habits. (SiUim. Amer. Joum. vol. zli. p. 21.)
The genus Mda/nia is remarkably rich in newly described speoies.
Two species, if. ca/iM:ellata and M. (Hermrniua (?) Swains.) crebrieoBtis,
from Chusan, are described by Benson. (Ann. iz. p. 488.) In the first
number of Fhilippi's plates and descriptions of Hew Shells, the first
plate is dedicated to the genus Melaaiia ; and the new species are de-
fined by V. d. Bnsch. M. Wvnteri ; turreted ; greenish ; near the suture
a row of pointed protuberances ; basis striped : Java. Jf . flammulata ;
175
132 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fVisiform ; reddish-browi^, with rust brown flames longitudinallj ; eleven
whorlB : JaTa. M. ecronata ; bellied ; decollated ; a row of pointed
protuberanoes near the suture ; three whorls : Bengal. M, semigranosa ;
longifih ; decollated at the point ; four whorls ; two granulated lines near
the suture ; base smooth, with black lines : Java. M, crassa ; bellied ;
decollated ; olive coloured ; glittering ; 2^ whorls : Bengal. M. glans ;
longish ; smooth ; decollated ; two whorls ; mouth bluish : Java. M,
zonata ; oval ; smooth ; eroded at the point ; yellow brown, with three
black bands : Bengal M. teitudinaria ; smooth ; decollated at the
point ; yellowish with black streaks ; four whorls : Java. M, torquata ;
turreted ; smooth ; yellow brown ; 4^ strong convex whorls : Java.
M. terebra ; fusiform ; greenish-grey, with points and black longitudinal
lines : Java. M. omata ; longish ; smooth ; olive green ; four whorls ;
adorned superiorly with brown spots : Java. M, granum ; small ; bay ;
latticed ; eroded at the points : Java. Besides these there are figured
also, Jf. taherculata, Miill. (Melcmoideg fuBCtolata, Oliv.), and M.
spmu/osa, Lam.
Lea describes many Melcmice in the different annual Proceedings of
the Amer. Phil. Society. Two species, M, catenoides and hoyMnianaf
from Chatahooche River, 1. c. 1840, p. 289. In the volume for 1841,
p. 11, he divides the genus into nine groups, viz., smooth, plaited,
keeled, burrowed, striped, knotty, granulated, latticed and spinous. Of
new species there are described, twenty-five smooth, sixteen plaited,
five keeled, one fuxiowed, three striped, three knotty, one granulated,
and two latticed. To name all these would require too much space, and
for the same reason we omit the seven additional species described at
p. 82, and the twelve others shortly described in the volume for 1842,
p. 242. Lea's catalogue extends in all to 266 species of the genus
Melcmia, of which forty-four are fossil.
MeUmia hrevts, D'Orb., thick ; smooth ; brown with black lines ; four
whorls. M, cvha/aicma, id. ; black brown; smooth; oblong. M, canica ;
oblong conical ; smooth ; brown green ; last whorl somewhat keeled.
Benson, Ann. ix. p. 488, forms a new genus, Batillaria, with (7«ri-
thium zonale. Testa turrita, insculpta, rudi ; anfractibus plurimis ; aper-
tura oblonga, infra angustiore, basi truncata, evasa ; labro sinuato, supra
emarginato, infra provecto, labio supra callo munito ; columella planata,
basi incrassata, oblique truncata, canalem vix efibrmante ; operculo cor-
neo, tenui, spirali, multivertidllato. There is only one species, B. zo-
nalis,
Menestho, nov. gen., Moller, 1. c, animal pede elongate, angusto ; ore
simplice, membrana linguali destitute (?) ; tentaculis brevioribus, crassius-
oulis, oculos perparvos ad basin intemam ferentibus; operculo pauco-
spirato, testa conico-turrita. Turbo albulus, Faun. Gropn., 4'''. Perhaps,
nearly allied to lAttorma,
176
MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA. 133
Riuoa plica, Cantraine, Bull, de Bruz. iz. 2, p. 346 ; smooth ; milk
white ; oolunella with a fold above ; allied to R, manodanta, Plulippi :
Sardinia. B, ttibventricoga, id. ib. ; greenish horn oolouied ; narrow folds
longitudinally with vertical stripes; labrum outwardly slightly emar-
ginated : Ostia. B, mctrmorata, id. ib. ; greenish ; marbled dirty brown ;
white at the base ; pointed with minute stripes : Sardinia. B^punctum,
id. ib. ; smooth ; horn coloured ; labrum inwardly slightly thickened ;
peristome complete ; allied to the B, puncPultMn, Phil. : coasts of the
Peninsula, Sant Antioco. B, obtusa, id. ib.; obtuse; smooth; horn coloured,
yellow ; three whorls ; suture deep ; peristome complete : Sardinia; rare.
B, saHndum, id. ib. ; obtuse ; sub-umbilicated ; smooth ; horn coloured,
grey ; apex brown ; four whorls ; mouth roundish, marginated ; peristome
complete : Sardinia. B. eastcmea, 9crobiculata, gldbuhM, MoUer, 1, c.
fi*om Greenland. B, ca/nbcRa, a/uberictna, gradata, D'Orbigny.
Bi89oina cateshycma, sctgraiana, elega/ntissifnaf striaUhcottata,
hrotoniana, sloamana, D'Orbigny : from Cuba.
Truncatella scalariformis, Reeve, from the Pacific. (Proc. Zool.
Soc. p. 197.)
AfnpullcMria tasmama, Le Quillou (Rev. 2iooL 1842, p. 105) ; coni-
cal; five whorls; slightly striped; bay, with brown interrupted cross
lines ; umbilicus deep ; 15 mill. : Van Diemen's Land.
Turritella lactea, MoUer, L c. ; white ; thirteen wavy ribbed whorls.
T. poUx/rii, Beck, ib. ; grey violet, with twelve rounded, four cornered,
smooth whorls. T. coshiJ^ata; white, with twelve to fourteen cylin-
drical sharp ribbed whorls. T. caribasa, D'Orb., slightly undulated;
whitish ; twelve whorls : from Cuba.
Sailaria EgchHchtii, Holb., in MoUer, 1. c. ; ten fine longitudinally
striped whorls, the inferior quite smooth. 8c, hotessieriana, D*Qrb.,
ten flat ribs; eight whorls; the last anteriorly fiirrowed across: Gua>
daloupe. Sc* albida, id. ; narrow, obHque, leaf-like ribs ; nine whorls.
8c, foliaceicogta, id. ; high, posteriorly widened lamellffi ; eleven whorls.
8c, echinaticottaf id, ; undulating, four-bristled lamellae. 8c. tmcina-
ticosta, id. ; rose-coloured, with high ribs, hooked posteriorly. 8c, com-
deama, id., is perhaps 8c, acuta, Pfr. Archiv. 1840, i. p. 256.
Lea describes a new species of the genus Patitheay which he calls
sordida (Sillim. Amer. Joum. xlii. p. 110). Adams declares it (ib.
p. 392) to be a variety of Odostomia trifida, Qould ; Actceon trifidus,
Totten. He also remarks, that it is not from Boston, as Lea asserts, but
frx)m Dartmouth.
Actasan parvus, Lea, ib. p. Ill ; acutely conical, smooth, white, um-
bilicated, columella with one fold : Delaware Bay.
Lovell Reeve has published a monograph of the genus Tomatella, in
which he reckons thirteen species ; among these, seven are new. (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 58.)
177 M
134 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
I^framidelia cmda and glant^ Reere. (Proe. tap. dt. p. 198.)
Rednt dsMribet, in the Bey. ZooL 1842, p. 73, some new speeiet of
NerUa : — N. awnmlMi, fnm tbe Philippines. N. E§mngtimif fnm New
Hollend. N, (NmiHna) cummgia/na, from the FhiHppxnes and the
Molueeas. N, (Neritina) phadana^ Iran St. Domingo. N. (ClUhonJ
rugata, from the Philippines. N, (Clithon) gandaHna, from the South
Sea Islands. N. (CUihan) aveliana, from Manilla. N. (NeritinaJ
temiktia, from Sumatra.
The same author remarks, ib. p. 177, that the Nerita proper are
essentiallj distinguished from the Neridna, bj the lAteral snmmit of the
sorfiioe o£ their AnimiAlu being incised, and not bj the teeth on the
inside of the labmm. He also describes several additional new species :
N, corr<mUa, New Guinea ; Longii, Malabar ; Le OuiUauana, Salomon
Islands ; mcwra (Chemn. Condi, t. pL 190, f. 1948-49, atrata^ Lam.),
Polynesia, Madagascar; tenAra$a, Solo Island, North of Borneo; N.
piiiformU, Otaheite ; N, nUttreanaf in fresh-water at Qrasse in Pro-
Tenoe ; K. fCUthan) iouleyetanay Otaheite ; N, (CHthon) obseurata,
Otaheite ; N. (Clithon) ipinifera. Island of Quaham ; If. (Clithon)
menkecmay Otaheite.
Some Neritinas b j Soulejet, which were collected during the yoyage of
the Bonite, are to be feimd, ib. p. 269. N. indiea appears to be ^. me-
lanMoma of the reporter. N, auiblata, from the Philippines, is allied
to N, mibcanaUculata, Redux. N. towranennt, allied to the preceding :
Cochin-China. N. vestita, allied to N. dubia ; the epidermis is drawn
forward over the labmm: Philippioes. N. Gcmnardii; green, with
black undulating longitudinal lines, lip without teeth : Godiin-China.
Neritina armstrongiana. Hinds' Annals, z. p. 82; black, spotted
with golden yellow ; spines upon the last whorl ; lip with one bhiiit
tooth : Marquesas Islands.
Bedus describes twenty-one spedes of Neritoe from Cuming's ooUee-
tion, among which are many new. (Proe. ZooL Soc. 1842, p. 168.)
Neritina tri$ti$f IVOrb., Cuba ; black with white points ; four whorls ;
columella dentated. N. mierotioma, id.; greenish with narrow black
undulating longitudinal lines ; perhaps Listeri, Pfr., Archiy. 1840, p. 255,
Lesson describes (Bey. ZooL 1842, p. 187) a new Neritina {Nerip-
teron) giga$, which certainly, as Beduz, ib. p. 236, has already asserted,
is identical with Neritina granoea, Sow. Beduz takes this opportunity
of diyiding the eared Neritce into two diyidons : — 1. Neripteron ; t. n»-
yicelliformis, labrum postioe supeme et infeme productum, interdum
utmmque canaliculatum. The spedes of this section are N. awriculata.
Lam., tahitenHs, Less., navicellina, Guillou, UcanaUoulatat Bed.,
mibav/rieulata, Bed., Mawitux, Less. 2. Clffpeohtm; t. rotundata
sen dypeifonms, labrum lateraliter dilatatum sen auetum. Spedes N.
latissima, Brod., ca/riosa. Gray, oweniana, Ghray, rangiana, Mus. Par.
178
MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA. 136
dilatata, Biod., gldbosa, Brod., alata. Sow., Nuttalli, Red., gr€tno§at
Sow., intermedia, Sow., labiosa, Sow.
Recluz describes nine species of the genus Navicella, amongst which,
JV. va>riahili8, ou/mingicma, clypeohum, all from the island of Mindanao,
are regarded as new. (Proc. p. 154.)
Le GKiillou describes fonr new species of NaHca in the Rey. Zool.
184^, p. 104 : — N, quctdrifaeiata, from Msngaieya ; N, candidieeima,
from Vayao; N, ecmdaUna, from Sandal Bay; N, pcMrvtUa, from
Borneo.
In Philipprs plated and descriptions of new shells, No. 1, there is one
plate dedicated to the genus Natica, which contains, besides JV, rechh
nana, Desh., daplicata. Say, heros, Say, triseriata, Say, plumbea,
Lam., conica, Lam., senUmdcata, Gray, coneolidata, Couthouy, seyeral
new species. N, ajfinis, y. d. Busch ; oyal, smooth, with white and red
alternate bands, and red longitudinal streaks; umbilicus wide, with
small spiral callosity : Hab. ? N. rhodostoma, Phil. ; white, with fiye
rows of rust-brown spots; umbilicus open; columella and callosity of
columella rose-coloured : Hab. ? N, alba, Loy^n ; smooth ; greenish-
white ; umbilicus quite dosed ; labium scarcely callous : Greenland.
N. pygmaa, Phil. ; white, with red points, and three indistinct bands ;
labyrinth forms partitions, whilst the whorls aboye are pressed flat to
tlie suture : Hab. ? N", s^tentrionalis, Bedc., in Moller's Moll. GronL ;
spherical, grey-red; umbilicus concealed by a semicircular callosity;
operculum challcy. N. nctna, Moller, ib. ; spherical, imperforate, white,
operculum homy : both fiN>m Greenland. N» vberina, lyOrb., Cuba ;
smooth white, six whorls. J^. BCbgraiana, id.; white, with brown
undulating longitudinal lines ; is perhaps N. puichella, Pfr. ; Ardiiy.
1840, p. 254. N, lacemula, id.; brown-red, with a white band
anteriorly, sutures white.
lyOrlngny (Cuba) adds three new species to the genus NoHca, Bed.,
yiz., — N, tulcata, striata, lamelloea.
Amauba, noy. gen., Moller, Moll. Gronl. p. 7 ; Animal Naticis affine ;
pede paryo, compacto, lobo posteriore destituto, lobo anteriore profunde
sinuato, oculis subcutaneis, ad basin intemam lobi sitis ; operculo ter-
miaali, panooepiiato; tesU ovate, imperfonta, l»yi. spira pi«ducta.
apertura obpyriformi, drdter dimidiae testes longitudinis. A, xcmdida ;
white, shining : Greenland.
Sigaretus helicaideus, Le Guillou, Bey. Zool. 1842, p. 105; milk
white, furrowed yerticaUy, striped longitudinally, with an umbilical
cleft ; 17 mill : Amboyna. 8, (?) grosnlandicuB, Moller, L c p. 10.
Velutina kmigera, id. ib. ; auriform, woolly, bright yellow.
DelphinAila calcaroidee, Cantraine, Bull. Brux. ix. 2, p. 341 ; testa
parya, orbiculata, supra plana, infira oonyexa, late umbilicata; anfr.
3-4, ultimo bicarinato; carina supema spinis armata, infemacrenata;
179
136 RBPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
apertur arotundato-oompreeia : Gnlf of Cagliari. D. tyria, from New
Holland, imperialU, tncMa, formosa, and aculeata, from the Philip-
pines, haTe been described bj Loyell Reeve, Proc. p. 102. D. tubercu^
iq0a, D'Qrb. (Cuba), has six knobbed cross ribs, and four whoris.
RoteUa $em%9triataf lyOrb. (Cuba), whitish, with Vertical stripes
snperiorij ; beneath smooth, transparent. R, dia^hcma, id. ; like the
preceding, bat without stripes ; probably R, puHUa, Pfir. R, carinata,
id. ; keeled ; in other respects like preceding. R. ttriata, id. ; striped
longitndinallj, with open umbilicos. R. anomala^ id. ; smooth, keeled,
with open umbflicns.
D'Orbigny (Cuba) divides the genus Solarium into two divisions.
The Solaria proper have a depressed operculum with few whorls;
interioriy with an elevated protuberance ; the others (Heliaeug) have a
spiral conical operoulum. To the latter division belongs Sol. Hd>erti,
Desh. ; 8oL Philippii, Cantr. ; Bull. Bmz. iz. 2, p. 344 {Valvata
striata, Phil.) : Sardinia. 8, himlcatum, D'Qrb. (Cub.) ; two ribs on
the periphery ; above them five, beneath them six cross-ribs. S. del-
phintUoides, id.; cross-ribbed, white; trochiform. S. inomatum ;
frangible, smooth, with a light keel.
Lovell Reeve has laid before the 2iOological Society seven species of
the genus PJioruSy Montf., amongst which four are new : Ph, exusttis,
caleuliferus, pallidulusy and corrugatua (Proc. p. 160). AU of them
are figured in his Conchologia Systematica.
Ckmeulus Blainvilliif Cantr., Bull. Bruz. ix. 2. p. 344 ; testa orbicu-
lato-conoidea, umbilicata, nitida, leevi, albicante, lineis obliquis,pleramque
angulatis, purpureo-lividis picta ; anfr. 5 oonvexis, sutura simplioe dis-
tinctis, ultimo depresso, umbilico mediocri, spirato, non crenato, albo ;
apertura ovato-depressa ; labro intus sulcato, oolumeDa supra unidentato-
pHcata, infra subunidentata aut trituberculata : Tripoli
Troehu8 asteriacus, genvmotus, hanleyanuSf modestus : habitat of all
unknown; eximius, from Payana; melanostoma, from New Holland,
are figured in the Conchologia Systematica of Lovell Reeve (Proc. p.
184). T. hotesseriamua; D'Orb. (Cuba), circular ; umbilicated, with two
lateral elevated stripes ; variegated white, black, and red ; columella with
one tooth. T. canaliculatus, id. ; circular, keeled, whitish, spotted wavy
brown, umbilicated ; one tooth on the columella.
La,cuna glacialia, MoUer, L c. ; testa ovato-conica, rufo-frisca, anfr.
5 cylindraceis, plicis membranaoeis angustis, dnereis, confertis or-
natis.
Margarita glauca, MoUer, 1. c. ; testa oonoidea, bsvi, opaca, albido-
livida, umbilico mediocri, anfr. 4 cylindraceis, sursum cresoentibus.
M, Vahlii, id. ib. ; testa conoidea, hyalina, nitida, margaritacea, umbi-
lico angusto ; anfr. 4-4}^ cylindraceis sursum crescentibus. M. (?)
costulataf id. ib. ; testa minuta, depresse globosa, lutea anfr. 3 sursum
180
MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA. 137
creioentibtts, cjlindricis, plicis oonfertif transTersim omatis; umbiUoo
angustiore ; peristomate oontinuo, p»|ie soluto.
Phaticmdla umbilicata, D'Orb. (Cuba), umbilicated, with red points ;
white and red spotted ; the last whorl angled anteriorly. P. zdnina,
id.; mnbilicated, with oblique lines, and red or white spots; perhaps
P. punctata, P&. ; Aiehiv. 1840, p. 256. P. hrevis, id; ; umbilicated,
white, with red or black points ; spire very short.
Turbo ticcumicus and variabilis, from the Philippines ; pulcher and
squanUger ; habitat unlmown. Lovell Beeve (Proc. p. 185).
OomM victor, Broderip, Proc. 1842, p. 54 ; yellow, with white spotisi,
and two dark brown neddaoe bands ; Hab ?
MargineUa caribosa, D'Qrb. (Cuba), yellowish, with three brown
bands; labrum yellow, smooth. M. aboU/neata, id.; yellow-red, with
three white lines. Jf . iubtriplicata. Id. ; three folds on the columella.
M, ovuliformis, id. ; white, smooth ; spire oonoealed. Jf . la/valleeana, id. ;
appears to be minuta, Pfr. ; Arch. 1840, p. 259. Jf. sulcata, id. ; whitish,
with two reddish bands ; ribbed longitudinally ; labrum toothed inwardly.
Mingicula semistriata, D'Qrb. (Cuba), oyal-oonical ; thick ; whitish ;
cross-striped anteriorly; columella thickened, with two folds; labrum
thickened in the middle, with a protuberance ; 2 milL
OUviiui miUola, lyOrb. (Cuba), whitish, with undulating brown lon-
gitudinal lines ; columella thickened, with one fold.
VohOa deles$ertia/na, Petit, Mag. de ZooL 1842, pi. 57; spindle-
shaped ; ribbed longitudinally ; margin of columella wrinkled yertically,
with three folds at the base; labrum sharp, thickened externally; 56
nulL : Madagascar. Broderip has described seven varieties of Voluta
auUca, m Proc. ZooL Soc. 1842, p. 53.
Mitra anais. Lesson (Rev. ZooL 1842, p. 142) ; t. ovato-turbinata,
IflBvi, lutea, fasciis rufis angulatis omata ; labro deztro crasso unidentato,
columella bi-tridentatave : Gambier Islands. M, hicolor and casta,
Swains. ; Oliva teJiAielcha and puekha are united in one species by the
same author. M. a^nis, id. ib. ; t. cylindracea, laeyi, grisea cum lineolis
flezuosis nigris; suturis lineola aterima notatis; ultimo anfractu basi
transrerse sulcato et nigrosericeo, columella sextiplicata : Gambier
Islands. Jf. dbliqua, id. ib. ; t. fusiformi, laeyigata, immaculata, lutes^
oente, fulvo cincta minutissime transrersim striata, ultimo anfractu basi
striate, columella quadriplicata alba : same habitat. Jf. virginalis, id,
ib. ; t. fusiformi-turrita, subulata, longitudinaliter transyersimque striata,
areolata,niyea, columella quadriplicata, labro extemo denticulate: Taiti.
Jf . grcenkmdica. Beck in MoUer, L c. ; spindlenshaped ; reddish-brown ;
smooth ; finely cross-striped ; columella has four folds.
Admetb, noy. gen. Eroyer in Moller 1. c. ; animal pede magno antioe
lato, truncate, sinuato, postice lanceolate, capite paryo, rotundato ; ore
simplice (proboscide et membrana linguaG destituto), tentaoulis longis^
181
1
138 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXLII :
filifomiibiif , oeulos minutoi in tabercolif ad basin exteriofem ferentibnt ;
opeitsulo nullo ; testa oyata, diaphana, fragili ; apertnra oyata, antioe yiz
■ubemarginAta, oolumeUa aicnata, oblique tnmcata, labio tenni, recto.
A, critpOfj n. sp*
Lesson has made us acquainted with some ColtmbellcB (Bev. ZooL
1842, p. 184) : O. clathra ; ooyeied with strong longitudinal and yertieal
ribs, whidi form deep fosssD between each other; three folds on the
columella: Sandwich Islands. C. \meevnoide9; allied to lugubriBy
Kiener; with black ledges and red hollows between: Aoapulco. 0.
ampla; furrowed yerticallj; labmm within has numerous folds; 3-4
protuberances on the columella: Gambier Idands. C, aphthtggera ;
brownish yellow, minutelj striped across with regularly placed blackish
laces ; longitudinal ribs point out the swelling of the last whorl ; mouth
white, with purple on the columella, on whidi are white points : Acapuloo.
C, pulieariSf has longitudinal ribs, white, with regular rows of black
stripes on them ; mouth white, with black spots on the labmm : Mar-
quesas Islands. O. digitalis ; ooyered with little shields like a thimble ;
white, with some yellow undulations; mouth small, white; columella
with points and a pad. C philippin<Mrum, Reeve (Plroc. p. 199).
Ebvma jciponica, Reeye, from Japan (Proc. p. 200).
Terebra pretiosa, Reeye (Proo. p. 200).
Buccinun chliqwum is, according to Pfeiffer = B, vtfreum, Fir. (Rey.
Zool. 1842, p. 26). B, genetta, Lesson, ib. p. 237 ; spindle-shaped, with
brown-black streaks ; folded longitudinally; striped vertically; last suture
has many warts: Oran. B, ajinis, id. ib. ; reddish-green; smooth;
labium dentated on the margin : Pacific. B. phalcma, id. ib. ; small,
shining, ribbed, striped vertically, ribs warty, white, with reddish lines
on the spire ; labrum smooth, thickened internally, pointed : Acapulco.
B, Jlaridanum, id. ib. ; chestnut-brown, with white spots : South Sea.
B, tulipa, id. p. 238 ; thick, shining, with undulating ribs ; between them
numerous stripes with little white warts ; yellow : Acapulco. B. ptk^
lica/ris; small, knobbed, plaited longitudinally, grey, with blade pro-
tuberances and white stripes : Sandwich Islands. B, elegans, fiom
California, and B. pyrottoma. Reeve (Plroc. p. 199). B. tmdulatum,
MoUer, 1. c. p. 11. B. icalariforme, Beck., ib.
Plcmiixis circiwMitu,9i Lesson (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 187) ; red, deeply
furrowed ; epidermis woolly, red ; mouth wide, toothed superiorly ; colu-
meDa dentated: Acapulco. P a/reolatu», id. ib. ; white, with red bands ;
whorls with shields ; sutures granulated ; mouth small, toothed supe-
riorly ; labrum furrowed internally : Tuti.
Ricinula iodostofna, Lesson, Mag. de Zool. 1842, p. 58 ; globular ;
mouth violet (in the plate rose-red); epidermis brownish; surrounded
by brown lines and six black bands ; 18'" : New Zealand ; already de-
fined in Rev. Zool. 1840. The same author describes two new species
182
MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA. 139
of this g«niu in the IUt. Zgol. p. 102. B. nrfatoma ; globular ; knotty ;
month yiolet internally; at eireumferenee white, with yellow stripes;
labram internally with six teeth ; oolumella four wrinkles ; three cent :
Gambier Islands. A. men$truo$a ; grej, wrinkled ; margin of lip with
six unequal digitations; mouth orange; fiye warts on labmm; threes
folds on the oolumella ; twenty-four mill. : same habitat.
Some new species of the same author are added, ib. p. 186. Pwrpura
vioUicea ; testa parra longitudinaliter et transyersim oostata, canoellata,
grisea ; apertura riolaeea, obliqua, intus dentata ; canali distincta, oolu-
mella l»vi : Gambier and Marquesas Islands. P. aterrima ; t. oyata,
nigra, spira InreTi acuta, tuberculata, transrersaliter funiculata ; apertura
ampla, nigra, labro tenui : Crambier Islands. P. aven^acea ; t. oyato-
oblonga, fusifonni, atra, transrersim striata; striis perlatis, apertura
longitudinali, labro deztro IsbtI, oolumella mfo-castanea : same habitat.
P. bieolar; t. ovata transyersim tenuiter striata, grisea, striis nigris,
anfractibus oonyezis, spira breyi, ultimo anfiractu dilatato, apertura lon-
gitudinali purpureo-atra ; labro dextro IsbtI, denticulis intus albis
notato : South Sea Islands.
Oniecia Dennisoni and 9tr<>inbif(>rmi$, Beeye, Proo. 91 : habitat un^
known.
Sowerby*s monograph of the genus Aporrhais contains three species :
— A. pespelecam ; A, petearbonis, magis tenui quam A, petpeleccmif
eanaUbus elongatis, labio extemo trilobate : Mare Medit. : and A. oc-
cidentalis ; testa turrita oonoentrioe plicata, spiraliter striata, canaHbus
breyibus, labio extemo unilobato. Gray's A. senegcUenns is omitted.
The monograph of the genus Rostellaria, by the same author, contains
^nr species : — M, curvtrogtriMn, Encycl. ; cwrta, Sow. (Zool. Proo. 1842,
p. 165) ; rectirostrum. Lam. ; and Povestt, Petit MS. (?) The latter
species has been described in the Bey. ZooL 1840, p. 326; and has
appeared with a plate in the Magas. de Zool. 1843, pL 53.
The monograph of the genus Struthiokvnay by Sowerby, contains also
iye speciBs (ib.) : — 8, ttra/nwMa (Murex seromtneus, GmeL); 8. no-
duloia. Lam. ; 8, ttierfiMs, Sow., Zool. Joum. ; 8. gigas, new species ;
stramineflB simiHima, sed majore ; angulo anfiractuum rotundata, nodulis
minoribus omato ; and 8, cblita, Sow. Tankeryille CataL App. p. 18.
Sowerby enumerates fifty-eight species of the genus 8Pr<»nbu8f ib., of
which the following are new : — 8, cri9patu$ (Proc p. 143) ; 8. 8ibbaldii ;
t. subdayata, lasyi ; spira parya, anfractibus angulatii, plicatis ; ultimo
magno, yentricoso, labio interne nigro-lineato ; labio extemo interne
striate, medio sub-incuryo ; sinu panro : Ceylon. ;Sf. wmiformM ; t, conica,
IsByi, pallide fulya, fasdis brunneis interruptis eincta, yalide angulata,
spira breylBsima, anfractibus ad angulum plicatis, apertura angustata,
labio extemo yix expanse ; sinu paryo. 8, dMu,$ ; form of a cone ;
labrum slightly drawn forward, and internally crenated. 8, eiegam;
183
140 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDGCCXLII :
t. subelongtift^ foiiformi, fpira subeloiigsta, anfractibiis angnlatiB, ad
angnlum plioatiB, in medio mimite taberculatis, antioe sulcatis ; nltimi
maigine Tuioosa, apertuia ovali, striata. 8. hoBmoUoma; ij oTali
ttriata, longitiidiiialiter plicata; apertuia loeea, striata, labio extemo
sinu yalido. 8. fimformU ; t. fusifonni, Invi, antiee subtnmeata ; spira
oonica anfiactibas prope sutaram nnisiiloatis, ultimo ad mai^guiem striato,
doTBO snbgibboeo, apertura aagostata, labiis intus striatis postiee in
canalem spine partem decurrentem attenuatis, eztemo oblique tmncato,
sinu antioo parro. 8. terebellatus ; t. elongata IsbtI ; spira brevi, an-
fractu ultimo antice oblique truncato, apertnra interne striata, labio
eztemo tIz ezpanso, paulvlvm inerassato, sinu antioo indistincto, sab-
dentate. 8. huJbulu9 (iSooL Proc. 1842). 8, glabratui ; t. subpyra-
midali, nitida, apertnra oTsli, bicanaliculata, columella truneata; labio
eztemo crasso, reflezo, antioe subemarginato ; opeiculo ovali ; anfractu
ultimo ad dorsum prope sutnram plicate. 8, a/u$tralts ; t. ovali, rugosa,
spiraliter oostata, spira elongata, anfractibus angulatis, plicato-tubercu-
latis, ultimo oostis tuberculatis duabus; apertura lata, labio intemo
antioe gibboso, labio eztemo ad anfractus duos eloTato, valide ezpanso,
unilobato, intus snlcato, postioe costis duabus magnis, margine crasso,
snbinflezo, intus crenulato, canali recurvo : Australia.
8tr<mJbu9 pondera$u$, PhUippi (Abbild. u. Beschr. neuer Conch jlien,
i. 1) ; white, with rusty yellow longitudinal spots ; outer lip has five
brownish yertioal bands ; whorls tuberculated, upon the last a compressed
knob: Pacific.
8tronibus Chemnitisii, Pfir., has been by Pfeifier himself reckoned as
identical with 8tr, pcmfront, Swains. (Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 2%,)
Grimaud de Cauz and Gruby have described the organ which con-
tains the purple fluid in the Murex hrcmdaris. This vesicle is two
centimeters long, one and a half centimeters broad at the base, and is
funnel shaped. It is situate at the upper part of the body, between the
head and liver. This is properly the cavity of the lungs, it opens
between the margin of the mantle and the body of the animal The
fluid contained in it, has, at the same time, been ezamined by the
microscope ; it is transparent and contains oval cells. (Comptes R^idus,
vol. zv. p, 1007.)
Mvrex Cleryi, Petit, first described in the Rev. Zool. 1840, is now
figured in- the Magas. de Zool. 1842, pi. 54. The author is now in-
clined to consider this species as identical with Typhis Belcheri, Brod.
M, 8tevnforthii ; habitat unknown. Reeve, Proc. p. 104.
Of the genus Triehotropis, Sow., two new species, &om Greenland,
are to be found in Moller, 1. c, atla/nHca, Beck, and conicay Moll.
Mangelia HolboUii, Beck, ib., testa conico-fusiformi, tenera, diaphana,
albida, IsBvi, anir. 7, conveziusculis longitudinaliter subtillissime striatis,
ad futuram rugosis.
184
MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA. 141
Many apecies of Miller's genus Defrwi^cia are also to be found in
Moller, 1. c, all fiom Greenland, viz., — nobU%$y sciUcuris, exctrata, woodi-
ana {Plewrotama turricula. Wood), elegctns, cinerea, Pmgelii, Beck,
VaMiif Bedk, eylmdracea, Bechii, livida, viridula (Tritonium inri-
d/ala. Faun. Groenl.)
Fu9U8 funiculatus, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 104, allied to F. Petit-
Thouarni, Kienar : Acapulco. F, roio-pcntif id. ib. ; yellow red, with
regular tubercles ; mouth rose coloured ; six cent. : Oambier Islands ;
was, id. p. 212, by the same author, joined to Fasetolariaf but it wants
the folds in the columella. F. imbricatus, id. ib. p. 212. ; striped verti-
cally ; ribbed longitudinally ; whorls concealed by small lamellae ; has
two keels in the middle ; six cent. : Chili, Peru. F. pyruhides, id. ib. ;
like preceding, but without longitudinal ribs; mouth yellow: Chili.
F. dnuatiis, id. ib., allied to Fvs. sinuatus, but only twenty-six mill,
long : Chili. F, foUicus, id. ib. ; rounded longitundinal ribs, intersected
by wavy laces of leaflets, like a tile roof; between these tile-Hke scales,
the laces are alternately rose coloured and white : Taiti. F. frondomSf
id. ib. ; similar to preceding ; grey with some black laces : Marquesas
Islands. F. ventricoBUB, id. ib. ; oval ; bellied with regular laces ;
without longitudinal ribs : Chili. F. latericeus, Moller, 1. c. ; bright
red, with a glassy epidermis and projecting lines. F. Kroyeri, id. ib. ;
bay, with undulating impressed lines. F, HoJhoUii, id. ib.; white,
smooth ; epidermis brown yellow.
Fasciola/ria sulcata, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 212 ; eight whorls,
with broad longitudinal ribs, and alternating vertical laoes ; bay ;
twenly-four mill. : Acapulco.
Pleurotoma perlata. Lesson (Bev. Zool. 1842, p. 143); t. parva,
ovato-oblonga, rufa, perils niveis cincta, spira acuta, apertura ovali,
canali elongata : Sandwich Islands. P. fimiculatay id. ib. ; t. parva,
oblongata, turriculata, rufa, costis drcularibus, undulatis lamellosisque
tecta, spira acutissima, apertura longitudinali, scissura rotunda: Aca-
pulco. P. apecioiay Reeve : habitat unknown. (Proc. p. 199.) P. Bechii,
id. ib., from the Philippines.
TurbineUa paci/ica, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 211, allied to T. cre-
nvlatay Eiener, with rounded ribs ; regular vertical stripes ; eighteen
mill.: Sandwich Islands. T, tmtends; about six ribs on the last
whorl ; labrum furrowed internally ; columella has three or four pads ;
six mill.: Taiti. T. pwrpuroides ; has the appearance of a Ricinula ;
columella has three vertical pads : Gambler Island.
T. ifnperiaUB and vexillulum, Reeve, Proc. p. 198. According to a
remark of L. Pfeiffer, Cerithiu/m procerwm, Kiener, is ss C. martini-
anunhf Pfir. of Lamarck, oonfonnded with C, vertagua,
Cerithium lacteu/m, Eiener, must receive some other name, as that
one has already been used by Philippi. Two species are united by
185
142 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Kieaer under the mune of O. §tercu9-wu§earumf Say, one of which onlj
oonnesponds to it (ReT. Zool. 1842, p. 26). C. tfonce/totum, Lea,
(Sillim. Amer. Jouxn. xliL p. Ill); mib-umbflieated ; funowed longi-
tndinallj ; itriped tnafrenelj ; mouth beneath protracted to a canal.
Crepidula acuta. Lea (Sillim. Amer. Jonm. zlii. p. 108) ; convex,
smooth, farownish; apex pointed, straight; plate triangular, white;
mouth elliptical : Delaware Bay.
Calyptraa cinerea, ReeTe, Proc p. 50, ham Gape Horn.
Owen deecribes a new genus, Lithkdafhus. It diffbrs from Calyp-
trcea in having a second or yentnd shelly valTe. The head is long and
sub-cylindrical ; between the head and foot is found a peculiar process*
like a second head, but which is only a duplicature of the mantle. The
branchin are composed of two short parallel rows of conical processes.
The snout encloses a long homy tongue. The species is called
X. hngiroitrU. (Proe. ZooL Soc. 1842, p. 147.)
POMATOBRANCHIA.
Of this dirision, MoUer only gives some new Greenland
species.
Bullosa punctata ; shell oblong, white, with fine pointed lines.
BuUa twrrita; small, cylindrical, white, spire drawn forwards; a
narrow umbilical deft.
B. cortkata. Beck ; cylindrical, imperforate, yellow, \rith undulating'
longitudinal stripes ; apex sunk, covered by the swell of the columella.
B, Bdnhardii, Holb. (J9. insculpta, Totten?) B. wbangtUata;
bellied, yellow, angular in the middle of the whorl ; spire flat.
GYMNOBRANCHIA.
MiLNs Edwakds has observed, in a OalUopcsa at Nizza, peculiar canals
which communicate with the anterior portion of the digestive canaL
There are two longitudinal vessels from which many branches arise ; the
anterior go to the feelers, the others pass to the processes on the back,
usually considered as gills, where they ramify two or three times. All
these vessels are soon filled after the animal has taken food, and can be
easily observed from its transparency. (Annales des Sc. Natur. xviii.
p. 330.)
Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock have given descriptions of seven-
186
MOLLUSCA — QYMNOBRANCHIA. 143
teen new species of Nudtbranchia, which were found at Cullerooats, on
the ooast of Northumberland. (Ann. iz. p. 31.) They detected ejes in
young individuals of Doris repcmda and OoniodorU nodosa, behind
the dorsal tentacula ; the greater opadtj of the skin generally prevents
their being observed in older individuals. The new species are : —
Doris cLspera ; body depressed ; white or yellowish ; cloak filled with
spicules, and covered with obtuse tubercles ; branchias consist of nine
small simply pinnated transparent white plumes ; ^'\ D. depressa ;
body much depressed, of a pale sandy colour, spotted with orange or
reddish-brown ; cloak covered with delicate pointed papiUae, and having
spiculsB arranged transversely across the back; ten or eleven simple
branchisB in a horse shoe form ; ^j^'\ D. repasada ; doak covered with
minute white granular tubercles ; a row of sulphur yellow spots on each
side ; branchiso consist of four or five broad tripinnate transparent white
plumes. . D, similis ; body rather convex, with numerous conical white
papillae ; branchiae of nine narrow transparent white plumes, tripinnate,
with a strong denticulated central rib.
Polycera oeeUata; greenish black, with irregular ocellated spots of
|Mtle yellow ; veil interrupted in front, continued along the sides of the
head and back in an elevated ridge with scalloped edges, and terminating
in two or three lobes or tubercles on each side behind the branchiae ;
branchiaB three or four large flocculent plumes, tripinnate ; ^". Triopa
noihus, Johnston, may be the young of this species.
Tritonia felina ; rough with small warts ; spotted with reddish-brown
and white; branchiae stout, two or three times branched, six on each
side of the back ; 1". Considered distinct from T. urborescens, Cuv.
T.ptdchella; rose coloured, with small opaque yellowish tubercular
spots ; five pair of branchiae, the front ones consisting of three branches.
MeliboBa omata; pale yellow, with pink streaks and spots; very much
resembling M. coronata, Johnst.
Eolis rosea ; white, tinged with rose colour and buff on the back ;
'branchiae arranged in fifteen or sixteen dose-set transverse series, five
or six in each on the sides of the back. E, obtusalis ; ochrey-yellow,
with reddish-brown blotches on the head and back ; about twelve rows
of branchiae. E. awra/ntia; buff-coloured; ten or eleven rows of
branchiae. E. olivacea ; pale yellow, sprinkled with white and orange-
red or brown ; six or seven rows of branchiae. E, hystrix ; white, with
olive brown spots on the back, and a row of large blotches of the same
along the sides ; six or seven rows of branchiae. E, vittata ; pale buff
speckled with fawn colour ; head rather large and truncated in front ;
six or seven rows of branchiae. E» pallida ; whitish-yellow, with white
and rose-coloured spots ; branchiae crowded. E, minuta ; yellowish-
white ; branchiae few ; in about two clusters. E, nana ; yeUowish ;
branchiae in seven or eight rows.
187
144 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Arthur Hill Hassall gires some remarks on the Oymno-
branchia found in Dublin Bay. (Ann. ix. p. 133.)
Lowe has described a new genus of Cfymnobrcmckia (Proc. Zool. Soc.
1842, p. 51), and names it Peplidia. Corpus limaciforme, repens, ob-
longum ; postioe oompresso-triquetrom, dorso abrupte cristatum sea
alato-carinatum ; apioe attenuate, acuto. Caput antioe veliferum ; velo
semidrculari, maigine fimbriato-laoero, ciliolato ; ore inter labia baocalia
subtus, simplicL Tentacula duo. Orificium generationis ad colli dez-
trum. BranchiaB diplomorphsB ; sen in medio dorsi ciica anum stellatim
ramossB, arbusculiformes, ramis pectinato-<nliati8 ; et per latera utrinque
longitudinaliter biseriatss, conico-papilliformes, papillis apice subdivisis,
ciliatis. One species, P. maderoe.
MoUer also describes several new species in his Index
MoUuscorum Grcenlandise ; viz. : —
Tergipes rttpium ; yellow, with six dorsal papillsB on each side, which
are also yellow, with white tops and a yellow ring at the base. Doris
litwrata. Beck.; depressed, yellowish, with a broad chestnut-brown
line on the back ; sixteen branchiss. D, aeuHuscula, Stp. Euplocanvus
HolbolUi ; prismatic pale yellow green ; anus in middle of back ; three
branchiie.
ASPIDOBEANCHIA.
Emarginula €<moidea, Lovell Reeve. (Proc. p. 50.)
CYCLOBRANCHIA.
Patella insesia. Hinds, Ann. x. p. 82; oyal, brown, transyersely
striolate, internally white ; apex with white spots : California.
P. cerea, Moller, 1. c. ; depressed, milk white, rough ; vertex somewhat
forward, yellowish.
PateUoida depicta, Hinds, Ann. x. p. 82 ; very small, linear, white,
with irregular broken rays diverging j&om the apex ; length four times
the breadth : California.
8iphona/ria cha/ra^teristica, Lovell Reeve, Proc. 1842, p. 49 ; from
Panama.
Pa^rtnophoruB corrtigatus, from Madagascar; and P. intermedius,
from the Philippines, have been described by Reeve. (Pioc. p. 50.)
188
MOLLUSCA — CONCHIPERA. 145
TUBULIBRANCHIA.
Vermetus ebwrnetM, Reeve. (Ppoc, p. 197.)
CIRRIBRANCHIA.
Dentalmm longirostrum, Reeve. (Proc. p. 197.)
CONCHIFERA.
Milne Ebwards has discoyered, in Pecten glaber, male and
female sexual organs, and so proved the hermaphrodite nature
of these animals. Annales des Sc. Nat. xyiii. p. 321.
The ovarimn is orange-coloured, and occupies the inferior and posterior
half of the abdomen ; a duct comes from it, which penetrates a portion
of the testis, and runs between the basis of the tentacula to the top of
the abdomen, tenninating at the anterior end of the branchisB. The
testis occupies the larger anterior half of the abdomen, and is milk-
white. In front, it passes into the foot, and ends in two small openings,
which He in the groove of the under margin. Another excreting yellow
organ is found on each side before the muscle and under the anterior
end of the branchia, and appears also by its outlet to stand in union
with the foot. It may perhaps perform the function of an accessory
gland.
Sowerby has described some new species of the genus Pecten (P»)c.
p. 163), viz. : — P.pictuSy Philippines ; ittperhuSf veluHnus, the latter from
Madagascar ; 9erratuB, Philippines ; mtgapormus, Singapore ; crassico-
8tatu8, Japan ; alholineatus, Philippines ; ^lendiduluSy Singapore ;
pseudolima, Philippines. All these are figured in his Thesaurus.
Area gakbctodes, Benson ; Annals, iz. p. 489 ; rhomboidal, anteriorly
sub-angular, posteriorly rounded, multi-radiated, margin smooth, epider-
mis brown : Chusan.
MoUer, 1. c, adds three sub-genera to the genus Nucula^ which he
characterizes as follows : —
NucuLA ; animal sine tubis ezsertilibus, pede brevi, crasso, pallii
parte solum inferiore aperta. Testa subtrigona, rotundata, antice
latiore, prominente, postice obtusa, circumdrca arete claudente; serie
dentium acute angulata, dentibus anterioribus planis. Two new species
from Greenland are described : N, corticata, Holb., and lenticula,
189
146 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXLII :
LxDA, Schiun. Atiim^l tubit brevibiiSy tenuibus, reciis pnediium,
pede longo, tenni, flexili; pallio toto aperto, maiginibuB simplicibus.
Testa transTernm ovata, Bolidioie, antice rotundata postioe plus miniuve
ekmgata, ooaretata tnmcata, intus pariete nidimentali, quae tubulos sepa-
nre yideretur, praedita, parte truncata, ubi valvaB paululum hiajoi, oostis
duabia obsoletis diveigentibiu, a natibos egredientibuB, indusa, aerie
dentium leyiua angnlata, dentibua angulatia, imbridformibus. Z. mad-
lenta, Stp., and L, compla/nata, are new apeciea.
YoLDiA, Moiler; animal tubia longia curvatia inatructnm; pede
magno, valido; pallio toto aperto, marginibua poatice ciliatia. Testa
transyeraim OYata, fragili, antioe valde, poatioe parum hiante, antioe et
poatice rotundata, pariete rudimentaU tubulorum destituta; serie den-
timn leyiter angolata, dentibns angulatia, imbricifonnibus. Nucula
arctiea, Graj, and T, cmffularis {Nuc, tnyalis, Couth. ?)
The genus Unto has been enriched by seyeral new species in Philippics
description of new Shells. In the first number is found a plate, deyoted
to the species of this genus. U, parwM, Barnes, is figured, beodes two
that are new. U, temiffranoius, y. d. Busch, fiom Mexico ; roundish,
ocunpressedy mostly ooyered with oblong grains, blackish, internally dirty
purple coloured. U. gnUia$uSf Paireias. ; small, with radiated wrinkles :
firam New HoUand.
Two spedea from Chuaan are described by Benson; Annals, iz.
p. i89. U. {Thelidermaf Swains.) Leaii, and U. (TheHdetma) diver-
Lea has described many species in the Proc. of Amer. Phil. Society.
In the yolume for 16il, p. 30, there are eig^t spedes : U, mpoialentu
and tecofnatemiit &om Mexico ; rajdhensU, from Calcutta ; highyemU,
Big., Bigby Creek; croc€^tu8, Sayannah Riyer; ealloms, Ohio; dut-
$ani€tnu8, Sayannah ; georgia/nu$. Stump Creek. Again, at p. 82, there
are flye spedes : U. 'br%t/mleya/MM, Warrior Riyer ; regyUarU^ French
Broad Riyer; tnoeatus. Do.; ipcurmu^ Holston Riyer; a/rgenUu*^ Do. —
Anodonta gtbba, Benson, L c, from Chusan ; A. montezuma, Lea (Proe.
Amer. Phil. Soc 1841, p. 31), from Central America; A. globosa, id.,
from Mexico.
M. Neuwyler has giyen a zootomical contribution on the oxgans of
generation of Unto and Anodonta (Neue Denksehr. der Allgem. Sohweiz.
Gesell. Band, yi Neufchatel, 1842). He holds that these animals are
hermaphrodite, and the brown gland, which lies between the heart and
abdomen, he oonsidera to be the teatia.
OastaUa Duprei, Reduz, Rey. ZooL, p. 305, without longitudinal riba ;
dentibuB oaidinalibua tribus aubyerticalibus ; dente laterali antica et
mediana in yalyula dextra exterius sulcata, postica biservata; dente
antica suprema in yalyula sinistra interius sulcata, posticalibus binia
integerrimis : Brazilian Sea.
190
MOLLUSCA — CONCHIFERA. 147
Marion de Proo^, physiciaii at Nantes, has made some obserrations
on the motion of the Mytilut edulis, by means of its bjssus. (Ann.
des Sciences Nat. zTiii, p. 59.) The author preserred an animal in a
g^ass vessel, alive, for more than a month. It stretched* its foot out of
the shell, to a length of 30 centimeters, and fastened at the point the
end of a byssus-thread to the glass.
MyHlu$ niger, Benson ; Annals, iz. p. 469; testa obbnga, trigona;
cardine unidentato ; natibus subincurvatis, decorticatis, sub-epidermide
albis, nuuginibus purpurascentibus ; intus maigaritaoeo^plendida, mar-
gine purpureo : Chuaan.
Modiola Chenui, Redua, Bev. ZooL 1842, p. 306 ; furrowed longitu-
dinally, yeUow, with a broad brown band in the middle; hairy poste-
riorly: Brazil
Jf. dlipHca, Lea (Sillim. Amer. Joum. zlii p. 107), with purple spots,
radiated stripes posteriorly and in front; crenulated at the margin:
Delaware Bay. M, pulex, id. ib. ; smooth, greenish with purple lines :
Do. M, smAotMia, Benson, Ann. ix. p. 489; epidermide olivaeea,
obeciire radiata; ala natibusque strigis flezuosis spadiceis omatis; basi
leviter emarginata : Chusan. M, cicerevla, MoUer, 1. c p. 19 ; spherical ;
rough; green-yellow; 2"^ M. vitrea, Holb. in MoUer (with Myi,
decutgatue^ Mont. 9 )
Dreiisena purpfircu^eni, Benson, Ann. ix. 489.; t. oblonga sub-quad-
rata, radiato-plicata, sub-epidermide albo porpureoque omata; epidermide
brunnea: Chusan.
Cardium aquUiwum^ Mittre, Ann. des Sc. Nat. xviiL p. 191 ; testa
minima, tumida, subcordata, gibba, obliqua, insBquilaterali, flavo-Tires-
eente, macnlis rufo-fusciB et albidis ; oostiB planulatis, Invibus ; natibus
prominulis, mfesoentibus ; intus violaoea ; 6"' : Toulon. C elegantu-
hum^ Beck in Moller, L c; transversely oval; white, with twenty or
twenty-five fine tile roof-like ribs.
Xucina critiata, Becluz, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 270 ; t. ovato-subtri-
gona, depresso-plana, valvula sinistra planissima, dextra vix convexa,
albido-vitrea, pellucida, concentrice plicata ; plids inferioribus strisefor-
mibus, postioe attenuata, angulata, margine superiore oblique recta, acute
crenata, antioe rotundata, supeme tenue arcuatim emarginata ac cristata ;
apidbus antice recurvis : Campeadiy.
Cyclas Sieenbuckii, Moller, 1. c. ; unequal sides ; triangular ; blunt
anteriorly; bellied; smooth; greyish-yellow: Greenland.
Cytherea tffoua and ea;cav€Pta, Hanley, Proc. p. 123. Cyrena pur-
purea, Lea (Sillim. Amer. Joum. xlii. p. 106 ; t. rotundato-triangulari,
ssquilaterali, subinflata, subcrassa, diaphana, et purpurea et alba, polita,
striis transversis; natibus prominentibus ; margine non crenulato:
Delaware Bay. C €be»a, Hinds, Ann. x. p. 81 ; flavo-virente ; denti-
bus lateralibus serrulatis ; intus palHde vielaoea ; Rivers, Feejee Islands.
191
148 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
O. tendfroBa, id. ; fuBoo-virente, dentibos lateialibus semilatis, intua
violaoea : from the Mme habitat
CcMcula fiiueata, Benson, Ann. iz. p; 490; fiuoo-yurente, polita,
intns et ad nates yiolacea, nuffgine interioii plernmque nigresoente;
extrinsecns sukis crebris dicunidata : Chnsan.
Sanguinolaria iridetcens, Benson, Ann. ix. p. 490 ; albida, exilissme
transyerse striata ; latere postioo snbrostrato, subangulato, antioo Ion-
giore, rotnndato : Chnsan.
PiMrMnabia coitata, Hanley, from New Zealand. (Proc. p. 122.)
Pi. decora, Hinds, Ann. z. p. 81 ; dnnamomeo-bninnea ; valva deztra
planinscola, sinistra yentrioosa ; pallide yiolaoea radiata ; intns yiolacea :
California. Astarte globosa, MoUer, L c. p. 20 ; triang^ular, bellied,
minute yertical stripes ; jellow brown : Greenland.
Loyell Beeye giyes a monograph of the genus Cfrcutatellaf in which
nineteen species are mentioned, ten of them new. (Proc. 1842, p. 42.)
Thej are all figured in his Conchologia Systematica.
Pandorina arenosa, MoUer, 1. c. ; grej, with attached sand : Green-
land.
Solen acuminatui, Hanlej, from the Blyer Hooglej, in the East
Indies. (Proc. p. 122.)
Duyernoy's treatise on the animal of the Uffulina rubra, which has
been briefly noticed from the Institute in last year's report, p. 404, has
now appeared complete in the Annales des Sc Natur. zyiii. p. 110.
Professor Owen has published an account of the Anatomy
of the Pholadomya Candida^ in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842,
p. 150.
The animal exhibits the characters of the Acephdla incltMa, being
completely yeiled in the cloak, which giyes issue only to the siphonic
tube and the foot ; it presents, howeyer, in addition to the pedal and the
two siphonic apertures, a fourth orifice, at the under part of the siphon,
which is of small sizQ and circular form, and which appears to be a
supplementary entrance for water to the branchiae. This animal is dis-
tinguished from Panopcsa OMgtralis, not only by an accessory bifrux»ite
foot, but also by its undiyided branchiffi.
Thracia inceg^lis, Adams, SiUim. Amer. Joum. xlu. p. 145 ; Ann. x.
p. 238; fragile, yery inequiyalyed, striated, inequUateralj posteriorly
truncated ; left yalye flat, right yeiy oonyex ; ossiculum lunate, semi-
circular ; 1' 2'\ Th, myopm, Beck in MoUer, 1. c. ; the latter doubts
whether the species belongs to the genus Th/ra^da,
The first number of the Magas. de Zoologie, 1842, contains
a Treatise, by Fr^d^ric Cailliaud, on the genus Clavagella,
192
MOLLUSCA — TUNICATA. 149
The author ascribes the perforation of this animal into stone to a
solrent acid, and supposes that it must be developed in veiy small
quantities at the same time, otherwise the shell itself would be attacked
by it. He supposes also, that the animal has it in its power to apply the
acid to anj place where it wishes to work ; and that it can lessen its
effects by diluting it with water, if the acid should endanger the shell.
He supposes the small tubular openings, which Rang thought were for
the passage of a bjssus (which, however, is not to be found), are for
filling up the cavities often left by other animals, in perforating the
stone^ and so closing up all entrance to its abode. They may be, how-
ever, quite accidental, and not special characteristics. These animals
undergo great alteration at different periods of life, by which one may
be misled to distinguish them into different species. The author reduces
them to four, which he has figured on three plates, viz., — C aperta.
Sow. (C, lata, Brod. and Desh. ; C, sicula, delle Chiaje) ; C, haJanorway
Scacchi ; C, dongata, Brod., and G. melitensis, Brod.
TUNICATA.
There are some new species of this division, in Moller's work '
already quoted : viz. —
Cynthia gluHnans ; yellow, thin, covered with sand.
Ascidia m(nK>cero$ ; cylindrical, tuberculated, pale red, with a homy
projection between the openings. A. lurida; flat, brown-grey, smooth;
openings lateral, blackish.
Cla/velina cristallina; spherical, pedicled, compressed above, clear
like glass, minutely tuberculated, openings whitish.
Boltema dliata ; kidney-shaped, brown-yellow, tuberculated, fringed
with hairs ; openings reddish ; pedicle granulated, fringed at the end.
193
REPORT
ON THE
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF INSECTS,
ARACHNIDA, CRUSTACEA, AND ENTOMOSTRACA,
DURING THE YEAR 1842.
BY
DB. W. F. EBICHSON.
A Treatise, displaying profoniid research in the History of
the Formation of Animals, " Uber die riickschreitende Meta-
morphose der Thiere," by Bathke (Neuest. Schrift d. Natiirf.
Gesellsch. in Danzfg,. iii. Bd. 4 Hft. Beitrage zur VergL
Anat. und Physiol, yon Dr. H. Bathke, Danzig, 1842), is
peculiarly interesting in the science of Entomology.
The author calls that phenomenon, where, in the regular course of the
development of the animals, particular foims of the organism shrink up,
or even disappear, '< Hetrograde metamorphosis" (ruckschreltende me-
tamorphose). This may either happen through dissolution (metamorph.
retrogr. per dissolutionem), or through solution (met^iet. per solutionem).
In the former case, the organs concerned become gradually melted away,
while their elementoiy parts pass into the mass of the rest of the or>
ganism ; in the second case, they are cast off with the cuticular coverings.
This occurs with the hind legs of caterpillars, the legs of many parasite
crabs, the eyes of several Entomostrcbcay as well as with some internal
organs, as the branchisB of the larva of the Dragon Fly. The first case
must always precede the second ; for, as the author remarks in regard to
the eyes, where cornea, lens, and pigment are thrown off, the other parts
194
INSKCTA. 151
must beocnne absorbed ; in the same way, for example, in the kgs^ the
masdes, &e., belonging to them must sfatink up. Besides legs, the bran-
chisB of the lanne of different inseofcs — their simple eyes (which the author
Yery correctly does not consider as correspcmding to the ftttoie oompU-
eated eyes of the complete insect), — also the saUvaiy Tcssels, and the
jaw-feet of many Iheapoda, which are afterwards absorbed, belong to
^e oigans which are lost by the retrograde metamorphosis. This meta-
moxphosis ^oWS itself in the most striking manner, where the animals
are fixed in tiie last stages of life, as the parasitic Crustacea and the
Lefmie$, The conseqnaioes which the author draws from his researches
inv, — ^Ist, That when, through the retrograde metamorphosis, a part has
Shrunk up, or eten completely disappeared, another has normalLy formed
itself which compensates for i^ or undertakes its fonotion : 2d, That in
swper cases, a part of the body only, at one place, undergoes an absorp-
titti, whilst anotiier is more highly developed ; and, dd, That by way of
•zceptlen, individual portions of the body are lost without being replaced
by cihers, as is chieiy the case in the lower Cratta,esay wheire the author
si^rposee, that all the fonctioiis, and with them also their oigans, yield
to the veiy highly impartant derelopment and actiTity of the ovgans of
propagation.
Kolliker has carefully investigated the incipient derelop-
ment of particular insects, viz., — the formation of the larva
in the ^g of the Chironomua jgonatus^ wbich forms the Alga
ffloeonema; of the SinrnUa eanescens^ Bremi, and of Donacia
ercissipes (?). (Observationes de prima Insectorum genesi ad-
jecta articulatorum eyolutionis cum vertebratorum compara-
tione, Diss. Inaug. Scr. Alb. Kolliker. Turic. 1842, 3 tab.)
In the oradparison with the development of t&is^ vertebrata, the author
has arrived at the following conclusiaiia: — 1. In articulated animals, the
germinating tissue is divided into a serous and mucous fold : 2. From the
primitive part of the serous fold, the abdoodnal plates (visceral platten)
sprout out towards the yolk, grow over it, and unite upon the yolk side
of the egg; upon the cqiposite side of the fold are formed the dorsal
plates; they do not grow together, but form themselves into the hind
limbs : 3. The wings of insects are the lateral limbs : 4. The first traoea
of the vertebral column show themselves in the diain of abdominal
muscles situate between the nerves and the intestinal canal : 5, The
nerves (animalischen nerven) take their origin in the outer part of the
serous fold ; they are not^ however, endosed in a canal, but only covered
by skin, as the dorsal plates are not united ; the ganglion of the brain
also takes its origin from the primitive part : 6. The organs of sense
195
152 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
belong to the primitive part of the serous fold : 7. The mucous fold and
the intestines are formed from the primitiye part towards the jtiHk, so that
thej pass from the form of a semi-canal to that of a canal : 8. The moUth
penetrates the ganglion chain and the primitive part, as the parts of the
mouth originate from the latter : 9. The anus has its place in the joDc
part, or between it and the primitive part : 10. The liver springs from
the intestines; the other glands originate by themselves. The heart is
situate on the jolk side, between the serous and the mucous fold. The
development of articulated animals is thus not so different from that of
the vertebrated animals as has hitherto been supposed, but agrees in
important parts. The author assents to the view first taken by Rathke
and Geoffipoy St. Hilaire, according to which, the abdomiual side of the
articulated animals corresponds to the dorsal side c^the vertebrated;
and adds also, that the legs of the articulated animals correspond to the
dorsal plates of the vertebrated, which, in the former, grow to free limbs,
in the latter, unite with those of the other side, and so form the canal
for the spinal manow, and only in fishes form themselves, in the dorsal
fin, into a sort of organ of motion. The wings of insects, as above men-
tioned, correspond, according to the author's view, with the l^gs of ver-
tebrated animals. The author considers the branchiee of the Cru8t<icea
as corresponding to the wings of insects ; but they are always united with
the legs, and form themselves sometimes into organs of respiration, some-
times into organs for steering, since, in the Crustacea and Entotnostraca,
the original form of the legs is that of the cleft feet, one arm of which
often becomes an oigan of respiration (branohia).
If we should, as Oken has done, consider the wings of insects as
branchite, the comparison may be made, partly with the larvae of insects,
partly with articulated worms. The researches and conclusions of the
author, already ascertained by his microscopic observations in the region
of physiology, deserve all attention ; with regard to the history of de-
velopment in the egg, the relation in structure of the vertebrated and
articulated animals, can be most certainly explained ; and, perhaps, the
comparison between the two, which possesses much interest, may be
farther conducted in a judicious manner. I must however confess, that
I have no doubt, but that from a general comparison of the organization
of both divisions of the animal kingdom, the conclusion must be drawn,
that there is no actual identity of the parts of the body ; but that a
eomparison can be instituted only in reference to the functions of the
organs; So much the more important is it to compare the development
of the egg in both.
Steenstnip's work, tjber den Generationswechsel oder
die Pfortpflanzung und entwickelung durch abwechselnde
196
INSECTA. 153
Generationen, eine eigenthiimliehe Form der Brutpflege in
den niedem Thierclassen. Copenhag. 1842, 8vo., has attracted
the attention of zoologists in a great degree.
In the articulated animaLs, the author recognises (p. 121) the phe-
nomenon of the yaried generation, only in the change of the swarms of
the aphides, which lay eggs and also produce liying young; but he finds
also an allied phenomenon in the peculiar nursing swarm of wasps, bees,
ants, and termites ; the phenomena of life, however, arise in such variety
and fulness in these classes of animals, that it is almost to be expected
similar varied generation wiQ also be discove]:ed in other families, as
soon as the attention of observers is directed to it. The propagation of
gall flies {Cynvp%era) at least in one respect deviating from the rule^
might next richly merit the attention of physiologists (v. infr.)
We have followed, with interest, inquiries on the use of the antennad.
Of late years no new facts have come to light. Bobineau Desvoidy alone
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. xi. p. 23), wonders that there is still doubt on this
point. " He has already shown, in the year 1827, that, in the crabs, as
the outer antennae are evidently the seat of the sense of hearing, so the
inner ones are the seat of that of smelling ; and afterwards proved, in
his Eecherches sur TOrganization Yert^brale des Crustac^s, Arachnides
et Insectes, 1828, that, in the Isopodes, the sense of hearing is no longer
doubtful ; in tiie Arachmd^ it is wanting, while, on the other hand, the
parts pointed out as mandibles, are here organs of smelling, and the
poison canal in them corresponds to the kchrymal passage of the higher
animals. In the insects, the antennae are organs of smelling, and usually
also of touch. They have no organ of hearing at all."
INSECTA.
Partial essays on this class have been laid before the Pari-
sian Academy, by Percheron (Compt. Bend. d. Seanc. de
TAcad. de Sc. xiii. n. 24, and in Froriep Neue Notizen, xxi.
p. 49), and by Bmlle (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. xvii. p. 267).
Neither of these will be of any benefit to science, as they are not
grounded on new researches on the different orders.
Percheron takes the parts of the mouth as characteristics of the first
rank, and divides insects into Chewing {Newroptera, Orthoptera, and
Coleoptera)f Chewing and Sucking (Hymenoptera), and Sucking (Hemip-
tera, Diptera, Lepidoptera), But where are the Strepsiptera, which can
neither chew nor suck, and also all the wingless orders ?
197
154 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
BniM oonaiders, that fhe oiden of inseeli aire i^aoed in two pafallel
rows, of which the one hM the parts of the mouth adapted for chewing,
the other for sacking. The Strepmptera haye occasioned some hesi-
tation to the author, because he did not know whether they diew or
suck; and, indeed, ihey do neitber. The HymetMptera he has placed
with the chewers, although thej can also snok. finally, the Ntwmp-
t&ra stand among tiie chewers, although a great dlTision of them —
tiie PhryganeoB, certainly do not chew. Again, the natural order of
tiie liee is split, and fhe sucking ones have receired tiie wery improper
name of an order, Zoophaga. The Tkrips haye also receiyed another
new name, McUaeoptera.
The author has afteiwaids extended tiie idea of the douMe row to
the whole animal kingdom (lib. cit. xyiiL 50, 298) ; but also here in
a manner equally usdess, firom his superficial knowledge of the subject.
Two treatises by Glaser, ** Von der Uebereinstimmung swischen
den Characteren der Pflansen und der an ihnen lebenden Insecten, im
besonderen der Schmetterlinge," and ** Parallele zwischen der Elasse
der Insecten und dem gesammten Thierreibh," are to be found in the
Isis (p. 6 and 13).
Esquisses Entomokgiques, ou Histoire NatureUe des Insectes les plus
remarquables, par M. TAbb^ J. J. Bourass^, Tours, 1843, 12 m. K« is
only known to me by name.
Hope (Transact, of the Ent. Soo. of Lond. iii. p. 129), has arranged,
together, all the insects which at different times haye seryed for the
food of man. Dierbach's ** Uebersicht der gebrftuchlichsten Arzneimittel
des Altertiiums mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Werke des Dioscorides
und Plinius, ein Pharmocokgisclier Versuoh." Isis^ p. 103, is a w<»rk <^
like nature.
Siebold has arranged the preyious obseryations on insects which haye
been infested by Fila/ria. (Ent. Zeit. p. 146.)
Villa has published a short paper (Note su Alcuni Insetti Osseryati nel
Periodo dell Eodisse dell 8 Luglio, 1842, Milano, 1842), in which he
describes the influence of the eclipse upon the manners of dif^ent in-
sects, whidi he obseryed during its continuance. The insects, in general,
were yery restless, moyed their feelers strongly here and there, and hid
themselyes. Lepturce and Cetonice ceased to fly, and remained quiet upon
the leayes. lAbellula fiaveola, which was present in great numbers, disap-
peared half an hour before the darkness, and appeared again half an hour
afterwards. The larger HyvMfnoptera also disappeared. Diptera, on the
otiier hand, flew tiU the commencement of the eclipse. The OoedneilcB
were latest in concealing themselyes. Nootumai insects did not come out.
1 1^ once, many years since, during a total eclipse, in the open air,
and made similar obseryations. The peculiar anxiety with which the
insects sought to conceal themselves struck me most forcibly.
198
IKSBGTA. 155
Remarks conoerning uuects are to be found in Ratcebuig'8 Fontwis^
sensdiaftlicfae Reisen dorch yennhiedene Gegenden Deutschlands, Berlin^
1842, in Brehm'B Ausfitige naoh Brinnis (Jbjb, p. 409, 488, 566, 647, 752),
and KiiBtor't Reiseberiobtesi tma Dalmatien nnd Montenegro (Xsis, p. 283,
609, 743, 847).
The twentjT-aeoo&d number baa appeared of Gennar'a Fanna Insecto-
mm EiuropB*
^nyenin d'nn Voyage dans Tlnde ex. de 1834-39, par Adolphe
Beleaaert, Paris, 1843, iL yoL 8, 35 pL, is of importance for a know-
ledge of Indian insecte, which I here defer mentioning:, as the portions
an Tnammalia and iHids haye already been taken ap in this year's report.
The entomological portion has been executed by Gu^rin. The new
species haye been in part briefly characterized abeady in the Bey. ZooL,
bat they are here more minutely described, and some beautifully
figured. In general, what has been said of the insects of the hig^
lands of the Nilgherries, is particularly worthy of attention (T. ii. p. 3).
The type of the European is here mingled with the Indian Fauna.
The greater number of the species belong to European genera, and there
are also found seyeral indigenous to Europe, as Coccinella 7'punctataf
Vanessa Cardmi, PolyofMnatus hceticus; whilst, on tiie dediyity of the
mountains, we meet with pure Indian fimns, Omithoptera JSeliac<m,
Stemoeera chrym, ISklgora Ddessertii, Macronota Jlavo-maculata,
Mylohris Sides, &c.
In the zoological numbers of the " VerhandL oyer de NatuurL Qes-
chiedenes der Nederlandsche Bezittingen," a larger treatise by De Haan
has appeared, which treats oi the Orthopterous Fauna of Netherland-
India, and will be mentioned aftorwards.
The great number of insects collected by Cuming on the Philippine
Islands, of whidi a complete series of species has been deposited in the
British Museum in London, might weU call forth a more extensiye work,
which would giye a profound yiew of the peculiar relations of the &una
of this important group of the Indian world. These yeiy important
materials haye only been partially examined, in different periodicals.
During this year, for example, tiie CerambycidcB haye be^i described
by Newman, some CwrculionidcB by Waterhouse, and some Bugs by
Ad. White.
The reporter has giyen a oontributi<m to the Entomology of Van
Diemen's Land in these Arohiyes (8 Jahig. 1 Bd. p. 83).
** A report on Hie Insects of Massachusetts injurious to yegetation,
pubfished agreeably to an order of the legislature, by the Commissioner
on the Zoological and Botanical Suryey of the Stete, Cambridge, 1841,
8yo," is a yery learned work on the Natural History of the Insects of
North America. The autiior, Th. W. Harris, is one of the most distin-
guished entomologists of that country, and has executed his task with
199
156 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
thorough knowledge and the greatest care. The book has been written
for a wide circle ; and while thus, on the one hand, it contains much
which is onlj subservient to introducing the subject to general readers ;
on the other, it is rich in yaluable information on the habits of North
American Insects. As this work is probably but little kno¥m in Europe,
I shall, in the course of this report, frequently draw attention to it.
The entomological portion of lyOrbigny's voyage, which had been in-
termitted for several years, has been renewed by Blanchard, and carried
on ¥rith more research than his predecessor devoted to it. The text
lying before us, reaches to the end of the Clcwicomia. The plates axe
in advance, but they cannot be here noticed until the descriptions have
also appeared.
The zoological portion of the Voyage autour du Monde, 1836-37,
sur la Corvette Bonite, par M. Vaillant, Pans, 1841-42, is not yet
accessible to me, so that a report upon it must be postponed.
COLEOPTERA.
Herrm. Meyer has analyzed the homy shell of Beetles.
(Miill. Archiv. f. Anat. iind Phys. 1842, p. 12.)
In order to remove from it the brittleness, which renders fine sections
for microsoopical research impossible, it is necessaiy to soften it for a
long time in caustic potass. By this means an epidermis on both sides
is removed, which is formed of one simple layer of cells, placed in rows
next to each other. The internal epidermis is veiy thin, the walls of its
cells are recognised with difficulty, and instead of the usual included
substance, each cell has a spicula rising up obliquely in the middle of it.
The middle portion of the homy shell is composed of small longitudi-
nal fibres, which are united in layers by simple apposition, of which
a greater or lesser number are joined together in order, so that the
directions of the fibres of each layer cross at angles of 45° or 90°.* As
to whether any peculiar connecting substance exists between the small
fibres, the author is still doubtful. Between the external epidermis, and
* The original of this difficult passage is added.
Es lasst sich daranf an beiden Seiten ein Epidermisiiberzug ablosen, der
aus einer einfachen Schicht neben einander gereihter Zellen gebildet wird.
Die inner Epidermis ist sehr diinn, die Granzen ihrer Zellen sind schwer zu
erkennen, mid statt der kerns hat jede Zelle einen shrSgen stachel, der sich in
ihrer Mitte erhebt. Der mittler Theil der Homschale ist aus StILbchen zn-
sammengesetzt, welche durch Nebeneinanderlegung imd Anastomosiren zn
Sohichten vereinigt smd, deren nach Unstttnden eine grossere oder geringere
Zahl aufeinandergefiigt sind, so das die Richtungen der Stabe der einzelnen
Schichten sich unter Winkeln von 45 oder 90*" kreuzen.
200
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 157
the peculiar texture of the homy shell, the author o1)8eryed a layer of
pigment in the unsofbened pieces, which seemed to be composed of a
homogeneous substance.
Observations on the History of the Metamorphosis of the Coleoptera
have been published by Goureau (Ann. d. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. zi. p. 173),
principally in reference to the transformation of the Beetle from the
nymphnr-membrane, and, in particular, of the Pyrochroacoccmea. The
view very correctly taken by the author, that the spines and bristles,
standing out on the covering of the nympha-membrane, serve to retain it
in its place on the evolution of the Beetle, and thus render that operation
easier, has already long been maintained by ourselves.
The reporter has continued his researches on the larvas of the Coleop-
tera (Arch. 8 Jahxg. 1. Bd. p. 363), with reference to the division of Qie
LcumsllicomeB, Heteromera, Ciirculiones, CercMnbyces, Cucujidce.
A knowledge of the larvae Ib of great importance in the arrange-
ment of tho Heteromera, which present very important variations in this
respect, according to their natural families. The larvae of the Melasoma,
Tend)rione8, Taxicomes, Helopice, and Cistelines, agree very closely ;
and from that the idea has been derived, to unite aU these divisions into
one great natural family, which is also accurately enough divided from the
rest of the Heteromera, by the characteristic marks of the Beetle. The
Serropalpi, (EdemeridcB, Losgria, Pyrochroa (Pyrochroa and Pytho)^
and Mordellaf have peculiar forms of larvae. The larvae of the Meloidoe
are only satisfactorily known in a very youthful state. Of those of the
Anihdcidce and Salpingidas nothing is known.
A comparison of some of the differences presented in the general struc-
ture of the body, by which the two sexes of Beetles are distinguished
from each other, has been published by Hofimeister (Sechster Jahres-
bericht tlber die Thatigkeit des Yereins fur Naturkunde in Cassel, ab-
gestattet d. 18. Apr. 1S42, von Dr. A. Philippi).
Some remarks on the natural history of German Coleoptera, are to be
found in the Entomol. Zeitung> viz. : BeitrUge zur nahem Kenntniss des
Lebens und Fanges einiger Coleopteren von Banse, Erasper und Matz
in Magdeburg (p. 24) : Entomologische Mittheilungen von Dr. Eosen-
hauer (p. 33, 50), und uber die an und in alten Zatinen lebenden Eafisr
von demselben (p. 162.)
Schaum (Qermar Zeitschr. iv. p. 172) lias published a contribution to
the knowledge of the Salt Beetles of Northern G^many ; i. e. such beetles
as are only found in the salt districts. They are confined to a few fami-
lies. The half of them are Ca/rahicinas. Next to these. Water Beetles,
which live in brackish water (Dytiacidce and HydropMlidce). Among the
Staphylinidce, some species of Bledms ; and, besides these, only two of
Heterocervs (parallelus, Gebl., and femoraliat Ullr.); one Pselaphug
(BryaxU Helferi, Schm.) ; and one Anthicus (humilis),
201
158 RBPOBT ON 200L0OY, MDCCCXLIl :
A diaiertatioii wbioh has appeased in Vienna, ^ QiUBclam genen et
ipaoiea Ooleupterunun Ajwhidnoatnit Aaataup pondnm deacriptonun^ Diss,
inaug. Anct QniL Bedtenbacher, Yind. 1842, 8^" deaeribea tarentx-dz
ipedea of BeetleBy of wludi two onlj constitate new genera (t. inf.)
Heers ** die Kiiftr der Schweis, mit beoondeittr BeriklEgichtigDng
ilixer geognph, Yerbreitong" (Ft 1, No. S), haa i^peared in the
Neo. Denkaohr. d. AUg. Sdhweis. Ooaollaoh. £ cL gesammten Natorwias.
5 Bi^ and baa, beaidea been printed aepaiately, 18^. Thia woik keepa
equal paoe with the Fauna Coleopt Hehr. ; and the ahoYe number
cofteaponda to the third number of the latter work.
Hope (Ann. of Nat. Hiat iz. p. 494 ; x. p. 91) has deacribed a number
of new apeciea ficom Western Tropical Africa^ so lidi in Coleopieta; also
Imhof (Beribht iiber die YerhandL d. Naturf. Getellach, in Basel, Yom
Aug. 1840, bb Juli 1842, y. Basel, 1843), which will be mentioned more
minutely aflerwaida. Those of the former are mostly tram Gape
Falmas, thoee of the latter frcMn the hill countiy <^ Aquapim.
Hope has made a conlributiou to the Faona of Sjlhet» by describing
fourteen rare and beautiful Beetles, of whidi short characters are giYon
in the Fh)oeedings of the Linnsean Society (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 247)*
These are, scYcn LucamdiB, one Mimela, one Chry9oehroa^ four Longi-
ecme$^ among which is a new genus, Zcnoptenu, and one 8agra. More
minute informatiDn on these species may be learned from the treatise
itself. Of the new genus nothing can be at present said, as nothing
YOiy ezact has been stated as to its position in the series of the Longi-
comes. Hope has mentioned a number of Coleopterck, collected by
Cantor in Chusan and at Canton (Proceed. Ent. Soc» p. 60) ; but we
cannot enter more minutely on them here, as the characters giYen of
them are too superficial* to recognise the species, and often oYOn doubts
remain whether the genera are correctly defined. It is to be desired
that a more ezact description were giYen. A communication upon the
Beetles of Port Essington, by Hope (Proceed. Entom. Soc. p. 43),
possesses mudi interest for the Fauna of New Holland, as the north
coast of New Holland was till then quite unknown ; and the presence of
soYeral genera in New Holland is ascertained, whidi hitherto had not
been known to occur there. To the latter bdong Coprii and Megaee^
phala. The enumeration is partly incomplete, and the characters giYen
are Yery meagre and uncertain.
Newman has published a lut of Beetles, which were collected at
Port Philip, on the south coast of New Holland (Entomologist, p. 361^
361, 401, '413). Were this catalogue complete, and the descriptionB more
* For example, " Sp. 19, Lagria nigrieoUiSy Hope. Flava, antennis, capite,
thoraceqne nigris, elytris pallide castaneis, Yillosis, corpora infra piceo, pedi-
bos conooloribus." What, then, is yellow abo«t the animal ?
202
INSBCTA— <K)LEOPTBILA. 169
miniite, an important oomporison miglit be instituted 'between the Fauna
of tbe oontiaent of New Holland and the island of Van Diemen's Land,
as the inseots described by me wen ooUected at Port Fhdip, a point lying
ezBotly opposite to the latter.
CiciNDXLiDJt. — This ftniily has been subjected to a earefbl Teviaon,
in respeet to their systematic diyision, by Lacordaiie (Mdm. d. L Soc
Boy. d. Sc. de lA6gey torn, i p. 85). The author divides them into five
groops : — ^I. McmtieoridcB embraces tiM genera Mcmtic^a, PlatychUe^
AmbhfeheUa, Ovmu, — ^11. MegcbcephaMdiB, distinguished from the former
as well as fiom the rest, by the pecuHsr length of the labial-palpi, par-
ticalarly of tiie stem (erroneously taken by tiie author fbr its first joint).
OxycheHa ; CevUroch&Ua {PaenidoaBychdla, Gner.), differing fiom Oxy.
by its triang^nlar labrum, suddenly narrowed anteriorly, and elcmgated
into a strong point, containing the O. bipugtmlatay Latr. ; JS^urymorpAo,
Hope; Meffocephdla {Apiema, Enc), confined to M, $enegalenBUt
which the author distiagaishes fiom the other MegtieephcUcR comprised
by Hope under Tetracha, by tiie completely rounded shoulders of the
^ytza. It is the only one that is wingless, for if. 4riignata, which the
anthor separates as a wing^ss species in the genus Tetraehay is com-
pletely winged. There is therefore no sufficient generic distinction
in the absence of wings, as we do not even find it sufficient finr a spe-
<9fio distinction, it often enough occius, that in sudi species as in general
toe unwinged, winged individuals are found, even independent of oases
arising from difference of sex. For this reason, I consider that the dis-
tinction given by the author between Megaeephala and Tetraeha, is as
little to be maintained, as he, with justice, has deemed those defined by
Hope, according to the number of the teeth on the mandibles. Aniara
(B^ulchrcblu), the s^taration of which, though scazoely on suffidoit
grounds, yet tspf^ean less constrained. Lastiy, Iresia. This genus can-
not here be in its right place ; it is more nearly allied in its habits to
Ekifro9opu8. The sculpture of the elytra resembles mudi the CMyridCB,
In the structure of the antennsD only, /. Lcbccrdairei shows the character
of the Megacephalidce, In the J. bMotataf EL, tiie labial palpi scarody
exceed in length the maxillary palpi; in /. Umctculata, Kl., they are
even shorter; in J. Beahii, both are of tolerably equal length. This
differmoe in the different species is so nindb the more striking, as the
first three, at least, stand in the very closest relation, and the author
could so much the less presuppose it, as he had only an opportunity of
examining the first. It is also of consequence^ as it shows that the
relative length of the palpi affords no satisfactory mark of the Megace-
phalidci and CicindelidcB, — III. CieindelidiB, the most numerous group.
Oxygoma, Man., and Cicindela, including CkUoehroa and Abrotcelig,
H<^, CyUndera, Westw., and La/phyrOy Dup., which the author shows
as untenable, have simple labial-palpi and antericNr tarsi, without an
203
160 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
impreflsed longitndiiud line. The following haTe an indented line on thet
anterior tarri : Euryoda {Hepatodowta, Hope, but which name the aathor
rejects, at the labnun has only five crowded teeth), with a short tran»-
rerte 5-7 toothed labrum {C. analig, F.; 4rpunet€tta, ¥.; candnna,
Dej. ; verricolar, Dej. ; Leprimri, Dej. ; fettiva, Dej. ; omato, KL ; co-
iofi, KL ; mirabUis, Broil. ; viridicyanea, BnilL ; all from the Old World).
CkUonycha has a long three-toothed labmm, coToring, in a great
measure, the mandibles, and which, in the $, is produced into a spine ;
it differs firam OdowtocheUay by its short arched body, and is South
Am^can : C. chcUyhea, Dej. Phyllodroma, different from Odawto-
cheUa by a short 1-3 toothed labmm ; habits rather similar : Ph, igni-
mollis, new species, probably Brazilian ; O. ctMrtUabrit, and aperta. El.,
and iemicyanea, BrnlL OdontocheUa, Lap., corresponding to Dejean's
first division of Cicmdda ; Plochionocera, Hope (nodic&mU), is
quite correctly joined to it; O. ventralis, duHgma, Dej., Bericina, Kl.,
fugipennis and tenebrico^af KolL, form a small peculiar group, with
shorter body, elytra moro or less impressed (eingedriickten), of black
hue with silky gloss, inhabiting woods, not found upon leayes, but on
the banks of water. Lastly, those haying the second joint of the labial
palpi thickened : Physodewtera, in which also the second joint of the
maxillary palpi is swollen (O. Adonis, Lap., from Madagascar) ; Distip-
gidera, Westw. ; Megalomma^ Westw. (I published some criticisms on
these genera in last year's report) ; Apteroessa, Hope ; Dromica, Dej. ;
EuproBOpM, Latr. — TV. Collyrida. The throe known genera, Theratesy
Tricondyla and Collyris. — Y. CtenostonUda, The genera Psilocera,
Brail, (this name having been proviously applied elsewhero. King's
Pogonostoma is to be proferrod) ; Proeephalus, Lap. ; Ctenottoma, EL ;
and MyrmecUla. The latter is founded on a small new species, M, pyg-
moea, from Brazil, differing from both the preceding by its longer labial
palpi, while, in habit, it holds a medium between them. I must confess,
that from our specimen of this Beetle, the difference does not appear to
me very important, especially as it seems impossible, from a series of
twelve species, which I have beforo me in the Berlin collection, to disr
tingnisli, in any satisfiictory way, between Jhrocephaku, Ctenostoma, and
Myrmedlla.
Megacephala and Oicindela have been enriched with new species
from several quarters. Megcbceph, mgricollis, dongata, violdcea, gror-
ciliSf Beiche (Rev. Zool. p. 239), are from New Granada. M, cmstral-
asicBf Hope (Proceed. £nt. Soc. p. 45), from Port Essington ; the first
species of this genus known in New Holland.
Cicindela litterifera and aubtruncata, Chaudoir (Bull, de Mosc.
p. 801), are from Astrabad, on the Caspian Sea ; Calochroa Strachani,
Hope (Ann. Nat. Hist. z. 91, 14), from Sierra Leone ; Cic. ocreata,
eupriventris, Fava/rgeri, Reiche (Rev. Zool. p. 240), from New Granada ;
204
INSECT A — COLEOPTERA . 161
and O, ioscelu, Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 45), from Port Essington,
in the north of New Holland.
Schmidt of Stettin has made some interesting observations on the
larye of the Cic. eanvpestris (Ent. Zeit. p. 270), from which it appears,
that by night the larva leaves its habitation for prey. The pupa is also
for the first time described and figured, figs. 9-11.
Cababici. — ^Rosenhauer (Die Lauf and Schwimmkafer Erlangens, mit
beeonderer Berdcksichtigong ihres Yorkommens und ihres Verhaltnisses
za denen einiger anderer Staaten Europas, Erlangen, 1842), and Safifiian
(Die Caraben des Regierungsbezirks Arensbeig, verglichen mit denen
der Mark Brandenburg in Germ. 2ieitschrift. iv. p. 149), have made
some important contributions to the distribution of the Ca/rabi (including
the Cicmdelidce) in Germany. The former has given a careful list of
the species, with important remarks on their occurrence, and a compari-
son of the Fauna of Paris, Switzerland, Brandenburg, Sweden, and Lap-
land. The latter, on the other hand, goes very profoundly and carefully
into the comparison with the Brandenburg Fauna. In general, the Mark
is richer by fifty-five species than the Amsberg district, which wants
the genera Omoph/ton, Licinus, Masoreus, Cephalotes; whilst the genera
Callwtas and Olisthopug are. present, whidi are not to be found in the
Mark (OlistJ^opus rotwndatus maj, perhaps, have been found, at least I
have met with it in Pomerania ; but it appears to like a clayey soil, of
which there is very little, at least in the neighbourhood of Berlin).
The Capably according to my experience, are, for the most part, very
constant to one soil The Fauna of Erlangen, where there is great
variety of soil, appears to confirm this. It is richer by twentynseven
species than that of Amsberg ; and although they agree in having fewer
species altogether than Brandenburg, yet it differs from the Amsberg
Fauna in being richer than it in most of the families ; only the Elor-
phrini, lAcimniy and Chkemini, have one, the Sccmtini and Aneho-
fnenimiy two species less. Whilst none of the species, native to Bran-
denburg, are missed, the Erlangen region has, besides, CallUtus and
OlistJioptis, also PolysHchus.
A remarkable fact, in Sufirian's treatise, is the presence of the Co-
raJbus nodulo9us in the Amsberg Wood. His information on the pre^
sence of the Car, pi^rpurascens, which, in Western Germany, represents
the Eastern 0. violacefiSf deserves all attention. He considers them as
one species. According to his statement, both are present at Mainz ;
and, according to Schmidt, C vioUiceus is constantly found on hiUy stony
ground, C. pwrpiMrascens in iboist meadows. They are also to be found
in the Harz, where the reporter can add, that an intermediate species,
C. exa»peratuSf Duft., of which we have a series in the Berlin collection,
is also found ; the extreme specimens of it are not to be distinguished,
the one from C violaceus proper, the other from C» purpvvnMceas.
205
162 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
AoeoidiDg to RotenhMiar, ^ete tliree foanw axe fiNmd at Eriangen at
well as in Austria. There are still some other foms of the C. woUueuB,
which are looked upon as peculiar speoies; and in other species, local
yarieties haye been considered as species hj entomologists, which De-
jean, ey«n against his own eonyiotion, has had the modestj to describe
as such.
Fisdier yon Waldheim (Bey. ZooL p^ 270), wishes his genns (M-
liithenet, disallowed by Dsjeaa, to be agun established, as neoessarify
separated from CcdoBoma hy its peculiar habit, and want of wings. This
necessity acknowledged, we most often reckon one spedes to two genera,
as it happens, that one and the same species is sometimea winged, some-
times wingless. The genns CalHitheM$ would thus xeqniie a better
foundation. The author nekoDa in it three spedee: €L Pimdariy
C. M<a»€lwMkii (Cwr. arbiculaiM$, Mdtadh.X snd a Fittheri, Mdn.,
from the Chinese eonfiiiea. Gndria adds a fourth species (ibid. p. 271)»
C Bdchd from Persia, distinguished from O, M^tsehoulshU bj the
smoothness of the upper surface, whilst the other, aooordii^ to Mots-
diolulsk, has a fine scaly coat.
The Helkumides haye been subjected to a reeyision by Beidie (Ann.
d. L Soc Enl d. Fr. xi. p. 323), the group fixed, the genera hitherto
characterized confirnied, and some new ones added. The diy]si<m of the
author is as follows : — ^The wingless are, Omphra^ Leadi, with trun-
cated labrum ; Hdluo, with long labmm concealing the mandibles. The
rest are winged : one group haying three long spine-like lobes to the
mentum, and (in MctcrocheUue) the last joint of the labial-palpi cylin-
drical, or (AccmthfiffUMis) triangular hatdietdiaped ; in the other group
the lobes of the mentum are short and broad, and the inner one remark-
ably shorter. The labmm is either short and truncate, as in P/on^tds, in
which the posterior angles of the thorax are simple, and Dialod»ntu», in
whidi they are reflexed ; or has a projecting tooth in the middle, in Pieu-
rac€miku9; or it is long and coyers the mandibles, in Helluamorpha,
.Enigma is a ninth genus, the diavacters of whidi Reiche could not
make out. The spedes are diyided as foUows :-—
Omphra, East Indian; Atrto, F. (trwfis, Leaok); jmIoso, <Urata, Kl.;
and a new spedee, O. eompkmcUa, from anterior India.
Helhto, New Holland ; eogtaiuSf Bon.
JikUgmaf Newm., New Holland ; im, Newm.
MiJteroekdluBf Kirby, Hope, East Indian; 3-pu9M€auSy Dej. (jBms-
mmi, Hope, 4-9naot»^#iis, Gndr).
A€€mihog€niu8, Rddie, new genus, Asiatic and African; impiohts^
Wied.; gr<mdU, Dej. ; laibronMf Dej.; hmgnatus, Reiche (Mmacula^
tus, Dej.) ; biffuttatH9, Qory ; di9t<n€tus, Wied. ; dorsaZis, SL ; eruek^
fws, Maro. ; and a new qtedes, scapuiarUf Reiciie.
Pkme$e$f MacLeay, East Indian ; UmaoukUuB, MacLeay {siiffmaf ¥.,
206
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 168
which the author plaoe» hefe upon Hope's authority, does not bekmg te
this group).
DailodontuB, Reiche, new genus, South American ; OafennendSf Dej.;
ru.Jlpe9, Broil.
PletMr<iccmth/u8t Gray, American; tuleipenms, Gray; Brmmliama,
brevicollis, Laeordairei, Dej.; cnbratusy Beiehe; unthracmM, son-
ffuinolentuSy naid ferrttffineus, Kl.
Hellucmorpha, iMp., American. HeroSf Gray; offathi^rwus, Boq.;
hellicoaa, Lap. ; unicolcr, BrulL ; mdanariaj Reiche, new species ; femo-
rata, Dej. ; nigerrimaf pubeKens, Kl. ; coracina, Mannerii. ; tparsa,
Brull. ; are South American, with slightly thickened antenn» and i^ortev
thorax. H. pranitta, laHccmu, nigripenmSf Clairvillei, Dej., are North
American, with much thickened antennje and longer thorax*
{HdL pygmcms, Dej., does not belong to this genus, but rather to
JHaphoruSy in Eeiehe's opinion.)
The family of the Carabi has been enriched with a number of new
genera by Chaudoir (BulL Mosc 1842, p. 832) ; they have been co-
piously and accurately described, but the distinguishing characteristics
have not been prominently noticed ; other new genera haye been founded
by Waterhouse and others, so that during this year, these fosm a con-
siderable series.
Rhombodera, Beiche (Rerr. Zool. p. 313); allied to LeUa ; the thorax
somewhat rhomboidal ; the fourth joini of the tarsus simple ; the daws
with a blunt tooth at the base, without comb-like toothing. Rh, virgata
firam New Granada, and Rk. atrorufa from Brazil
Glfda, Chaudoir (BulL Mosc. 1842, p. 805), founded on the OymmdU
omata. El., an intermediate form between CymindM and CaUeida,
agreeing with the former in the simple fourth tarsal joint, with the latter
in the strong hatchet-shaped last joint of the labial-palpi.
Coeleprosopug, Chaudoir (1. c. p. 839), formed on the Cfatascoput
4t-4Ha€ulatus, MacLeay, which differs from Catcucopu^ by wanting the
tooth on the mentum ; but how it differs from PenealuB, MacLeay, is
yet to be determined.
LobodontM, Chaudoir (1. c. p. 841), allied to Thffreopterus ; the tooth
on the mentum large and rounded. L, tringiMXtus ; new i^peeies from
South Africa.
SccpodeSy Erich. (Archiy. 1 Bd. p. 123, t. 4, f. 1) ; mentum with very
short side lobes, without a tooth ; hind legs l(mg and slender; eyes very
large. 8c* Boops, new species frmn Van Diemen's Land.
Scwrvphites, MacLeay. Under this name Westwood separates (Arcana
Ent. p. 157), a small group of the species of 8ea>ritS8, from New Hol-
land, as a sub-genus, which agree in the want of wings, the wide rounded
abdomen, and the cylindrical last joint of the palpi. He has de-
scribed three new species, loc. cit. p. 87, and beautifully figured them : —
207
164 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII ;
8c, B€tcchu9, from Swan River, 8c. l^enafUM, from New Holland, Sc,
8Uenu$f from Swan River ; a fourth is aAerwardB added (p. 157), Sc,
McicLeayi, from New South Wales ; but it appears to me to be the same
with 8c, rotundipennis, Dej., which is also found in Van Diemen's Land.
(Vid. Arch. 1842, 1 Bd. p. 95.)
Gnathoxy$, Westwood (Aican. Ent. p. 89, t. 23, f. 2, 3), a distinct
genus, whose position is still doubtful; the habit is like ScariteSy as is
that of BaripuB and Cnetnacanthus ; the head small, and the mandibles
simple like PterogtichuB; the antennse and the exteriorly dentated tTbise,
as in 8cariU$f in which gijoup the genus may for the present stand ; the
mentum is toothless on the emargination ; the tarsi seem to be simple.
To the two species figured, On, granulans and irregularis, from Port
Essington, Reiche (Rev. ZooL p. 121) has added two other species,
O. obscwus and citatricosus, from Swan River ; and Westwood after-
wards remarks (Arc. Ent. p. 158), that he has seen two East Indian
species of this genus in Paris.
MystroptenUf Chaudotr (Bull. Mosc. p. 844), a genus of DitomidcB,
distinguished from PachycaruSy Sol. {cycmeuSy 01.), by the presence of
a sharp tooth on the mentum, founded on the Dit, ccaruleus, BruU. Exp.
d. Morde.
Chilotomus, Chaudoir (ibid. p. 846), founded on the Dit chalyhceus,
FaM. CoL Pers. Armen., without a tooth on the mentum, with united
elytra, and the thorax produced behind.
Brachyccdus, Chaudoir (ibid. p. 848), a genus of HarpalidcB, of the
form of Cratocerus; mentum with a broad tooth ; on the four anterior
tarsi, the first four joints are widened, and have a thick coating of felt
beneath. Br, Duponti, a new species from the Straits of Magellan.
Loasomerus, Chaudotr (ibid.. p. 851) is certainly identical with He-
teroda^tyluSy Gu^r. (vid. last year's report, p. 206.) The new name,
however, as the earlier one was no longer free, is as little superfluous
as the exact description. The species is called Z. n^tyrioides, and is the
same with Heterodact, ndMrioides, Gu^r.
Migadcps, Waterhouse (Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 136, t. 3, f. 2, 3), re-
sembling Sdenophorus ; the dilated tarsal joints of the male have a
thick downy felt beneath ; a double tooth on the emargination of the
mentum. In M, virescens, from Terra del Fuego, M, falhla/ndicuSj
f^m the Falkland Islands, M. Darwinii and nigroccsruleus, from Terra
del Fuego, the intermediate tarsi of the male are evidently dilated;
whilst, in the Jf. ovalisy from Terra del Fu^go, the first two joints only
are dilated in a slight degree.
Megalottylusy Chaudoir (Bull. Mosc. p. 855), allied to Pcadlus, with an
obtuse rounded tooth on'the mentum, and the first joint of the antennae
very long ; founded on five species from New Orleans, which, however,
are not described.
208
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 165
Ahropus, WaterlioiisQ (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p; 134^ t. 3, f. 1), fonned
from the Metius aplendidus, Gii^. ; differing from the Metws hcMrpoM-
des. Curt., which is the tjrpe of the genus Metius, bj its Anchomen/u9-
lilce form, as well as much longer antenne, and kibrum not distinctljr
emarginate in front ; but the most important difference is in the structure
of the tarsi, the penidtimate joint of which is distinctly bilobed, and
iumished beneath with membranous appendages in both sexes. Ahroptu
approaches yeiy nearlj to AntarcHa, the only essential difference is,
that Anta/rctia has no appendages on the fourth tarsal joint.
Amblytdus, EricH. (Arch. 1842, i. p. 129, t. 4, f. 2), is a distinct genus
of Pteroatichmai, which is distinguished particularly by the bilobed fourth
tarsal joint ; and in* this, as well as in the colour, approaches many
Tru/ncatipemue ; the only species is C curttu, F.
Lestigna/thuSy Erich, (ibid. p. 132, t. 4, f. 3), is a genus of Ancho-
menincB, with one new species, L. ewnor, from Van Diemen's Land*
distinguished principally by the broad toothed mandibles crossing each
other. «
OphryodactyliM, Chaudoir (Bull. Mosc. p. 832), allied to Dyteohu,
differing only by the tooth on the mentum being deft ; the tarsal joints
are deeply furrowed at the sides, so that they seem to have a padded
border. 0, 9ubviolaceus is a new species £rom BraziL
ParanonmSy Chaudoir (ibid. p. 835), also allied to Dytcohu, and, as it
seems, chiefly distinguished by the tooth on the mentum being some-
what emarginate at the point. P. Vhermimeri, new species from
Gnadaloupe.
JSomotheSf Newman (Entomologist, p. 402); very nearly allied to
Euleptus, Klug, differing chiefly in its fonn, as the thoarx is much
narrowed posteriorly ; the elytra, more rounded at the sides, flat, striated,
f ' lanugine sericatft macnlatim omata." H. degcms, from Port Philip ;
a second species is Euleptits BericeuSj Erich. (Arch. 1 Bd. p. 131, 17)«
The essential characteristics of the genus are still to be ascertained ;
it'will then be ^own if it is really different from EuUptus*
Cyphowma, Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc Lond. p. 46), and Cyrtoderus
(ibid« p. 47), I do not understand, and therefore can only name thenu
The former is between JEnigma {Hdluo) and CatiMCopus^ the latter
appears to its author to be allied to Zabrru, The species Cyphowma
unicolor and Cyrtodems a/ugtralasicdy are from Port Essington.
Molpu$, Newman (Entomologist, p. 413) ; of this also I know nothing
worth mentioning. The author has not pointed out its position. From
its very large eyes, it might be joined to Scopodes (vide supra), but the
notice of it is very slight. M, 6-pu/nctatuSf from Adelaide, appears at
least to be different frcon the 8c. hoops^ of the reporter.
The number of species newly described is great. Of European spedes
there are Dy$chiritM salinuSf Er. Schaum (Qerm. Zeitschr. iy. p. 180),
209 O
n
166 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Iband in all the nit countries of north Gcniianj ; Ha/rpcbUii tntneatutj
Amara plamiuculaf Hcmmhtsaet^ (Lanf nnd Sdiwimmkftf. Erkngen,
p. 12, 21), horn Erlangen ; and thiee mentioned by^ Bedtenbacher, from
Aoatria (Colaopt Aoatr.) Tix., — Elaphnu UUriekU^ Dej., on the hanks
of riyen ; Ptetoatichu Jugtumif Spitzy, from the Anitxian Alps ; and
8tenolophus humeralig, whidi is only kngwn to me hj description,
and lesemhles Baduter humerali$.
Chandoir has made a oonsiderahle contribotion to the knowMge of
the Carabi of Western Asia (BulL d. 1. Soc Imp. de Nat de Moeoow,
1842, p. 601), hy publishing a list of the species ooQected by Karelin at
Astrabad, in the provinoe of Masanderan, amoonting to seTenty-siz, and
of whidi many are new. Drypia anguttata, perhaps too hastily distin-
guifihed, firom one specimen only, by seTcral '' pfais*' and " moins," from
the Z>. emarffimakif which is also natiye there ; Zuphiwn longkuculufn,
resembling Z. olent; Brachinuf cmnulieomig, eleffons, ligutkUus, fffU*
tula, $cuiellari$ ; Anthia Ma/nnerhdmii, nearly allied to A. iexgwUata ;
Scarites crenulaMs, persicua; Clivina lamfrons, Elaphrus imprea-'
dfron$j PanagcBua elongoiius, Mann., not differing, in Chaudoir's
o^nion, from P. crux major ; ChkBniut dinUdiatus, fulvipea, auriceps ;
Dinodes anguslicollu, Ka/relinU; Pogonms micons, Anehomerwu dia-
cophoru9y principally distinguished from A. prasinuB by the larger
dorsal spot ; Agonum cibscwum, Calathus dUutus, Poecihu Kareliniif
kBideoUU ; Bothriopterui lasvicoU%$, PterogUehus 9ubcordatu8, Pseudo-^
maim$ depUmaUis^ Lisaotargua reticulatua, Cepihalotea longtcoUia,
Leirus parcUlelua, Ama/ra peraica, Cdia dbbreviata, Acinopua ewry^
eephaluay enuMrginaiua ; Ophanua atroeyaneua, Harpalua cribripennia.
The faona, in general, agrees pretty closely with the European ; eTen
the newly characterised species do not appear satisfiKHxxrily diffisrent.
The presence of an Anthia, which, perhaps, is the same with the Indian,
is remarkable.
Some East Indian species haye been described by Gndrin in Dele»-
sert's voyage : HeUuo ^-puaiulaiua, Dej., which was joined as a variety
with the H, ^-macuZahia of the Bev. ZooL ; Orthogoniua lateraHa, from
the Island of Penang ; CM, bilunatua belongs, as a variety, to the CM.
Mdgherienaia ci^he Rev. ZooL ; Chi, Lafertei, from Pondichexiy.
Of the African Fauna, ten new speciee are to be mentioned, which
Lucas discovered in French Barbary, and which are described in the
Ann. d. Sc. Nat. xviii. p. 60 : Cymindia aeUfeenaia, leucophthalma ;
Skaritea Le-Vaillantiiy Ditomua ruJUcmiay Nebria variabiHaj very like
N. hrevicollia; OUslhopua pwncHeoUiay PoecUua ha/rbaruar Jf^umidicua
eoarcta^ua, Zdbrua diatinctua.
Hope has also characterized a number of new species from tropical
Africa, principaQy from Sierra Leone (Ann. Nat. Hist. z. 91) :- Deaera
viridipenmaf Galerka a^hnacina, CalUida nigriventriaf Ewrydera
210
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 167
biftuciata, Orthogonias latus, longipemm, Stracham, d/Mus; Oatfu-
copus Savctgei, jucmvdMs; Ozama lutea, BcariteB Savagd, Panagcgui
Savagd, Baddoni, So/yersii, Khigii, tropieuB, Erichsoni, Strachani,
growus, Imhoff has also described a nmnbeT of species from Guinea
(Verh. d. Naturf. GeseUsch. in Basel, y. p. 164) : Caloioma Quineenee,
Cataseopus femoralis {8avagd, Hope, Westermcmni, Dej. Cat.) ; 0.
niffripes (ju&undus, Hope, soaioely differing &om the O. senegatenns^
Dej.) ; O. speculcms, PaatctgcBus gra/ndk (grosmu, Hope) ; P. gccibri-
collU, Epomis altemams, Mario ffumeensis (senegalenm, Dej.), differing
firom M, orientoMs, by the somewhat broader form and ooarser inner
stritB of the elytra.
Beiche has* made a oonsSd^Mtble contribution to the knowledge of Sonfli
American CambicincB, in the Hey. Zool. p. 241, 272, 807, by the de-
floription of a nmnber of new species from Colnmbia, principally from
New Granada. These are, — ^two species of Oasnonia, one OardUtes, one
LeptotT<ushdu9, two Cfalerita, two CymMidis, thirteen Caileida, three
Dromius, two Aspciday fire Ldna, one Coptodera, two species of the
newly diaracterized genns lUumthodera (yide sup.), of which one,
however, is Brazilian. This work is to be ccmtinued in the next year*s
publication.
The Fauna of New Holland has been enriched from many quarters.
The following are from Port Essington, with the exception of the
JEnigma waicolor: — A, eycMMpenne, Cyphoioma vmieolor (yide sup.),
Cataseopus ausPralcuicB, Onataphcmus (?) licmoides, Cyrtoderus cms-^
tnUo/mm (yide sup.) ; Hope, Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 46. Frran Port Philip :
CaUeida auturata, Letna caUida, luctiiosa, laculenta, henifica, irrita,
moUis; Feronia Philippi, Anchomenus (?) wigro-^gneua, Homotes eU^
gans (yide sup.) ; Newman, Entimiologist, p. 867, 401. From Van Die-
men's Land : Calo9oma Seha/yeri, Scopodes (yide sup.) hoops; PlocMonus
€mstralis, CaUeida focifiea, Cymindis cwrtaXay inqmnata ; HoApahts
verHcalis, promptas, vestigialis; PterosHchus (PoecUus) prolixus, coror*
cirms {Argwtor\ soUidtus; Anchomsnus marginellus, umbigwis;
ESulep^us sericeuSt Dyscolus cmstralis, dUatatus; LesUgnaihus (yide
sup.) cwrsoTy Erich., in the Archiyes, 1842, L p. 122-34.
Westwood has laboured excellently, with rich materials, at the Sca/n-
tidcB of New Holland. The genus Ca/rewum, Bon., forms a principal
element — a pure New Holland form, with which Amidius, Leach, is
identical, and to which the author also joins Eutoma, Newm. Eleyen
species are mentioned (Arc. Ent. i. 81, t. 21-23), of which six haye been
preyiously described : O. BondlU (O. cycmeum, Bon.) ; mctrginatmn
{Amid, m.. Leach, Boisd.) ; perpUasumy White ; €y€un&wm {Scetr, cy€m.f
F.) ; Spenceiy Westw. ; inctUalm (Eutoma), Newm. : two, C sma/rag^
dulwn and megacephahtm (Eutomus fnegacephatus), from Port Es*
sington, also published by Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 46) : three,
211
168 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
C. politumf from Van Diemen's Land, C gemmatuni and tum/ptUoaum,
from Port Eflsuigton, are new. A twelfth spedes is C. loculosum, Newm.
(Entomol. p. 369, Westw. Arc. Ent. p. 158), from Port Philip. The
Scarites proper belong mostly to the pecoliar form which was ahoye
mentioned, under the name 8€ariphit€t. One species only, Sc. sculpHlu,
does not belong to this, but is nearly allied to 8c. lateralis, Dej. The
treatise includes also the new genus Onathaxys (yide sup.) ; and there
is a beautiful plate of the 8c. Schr&teri, Schreib., on which, as the names
giyen it of Heteroscelis and Hyperion are already occupied, the generic
name Cam/ipylocnemus was bestowed by Westwood.
Haliday has published, as his opinion on the systematic position of
Adelotopu8 (Entomol. p. 305), that the almost whoUy smooth antennae
and compressed tarsi of the genus point out its situation among the Water
Beetles ; that it differs in essential points from the Oyrimdas, and for the
present must, therefore, be joined to the DyHtcidas ; that Adelopug does
not liye in the water. The beetles are to be found, according to Dayis's
report, under the bark of Eucalyptus (ibid. p. 306). There would be no
reason against this opinion, did not the swimming tarsi form an essential
character of the Dytiscidcc, and the Adelotopus has none. Besides, the
antennae are not smooth ; in Adelotopus^ they are certainly more thinly
haired, but in the allied genera they are just as thickly so as in the rest
of the Ca/rabi.
Newman (ibid. p. 365), following Haliday, would establish for these
beetles a peculiar order (I), in the same rank with the CaroihiteSy Dytis-
citesy and Oyrimtes, and standing in the middle between them, under the
name of Pseudomorphites. The number of the species of this group has
reoeiyed an accession, particularly those of the genus Adelotopus: A^
hcemorrhoidalis Erich. (Arch. 1843, i. 126, 50), fr^m Van Diemen's
Land, is perhaps the same with A..%nquinaMs, NewnL (EntomoL 366,
50), from Port Philip; also A. scohftides, Newm. (ibid. n. 51), from the
same place; A. dytiscides (ibid. p. 365, note), from Adelaide; and
SilpJhomorpha guttigera, Newm. (ibid. p. 367, 52), from Port Philip.
Dytisoi. — Rosenhauer (die Lauf und Schwimm-k&fer Erlangens) has
giyen a correct list of the Dytisci of Erlangen, and a comparison with
other fauna. Erlangen has 89 species, Switzerland nearly the same
(87 spedes): Sweden, 103, and Mark Brandenburg 100, are richer:
Lapland 73, and Paris 72, poorer. (According to the inyestigations of
Apetz, Osterland [Gotha, or Upper Saxony] has 75 species ; the difference
principally lies in the genus Hydroporus.)
The true Colymbetes conspuPus, Sturm, has been determined by
Eiesenwetter (Ent. Zeit. 88). It. is distinguished frrom C collaais^ not
only by its larger, and broader form, but also in the nmrln^g of the
elytra, and especially in the formation of the fore claws in the male.
Two new European species of Hydroporut haye been described by
212
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 169
'Aub^ (Ann. d. 1. Ent. Soc. d. Fr. xL p. 229). H, Schofumei is from
Sicily, H, poUmicus from Warsaw. Of the latter, the description of the
male is added (ibid. p. 345). A third new species is H, loMtus, Schaum
(Germ. Zeitschr. ir. p. 187), from Mansfeld Salt Lake.
Kiellerup (Eroyer's Nat. Tidsskr. iy. p. 318, 337) asserts, that Hali-^
plus fluviatiliSf Aubd, is identical with H, ruficollis, and H. lineatuBf
Aub^, with jET. cbliquus^ as they pass into each other. I have not ob-
serf ed such transitions. H, JluviaHlis and ruficollis are yery eyidently
distinguished ; neither haye I oyer found H, obliqwus and Imeattis in
company. Haliplus ater, Redtenbacher (Coleopt. Aust. p. 8), allied to
the H, impresmiSy but quite black, appears to be a doubtful species, and
the more so, as one indiyidual only has been found.
New New Holland Dytisci are Efjmect^M helvoltts, Erich. (Arch. 1842^
i. p. 134), from Van Diemen's Land ; and Cybigter intula/ns, Colymbetet
nMnosUgma, and Hydroporus collaris, Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 47)y
from Port Essington.
Schiodte has giyen a description of the azygos system of neryes of
the pharynx in the AcilvM mdcatus, in Eroyer Naturh. Tidsskr. iy.
p. 104, 1. 1.
Gtbini. — ^The German Cfyrim haye been subjected to a complete reyi-
aion by SufPrian (Ent. Zeit. p. 219). The presence of the G. strigipenms,
Suffir. (striaPus. Aub^), in Northern Germany (at Elberfeld and Stettin),
is worthy of attention. With G. mwrmus Suffiian joins O, csneus.
Leach, cdratus, Steph., as weH as a yariety G. cmthrciciwus, St., and
G. dorsalis, GyU. ; but he considers the G» ameus, Aubd, as the same
with G, opacus, Sahlberg, so that the former represents the species, the
latter a dark blacldsh yariety. Finally, he separates a third species,
G. rdtens, Parr., frrom both these, which is found in the South of
Europe, and which unites to the form and the smooth interstices of the
striae in both sexes of the G, mergtu, the black inflexed nuugin of
the G. ma/rmu8. The remark which the author appends, that he has
often obseryed the OrectochUus villosus swimming about, in the day
time, on the surface of water, is chiefly important on this account, that
it does away with an opinion expressed by Ahrens, that the O. villoma
is a nocturnal insect, and preyents this from becoming, through frequent
repetition, an accredited fru;t.
Dineutes Gouldii and Gyrimu iridis, Hope, are new species from
Port Essington, in New HoUand. (Proceed. Ent Soc. p. 48.)
Stafhtlini. — Holme has published some remarks on the habits,
manners, &c of British Brachelytra (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. iii. p. 108).
They chiefly refer to Stephens^ lUustrations. The author remarks, in an
appendix, that many of the supposed species in that work Stephens
himself has reduced in his Manual, which has since appeared, and that
a still greater reduction must be made, since he has conyinced himself^
213
170 REPORT OK ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
'by an impeefekm of Kirby't ooUection (Stephen haa arranged his work
on tluB fiunilj ehiefly fiom Kirby'a MS8.), that many of the typical
•pecimena are only iaunatore individnals of well known spedea ; but be
has unfortunately loat hia notes. Several speoiea are defined as new :
StaphyUnfM iompolkut (pethxpsfiisccthu, Gr.), Raphirus mgrieamut
Omalmm meBomeku, They all iqypear to me doubtfoL
Miirkel has disoorered and described five new and distinot species
among the Staphylini^ which live in the nests of the Formica fuUginomi
(Enl Zeit p. 142) ; they all behmg to the groap of Aleoehofrc^ and acre,
MynMdowia eognaUi^ loHcoUia ; Owypoda vktaUtf Aleochara inquUina,
Ewyuia c^owmtuUa,
LathrMum longicame, Redtenbacher (CoL Anstr. p. 8, n. 5), appears
to me the same with Lath. angutikoUe (Qen. et 8p. Staph. 50S-7).
Jaoobson remarks, in referenoe to the doubts raised by me about the
Lathr, elangatwn, Qyll. (Eroyer Natarhist Tidsskr. iy. p. 344), that
he has foimd, among a number of Scandinavian individuals, some agree-
ing with Qyllenhal's, as well as some with my description ; whether,
and how they are different, except in the fonnation of the penultimate
segment of the abdomen in the male, is not more exactly men-
tioned.
Aub^ has described several Staphylini from the south of Europe
(Ann. d. L Soc Ent. d. Fr. xL p. 234) ; Ocyput gieului and pkbnipen-
nts, from Sicily, are allied to the 0»pedator; Pcedenu htiitamcus, fmm
Portugal, simOar to the southern variefy of the P. Uttomlu, but distin-
guished by the smaller spherical thorax, longer elytra, and legs nearly
black, is particularly easy to be recognised from tiie black intermediate
femora, which in the P. Uttoralig are yellow.
The reporter has described Aleochctra tpeeuUfera as a new species
from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 134).
Blanohard has published the Staphylini of lyOrbigny's voyage. The
new species are, Staphyli'Mis luctuoms, from Bolivia, placed by the
author near 8t, villoms and variegatua, and compared with the 8t, ery-
^irocephahUf but should, periiaps, stand nearer the 8t. erithacm; 8t.
jcmMnipewnii near the 8t. BophiriMM and hUiMris, from Bolivia ; 8L
enbratipenmBi ibid. ; 8t,nigreteeM, from Monte Video, near the Stfiu-
dcomis, Germ. ; 8t, chryioptenu, BrulL, from Bolivia, a good and dis^
tinct species, the bad figure of which induced me, doubtfrdly, to
refer it to 8t ncbUia; 8t. trtsHs, BL, from Monte Video; I^ilonthus
GmtdichaudU, from Bio Janeiro, P^. rubranMCulatus, from Monte
Video, Ph. pcUlipe^ from the islands of Parang, all three with five-
punctured strifiB on the thorax ; Sterculia tplendida^ from Bolivia, dis-
tinguished by the golden red posterior part of its body, incorrectly called
Julgens on the plate by Bnill^, and also so cited by myself; CryptoUwm
bcu€Ue, from the islands of Parang ; Cr, erythrothoraa^y from the district
214
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 171
of Bio Janeiro, both compared with Cr, hicolor; La4haMfMn futvipet^
£oin the isliuids of Panuoi ; PinophUw maiuSj Brail., from Coirienies ;
P. cribraius, from Brazils ; P. lividdpemiU and dbscwruSy from the i&Iands
of Panm4.
BupRKSTiDjs. — ^HarriB has published some information on the habits
of North American Bupre9ti (Ins. of Massachus. p. iff), B, (Chako-
phora) virginica, Dniry, which shows itself towards the ^d of Maj and
in Jane, is lilce our B, mariana ; the larra liyes in the wood of the
different species of pines, and becomes rery detrimental to these trees.
B. (Dicerca) divarkata, Saj, preys on the wild (JPruwus serotmoij and
garden dierry, also on pear trees. The larva of the J3. (ZHcerca) hurida^
P., is n^ore exactly described; it lives in the hickory. B. (OhryiO'
bo^J denies, lives in oak stems. B, (Chr») femarata, F., in -fig
trees^ also on white oaks. B, (Chr,) fahoguttata, Harr. (New EngL
farmer, viii., TcLch^fpterU Drummondif Kirby), lives in the stems of
the white pine. B. (Ohr,) HcMrrigU, Hentz (small glittering bluish-
green ; the sides of thorax and the thighs, in the £, cQpper-ooloured) ;
lives as a larva in small boughs and shoots of the same tree.
The reporter has described three new spepies from Van Diemen's
Land; Stigmodera virgineaf Mddbam hypocriia, prisea (Arch. 1843,
L p. 135).
Bortolini has given an ample description of the natural history of the
Supr. FiiMcii (Nov. Comm. Acad. Scient. Bonon. v. p. 87> t. 8) ; the
larva lives in the wood of the pear tree, and is very prejudicial.
EuoNBMiBBS. — Nematodes strepens^ Eedtenbacher (Col. Aust p. 9), ig
Tharopi melasoide», Lap., leorhipis Lepa/ygei, Dej.
EiiATEaiDA. — In the Proceed. Zool. Soc. of Lond. (1842, p. 73), is to
be found a notice of a papw of Hope's, on a division of the JSlaterida,
which IB defined as a peculiar family, Phyllophoridce, It contains the
genera Phyllophorus, H. {El, gigas, F.); Tetrakibtis, Serv. (nine
sp&deB); Fiezophyllvs, H. (two new species); Oxynopterus, H. (El,
nmcranatus, 01., and four new species) ; Leptophylhts, H. (a new species) ;
Pectoceraj H. (two new species). The genera are all new except Tetra-
idbus ; but I am not able to give their essential characteristics from the
descriptions published; and as the author himself refers us to the
plates by Westwood, we must wait for these before entering more par-
ticularly on this treatise.
Germar (Zeitschr. iv. p. 43), has arranged a peculiar group out of
those El<Uerid(Bf in which the forehead is gradually flattened anteriorly.
The new genus, CrepidomevmSf was established by the reporter in the
Archives (1842, i. p. 140) ; it differs from the others by the third
and fourth tarsal joints having beneath them a heart-shaped membrane.
There are three species described, C, fulgidas, dec<yratus, and UieniaPiiSf
all from Van Diemen's Land. Among the others with simple tarsi, in
215
172 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLII .'
■ome (A.) the thighs are inwaidly hollowed and abruptly widened:
LudkUf Latr., Beliophoru9f Esch., TamicephaluB, Latr., Hemiaps, Eseh.
LudiuB, with a distinctlj separate apparent joint at the point of the
eleyenth joint of the antennn, containn EL ferrug%neu$, L. ; L. coracinu§,
ttom. North America; El, thesms. Germ. ; and Z. deecnu, new species
firom Valparaiso. BdiophoruB, Each., haying the ekrenth antennal
joint undiyided and slender, was first characterized by the articiilati<m
of the hind 1^ being at the an^ of the dilated thigh ; it is confined
to the B. ed)rionoide$t Esch., fimm the Cape;* the other species
mentioned bj Esch., EL tnucronahM, OL, which he did not -know,
has been described as a* different genns, and been named by Hope
Oxynoptenu (yide sap.). TamieephaluSf Latr. (Megacnemitu, Esch.),
has also a simple eleyenth antennal joint, but the thighs are consider-
ably dilated towards the inside at the bend ; the only species is T. $am^
guinieoUis, Latr. Hemiop$f with its labrom emarginated anteriorly,
contains J7. fiavus, Lap. {luteus, Dej.), from Jaya ; . H, mgripes. Lap.,
Germ. ; and H, chinentU, new species from China. In the others, (B.)
the thighs are gradually dilated internally. Carymbites has only the
second antennal joint small, the third of the form of the fourth. Dia-
canthuB and PriiHiophMs haye the second and third antennal joints
small, the third at least narrower and shorter than the fourth. In the
former, the thorax is shorter, and the elytra become broader behind
the middle. This distinction, howeyer, does not appear to me satis-
factory. I would rather say, that in Diaca/rUhus, the mouth is coyered
by the prostemum, in PrisHlopJwu it remains free ; in which case, at
least, Latreille's typical species, E» mektncholieus, would remain in the
latter genus, and D. corporomu and tuhmetcUlicus, two new spedes from
North America, coHcUUy Payk, and guttcOus, Dej., would belong also to
PrisHlophus, P. Uxvigatus ; Beichei, a new species from South Carolina ;
and morio, F. ; which together form a small sub-diyision with projecting
mesostemum; also cethiops, Hbt., and innHwis, Germ, (depresiutf
Meg.), are to be placed under Diacanthug. Thus, Corymbiteg contains
twenty-fiye, Diaecmthui twenty-eight, and PrigtUophvs thirteen species.
Finally, CardiorhiwMy Esch., difibrs from the former by the emargi-
nated labrum. The number of its species moitioned is not more than
eleyen, but the author has not had the use of the Berlin collection during
his labours at this genus.
Germar (ibid. p. 98) has brought together the species of the genus
Campiostemus, taking ^ope's enumeration as his basis. (Vide Ann.
Nat. Hist. yiii. p. 453.) A number of Hope's species are either unknown
* Beliopkorug, £soh. mit ungetheiltem II. Fiihlergliede, und sehr schmalen,
erst an der Einlenkung der Hinterbeine im Winkel erweiterten Schenkel-
deoken ist anf den B. cebrionoidet Esch. von Cap bcschrl&nkt.
216
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 173
to him, or somewhat doubtful, firom that gentleman's unsatisfiustorj diag-
noses. Some species are added, viz., — O. violatu$, Bsng^foveolatus, Ma-
labar ; as well as seyeral more exactly described, viz., — O. Latreillei, Dej.,
fiom Cochin-China, probably agreeing with Hope's species of the same
name, which is therefore retained ; C. rutUans, Chevr., from Manilla.
* There is still another new species to be added, which Gudrin (Deless.
Jour. d'Voj. dans llnde, ii p. 37) has described under the name of Caanp-
909terMM Latrdllei, and which appears to be different fiom aU the others,
in haying a fine white coat of hair, more or less thick : it was disoovered
at Pondicherrj.
Redtenbacher has described three Austrian species (Col. Aust. p. 11) :
E, (Ampedim) fulvtts is a small beetle, which differs from Ampedus by
its membranous appendages on the tarsal joints, so that U, (8erico8omu$)
lugem should rather bel<mg to Ampedus. E, (Ectinus) wbceneus, Ziegl.,
appears to me properiy to stand under PrittUophus. Desyignes (Entor
mologlBt, p. 326) has characterized a new British species, Elat. rufi-
tarmu, which appears to belong to Ampedus, and to be allied to the
E, nigrinus,
Agrypwus grcmdis, Hope, is a large New Holland Ektter from Port
Essington. (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 48,)
Of the Fauna of Van Diemen's Land, the reporter has described (Arch.
18i2, i. p. 136) one new species of Lctcon, six of MonocrepidiuSf one of
Mela/noaicmthus, one of PristUophus, three of the new genus CrepidO"
menMs (vid. sup.), and also one new genus Atelopus, allied to DolopkiSi
but removed from the other genera with an arched forehead, by the
fourth tarsal joint being proyided with a membranous appendage ; con-
taining four new species. As the name Atelopus is already in use
among the amphibia, it should be altered to Acroniopus,
RniPicERiDA. — Three new New Holland species of Rhipicera haye
b^n recorded by Westwood. (Proceed. Ent. Soc. 64.) Rh, attenuata,
pumilio (from Swan Biyer), and hru/nnea.
Ctfhonidjb. — ^The reporter has described a new species of Ctfphon
from Van Diemen's Land, O, cMstralis (Arch. 1842, i. p. 144).
LAMFTBiDiB. — Dicckhoff (Eut. Zoit. p. 117) has published his obserya*
tions on the light emitted by the species of Laanpyris ; he proceeds on the
supposition that it seryes the insect as a protection against animals of
prey. Robert (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. zyiii. p. 379), relates, that he had a
La/mpyris $ in his hand, which shone so brightly that he could read small
writing when held near it ; a ^ was found, and, after a few moments,
the sexes had united ; that then the light, which was at first bright,
gradually lessened, and after half an hour was completely extinguished.
When he cut a lAx/mpyris $ transyersely into two pieces, the light gra-
dually disappeared in about the same space of time, but it could be again
called forth if the posterior parts of the body were placed near a lighted
217
174 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
amdle, periiapf, in oonnqiienoe of the heat ; bat it was onlj within the
fiift thirfy-dx hoon that this took place, and but once.
liYciDM. — The reporter has remarked (Aroh. 1842, i. p. 100), on the
genera Lyeu$, Lygtstopt&nu {DictycpteruB, Ghi^.), Porroctoma, and
M4tricrhynekMSf that thej contain the species with a proboscis ; but tiiai
onlj three of them can be maintained: Ly€U9 (distingnished by the
mdimentarir mandibles), and lAfgistopteruiy both with antenne at the
base of the proboscis; and Porroitoma, with them attached to the fine-
head. Each of these has a long and a short proboscal diyision ; Me^
triorhync?iu$, Ghidr., is the short proboscal diyision of Porrattama,
In the same Tolmne (p. 144), scTeral species are described from Van Die-
men's Land; Porrostama erytkr^terum, P. (MetriorK) ru/ipennu (the
tatneLye.ru/ipenm8, F.), P. (M,) nujurginctt%t8,di9coide»s; Anarhynchut
geutellarU. Buquet has made known fire South American species of the
form which corresponds to the genns Dict^fopteniu, Ondr. (Eev. ZooL
p. 6) : L. regcdit, hwmercUis, from Bogota ; ^fasdatuB, impericdii, ftom
Columbia ; 4r€0ttatuiy from BrariL It is to be remarked, that the first
species, Lycus succincttis, Latr., is in Humboldt's collection, and that
the generic name, Lygiitoptnvs, used long ago hj Mulsant, is to be
preferred to that of Ou^rin, which Latreille has used in another
Telbfhoudjb. — ^Bedtenbadier has characterized Canthar%$ mgripes
as anew species from the Schneeberg, in Austria (Col. Aust. p. 13) ; but it
is the same with C. bcurbara, F., pallida, Rossi ; which, besides Barbery,
is also found in Portngal, Italy, and Switzerland. CantharU nobiU-
Uxta of the reporter, is a new species from Van Diemen's Land (Arch.
1842, i. p. 146).
Meltbides. — Redtenbacher has described a new Austrian spedes of
the McUa^hii (Col. Aust. p. 14), Anthocamus fuHvus ; the reporter has
described another from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842. i, p. 147),
Attahts abdommalis,
Graells has described a new Spanish Dagytes, allied to the 2>. ndbUis,
but of flatter shape, as D, ciliatut (Ann. d. 1. Soc. £nt. d. Fr. zi. p. 221,
t. 10, f. 3-6). It liyes on the flowers of Cistus fnongpeU&Mis, and
aWidMs,
Clbrii. — A comprehensive work on the CUrii, founded on the
Berlin collection, has appeared by Klug in the Schriften der KonigL
Acad, der Wissensch, '' Versuch einer systematischen Bestunmung und
Auseinandersetzung der Gattungen und Arten der Clerii, einer Insecten
familie aus der Ordnung der Coleopteren." Systematical arrangement is
here difficult, as the genera are very nearly allied to each other ; nu-
merous repetitions of individual forms and colours occur in each, so that
the appearance is quite deceptive ; besides, a great number of smaller
divisions and groups are found, which are neither sufficiently marked
218
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 175
for genera, nor do they stand in immediate connection with the forms
taken as typical. Under these circumstances, the author, in order to
avoid the error of splitting too much, has chosen the plan of determin-
ing a limited number of genera, but distinguishing all the variations
which occur within them; and noting, as sub-genera with their own
names, those farther removed.
First, the genera with five distinctlj jointed tarsi.
I. CylidnMj divided into two groups, — 1. {CyUd^nxs^ Spin.) with a
concealed labnim : C. cycmeug, ¥.,famatfa8, Lap., and two new species,
O. cibdommcUis, from Braail, balteaM$, from the Cape ; and, 2. (Dencps,
Stev.) with the firont of the head emaiginated and the labrunf fiee :
a>lbofa9ciatu8, Charp.
n. Tillu8.—A. Claws twice toothed before the tips.— 1. (TUhis) Body
slender, antennn long and serrated : T. elongatus, to which T, hyalitmsy
Sturm, and })imaevblajta%y Don., are. joined as varieties. — 2. Body slender,
thorax constricted, antenna doubly pectinateid : T. pectinicomie, new
species, native country unknown. — 3. (Cymobtkodera, Gray) Antenna)
filiform, last joint gradually becoming pointed, not much longer than the
preceding : Hopeiy Gr., o^lindhieollis, Chevr., inomatuSf Say, and four
new: fnwnnoratus &om Mexico, proliojus and conftagratus from Orinoco,
cingulat^M fix>m the Cape.— 4. Antennas shorter, sub-serrated, the last
joint as long as the two preceding: T, compremcomisy new species
fiom the Cape. — 5. {MiMsroUhM, Kl.) Antennt» ten-jointed, the tenth
as long as all the others together: f^rmmatus. Say. — 6. (Tilloidea,
Lap.) Antenna- short and serrated, labrum transverse : T, rubricollis,
Gndr. (piiheMem, Lap.), trcmwersalia, Charp., unifitseiatus, F., and a
new species, notatvs, from the East Indies. B, Claws with only one
tooth before the tips. — 7* {Callitheres, Dej.) The last joint of the labial-
palpi transverse (quergezogen) ; peculiar to Madagascar : a. (Patients,
Lap.) Antenna broader towards the tips, serrated from the fifth joint,
tarsal joints of equal breadth, tips of elytra rounded continuously:
tricolor, Lap., and two new species, cMlicua and vidwus, h, {Joda/nms,
Lap., Ccdlitkeres, Spin.) An^ennn broader and serrated towards the
tips, the first two joints of the hinder tarsi somewhat compressed, elytra
elongated and pointed : acutipenms, Lap. c. (Xylobius, Gudr.) Antennse
broader towards the tip, compressed, with the last joint rounded, tarsal
joints of equal breadth, tips of elytra rounded continuously : aztx/reus,
Kl., and three new species, ven/iMtu$, longuluB, pulcJiellua. d. Antennas
as in c, tarsal joints and tips of elytra as in l>: fastigiatus, new species.
e. Antennae scarcely serrated near the tips, tarsal joints and tips of
elytra as in a ; awncomu9, new species. — 8. (PfUloealus, KL) Palpi
the same, antennas bluntly serrated, body elongated: tuccinctus and
0onatu8, from the Cape. — 9. {Clerononms, Kl.) Antennas tiiickened
219
176 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
towardt the tip, thorax ihort : biplagiahju (bHnaculatui)^ new species
fiwm Mezioo.
in. JMocera, Kirbj; four species: P. variegata, Sarbj; trinotata,
new species firom Columbia ; sptnosa (CL tpinomUf F., Till, ^-pwnctatut.
Lap.) ; and P. bi^tumat new species from Braiil.
In the following genera the first tarsal joint is shorter, bat jet dis*
tinctly recognisable.
rV. Clerus. — 1. (Chnadius, Lap.) Eyes dose, upon the top of head,
deeply emarginated beneath, daws dentated, hinder tarsi with the joints
indistinctlj separated, and the penultimate one onlj haying a double-
flapped appendage: a. Tarsal joints compressed, triangular fix>m the
sixth ;- thorax cylindrical, oblong : CL proUxtu (O. indictM, Lap.), and
one new spedes, CL mode$tu%; both fiom Jaya. — b. Joints of the antenn»
oblong, narrowed at both ends, thorax rounded on the sides, constricted
posteriorly: CL ne&uJostis (O. trifaseiatuSj Lap.) — 2, (8tigmatw/m^
Gray). Eyes and daws as in 1, the hind tarsi formed like the others :
cicindelaideM, Gray, and fnwtUkuriuSy F. — 3. (Thancttin/ut, Latr.) Eyes
distant, on the top of the head, emarginated beneath, antennsB with
(generally three) broader terminal joints, daws toothed beneath, tarsal
joints of equal length ; the typicfd group, containing forty-fiye spedes,
of whidi twenty-nine are new. — 4. Only differing from 3 in the tarsi, in
whidi the last joint is as long as the two preceding : CL MUric<thu, new
spedes from Van Diemen's Land. — 5. Eyes distant, on the top of the
head, a little emarginated beneath, temunal joints of the labial-palpi
transyersely hatchet-shaped, daws simple, the form of body resembling
Opihu: CI. 4:rmaculatfus, F., ahd(>mvMilu, Germ., %ndieu%, F., &om
the Cape, marmoratusy Dej. {Not. cfUnenm, F.), ibid., and CL nUtia,
new spedes, from the Cape. — 6. {Thanerocleru8, LefV.) Eyes distant,
on the top of the head, emarginated beneath, terminal joint of the labial-
palpi slightly hatchet-shaped, daws simple, last tarsal joint as long as aU
the others : iongtMneut, Say, Buguetii, LefV., and one new spedes, der-
mettaides, from Arabia Felix. — 7. (Pezoponu, Kl.) Wingless, and with
simple claws, in other respects like 3, only differing by the head being
large, and the anterior angles of the dytra not projecting : coarctcttus,
new spedes from the Cape. — 8. (Lemidia, Spin.) Eyes not emarginated,
strongly projecting, antennsB eleyen-jointed, with dilated terminal joints,
claws simple : nitena (Hydnocera nUens, Newm.). — 9. (Hydnocera,
Newm., PhyllobcBnua, Dej.) Eyes not emarginated, projecting, wide
apart, antennsB yery short, ten-jointed, with a button-shaped terminal
joint, labrum not emarginated : a. Claws dentated : hwrneralis. Say, and
six new species : basalts from Columbia, attenuatus, lividus from Brazil,
hr€bchypteru$, tuturalis from North America, tendlus from Mexico.
h. Claws simple : gteniformie, new species from Brazil. — 10. (Evenus^ '
Lap.) Like 9, but the body elongated, the lablal-palpi very long, with
220
INSECT A — COLEOPTERA . 1 77
an oblong and slightly hatchets shaped terminal joint, the hind legs long,
the hind tarsi, at least the first three joints, without membranous ap-
pendages: E. JUiformis, Lap., from Madagascar.
Y. Ptychopteras, (This name cannot be a good one, on account of
the dipterous, genus Ptychoptera, In the first plan of this work, which
was contained in the " Monatsberichten der Acad." of 1837, the genus
was named PlacocervSy and it is only by mistake that this name has
not been retained.) Labial-palpi long, with a triangular terminal joint ;
antennae broad and flatly compressed from the third joint, short, broadest
in the middle : P. dimidAatus, the only species, from Cafferland.
YI. Aodna, Eirby: containing a single species, analis, Eirby, not
different, perhaps, from the ruJUa/ms, Perty.
In the following genera the first tarsal joint is so much shortened
that the tarsi are apparently four-jointed.
Vn. Opilits (Notoxus, F.) — 1. MaxOlary-palpi filiform, appendage
of the tarsal joints undivided : 0. porcatus, F.
In all the following, the terminal joint of the maxillary-palpi is hatchet-
diaped. — 2, Antennae proportionally thin ; appendage of the tarsal joints
lobed: O. mollis^ L., damesticus, St., pcdlidus, 01., vmvittatu8, Ross.
(fcuciatus, Steph.), and six new species, Ueniatus from Eagusa, thoraci-
cus from Maoedonia,yronta^i8 from Constantinople, tropicus from Sennaaf,
dnetus from Senegal, cbscurus fr^m the Cape. — 3. Like 2, but the ter-
minal joint of the antenna double the length of the preceding : inter^
rtipttis from Senegal, hascUis from Sinai. — ^. Like the preceding, but the
ninth and tenth antennal joints turbinate, the eleyenth abnost as long as
all the rest together : guberosus from Madagascar. — 5. The last three an-
tennal joints dilated ; in other respects like the preceding, a. Body of
the more common oblong form : tristisj and coUosub from Madagascar,
jpatKciiM from Van Diemen's Land. h. (PlatycleruSf Spin.) Body broad
and flat : plaaiatiie (Clervs pL, Lap.). — 6. (Trogodendran, Qu^.) An-
tennse thickened towards the tips, appendage of the tarsal joints undi-
yided : fasciculatus {CL fasc, Schreib.)
YIII. JBlrymcmthaSy Kl., Spin.; agreeing with Trichodeg in the
antenn&e and palpi, habit rather that of OpiluSy thighs all thickened,
tibiss curved, tongue deeply and sharply emaiginated, terminal joints of
the labial-palpi cup-shaped : E, gemmcOiLS, frH}m the Cape.
IX. Trichodes, The typical Trichodes have distinctly dub-shaped
antenniB. There are seventeen species (a great number of which are
nominal). T, nobilis from Constantinople, and omUcus from the Cape,
are new. A small group peculiar to New Holland, with the antennie only
a little thickened at the point, forms the genus Zenithicola, Spin., with TV.
augtraUs, Boisd., matabUis, Newm., and one new species, Tr. ocharopua.
In the following genera the tarsi are apparently four jointed, as the
fourth joint is rudimentary and concealed in the emargination of the third.
221
178 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
X. Covynete$, — 1. (CoryiMfet, Steph.) Tenninal joints of the palpi
aliDOft hatdhet^aped, the jomts of the dab of the antennse do not lock
together : C. ewruleu$ (Cler. camU,, De Geer), rujlccmis, St., and the
following new ones, putiUit» from Sardinia, g&niculatus from Portugal
and Andalusia, anedU and peetorcUh firam Cafferland.
In the foUowing, the tenninal joint of the palpi is almost acmninate : —
9. (Oorffnetes, 'HhL Neerobiaf Steph.) Qnb of antennsB broad, with a
large and almost qnadrangnlar terminal joint : 0. viol€ieeus, rvtfipeB, rufir-
cMii. — 3. The joints of the club of antennss of equal siae locking to ea^
other: C. teutelkirUf DL, hicdor. Lap., collari$, Sch., defunetorwm, WaltL,
and two new species : C. rubrieoUis and ater, ftom the Cape. — 4. Joints
of the club of antenna) separate : O. dMcolor and pcUUpet, new species
fiom Mezioo. — 5. (Notatten'm, Dej.) AntennsB gradnallj thickened to-
wards the point, bodj flat, linear : O. ffiridiB (Anob* vir., Thnnb.) and
Hi/wnbergU (Anob. cceruleum, Thnnb.)
XI. GyUgtus, Kl. ; palpi filiform, antennas stnmgly pectinated from
the fonrth joint, daws broadly dentated below the point : O. v<MriMl%$,
from the Cape, is a spedes yarying in odour, with the habit of Eno-
pitum 9angMWM€oUe.
XIL Enopliwa, Latr. — ^1. Palpi with a cylindrical terminal joint,
daws broadly dentated below the point : E, tanguinieoUe, diumecmey
and three new spedes : E, nMrinwn from St. Domingo, velutinwn from
Brasil, lepidwn from Caba. — 2, Palpi with a hatdiet-shaped terminal
jdnt, tarsal joints of equal length : a. Claws simple : E. serrcoicome, F.,
pilaaum, Forst. ; ma/rginatwn, Say ; viridipenney Kirby ; JEfr6«^, Gray ;
trifouciatum (Clerus), Laporte ; ramieome (Ohariema ramicormsy Perty) ;
ffesHtwn (Brcbchymorpha vestit,, Chevr. ; CoryMt.y tpeetahiUsy Laporte);
and ten new ones : genieulatwn from Monte Video, alciccmey poiHcwny
ruJlpeSy omatumy decorumy fasciadatwn, icopa/rUmiy leuoophcBwn from
Birazil ; fugax frx>m Colmnbia. b. Claws dentated : a. AntennaB eleven
jointed : («i^ac«um and IwrMwin from Brazil; b. AntennsB ten jointed :
^-punctatfMny Say ; and fiye new ones : ^-notatmny 12-puncUxhMn from
Brazil ; ^ontaminatumy pilo9wn frx>m Columbia ; crimtum from St. Jdm's
(West Indies). — 3. (EpiphksuSy Dej.) All, or the hibial-palpi alone,
with pointed terminal joints, aatennn very short, eyes large, emargi-
nated internally, first joint of the hinder tarsi elongated, daws dentated
at the base : eight new species from Brazil ; and one, dutrophum from
North America. — 4. (Piatynk^ptera, Chevr.) Palpi short, with a strong
hatehet-shaped terminal joint, antenn&e strongly cranpressed, the first
seven joints extremely short and dose together, elytra posteriorly
strongly dilated : lyeiformey Chevr., and one new species, E, aanpUtUumy
from BraziL — 5. (Ichneay Lap.) Terminal joints of the palpi almost
acmninate, antennae broadly flattened, ten jointed, the six before the
three terminal of unequal breadth, elytra not dilated : lyncide^. Lap.,
222
. INSECTA — COLEOPTBRA. 179
and aevmi new species : mekmwrumf prasnuiumy ma/rginellumy lateraUt
suturale, fTOin*Brazil ; op<MiMn, from Cayenne and Sorinani ; (Uerrwmm
from Mexico.
In all 219 species, contained in the Berlin collection, have been
minutely examined, and thirty-two *of the more distinct figured at the
end of the treatise; fifty-nine doubtful species, or only known by
description, are mentioned.
Cheyrolat has described a number of Clerii from South Africa (Rev.
Zool. p. 276), which, for the most part, are not doubtful as species,
although, perhaps, they do not generaUy belong to the genera to which
he has assigned them with a query. Among seyen spedes of Notascus 9
the N. (9) versicolor is a TUlus, and certainly the same with T, (PhUo-
calus) guccinctiUy EL (vide sup.) j^. (?) cbioletus and a/picalis are
perhaps near the following, N. (?) fasdolatus, which seems to agree with
T, (Cymatodera) obgoletus, Kl. ; JV^. (?) virescena and latu$, with a broad
round head, short rounded thorax, and flat elytra, are unlmown to
me ; finally, N, (9) marmoratus is a Clerus (CL ma/rmoratus, Kl.) ; and
N. sdbrinua perhaps is only a variety of the same. Clems ? altenMrns,
and TUlus ? 9aeemctu» are unknown to me, as weU as the new genua
Micm^pfteruB (brevipenmsjy which in habit must resemble an Aptmus*
Nothing is said of the generic character, nor is the form of the antennae
given. DozocoUetus obl&ngus, is Clerus (Pezoporus) coarctaPm^ El.,
characterized as a new genus, with the habit of Ctenogtoma,
Some new Clerii, from Port Philip, New Holland, have been described
by Newman (Entomologiat, p. 363). A new genus, Xcmthoeerus, cor-
responds to Th, trogodendroriy Spin. (Opt7us, p. El.) Besides the CI,
fiuciculaius, Sdireib., the author adds his CI. aplendidats, dmplex and
ptdcher, and a new species, X. idoneus. Pylus, with a thick body, and
a protuberance in the middle of the sides of the thorax, has likewise a
new species, P. hieinctus. ThanasMmiis ckccvnctus, ctcerbuSf confugus ;
OpHua congruup (very like the 0. moUis), and Hydnocera canfecta,
are also new. The most of these species are found on the flowers of
the Eucalyptus, Newman (ibid. p. 402) has added another new species,
Pffhjts cmtkiddes,
Ptiniores. — Newman (Entomologist, p. 403) has described three new
forms from Port Philip, in New South Wales, which he, probaldy incor-
rectly, ascribes to this family : Synercticus, with antenn» moniliform,
and the terminal joint pointed, round eyes, heart-shaped thorax, broader
convex elytra, short legs, heteromerous tarsi ; 8, heteromeruSy taken on
the flowers of the Eucalyptus, Epiteles, with large extended head,
strongly crooked mandibles, long palpi, witii the terminal joint s<»ae-
what thickened and truncate, kidney shaped eyes, short antennse den-
tated from the fifth joint, narrow thorax of equal breadth, elytra
scarcely covering the abdomen, short legs, swollen thighs, and " quasi'*
223
180 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fiT&gointod tani; E, €<mtumax, taken horn under the bark of the
Eueahfptui. DeretaphruB, yid. under Col^dii, *
XyUHnuB omatuB, Qermar (Faun. Ins. Eur. 22, 2), black with a grey
haby ooat, and the tip of the striped and pointed elytra red, is a new
species from Hungary.
PtinuM exulans of the reporter, is fixxm Van Diemen's Land (Arch.
1842, i. p. 147).
Lnhof has enriched ApaU with three new species from Guinea (Ver-
handL d. Naturf. Ges. su Basel, r. p. 176) : A. producta, tonta, and
erimtcMTsU, The reporter has added one from Yan Diemen's Land,
A. collaris (Arch. 1842, L p. 148).
Harris (Lis. of Massachus. p. 52), has described two new North
American species, Lymexylon iericeum, and Hyleccetug americanus.
He is in doubt if the former actually belongs to Lymexylon, In this I
do not agree with him. A female, howeyer, is alone known to me. On
the other hand, in the HyleecBtus americanug, the presence of a single
red ocellus in the middle of the forehead, as in AUctgmMis, &c., is yery
striking, and appears to indicate that this beetle, which is not known
to me from personal inspection, is incorrectly placed under HyUeoebua,
The reporter has also added a new species to this small group, Lymeacy-
lon auatraU, from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 147)<
SiLFHALEs. — In D'Qrbigny's Voy. d. I'Am^., Blanchard has described
the following new species of this family : — Necropharus didytnus^ Brull.,
and N. scrutator, BL, both from Boliria ; SUpha apicaUs, BrulL, frt>m
Potosi (Boliyia) ; S, erythrura, Blanch., fr!om Monte Video ; 8. dUci-
eoUis, BrulL, from Boliyia; the last agrees with the 8. co/yennenns^
Sturm. Cat. 1826, t. 2, f. 10,- whilst the one preceding is identical with.
8. hcemorrhoidalis, St.
Agyrteg glaher (Tritam, glabr. Payk., GylL, Zett.), from the north of
Sweden, has been figured by Germar (Faun. Ins. Europ. 22, 1).
CijUops auitraUs of the reporter, is from Van Diemen's Land (Arch.
1842, i. p. 243).
Schiodte (Kroyer's Naturhist. Tidsskr. iy. p. 107) has corrected .an
error of Leon Dufour, who had represented 8Upha as having an azygoe
secreting organ of the urinary bladder, cpusisting of a yessel, and a
bladder yoiding into the rectum. That bladder is the caecum, and the
yessel a yessel-like appendage to it, similar to the corresponding parts of
Dyti9€U9^
Palpatobes. — ^Aub^ (Ann. Soc. Ent. de Fr. xi. p. 233) has enriched
the gronp of the Scydmcmvs thoracicus with two new species : 8c. la-
ticdlis, from the Jura, is double the size ; 8c. mmuti8$im/u$, from the
island of Louyier, is only half the size of 8c. thoracicus.
8cydmcBnug aaitidotus, Helf., has been figured by Germar (Faun. Ins.
Eur. 22, 3),
224
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 181
NiTiDULARiiB. — The reporter (Germ. Zeitsch. iy. p. 225) has attempted
a sjstematie division of this family, and divided it into six groups,
according to the number of the maxillary lobes, the proportions of the
tarsal joints, &c. : — 1st Group, Cateretes, with two narrow, long, maxillary
lobes, and, as in the four following groups, very small fourth tarsal
joint; it is divided into the genera Cercua, Latr. (pedicidcMrivs^ &c., six
species), and Brachypterus, Kug. (gravidus, urticce, &c., nine species),
the former having simple daws, the second dentated ; the latter differs,
besides^ by a small segment, which, in the male, is found at the point of
the posterior part of the body, &c.
The following groups have a single maxilLuy lobe : — 2d Qroup, Car-
pophilini, distinguished from the following group by strong shortened
elytra, which leave two or three segments of the posterior part of
the body free: Mystrops (three new species); Colaatus (formerly
Colopterus, Nit. rwpta, F., eighteen species, all American); Brctchy-
peplvs (first descrjlbed in these Archives, 1842, L p. 148, four species,
of which two are from Van Diemen's Land); CUlcBua, Lap. (besides
the species characterized by Lap. &om Madagascar, a new one from
Columbia); Canotdua (Stewus conicus, F., eight species, all finom
America) ; CcMrpophiliu, Leach (twentynaeven species) ; and Ecnomasw
(with one new species from Senegal). — dd Qroup, Nitidulinas, forming
the central point of the whole family ; the genera are grouped aoodrding
to the antennal furrows on the under side of the head ; these are either
converging in Epu/rcea (antennal furrows obsolete ; N. cutiva, &c., thirty
species), Nitidula (bipustulataf six species), Perilopa (two new species),
Saronia (Jf. punctoHsgimaf three species), Prometopia {Nit, 6~maculataf
Say, two species), PsHotuSy Fisch (Nit. comuta, F., three species), Platy-
chora (Nit. LdHuiij Dej., two species), Axyra (one new species from
Guinea), I^hcena (two new species from Java) ; or the antennal furrows
are straight and parallel, in Ipidia (Ips. 4b-notata, ¥.); or they are
behind the eyes, arched round externally in Amphotis (Nit. ma/ryin-
ata, F.), Lcbiopa (Nit. undulata. Say, ten species from America),
Omogita (N. colon, three species), Pkenolia (Nit. grossa, F.), Stelidota,
(N. ttrigoaa, Sch., seven species). — 4th Group, Strongylvnce, differing
from the preceding group, by the breast having projections ; i. e., the
pro-sternum juts out posteriorly ; the posterior margin of the thorax ia
either locked to the anterior margin of the elytra, or it grasps strongly
over them. To the first sub-division belong Tkalycra (Strong, sericeus,
&t. ; N.fervida, GylL.), jEthina (one new species from Madagascar), Pria,
Steph. (Nit. dulcama/rcB, IlL, four species), MeligetheB, Steph., Hebctsau
(Sphonid. cmcde, F., four species), Ocmlodes (one new species from New
Holland), Lordites (four new species), Pocadius (Nit. ferruginea, F.,
five species). To the second sub-division belong Ciimptodea (SphcBrid.
gcutellatum, Sturm., thirty-nine species, partly with dentated, partly
225 P
182 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
with simple claws, all American), Cyllodes (Strong, ater, Hbt., five
species), Cyckramua, Kug. {^kcerid, luteum, F., three species), Am-
phicrossus (Nit. ciliata, 01. Enc, three species), PcUlodes (Strong,
annulifer, Hffg., Lap., four species), Oxycnemus (one new species from
Brazil), TrtocontM (Nit. a^ccdis, Er., in Mejens Reise) ; the last three
genera are distingaished by ebngated and narrow hinder tarsi. — 5th
Group, IpincB, differing from the NitidulinoB by the concealed labnun ;
containing three genera: Crypta^rcha, Shuck. (N. strigata, F., ten
species), Ips (nine species), and Rhizophagus, Hbt. (one new species from
North America). So far, with the exception of the genera Meligethes
and RhizophagvSy the species of the Berlin collection are quoted, and
the new ones described (exclusive of those of Madagascar, in consequence
of Elug*s labouring at the fauna of that island) : — The 6th Group, Tro-
gontincBf is only slightly mentioned ; it differs from the former in the
formation of the tarsi, in which the first joint is the shortest, and often
scarcely observable. According to the general opinion, a single maxillary
lobe only has also been ascribed to this group ; but later investigation
has convinced me, that the inner one, which, in groups 2-5, is alone
present, is here so far back, and connected with the outer, that it is
usually scarcely to be observed. I shall attempt soon to fix the genera
of this group ; but have here to remark, that the Peltides (Peltis and
ThymaluBy but not Colohicus) still belong to the family of the NitidAi-
la/ri<By but stand so near to the TrogotitinaSf that they can hardly be
separated from them as a peculiar group. *>
Blanchard has described a pretty considerable number of new species
of Nitidula/rice, in D'Orbigny's Voy. d. TAmer. Mer ; but «rhich, for
the most part, remain doubtful, on account of their undefined generic
marks, and insufficient descriptions, in which the most essential charac-
teristics are passed over ; on which account, I can only ment j§n the spe-
cies by name, without venturing to express an opinion to which of the
genera, recognized by me, they belong : Ips. e^envna, BL, from Bolivia ;
NitidAila villoma, BL, ibid. ; N. nigro-maculata, BL, ib. (probably a
Ldbiopa, but it is impossible to fix the species); N. lata, BL, ib. ;
N. hrevipennis, from Peru ; N. pollens, BL, from Corrientes ; Strongy-
Itis M-rubrum, Brull., from Bolivia (a beautiful Ca/mptod^, allied to
my C.phaleratus) ; 8tr. tristis, Lap., from Brazil (is Ca/mptod. scutellor-
Pus, Sphcerid, scutelL, Sturm.) ; Str. nigritus. Lap., from Monte Video
(appears identical with my Campt, mela/naritts) ; Str. humeralis, Brull.,
from Corrientes (a better defined Caanptodes); Str. thoracicus, Lap.,
from Chiquitos, in Bolivia (doubtful) ; Str. meUmwrus, BL, in Bolivia,
caught on the mimosa and other flowers (doubtful) ; Str. villosus, BL,
from Moxos in Bolivia (apparently a Pocadius).
HisTERES. — Aubd has described three new European species of
Ahroffus (Ann. d. L Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 231) ; A. atomarvm, caught
226
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 183
once at Fontainbleau, and A. punctum, from Italj, resemble the A.
nigricomis ; A, parvulvs, found at Fontainblean, in a decayed oaJc, is
very similar to my A. granulunif and differs only in the elytra being
much closer punctured.
In D'Qrbigny's Voy. d. TAm. Mer, this family has been increased by
Blanchard with a number of new species : Hololepta attenuata, from
Bolivia ; Saprinua omatm (this name has already been given by the
reporter to the S, interrwptus, Fisch.), allied to the 8. decoratus of the
reporter, and S. patagonicuSj both abundant in Patagonia ; 8, nigritu,
from Maldonado and Monte Video ; 8, erythropus, from Buenos Ayres ;
8* piceua (this name also is not free, as Hist, piceus, Payk., is a 8apn-
nuB), from Corrientes; 8. impresnfrons, from Bolivia; 8. atro-nitiduSf
from Corrientes. 8apriwu8 mcisu8y of the reporter, from Van Diemen's
Land, is also to be mentioned (Arch. 1842, i. p. 152).
Debmbstzni. — A new species, Megatoma adspersa, has been found by
B'Orbigny abundantly in Bolivia, in houses and walls ; and has been
described by Blanchard, in tbe Voy. d. TAm. Mer.
Megatoma morio and Trogoderma riguum of the reporter, are two
new species from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 152).
Btbbhii. — This fanuly has been treated of by Stefiahny in an excel-
lent dissertation, " Tentamen MonographisB Byrrhotum " (also printed
in Germar's Zeitschr. f. d. Entomol., iv. p. 1). The difficult and
hitherto much mixed species are firmly established. The genus Byrrhus
is, following Stephens' arrangement, confined to such as have the antennae
gradually thii^ened ; and also show some variations in the form of the
terminal joint of the maxillfEry palpi, the shape of the lobes of the
labium^ the toothing of the mandibles, and in the presence or absence
of a membranous appendage on the under side of the third tarsal joint,
which are used for Ihe certain distinction of the species. B. seahru
pennis, approximating to the B. gig as, fr^m the Styrian Alps ; B. regalis,
Dahl., from the Banat; B, insignia, near to the B. nmrinus, from
Turkey ; B, decorus, allied to the B, lariensis, Heer, from the Banat ;
and B. s&niellaris, Esch., from Kamtschatka, are new. The B, Btriatus
of this author is the same with B, gldbratus, Heer. The genus 8ynca-
lypta, Dillw., with a three-jointed dub of antennae, contains B, setiger,
SL ; B, CMrenwnuB and pudlhus, St. ; and a third new species, 8» stridto-
punctata, Dej., from Spain. PedilophoruB, a new genus, with a five-
jraited dub of antennae, broad tibiae, and the thiid tarsal joint with an
a|)pendage, is founded on B. auratuB, Duft. (nit&ns, Germ.) Simple-
caria. Marsh., with a fEve-jointed club of antennse, narrow tibiae, simple
tarsi, embraces B, BemtBtriatuB, F., and picipeB, 01. 1 have also found
tiiat Amphicyrta, Esch., which Dejean places between the ChtysofMlcB
and Colaspes, belongs to this feumily. It has filiform ant^inlae, the third
tarsal joint has a membra&ous appendage, and narrow tibiae With im-
227
184 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
perfect tarsal grooves; the known species are, A. denttpes. Each., from
Califomia; and A. chrygomelina from the west of the Bockj Moim-
tains in North America.
Michrochoetes gcopariug and Linmichus mistralts of the reporter,
are two new species of this fiunilj from Yan Diemen's Land (Ardi.
1842, i. p. 153).
Macbodactyli. — Pamus longipes, Bedtenbacher (Col. Austr. p. 14,
n. 12), from the brooks of Austria, is the same with P. substriatus,
MtilL, Dumerilii, Latr.
Blanchard has describe^ two new species in D'Orbigny's Voy. d.
I'Amer. Mer., Pamus ptibescens and Pota/mophilus cinereus, Bl., of the
size of P. acuminatus, both from Gorrientes.
HsTEBocEBiDJt. — Elosenwetter has published an excellent work on
Heterocerus (Germ. Zeitschr. iy. p. 194, t. 3). The species of this genus
closely resemble each other, so that hitherto there have been no frmda-
mental distinctions ; but a minute examination has brought to light a
surprisingly rich collection of them. The author describes twenty
species examined by himself, and thirteen of these are certainly natiye
to Germany. Among these, — H. pa/rallelus, GebL, and H. femoralis, in-
habit salt districts ; H, fossor, ma/rginatus, F., hispidulus (marginatus,
Pz.), ohsoletus, Curt., Icevigatus, Panz., obliterates, fusculus, are pretty
widely distributed ; JET. intermedins, at Berlin and Stettin ; sericcms, in
Saxon Switzerland and Austria (also Italy); pulchellus at Leipsic;
mwrvaus, found by Dr. Bosenhauer at Augsburg; H, miwutus, Dej., is
from the south of France ; H. Jlavidus from Italy (Sea/rah, fi, Bossi) ;
J7. euphratictis and minimus, have been collected in Mesopotamia ; H,
limbatus, Kn., from North America ; H. vaHus and lituratus, from St.
Thomas in the West Indies. The following species hare only become
known to the author by description : H, dubiiis, F., from the East Indies ;
H. pallidAis and pusillus. Say, from North America ; H, hamifer and
nanus, Gen^, from Sardinia ; in all twenty-fiye species, of which two-
fifths are new.
Htdbophilidjs. — Bobert (Ann. Sc. Nat. xyiiL p. 378) has proyed
that Hydrophilus piceus, eyen in the state of a perfect beetle, does not
feed on water plants but on water snails (Lim/ncBus),
A new German species, Hydrcena d&ntipes, Mark., discoyered by
M&rkel at Pima, has been described and figured by Germar (Faun. Ins.
Euiop. xxii. 5). Hyd/robius ma/rgvnicollis and assimUis, Hope, from
Port Essington (Proceed. Ent. See. p. 48) ; and Cercyon dorsaJe of the
reporter, from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 153), are new New
Holland species.
The description of the Hydrophili, for D'Orbigny's yoyage, began
by BroUd, has been finished by Blanchard (yide Jahresb. f. 1838, p.
314). The following are described in the new number : Hydrophilus
228
INSECTA — COLEOPTEBA. 185
(TropUtemus) doncUiSf Br., firom Brazil; H. Tr, lepid/M, Br., from the
Parang in Entre Bios ; also IT. (PhUydrvs) pallipes, Br., from Monte
Video ; H. Ph, stridtui, Br., from Goirientes ; H. Ph. gibbus, Br., in
the Parani behind Corrientes ; JJ. Ph. femoratus, Br., from Corrien-
tea ; Berows pallipes, Br., in the Parang in Corrientes ; B. cUtemoms,
in the Rio Negro.
Lamellicobnbs. — Mulsant has published an important work on this
family ; ** Histoire Naturelle des Col^ptdres de France, Lamellioomes,
Paris, 1842.'' Much praise is due to him for his extension of the
nomenclature, and the attention he has bestowed on the natural history
of these insects, especially in their earlier states. We have descriptions
and figures of the lame of Onthopha>gu8 vacca, Aphodius peccMri^
VcUgus henwpterus, Dorcus pa/rallelopipedus, .M»(Uu9 scarahceoidetf
and Sinodendron cylindricu/m. The division, in general, is pretty much
the same as that of Latreille ; the Lmnellicomes are separated into
the naturally very different Petalocerides and Priocerides, the former
into the groups of the CopridoR, AphodidaSy Trogidics, Oeotritpince,
Orycteske, CallicnemicB, MeloUmthiituB, and Cetanice, all yery correctly
determined ; but the group of the CallicnemicB cannot be maintainable,
since, of the two genera which compose it, CcUicnemis and PcLchypus,
the former appears to me to belong to the preceding, the latter to the
following group. In the farther diyision, Mulsant has much that is
new and peculiar, so that we must often recur to this work. As, how-
eyer, in his systematic researches, he has confined himself to the French
Fauna, a great part of his divisions will require a wider foundation.
Every variety should not be granted a peculiar name, for where, then,
would be the limit of nomenclature ?
Leon Dufour (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. zviii. p. 162, t. 4, 5) has made a com-
parison of the larv» of Cetonia aiMrata, and Dorcus pa/rallelopipedus,
according to their external as well as internal structure, and has come
to the conclusion that the 8ca/rah€eid<B and lAiccmidas may be divided
into two families. In the former, the abdominal plexus of the nervous
system is composed of a mass of ganglions soldered together ; in the
latter, of a chain of knots proceeding from each other. The alimentary
canal in the former has three collars of blind bags, a large lateral
cecum, and the gall vessels ending in numerous windings, closely
applied to each other; in the latter, the canal has a single collar of
rudimentary blind bags, a csecum not lateral, and simple gall-vessels.
He also brings forward many external difierences, but which are
not comprehensive, as they only refer to the C. a/urata. It is to be
desired, that anatomical researches were multiplied. He is not ac-
quainted with De Haan's important work on this subject.
Beiche (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 59) has commenced a
correct description of the OoprophcKfi, beginning with the Ateuchidce
229
186 KEFORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
and the apterous diyiskm. The genera with tarsi on the fore-legs are :
Aulacium^ Dej. {MintopkUu$, Lap.), indnding the only known New
Holland spedes, A. carinatum, Beiche (AuL Hollanduje, Dej.) ; Coprce^
C1M, Beiche, difiering fix>m the preceding by the simple rounded posterknr
angles of the thorax, is not jet sufficientlj defined, as the specimen of
the C hemigphoBricuSy P^ron (from New Holland), in the Paris collection,
according to Liatreille and Gudrin, wants the antennie and parts of the
mouth ; Te9M/rodonj Hope {At, hoUandias, F.), only kno?m to the adthor
from Hope*s plate, and placed here coigectiirally. In the others, the
anterior tarsi are wanting : Circ^wun, Latr. {A. B€tcchus, F.) ; Eucra-
nium, Dej.; OlyphideruSf Westw., which has two — P<ichy90fna and
MnemaHum, MacL., having a single spine on the intermediate tibias.
Westwood (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 61) has made known two new New
Holland genera of AteuchidcB, CephcUodeandua ; dypens in medio
4-dentatus, dentibns intermediis valde elongatis, prothoraz magnus
8-angalaris, pedes yalde elongati, tarsi antici distincti, breyes: O.
amUger, Temnoplectron ; dypens in lobos dnos minntos obtusos pro-
dnctus, prothoraz lateribus rotnndatis (et cum elytris subcontinuis)
antioe parum anguBtior; tarsi antid minuti; ungues subtus denticulo
instructi : T. rotwadwm, from Melyille Island. To the genus Tesaero-
don (At, HollcmdicB, F.), he adds two spedes, T, angulatus firom
Swan Biver; and T, piceus from Port Essington; the latter is also
described by Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 44).
Westwood has also (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 58), pointed out some new
genera of the same family: Arach/nodes and Nemos, however, alone
belong to the Ateuchidce, both formed at the expense of EpilUaus, Dej. ;
the former (Circ. nitiduvn, Lap.), with the mentum not emarginated,
slender labial-palpi, sides of the prothorax angular and reflexed ; long
legs, and the last tarsal joint running out to a small spine ; Nemos (Circ,
pygmoeum. Lap.), mentum strongly emarginated, labial-palpi very short
and thick, sides of the prothorax rounded, shorter legs, and crooked tibisa.
The following belong to the real Copridce, having tibiae broader
towards the end, and the tarsal joints of the hind legs gradually
narrower : Macroderes, almost hemispherical, with emarginated clypeua,
very large prothorax rounded at the ddes : the type is Ontliophagus
Oreenii, Kirby ; Uroxys, oblong, somewhat flat, dypeus sharply 24obed
anteriorly, sides of prothorax angular in the middle, elytra pointed
posteriorly, elongated fore-legs, and (in the one sex) tibiae angular
internally ; U, cvprescens from Columbia.
Westwood has mistaken the genus Scatonomua of the reporter;
both the species mentioned by him, Se. myrmidon (Onth. myrmidon,
Lacord.) from Cayenne, and Se, sma/ragdinus from Brazil, belong to
Onthocharis, Dej., from which Scatmomvs is essentially very different.
Anomiopus, with two new Brazilian species, A, virescms and nigricans,
230
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA . 187
is distinguished with difficulty from Onthochwru, by the very broad
hind legs ; at least, in the Berlin collection, I have a series of species be-
fore me, in which a gradual transition is found in the hinder tarsi, £rom
the broadest form, as in the Anomiopus, to the narrower, as existing in
the O. fnymddon.
The genus Buhas, Meg., has been distinguished &om OnitiSf by Mul-
eant (CoL Fr. p. 76), from having no scutellum, nor any firee space
in place of it ; the first joint of the labial-palpi not smaller than the
second, the body tolerably oonyez, and the prothoraz forming projections
anteriorly ; the spedes are O. hUan, F., and hubcUus, 01.
Hope has described some new species of CopridcB from Western
Africa (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 494) : Oymnoplewrus hila/risy IcRtus, and
Heliocopria DicmcB,
The New Holland Fauna has been enriched with eleven species of On-
thophagus, five from Port Essington by Hope (Proceed. £nt. Soc. p. 43),
and six from Van Diemen's Land* by the reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. IM).
The presence of the genus Copris in New Holland, appears to be con-
fined to the north coast. Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 44) describes a
species, C. glabricollie, from Port Essington, and mentions that he is in
possession of three other species from Melville Island.
The AphodiidcB have been divided by Mulsant (Col. Fr. p. 160, &c.)
into two divisions, and the number of genera increased. The first divi-
sion, AphodicMriiy with narrow hinder tarsi, and distinct claws upon them,
is separated into three sub-divisions : — 1. AphodiatCB, has normally the
striflB on the elytra with simple interstices, the head flat or slightly
convex, half-six- angled or semicircular, and then slightiiy emarginated
anteriorly; weU developed membranous maxillary lobes. 1. Colobop-
terus ; elytra truncate, not completely covering the pygidium ; A. error-
ticus. The following genera (2-6) have the clypeus laterally dilated
before the eyes. 2. Coprimorphus ; first joint of the hind tarsus as
long as the four following put together ; A. scrutator. 3. Ewplewrus ;
scnteUum long, back of the elytra flat ; A. mbterraneua. 4. Otophorus ;
scutellum long, back of the elytra convex, dilatation of the sides of the
dypeus forming a right angle ; A, TujemorrhoidaUs. 5. Teuchestes ; like
4, only the dilatation of the sides of the clypeus is rounded;. A.fowyr,
6. AphodiiM; scutellum short; A, gcrybcblcMrniSf conjugatuSf fxtens,
^metariuSj rubens, Dej. ; alpicola, new spedes, from Savoy ; vem/uSf
new species, from the South of France ; ater, grcmcmus, bimcuiulatus,
plagiatus, ^r^maculatus, trutis, esGigwuSy new species ; pudllus, Hbt. ;
manticola, Dej., new species ; hydrochceris, F. ; sordidus, F. ; lugensy
Cr. ; imm/undaSy Or. ; nitiduhiSy F. ; merda/rivs, F. ; ferrugineus, Dej.,
* One of these has been called 0. hirculusy a name under which a species,
abundant in Brazil, has been described by Mannerheim, and which must
therefore be altered.
231
188 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
new speeies ; Uvidu$, 01. ; lineolatus, HL ; mdanasHctttB^ Schiipp., Schm. ;
inqwinaMu, F. ; pictus, St. ; testulatug, Or. ; ttietieus, Pz. ; cantputus.
Or.; ^-guttoHu, Hbt.; terieatuij Zgl.; obMurtM, F. ; porcus, F. In
the two following genen (7 and 8) the dypeni Ib little if at all dilated
laterally. 7. Acronus ; clypeus semiciicolar, posterior border of tha
prothoiax, at leaat in the middle, not maxginated; A, ducus, Jnr.;
ruJlpeBf L. ; Iwridus, F. ; depreamu, Kng. ; Peeari, F. 8. Melinopteru$ ;
cljpena semihexagonal ; A. prodronwu, Brahm. ; obliteratus, Heyd. ;
contaminatuSj Hbt. 9. Trichonottu ; differing fi!om the preceding by
the hairy prothoraz; A, terapha, F. 10. HeptaulacuB, has seven
furrows on the elytra, with rib-like interstiees ; A. mm, F. ; nivcUis {aus,
yar., Oyll.), and testwUnarius, F. — Second sab-diyision : AfnmosciatcB ;
head strongly arched, dypens semicircular deeply emarginated, the
maxillary lobes short and fringed. A single genus : 11. AtMnoBcius ;
A, elevatut, F. — Third sub-diyision : PUwrophoratas ; ten rib-like in-
terstices of the strisB on the elytra, the sixth and eighth shorter than
the seyenth. 12. Pktffiogonus ; elytra truncate obliquely to the suture ;
A, arenarius, IlL 13. Oxyomv* ; head simply dotted ; A, porcatus,
F. The following haye the head coyered with eleyated granulations.
14. Platytomus; prothorax fringed, and without transyerse furrows,
first joint of the hinder tarsi dilated triangularly ; P. sabuhmM, Dej.,
rare in the South of France. 15. Pleurophorus ; prothorax as in the
preceding, first joint of the hinder tarsi narrow and of equal breadth ;
A, ccews, Panz. 16. Rhyasenwu; prothorax fringed with short bristles
on the sides, the back transyersely frurowed ; A. porcatus, F. ; verru-
cosus, new species, from Marseilles. — The second diyision, i^ommo-
diarii, has the hind legs thickened, the hind tarsi with gradually smaller
joints and indistinct daws. 17. DiasHcttAs ; prothorax without fringes
and cross furrows; A, sabuleti, Payk. 18. PfomMnodius; prothorax
with cross furrows, and set with short little bristles on the sides;
A, sulcicoUis and parcicoUis, HI.
There is certainly much good in this arrangement, though the diarao-
ters usually employed are preferable, and the marks of the genera are
often yery minute and undefined* An examination of the extra European
species will establish some of them and alter others, and espedally giye
the proper rounding to the divisions. The AmrnceciatcB wUl then assume
a less subordinate rank in richness of species. The genera Coprimorpkus
and EupletMTus cannot be separated ; but Colohopterus and Teuchestes,
as well as Acrassus, appear yeiy natural groups of species. Heer has
shown, that Diagtictus (sabuleti) is the proper PiBammodius, Gyll., and
does not belong to the AphodudcBy but the Trogidce. (V. Jahresb. f.
1841, p. 225).
Aphodius Zenkeri, Germar, has been figured in his Fauna Ins. Eur.
22, 6.
232
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 189
Aphodius erows of the reporter is a new species from Van Diemen's
Land (Aich. 1842, i. p. 157).
To the Trogidce the reporter has had the Trax augtroUanoi, Latr.,
from Van Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 158),
Germar has written an excellent monograph on the spherical Trogidas
(Zeitschr. iy. p. 109, 1. 1). Thej form four genera; some are completely
spherical (the posterior angle of the prothorax quite rounded) : SphcBro-
marphns, with ten-jointed antennae, broad flat tibie, long and thin tarsi,
contains fifteen species from different parts of America, hitherto all un-
described; Synarmogtes, with nine-jointed antenna, broad flat tibi»,
short tarsi : containing two species from Madagascar, Aca/nthoc. tibialis,
Kl., and scctbroitu, Laporte. In the others, the sphere is incomplete
(the prothorax has blunt angled posterior comers) : Clceotus has nine-
jointed antennsB, triangular tibi», short tarsi; two new species from
Columbia. Lastly, Acaa^thocerus, MacLeay, with ten-jointed antennie,
triangular tibias, pretty long tarsi ; nineteen species, of which seven have
already been described in diflerent places, and one (aphodioides) even
under four names. Thus thirty-eight species are known ; of these, two
are from Madagascar, the others belong exdusively to America; for
A. senegalengis. Lap., owes its name to an error in its locality, which
is Cayenne, so that Dejean's name of A, striatus should be employed.
Mulsant has enriched the Geotru^idce with one new genus, Thorectes
(Col. Fr. p. 367), which differs from Qeotrupea by the soldered elytra,
rudimentary wings, and the dub of the antennsB, in which, when it is
folded up, the middle fold is not concealed ; G, Icevigatus, F. The name
is synonymous with Thorictus, Qerm. I cannot conyince myself of the
utility of this genus, and would rather consider it, as well as Cerate-
phyusy as a sub-genus of Geotrupes,
Mulsant has enriched Bolbocerus (ibid. p. 350, 1. 1, f. 15, 16) with
a distinct new European species, B. gaUicug, It has much similarity to
B. AEneas, but the upper side is glossy black, the scutellum not dotted ;
diflerent from the North African B, hocchus, by the simple conical head-
horn of the male, &c. Many New Holland species of this genus have
become known, principally belonging to the north and west sides. Bain-
bridge (Trans. Ent. Soc. of Lend. iii. p. 79) has described a series of
them: B, Kithyi, latus (same with B, frontalis, Gudr. Yoy. de le
Fayorite, both females), serricoUis, hastifer (same with Athyreus recti-
camis, Gu^., ibid., but really a Bolbocervs), 7'tubereulatus, Jissiccmis,
trituberctUatus, The first species is from Melyille Island, the rest from
Swan Biyer. Hope (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 43) also describes B. Kirbyi,
from Port Essiogton, besides three new spedes, B, neglectus, rotwndor-
tus, both females ; B. rtibescens. The two latter are amongst the smallest
spedes. The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 105) has shown, that the
genus Elephastanitts, MacL., is untenable, as E, proboscideus is only
233
190 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
an aberrant male of Bolbocerus, and certainly B, austrcUasicBy Kirby,
is the female, upon which, also, the genus Bolbocerus is founded.
The reporter has increased the group of DynasHdce with one new
genus, Pimelopus, which has, in common with Cheiroplatys, Hope, the
hind legs strongly thickened, with leaf-like terminal spines, &c., but is
distinguished by its three- toothed anterior tibin, also three-toothed man-
dibles, five-toothed maxillm, and a body more swollen. One species,
from Van Diemen's Land, P. p&rcellua (Arch. 1842, L p. 159) ; also
Cheiroplatys mcelivs of the reporter (ibid. p. 158).
Waterhouse has made known a Beetle of Yaldiyia as OrycUymor-
phtM (?) piettu (Entomologist, p. 261), which Ghi^rin has already
described as O. variegatus. The author was only acquainted with the
female, so that his opinions with regard to the definition of the- genus
are not well grounded.
In the group of Rutelidce, Gu^rin has characterized a new genus,
Barymorpha (Delessert Voyage, ii p. 40, t. 11, f. 2), which, in most
points, agrees with Parastasia, but difiers in the daws of the hind tarsi
being equal and simple ; B. himciculataf the only species, is from the
island of Penang, on the coast of Malacca. Parastada has also been
enriched by the same author with a new species from the same place,
P. cbscu/ra ; and Westwood has added another, P. rufopUta, from Sylhet
(Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 55).
Harris (Ins. of Massachussets, p. 23) mentions, that the Pdid/nota
punctcUa is often found, in great quantity, on the wild and cultivated
vine, the leaves of which they gnaw, and do much harm to the fruit.
They fly by day. The larva lives in decayed wood.
Mulsant has divided the MelolonthidcB (CoL Fr. p. 405) into four
groups, MeloUmtha/ricB, Serica/ricB, AwymobUj/ria, and Hoplicmce, the
characters of which are only given in regard to the European ones,
and taken from the daws alone ; the author distinguishes the SericaruB
from the Mddontha/noBy by their daws being so cleft at the point, that
the under tooth is broader and blunter than the upper. I have formerly
remarked (Arch. 1 Jahrg. i. p. 261), that in this division the labrum is
concealed, so that the anterior margin of the mentum lies immediately
upon the clypeus ; there are also some other characters which are found
united in the European Seriacasy and which extra European genera have,
individually, in common with them. The AnonuUa/rioi are distin-
guished by simple, and, in general, remarkably unequal hind daws.
This is always the case; but it does not distinguish them from the
Hoplia/ricBf for which the author gives a single hind daw as a charao-
teristic, as the greater number of the extra European, espedaJly the
numerous South African forms of this division, have two simple unequal
claws like the Anomalarice. The want of tiie terminal spines, on the
hind legs, should rather characterize the Hopliarice, The division
234
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 191
SericcmcB here contains the genera Serica (pnmnea)y with double-toothed
anterior tibiae, nine-jointed anteniise, with an elongated laminated dub
in the ^, and somewhat truncated maxillary palpi ; OmalopUa {holso-
sericea. Scop., va/nabili$, F.), with double-toothed anterior tibisB, ten-
jointed antennae, pointed maxillary-palpi ; Br<ichyphylla {ruricola, F.),
with double-toothed anterior tibiae, nine-jointed antennae, and the hind
margin of the clypeus depressed on each side, and, in consequence, haying
a projecting posterior angle ; Triodonta (AquUa, Dej., Lap.), with triple
toothed anterior tibiae, indistinctly ten-jointed antennae ; and HymenopUa,
Esch., with triple^toothed tibiae, nine-jointed antennae, and claws fur-
nished beneath with a membranous border. Under the Hoplia/ncB the
author separates the HoplicB with ten -jointed antennae, as a peculiar
genus, Deca/meria, although the male abne distinctly possesses the ten-
jointed antennse and not the female.
Mulsant has described several new species : Anoana scutella/ria, Chevr.,
from the South of France, resembling the avstralia, Sch. ; Rhijsotrogus
thoradcvSf Dej. (is maculicoUu, Villa, Heer) ; Rh, cicatricoaus, chiefly
inhabiting the south, plentiful at Lyons ; Rh, ma/rgmipes, Cherr., also
in the south, especially at Bordeaux ; Rh. viciwus, Dej.; HymenopUa
Chev^rolatii, in the south of France, at Lyons, upon Festuca elatior,
different from the Portuguese H, sPrigosa (Mel, atrigosa, HI.)
Heer has published a valuable treatise, " Uber geographlsche Yer-
breitung und periodisches Auftreten der Maikafer." He here shows
a three years' cycle of development. Rosenhauer also asserts, for the
Erlangen district, a three years' period. Katzeburg (ibid. p. 39) adduces
his farther, experience in favour of a four years' cycle.
Gu^rin (Rev. Zool. p. 6) has remarked, that several species of Rkizo-
tragus, of Algiers, are wingless; and, in consequence of this circum-
stance, have peculiar habits; he therefore proposes, that they should
form a peculiar sub-genus, under the name of Geotrogus, There are
four species cited, one of which is new ; Rh. Magagnosciif which must
have a great similarity to the Rh. diepdr, only the hind tarsi of the ^
are thin, and scarcely longer than the tibiae, while, in the rest, they are
a half longer ; I do not know if this is the case in the other three species
enumerated under Qeotrogus; both sexes of Rh. dupar. Gory, wiU
belong to this sub-genus (the same is also the case with the RJi. Gabcb-
lu8, Buq., which is not mentioned) ; of Rh. Gera/rdii and Amphytus
(not Evphytus), Buq. ; the fenuiles only belong to it, the males being
true winged Rhizotrogi.
Hope has mentioned some new species from Wei^tem Africa (Ann.
Nat. Hist. ix. p. 495) ; Popillia suloipennis, luteipen/nis, cyanoptera,
Lepidiota Sa/vagei, Euchlora circv/mcincta.
Anuoplia theicola, Waga (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 273,
t. 11, f. 9), was found in a packet of Chinese tea.
235
1
192 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
The reporter has made some oontnbutions to the knowledge of New
Holland Melolonthas (Arch. 1842, i. p. 160-170). The position of the
genus Cryptodus (p. 106) I have left doubtfiiL I haTO since oonyinoed
myself, that this genus, in a wider sense, does belong to the MeloUmthcBj
and certainly to the division of the Cyclocephalites, Lap., where it ap-
proaches nearest to Lcmvproput, Lap., which is also to be reckoned in that
group. The species fiom Van Diemen's Land, described by me (ibid,
p. 160), Or. a/t^thracinvis, is probably the same with Cr, tcLgmcmnicmuSf
Westw. (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 34).
Seyeral new genera have been characterized, of which Silopa (with
eight species) ; Nepytis (one species) ; SduUa (two species), stand in
the middle between the proper Melolonthas and Sericce, as they have,
in common with the former, the distinct protniding kbnim, and with
the latter, the short blunt mandibles, and broad shield-like femora.
They correspond, perhaps, partly to the genus Sericestis, Dej. ; Scitala
espedaJly belongs to it ; different forms, however, appear to be inter-
mixed. The new genus Telwra (one new species) is somewhat more
aberrant, as its femora do not more than cover one segment of the
abdomen. One Lipa/retuB and one Phyllotoevs (Macrothops) are also
described.
Hope has characterized one new genus from Port Essington, Phoenog-
nathus (Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 45) ; " Pachypo affine, pedibus posticis longis-
simis, caput in medio comutum, labrum porrectum, oonicum, mandibular
exsertae, antennie 9-articulat8B maxillie lobiB minutissimis, prothorax
antice subretusus, elytra conica postice vaMe attenuata." One species,
Fk, JSrichsonii ; 3"' long ; doubtful, in my opinion. Also : SericestkU
Oouldii, not belonging to the genus characterized by me, but to a
new one, which 1 have provisionally marked in the Berlin collection with
the name of Col/pochUa ; Lipa/retra nigricollis ; and, lastly, Moechidius
rufus. Westwood has given the diagnoses of five new species of McBchi-
divs (comprehending the last), which 1 here mention by way of supple-
ment (Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 40).
In the Ins. of Massachusetts, Harris has contributed some valuable
information on North American MdolontMdcd. Areoda la/nigera is par^
ticularly injurious to pear trees, without, however, sparing others. It
appears in May and June, and flies in the morning and evening. The
genus PhyUophaga, Harris, takes a preponderating rank in North
America (described in 1826, afterwards called AncyUmycha, by Dejean) ;
Ph, quercina, appears in May and June, in masses, flying by night,
chiefly destroying the leaves of the dherry trees. The larv» eat the
roots of grass, so that the turf can, in spots, be lifted up like a carpet ;
Ph, fratemay Harr., somewhat smaller than the preceding, slenderer,
the dots upon the prothorax and the elytra not so distinct, the three
raised lines on the elytra scarcely to be perceived, otherwise like
236
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 193
the former ; appears in June and July ; lees numerous, habits similar ;
Ph, hirticulay Kn., appears at same time ; common. In other places,
Ph, georgica/na {Mel, georg,, Schonh.) appears in masses in May and
June. Melolontha vctriolosa, Hentz. (this is the true Mel. occidentalis,
L.), is found at some points of the coast, in multitudes but seldom uniyer-
sallj. The nocturnal Omcbloplia veapertina and sericea gnaw the leaves
of the Ro9a rubiginosa. Anofnala coeld>Sy Germ., to which perhaps Mel.
vctricms and Itmcola, F., belong, is found in great quantity on the dif-
ferent species of Sumach, which it often entirely strips of leaves ; and,
since 1825, has begun to spread itself over the wild and cultivated vine.
Mcbcrodactyhns avhtpmosusy commonly called '* rose-bug" in North
America, appearing at the season of the rose-blossom, and generally
upon roses, has in latter years very much increased, and extended itself
to other plants, particularly the vine and fruit trees, and may be esteem-
ed the worst of all MelolonthidcBf as it not only consumes the leaves, but
also the blossoms and fruit. The development from, the ^;g to the
beetle takes place in it within a year.
The MeUtophiloB have been treated of in Burmeister's *^ Handbuch
der Entomologie, 3 Bd., Coleoptera LameUicomia Melitophila."
Mulsant (CoL Fr. p. 519) divides the group CeUmiid<B into three sub-
divisions : Valg<Mii, Trichiariiy and Cetonia/rii. The first differs from
the others by the hind legs diverging from each other. The last sub-
division is separated into three genera : Cetonia, with a knob-like dilated
apophysis of the 1»reast, the others with a simple one ; Oxythyrea (aHctica)^
tibias double-toothed; Tropinota {hirtella, L., hirta, F.), with triple-
toothed anterior tibise. Under the last genus a new species, Tr. Reyi,
is mentioned, which has hitherto generally been confounded with
Tt. hirteUa, and is minutely distinguished by the author : it had already
been described by Gharpentier (Hor. ent.) as C. crinita,
Westwood has contributed much to the knowledge of this group in his
Arcana Entomologica; a peculiar treatise is devoted to the GoUaifddce
of Asia (p. 113). He adds to the genus Narydus, as a sub-genus, Cypho^
nocepJicUuB, which, at the first sight, especially in the form of the horns
of the head, resembles Dicronocephalus (Hardtiuichit)^ but agrees with
N€vryciu9 in the parts of the mouth, and differs by the simple anterior
tibisB of the <^. N. (Cyphonoceph.) gma/ragdulugy is a beautiful East
Indian beetle. Mycteristes, with the sub-genus Phcedimtui and Jwmnos,
are next mentioned, from which M. rhdnophyllua $, and J. Raylii ^, are
figured; the genus Rhombarhina, Hope, with nine species, is men-
tioned, of which Rh, apicalis from Nepal, Rh. microeephala from the
Himalayah, Rh. clypeata from Japan, are new ; and Rh. japonica and
hyacmthinay Hope, are figured ; a tenth, Rh. piUpes, only cursorily
mentioned by name, is afterwards, p. 192, again introduced as a variety
of Rh. MeJUi. A new genus, Anomalocera^ has been described by Hope,
237
194 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
and is here figured ; the long aoteimal-clulMi of the male, as well as the
longer and narrower thoraeic spines, distinguish it from the preceding
genus. A, Pa/rrii is from the Himalajah. TrigonocephahMy Hope, is
represented as a peculiar genus, with four species ; of these plates are
giyen of Tr. nepalemU (Hardtvickii), i, DelesserHi, and a new one,
TV. Sawndeniij from the East Indies ; the fourth, Tr, Ccmtori, Hope,
according to Westwood, does not differ from the first. Under the
name Heterorhina, he comprehends those of which the males have
not the fore-legs remarkably long. It is principally formed from
GhfiatKocera and Dieheros, Gory. The different species, eren those
nearest allied, deriate in the characteristics of the sex and the form of
the maxillary lobes, the latter vary also in different indiyiduals of the
same species, and eyen in one and the same individual ; there belong
to it of Asiatic species — for the genus is also common in Africa —
OncUhoe, nigrit<Mrti$f HopH, Gory ; dlives, Westw. {MacLea/yi, Goty,
pretiosat MacL.) ; MaeLeayi, Kirby (pretiosa, Esch.) ; decora, JJL
{(^-mcbculata, F.); amncena, Hope; punctatigmna, Westw. (jucunda,
Hope); tibialis^ Westw.; glaberrima, Westw., new East Indian species ;
BengalentUf Hope (melanariay Gory) ; jucunday Germar (»maragdina,
Gory); elegcms, F. ; oUviueay Gu^r.; himacula, Wd. {Wiedema/nni,
MacLeay) ; confusay Westw. (bimaculata, Gory) ; Cwoera (Diceros <?i*v.,
Newm.) ; Childrenn, new species from Bengal ; hicomis, Latr. {Dicker,
plagiatvs, Gory) ; omata (Dick, om., Hope) ; higuttata, Westw., new
species from the Philippines ; decora {Dich, dec,. Gory) ; PeteUiy Buq. ;
which last scarcely differs from the preceding. These twenty-three
species are, with few exceptions, figured with dissections.
Westwood has illustrated the QoUathidas of Africa in a similar
manner. At the top stand HypselogefMa and OoUathvs with the
three known species, O, giganteuSy Lam., which he examined- in
the Glasgow collection ; Drwrii, Westw. (9 regiugy Kl.) ; and Cacicus
(9 prmcepSy Hope). Of Mecynorkma, Hope; M, Pohfphemue 9, and
torquata i and 9» &ro represented in excellent plates. Under Cerato-
rhina the author comprehends Dicronorhinay Hope; and EudicelUty
White; the group Dicronorhina is composed of mieansy Druiy,
which the author holds to be different from that found at Senegal, and
to which, on this account, he gives a new name, cavifrons ; tplendens,
MacLeay ; and both sexes of a splendid new species, C, derbycma,
Melly, from the interior of South Africa^ are very beautifully figured.
The second group, HudiceUay White, contains Daphnis, Buq. ; SmithU,
MacLeay; Morgani, Wh.; frontalUy Westw.; the two latter are
figured ; OralUiy Buq. ; and one new species, C. (Eud,) ignitay West#.,
from the Gold Coast. The third group, Ckeirolasiay Westw., is a new
fi>rm, where the anterior tibias of the male are unarmed either outwardly
or inwardly ; but on the fore-legs, on the inside, the tip of the thigh,
238
INSECTA— COLEOPTERA. 195
the base of the tibia, and the daw-joint, are covered with thick hairs ;
the colour is not metallic, the upper suifaoe is ornamented with spots of
felt : C Ch, Bwrkei from South Africa. Tatn/rhina (NireuSf Schaum) ;
Coelorrhina (Ai-m(icv,lata, F., av/rata, Westw.) ; and Stepho/norrhma,
Burm. (jguttata, 01.); form the three following groups. The next
genus, Tmesorrhina, Westw., has the short thoracic apophysis in
common with the preceding, but differs in the unarmed head of the
male; Tm. concolor, new species from Sierra Leone, and Jris, F.
{okmabiUs, Bainbr.) The new genus, Aphelorrhina, Westw., agrees
with the preceding in the unarmed head, but differs in a long thoracic
apophysis; A. dmillima, formerly figured as Tmesorrh, s., is a new
species firom Sierra Leone. To these are added Dym/usia (cyanea,
01., and punctata, Sch.) ; Bothrorrhina (refiexa and och/reata. Gory) ;
Chordodera (5-Uneata, F., and pentaehordia, Kl.) ; and Plcedorrhina,
Burm. ; (depressa, Gory, cmcta, Voet., pkma, Wd., medianay Westw.,
new species from Cape Palmas ; abbreviata, F.) The African species
of Heterorhina are : — Africa/na, Drury ; viridi-^a/nea, PalL, Beaur. ;
vnonoc&ros, Gory ; sutwoMa, F. ; algoerms, Melly, a new species from
South Africa, of which the male, with two long horns, approaches the
East Indian form of Dicheros ; JlavipeiMiis, Westw., likewise new ; also
Feigtha/meliif chloris, and sma/ragdina. Gory. Lastly, the new genus,
AniMrrhma, Westw. ; the different species exhibiting Taxied formation
in the head; the thoracic apophysis conical, projecting; the tibiae in
the male all simple, in the female the anterior tibiae three>toothed,
the posterior with spines below the middle : the species are, himaculata,
Dej. {Jlavoma,eulata, F.) ; v/n\h(mata. Gory ; 3-vittata, Schaum ; hicolor,
Burm. ; natalendst Hope. The last three species are figured.
Another treatise of Westwood (ibid. p. 125, t. 32), represents several
remarkable CeUmiai of Madagascar : Bothrorrhina rejtexay Schizorhina
ChMriniiy new species; and plwrnigera {Ceton, phi/m,. Gory); and
ChromoptiUa diversipeB, Westw., a new genus, which, to the Trichia-
like form of body, unites the hairy covering on the legs, similar to that
of the preceding species.
The same author also figures (ibid. p. 103, t. 28) some remarkable new
CetonicB of the East Indies and New Holland : Schizorhma obUquata,
from New Holland; 8ch. BesHi, from Norfolk Island; Macronota
Mea/regU, from the Himalayah ; M. BafiesioMa, from Sumatra ; if. trigtis,
from Java ; if. vitHgera, from Mysore ; lastly, he figures (ibid. p. 1S7)
t. 48, f. 6), an African species of the genus Inca : I, lineola, Westw.,
from Sierra Leone.
' There are also two new species firom Western Africa, Diplognatha
admixta, and CeUmia cmcticolHsy'Hope. (Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 494«)
In the voyage of Delessert, Gu^rin has given an etching of the head
and parts of the mouth of the genus Centhrognathus ; a beautiful plate
239
196 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
of Ool (Trigcnophorout) DeUnerHi; m well as oopions descriptions of
the CeUmia ooUeeted bj Delessert (Chuathocera oUvaeea, Macronota
picta, Cet. McUayana, Chtyi, rufimttata).
Saunders has characterized two new species fimn the north of India,
Crema$tocheilu8 (Ccmochilus) CampbelUi, and C. brutmeus. (Proceed.
Ent. Soe. p. 51.)
Among the LueanidcB, Molsant has described (GoL Fr. p. 582) a
genns, HexapJiyUuB, which he had characterized (1838) in the Ljons
*< Ann. d. Sc. Phys. et Nat. publ. par la Soc. d'Agric./' but which has
hitherto been little known ; it differs ftom Luc<invs only in the greater
number of antennal plates, a characteristic which is not essential in
Luecmug, and in which the species nearest allied show yariation. The
species, J7. Pon&}r%anti, Muls., which was found once at Lyons, does not
appear to me to be new, but identical with L. harbctrosia, F.
Hope has characterized, as new, spedes of Lucanus, from Western
Africa (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 494), L, Savtigei, picipenms, cMgulatug,
Ghidrin has figured, in Delessert's Souy. (p. 48, 1. 12, f. 3), under the
name of Lucanus Delestertii, a variety of the Z. hicolaTf OL, in which
the yellow of the sides of the elytra gradually dilates posteriorly.
DorcuB LessonU, Buquet, is a new Chilian species. (Ann. d. L Soc.
Ent. d. Fr. xL p. 283, 1. 12, 1.)
The species of the genus La/mprima haye been catalogued by the
reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 108). The males of one group haye the
single terminal horn of the anterior tibias yery broad and hatchet-
shaped: L. LatreiUii, MacLeay (omea, Boisd.); L. q>lendens, new
species; L. fulgiday Boisd. (cmrata, MacLeay); L. ruHlans, new
species ; here also belongs X. c^nea, MacLeay (Lethr. cBneut, Fab.) In
the others, the same terminal horn of the anterior tibiss is narrower
and knife-shaped : L, viridisj new species ; and L, Micardi, Reiche.
L, pygnuxa, MacLeay, is doubtful.
Two Guinea species of Pasaahu haye been described by Lnhof (Yerh.
der Naturf. Ges. zu Basel, y. p. 171) : P. paaxuticus, like tiie P. 6ar6attcs,
F., but the antennal dub is three-leayed (in that it is fiye-leayed), is
new; the other, P. dcbsyplewrus (p. 172), appears to me identical with
P. planicepB, Esch.
Tenebbiones. — The Marquis de Br^me has published, in the Rey. Zool.
p. 81 and 106, and also under a separate title, " Monographic de quelq.
genr. de Col^opt^res h^t^rom^res appartenant it la tribu des Blapsides,
8yo., ayec une planche au trait. Paris, 1842 ;" a monograph of one group
of Blapsides, which embraces Misola/mpus, Sphcerotu/s^ and some other
aUied genera. Misola/mpus has four species, of which two are new :
M, ludtcmicuSf like the M, giblmkbs, but the dots upon the head and
prothoraz are more isolated and deeper, the elytra without striae and
irreg^ularly dotted, is from Portugal ; and M. Bcmibwri, with rows of
240
INSECT A — COLEOPTERA. 197
superficial points and extremely finely dotted interstices on the elytra,
from Andalusia. Spha^rotus has eight species, in three sub-divisions :
Spk, cwrvipes, Kirby ; cribratuB, new species from Paraguay ; loevigatvs
and costatvMy new species from Brazil, have a longish oonvez prothoraz ;
8ph. poUtus, new species from Mexico, has a longish but less convex
prothorax, narrowed anteriorly ; Sph, gravidus, thoracicvs, mexica/nus,
new species from Mexico, have a shorter and flatter prothorax, also the
£Ye penultimate joints of the antennae less conical. ZopMus, a new genus,
founded on the Helops rufo-pictus, Wied. ; HeUofuguSf Guer. (AmphywSf
Dej.), with the three species described by Guerin in the Mag. de ZooL ;
lastly, a new genus, Dmonvm, allied to Heliofagus, but the clypeus
not distinctly divided from the forehead, the prothorax almost of the
breadth of the elytra, &c., with a single new species, D. perforatfmy from
Mexico. In the separately published treatise, the generic characters
are figured.
In the group of the OpatrtdcR, the reporter has described (Arch. 1S42,
i. p. 172) one new New Holland genus, Cestriwus, with two new species
from Van Diemen's Land, which has the habit of Opairwn, but is
apterous, and differs in the undilated anterior tibifie, &c.
Schiodte has given a description of the internal structure of OpottrtMn
sabulogwm (Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 204).
Westwood (Proceed. ZooL Soc. 1841, p. 66) laid before the Zoological
Society of London, a paper on some TenebrionidoB of .tropical Africa, in
which several new species are described : Chiroscelia bifenestreUa and
p<i88aloides ; Prioscelis {Iphius, Dej.) Baddoni and crassicomis, from
GKiinea ; and OdontopfM tristis, frY)m Senegal ? There is a continuation,
in the Proceedings for 1842, p. 117. Besides seven species of Nyei^
hates, N. mcerens, confwfus, punctatus {Helopa pwnct., F.), hypocrita
(Iphthin, hyp,, Dej., gmneensis, Westerm.), tra/ngversalis, hrevicomis,
rottmdicoUis, four new genera are described : CcUostegia ; large, oblong,
sides of prothorax serrated towards the anterior angle ; antennae short
and thick, the 7'lOth joints larger than the rest, the eleventh still
larger and somewhat pointed ; the interior maxillary lobe has a hooked
tooth at the point, all the thighs with two spines near their apex, tibiae
sinuated on the inner side both above and below their middle : C ptMr-
pwtipenms, from Ashantee. Negioticus ; short, round, strongly gibbous,
inner maxillary lobes without hooks, terminal joints of the maxillary
palpi hatchet-shaped, antennae compressed, a little thickened towards the
point, legs simple, mesostemum forming a blunt projection : M, fia-
vapictus, from the Gold Coast. Ogcosoma; short and very broad,
antennae thin, scarcely thickened towards the point, both maxillary ap-
pendages membranous, prothorax convex, all the angles sharp, elytra
convex with interrupted ribs, legs thin bristly: O, grcuMdcMre, from
Ghunbia. Megaccmtha; thick and convex, eyes kidney-«haped, inner
241 Q
198 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
maxillary lobe membranoufl ; antenne long, the last joints, from the
seyenth, somewhat broader ; prothoraz rounded, legs long, anterior thighs
with one tooth, anterior tibiss crooked, middle tibi» in the male serrated
intemallj (on the anterior tibiie the tooth and crook is stronger in the
male) : M, tend/roia, from Ashantee.
Of two New Guinea species described by Imhof (VerhandL der Na-
turf. Ges. zu Basel, y. p. 174), one, IphtfUmv^ crenato-striatus, is identical
with the N^ct, hypocrita, Westw. ; the other, Tenebrio gmneends, is
known nnder the name of T. aubrugosuBj Dej.
The reporter has described seyeral species from Van Diemen's Land
(Arch. 1842, i. p. 174), namely, UpU (Iphthin.) (mgulatus^ Tenebrio
hunUUs, cohfdioidesy corvinus,
Hope (Gtt^r. Magas. de ZooL Ins.) has figured Cdka/r (?) inhuoMitus
(pi. 89), and Monomma rednoiu/m (pi. 87), both from Gum. Anim^.
The latter is nearly allied to M. marginata (Tritoma m.. Fab.), but is
not the same ; the former must, at all eyents, be more minutely exa-
mined to determine its genus.
A monograph^ by the Marquis de Br^me, on the group Cosgyphidce,
Paris, 1842, has reached me, but I must defer my report upon it till
next year, when it will be completed. From the notice in the Eey. Zool.
1843, p. 46), it is at present to be* understood, that the author unites the
Helasus (with the exception of dlibe) with Cosgyphus, and diyides the
former into four, the latter into two sub-genera.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 175) has described Cilibe peltata as a
new species from Van Diemen's Land, and founded a new genus, Saragus,
upon the 8ilpha loevicolUs, F., which (1. c. p. 171, t. 4, f. 7) was placed
with the PedinilxB, but which now appears to me more closely allied to
Imhof has enriched the group of the HelopicB (Yerhandl. d. Naturf.
Ges. zu Basel, y. p. 175) with two new species of Stenochia, St. criM-
pennis and cupripes, and one of the (still undescribed) genus Hyhonotus,
Dej., H» femoralis ; all from Guinea.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 175) has described three new species of
AdeUwm from Van Diemen's Land, and characterized two new genera :
OUsthoBna (p. 177, t. 4, f. 8), and Titcma (p. 178, t. 4, f. 9) ; the former
with one, the latter with two new species.
The new genus, Ulodes of the reporter, belongs to the Diaperialoe,
and has one new species, U, verrucosus^ frt)m Van Diemen's Land (1. c.
p. 180, t. 5, f. 1). BoUtophagus Sapphira, Newman (Entomologist,
p. 404), from Port Philip, appears to be a yery distinct new species.
McMrgus ohscwrus, Redtenbacher (Col. Austr. p. 17)) from Austria, may
be placed as s3monymous with Teneb. madens, Charp.
A new genus, Blepusa, of the group CisteUcUe, has been described
by Westwood (Transact. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 69, t. 3, f. 3). It is AllecuH-
242
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 199
fonn, with membranous appendages on the middle tarsal joints, distin-
guished by the transyerse hatchet-shlaped terminal joint of the palpi.
Bl, coUata; glossy black, with alternately elevated interstioes of ^e
punctate strisB on ihe eljtn; &*' long ; probably from Mexico.
CUtda ndfiMripes, Thihlf Eedtenbacher (CoL Aust. p. 18), has already
been described by Germar under the same name (Spec. ins. nov.)
MoBDBLLOinss. — MovdeUa promucua is a new species of the reporter's
from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 181).
SALPiNGinjB. — The reporter has remarked (1. c. p. 183), that the Euro-
pean species of Salpingus separate into two forms : the one (Sphairiestesy
Kirby : S, ater, picece, bima-culatu»f foveolatus) has the last fiye joints
of the antennsB imperceptibly thickened, and the margins of the pro-
thorax simple ; the other (SalpiTigus, Latr., lAsiodemaf Curt. : 8. curaor,
dentatus) has the last three ant^inal joints remarkably thickened, and
the margins of the pxothorax dentated. Between these stands Salp,
h^bridfu, firom Van Diemen's Land, which agrees with the latter in the
antennae, and with the former in the prothorax.
Laoriari^. — ^In this family might be reckoned an insect from Gmn.
Animd, which Hope figured under the name of MegcUocera rvbricoUU
(€hi^. Mag. de 2iOoL Ins. pL 88.) It is slender, with spreading serrated
antennas with triangular joints, projecting eyes, punctate-striate elytra,
and small and lobed penultimate tarsal joint.
Amthicid js. — Dr. Schmidt of Stettin has published a treatise on the
European species of ^fitAictw, in the Entomol. Zeitung (p. 79, 122, 170,
193). He divides the AnthicuSf F., into three genera: Notoxtu,
Geoff., with squarish mandibles, and filifonn antennae, also easily to
be recognised by the comuted prothorax ; AnthictM, with triangular
mandibles, and somewhat filiform antennas ; OchthenonMis, Dej., with
triangular mandibles, and dub-shaped antennas. Six species of Notoxu%
are mentioned, of which three are new : N, major, Dej., from different
parts of the South of Europe ; N. cmnatug, from the Tyrol, nothing
more perhaps than a slight yariety of the N. corrwUus ; and N, nUles,
a- good species from the Banat, chiefly differing from N. cwnutusy by
the truncated points of the elytra.
Thirty species of Anthicfia are described: among these, as new,
No. 4. A, terminatuSf Dej., from Corfu, a species yaiying much in
colour, with whidi No. 12. A, ruficoUU, is to be united as a yariely ;
No. 6. A, longicoUUy from Hungary and Italy ; No. 11. A, tristiB, from
the South of France ; No. 12. A, rufieoUMy from the South of France and
North of Italy (yariety of No. 4. A, terminatust Dej.) ; No. 13. A. tmi-
fasdatus, Dej., from the Tyrol, North of Italy, and«South of France
(already figured as A, fasciatus, Cheyr. in Guer. loonogr. Rdgn. An.) ;
No. 14. A, nuynogrcMmMMy Kunze, from Nice (same with A. cinettM,
Road, ajims, Dej.) ; No. 15. A, sardcusy Kunze, from Sardinia ; No. 16.
243
200 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
A, amomiu, from Avignon (teneUMi, Hoffg., Dej.) ; No. 18. A. mela/na^
rtfM, from Maneillefl (lame with phmJbeus, I^JO \ No. 19. A, vmcolor,
from Stjiia, Hungary, and France ; No. 20. A. brevis, from Marseilles ;
No. 21. A, caUotuB, ibid, (same with A, hruMneu$y Yert6 S^n.) ; No. 22.
A. feneitratus, Dej., from Italy and the South of France; No. 25, A.
instabiUs, Hoffg., from the Sonth of France and Spain ; No. 26. A.
cueiUarUt fitvm Hungary and Italy ; No. 27. A. hUeicomis, from Upper
Bavaria ; and No. SO. A, pulcheUuB, Dej., from the South of France and
Spain. The genus Ochthenomut contains one new species, O. dnuatus^
Kunze, from Italy and the South of France, with the 0. tenuicoUis,
widely distributed in the South of Europe {Notox. ten., Rossi, O. ctngtts-
tatus, Dej.) ; to the latter also belongs Laporte's A, dongatigtimus, for
which he prefers the generic name EndonUa, which is not a whit more
correct than that of Dejean, and deserves no more attention.
The Marquis de la Fertd S^nectdre has fronished another contribu-
tion to the knowledge of the species of Anthieus (Ann. de le Soc. Ent.
de Fr. ^ p. 247). . He has described and partly figured fourteen species,
found at a single spot at Perpignan: A, guttatus, Hoffg., Dej. (this
delineation is founded on one furnished by Dejean ; in the Hoffinannsegg
Collection the species is named by Alters, the 4b'guttatus, Rossi ; it is
therefore not new) ; A, ajlnu (is a variety of A, dnctus, Rossi, and
certainly A. monofframmug var. y, Schmidt) ; A, l)rwnneus (same with
eaUosuSf Sdim.) ; A. cmtonioB (doubtful, perhaps a variety of the A, ter-
minatfu, Dej.) ; A.plwmbeus, Dej. (same with mekmcMiius, Schm.) ; A,
teneUuSf Hof^., Dej. (same with A, amoenvs, Schm.) ; A, Bremei, a
species very nearly allied to the humiUs, Germ., and Wjpornis, Dej.,
which, however, appears to differ by slenderer 1^, shining underside,
&c. (it is the same with inqwdtor, Qeaii) ; A, minwtus, allied to the
preceding, but the vertex is not pointed posteriorly (same with cu/nor,
Qen6, 9aUmb$, Helf.) ; A, mela/nophtJialmus, a very distinct species
(like several of the others it is found also in Italy, but especially in
Sicily); A, piUcJiellvs, Dej.; lastly, the author gives a description of
the A, instabiUs, Hoffg. There are several, as may be inferred from
the remarks appended, which have been also described by Dr. Schmidt,
partly under the same, partly under other names.
Two new species have been described by the reporter, from Van
Diemen's Land, Anthieus strictus and vinctus (Arch. 18^, L p. 182).
XylopMlus nigrinus, Germar, Faun, Ins. Europ. 22, 7, 8 {£ and $),
is a new German species, which has received from the reporter the same
name in the Berlin collection.
YEsicAzmA. — The genus Meloe has received an addition of three new
species from Ghi^rin (Rev. Zool. p. 338) : M, foveolata from Tripoli, is
distinguished from M, cicatricomu and coriarius, by the pitted elytra ;
it must, therefore, perhaps stand next to M, etythrocnemui ; M, hume-
2U
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 201
raHs, from an elevated plain of the Cordilleras ; and M, a/ndeneiSf from
the top of the Andes ; both, have the terminal spines of the posterior
tibiae simple, like M, ccmcellatusy but differ firom it, the former by its
defl daws, the latter by its entire simple ones. The latter is deoep-
tively like the M. Klugii, but is distinguished firom it by the terminal
spines of the tibi» and the claws.
Harris gives some information oonoeming the oocnrrenoe of the
North American species of l^tta (Ins. of Massadius. p. 109). Most of
the species seem to prefer the potato plant, especially the L, vittata and
cinerea, which attack it in masses ; X. ma/rginata prefers the ClematU
virffinia/na, also CI. vioma and critpa; L, atrata, F., the SoUdago
altitdma. The Meloe cmgusHcolUSf Say, which is common in autumn,
and feeds on the leaves of the Eanunculi in preference, also attacks the
potato plant.
CuBcuLioNiDjs. — ^The second half of the sixth (second supplementary)
volume of Schonherr's great work, '* Genera et Species Gurculionidum,"
has appeared. It contains the groups CleonideSy MolytideSf and Byno-
pides. In the first, the genus Cleon/u$ is rightly extended by the sup-
pression of Bothynoderus, as also that o£EpiccBru8 by Chraphorinus ; on
the other hand, a number of new genera are added, viz., — Phcutologus,
nearly allied to QronapB, but differing in the form of its body ; and
Bhyparosanwu, resembling LittroderuSy both South African forms ; Byr-
9opages, approadiing Hylobivs, native of Kamtschatka ; Strcmgaliodetf
differing from Barynotus by the prothorax being lobed before the
eyes (von Bar. vorztiglich durch das vor den Augen gelappte Halsschild
unterschieden.), with a Chilian species; Catcptes, standing nearest
Liaphlceus, from New Zealand ; Catapionua, from Cashmere, allied to
LiophlcBus and Barynotus; Ampkidees, Mexican; Odontorhdnvs, from
Persia, very near Barynotua ; Tropiphorus, principally separated from
B<MynoUi8 by the want of the scutellum, containing the B. mercuaiaUSf
ca/rinatus, gkbaPue, &e, ; Perp&rut, New HoUand, having the habit of
OHorhffnchuB ; Pa/Mcoptbs, formed from the Baaynotua erinaceuSf Say;
MegcUonyetiSf Chilian ; Bhydidophloeus, containing the Cwc, aUnpes,
01., frx>m Madagascar ; Bastactea, Brazilian. — ^Under the MolyHdes, the
old genus Molytes is divided into Molytes (coronatua, &c.), Trydbiua
(ten^nioides, Pall., &c.), AnUorhynchua (bajuhu, tnonctchua, &c.), and
Leiaaamua (ovatuluay Clairv., dec.) Sotasmua, nearly allied to PUnthu8f
and CyUndrorhinuay Ghidr., both from New Holland; Macrotanua
from anterior Asia, nearly approaching Phytonomus, are also newly
diaracterized. Finally, by way of appendix, Procas, Steph., is added ;
Erirkinua Steveni, Schonh. iii., placed in it, and its situation shown to
be next Lepyrua, — To the Byraopideay 8ynthocua, from Africa, Periegea,
from the Caucasus, BorborocoBteat from Persia, Hypocokbua, from
South Africa (one of the twenty species was previously joined with
245
202 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
8paHecent$\ and J^ptpeckw, firam the interior of Oayenne, haye been added
aa new genera ; besides this, almost all th^ earlier genera are enridied
with new species ; as the typical specimens of the earlier descriptions
were mostlj giyen back to their owners, and thus served no longer for
comparison, it oonld not be ayoided, that freqnentlj known species were
described as new, an error of slight consequence in the yery great
utility of the work. I haye remarked, in the report for 1839, p. 257^
that the genus EublepharuSf SoL, which the author mentions under the
Cleonides, as distinct, but unknown to him, fidls under Lophotus, Scfa.
(.^orhinus, Er.)
Labram and Lnhoff haye concluded, with the tenth number, a yolume
of their ** Gattungen der Russelk&fer," and also given a review of its
contents. This tenth number contains Mecoeerus divernpeSf Imh., a
new species from Guinea ; an exact analysis and copious description of
the previously characterized genus Denterocrates ; BlaherusfallcLX, Sch.,
from the Cape; a new species from Madagascar, under the name of
ApodertM camelus, Sch., which was called by Elug, in the Berlin collec-
tion, Ap, castaneuB ; as a new species, the Rhynchites grcmdis, from, the
Philippine Islands, which is the Rh. ccelestmus, Schonh. (PhiUppensis,
Ghevr.) ; Cuma/rotua coccinelloides, Sch., from a drawing by Geimar
(fresh specimens are thickly dusted with yellow) ; the true Platymerus
Oerma/ri, Sch., because, in the first number, PL Dregei was represented
under this name.
Some Rhynchophorous Beetles, of Van Diemen's Land, haye been
described by the reporter (Arch. 1842, p. 183-212), viz.,-— one Anthnbut,
two TropidereSf one Rhinotia, one Rhynchites (Auletes), two Ewthyn-
chu$f one AmUallus, two Aterpu», one Pelororhinus, one Rhinaaia, one
Steriphus (new genus allied to Plmthus), two Amycterus, one Nothrodes
(characterized as a new genus of the group Otiorh/ynchidcBf but, as it
seems to me, coming under the genus Pantopcffus, since published by
Schonherr), four Mandalotus (a new genus most nearly allied to Tylo-
deres), two OrthorhintMy one Erirhintbs, one Notionomus, one Crypto-
plus (a new genus, allied to Anoplus), one Meriphui (a new genus of the
group Erirkmce), one DiapelnMis (a new genus near to Anthonomus)^
eight CryptorhynchaSy three AccUles, one Cyllorhamphus (ranking with
Mitr^horus, Sch.), three Melcmterius (a new genus most nearly allied
to Chalcodermus, Sch.), two Rhyncolus, one Tomicus, one Cryphahts.
Seyeral new East Indian CurculionidcB have been made known by
Gu^rin iu Delessert's Voyage (ii. p. 51-54) : Mecocerus ffibbosus, Epi-
somus montcmuSf Bcmdius neelgheriensis, Myllocerus subfasciattMf
from the Nilgherries ; if. Fdbricii, from Pondioherry.
Waterhouse (Proceed. Ent. See. p. 62 ; Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 68) has
described two new genera, allied to Rhynckites: — Mmurus; rostrum
elongatum ad apioem dilatatum, antennae elongatse tenues versus medium
246
INSBCTA — COLEOPTERA. 203
Tostri insertaB ll-«rticulat8B articolis basalibus sub-nqualibus, elytra
oblonga abdomen tegentia : M. testaceus, firom Chiloe ; and Metopon ;
antemiflB tenues ad basm rostri insertae ll-articulatss articuliB basalibuis
aob-flBquaUbns tribos ultimis dayam sub-solidam foimantibtis : M, mA-
turalis, a new species from Van Diemen's Land. To this latter genus
tbe RhynchiteB (Auletes) mekmocephahis, described bj the reporter
(Arch. 1842, i. 185, n. 112), appears to belong.
Gu^rin has given an excellent iconographical anrangement of the
species of Evpholus, in the Magas. de Zool. (1842, Ins. pi. 96, 97).
Waterhouse (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 302) b^gan a monograph on the
Philippine species of Apocyrtus.
Several new species from Austria have been described by Eedten-
bacher (Col. Austr. p. 19-21): — Phytonom/ua maculatvs, Dahl, living on
the Verbaacwm pklomaides; OHorhynchuB momdihulaais, Hylednus
Butu/ralis,
Germar has made some very valuable observations on the synonymes
of different European CurcuUonidce (Entom. Zeit. p. 2 and 98). A
present from Mr. Walton, of English Cwrculionidce, very exactly de-
fined according to Marsham, Kirby, and Stephens, gave rise to this
treatise; an account is, therefore, given principaUy of the English
species hitherto imperfectly known on the continent. Schmidt (ibid,
p. 110) has shown, that the Swedish author^, under Otiorhynchus ater
and niger, have not meant the Fabrician species of the same name
{yilloio-punctatus, Sch.), which is not found in Sweden, but a variety of
the O. tenebricoMS, Junker (ibid. p. 63) has pointed out, that by Bh,
viminalia, F., recently developed yellow individuals of the Orchestes
quercus, as they appear in summer, are meant, whilst the completely
coloured individuals show themselves in spring as soon as the oaks bud.
Goureau has published a long essay on the natural history of the
Pissodes pint (Ann. de le Soc. Ent. de Fr. xi. p. 53). Dr. Schmidt
(Entom. Zeit. p. 273, fig. 3-7) has described the metamorphosis of the
Lixus gemellatusy Sch., which lives in the stalks of Cicuta viraaa,
Leunis (ibid. p. 190) has made known his experience, that the larva of
Brachyta/rsu8 scabrosus, lives in the coccus of the CcMrpiiMM hetulus,
in which also the metamorphosis goes on, so that the beetle proceeds
frx>m the coccus pustule.
Schiodte has investigated the internal structure of the OHorhynchus
atro-apteru8 (Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 212).
Harris has imparted much information on the different Rhyncho-
phorous Beetles of North America (Ins. of Massachusetts, p. 53-76).
Bruchus pisi is so injurious to the growth of peas, that in many dis-
tricts they cannot be cultivated. Attelaibus analia and hipusiulatus
are found upon oak leaves. Several species of Rhynchites are hurtful
to the vine, particularly Rh, hicolor, Pandeleteius hilciris lives on
247
204 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII .
the white oak, — the beetle on the leaves, the hurva in the stem.
HyldbiuB pale9, Hbt., lives in pine wood ; also JET. picivoruSf Gferm., and
Piuodes Strobi, Peek (nemorentis. Germ.), often destroying tracts of
several thousand acres of wood. In gardens, C<motractelu9 nenv^hwr,
Hbt. (argula^ ¥.), is particularly detrimental, chiefly to plums, but also
to several other fruit trees ; it pierces the fruit as soon as it is formed,
and there lays its egg. The larva gnaws the firuit, which decays and
falls off as soon as the larva is grown. The metamorphosis goes on in
the ground. If these insects are numerous, no plums ripen. The same
beetile causes, by its perforation, warty ezeresoences on the younger
twigs, in which also larvas are found, and in consequence of the drcn-
lation of the sap being disturbed, the branches die above these galls.
Calandra grana/tia and oryzce are destructive almost every where to
the grain laid up in granaries, the latter not only to the rice, but also
to the maize. Of Bark Beetles, the Hylurgus terebrans is found in the
pitch fir ; H, dentatus, Say, in the red cedar ; Tomieus exemM, Say, in
the pitch fir ; T, pini. Say, in different species of pines ; Seolytus pyri,
Peck (not an Eccoptogaster, rather a TonUeuB), in pear trees, in the sap
of the branches, which die in consequence of its gnawing.
Homung (Entom. Zeit. p. 115) discovered a number of Bark Beetles
inhabiting Betel-nuts (Areca hatecku). Bostrichus dactyliperda, F.,
was most numerous ; B, palmicola and carpophagus, both allied to the
preceding, occurred more rarely. B. arecoe, a small new species, was
abundant.
Brenthides. — Harris has given some information concerning the
larva of the Brenthug (Arrhenodes) Hptentrionu (Ins. of Massachus.
p. 60). When full grown, it is above 1" long, and scarcely 1'" thick;
almost cylindrical, only somewhat flat beneath ; white, with the excep-
tion of the last segment, which is homy dark brown, hollowed out
obliquely posteriorly and dentated at the margin. The thoracic segment
bears legs, and at the end next to the body there is a fleshy pseudo \&g,
flrom which it is very evident that it has no alliance with that of the
Cvrcalumidce, but rather with that of the ElateridoB, or perhaps still
more the ColydiL Farther comparison must show how far it may agree
with the one or the other. According to the opinion of the author, the
larva bores in the wood ; the female pierces with her thin proboscis the
bark of the white oak, and lays an egg in each perforation. The larva
makes cylindrical passages in the hard wood, which it always keeps free,
as it pushes out the chips to the external opening with the last segment
of its abdomen, so that these passages are easily detected. The change
to the pupa takes place in the larva-passage. The pupa has upon its
back transverse rows of smstll spines and sharp teeth, which probably
serve to retain the cuticle when the beetle escapes.
Harris would place the Brenthides at the end of the CurcuU(midcPf
248
INSECTA— COLEOPTERA. 205
but the reporter is of opinion, that the difference ia too considerable for
the Brenthides, which have hitherto been considered as a totally ano-
malous member of that familj, to be farther united with it.
A plate of Cephalobarus macrocepJialus, Sch. ($), has been given
by Labram and Imhoff (Qatt. der RiisseMfer, 10 Lief.)
CoLTDii. — Several new genera have been characterized : —
Deretaphrus, Newman (Entomologist, p. 403), is «o far mistaken by
its author, that he reckons it with the Ptimtes. It is most nearly allied
to Bothrideres, Dej. {Lyct. contrctctug, F.), and differs principally in
the antennae having not the first but second penultimate joints larger.
There are four species mentioned from Port Philip ; of these, however,
only the first, 2>. fossuSy from which the generic characters are taken,
and probably also the second, Z>. puteus, belong to this genus ; at all
events, the last two, D. ilhimiB and vittatus, are true Bothaideres.
The Berlin collection contains three other species of real Deretaphrus^
from different parts of New Holland.
PtfCftomenM of the reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 214, t. 5, f. 4), hitherto
oonfounded with Cerylon, shows striking varieties in the formation
of the antennas in. its different species. The native P. teretrntng
has ten-jointed antennae ; P. mlcicollis {Cerylon a. Germ.), has only
eight-jointed ones, both with a knob-shaped thickened terminal joint.
Other species, as P. r^fiexus and haimatodeB (Lyct), Say, as well as the
new species firom Van Diemen's Land, P. fiiliginomis, have eleven-
jointed antennae, with a two-jointed dub.
LatamehM of the reporter (ibid. p. 213, t. 5, f. 3) is heteromerous,
therefore differing fiom the remaining genera of this fiunily in the
number of tarsal joints, but showing much agreement with Sivrrotriwn^
Coxehis, &c., which have all the tarsi only four-jointed : X. ptifbescen$
is a new species from Van Diemen's Land.
Lcmgelcmdia, Aub^ (Ann. de le Soc Ent. de Fr., zi. p. 225, t. 9,
£ 2-6), is a new genus, remarkable in many respects, which has been
placed by its author in this family. It has, with a proportionably
longer prothoraz, the appearance as well as the antennae of Ditoma, but
wants eyes, and, like all blind insects, is apterous. The tarsi are all
only three-jointed. L. cbnophthalma, discovered in France by Lange-
land, lives in the earth in the mouldering remains of plants.
Ditoma mterrupta of the reporter is a new species from Van Die-
men's Land (Arch. 1842, L> 215).
The internal structure of the Saarotrmm muticwn has been described
by Schiodte (Erbyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 209), as that of a remark-
able variety of Opatrumf with which the author found a great agree-
ment. The circumstance is passed over, that the six gall- vessels are
here fixed by their ends to the- thin gut, whilst in the Opatrum they
form loops.
249
206 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLU .'
Favwidm, — ^A newly diMOYeied East Indian Pautws has been laid
before the LinnsHui Society bj Westwood, under the name of P. hear-
eyanuM (Ann. Nat. Hist. z. p. 409). It belongs to the second division
of the genus, approaching PlatyrhopaluB, in haying the penaltimate
joint of its labial-palpi about two-thirds the length of the terminal joint,
and is onlj distinguished from Poussus cognatus hj the antennae.
Qermar's Thorictus belongs to a family still midefined, of which he
has figured a snudl Sicilian species as Th. ffrandicollis, (Faun. Ins.
Eur. xzii. 4.)
CucujiFBs. — ^Letzner (Arbeit, d. Sehles. Gesellsch. f. VaterL Knhnr,
i. j. 1842) opposes the assertion of Gjllenhal, in legaid to the sexes
of the Chicujus depresfUB, as his obsenratians on liying beetles have
conyinoed him, that the heteromeious indiyiduals are not, as supposed
by GyUenhal, the males but the females. It appears, howeyer, from the
account, that he is deceiyed by the oyipositor of the females. The
larya of this rare beetle has also been obseryed by him. It appears
to agree yery nearly with the larya of Brontes, described by the reporter ;
it liyes, for a year at the most, under the bark of old fir posts.
The new genus, Platiius, of the reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 216) has
the closest agreement with Cucuju$, and principally differs in the first
tarsal joint being as large as the following one : PL fuscus is from Van
Diemen's Land.
Phksostichus, Eedtenbacher (Qu»d. GoL Austr.) ; has the antennae
with three larger terminal joints ; the prothorax with teeth on the sides ;
the tarsi are described by the author as heteromerous. On a specimen
which I had an opportunity of examining, I found fiye joints on all the
tarsi, but the first was certainly yery short. There is here, peihaps, also
a similar distinction of sex as in Cucujus. PJU, denHcollie is like a
Salpingus, dull black, finely downy, with two sinuated dark yellow
bands on the elytra ; it is found under the bark of the maple tree.
StemmoderuSf Dej., has been published by Spinola (Ghi^r. Mag. de
Zool. 1842, Ins. pi. 91). This beetle stands in near relationship to
to Rhysodes; the antennae are rather short; the joints cylindrical and
closely connected; the head conyex beneath; the eyes large and
kidney-shaped; the labrum homy; mandibles flat, toothless, with a
simple point; the mentum not quite concealing the opening of the
mouth ; the maxillary palpi rather long, with an oblong-K)yal terminal
joint truncated at the point ; legs elongated ; tibiae simple ; tarsi eyi-
dently fiye-jointed. St, migulcmsy Bej., ^m Senegal, is castaneous ;
4"' long; the forehead has three protuberances, flat in the middle,
swollen out on each side into two great bladder like pads; the pro-
thorax is covered posteriorly by two knobs like balls, but flat on the
back; the elytra furrowed, with anterior angles strongly projecting
forwards.
250
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 207
The reporter has described two Brontes from Van Diemen's Land,
one Dendrophagus, and one 8ilv<MMM, as new species (Arch. p. 217).
LoNoiooBMES. — ^The species of this fanulj, collected by Cuming in the
Philippine Ishinds, have been described hy Newman, though not with
sufficient accuracy. (Entomologist, p. 243, 275, 288, 298, 318, 369, 381.)
From Harris's observations on the North American CerambiddoB
(Ins. of Massachus. p. 77), it appears that the larva of the Priowis
laticolliSf Dnuj, (brevicomis, F.) lives in poplars ; that of the Steno-
eorus (Ceraephorus) cinctus, Brury, {garganicus, F.) in hickory trees,
boring through the stem in all directions ; Ekbphidion putator (Stenoc),
Peck, is found in the black and white oaks, and according to Peck's
observations, the larva lives in the pith of the boughs, and at last gnaws
through the wood, and undergoes its metamorphosis when lying on the
ground. CalUdiwm, bajuhta and violcbcewn have been brought from
Europe, and become native to North America. The beautiful Clytus
epeciosus, Say, (Hayi, Griff.) is occasionally destructive to the sugar
maple, into the wood of which the larva bores ; that of the CL JUxuosus
lives under the bark, and in the alburnum of the Bdbinia pseudacada.
The larva of the Saperda calca/rata, Say, lives, like our S. ccMrcharias,
in the stems of different species of poplar ; that of the 8, Wvittata, Say,
in apple trees, to which they do great injury, as weU as in various
trees and bushes, but origmally it preferred the North American
Aronioe, The larva of the 8^ (Oherea) tripunctata lives in the pith of
the branches of a species of bramble (Btibus villoius), which is cul-
tivated abundantly for the sake of its fruit resembling the currant.
Dewnocerus palliatus is found upon the elder tree ; the larva lives
in the lower part of the branches in the pith. The larva of the
Rhagium Imeatum lives under the bark of the pitch fir, which comes
off by its gnawing, and the tree is destroyed.
Spinola has published a valuable treatise on the systematic arrange-
ment of the PrionidcB (Mem. deUa R. Acad. d. Sdenz. d. Torrino. 2, Ser.
V.) He comprehends, in one large division, all those beetles in whidi
the first three tarsal joints are covered beneath with hairy felt, and the
fourth is very sn^all and narrow, and united to the fifth, as the Curcvr-
UonidoB, CercmbycidcBy and ChrysomelidcB. This division he separates
into two groups, either as the prothoraz consists of tergum, epistema,
and presternum, or only of a single piece, generally of a teigum and
presternum. The first group contains the BruchidcB and Halticas (both
defined as springing, which is not suitable for the former, as all spring-
ing insects have straight tibiae; those with crooked tibiae, like the
BruchidcB, however much the thighs may be thickened, are not spring-
ers), the Hispidas, OallerucidoB, ChrysomelidcB, and Priomdce. The
second group contains the CerambycidcB, Lamice, and CurculionidoB.
The Prionidas are separated from tiie rest, by the cylindrical anterior
251
208 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
hips lying in oonesponding sockets. This gives an excellent character
for the group of the IVionidcB, In some, as Maeradontia, the proster-
num is not separated by a suture, and the whole prothoraz consists of a
single piece, so that the separation of the IVumMKo;, from the rest of the
CercMnbycidaSf cannot be justified on fliis ground ; at least if the larrsB
be also taJcen into consideration, which have the greatest agreement with
the Cerambyces proper, and particularly the L^twres,
The new genus Rhipidoeerus, Westwood (Transact. £nt Soc. iiL
p. 70, t. 3, f. 2), is one of the few forms of CerambycidcB with flabeUate
antenne ; in both sexes these aro of the length of the body, in the male
the third and following joints have each a long fan-like branch, in the
female they are simple ; the prothorax has one spine on each side ; the
elytra are simple and rounded at the end ; the legs short and similar.
In many points this beetle resembles a Lamia ; in others, particularly
the minutely punctured elytra, a 8tenocoru$, Westwood places it
between Phoenicoeenis and Polyoza ; it approaches nearest the latter
genus, at least the parts of the mouth, eyes, and joints of the antennte
indicate its situation among the PrionidcB. Eh, australnsicB ; dark
green with fine yeUowish hairs, and leddish-brown antennae and legs ; is
a native of New Holland. The generic name is actually identical with
Rhipicera.
A new European form of Prionidas has been described by Mulsant^
under the generic name of PrincbiuB (Ann. d. Sc. Fhys. publ. par la
Soc. d*Agriculturo d. Lyon, v. p. 107, 1. 11, f. 1). It resembles Macro-
toma, having likewise the third antennal joint as long as the two
following ones put together ; the eyes are almost without emargiuation ;
the prothorax is transverse and quadrangular, having a smaU tooth on
the posterior angles ; the tibi» are, however, unarmed ; but I know not
wherein it diifers firom Ergates, JPr. My€Mrdi is found in Corsica,
under oak bark ; it greatly re^mbles Pr, Oerma/ri, Dej., {scutellarU,
Germ.) and it is principally distinguished by the broader prothorax ; it
may very likely be the male of that insect, particularly as in Ergates
faber, a similar distinction of sex is seen ; at all events, the iV. Oermaai
is diffused over the islands on the west side of Italy. The Berlin col-
lection was enriched by Schuppel with a beautiful specimen of this rare
insect, which was caught at CagHari in Sardinia.
Newman (EntomoL p. 351) has founded a new genus CnemopUtes, which
ought to be received ; it has the anterior tibias dentated on the outer side*
He includes in it Pr, tpinicoUiSy MacLeay (King's Voy. ii. 449), to
which he adds, as a synonyme, Mallodon OMstralis, Boisd. ; also a new
species Cn. edulis from Port Philip ; and lastly, Mallodon ma/nUlcBy
Newman (EntomoL p. 247), from Manilla. Maerotoma austra^is of
the reporter (Arch. p. 218), from Van Diemen's Land, may be added,
and perhaps also Mallodon insulare, Hope (Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 48>.
252
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 209
from Port Esslngton. It has already been remarked in last year's
report, that the genus Oncinotus of the reporter (ibid. p. 219, founded
upon iV. {ircv>atu8, F.) falls under TaxeuteSf Newm.
Blanchard (I'Instit. p. 23) has made known a beetle from Tangiers,
under the name of Prionus Favieriy which is very injurious to the
palm trees. It may, howeyer, be 83monymous with Pr. for/lcatus, F.
Newman has described two new species from Manilla, Macrotoma
cBgrotunhf and absurdum (Entomol. p. 247).
There are two new American species of PnonicUB, Callipogan
Lemoineiy Beiche (Gu^. Mag. d. ZooL Ins. pL d8), from New Qranada,
distinguished from the O. ha/rbatus by a broad longitudinal band of
white felt' on each elytron, interrupted anteriorly; and Derobrachus
Levintwrieri, Buquet (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 203, pL 9, f. 1),
from Columbia.
The new genera of the group Cerambyddce are: —
Euchroa, Qudrin (Deless. Sout. d'un Voy. d. Tlnd. ii. p. 56, 1. 14, f.
1), allied to Pa^hyteria, but certainly not distinguishable from Nircsus,
Newman, as also the species E. dimidiata, Gudr., from Pnlu Penang,
is the same with N, tricolor, Newm.
SclethniSy Newm. (Entomol. p. 247), founded upon the Ibidion
amosnum, Gu^r., is very different from Ihidion, and resembles a
Tricondyla,
Ceredum, Newm. (ibid. p. 322), allied to Ohrium, with a narrow
head elongated anteriorly ; includes three new species from the Philip-
pine Islands, Obr, vmmite and cetkiops (p. 247), and C, raripilum
(p. 322). Newman remarks, that the New HoUand Call, mtortwn and
vUe, perhaps belong also to this genus (ibid. p. 223).
Omot€9 and Sophron, Newm. (ibid. p. 353, 354), are two new genera
from New Holland, apparently allied to Callidmm, which at present I
do not know, and cannot disooyer the essential characteristios from the
description.
Mecynopus of the reporter (Arch. 1842, i p. 222), belonging to the
Necydalidcs ; elytra ns in Stenopterus ; antennas and legs long, especi-
ally the hind ones ; thighs only slightly thickened. M. cothwmatus
from Van Diemen's Land.
BLanchard has again attracted discussion to the Pwrpwricewus Loreyi,
Duponch. (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 49). He takes the yiew of
Buquet, that the Eburia stands near it, and the E, dimidiata, Chevr.,
nearest, but thinks that both these, in some '* plus " and ^ moins," yary
from Eburia, and either form a peculiar genus Heterops, or Ceraspho-
riM, Coccoderus, and CJdorida, must be united with Eburia.
Redtenbacher has described, as a new Austrian species (GoL Austr.
p. 24), Callidium scahricolle, Meg., but it is the Call, mwricatwm,
Dalm., GylL
253
210 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLII :
DeUu9 fvtgax^ Seir. (Callid, /,, Fab.), it figoied by Gemuur (Faun.
Ins. Eun^. 22, 9).
SeToral species fiom French Barbaiy haye been described as new by
Lucas (Ann. d. Se. Nat. xviiL p. 184). Of these the more remarkable are,
— Ho/maticJieruB Mirbeekiit which is hardly anj thing else than H, veltir-
tinuSf Dej. ; H.p<Uudiva,gu8, which, so far as I can conjecture, does not
differ fiom the J7. Nerii, Cheyr., of the reporter (mawritanicus, Buq.) ;
Pwrpuricenus harbarus, which I hold as a yarietj of the P. Desfan-
tainU (S. Wagn. Algier. iiL 162) ; He^f>erophane8 rotwndicoUig, tomen-
totuB, and ajfmu; and, histly, CalUdiwrn thorctcicwn^ Dej., which has
been already described by Mnlsant under the same name, and is the
troe CaMid, melancholicumj F.
Newman mentions, as new species, horn the Philippine Ldands
(Entomol. p. 2^), four HamaticheruSf three CalUchroma, one Polyzo-
nuSf two Arhopalus, fiye Clytug, and one (EtiMna, on which he remarks,
that this genus differs from Petalodes only by the simple antemue, and
that therefore, perhaps, it may be the female of it.
Hope mentions, as new species fiom New Holland (Proceed. Ent. Soc.
p. 48), PlaccBderug auitraloMCBf 8tenochom9 vicimus, cruciger, Xy$-
trocera <iu$tr(U<mas, CalUdium ewingtoni, firom Port Essington ; and
Newman (Entomol. p. S52), Phoraca/ntha imbellis, Callidium arttfex^
terebrcms, Omotes cucvjides, Sophron vnomatwmy from Port Philip.
The reporter has described (Arch. 1842, i. p. 220), Stenocorus proBcox,
Merapctchys aericcmSf Phacodes pergonatus, from Van Diemen's Land.
The group of Lctmice has been enriched with a long series, not only
of new species, but also of new genera, through the labours of Newman,
on the Beetles collected by Gunung at the Phillippine Islands. It would
be difficult, howeyer, for me to point out the characters of the new
genera, as the author has often stated them in a yery uncertain manner,
and frequently left yery essential circumstances untouched ; for example,
the thoracic formation, eyen where it is yery remarkable. There are
mentioned (EntomoL p. 275, &c.), Batocera, with four species, of which
three are new ; AnopJUophora, one new species ; ManoJiommua, twelye
species, of which ten are new ; Mimomorpha (p. 322), a new genus, with
one new species ; Lctmia (pulchellator, Westw.), (p. 288) ; Agelasta, a
new genus, but which does not seem to differ from CoptopSy Sery., with
three new species, to which C. cedificator might be added; Ahyna
(p. 289, 29Sy 323), a new genus, allied to the preceding, with fiye spe-
des; EuoUa (p. 290), a distinct new genus, with two new species ; C<icia
(p. 290), a new genus, with a tuft of hair on the fourth antennal joint,
containing two new species ; Planodes (p. 323), a new genus, with one
new species; Doliops, Waterh., with two species: D, curculionides
and geometricus, Waterh., the latter characterized by Waterhouse (Proc.
Ent. Soc. p. 55) ; Agnia (p. 291), a new genus, allied to Ptyckodes, con-
254
INSECT A — COLEOPTER A . 21 1
taining two new species ; Plocia (p. 292), a new genus, which apparently
must be near Colobothea and Leptocera, as well as Hypsioma, with two
new species ; Hispomorpha (p. 323), a new genus, Hke a Hispay with
one new species ; Achthophora (p. 292), a new genus, Hke Hypsiomay
with two- new species ; Thysanodes (p. 292), a new genus, but which
should not be separated ftom Stheniasy Dej. ; the species, T, jttcunda, is
Cer. crocatusy 01. ; Onoma, with two species, of which one is new ; Apo-
mecyna, with one species, considered as new; Astathes (p. 299), the
same as the genus Tetra>ophthalmu8 of Dejean, which name is inappli-
cable, with two new species ; Phceay with two new species ; Eu8tat?ie8
(p. 300), a new genus, with one new species ; Tetraglenea (p. 300), a new
genus, like HippopsiSy but with four eyes, completely separated, two
oblong ones on the vertex, and a small round one on each side of the
head, far removed &om the antennae, containing one new species;
U^apJ^ra (p. 301), also allied to Hippopgis, with only two eyes ; Colo-
botheay one species ;. Olenea (Sphenura, Dej., Lap., which name should
be altered, as it already belongs to a genus of birds), with seven
species ; Isosceles (p. 318), a new genus, including Oherea seminigra,
Chevr., and two new species, but properly, perhaps, corresponding to
Oberea, Dej., as I do not find that the species fix)m Manilla differ from
the rest, such as oculatay &c. ; under Saperda are two species generically
very different, S, ustulata of the reporter, and Colobothea albonotata
(leucospilay Westw.) ; Homonoea (p. 319), a new genus, including that
of Urocahfmmujby Westw., which name the author has not retained, as it
refers to the tail-Hke prolongation of the elytra of the H. longimanay
which is not common to aU species ; Ichthyodes (p. 321), a new genus,
nearly allied to the preceding, with one new species ; Demodes (p. 322),
a new genus, with one new 'species; Pterolophia (p. 323, 370, 381), a
new genus, with ten species ; and lastly, a series of species, which are
described from specimens so mutilated and fisuled, that it hardly rewards
the describer*s trouble. There is also a new generic name, Microlophia
(p. 383), but without generic characters.
Guerin (Deless. Voy. dans Tlnde, ii. p. 61) has characterized a new
genus, Centrwray which is allied to Apomecyna and Hatlia, but is dis-
tinguished from them by its ventricose elytra, posteriorly produced into
diverging spines; .from C&rcoptera, Spin., by its undilated cheeks, and
from Urocalymmay Westw., by wanting the tooth on the sides of the
prothoraz. Perhaps Sap. lynceay 01., belongs to this genus, ifrhich is
founded on a new species, C. costatay from the Nilgherries. Pelctrgo-
derus tessellaPus, Gudr., perhaps belonging to the genus Agma, Newm.,
if that is different from Pela/rgoderus ; Saperda (Sphenura) 44»ototo,
Gudr., a Stiba/ray Hope, very nearly allied to Sap, morbillosa, F., and
Sap, (^hen.) nmltiguttatay Gudr., are new species from the same
mountains (ibid. p. 58-60).
255
212 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
The following new genera belong to the New Holland Fauna : — Pen-
taeomniay Newm. (EntomoL p. 361) ; a small Lamia^ with the third and
fourth antennal joints greatly elongated, and the fifth bearing a tuft of
hair ; one spine on the sides of prothorax, and slightly thickened thighs.
Sfftnpheletes (ibid. p. 362), corresponding in form to Latn, Solandri, F.
Zygoeera, Dej., was described by the reporter from its external character
(Arch. 1842, L p. 224) ; and a new genus, lUcenay characterized for a
small fi>rm of Saperda, with simple daws, distingoished by the palpi,
the last joint of which is very large and sharp pointed.
Rhtftiphora piperita, tuberculata, detrita, Hathlia laeteola, ^li-
neata, Ivaedla, mekmocephala, of Hope (Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 49), are
new species from Port Essington. Aca/nthodertu ingl(friu8, Penta-
cosnUa scopcma, Rhytiphara mixta, caprvaa, Symphyletes nodosa, of
Newnuin (EntomoL p. 361), are fiom Port Philip. Lamia pao'dalis of
Newman (ibid. p. 414), is fiom Sydney. Zygocera ca/nota and Illaena
exilis of the reporter (L c. p. 223, 225) are fix>m Van Diemen's Land.
I am doubtfhl concerning the position of the genos CaUipyrga, Newm.
(EntomoL p. 413), with one new species, C twrrita ; it has rather small
eyes, not emarginated towards the base of the antennas.
Spalaccpsis, Newm. (EntomoL p. 303), is a remarkable new American
genus. It has the form of Hippopds, but differs in the eyes, which are
small and round, and situated on the sides of the head, distant from the
base of the antennas. In this it agrees with Tetraglenes (vide supra),
only the eyes on the yertez are here wanting. There are three species,
Sp. atellio from Brazil, 8p, »tolata and mfiusa from East Florida.
There are two Austrian Saperda, S, (Phytoeda) v/nHnata and hig%^
tata, Redtenbacher (CoL Aost. p. 25, 26) ; the seocmd is ahready de-
scribed in the first volume of the BulL Moeo. yon Zoubkoff^, as 8.
bipunctata.
8. (PhytoBcia) cirteenns, 8. (Oberea) maouUcoUis and moMrita^nica,
Lucas, are three new 8aperdai from North Africa (Ann. des So. Nat.
xYiii. p. 187).
In the group of Leptwridcd, Mulsant has described the known Toxotus
cvnctus {R}iagiu/m cincUis, Fab.), as a new species, under the name
T, dentipes (Ann. des Phys. publ. p. le Soc. d'Agric. de Lyon, y. p. 109,
1. 11, f. 2 ; CoL de Fr. Lamellicom. Suppl.)
Hope has noticed Rhagiomorpha wnicolor and plagiata as new
species from Port Essington (Proceed. Ent. Soc. p. 49).
Pseudocephalus, Newm. (EntomoL p. 353), is a remarkable new genus,
which I mention here at the conclusion of the Longicomes, as its posi-
tion seems doubtful, although the author places it in this family after
Callidiwirn, The eyes are not emarginated; the antennas somewhat
more than half the length of body, rather thickened towards the point
(in the figure they become rather thinner), the first joint elongated ; the
25^
INSECTA — COLEOPTERA. 213
head is large and round ; the prothoraz narrow, tumid m the middle Of
each side ; the legs long, the thighs somewhat dub-formed and thickened ;
the tarsi (in the aotompanjing woodcut) thin, not at all formed like the
tarsi of the CerambyddcB, Yet there is as little stated concerning their
form as of the palpi. Ps, formicideSf firom Port Philip ; 2^'^' long ;
resembling an Anthicus,
Chrtsomelinis. — HarriQ (Ins. of Massachus. p. 95, 109) mentions the
following North American species : — Criocerw ^lineata, 01., lives both
as a beetle and larva on the potato plant ; the latter covers itself with its
excrement like our C. merdigera. Hitpa rosea, Web., {quado'atay F.)
lives on the apple trees, upon Amekmchier ovalis and Pyrus arbuti-
folia, Higpa satwralis upon Rcbmia pseudctcctcia. The larva of Caa-
tida oMrichalcea lives upon bitter-sweet (SoUmum dulcamara), and
upon different species of bind-weed, especially Convolvulus sepiwn,
Galeruca calmariensis has been introduced from Europe, and increased
80 much, that the elm trees were eaten bore by their larvse, at Baltimore,
in 1838 and 1839. G, vittata, F., is also very detrimental, especially to
cucumbers, melons, &c. Haltica puhescens also feeds on the cucumber ;
and various Crucifero! are attacked by H, striolata (Crioc, sir,, F.) ;
and the H, chalyhea, 111., is destructive to the vine. The large orange
coloured black spotted larvsB and the pupsB of Chrysomela Z-maculata,
F., live on the Asclepias syriaca ; and the white larvie, marked with
dark dorsal Hnes, and square lateral spots, of Ch/r. scalaris, Hve upon the
lime (TiUa a/mericana) and elm; Chr. cceruleipennis, Say, like our
Chr. polygoni, from which it can hardly be distinguished, lives upon Po-
lygonum aviculare. Eumolpus awratus, F., is found upon Apocynuva
androscemifoHum, Clythra domicama upon sumach ; CI, guttata upon
oaks. Chlcmvys gibbosa upon bilberries. Cryptocephalus luridus upon
wild indigo ; while most of the other species of the last genus live upon
the different kinds of oak.
Dr. Schmidt (£nt. Zeit. p. 27) has described a new German Lema,
L, Suffriami ; it is most nearly allied to L. brtmnea, and differs chiefly
in the under side of the first two antenna! joints, the breast, the knee-
joint, and the extreme tip of the claws, being blacL There is, however,
only one individual (from Erfurt) at present known.
L^tomorplia JUiformis, Dej., from Sicily, has been described and
figured by Germar (Faun. Ins* Eurqp. 22. 10).
Gravenhorst and Scholtz have made some observations on the meta-
morphosis of the CassidcB (Yerhandl. der Kais. Leop. Acad. d. Naturf.
ziz. 11. 431, t. 73). They found, that upon the reflexed fork of the last
segment of the abdomen, the rejected skin remains sticking, and that
upon this, and not immediately upon the fork, the larva lays its excre-
ment, which serves for its protection. The form of the excrement varies
in different species. The larva of one species, belonging perhaps to
257 R
214 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
O. fnargaritaeea, has three cast akiiis upon the fork, but no excrement.
The krvtt of 0. murrcM, equuiris, vtridu, and tigrina, hare also been
obserred. The larva of a Bengal Cauida is figured.
Newman has enriched the genus P<urop$M (EntomoL p. 414) with ten
specieB, which have been mostly taken at Port Philip, on Eucalypti,
He has given only short diagnoses, so that most of the species cannot be
detennined with certainty. Two of them are Fabrician species, viz. : —
P. Hrcwmdata, N., is Chrys. rujip€9, F. ; and P. fallaXy N., is Chr.
moriOy F. The reporter has described twelve new species of the same
genus, from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 226>d0).
Bfatsek has given an arrangement of the Silesian Chry$omelidce (Ar-
beit, der. Schles. Ges. fiir YaterL Kultur. 1842, i.), but which only refers
to TimcMTcha and Chrys&mela, in the sense of Dejean. The former oon*
tains three, the latter nineteen species: Timcbrcha tplendens, Kohler,
according to the short description, must be Chrys, rufa, Meg., Duft. ;
Chr, atra is certainly not that of Dahl, which is a native of Sicily, but
a peculiar and different species, allied to the Chr, henUtphcerica,
Of the four species described by the reporter from Van Diemen's Land
(Arch. 1842, i. 230), two, Chr. congtricta and pctci/ica, belong to a
peculiar New Holland form, which agrees with Helodes in the pointed
terminal joint of the pidpi, and differs by the daws being dentated at the
base. The two others, Ch. luteieamig and orpAotia, belong to Phcedon.
ColatpU jugulaais, C. (odontionopa) viridulaf and proxima, of the
reporter (ibid. p. 232), are from the same place. Odontumopa, Chevr.,
is distinguished from the true CoUupis, by two small teeth projecting
at the anterior margin of the dypeus (ibid. p. 119).
Saunders has laid before the Entomological Society of London, his
researches on the New Holland Cryptacephali, anoompanied by short
reniarks, but not suffident from which to form a judgment, at least in
re^^ird to the newly characterized genera, since no notice is taken of some
most important points, sudi as the form of the posterior margin of the
prothorax, the scutellum, the insertion of the head, and proportion of the
tarsal joints. Aporoeera is allied to Clythra (Proc. E. S. p. 53) ; antennae
two-thirds of the length of the body, thorax gibbous in front, and as
broad as the elytra : A, bicolor, and apicaUsy from New South Wales ; A,
chalyhea (ibid. p. 57) from Port Essington. Mitocera (p. 54) ; antennae
one-third as long again as the body, which is sub-elongate and flattened,
thorax sub-quadrate : M, viridipenmi, from Swan River. Dieenopaii ;
antennae not half the length of the body, the third to fifth joints long, the
remainder short, forming a kind of lengthened dub : D. hosmatodes, from
Van Diemen's Land. Ochrcpds (p. 56) ; antennae as long as the body,
joints gradually increasing in size from the sixth, not different from the
following, except in its pale colour : 0. vermicular, wuttralis, erosa,
melanocephala, Idiocephala (Ann. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 317, formerly in
258
INSECTA— COLEOPTERA. 215
Pr. B. 8. p. 64, called Anodonta) ; atitainaB in the female half as long as
the hodj, snb-ciaTate, in the male ahnost the length of hody, the joints
firam the sixth of eqnal length (in other vespeets agreeing with our Cryp-
toc^phahu) : J. Boei, nlbUineay pulehdlaf effampewMM^ ficmv€niri$^
rugosa (Pr. £. S. p. G6}, stim/M, UtamaMea, DannnU^ $emibrunn€a
(Ann. Nat Hist p. 317). HeUd^morpha ; antennss fililcom, body long,
OTal, eompressed: H. atra, asnea, metalUctb (Ft, E. 8. p. 65).
The reporter (Aich. 1842, L p. 119) obsenred, that the genns CadnvuM
and Odontoderus, Dej^, were lemarkahle for their broad soles, formed
as in Cassida, thickkd corered beneath witii felt; with the daw joint
scBiealy projecting beyond the segments of the third joint, but show-
ing no ftssential difbranoe between themselves ; in these, as in Orypto-
e^phalns proper, the month is ooTeied by a peculiar hood> formed by the
prc^rudxag margin of the prostemnm, whilst P<uhyibr(MkMj Dej., which
fi>rm appeaza to be unknown in New Holland, possesses the veiy essen-
tial charaeteristic, thai the mouth is not retracted. Another New Hol-
land genns, Ditropidtu, Chevr., Dej., has the posterior margin of the
prothoraz deeply sukate on both sides ; the middle is protruded between
the etytra, the small points being, hollowed out &r the reception of the
acntellnia, which is pointed at both ends, and is not elevated. The pro-
atemum fbmis no projection over the mouth. Neither of these forms is
contained among the above genera diaracteriaed by Saundeors. The
reporter has described three new spedes of Ditropidus (ibid* p. 233).
Several new Austrian MaiHccB have been described by RedtenboNsher
(CoL Anst p. 27) : H. (Bakmomorpha) cireumdataf H. (Ttinodactiffla)
fUgricepgf H. (Aphihana) CampoMUah The last, wluch is nearly aDied
to H, euphorbia^ is £ound upon Cijumpamfala rotnndifMa, The re-
porter (Arch. 1842, L p. 235) has described H, (Oraptodera) corruaccb,
JPsyUiodea, chUrophama^ from Van Diemen*s Land ; and ehaitetsmed
one new genns, Armpoda^ which is allied to DiboUa and P^Uiode^^
espedally by the very strong!^ thickened posterior thighs, differing
firom botii by the toothed daws; from the Ibrmer by the simple tenninal
apine of the posterior tibia, from the latter by the deven-jointed antennas,
and the hinder tarsi articulated to the point of the tibiss. This genus is
peculiar to New Holland. A> bifircna is a speoiefr from Van IHemen'i
Tiflndi
EnoTTuniB. — Laoordaare's work on tins fimdly (Monographie des
Erotyliens, Paris, 1842), is a most sdentifio publication; important
from its great ridmess in spedes, and also from its systematic divi-
sions. A series of genera, Ibrmed merdy aosording to their habit,
is heie defined in a scientific manner, and often, indeed, with quite
different limits. As this indispensable work must certainly be in all
hands, 1 may presume that the author's arrangement is known (vide also
Entom. Zeitung. 1843, p. 132), and rather employ my space in making
259
216 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
tome remarks on it. The author haa introdiioed a new characteristic,
namelj, the greater or leaa conyexity of the fiusettes of the ejes. This
preaenta, indeed, an excellent distinction, and he has found it constant
in each genus. Only one striking exception has hitherto occurred to
me, riz., — ^in the I$ehyrui inngnis the eyes are fine grained, while else-
where in this genus, and even in the allied J. v€nu$tu$, thej are rough*
The inner maxillary lobe is armed with two hooks in the Erotylvrup
proper ; I find the same in Eneau8te$, to which the author ascribes a
simple tooth on the lobe; and, in fact» this genus, in other respects
also, joins most closelj to Aulaeocheiku. On the other hand, « hooked
(but not with daw-like hooks, therefore unarmed) inner nuudllaiy
lobe is found in the Triplax cenea^ whilst in *r. rustica it has the usual
protruded quadrangular form. OocycMus, with the terminal joint of
both pair of palpi equally large, does not appear to me essentiallj dif-
ferent from I»chyru$, where, in the proportions of each terminal joint,
many yarieties are to be met with, and O. tarsatui (from Cuba, not
Columbia) completely agrees in the form of the body with the small
Ischyrif although 0, violaceu$ differs a little ; the blue colour also is
present in- Ischyrus, and with regard to the generally yellow terminal
joints of the antennn in the Oocyanus, upon which the author lays so
much stress, the same is also endemic in the West Indian ones, and
present in the most different families and genera, even in the Tene-
hrianes (for example Blapstinus), and is therefore to be disr^arded
in this point of yiew. Among the Erotylince proper, there are
sereral genera only differing in habit (habituellen merkmalen); thus
Erotylus, ZoncMrins, and Eurycardius, agreeing in all other respects,
the two latter do not seem to me maintainable as genera. One of the
most extensire genera and richest in forms, is Brachysphenus, and I
agree with the author in placing all the forms in one genus; it is
habit only which separates this genus fiom .MgithiM, and they may
perhaps yet be united. The Erotylus Bfiquetii, Laooid., also appears
to me to be a Brachygphenus, This fiimily is most difficult to arrange,
and we must do justice to the author, to whom the attempts of previous
writers were rather perplexing than advantageous, by adding, that he
has succeeded in his task in a very remarkable manner. The number
of species described is very great, those of Columbia, indeed, surprisingly
numerous ; the descriptions extremely dear, so that another monograph
could scarody be found which renders its subject so easy, and even, iu
the present case, without plates.
Dejean has made some observations on the above work (Ann. d. 1.
Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xL p. 285), but they do not touch on any thing of
importance. I may add here, that Chevrolat (Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 79)
has published his remarks on several of the Erotyli of Fabricius and
Olivier. It is quite correct, that E, sphacelatus and ijmifa%ciatu»j F.,
2m
INSECTA— COLEOPTERA. 217
belong to Spkeniscus; E, 6-fa»ciatu$, F., to D&ryphora; on the other
hand, the autiior is in error when he considers Er, (Zoncur,) mcUcus,
found so named in the Lnnd collection, as the real E. fasciattis, F* ; for
first, Fabricius does not appeal to that collection, and secondlj, from his
description of the parts of the mouth, he appears to have had before
him a Helopia,
The natural history of the Triplcum nigripermu (rusHca) has been
described by Leon Dufour (Ann. d. L Soc. Ent. de Fr. zi. p. 191), the
account of the larva is exact. It is curious, that the author will not
acknowledge four or five black points in the situation of the eyes, as
the organs of sight ; he found no labial-palpi (palp. lab. inyisibiles).
He met with the larva in the Boletus kispidus ; it goes into the earth to
become a pupa, and the nympha remained attached to the larva case
when burst open. The beetles are frightened by light.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 120) places Etigis in this family;
it differs firom DcbcnCf Episcapha, and Triplatomay only in the first
three tarsal joints having no covering of felt beneath. A new genus,
ThaUis, difiering from EngU chiefly in the membranous lateral portions
of the tongue being far protruded, is founded upon three new species
from Van Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 237). Phalacrus hru/rmeus of the
reporter is from the same place (ibid. p. 239).
CocciNELLiDiB. — ^ Cocctnella frenata^ ScyvrvniM vmtralis, discolor^
stragulatus, Corylophus tfioracicus, fasdatus of the reporter are new
species from Van Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 239).
Endomtchidjs. — The reporter has characterized a new genus, Da/ulis
(ibid. p. 241, t. 5, f. 5), which is most closely allied to Dapta, espe>
cially agreeing in the form of the antennal club ; but the third antennal
joint is not elongated, and the last joint of the labial-palpi is strongly
thickened ; the second tarsal joint is lobed. 2>. dmiccides is from Van
Diemen's Land.
Lathbidii. — Redtenbacher (Quaed. Gen. et Spec. Col. Austr. p. 21)
has described a beetle, under the name of Rhopalocerus ferrugineuB,
as the type of a new genus, it is already known under the name of
Monotonia Ronda/ni, Vill., and for which a peculiar genus, SpartyceruBy
has already been established by Motschoulski, in the Bull. Mosc. 1837.
On the remark, that this last name, if correctly spelt, has already been
twice employed, Motschoulski altered it to Apdstus (Bull. Mosc. 1840,
p. 186), a name which requires some improvement before its reception.
Redtenbacher gives an excellent description of the beetle, but I cannot
confirm his account of the tarsi being four-jointed ; I find only three
joints, as in Monotomay to which this genus is nearly allied, although
it difiers remarkably in the thick antennsB, and the proportion of the
joints of the palpi. The small basal joint, which Redtenbacher de-
scribes, is perhaps the articulating head of the first joint. Motschoulski
261
218 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDGCCXLII :
(Ball. Mo0e. 1887, ▼. t. 7, f. 6) dmwt the three jomts quite eoReetljr,
aHhongfa eat of proportum, bat his aeooimt, that the third joint ieenis
oompoied oi two or tfavae, is at all eyents an enror.
Bedtenbaeher'a M^notama 4^/weolahim {C6L Anat. p. 38) agiees with
Aube's M. 4^faveolata. The latter (Ann. d. L Soc. Ent. d. Fr. 2, 6er. 1,
p. 20, 1848) doubts the oonectnefls of Motschoulaki's aoeount, that he
had ducoyered the same inteet (1884) in Bag^eataEO, as it was quite new
to him when he saw it with Aube (1836). Motsbkmkki is amiojred
that I should haye doabted his aooount (JaloMber. fur 1887, p. 208) ;
I only placed the reqponiibility for it on its anthiCHr. L(Mridm9
eoHatus of the reporter, is a new ^edes from Van Diemen's Land
(Arch. 1842, i. p. 202).
PscLATBiDJi. — The reporter has puUished a species of this ftmily
from Van Diemen's Land, Batrimu austrulU (ibid. p. 248). Schaum
has disooyered a Brycune in the salt lake at MansliBld, which he
described as Br, pukhella (Gen^), (Genu. Zeitsohr. iy. p. 182), and
afterwairds (ibid, oorrections) he remarked, that it is identical with
Br. Hdferiy Schmidt (Diss. d. Psebph.)
ORTHOPTERA.
CHABFBirriER has published three new numbers of his '* Oirtfa^itera
Descripta et Depicta."
Siebold has giyen a list of the OrtlicpUra (in LaJ^ille's sense) which
are found in Prussia (Preuss. Proy.-Blatt. 27 Bd. p. 548). Forty species
haye been obseryed by him, yiz., — three For^fictUidos, three BkUke,
three AchetidcB, eleyen LocttaHdce, twenty Acridecs. The presence of
the Forjicula giga/ntea on the sea-ooast of the low ground at Danaig,
from whence it was sent to our oolleotion by Professor Qrube, is de-
serying of notice. The author giyes a yery graphic account of the
chirping of the AcridecB and LoousHdee. The scraping of the hind legs
of the former against the floor has been obseryed not merely in Oon^ho-
ceruB, where each species has its own peculiar way of doing it, so that
the indiyidual species are easily recognised by their chirping ; but alao
in (Edvpoda and Tetrix (the latter, perhi^, moying the under wings).
In the Locu8tid(By the author shows, that the chirping is accomplished by
the strong ledge-like rib of the inner margin of one elytron being rubbed
up and down on the crenated transyerse ledge of the drum of the other
(under one).
A yery important treatise has appeared : " Bijdragen tot de Keunis
der Orthoptera, door Dr. W. De Haan." It is also contained in the
Yerhandl. oyer de Natuurl. GescMed. der Nederlandsche oyerzeesche
262
INSECTA — ORTHOPTERA. 219
Besittingen, Zool., Noe. 6, 7, 8, 9. In these numbei^, the familiefl Bla4tcB,
McmUdas, PhaamidcRj AcrideoB, and Looustida, are completed, and that
of the AehetidcB oommeaioed. The number of species described and
figured is great, and manj of them axe new; American and African
species aze ako added, and those of Japan are arranged in order, aeoord-
ing to their agreemrait with those of the Netherland's India. The
author has paid great attention to the geographical distribution. With
regard to sjstem, we msy remark, that he considers the families named
as genera, and the newer genera only as sub-divisions and groups;
theiefi>re, when he oouM characterize new ones, he does not name them,
although thej are fully defined.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i p. 244) has described a number of
species from Van Diemen's Land, and, at the same time, drawn atten-
tion to the preponderance of apterous species in that fauna. About
one half of them showed neither traces of elytra nor under wings ; a
fimrth had elytra but no under wings, and most of these were only
stumps ; and only one-fourth of the species was completely winged, and
capable of flying.
FosncuLiDiB. — The reporter has described two new species of Farjir'
eula from Van Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 246). The one, F, ruJUeps,
without under wings ; the other, F, paci/icaf also wanting the elytra.
Blattidjs. — De Haan (1. c. sup.) has described as new, among the
BlattcB of the Netherland's India, the following : — Periplcmeta zonata,
Hagenb., Jlavicmeta and concinnar Hagenb., from Java ; Epilampra
maooMCMrienns, from Macassar ; Na/uphosta hilwiMita, from Java ; N,
circumdata, from Sumatra. De Haan, in his division, has paid atten-
tion principally to the absence and the proportionate length of the
wings ; the reporter (Arch. 1842, L p. 245) has, on the other hand, shown,
that like most of the Orthoptera, here also winged and wingless spe-
cies occur in the same genus, as ServiUe veiy correctly states. Of the
new species from Van Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 247), Peripla/net0 me-
kmaria, atrata, and aterrima, are completely destitute of wings and
elytra, as well as BlcUta trivittataf which approximates the BL deci-
piene, Qerm. BL mcMrcida has wings.
Sdls (Transact. Ent. Soc. Lond. iiL p. 103) has described the egg-
shelk of several BlattcB from Jamaica^
Mamtidxs. — ^De Haan has described and figured many new species
(1. c. 8.) : MamtU vaUda^ Hagenb., from Timor and Amboynii ; hii8aU9
and Jlava, from Java ; tinuMnentU, from Timor and Amboyna ; herbac^y
from Japans novoB^uinem, from New Guinea ; trifasdatay from Brazil ;
hif€uciataf -from Cuba; heteroptera, Servilld, and tortricoidea, from
Java. OxypUvs (the author divides this as a sub-genus from Mantis^
because the species are less than 1'' in length ; in the M<mtu they are
longer ; there are, however, other characters, especially the number of
263
1
220 REPORT OK ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
■pines on the anterior thighs) : phyllopus and punctata, fiwm Java^;
iobiceps, fieom Sumatra; Ucinguiata, croMiipes, reticulata, andpla/M-
cep$, from Jaya and Borneo. Harpax 9wmatra/fia, ftom Padang. A
new group resembling OxypiluB, but haying lobes on the posterior
thighs: M, oUgonewra, from Sumatra^ Jara, and the Moluccas; Jf.
homeensis, from Borneo. BUpharU Kuhlii, Thetpis thoradca, and
artnata,
Charpentier (Orth. Desc. No. 5) has figured Vates nuicropteru$ (Jfont;
tnacr., Stoll., Mant, I6bipc$, Licht., V, mocropt, and arbus, Burm.,
Theoclyt, lobipc^, Serr., EmpuM, lobipe», Qriff.); Ma/ntU cofUTtnna
{$, M, arataria, De Oeer, M. aurantiaca, Barm., M, 4^4nctcui€Ua,
Serv. ; $, M, eoncinna, Perty, Sery., M. tricolor, Buim.) ; Mantis an-
nulipes, Serv., Acanthop§ tinuata (Jfont. tinuata, Kirbj, A, mortui-
folia, Sery. (?) ; the author oonsiden M, tinuata, StolL (?), M. anffulata,
Licht., A, eroaa, Sery. (?), A. futcifoliut, Burm., as its $) ; and A, tes-
idata, a male similar to that of the preceding, the female of which is
not jet known, found in Brazil.
Westwood (Arcana Ent. L p. 161, t. 41) has figured a new and yeiy
distinct species of the genus Toxodcra, Sery., which difiers from Ser-
yille's species by the points of the ejes being obliquely directed forwards
(in both without fiusettes), and yerj slightly lobed posterior thighs;
therefore he giyes it a peculiar sub-generic name, HeUrochasta, The
particularly large species, 2*. {H,) tenuipe$, comes from SenegaL
De Haan (1. c. s.) has reduced the genus Deroplaty$, Westw. (Choe-
radodit, Gu^r.), to two species, as he unites Z>. aaida, Westw., as i,
with the 2>. lobata ; and the i figured by him, the 2>. rhowAAca, Hagenb.
(dedccata, Gu^r.), appears to agree with D. cmgugtata, Westw. On
the other hand, Gu^rin (Deless. Voy. dans I'lnde, ii. p. ^, t. IS) has
enriched this genus with a distinct new species, Chosradodis truncata,
from Singapore.
Spbctba. — The new species of this family, described and fig^ured by
De Haan, are as follows (1. c. s.) : — Heteropteryx (Gray) Mulleri, from
Sumatra; Phyllium celebicum, from Celebes; Pritoput (Platytehis)
Horgtohii, from the Cape of Good Hope ; AtceplMuma (Perlamorpha)
ForstenU, from Celebes ; Creoxylus Jflavicomis, from Borneo^ afinig
and viridim4irginatu8, from Jaya ; Xeroderus laceratus, from Sumatra ;
Necrogcia (Platycrania, Gr.) acanthocephala, tpinicept, and dtocon-
thoB, from Jaya, fuBcoawaulata, from Borneo, nigroa/nnulata, from
Jaya, tordida and pulchella, from Sumatra, rubictmda and jularis^
from Jaya, nigrofasciata, from Sumatra ; PJuuma conocepluUu^in, from
Sumatra, is a distinct unnamed f<»m, with wings as long as the abdomen,
elytra one-fourth of the length of the wings, and a short dilated abdomen ;
in the $, the yertez is elongated into a cone directed backwards. Tropido-
deres Bojei, from Macassar; brachypterus, from Sumatra; Maclottii,
264
INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA. 221
from Jaya; galapterum, from Stunatra; Haplopus bicutpidatut and
bituberculatus ; Cyphocrcmia Reintv<zrdHif from New Gxdnea; Cla-
doxera Dia/rdi, from Java ; Bacteria nematodes, from Java ; nodosa^
horn Sumatra; nipanemie, from Japan; Aeanthoderut japonicuSf from
Japan ; noli-vne-tangere and phyllopuSy from JaTa ; hifoliatuB, verru-
cosus, from Sumatra ; Pa^chymorplia coronata, from Jaya and Amboyna ;
Bacillus Javanus, from Jaya.
Charpentier (Qrth. Desc.) has figured Cladoxerus phyllinus (S, Phi-
halosoma LepeUetieri, $, Cladomorpha phyllmus, Sery.), from Brazil ;
and Phasma vinosum (Necroscia vin,, Sery.), from Borneo.
AcHETiD^.^— Ratzeburg (Ent. Zeit. p. 267) has drawn attention to a
sexual distinction in the abdomen of the Mole-cricket (Qryllotalpa vul-
garis) ; in the male, all the eight abdominal segments are formed pretty
much alike, while, in the female, the last two are remarkably small, and
the penultimate appears to be slightly shortened, towards the sides, into
a semicircular form, in the liying animal. The author farther remarks,
that the female watches her eggs after haying laid them.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 249) has described a Mole-cricket from
Van Diemen's Land, Qryllotalpa ausPralis, which is distinguished by
the want of under wings in the male.
Harris (Ins. of Massachus. p. 122) mentions three species of Acheta^
in Massachusetts, liying in the open air: — A. aibbreuiata, identical with
Seryille's of the same name ; A, nigra, wholly black, with yery short or
rudimentary wings ; 6''' long ; A. (Nemobius) vittata, S-4f" long, with
only the stumps of tegmina ; dusky brown, sometimes passing into black ;
three black stripes on the yertez, one on the sides of the prothoraz, pass-
ing on to the tegmina, which are generally lighter coloured ; the posterior
thighs haye three rows of oblique black stripes on the outside. They
are found in company, in the day time, on the meadows and roads.
LocusTiDiB. — Numerous species haye been described, and partly
figured by De Haan (1. c. s.) : — Hetrodes cervina, EL, firom the Cape.
Ephippigera trilineata from Tripoli ; va^omis, IQ., from Syria ; L,
bicolor, a peculiar apterous form, frrom Sumatra. L. novce-guineai, also
a peculiar form. Xiphidion stramineu/m. El., from Egypt ; longipevvne
from Sumatra ; lepidum and melamiMn, from Jaya. Pkcmeroptera chlo^
ris, pocefolia, ajid pa^umpunctata, from Jaya ; triticifolia fixmi, Borneo ;
adusta, from New Guinea ; celMca, from Celebes ; quinquenervis, from
Jaya and Japan (falcata is also cited from Japan) ; ccwicifolia, frrom
Borneo ; pilipes, from Japan ; trichopus, frrom Jaya ; ensis, from Borneo
and Japan ; loliifoUa, from Jaya ; hordeifolia, fix>m Timor ; S-seriata,
from Jaya. Phylloptera crassifolia, and nitidifoHa, from Jaya; For^
stenii, from Celebes ; retifoUa and ca/rinata, from Jaya. Pseudophyllus
crenifoUus, from Borneo; novas-hollcmdioB, from Sumatra and Port
Jackson. Aprion wrcufoUa, from Sumatra ; ampullaeea, from Jaya and
265
222 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXUI :
Sninatra ; r^tin^hmatginata, firam Borneo ; ktifoUa, fiuee$cm$^ and
brevifoUa, from Java. QnnihocUta^ Hagenb., a new form foanded on
L. voratB, Stolb., difen from iifUMtottoma, bj the broad adea of the tani,
from LiHro§e€lis, by the abort apinea of the anterior tibis and the not-
elongated maTilbHy-palpi ; it aeema to be more nearly allied to Pro-
chUui, BmlL 8aga mimUa, from the Gape. A peonliar unnamed
group, which has narrow tegmina, rounded winga of the length of the
abdomen, chink-like openings on tibe anterior tibiae ; a laxge head, with
the vertex prodnoed forwards, the prothorax truncated poaterioiij, pro-
sternum with two apines, and the ovipoaitor long, narrow, and curved,
indudes L. megaeephcUat from New Ghiinea, and X. laticepg, from Am>
bojna. Canocephaku cutpidatutf KL, from Brazil ; acanthoeeruBf of
which the native country is unknown; fnuero, from Amboyna; pkmu-
pina, from Java ; orattietps, from Japan. DecHeus Biirgeri, from Japan.
LoeuBta loboemis, from New Guinea; awnatrcma, from Padang {viri-
distkna is also found in Japan). Bapkidcphoru$ mormora^iM, cu^omimm,
from Cuba. QryUaoru phrffganoidei, £mm Java ; fitmigaUi and Ser-
villd, from Borneo ; podoca^$9Ui, from Java.
The reporter haa noiioed (Arch. 1842, L p. 249) three new species from
Van Diemen's Land ; two of them, Agrofcia laieralis, and Xiphidkun
bilineatumy have stumps of tegmina ; the third, QrgllaerU orndf^ofis,
is completely apterous.
* Adam White (Gray's ZooL MisoeU. ii p. 7S) has deacribed a remark-
able new form from New Zealand, under the name of Deincicrida
heteracantha. He thinks it must be an An<i9toetama, Gray ; the arm-
ing of the breast, the two strong spines of the prothorax, and two strong
teeth of the excavated mesothorax and metathorax agree with that genus,
the mandibles are much shorter, the labial-palpi thickened at the point,
the maxillary-palpi very long, the laat joint slightly thickened at the
point, the antennao twice and a half, and the hinder legs twice as long
as the body; the posterior tibisB quadrangular, the angles armed with
very sharp spines placed alternately ; the body brown above, yellow be-
neath.
Harris (L c. s. p. 126) mentions, among the species found in Maasa-
chusetts I'—Baphidophora maculata (Oryllug nMeukUus, Harr. Catal.
of Ins. of Massachus., whioh is apparently identical with PhebkmgoptU
lapidicola, Burm^) living am<mg stones and rubbish ; Pla^typkyUum, eon-
cavwm, Harr., in the EncycL Amer. vol. viii., is, as the author reasonably
conjectures, Loe, perqdUata, F. ; Platyph/yUiMn perwp,, Serv. ; Oyrto-
phyUiis penp,, Burm. Harris diatinguishes a species allied to the
PhoMheropiera oblongifolia (Locusta M., De Geer), as Ph» cmgustifoUay
by the narrower tegmina and much shorter and stronger curved ovipo-
sitor of the female. OrckelimtMn agUe, Serv. (Loousta ag., De Geer),
is not found in Massachusetts; but there are two new species: —
266
INSBCTA — OETHOPTERA. 228
0. vulgare, allied to the species above meationed ; but it difSsrs in
the tegmina being as long as the under wings, and the mak having two
blaek sjpoU upon them ; it is very plentifiil in the meadows : O. graeile
is Uke the preoeding, but amaller (its length to the tip of the wings is
7-8''0' ^ wings projecting a litiJe ftom beneath the t^gsiisa^ and the
male haying no bLaek spots upon them. Lastly, a spedes of Ccnoeer-
phaJhM, which is mentioned in the CalaL of Ins. of Maasachna., under the
name of ens^er, and appears to the author to be different firaan C, dU-
timilis, SeiY. ; it is green, with a wMtiah head, and has the mark <^ a U
under the tooth, whioh is directed downwards to the cone on the fore-
head, the ovipoflitQir of the female is straight, and above 1^' long, the
length to the tip of the tegmina 1 j-^''.
Charp«[Ltier (1. c. s.) has figured both aezes of Phemeroptera ma-
crapoday Bum. {dalmaHnaj Serv.); Ph. crue»ta, Bum., and a new
German species, Locusta ca/udata, resembling the L» viridUdmaf but
smaller, and with a longer ovipositor, and without the brown stripe on
the head and prothorax, or the brown on the inner baee of the tegmina,
and having a blai^ spine on the posterior thighs.
The LocustoB occurring in Denmark have been arranged hy Schiodte
(Krc^er Naturhist. Tideskr. iv. Xo. 3, p. 316). There are seven
spedes.
Siebc^ re«d his observations (m the sparmatozoa of the LocuaHdof,
at the meeting of Naturalists at Mainz (1842). Thej are of a peculiar
fixrm, consisting of a long flat body, which gradually passes into a long
very tender thread, terminated by a Y-shaped appendage. This, as well
as the body, is stiff; but the threads axe very flexible. In the simple
receptaculum senunia <ff the flmude LqoubUb, after copulation, the semi-
nal mass is found to be contained in several bags ; in these are observed
peculiar filiform bodies, winding round each other witb undulating mo-
tions. On minute examination, it was discovered, that these filiform
bodies were composed of the spermatozoa, which attach themselves to
each other by the V-shaped appendage. (Amtl. Bericht, Sibq, p. 223.)
AcRiDiTBs. — Charpentier (1. c. s.) has enriched this funily with one
new genus Sphenaaifium (Fasc. vi t. 31), most nearly allied to Pyrgo-
morphay by its oblique fiiee, with the top of the forehead projecting for-
wards, fourteen-jointed antennss and large daws on the hinder tarsi, but
apterous, with small narrow stumps of tegmina, and a short thickened
body, fusiform in the middle ; 8ph, purpuraaeena is from Mexico (a whole
aeries of nearly allied spedes of this excellently conceived genus, and all
from the same country, are preserved in the Berlin collection). Charpen-
tier has also figured Tropinotus diacoideus, Serv. (t. 32), and Acridium
toMraatfwm, Serv. (t. 22)^ both from Brazil ; Eremdbia nvuricata, QryU,
murieatuSf Pall. (t. 23), from the south of Russia ; and E, limbata (t. 24),
a new spedes from Turkey.
267
224 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Weitwood (Arcana Entom. i. p. 66, 1 17) lias figured a gigantic new
■peciet of Opsomala, O. gigantea, fiom Sierra Leone [O. gladiator 9
Wettwood bas published no insect xaAet the name of O. gigantea^ and
O. glad, is on the same plate with Bactrophara], with a new genns, Bac-
trophora^ which has a short obtuse tooth on the prostemnm, a large head
with a strong staff-like process on the forehead, twenty-fonr-joihted an>
tennn a little compressed and articulated to the base of the process of
the forehead, between and near the large projecting ejes, short fore-legs ;
jB. cTomtnons, 3^" long : native conntry nnlmown.
Westwood (ibid. p. 99, t. 26) has given a monograph on the genus
Ifostcur, Perty, which approaches Proscopia hj its ascending head, and
the fewer (perhaps onlj thirteen) jointed antennse. To the Soutii American
species, made known by Perty and Serrille, he adds three East Indian :
— M. apicalUy from Sumatra ; Jf . vitrea^ from Java ; Jf* guttata, ttam
Sumatra and the Philippine Islands.
Among the numerous AcridujB described by De Haan (L c s.) are
the following new species : — Truaalis psittacina, from Java. OpsafncUa
bicolor, from Java and Japan ; tceniata, from Java. PyrgMMnrpha chlo'
ri>pus, and hannatoptera, from Java ; nowB^uineas, from New Guinea
and Borneo ; hrachyptera, from New Quinea. Trigoncpterya punctata,
from the Cape of Good Hope. Acridium consa/nguineum, from Macas-
sar; Hagmbachii, from Java. Oxya obtusa, from Java ; injuicata, from
the Sunda Islands; dimidiata, from Amboyna; ojfims, from Sumatra;
microptera, from Java ; wndstrigata, from New Guinea* Acridium fna-
cula-luteat fvom Sumatra, forms a pecular type between Oxya and CEdi-
poda, with a homed prostemuuL (Eddpoda mbfatciata, from the Island
of Samu, near Timor ; caliginosa, from the Gape of Good Hope ; vul-
nerata, from Java ; ^-maculata, fit>m the Cape. Mastax agrionotdes^
from Borneo and Sumatra ; cycloptera, from Java ; crenata, from Borneo.
Hymenotes a/rcuatus, from New Guinea. Tetrix corwita, phyllocera,
and Jiexodon, from Java; cepkalica, from Sumatra; grctcUis and dUc^-
tata, from Java ; gibibotay from Japan ; hrevis and ema/rginataf from New
Gfuinea*
Of the reporter's five species from Van Diemen*s Land (Arch. 1842, i*
p. 250), Truxalis viatica and Mesops pedestris are completely apterous ;
Acridium ambuloM9 has stumps of tegmina but no wings ; CalUpta^muB
hajuhiB and Tetrix argillacea, have the wings perfect but rather short*
Harris (Ins. of Massachus. p. 132-155) has added many new species
of this fiimily : — Acridium alutacewm is dark yellowish-brown, with a
pale yellow dorsal line upon head and prothoraz ; a slightly elevated
keel ; tegmina semitransparent and with irregular brown patches ; wings
transparent and colourless, but with a network of dark yellow ; the
abdomen has transverse rows of small blackish patches ; the posterior
tibisB reddish, with yellowish white spines having black points ; If long.
268
INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA. 226
Acrid, flavQvittatum ; oliye-brown, with a yellow stripe on Mch side
from the forehead to the points of the tegmina ; the posterior tibiao
and tarsi blood-red with black pointed spines ; it appears to be identical
with CdloptenuB femoratuSf Burm., and is very hurtful to gardens.
LodMta ((Edipoda) coraUina, is perhaps identical with (E, phoBnicop-
tera, Burm. L, mcmtima ; ash-grey, the face spotted with white ; l^e
tegmina minutely spotted with brown, semitransparent at the point ;
wings pale yellow at the base, with a band of blackish spots in the
middle ; posterior tibiae pale. With black tipped spines ; j-li" long :
very abundant, but only near the coast. L. oequaUs; wings bright
yellow as far as the middle, then haying a broad black band ; posterior
tibias coral-red, with a white ring under the knee ; 1^'' long. L, lati-
pennis ; wings broad, their lower half bright yeUow, then dark, with a
regularly spotted band in the middle ; posterior tibiae bright yellow,
with a black ring under the knee, and a broad black tip. L, ma/muh-
rata ; grey, marbled with yellow and black ; the lower half of the wings
yellow, the middle haying a broad black band, and the point two black
patches ; posterior tibiae coral-red, haying a black, then a white, and
sometimes again a black ring under the knee, and a black point ; *J-^*'
long. X. eucerata, allied to (E, fene%traU$^ Sery., but the wings are
yellow, not red at the base. L, nebulosa ; wings transparent, with dark
tips and a dark brown stripe on the anterior margin ; posterior tibiae
brown, with a broad white ring under the knee ; 8-12'" long ; yery
common. Harris distinguishes a sub-genus, Tragocephalaf by the
antennae, which are shorter than the prothoraz, and slightiy thickened
towards the point, the more oblique face and the month placed nearer
the breast. It includes Acr. viridi-fasciatum, De Oeet (Cfryll, virgi
fWJmuSf F., ch/nfsomelaSf Gm., Acr. ma^ginattmi, 01., hemipteritm, Pall.,
Beany.) ; and two new species : Tr. %nfu9Cata ; dusky brown ; prothoraz
finely keeled ; tegmina slightiy spotted with brown ; wings transparent,
pale greenish-yellow at the base, with a large dusky doud towards the
middle of the posterior margin, and a black stripe on the anterior; pos-
terior tibiae brown with a broad whitish ring under the knee ; length f ;
on the pasture lands of Massachusetts from May to the end of July.
Tr, radiata; nut-brown; prothoraz keeled aboye; tegmina wholly
brown but transparent at the tips; wings transparent, netted with
brown and with black longitudinal yeins slightly green at the base, a
large dark doud in the middle of the posterior margin, and a brown
stripe on the anterior ; posterior tibiae reddish-brown, somewhat paler
under the knees ; length aboye 1'' ; rare in Massachusetts and North
Carolina. A second sub-genus, Chloe'alHs, with a still more oblique
face, longer antennae, a depression in front of each eye for the reception
of the first antennal joint, prothoraz without a keel, almost truncate
posteriorly, and yery short wings and tegmina ; might be arranged under
269
226 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
€fompho€erus. It nuntaint thne new apedeB : L, CM. eongperuk ;
reddiah-bRNni spotted with blaik, * black stripe upon the head behind
eaeh eye, and eoatmiiad mkng eaeh side of the prothoraz ; tegmina
nth6r oblongHyTBl, bright yellowiah-biown, with small da^k brown
ptttdiea; wings H[" long; posterior tibkB pale zed; almost V long.
X. CK abordva; brown; tegmina spotted, with black covering tw»-
thiids of the abdomen; posterior tibi» ooral-ied, whitiak nsder the
knee. Both foond an the pasture lands in^ Jolj, and distingiiished onlj
by the ooloor. L. CK ctirt^pMints, nearl/ allied to the O. pa/raUelu^
Zett ; tiffliina in the male as long as the body ; wings somewhat shorter.
Among seven spedes of the genns Tetrix^ five are new, namely: —
T, donalii, ^-nMeulatOf bUineata, wordida^ and, with T. ortiaAaj Say,
belong to the diviBum with firarteen-joiDted antenna, the point of the
head projeeting before the eyes, and the prothoraz elongated over the
end of the abdomen ; but as these species only ditiRar in oolour, it is
possible that they may, some of them, be only varieties of each other;
the two other spedes bekmg to the division with twenty-two-jointed
antennsD : T. kUerolis, Say, with longer prothoraz, and T. |HSrtf^f>«i»nis,
a new species, dijSering from the preceding by the prothoraz not being
prolonged over the end of the body, and its much shorter wings.
Tbbmitixa. — Qnerin has remarked, conoendiig the sezes of the
TemUteM (Rev. 2ML p. 27S), that the malas are as yet wholly on-
known ; for although Bumeister has characterized ih» female as entirely
^^teroos, and all the winged individuals as males, yet he has convinced
himself, by the anatomical ezandnatien of a great number of them, that
every winged termite is not a male, but may be a young female. Those
which are called workers Gnerin holds to be female larv», those eaDed
soldiBrs he thinks must be male lame. He is certainly ri^^ when he
considers the apterous temites as females, fi>r the greater number
bek>ng|i to tlat sez ; but there are some among the winged individuals,
which, by attention, can be distinguished from the common ones, and
which are, to all appearance, males. Observation alone can show what
becomes of the soldiers ; all assumptions on this point appear to me to
be mere oongecture.
Pbblariji. — The comprehensive and complete monograph on this
fiumly by Pictet, '* Histoire Natnrdle g^n^rale et particoli^re des
Insectes N^uroptdies, FamiUe.des PerHdes. Qendve et Paris, 1841,
8vo., pL 53," is now completed. The near relation of these insects to the
Orthoptera has not escaped the author, and he has veiy nearly (without
knowing my opinion), of his own accord, determined to unite them to that
order (p. 99). The earlier states have been ezamined with particolar
care ; the anatomieal relations have also been regarded, without, how-
ever, studying them in a very minute manner. Their great similarity
in this respect to the locusts, is striking ; but there are considerable
270
INSECT A — ORTHOPTERA . 227
▼ariatioD0; Perla hiphmctata has, in the mtestiiuil cooal, a ring of
eight blind sacs at the end of the stomach, a csBcum, and nnmerons gall
Tessels ; in other species the number of the latter is less ; in Chhrcperla
the blind sacs are small, and reduced to six in number, the osBcnm is
wanting, and the gall vessels axe onlj twenty, and much shortened; in
Nemawra the blind sacs are wanting, and the gall vessels are still fewer.
Similar variations occur in the form of the under lip, as the parts pointed
out by me as lobes, appear to vary in their extent of development.
Pictet has had the advantage of a very great su^ly of species,
so tiiat this formerly small fiunily has now arrived at considerable size.
Twenty-eight of the species described are still unknown to him; the
number of those examined by him amount to 100, of which nearly two-
thirds are new. Of these 100 species, twenly-seven are spread over a
great portion of Europe; nine. are peculiar to Switzerland, six to the
north, and nine to the south of that country. There are two Egyptian
species ; eight from Asia, viz., — one Siberian, one from the continent
of India, two firom the Sunda Islands, four from Japan. There are two
species from New Holland. America has, in all, thirly-seven, viz., — seven-
teen from the United States, five from Mexico and Columbia, three from
Chili, ten from Brazil, and two inhabit a great part of that continent.
Pictet recognises six genera, whioih are partly divided into sub-genera.
I. Kollcma, new genus, with setaceous very long maxiUary-palpi, a
very huge projecting external maxillary lobe, small mandibles, and
large netted and veined wings. One spedes of considerable size, of
which the native country is unknown.
n. PUranarcys, Newm., netted and veined wings, short setaceous
maxiUary palpi, of which the second, third, and fourth joints, are dilated
externally. Pt. protcBug, N., and Perla retioulata, Burm., and Pt.
thalia, regalis, and bildba, Newm.
IIL Eu&thema, Westw., strong netted and veined wings, moderately
long simple setaceous maxillary-palpL E. tpectabilU, Westw., from
the Swan River.
IV. Perlay Geof&., simply veined wings, setaceous palpL Contains the
following sub-genera : — 1. Dictyopteryx ; the terminal part of the sub-
marginal space crossed by transverse nerves; the longitudinal nerves
there are often irregular, the wings rounded, the head small : P. mioroce-
phcUa, Pict. ; and ^Ye new species. — 2, NepheUon ; the terminal part of
the sub-marginal space witiiout transverse nerves ; but the branch of the
sub-marginal nerve ramifies considerably, and is irregular : Isogem/us
nubecula and frontalU, Newm., and two new species. — 3. Acroneuria ;
wings elongated with the terminal part of the sub-marginal space crossed
by transverse nerves ; and the longitudinal nerves are irregular ; head
broad ; mandibles with one tooth : one new species, P. <Mreno9a, from
North America, which perhaps may be united to P. obnormis, Newm. -*
271
228 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
4. Perla ; the termiiial part of the sub-maigixial space has no transyene
nerves, and the branch of tiie under rib without ramificationsy or with
one or two reg^nlar bifurcations ; the maiginal cell, at .the point, has at
least two transyerse neryes : P. hipu/nctata,marginata, and in all forty-
two species, which are divided into seven groups, chiefly according to
colour. — 5. Chloroperla, Newm. ; differs from Perla in the maiginal cell
at the end being without transverse nerves, or only having a single one :
P. virescens, Pict. ; rufes€en$, venosa, Steph. ; and three new European
and three exotic species. — 6. Isopteryx ; small species ; almost wanting
the anal space of the posterior wings : P,Jlava, Fourcr. ; apieaUs, Newm. ;
and in all seven species.
y. Ca/pnia. — Filiform palpi, long anal set® ; with two sub-genera : —
1. Capaia ; without transverse neryes at the end of the wings : P. niffra,
Pict. ; Sembl. pygmoBa, Burm. ; and one new species. — 2. Oripopteryx ;
with numerous transverse nerves at the end of the wings : Semhl, gra-
eUuy Burm., and one new species, from Brazil.
VI. Nemf^wra, — Filiform palpi, small or rudimentary anal setse;
with three sub-genera : — 1. TcBnopteryx ; antennal joints of equal size,
rudimentary 3-jointed anal setae : N. nebulosa {Phryg, neb,, Lin.), tri-
fasciata, Pict. ; in all six species. — 2. Leuctra, Steph. ; second tarsal
joint very short ; scarcely any anal setae ; wings narrow, rolled together,
so as to be semi-tubular: N* cylindrica, De Qeer, &c.'; in all, seven
species. — 3. Nemoura ; wings usually lying flat, the nerves of the para-
stigma forming an ;^, which is not the case in Leuctray with which this
sub-genus agrees in its other characters : N. variegata, cinerea, 01. ; in
all, eight species. AH those species are figured which are known to the
author from personal observation.
LepiemencB, — Gervais (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 47) has
published a new genus under the name of Nicoletia, having an oblong
somewhat compressed scaleless body; thorax scarcely so broad as the
abdomen, the three segments pretty equal ; three moderately long setae
at the extremity of the abdomen ; the branchial legs on the abdomen very
distinct. N. geophila and phytophUa ; the one found in hot houses, the
other in the woods around Paris.
NEUROPTERA.
LoBW has published some excellent obseryations on the anatomical
relations of the Neuroptera, as at present limited. (Qermar's Zeitschr.
iv. p. 423.)
The insects formerly referred to Neuroptera, with incomplete meta-
morphofiiB, which I have united to the Orthdpteraf also agree, in their
272
INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA. 229
internal structure, in a striidng maimer, with the Orthoptera proper.
The other Newroptera are essentially different, particularlj in the num-
ber of the gall vessels, of which eight at most are found, and in the sepa-
ration of the two last plexus of nerves, which in the Orthoptera are
joined together. In the internal structure, as weU as in other respects^
the three primarj divisions of the NetMroptera differ considerably from
each other. The Pcmorpates are distinguished bj the thin bag-like
appendages of the genital organs, which, in the Hemerdbii, are small and
like pustules ; both agree in the simple receptaculum seminis, also in the
form of the ovaries, which contain pectinated egg-tubes, in the compres-
sed form of the ^sticles, the proportionablj great length of the vasa
deferentia, and the extraordinary shortness of the ductus ejaculatorius ;
in this last point the Phrygwneas also agree, though widely different in
other respects. The author explains the appendages which open into the
ductus seminis as seminal bladders ; the contents of these generally long
and bag-shaped vessels confirm this opinion, as they correspond to the
appendages, generally in pairs, which open into the ductus ejaculatorius.
Hemerobii. — Lefebvre (Gu^r. Mag. d. Zool. Ins. pi. 92) has described
and figured a new and distinct species of Aicalobphus, A, Napoleo, from
Swan River, in New Holland, and at the same time given an arrange*
ment of the genus. He proposes to arrange it as a group, under the
name of AacalapMdes, which will include two sub-divisions, — Olophr-
thalmi and Schizophthalmi. This distribution into genera is as fol-
lows:—
I. Olcphthahni, — The anal-nippers in the male sometimes visible, some-
times invisible : in the former case the wings either have an appendage,
as in Ptynx (costatuSy Burm.), or have not, as in Azesia (Napoleo^ v. s.)
In the latter case the wings are not appendaged as in Amosa {mb^ostor-
tu8f Burm.)
n. Schizophthalmi, — The anal-nippers in the male are sometimes
visible, sometimes invisible. In the former case they are partly project-
ing, either with lateral lobes at the anus, in the female, as in Deleprocto-
phylla (ausPralis, Lefeb.), or without them, and the anal nippers in the
male strong, as in Procta/rrelabis {ha/matug. El., capensis, F., OMnuli^
eomis, Burm. ; in the first the anal nippers are forked, in the others
simple ; a new species differs from this latter, by the wings being repand
at the inner margin), slight and simple as in Ascalaphus, with the hinder
wings dilated at the inner margin (A. italicus, F., longicomis, ictericuSf
Charp, &c.), and as in Hybris, with undilated hinder wings (Ja^awus,
Burm.) The anal-nippers are situated partly at the end of the abdomen,
as in Acheron (one new species), with the wings projecting over the ab-
domen, and antennas dentated at the base, on the inside. In the other
case (anal nippers of the male not visible), the wings are either appen-
dicled, as in Orphni (appendiculatus, ¥.), or not, as in Suhpalaaa
273 S
230 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
(where the wings and antennas ihow manj TariationA, the wings aie :
a. Constricted at the base, as in macroc€ru$^ Bonn., with the antennae
longer than the wings, and * new species in which they are scarcelj so
long as the wings : 5. Simple, as in M<icLeaycmuB Benex, Buim., 4rp%inc^
tatus, Bonn., fiavipt$. Leach and others : e. The hind wings dilated and
more or less repand at the inner margin, as in venicohr, with the an-
teonaB longer ; and mtrinameniU, F., and others, with the antennas of the
same length, or shorter than the wings.) Finally, the genus Puer (niger^
Borkh.), differing by a very wide net-work on the wings.
HoweTer much the profonndness of this dirision may be admowledged,
yet I cannot withhold my objection, that a part, which like the nude
anal-nipper, is differently formed in almost eyery species, should be used
primarily for founding genera, the yeiy nomenclature of which is also,
for the most part, objectionable.
A new M{inti$pa, a^pUalxB, from Rhodes, has been described by Loew
(Germ. Zeitschr. iv. p. 433). A new genus, PtychoptiB, Newman (En-
tomol. p. 415), has the following diagnosis : — ^* Generi Chrysopa affinis,
at alarum nervuris aliter diapositis." The species, Pa. mtmica, from
Adelaide, in South Australia, is certainly very distinctly represented on
the title-page, yet not so that the generic characters can be made out
from it.
Lastly, I may mention here an insect, described by Westwood as
inhabiting the Spongilla JlwviatilU (Trans. Ent. Soo. iii. p. 105, t. 8).
It may be best compared with the larra of Hemercbius ; the antennas
are long and setaceous, four brisUes project from the mouth as fiir as
the antennas, approximating in pairs, one strcmger and one finer, they
represent mandibles and maxillas ; the palpi, upper lip, and tongue are
wanting. The first seren segments of the abdomen haye, on the
under side, each a pair of jointed flat appendages, which are eridently
branchias, as two vessels are easily observed in each of them. He is
in doubt to which order this insect may belong ; he is most inclined
to suppose it a neuiopterous larva; however, there is a possibility that
it may be the larva of Acentropus. From its very near alliance to the
larva of HemerMus, I have no doubt that it belongs to an insect of this
family ; the chief distinctions of the species are, indeed, conditional on
their abode in the water. Similar organs of respiration are also finmd
in Sialis^ but this larva stands much nearer SemerMwi, and so I may
ooigecture, that it is that of Simfra, Burm. Westwood, on the sup>
position that it is a perfect insect, has given it the name of Branehw-
toma gpongilUe. (See a paper by Qrube, in the Arch. Naturgesch.
1843, i. p. 331, t. 10.)
274
iNSECTA — ^HYMENOPTEHA. 231
HYMENOPTERA.
SiEBOLD hu publiahed Ids lesearohes on the Beoeptaciiliim Seminie of
the female Hymenoptera, (Qenn. Zeitchr. iy. p. 262, t 2,)
There are two principal types shown in the formation of thi^part,
which agree with Uie two ehief diyisions of the Hymenaptera, aeoording
to the form of the laryie. In the/rse type, the reoeptaoolnm senunis is
diBtingniflhed by a duotits seminalis, a capsula seminalis, and a glandula
appendicularis. There were examined, — 1. FormiddaSf where the parts
in question are disproportiona^y large ; 2. Apida, where they are found
in the working bees in a yery undeyeloped condition ; 3. Andremdas;
4. Ve9pid<B, where, in the workers, these parts are found more distinciLy
formed than in the working bees — eyen in the PolittcB the workers are
only distingQished ftom the egg-laying females, by the empty oyary
and reoeptacnlum seminis; 5. Scoliadce; 6. MuHUidce; 7* CrabrO'
nidcB; 8. Bembecida; 9. ChryHdcB; 10. Cynipid€B, where, through
the presence of these parts alone, Hartig*s assumption of the existence
of androgynity will be disproyed; 11. PUromalini; 12. Chelonidaf;
13* EvumadoB; 14. Braconidce; 15. IchMumonidai, where the seminal
capsule is always yery small. In the second type, the reeeptaculum semi-
nis forms a simple swelling of the yagina, in which can be distLoguished
neither ductus seminalis, nor a separate capsula seminalis, nor glandula
appendicnlaris : to this belong the TentJiredinidoe, of which a consider*-
able number of different genera haye been examined. The Uroceridait
Dfyina^, and CodrincBy have not yet been examined by the author in
relation to the parts in question.
A periodical, " Memoria per seryire alia storia natqrale di alconi
imenotteri del Cay. Ouis. Qen^, Plt>f. di ZooL n« r. u. di Torino, soc. att
d. Soc Ital. d. Sdenz. res. in Modena : Modena, 1842/' contains some
excellent obseryations on the habits of indiyidual Hymmoptera,
Dispositio Methodica Spec. Scand. ad Fam. Hymenopt. nat. ab A. G.
Dahlbom, Lund, 1842, is the precursor of a systematic work, of which at
present the first number only has appeared, extending to the Linnnan
genus 8phex, The families and genera are illustrated on synoptical tables,
according to their characteristics, and a yiew giyen of the Swedish species.
The reporter has spoken of the Hymenopterous Insects of New Hol-
land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 252), and described a number of species from
Van Diemen's Land.
TENTHBEDiNiDiB and SiBicEs. — Saxesou has published a list of the
TentlvredinidKB and Sirices hitherto found on the Harz (Vier Venseich-
nisse als BeitrSge zur Kenntniss der Fauna und Fbra des Harzes,
gedr. f. die Mitglieder des wissenach. Vereins des Harzes, 1842). It is
275
232 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
aooompanied by many yalnable remarks on their appearance. Lennis
has made known a list of the TenthredinidcBf foimd in Hildesheim and
«
the adjoining Harz (Ent. Zeit. p. 42).
P. Huber* (M^m. d. L Soc. d. Phys. et d'Hist. Nat. de Gen^ye, ix.
pt. 2) has described the natural history of the larya of a Lyda, which is
found rarely upon hazel bushes, and forms a house for itself by rolling
up strips of the leaves. It has not arrived at its change, therefore the
species remains undetermined. (This treatise has also been noticed in
the Ann. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 241, and Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1843.) West-
wood (Ann. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 376) remarks, that this larva may belong to
the Lyda manita, of which he has given a short account in his *^ In-
troduction" (v. 2, p. 107, f. 71, 11). This determination appears to me
still doubtftd, as Westwood observed the larva upon roses ; and I hold it
probable, that a similar habit may be common to the leaf-eating larvas
of several Lydoi.
Harris has made some interesting remarks on the natural history of
several North American TenthredAnidcB and Sirices, in the ** Ins. of
Massachusetts.*' Cimbex uhnif Peck (male Amenccma, Leach), lives
on the common and American elm. A Lophyrus, L, abietis, Harris,
lives on pines. It is very like, or identical, especially the caterpillar,
with Z. rufus, El. Sekmdria vitis lives on the vine ; the slimy cater-
pillar of the 8, roBOB, on the rose ; 8. cerasi (Tenthr, c, Lin., T. cetkiops,
F.) also exists in North America upon fruit trees, especially the pear.
Tremex columba lives in pear trees, and elms, &c. The larva is attack-
ed by Pimpla atrata. Urocerus albic(Mmis, F., is foimd in pine wood ;
also the new species, U. nitidua, different from U. ju/vencus, by its
brighter colour and shorter antennas ; and U, cibdominalU, probably the
male of the preceding, in the white pine. There are two new species of
Xiphydriay X. albicomis and mellipes; and of Orysmis, besides the
0. terminalis, Newm«, and 8ayi, Westw., there is a third, O. qfinis,
Harris, which possibly may be only the male of the latter.
IcHNEUMONiDJS. — Drcwscn has proved, by observing their pairing,
that Icfvneumon culpatory Schr., is the true female to /. 9putator, also
that Pimpla flavipea is the true male to P. stercorator, while Graven-
horst has described as such the male of P. grammellce (Kroyer Natur-
hist. Tidsskr. iv. p. 103). The reporter (Arch. 1842, 1 Bd. p. 255) has
described several species from Van Diemen's Land : Icfmewmon peti-
* By way of appendix, I may mention here another treatise by the same
author (ibid.), ia which he has g^ven some pretty observations on the Cocci-
nella globosa, 111., but which contains nothing essentially new^ as it is ah-eady
known from other sources, that the species named^ as well as some other Coc
ctnellcB, are plant eaters. The generic name of Subcoccinella is already the
third proposed for the above species, which, contrary to all rule, has been
enrolled among Saponarice (S. vor Bericht^ p. 258).
276
INSECTA — HYMENOPTERA. 233
torivSy licitatoriuSf promisgorius, Cryptug (Phygadeuon) va/riegatoTy
Ophion fuscicomU, The first species only has any peculiarity, and as
at present several allied species are before me, wiU give occasion for the
formation of a separate genus belonging to New Holland. The rest
have altogether a European stamp.
Braconidjs. — Schiodte (Kroyer Naturhist. Tidsskr. iv. p. 315) has
remarked, that Lepton attenuator^ Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., is the
insect described by him (1837) as Copimira rvmator, Zetterstedt did
not know the. female, his description appears to apply at a Ccelinius,
(See my Report for 1838, p. 296.)
Helcon indAiltor of the reporter is a new species &om Van Diemen'p
Land (Arch. 184:2, i. p. 258).
EvANiDiB. — Spinola (Rey. Zool. p. 188) has described three new spe-
cies of Eva/rda : facialis firom Mexico, chUevms from ChiU, crassicor-
nis from Columbia.
The reporter has described a new species of Megalyra : rufipes, from
Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 258).
CYNipiDiE. — Hartig (Germ. Zeitschr. iy. p. 395) has published his
farther inyestigations into the natural history of the Cynips, Although
he withdraws his former assertions (see the preceding annual report)
concerning the internal structure of the male Cynips, still he draws atten-
tion to this family in a physiological respect, by showing that the males
of some species are unknown ; such are, especially, Cynips divisa and
C ^ercuS'foUiy* which he obtained in great numbers, partly from galls
and partly caught in the open air; he also remarks, that in the breed-
ing of Cynips from gaUs, the absence of the male cannot be accidental;
that moreoyer, whole genera («. g. Cynips with tweniy-eight species) are
without males, while in the rest {e. g. AuUix and Synergus) both sexes
of all the species are found ; and thinks, that from the comparison of the
internal structure of the one, and both-sezed Cynipidas, something more
certain will be discoyered. Siebold is at present busy with these inyes-
tigations, so that we may shortly expect a solution from that quarter ;
howeyer, it appears to me, that he should not neglect these so called
Inquilini. Hartig has certainly expressed, in his first treatise (Germ.
Zeitschr. ii. p. 178), that they not only liye parasitically in and on
gtrange galls, but also on their proper inhabitants ; he has not howeyer
added, that this is nothing more than conjecture. The constant presence
of two forms of Cynips, in all galls, is striking, and might easily lead to
the supposition, first made by Hatzeburg (Mediz. Zool. pt. ii. t. 21), that
a compound sexual relation here occurs, as is also the case in other orders
* The author mentions, that Professor Batzeburg had told him, that he was
in possession of a male of this species. Upon farther examination, the Pro-
fessor has informed me, that he is now conyinoed of the contrary.
277
234 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
of inieeta. We know, for example, that BnipUio Memnon has three dif-
ferent forma of the female, in colour and form of the wings. And if
Hartig separatee the InquUini, as genera, from the prodnoers of the
galls, the likp has happened with the two forms of the female of Dytiacus.
The most important fact against such an assunption, seems to be his
statement, that different kinds of Ct^ips have the same InquiUni. I
mention the above only, that the obserrer may bear in mind facts whidi
will probably open another point of view to him. In my opinion, there
can be no question concerning a relation in flieir breeding, as both forms
appear together in the same gaUs, and therefore they spriiig from, con-
temporary broods.
Hartig, at the same time, makes an addition to the spedes, enriching
Cynipt with fourteen, Andricus with one, Tertu with one, Aukuc with
two, Synerffus with six, Co^umcupU with three, Figkes with one, Pdlo-
gcLSter ¥rith two new species. Two genera are also characterized : Syno^
phrut, nearly allied to Dicutrophugy but distinguished by the great length
of the first abdominal segment^ which coyers the rest both on the upper
and under side : S, poUtug, collected by Eollar from the gall of QuercuB
cerrU, XydUupu^ a form c(£Figite$f with a pedioeUed abdomen, doubtleas
agreeing with Oallaspidia, Dalhb. (t. inf.) : X. kevigatus and rugews,
both fixMn Styria. The generic name, 8cytode$^ ulretAj used elsewhere,
the author has changed for Amblynatus,
Dalhbom has published a little work, which, as the title shows, is a
monograph of the two genera named, " Onychia och CaUaspidia tvenne
for Scandinayiens Fauna nya Insekt-Slilgten, horande till GraUaple-
Stecklames naturliga grupp, Monografisk bearbetning 2 Planch, och.
2 Synopt. Tabell., Lund 1842.'' Onychia, Haliday, contains three spe-
cies : O. bicolor {Figit. hie. Fonsool.) ; 0. ediogaater {Evcm, ediog^ Eob6»,
Cyn. ediog,, Pans.) ; and 0. custUeata (.F%. actU., Brebiss.) — CalUupidia,
Dalhbom (with which the more recently recorded genus Xy<U4Mpi$,
Hartig, agrees, vid. sup.), is related to Figites, as AmichariB, Dalm., is
to CynipB — it has, namely, a long pediculated abdomen, and contains two
species : C. De FcnBcohmbei, Dalhb. (Figitea notata, Fonsc.) ; and G.
Weattffoodi, Dalhb., a new spedes discovered by the author in GotUand.
The three tables appended give a list of the Cynipida^ natives of Scan-
dinavia, the distinctions of whidi are partly illustrated by plates.
Harris (Ins. of Massadius. p. 395«40O) has made some observations cm
the North American Cynipidce. They are mostly found on oaks, the
largest are on the leaves of the red oak, and belong to the CyiMpa can-
Jhientus, (!) Harr. From Oynips oneratnSf Hair., originate galls on the
small branches of the white oak, which resemble Sodom i^iples. Cynips
nuhilipennis raises galls on oak leaves of the sise and colour of cur-
rants. Cynipi temvnator, Harr., one of the smallest spedes, lays its
eggs round the small brandies of the white oak, and the individual
278
INSECTA — ^HYMENOPTERA. 235
lary» rest in seed-like cells, surrounded by one common gall. Upon
foses axe found Cynips hicoior, in single galls, about the sixe of peas;
C dichroceniB, in woody galls on the stem; C, setnipicetu, in warted
woody gaUs on the root.
Chalcidibjb. — Walker has oonlinued his description of the Chalci-
didis oollected by Darwin (Ann. Nat. Hist. z. p. 113). From Valpa-
raiso there are one Tcrymug, two Callimone, one Asa/phu, one Xom-
protottts, one Zyr«us-»a new genus, the characters of which are not
giyen — one PterotMUug, two Entedon^ one Euhphui, two Teir(Mtiehtu
— a genus formed by Haliday from the Cirrospilui lycidcLs. From Yal-
divia (p. 271) are one PachylarthruSf one IHcyclvs, three Lamprotatus^
one PteromaluSy one CkMerocerus, one Platygaster, one I$u>stemma, one
Romilms; this last genus is new, but here also the characters are
omitted. The same author (Entomologist, p. 334) has continued his de-
eeriptions of new ChaleididcB : Isosoma ege9ta, Selimnui diorei, Pte-
roTMUfM Bryee, PLfilgimaSj sxA BtUedon daurisei, are £rom Geneva ;
Smura iamyruif from Mexico; 3m, pyUu, of unknown locality; 8m,
d(Mre$j ChaXew ar9d$, Hook&ria hydwra, from Bnuril. BeUm^MM is a new
genus, aeemingly allied to BiwrytwMi,
CHSTsiDizxji Gudrin (Rot Zool. p. 144) has described twenty spe-
cies of this fiunily : StUbum viride, from Madagascar; StiSmm 6-de9»-
tatwm, from S^iegal and Algiers (the latter is not a 8tilhum^ but Chrys.
nobilis, EL, Pyria etilboides, Spinola) ; Ch/rygis (Pyria) MouaUU^
OheudUf and hiapUota^ fr<em Madagascar; orientcUU, from Sumatra;
also a curious Chrytis, with a siz-toothed point to its abdomen, Ohr. in*
wuUuiSf from Cuba ; Chr, syrioca, with a four-tootiied point, from Syria ;
^pmeopaiia, from CSiiii; MUgU and Orceldi {Chr. analis, Spin.), from
Barcelona ; igniventer, frtmi Algiers (probably Chr. scutdUirU, F., sup-
posing the blue mar^ of the end of the abdomen to be oyerlooked) ;
Mumiiy frwn Senegal ; Chr, trwMOta, from North America {Pyria tri-
dmMy £nc.) ; bra9iUmti%, from Brazil ; Polmieriy from S^iegal ; Chr,
belia, from Madagascar, with a toothless point to the abdomen ; a new
sub-genus, Heurocera, formed from a Chilian species : PL viridis, only
differs from Chrysis in the antennas being dilated in the middle exter-
nally, and the point of the abdomen slightly four-toothed ; lastly, Hedy-
chmm viride, from ConstanHna.
Ckabbonida. — Qen^ (L c. p. 29) has published his remarks on the
Sdgmus ater ; as this small insect is abundant in Italy, he supposes it
to be very useful, from destroying the Aphides,
SpHBOiDiB. — ^Dalhbom (Disp. Meth. p. 2) has formed a peculiar genus,
Pga/nymophUa, from those species of Avrvmophila which have a cme-
jointed peduncle to the abdomen. Among the PompUidce he has eha-
Taotericed (ibid. p. 3) a new genus, Isonotu/s, which includes the P.
eangmnolentM, F., and which principally differs from Pompilus by the
279
236 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
diffeiently formed dawi. At a later period (Entom. Zeit. p. 214) he
oonyinoed himself, that in PompiluB the daws present great varieties, so
that I$onotus is distingaished from PampiluSf preferably, by the head
being closely attached to the collar, and the proportionably large clypeus.
The name has been already applied by Perty to a genus of beetles.
Westwood (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 53) has giren an account of an
imdescribed New Holland Pompilus (audax, Westw.), the pupie of
which were found at Port Lincoln ; each pupa was in a cell ; seyeral of
these cells were attached together, and seemed formed of a succession of
short transverse layers ; it appeared evident, that these nests had not
been enclosed in a burrow, but were eztemad, the materials having been
brought from a distance. In one of the cells the remains of a very large
spider, which had evidently served as the food of the enclosed larva,
were found.
Bembbcida. — ^The reporter has described a new species, Bembex fwr-
eata, from Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 184:2, i. p. 266).
Saftgites. — Gen^ has made known some important discoveries in the
habits of the Polochrum repcmdum. He found small black barrels in
the nests of Xylocopa violacea, which Spinola asserted to belong to
them, out of which he had reared the Pol, repcmdwm. Prof. Zendrini
has made similar experiments at Pavia, so that it appears frx>m this,
that Polochrwm repcmdwn lives as a parasite in the nest of Xylocopa
violacea (1. c, p. 25).
Thtnnida. — GKi^rin (Mag. de ZooL ins. pi. 99-105) has subjected to
revision the genera of Thynnida, characterized by him in Duperrey's
work, adding some new ones, and illustrating them all by figures. These
investigations still leave much to be desired, and even yet, scarcely one
of the genera is sufficiently characterized to be recognised.
As a comprehensive monograph is expected frx>m Mr. Shuduird, it
does not appear to me proper to go deeper into details, than to name the
newly characterized genera and species : Rhagigaster hoBmorrhoidalis, a
new species from Swan River ; Agriomyia marginilahris, ajfmu. West-
woodii, abdominaliSf new New Holland species ; for the last two, with
longer antennse and long fringes at the posterior margin of the head, the
author proposes a generic name, Tachynomyia ; Thyn/ntM Shucka/rdiij
JlcmlaiJbris, new New Holland species; Catocheilus, a newly charao-
terized genus, closely allied to Agriomyia, but the labrum is quite
concealed under the projecting clypeus, and the last joint of the maxil-
lary-palpi rudimentary ; (7. Klugii, from Swan River, is a new species,
of which both sexes are described ; Thynnoides mgrtpes, a new species
from Swan River. LophocheiluBy differing from Thywnoides by the
labrum being haiiy at the margin and truncated, short maxillaB, only
slightly hairy at the outer margin, and especially by the lip, to which
the tongue appendage is drawn in, and always provided with a long tuft
280
INSECTA — HYMENOPTERA. 237
of hair : L, villoiuSy L. dittinctus, and L, (?) collarie, new New Holland
tpecies.
The reporter (Arch. 1842» i. p. 262) has described several new species
firom Van Diemen's Land : Thywrms Olivieri, of which Myzme aptera,
01., is the female ; Th. senilis and ferviduSt the former belonging to the
first, the latter to the third of Klug's sub-diyisions, and Th, humilis, a
female ; lastly, a new genus, Ariphron, has been characterized (tab. 5,
f. 8) from an individual female, which varies from that of Thywaus by
having simple claws, and the abdomen not being swollen, &c. The
species is called A, hicolor.
MirriLLAsi^. — The reporter (1. c. p. 261, 262) has described two new
species from Van Diemen's Land, Mutilla soluta and hlcmda,
DoBTLiD^. — Westwood has given an excellent view of this group
(Arcana Ent. i. p. 73, pi. 20), for which the labours of Shuckard have
laid the foundation. Labidus is enriched with several new species, viz.,
the division with a triangular pedicel to the abdomen, with L, BwrchelH
firom Brazil, which, however, may be identical with L, Fa/rgeavii,
Shuck. {LatreUld, Lepell.), supposing that an error has occurred in the
account of the size (14'''). Our specimens of this insect have a dilata-
tion on the mandibles internally below the point, which the author's figure
does not show. Also with L, Servillei from Par&. The division, with
a transverse quadrangular pedicel, has been increased with one small
sub-division, viz., — such as have moderately long legs ; in this are two
Brazilian species, L, Ha/rtigii and Esenbechiif both distinguished by
long tufts of hair on the sides of the abdomen ; the other species of this
division have remarkably short legs. To those described by Shuckard,
are added X. Fonscolomhii, Oravenfiorstii, Spinolce, Walherii, Erich-
Bonii, aU &om Brazil. The genus ^nictus has been enriched with a
second species, ^. certus, whose native country is unknown ; Dorylus
and RhogtMis contain only the species described by Shuckard. On the
plates, several of the new species, and the parts of the mouth of LdbiduSt
are figured. Westwood thinks, that the Dorylidce approach the ants by
the separated first ring of the abdomen, and he considers them as
belonging to the same group ; at all events, they stand nearer these than
any other family.
Fobmicahi^. — ^Robert has laid some observations on the habits of the
ants before the Parisian Academy (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. zviii. p. 151, and
Froriep, N* Notiz. zxiv. p. 113). One of them concerns the roads which
F, rufa makes outside the nest. When the swarm is old and strong,
ten roads run pretty regularly from the nest in the form of rays, as
&r as the gunounding country pennits, at legulap distanoes, and only
in very extreme cases deviating from the straight direction. The author
could follow these roads for 47 metres; nay once, where, from the
nature of the ground, only five were formed, for 77 metres. He explains
281
238 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, HBCC^XUI :
tihe paroeqpce of man/ other inaecU in ants' neate, particularly the larva
of Cetonia, by their feeding upon the rotten wood collected in the neat;
but doubta whether they are atooeptabb to the inhabitants.
The high ten^rature, which is found in the interior of the ante'
neeta, does not ariae ficim the mass of inaeets themaehrea, bat :&oni the
decompoeitiop of animal and yegetable renuuna there gathered together,
fbr a like temperatore ia fimnd in deserted nests. This last remark
appears to me rery important in gaining a correct view of the accumu-
lations of the ant, and their connection with so many fellow inhabitants.
The ants prepare for themselves a sort of boggy bed under their nest,
and fiivour the preaenoe of other insects in it, whidi, as they feed upon
the boggy mass, further its decomposition, and by this means tiie de-
ydopment of heat.
Fred. Smith (Transact Ent. Soc London, ilL p. 151) has made some
obsenrationa on several British Ants, principally with regard to the ap-
pearance of the different states. His account is deaerving <^ notioe.
He states, that the ants seize upon and carry into their nest, the Aleo-
€haroB ibund there (Myrmedania, Lomechu$a^ AjUmekM, PeUa\ and if
they attempt to fly away, they are taken again and brought back.
Qen^ has given an excelknt desaiption of the natural history of the
Myrmica rediana, of which, although distributed over all Italy,- and
living in chinks of walls and cracks in the bark of old trees, the sexes
are not yet satisfiictorily determined (L c p. 3).
The reporter (Arch. 1842, L p. 256) has described four new spedes of
Formica, and diaracterized a new genus, AMby&pone, which, belonging
to the group Ponere$y has the form d mandibles commaa to Jfyrmmo,
F., and is distinguished by its veiy small eyes. The workers alone, of
the single species, A. auatndii, were at that time known; the female
has now been procnzed.
YispABB JB. — Qen^ has made an observation on the presence cfFUaina
in the Hom^ Vetpa crahro (L c. p. 20). He placed the wonns which
came from the body of the insect in water, where they lived ftr a long
while, as if in their natural element.
AriABBiK. — Thwaites (IVoceed. Ent. Soc p. 57) beUeyes, that the
Proiopia (Hylceus) is not parasiticaL He has reared two specimens from
the stalks of bnunUes, the bunowa in whidi exactly agreed in width
with the thickness of the insect, and there were no other bees sauili
enough to hare made tiiem, and likely to be ionnd in that situation,
except Heriodes, which do not occur in that neighbouriiood (Bristol).
The cells lie in a row doae bdiind each other, the males fbremost, se
that they must first creep out It is very desirable, that we duaild find
ont upon what the larva fseds, as the bee possesses no external oontri-
yanoe £» e»7ing ia pollen. FiT« .pecies of tl» niM gim» hare be«n
characteriaed as new by F. Smith (ibid. p. 58) ; but with a diagnosis
282
INSECT A — STEEPSIPTEIJA. 239
which is not now sufficient in a genus, so rich in species distinguished
firom each other with difficulty.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 267) has described several new species
of the group And/remdoRy from Van Diemen's Land : JProaopis alcyonea,
ffylcBus fcunUiariif Andrena ehalybeata, infima,
QesD6 (L c. p. 21) relates, that Oamia ferruginea, Latr., which in
the beginnuig of t^ii^ appears yery j^ntifuUj on the sea-ooast of
Sardinia, ^rms its nest in tiie shells of hind snails, particularly Hdw
t^emUculcUa and rhodostoma (|n<ana).
Fried. Kodi, of Stuttgart, spoke at the meeting of Natural Historians
at Mainz, on the sexual relations of bees, in which a new view was
giren of the proceedings of the male> yiz., — ^that they do not unite with
tiie queen, but deposit the seminal fluid in the cells. Mtiller of Oden-
bach, howeyer, has disproved completely this ungrounded and indistinct
4M8ertion (Amtl. Bericht iiber d. 20 Versamml. d. deutsch. Naturf. u.
Arste zu Mainz in Septr. 18^, p. 196).
^inola (Bev. ZooL p. 216) has reverted to the sexual relations of the
Melip^nei, as he doubted my account of the fruitful fiamale (Report
for 1840, p. 219). My expression, they were (vjelmal) '' many times"
larger tliaa the workers, had been tranalated to him " souveat" (often).
A^rwards (ibid. p. 267) he has asserted, that he received a female of
M,fulv^e$, which was smaller than the workers, and many were found
in one nest The opinion, however, that these individuals were actually
fbmales, is not well founded. The idea newly entertained, that the indi-
viduals of the Triffona <mgustfula usually seen are females, I mint again
combat, for this is exactly one of those species of which the Bexiin ool-
ledaon posseses « male, queen, and worker, takea from their nest (Vide
Eeport for 1840, p. 209).
STREPSIPTERA.
SiEBOLD has cleared up the natural history of iliese insects by very
Interesting and extensive observations, of which he gave a brief report
at ihe meeting of Natural Historians at Mainz (1842), (Amt. Bericht, &e.
p. 211). The most important pcunt is, that the winged individuals
hitherto known are only males; that l^e females live, like larvae, in
their victim ; and that the six-legged insects, formerly called parasites,
are the young larvae, which, after they have sought out a new animal to
dwell in, and have penetrated the posterior part of its body, lose their
foot when they next cast the skin, and become hrvae provided with a
mouth, but no anal opening.
As the masteriy work of the author is oopously quoted in these
Archives (1843» i p. 137, t. 7), I may refer to it.
283
240 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
LEPIDOPTERA.
LvFEBYBB (Ajin. de le Soc. Ent. de Fr. zi. p. 5) has anew drawn atten-
tion to the importance of exact obseryation of the nervnres in the wings
of Batterflies, and given many hints how their varieties are to be used
in systematic division. He has considerably advanced our knowledge of
this portion of their structure, as he has found out a sheath between the
anterior and posterior nervures, viz., — a fold which stretches inwards from
the outer margin to the middle oelL The treatise has also been abridged
in the Rev. ZooL p. 52 : there are figures which illustrate it.
Fischer Edl. von Bosslarstamm's excellent work, '' Abbildungen zur
Berichtigung und Erganzung der SchmetterHngskunde, besonders der
Microlepidopterologie,*' has, unfortunately, concluded with the twentieth
number. On the other hand, Freyer's *' Neue Beitrage zur Schmetter-
lingskunde mit Abbildungen nach der Natur,'' is happily progressing
undisturbed. (The 5d-68th numbers are before me for this report.)
Hering continues his many valuable and copious contributions to the
Lepidoptera of Pomerania (Ent. Zeit. p. 5).
Many observations of different collectors, on the Butterflies of Eng-
land, are to be found in the Entomologist, p. 258, 260, 277, 283, 356^
357, 358, 389, 393, 394, 396, 408) ; also Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 365.
Bambur has begun his labours on the Lepidoptera, for his Fauna of
Andalusia. I have not yet, however, received the number, and its ap-
pearance is only known to me by the judgment pronounced upon it in
Lefebvre's treatise mentioned above.
New Lepidoptera of West Russian Asia have been desccibed by
Eversmann (Bull. Mosc. p. 543).
Harris has given an excellent view of the natural history of the most
important Lepidoptera of North America (Ins. of Massachus.), including
much that is new ; but which I hesitate to extract. It would be well
if one of our entomological periodicals would give a comprehensive
abridgement of the work.
The Butterflies of Merian have been systematically arranged and illus-
trated by Freyer ; and are accompanied with remarks (Isis, p. 18, 327).
Pafilionidje. — Westwood has given a critical view of the African
species of Papilio (Arcana Ent. i. p. 145, t. 37-40). There are figured :
P. Thersamder, F. (t. 38, f. 1, 2) ; Lalandei, God. (t. 37, f 1, 2) ;
cyno^a, F. = Zerynthius, Boisd. (t. 40, f. 3, 4) ; BdgduvallianuSy
Westw., new species firom Ghiinea (t. 40, f. 1, 2) ; trophonius, Westw.
(t. 39, f. 1, 2) ; adamastor, Boisd. (t. 38, f. 3) ; a^amedeB, Westw. (t. 39,
f. 3, t. 37i f. 3). This last is only a variety of adama%tor, with which
it is united by many intermediate forms. The author joins P. cenea,
StoU. (not Linn.) to the P. trophoniu^t ; but at present I do not agree
284
INSECTA— LEPIBOPTERA. 241
with him, as they are strDdngly difTerent in colour, and I cannot assume
for them a difference of sex, as the specimens in the Berlin collection
are both of the same sex. It is to be remarked, according to Westwood,
that P. cmtenor. Dr., an Afirican insect, as well as Agapenor, F. (not
Boisd.) is policenes, Or., and polyxenes, Enc. ; also, that <Mitheu$y F., is
antha/ne, Enc, and a^npenor, Boisd. ; that messalinay Stoll., is cynorUif
Boisd. (not Fab.) ; that hippocoon, F., is Westermavmi, Boisd. ; finally,
that P. Orestes, F., is probably an East Indian Eques, allied to the
Nomius, Esp., perhaps with a mutilated tail.
Westwood adds (ibid. p. 189) two new species from the Gold Coast :
P. eha/ropus, allied to P. nireu>s, and P. hesperus.
Many species of Pcipilio haye been described and figured. Westwood
(Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 36) has given the diagnosis of a series of new
species from Sylhet: P. bootes, astorion, chcMra, ccutor, pollux, arc-
tttms. The last, which is widely distributed in the Himalaya, and the
first, are also figured (Arcan. Ent. t. 27 and 31). Doubleday has also
described (Gray, Zool. Misc. u. 73), as from Sylhet : P. ga/nesa, P. pohf-
eucteSf and xenocles, from Nepal and Assam, of which the first agrees
with the P. (vrctwrus, the second with hootes, Westw. ; the third must
be the same with polhix, W.
Adam White has made known two new species from the island of
Penang : P. va/runa and iswa/ra (Entomol. p. 280).
From the same place, and from the coast of Malacca, Gudrin (Deless.
SouY. ii. 68-71, 1. 17-19) has figured some species previously charac-
terized in the Ker. Zool. : P. Delessertii (perhaps melcmides, De Haan),
P. neptimius, P. sattf^ti/us (= nephelus, De Haan), P. bra/may Gu^r.
(ibid. p. 71) = Palimt/rus, De Haan. P. ccmapus, Westw. (Ann. Nat.
Hist. ix. p. 37), from Melville Island, is a species allied to the P. pom-
f9U>fl.
Westwood has figured a new species from Mexico (Arc. Ent. i. p. 67,
1. 18), P. mantezuma; and has given upon the same plate a figure of
P. pelaus, F., an American species whose locality is not exactly known.
Elopsch (Arbeit, der Schles. Ges. f. vaterl. Kult.) has given some
observations on the caterpillar of the P. podalirius.
Pierides, — A new species of Anthocharis has been discovered by Cap-
tain Charlon at Emsilah in Barbary, and has been made known by
Donzel under the name of A, charlonia (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi.
p. 197, t. 8, f. 1). It is a male, allied to the Belia and Belemiajmt
with a sulphur-yellow ground colour.
Various new species have been described by Doubleday (Gray, Zool.
Miscell. ii. p. 7S) : Leptalis atthis, from Mexico ; L» cydno, of unknown
locality; IKeris thestylis, from Sylhet; P. lalage, ibid., distinguished
by its sickle-shaped anterior wings ; P. jcmthe, from Sierra Leone, neax
to P. hedyle, Cr., and probably only a variety of it; P. anactorie, from
285
242 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
South AfiricA, appean to be female of CAmwe, BoiscL ; Bh4>docm>a lyco-
ria$, with a diflfbrent shape of wiiig ftom 8ylh4t,
Danaides, — Dcmaw chloe, GuMn (Deless. Sout. ii p. 71) ia a new
•pedes from the island of Penang.
Nyn^phalidei. — Oodartia is a new genus, charaeterued by Lucas
(Ann. d. L Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 295, f. 12, 11). He notifies, amongst
its characters, the rounded section of all the wiogs : O, wMMki^asca*
riengii is firom Madagascar.
Frejer (Beitr. 60 Hft. t. 365, p. 117) has separated a Norwegian But-
terflj as Argyn»i$ o$»iamUf horn A. aphirape ; but it appears to me to
be a bright coloured Tariefy of <Mphirape rather than the ossiomctf,
Hiibn. The same author (ibid. t. 343, 385) has figured beautiful yarie-
ties of LimeniHa populi and Apatura iri$, as well as the earlier states
of these insects.
Gudrin (Deless. Sout. 11, p. 72) has described ArgymUs tmalia as a
new species from the coast of Malacca, and given a plate and exact
description of his Vaneua eudoxia, from the same place.
Sahfridw, — Frejer (Beitr.) has represented the earlier states of Hipp,
phasdra (t. 373), galatea (t. 379), dt^anira (t. 391), and iMtgeria (t 403).
He has also given a plate of J7. aristcBiu, Bon., male (t. 397), from
Sardinia ; of Iphu, a yariety from the anterior range of the Caucasus
(t. 367) ; and distinguished as a species H. aatyrum from H, philea.
Hub. (Batyrum, O.) It is only a slight variety (with a broader and whiter
band on the under side of the posterior wings, and smaller ocelli on
ihem), to which there are sufficient transitions.
Several new species from the Nilgherries have been described by
Gudrin (Del. Souv. ii. p. 74, 1 24): Satyrtu (Cylh) neelgheriensii,
very like the Sat, europa, and probably only a local variety ; &• Adol-
phei and 8. chenu,
Lycamides. — Freyer (Beitr.) has figured the following (partly new)
species : Lyeama rkymnuB, Fr., dam<me, £v., cmUiroa, Boisd., from
Russia (t. 386), and X. }>dU$, Fr., from Turkey (t. 398). GuSrin (Deless,
Souv. ii. p. 78, t. 22, fig. 1) has figured a new spedes, Po/yomma^iM
nyMUiy from Pondicherry.
The history of the metamorphosis of the Th^cla %$ocrate$, has been
described in the Transact. Ent Soc. of Lend. (ii. p. 1), in which it is
asserted, that the caterpillars, which live in pomegranates, bore their
way out of the fruit, and spin a web round the stalk, that the fruit may
not fall ofi^; then creep in again and become pupse. Downes has de-
served the same caterpillars (Calcutta Joum. of Nat Hist. ii. p. 408), and
cannot confirm either the spinning round of the stalk, nor the becoming
pc^sB in the fruit ; but only found, that the caterpillar came out of the
pomegranate in which it lived, and was changed into a pupa on the out-
side of it. He found no pupa within a pomegranate.
286
INSECT A — LEPIDOPTERA . 243
Hetfperidoi. — Frejer (Beitr.) has figozed a sexies of species belongiiig
to the genus Syrichthus, Boisd., but some of them I thmk are doubtful :
M, crtbeUum^ Ey» (t. 349, f. 1), is not different £rom ff, teudluan, O. ;
H. cynarce, Boisd. (ibid. f. 2), is certainly onlj a yarietj of JET. carthanU^
with which it is united through imperceptible traositions ; also J7. Mor-
rvbii, Ramb., £nom Andalusia, can be hardly any thing else than a local
variety of H, althecB.
Heip. BrnjanUniif GruSrin (Deless. Souy. ii p. 79^ t. 22, f. 2), is a
splendid new species from the NUghenries.
Sphinoidje. — ^H. Doubleday (EntomoL p. 357) has related, that he
found in his breeding cage 8mermthu$ ocellatut, male, and Sphin$e
ligustri, female, in copula, whilst several individuals of both sezes^ and
both species, were found at the same time in the same cage.
Gu^rin (Deless. Souv. ii. p. 80, t. 23, f. 1) has described Deilepkila
niffU, a new sphinx of Pondicherry, allied to the Sph. vehx, F., and
(p. 80) a variety of the Macroglosia hylaa, from the Nilgherries.
SEsiARiiB. — Nickerl (Ent. Zeit. p. 68) has published his observations
in correction of Odisenheimer's account, that the caterpillar of the Se$ia
euliciformU Hves under the bark of birch trees, and never penetrates
into the interior of the stem, whilst that of the 8. nMUUkefornUs lives
in plum, apricot, and apple trees, and certainly never is found in the
interior of the stem. Freyer has also given a figure of the former
(Beitr. 61. Hft t. 362, f. 2). The same author (ibid. f. 3, p. 132) has
characterized a new species, 8. serratiformu, from Hanover, which seems
to me to be identical, according to the incomplete figure, with 8. rhk^
gujrfarmMj O. ; also two new species, 8, iriannuliformis (!) and mMani-
formM (! !), from Turkey (t. 404) ; and lastly, Ckkncmra orbonata, Fr.
(t. 351), from the Steppes at Sarepta.
Cbmlovidm. — Freyer (Beitr.) has figured Eupr^pria nmplcnia^
Boisd. Ind. (t. 392), but with the well-grounded remark (5 Bd. p. 16),
that it may be only a variety of the E, niKiculosa ; similarly, in the Berlin
collection, E. honesta, Fr. (t. 344), from Southern Russia, is arranged as
a variety oiE, nMOulosa; E. fnatronaUs, Fr., is also only a remarkable
variety of E, ploMtaginis. On the other hand, E. mtercUa, Fr., is a
very marked species (already noticed by Pallas), (t. 356, with the cater-
pillar), from the Salt Steppes of Southern Russia.
Costa (Ann. d. 1. Soa Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 239, t. 9, f. 7, 8) has shown,
that Callimorpha donna is only a local variety of C. dominula ; it is
found in Calabria ; another is found in the Abruzzi, which agrees with
dominula in the markings on the wings, and the abdomen has the colour
of donna*
Qudrin (Deless. Souv. ii. p. 83) has enriched the genus Gfynautoeera
with five new species : 0. «u»r^%7iato, from the island of Penang (also
native to Java); nMCulariaj from MaUcca; phalana^riaf from Java
287
244 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXLII :
(periiap0 a yarietj of 9ph, peetinicomUy L., ttberina. Or.) ; duHncta,
from Malaooa ; ajfinisy ibid., and Pondicheny ; also Hazis mala/yanuB^
firom Malaoca; Euchdia gratioia, CaUimorphaf Ma/rchaliiy Arctia
montana, and inddcaf firom the Nilghemes.
Bombycet, — Joly (Rev. Zool. p. 115) has given a notioe of a plague of
caterpillan of the LipctrU ditpa/r, in the oak woods in the neighbour-
hood of Toulouse, in the yean 1837, 38, 39.
Frejer (Beitr.) has given figures of the earlier states of Hcwpyia
bicuspU (t. 363), and Notodonta quema (t. 387). He has (ibid. t. 380)
pointed out the difference between lAthona complana, griseolay ou*
reola, luteola, helveola, and deprena,
A new North AfrSnuT^ species, Bomb. pJUlopalut, from Constantine,
has been described and figured by Donzel (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr.
xL p. 198, t. 8, f. 2).
Oudrin (Deless. Sony. ii. p. 94, t. 27) has described three new species
fiK>m the Nilgherries, which are neaxly allied to each other: Bamb^
JUtvicollis, collaris, and Adolphd.
NooTViDJi. — ^Doubleday has given a list of the NoctuidcBt natives of
England, according to Gu^n^'s division (Entomologist, p. 297)*
European Noctutdce, some newly characterized, and others previously
not figured, have been figured by Freyer (Beitr.) and Germar (Faun.
Ins. Europ.) : Cymatophora lintea, Fr. (t. 370), from Turkey ; AgrotU
velum, Kuhlw. (Germ. t. 13), erupta, Kulhw. (Germ. 1. 15), mtmna,
Fr. (t. 364), are German species ; A. fusca, Boisd. (Fr. t. 393), and
cataUucaf Boisd. (Fr. t. 399), from the mountains of the south of
Europe ; A, Heydenrekhii (Germ. 1. 14), from Dalmatia, figured by Fr.
(t. 393) as Hadena fatidica, Hiibn. Hadena ctmentata. Germ. (t. 16),
from Sicily ; Ontpwrgeri {dentina, var.), Boisd. (Fr. t. 394), from Swit-
zerland; a/rctica, Boisd. (Fr. t. 394), from Lapland; Miselia fUsut,
Germ. (t. 18), from Sicilj ; Ma/mestra cervina, G. (t. 19), from Iceland;
Mythdmna alliacea, G. (t. 20), and Gortyna xcunthenes, G. (t. 22), from
Sicily ; Leuca/nia fiava (Fr. 370), X. mtmidM/m, Boisd. (Fr. t. .395)»
Z. Andereggii, Fr. (t. 395), L. zecB, Boisd. (Fr. t. 406), X. carieiB, Fr*
(t. 401), and Xylina wax, Fr. (t. 370), from Hungary; Cleophana^
LaMdeti, Fr. (t. 395), from Switzerland ; Anthophila cretula, Fr.(t. 360),
from Kagusa; A. gignalis, Fr. (t. 360), from Hungazy (Ofen).
Bentlej (Entomologist, p. 254, 317) has given some critical remarks
on different species of Agrotis and Ca/radrina,
Freyer (Beitr.) has figured the following Noctuidce, with their cater-
pillars : — N, soliMris (t. 345) ; luctuosa (t. .346), of which the caterpillar,
having sixteen feet, differs widely from that of the former with only twelve
feet, and agrees generally with that of the following, N, leucameloB
(t. 347), so that the Iti^tuoaa must be removed from the genus Acontia
to Catephia; all the three are found upon the Canvolvuli. ChtculUa
288
INSECT A — LEPIDOPTERA. 245
Simtonici, Hii. (t. 357) ; N. uncmimiSf which Freyer, judging from the
caterpillar, would remove from Apa/mea to Hadena, whilst Boisduyal
places it in his genus Luperina (t. 371) ; Cymatophora ficmcomia
(t. 375), Xanthia citrago (376), Triphcena Jimbria (t. 381), Eadena leu-
^ophcsa (t. 382), EeliotkU inca/mata (t. 383), Catocala electa (t. 407).
Brjuid (Ann. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xL p. 37, t. 4, f. 1) has given a descrip-
tion and figure of the caterpillar of Eriopus pteridis, which is very rare
in France. Both the sexes of StiJbia $tagnicola have been described by
Graslin (ibid. p. 303, t. 13, f. 1-7), with the complete history of its
metamorphosis. It is remarkable for the weak form of the fly, and
robust caterpillar, corresponding entirely with those of Hadena or
Orthosia. It lives exclusively on Chrammece. He has also described the
habits and caterpillar of Dicmthosda hiteago (ibid. 313, 1. 13, f. 8-10) ;
it feeds on Silene infiata, the egg is laid on the outside of the plant in
the beginning of June, the larva penetrates the nearest knots of the stalk,
and descends gradually through the stalk to the root ; it is at its full
growth in August, and becomes a pupa in the ground.
Some remarks have been made on Diphthera ludifica in the
" Entom. Zeit.," by Eosenhauer (p. 35) and Richter (p. 165).
Many new species of the NoctuidcB of Southern Russia (or rather
West Russian Asia) have been made known by Eversmann (Bull. Mosc.
1842, p. 543-555), and Freyer (Beitr.) : Agrotis valeddca, Boisd.
(Fr. t. 351), cidumbrataf Ev. (p. 543), immunda, Ev. (t. 5, f. 3), deser-
ticola, Ev. (t. 5, f. 4), rustica, Ev. ; Hadena leucodon, Ev. (Fr. t. 359),
ochroitigmay Ev.; Maanegtra cervina, Ev. (p. 546), infemalis, Ev. ;
Muelia mmMuosaf Fr. (t. 351) ; Leucania alopecura, Boisd. (Fr.
t. 359), maculata, Ev. (t. 5, f. 4), lineata, Ev. ; Ca/radrina sqiialida,
Ev., exUis, Ev. ; Orthoda cavernoga, Ev. (t. 5, f. 3) ; Cosmia tmbufa,
Boisd. (Fr. t. 359) ; Gortyna morio, Ev. {Apa/mea morio, Fr. t. 388) ;
Xanthia ferrago, Ev. (Fr. t. 364) ; Cucullia rimula, cinera^ea, mixta,
Uornata (Fisch.), Fr. (t. 352) ; BalsamitcBy Boisd. (Fr. t. 358, with the
caterpillar) ; incana, Ev., Fr. (t. 388) ; fraadatrixy Ev. Fr. (t. 388),
fucJmanaf Ev. (t. 5, f. 6, 0. Fuchsii, Fr. t. 388), pvstulata, Ev. (t. 5,
f. 5), propinqua, Ev. (t. 5, f. 7) ; Pluda v/ralierms, Fr. (t. 389, PL illus-
tris vaa*. uralensU, Ev. p. 554), macroga/imna, Ev. ; Ana/rta cora, Fr.
(t. 389) ; HeliothAs pulchra, Ev. (t. 5, f. 8) ; AnthophUa concinnula,
Boisd. (Fr. t. 360), pa/raXlela, Fr. (ibid.), am^imta, Ev.
Germar (Faun. Ins. Europ.) has also figured some West Siberian Noc-
tuidcB : Hadena ca/ncellata, Caradrma chaldadca, Cucullia argyrea,
magnificaf and Jla/mmifera ; of these, however, the first four have been
Already figured by Freyer, the third even earlier, by Esper, under the same
name ; the last is the same with Cue. hiomata, Fisch., Bull. Mosc. 1839.
lonthe, a remarkable new genus of Noctuidce, has been characterized
by E. Doubleday (Entomol. p. 297) ; the anterior wings are narrow, the
289 T
246 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
posterior stronglj produoed at the anal angle, the abdomen yeiy long,
with a thick pencil of hairs at the end; the fly has yeiy much the
appearance of the PyraJidcB, bnt the author finds a nearer alliance to
the genera OpMusa and Ophidere» ; the species J. uf/Jbrina^ is a new
discovery from Sylhet.
Qeombtbipjs. — Freyer (Beitr.) has made known several new German
species : Qnopho$ falconaria, Fr. (t. 377), from the Alps ; Larentia
lariciataf with its caterpDlar, which is found on larch trees (t, 366) ; and
L, arceuthata, with its caterpillar, on the juniper (t. 372).
NfMneria agarithariaf Dardoin, is a new French species, the cater-
pillar of which is found on the Ulex (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. zL
p. 201, t. 8, f. 3, 4).
Gu^n^ (ibid. p. 243) has observed, that in the summer-brood of
Ennomos Ulwaaria, the male moth only is slightly sprinkled with
atoms, and the ground colour is a yellow varying into roee-red ; on the
under side, the brighter lines are rose-red instead of white ; the female,
instead of grey-green, is ochre-yellow ; the lines of the under wings
rusty-yellow, often scarcely observable, and the fringes of all the wings
are a lively rust-yellow; both sexes also are somewhat smaller. A
similar proportion is found in illustraria. He is inclined to consider
dduna/riaf Hiib., as a corresponding variety of lunaaia,
Freyer (Beitr.) has figured the following, with the caterpillars and
pupsB : Boarmia soctona, Hiib., found on Spa/rtium acoparium (t. 348) ;
Acidalia certcMrtia, Fr. (cervmata and certata. Hub.), on the barbeny,
the caterpillar very unlike the A, dubitaria, Fr. {dubitata, Hiib.), the
fly of which it closely resembles ; it lives on white and black thorns
(t. 402) ; Acid. dUutaria (t. 408).
Some new species from West Russian Asia have been made known by
Eversmann (BulL Mosc. 1842, p. 556), and Freyer (Beitr.) : Ewnomas
efrcbcta/ria, Mreptaria, Fr. (t. 353) ; Fidonia hadicLria, Fr. (t. 354) ;
Chfiophos lapidiM/ria, Fr. (t. 353) ; Acidalia albidentaria, Fr. (t. 354) ;
A. stramentataf appensata, aj^ectata, Ev. ; Cida/ria pulchrariaf Ev.
(t. 6, f. 9, Fr. p. 390) ; Zerene albidata, Ev. (t. 6, f. 10).
Zerena fasciaris and Evbolia indicaria, Gu^rin (Deless. Souv. iL
p. 96, t. 26, f. 5, 4), are two new GeometridcB from the Nilgherries.
Ptbalid^. — Some new species, from West Russian Asia, have been
described by Eversmann (Bull. Mosc. 1842, p. 558) : Herminia rectalis,
PtfraJis nocttialis, Botys languidalis, Choreutei pullulalisy PyroAMta
atro-eangmnalis, pdtalis (t. 6, f. 11), fu/rvalis (f. 12)^ aru/ndinalit^
(f. 13), Hercyna scahralis.
ToRTBiciDJB. — Fischer von Rosslerstamm (Abbild. t. 98), has given
an exact representation of Tortrix Icevigana, W. Vz. Eversmann,
(Bull. Mosc. 1842, p. 562) has described Totrix gilvama and hydrar-
gyrana (t. 6, f. 14), from West Russian Asia.
290
INSECT A — LEPIDOPTERA. 247
TiHSiDiB. — Frejev (Beitr. 378-384) has separated from each other the
nearly allied species of Ypom&nmta: Ihelicella, Fr. {r&rella^ Hiib.),
paddla, mcUinellay eognatella, wonymella. He has also (ibid. t. 404)
figured a new species, P%cts wagnerella, from Turkey.
Fischer von Bosslerstamm (Abbild. Ft. 20) has illttstrated Lita
terdla, W. Vz.^ Mhituma juniperetta, "L,, Palpula rctitrdla, Hiib.,
and the fbUowing new species : LcLmpros monastricellay found on high
hills at Vienna; Elachista treitschhiella, at Vienna, flying oyer the
Comua mcucula ; Ypsolophus doloseHus, hinotdlus, sepa/ratellvs, impa-
relhis, also from the neighbourhood of Vienna.
The same author (Ent. Zeit. p. 200) has also shown, that many species
haye been confounded under Ochsenheimeria (Pkygcu) tawrella, which
he has carefully separated and amply described : 0. tawrella, W« Vz.,
and urella, Heyd. (new species), haye rough scaly antennae : vcicculeUa,
Heyd. (tawrdlay Hiib. f. 188), has smooth ones ; the last has been eon-'
founded with the true taurdlaf W. Vz*, by Tieischke, Duponchel, and
Zeller; a fcmrth species, still more deyioting, but allied to taurella, is
0. bubaldla, Hiib. f. 376 (erroneously 276). The earlier states of aU
the species are unknown.
The history of the deyelopment of the GdecIUa lapella, Linn., has
been giyen by Loew (Entom. Zeit. p. 257)» and a yery full description
of the fly by Zeller (ibid. p. 25&). The latter is of importance, as the
insect yaries greatly. The fly of the same name of the Vienna Gatal.,^
Hiibner,. FabiiciuSy and Stephens, belongs to Tm, ganomdla, Tr^ On
the other hand, Gd. aativdla, Mtzn., Zell., is identical with Q. lapella,
Linn. Loew found the caterpillar in the heads of burs ; but Zeller found
the fly in plaees where no burs were near, where, therefore, the cater-
pillar must, in all probability^ haye had some other nidus.
Von Heyden spoke, at the meeting of Naturalists at Mainz, upon the
genu0 N^Hcula, Heyd., and FUcheriaf ZelL To the former belong
T. amrdla, F., argentipeddlaf Zell., cmtifolidla, Heyd., sericopeza^
ZelL, socidla, Hc^.. Their caterpillars haye only two pairs of in-
complete legs, and six pairs of abdominal props. The caterpillar of
the N. cewHfoHdlaf already known by Degeer and Goze, has lately
erroneously been taken for a parasitical larya. In some^ species the
caterpillar has not arriyed at its Ml growth m autumn ; when the other
leayes wither, these still retain their necessary nourishment, so that the
cellular tissue in the eircumference of tiieir habitation remains green.
The caterpillars of FUcheria are quite destitute of feet (AmtL Bericht.,
te. p. 208).
Eyerflmann has described some new species from the west of Russian
Asia (Buli Mosc. 1842, p. 563) : ChUo ctcutellus, Phycis 9qwdiddla,
prapinqfudla, Adda ^Jkuarapulverella,
Gu^rin and Perrotet haye laid before the Parisian Academy a pap^
291
248 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
upon a moth, Elachitta coffeella, which is very injurious to the coffee
plantations on the Antilles. The caterpillars mine into the leaves of the
coffee, where, after they have fed from fifteen to twenty days, they spin
themselves up, three or four in each leaf, and in about a week come out
from the pupa, so that forty to forty-five days may be reckoned for one
generation (Listitut. p. 185 ; see also Rev. Zool. p. 24, 126, 167).
DIPTERA.
Lbon Dufoto has published some general remarks on the internal struc-
ture of the Diptera (Institut. p. 169).
According to his account, the cord of nerves uniting the chain of
ganglions, is here simple, while in other insects it is double ; he found
the number of ganglions in Tvpula, CuleXy AgUuSf and Bombylitis, to be
nine ; in Tabanus, StrcOiamySf and Rkagio, seven ; in Syrphus, three ;
in Conops, two ; and in Musca, only one.
A new work by Zetterstedt, ** Diptera Scandinaviss, 1 tom. Lund.
1842, 8vo.," is important, partly from the considerable number of new
species, and partly by the proposed divisions, in which he has taken a
step well worthy of attention; however, it is rather uncertain, the
author haying confined hi. yiew to the Scandinayian species. The na-
tural characteristics, either of genera or families, cannot be determined,
without examining the group in its whole extent and development.
An '' Ubersicht der Zweiflugler Lief-und Kurlands," has been pub-
lished by Gimmerthal (Bull. Mosc. p. 639). An appendix contains
remarks on the recorded species, and descriptions of those newly dis-
covered.
'' Dipterologische Beitrage," by ZeUer (Isis, p. 807), contain excellent
observations and descriptions of several newly discovered species.
Macquart's Diptdres Exotiques, vol. ii. part 2^ Paris, 1842, will be
considered.
Le Ouillou has described the new Diptera (seven species) collected by
him in his voyage round the world (Rev. ZooL p. 314).
Patterson has made some observations on the appeiininoe of clouds of
Diptera (Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 6).
CuLiciDiB. — Culex australis of the reporter is a new species from
Van Diemen's Land (Arch. 1842, i. p. 270).
CniRONOMiDiB. — Zeller (Isis, p. 807) has given his observations on the
habits of the Hydrobcenus lugubriSf Fries {Pdlocerus occuItoMSy Ruth.,
Chirononms occultans, Meig.) These smaU gnats appear in masses^
in the beginning of spring, on puddles and ditches. They sail on the
water with their wings, but never fly.
292
INSECTA — LEPIDOPTBRA. 243
CsciDOMTziD js. — Professor Henslow has drawn attention to a doubt-
ful point in the natural history of the Ceddomyia tritici, viz., — Whether
the larva undergoes metamorphosis in the ground, or if it remains in the
ears of com. He was not able to rear one indiyidual of the numerous
larvae which he procured £rom the sifting of the chaflf. (Report of the
Eleventh Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, held at Plymouth in July, 1841. London, 1842, p. 72.)
Edw. Herrick (Sillim. Amer. Joum. of Science, zli. p, 153) has made
some cursory observations on the Hessian Fly (Ceddomyia destructor)^
and its parasites. The author is of opinion that the insect was, in fact,
introduced from Europe ; and produces much evidence that it is found
native there* Its parasites are small Hymenoptera ; viz., — 1st, A still
undescribed Platygaster: 2d, Ceraphron destructor. Say, which the
author thinlcs is a Ewrytoma ; apterous individuals are found, which are
perhaps female : 3d, An undescribed species of Chalcididce, also having
apterous females : 4th, An undescribed Oxywre* The first species lives
in the eggs, the others in the nympha.
TiFULARiDEji. — Zeller (Isis, p. 808) has given an exact description of
the larva of the Linmobia digtinctimma. It was found in May on the
under side of the leaves of the Anemone nemorosa, in which it eats
oblong holes.
Stager (Kroyer Naturch. Tidsskr. iv. p. 202) discovered the larva of
Dixa nigra in a pond. It is brownish-grey, 2'" long, cylindrical ; the
middle thoracic ring broader than the rest ; and a pencil of fine bristles
projecting over the head, at the anterior projection (vorderecke) ; the
last ring not longer and narrower than the rest, ending in two ^ely
fring^ed lobes, between which is foimd a three jointed process, covered at
the point with bristles ; the lobes of the tail serve as suckers ; the fourth
and fifth rings of the abdomen have each a couple of sucking pads on the
under side ; the larva moves by means of this sucking apparatus and of
the mouth. The nympha is reddish-brown, which state lasts four or
five days.
A new genus, PterelachMus, has been characterized by Rondani (Gudr*
Rev. Zool. p. 243 ; Mag. de Zool. 1842, Ins. pL 106) : Antennae thirteen*
jointed, the joints from the third reniform (judging from the plate), the
last small and spherical ; palpi as in Tipula ; the wings reduced to small
stumps ; legs not very long. The male is unknown. Pt. BerteU is found
in autumn on the Parmasian Hills, in the walls of old buildings.
The reporter has described a new species fiom Yan Diemen's Land,
Megistocera padfica (Arch. 1842, i. p. 270).
HiBTEiDiB. — A new genus, Asthenia, has been characterized by West«
wood (Gudr. Mag. de Zool. 1842, Ins. pi. 94). He places it near Ma*
eropeza, Spha^romias and Hydrdbcenus ; but the large eyes, which are
close together above, point out a near alliance to Simulium, from which
293
250 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDGGCXLII :
the new genu differs by the wing-yeiiiB, elongated legs, fifteen-jointed
antenn» and fiye-jointed palpL The repraBentation of a pair of bzoad
dentated mandibles, serrated internally, originates in an error ; at least
they are wholly without example in this division of the Diptera. The
•pedes, A.fa»eia^j is from Albania.
Zeller (Isis, p. 800) has described the larra of the PeftUhetria holoBe-
rieea ; it is found on moist land, under the grass, fidlen leayes, &c. It
is \l' long, black, with four rows of spines above direoted backwards, four
rows of small adpressed spines beneath, and a black shining head ; it
changes in April into a black spinous nympha. He has (ibid. p. 811)
united BUbio clavipest Big. (Johawniit F., ephippmmf ZelL), aa the male
to B, dor9cU%$ and Jlavicollia^ Mg. B. fiUviooUii^ Qimmerthal (BulL
Mosc. 663), appears to be a yariety of this species.
Tabanida — ^Zeller (Lds, p. 812) has made some valuable remarks on
the speoies observed by him. He also describes seven&l new ones : jTo-
bantM wdeUcuM^ Yery near the T. hovinuB: T. tricolor^ a very pretty
species from South Russia ; ChrysopB pckraUelogrammuB, like the Chr,
r€li€tu9, Zetterstedt (Dip. Scand.) has described several new Swedish
species : Tabanua latifrom, atricomUfJlavicepSy nigricomky nigerrimui,
m€tculi€&mi$, niblunatieomis. The reporter (Arch. 1842. L p. 273) has
described three new species from Van Diemen's Land : Tahanu$ exulanSf
gregariuSf gentilU,
AsiLiDiB. — Zetterstedt (1. c.) has enriched this family with three
new species : Laphria lappanica, formerly considered as a variety of
the X. rufipeiy from which it differs by the black fore-legs, and in other
respects ; from the south of Lapland. Dasypogon luteicomit, from the
south of Sweden. Leptogwter ciUtriventru, found in Sweden and Den-
mark.
Lcmpria ckuipennii (1), Le Quillou (Rev. Zod. p. 314), is also a new
species, from Triton Bay.
MiDASiDJt. — ^Harris (Ins, of Massachusetts, p. 406) has given some
information on the natural history of these insects. The larva and pupa
generally resemble those of the Anli, The former ia cylindrical, nar-
rowed anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, and lives in rotten wood. In the
latter, the abdomen terminates in a forked point, the head has eight
horns, and round each ring there is a series of anudl teeth, directed
backwards, though at first they point forwards. The fly is deaoribed
as being predatory.
XTLOPHAOii]XB.--J)rew8en (Kroyer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 103) has
remarked, that the larva of Xylophagui ater does not live on wood, but
is predatory; and that the larva of I)frochroa coccmea and Tipukt^
especially, were attacked by it.
Lbptidjs. — ^Zetterstedt (Dipt. Scand.) has introduced a new genus into
this family : Ptiolina, Stag., for the species of Atherix, with the last
294
INSECTA — ^LEPIDOMERA. 251
antennal joint oval, and hATing a bristle at the end, containing : A, ch-
9cu/ra, Mg., and a new species, A, nigra, Leptis gtiffmaiica, ephippium
t:merea, Chrysopila l^ta, are new species.
Thereua and Pdlocephala, Zett., differing from Thereua hj the bald
under part of face (containing Th, imberbis. Pall., eonJinU and eximia^
Mg., lapponieaf Zett.), he places with the Anthracidas, His Th, a/n-
fwdata is a new species from the south and middle of Sweden. Th,
venuita of the reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 272) is another, &om Van
Diemen's Land.
BoMBYLiEDJi. — Zetterstedt (Dipt. Suec. p. 190) has mentioned a new
species, Bombylius oUbibarbis, which is nearly allied to the B, nUnOTf
but double the size, and distinguished by the long third joint of its an-
t^msB and black knees.
Westwood (Gudrin Mag. de ZooL, Ins. pi. dO) has given a short
monograph on Systropus, Wd. To the two species described by Wiede-
mann, he has added three new ones : S.fienoides, from Mexico ; 8. fwmi-
pen/nis, from Brazil; 8, ewmenoides, from the North of India. The
Berlin ooUection possesses a species from Brazil, which agrees with 8,
fumipennis in the black anterior thighs, but the posterior are very
thick, which is not mentioned by Westwood ; it is, therefore, probably
dijSerent. We also possess an undescribed species from South Africa.
HYBOTiNiDiB. — Stilger (£[r6yer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 98) has sifted
the synonymes of the species of Ocydromia : Oc, flavipes and ruficollUt
Mg., are $ and $ of one species, and form the genus Leptopeza, Maoq. ;
Oc, ru/ipeiy Mg., he considers as a distinct species, of which the ^ is
•till doubtfld ; Oe, icutellata, Mg., is only a brighi variety of the O.
glabricula {$), Fall., to the $ of which, also, O. danalis and nigti-
p&nwUf Mg., and fnelanapleura, Loew, are joined.
Zetterstedt (Dipt. Scand.) has characteriEed a new species, O. mgrtpeB,
found (mce in Oland; also of L^tcpeza^ tibialis, borealis, from Lap-
land ; flavimwutf nigripes, from Norway* Of Hybas : infuwatus, Stag.,
from Lund. Of (Edalia : sHgmateUa, distinguished from (E, hybotina
by the undivided margin of the mouth. Gimmerthal (Bull. Mosc. p. 665)
has mentioned (Edalia penvuOa as a new species, which has the poste-
rior thighs feathered on each side.
Tachtbbomisa. — Zetterstedt (Dipt. Scand.) has characterized a new
genus, Phyllodromia, differing from Hemerodromia only by the long
antennal bristles, containing H. mdcmocephala, F., vocatoria, Fall.,
and aWiietaf Zett. For the greater number of the new species in this
family, I refer to the work itself. Gimmerthal (Bull. Mosc. p. 667) has
described Tachydromia hnmnipes as a new spedes.
EnriDA. — A number of new species of the genera Hila/ra, Wiede-
mam/iia, Empis, and Rhamvphom/yia, axe described by Zetterstedt (Dipt.
3cand.) Stager (Kroyer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 102) has remarked,
295
252 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
that the length of the proboeeis in EmpU and Rhamphamyiay cannot,
as is often done bj Meigen, be referred to difference of sex, as the
membranons sheath, which surrounds the opening of the month, some*
times bulges out in the straggles of death, by which the proboscis is
unnatnrallj lengthened.
DoucHOFiBA. — ^An exeellent monograph on the Danish DoUchopidcf
has been undertaken by Stttger. The first part only has at present
appeared (Kroyer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 1), embracing the D. lamdli-
ferij with leaf-like appendages to the male organs of generation. The
author, in this work, haa brought to light, and taken as a foundation, the
admirable treatise of Stannius (Isis, 1831). Syhistroma (three species)
and Ammobatei (three species) are each enriched with one, and Doli-
chopus (forty-one species) with nine new species. He has given a plan
for dividing the DolichoptdcB with filiform appendages to the male
organs of generation (ibid. p. 340), which, as the genera are grouped
according to the antenna! bristles, corresponds, in general, with the divi-
sion of Macquart ; however, it is more carefully elaborated, and he has
better sifted the genera, Argyra and Porphyropg especially. It is to be
hoped the author will soon publish the remainder of this plan in the
second part of his monograph.
ZeUer (Isis, p. 831) has made some remarks on different Dolichopidas^
He has given the name Sciapus to the genus Pdlcpus, Meig., as Pdlopui
and Ptilopa cannot well stand next each other. Four species have been
more minutely examined by him ; the $ of Syhistroma nodicomiSf Mg.^
is described, and a new species, Dolichopus pectmifer.
Macquart (Dipt. Exotiq.) has described a series of new extra European
species of this family, of the genera Fgilopits. and DoUchopu$, The
reporter (Arch. 1842, L p. 273) has also made known a new species firom
Van Diemen's Land, Pdlopus ingenMU*.
Stratiomydjb. — Macquart* (Ann. d. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. p. 41, t. 4, f. 2)
has characterized a new genus, which has, in common with Berts, the
eight>ringed third antennal joint, and with Stratiomys the long first
antennal joint and double- spined scutellum, but is distinguished by the
under part of face forming a strong projection, which receives the pio-
boscis in an emargination ; hence its name, Exochogtofna. The only
species, E, nitida, black, with yellow tibiae, blackish wings, 2f ' long,
has been discovered in France.
. Zeller (Isis, p. 825) has described a new species of 8a/rgus fiom
Hungary, 8, melampogon, nearly approximating the S.formamiSf Schr.,
but distinguished by the black beard and blackish wings.
Zetterstedt (Dipt. Scand.) has described the following new species : —
StraHomys ruficomis^ chiefly distinguished from SU hydropota by the
red antennsB, black only at the extremest tip ; Nemotelus notatus ;
Packygaster tarsalis ; Ckryiomyia cyaniventru; Sargus nubeculoms,
296
INSECTA — LEPIDOPTERA. 263
differing from 8. cuprarius by its smaller size and dark base of the
tarsi, which, in the other, are yellow ; 8. nigripes, which, however, better
agrees with 8. nitidus, Meig., than the one defined as such by the
author, remarkably differing in size, &c.
The larva of Clitdlaria ephippium has been found out by Zeller ;
it is very similar to that of Sargus. (Isis, p. 826, 1. 1, f. 35.)
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 272) has described a new species itom
Van Diemen's Land, Odontomyia stricta.
Stbphid^. — Schummel (Arbeit, der Schles. Ges. fur Vaterl. Kult,
1842, p. 15) has continued his list of the SyrpMdcB observed in Silesia,
embracing the genera Pa/r<igu8, Aicia, 8phegina, Baccha, Po/r, dispar^
Sph. eleganSf Baccha nigricomis, are new species.
Gimmerthal (BuU. Mosc. p. 668) has characterized two new species of
Paragua : P. albipes and nigritu8, the former of which appears to agree
with the i of the P. diepar, Schumm. ; also (p. 670) one new species of
CheUoda : Ck, cUra,
Stager (Kroyer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 320) has distinguished with
great care and exactness the Danish species of Platychdrusy Enc. {svlb*
genus of 8yrph%ui) &om each other. The species are, — 1. man%catu8f
Mg.(?); 2,peltatu8,Mg.; 3, 8Cutatu8,Mg,; 4:, clyp€atu8,Mg,; 5, qua-
dratic, Maoq. (?), the $ is recognisable by the bluish forehead, narrow
pointed abdomen, want of the four pairs of spots, &c. ; 6. scambvs, Stag.»
(8ccBv, clypeata, yar., Zett. Ins. Lapp.), distinguished as a species by
its greater size, yellow anterior legs with long black bristles, fringelesa
middle tibiae of the $ crooked and somewhat hollowed internally ; T.fuX-
viventris, Maoq. ; 8. albimcmuSf Mg. ; 9. Ocytni, Mg. (^ lobatus, Mg.)
Zeller (Isis, p. 830) has remarked, that the genus Doros has not as yet
been distinguished from 8yrphuB by any character which is universally
applicable.
Zeller (Ent. Zeit. p. 65) has drawn evidence, from cases of mixed
union observed by himself, in favoor of the view taken by Macquart, of
the identity of the Volucella plumata and bomhyla/ns. The reporter
(ibid. p. 113) has shown the same, by the description of the varieties
found in tiie Berlin collection, of which the first (bombyla^ passes^
by fi>ur intermediate steps (among which is hcemorrhoidaJisy Zett.), gn^
dually into the sixth (plumata), which, by a seventh variation, is brought
back to the first (bombylans).
The history of the metamorphosis of the Volucdla tnonts has been
investigated by Schmidt (ibid. p. 20). He found the larvsB in September
in a wasps* nest, both in the brood-cells and in the exterior coverings.
When the whole wasps' nest was put into a glass half filled with earth,
the larvae went into the earth, remained in it until March, and in April
became pupae. This larva has also been found by Gu^rin and Le^
pelletier in wafps' nests, but was confounded with the F. bombylant
297
254 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLU :
obferred hj Reaumur in the neets of humble-bees, which, eyen as a krya,
is specifically distinct.
The larva of the Sjfrphui albottriaitus has been minutely described
by Zeller (Isis, p. 828).
Maoquart (Dipt. Exotiq.) has described a considerable number of
extra European species, and, at the same time, characterized many new
genera: MixogcLtUr, agreeing with Ceratopkya, Wd., in the form of the
antennsB, but differing by haying the wing-reins and the form of body
of C<mop8 ; the only new species, which' is from the Brasils, should
therefore be named M. canopaidet (not conopioidcB). Under the genus
Megatpii, E, chrytophygusy Wd., and E, crosttM, F., are separated
from Eriitaliij on account of the size of their scutellum. Plagiocera^
differing from EristcUis, by the transTcrse last antennal joint, oontainiog
MiUiia cruciger and rujlcnu, Wd., which the author considers as varieties
of each other, and to which MaUota milenformi$, Maoq., Suit, k Buff.,
belongs, is correctly remoyed from the MilesicB and placed nearer Eris-
tal%$. DoUchogynay with one new species, D.foidatay fi!om Chili, much
resembles Belophihtg, but differs by tiie broader third antennal joint, the
under part of face arched in its whole breadth, and particularly by the
great length of the male organs of generation, to which the name refers.
Jmatimna (a name already used by Dejean), differing from Eriitalis by
the open marginal cells of the wings, from HelophUug by the thick cutide
of the middle part of the body, from McUlota and Merodon by the form
of the third antennal joint, &c., is formed from the ErxBtaUs poiticatutt
F., and includes a new species, said to be East Indian, I, orientaUg,
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 272) has described a new species, Erii-
talu vedculcuis, from Van Diemen*s Land, and Le Quillou (Bey. Zool.
p. 314) another, E, tplendens, from the Solomon Islands.
CoNOPARiD^. — ^Zeller (Isis, p. 835) has published his obseryations on
the species of this family.
Conopi ioleafamUi is a new species characterized by Gimmerthal
(Bull. MoBC. p. 672).
Von Heyden remarked, at the meeting of Naturalists at Mainz (1842),
that the larva of Myopa lives in the body ofEtuera (AmtL B6rioht,«&c.
p. 209). The particular species of Eueera which is referred to, as weU
as of Myopa, is not stated.
(EsTRACiDiB. — Some observations on the (Entridoi have been made by
Sells, in the Transact. Ent. Soc. ilL p. 72. He does not assent to the
assertion of Clark, that the effect of the larvn of Gatterap?Ulu9 is salu-
tary; on the contrary, when present in abundance, they destroy the
health of horses ; and in two cases of horses, which had died suddenly,
the coats of the stomach were found, on dissection, to be perforated by
these larvsB. Farther observations (p. 76) are given on (Estr%i$ 2k>vw,
to which, as a synonyme, (E. ericetorunif Leach, belongs.
298
INSECTA — LEPIDOPTERA. 265
Zeller (Isis, p. 839) has giyen a minute description of the (Egtrus
sUnmlatar, 01., with the well founded remark, that it is identical with
the Lapland CS, tTcmvpe^ F.
MuscARiDiB. — ^A number of new species of different genera have been
eharacterized by Gimmerthal (Bull. Mosc.): Sarcophaga aUnpennUf
LucUia violacea, Pyrellia fasciata, Hylem/yia ftawetcens and o^/i-
neata, Sapramyza d-punctata, Cephalia ^rpunctoOa, Phora guadrata.
The species described by Guillou (Rev. Zool. p. 315), are, Ph/rissopoda
cyanea, from Tahiti ; Scurc<^haga propinqua, from the Isle of France,
Isle of Bourbon, and St. Helena ; CalUphora dasyophthalmay &om the
Auckland Islands, and O. magdlamica, &om the Straits of Magellan,
both very like the C vomitoria, but the former is distinguished by rough
eyes, the latter by yellow cheeks and palpi with black tips; Musca
ocecmica, from different parts of the South Sea, distinguished from
M. corvina by yellowish halteres and the almost straight transverse
nervures of the wings.
Rutilia tpeciosa of the reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 273) is a new species
from Van Diemen's Land.
Zeller (Isis, p. 840) has published an important contribution to our
knowledge of the species of Oonia, He has enriched that genus with
three new species, in addition to the O. fascUUa and <2msa, Mg. :
O. trifaria (perhaps identical with G. capitata, Mg., but different from
O, capitata, Deg., Fall.), O. lateralis, and G. gimpleo!, all from Silesia.
According to a communication, made by Yon Heyden, at the meeting
of Naturalists at Mainz (1842), the larva of Gymnosoma lives as a pa-
rasite in Pentatoma (AmtL Bericht., &c., p. 209).
Stager (Kroyer Naturh. Tidssker. p. 319) has distinguished three
species, confounded xmderAtomogaster triqu^tra{Ant?iamy%a trig., Wd.) :
A, Ma,cqu(Mrti {triquetra, Maoq.), tibialis and triquetra, Wd., Mg.,
FalL; the last differs, by shorter antennie, two spines on the middle
thighs, and smaller size ; the others have longer antennae, and only one
spine on the middle thighs ; the second has the anterior tibisB and the
middle tarsi yellow.
Waga (Aon. d. Soc Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 277; 1. 11, f. 13-17) has cha-
racterized a new genus, Adapgilia, which is allied to Sepedon and T^
tanocera ; with the former it agrees in the greater length of the second
antennal joint, but the posterior thighs are not thickened, the abdomen
in the $ is oval, in the $ *' compressed conical :'' A, coa/rctatay reddish-
yellow, with brown spotted wings, was discovered at Warsaw.
De BrSme (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xL p. 183, pL 7> f. 2) has cha-
racterized a new species of the genus CeratitiSf MacLeay ; he has shown
that C dtnperday MacLeay, is identical with Trypeta capitata, Wd.,
for which Macquart haa formed the genus Petalophoray and that the old
species, which is found in the Canary Islands, Isle of France, and the
299
256 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
Ea«t Indiei, ranst be iwin«d Ceratitit eapitata ; tiie 'tew species
C. hitpanita, &., U from A "''■I""*, and shonld he distinguished from
the older ipen^ bj the shorter leiigth and deeper setting of the lobed
briatles of the forehead, which fbim the oliief chancteristicof tbegeons,
M well is ij the black cokmr of the lobei^ which in tbe other «re
whitish. These distinctions ^ipear to me donbtfn] ; Wiedemann giTCi
the colour of the lobes expveaslj as black, which mj ohsravations «oi>£nn,
and I can find no other diS^nce between C. capitata, &om the Isle of
Fianoe, and a specimen fomi Sicilj, than that these bristles in the
latter are somewhat shorter, and not so remarkably long as the luitlkir
has given them ; it might be held as an individnal difference.
Bachmann (Ent Zeit. p. 363) has made some remarks iqion Trypeta
dgnata, Mg., the laira of whidk lires in ihe snbetance of sweet and
bitter cherries ; and, aooording to C. Wagner's obserratitm, is firand in
the fruit of the Lonicera xglottettm.
Von SieboU (Oerm. Zfata^. iv. p. 389, 1. 1, f. 1-3] has remarked
Uack protaberanees on the abdtmien of Baeiliut Rottii, which proved,
OD more minute examination, to be the forked breathing processeB of the
onu^e- jellow larva of a fly, 4'" long, sticking in the body ; he did not
succeed in rearing these parasitical larvK.
PcFiPABi. — The reporter (Arch. 1812, i. p. 274) has described a new
spedea from Van Diemen's I^nd, Omithomyia nigrieorttU.
HEMIFTEBA.
A pBCDUAft ^iparatus, for connecting the anterior and posterior wingi
in the Htmipttra, baa been discovered and described hy Asbton (Tnos-
acL Ent Soc. iiL p. 95). In Notoaeeta glauca vte found, on the under
ude of tbe anterior wings, at the posterior margin, two small homj
ptojections, which together form a small tubolarchanneL A minute pro-
jection of tbe rib-tike thickened anterior mai^pn of the posterior wings is
bent upwards and backward, and grasped in this channel In Oentrotw*
CMHuiwi, a small portion of thb anterior mar^ of the posterior wings,
is turned upwaids, and frran this springs a small homj process, directed
backwards, which fits into a recess of the posterxv margin of the anterior
vrings, tbe edge of which, at that point, is bent down aid reflected for-
ning a small channel for the reception of the above process.
wooeas of tbe posteriiv wings is finely dentaled. The former
lening, whidi is the firmer, a[q>earB peculiar to the Stterop-
itter to the HomapUra ; in the fiumer, the position of the
tt the union of the bomj and membranous portion of the
in the latter at the point of tbe last nervuie of the anterior
300
INSECT A — ^HEMIPTERA. 267
PcNTATOMiDA. — Schiodte (Krojer Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 335) has
explained his views on the presence of the clasping pieces in the Penta-
tomidcB. In one, thej are only present in the male, viz., — SHretrvs, Lap.,
also Asopus, with abdominal bristles and dilated anterior tibise (OplomuSf
Spin.), ScvMllera, Qerm., Coelogloasa, Germ., Arctoeoris, Germ* ; in the
others, they are found in the males and the females, yiz., — JRsacasta,
Germ., the proper Paekycori$, Barm., and the African forms of HalySf as
H, 9errata, F., and cincta, Herr., Sch&ff. (which, as Schiodte remarks, are
different). He has also (ibid. p. 279) illustrated the Fabrician species of
Tetyra, contained in the royal collection at Copenhagen, by copious
and exact Latin descriptions. The synonymy has been subjected to a
thorough reyision. This is an excellent work, from which I can here
only give the cursory remark, that the author rejects the generic names
Callipha/ra and Callidea, as interfering with Calliphora, Macquart,
and Calleida, Dej., and substitutes for them Philia, Adam White
(Transact. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 85) has felt the same necessity, frx>m the
similarity of the latter name to CcUUdium, and proposes to substitute
for it Hahn's name, Chrytocoris.
Adam White has commenced his labours on the Hemiptera, collected
by Cuming on the Philippines, by describing the new PentatomidcB
(Gray, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 79) : Callidea sellata with the variety
chromatica ; C, 9pecio9a, dorsalis ; Platatpis xanthogrammaf M%mgo,
8c^pio, The treatise here breaks off, and it is to be regretted, that the
size of the three species of Platans is omitted, as their definition is not
easy without it, and it would be as well to append it to the continuation
of the work. He has also described a new species from Sierra Leone
(Entom. p. 406), Probcenopi dramedUibrius ; it is distinguished as a new
genus, by the protracted head, the prothorax forming a projection
anteriorly, which may be compared to that of the Notoxui monoceroSf
and a very broad scutellum, which covers the whole abdomen; the
tibiae are without spines; the tarsi seem two-jointed; it is placed pro-
visionally next Podops and Coptowma. The same author has also
described (Trans. Ent. Soc. ilL p. 84) several new- Hemiptera, among
which are the following : — Tectocoris Childreni, from Nepal, for which,
and T. Drwrad, HaArdwicHi, ajffinis, &c., he founds a peculiar sub-
genus, Pcsdlochromaf distinguished from T. Ba/nksii and cya/nipes, by
having a shorter head, squarer in fr^nt, more compressed antennal
joints ; Callidea (Callipha/ra) hifasciata, from an island in the South
Sea ; pa/rentwm, from Australia (?) ; Callidea exarnvfuvns, Burch., fr^m
South Africa ; C.fascialiBf from the East Indies ; O. Morgani, from Sierra
Leone; Scutellera {Triganowma) interrupta, from Teneriffe, differing
from 8c, lineataf by having only three yellow longitudinal bands on the
prothorax, the lateral of which are shortened anteriorly. He has founded
a new genus, ColeotichuSy for the New Holland Tetyra coetata, F.,
301
258 REPORT OK ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXLII :
which approximates Teiyra, Barm, (EwrygoMUr, Lap.), and Pachycoris,
and its chief chancteriatio appears to be, that the thoracic groove
for the proboscis, reaching to the hinder legs, gradnallj dilates pos-
teriorl7, so that its walls extemallj pass round the trochanter.
Another new genus, Coriplatui, White (ibid. p. 90, t. 7, f. 3), with one
new species, O, deprumu^ from Demerara, is allied to Sciocorisy DinidoTf
&o. It has a long scatelkun, contracted in the middle, reaching to the
end of the abdomen, and lobed lateral margins of the prothorax. He
has also described (ibid.) Dryptoeephalus (?) Pertyiy from Brazil, to
which the sub-generic name, Cephaloplatus, has been given, as it differs
from the others hj the two-lobed head and much lai^r eyes ; MHa (?)
graeilU, from Congo, with the kmg proboscis of an Atdocera, but with
the second antennal joint <7lindrical and not compressed; JSlia (Mega^
rhynchHB, Lap.) camosa, from Gambia.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, L p. 275) has noticed the foDowing new
species from Van Diemen's Land: — Cydoktu australis, iepulchraU$;
AMoput nwmmiulans ; Cimeac inoultus; Atelocenu labiduSy grandiccr^
ni$; Rhynchocoris Ugata,
Schiodte (Krojer, Natnrh. Tidsskr. iy. p. 237) has subjected the
genus Cephalo€t»MM, Duf., to a very dose examination ; ocelli want-
ing; composite eyes present, but small and divided, one part on the
upper, another on the under side. O. kUUraideiy Duf., has been al-
ready described by Fabrieius as Oydntw scao'ahcBoides ; this and a new
species from Travancore, in India, 0. mdoUmthoidet, are caiefuUy
described.
Germar (Enl Zeit. p. 68) has more eorxectly distinguished JElia
(Pentatoma) o^Mfimato, F., and KlugU, Hahn, and drawn attention to
a third species, nearly allied to the font, j£t,palleiMy Kiist., which seems
abundant in the north, and may be the real Cim. €tewnUnatu8y L.
GoBxiDJi. — Germar (Faun. Ins. Eur. 1. 11) has figured an insect from
Turkey, under the name of Aradus obseurus, which, however, belongs
to tlus family, and is most nearly allied to PieudophL lobatuB, Herr.
Sch&ff.; ha describes the proboscis as three-jointed, and the ocelli aa
wanting, on which its generic name is grounded ; in our specimens, I
find four joints to the proboscis, and ocelli on the bngitudinal eleva^
tions of the forehead directed laterally, and therefore easily overlooked,
unless viewed from the side. He has also figured (ibid. t» 12) Phyllo-
fnorphtu erinckceust from Turkey ; which however had been made known
(1841), under the same name, by Herr. ScfaafEer. A new species of
the same genus has been, pointed out by Westwood ( Arcan. Ent. i. Add.
and Corr.), Ph* pellicula, from tropical Africa.
Adam White (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iii. p. 92) has described several
new species : SpcMrtocerus (?) erythramelas from Braail (it k 8p, hicoloTy
Herr. Schaff.) ; Sp. dartalis, from Mexico ; and Cerbus (Derepieryx)
302
INSECJA — HEMIPTERA. 259
Qroflfii, and HardmcMi^ froxa Nepal. The sub-genus Derepten/x has
the abdomen laterally dilated outside the hemelTtra ; the sides of pro-
th<»raz much dilated and projecting anteriorly before the head.
The reporter (Arch. 18^, 1. p. 278) has characterized a new jspeciea
inm Van Diemen's Land, Hypselopua incamatus.
Lyq^itbs. — Lygaim mutilatus^ Pachymerus lacertamM, tarquatas^
and nigrocBneus, of the reporter, are new species &om Van Diemen's
Imd (ibid. p. 279).
Cafsins^b. — Phytocoria varicomU of the reporter is also from Van
Diemen's Land (ibid. p. 280). Adam White (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. iiL
p. 93) has described Calliprepes Chrayii, from Nepal^ a new form of
this family, which appears yeiy aberrant ; and EucerocorU Westwoodiit
from Sierra Leone, firom whence also E, nigricep$t Westw., has its
origin, and whose locality has hitherto been unknown.
AiiAmEDiB, — A new species, from Yan Diemen's Land has been
described by the reporter, AraCkt8 cmstrcUia (Arch. 1842, i p. 281).
ItEi>uviNi.^ — The reporter (ibid.) has enriched this family with two new
genera : Isodemvus, with an extremely flat body, no ocelli^ and with lobes,
for holding, between the daws, with one new species, J. pieman ; and
Dicrotelus, resembling Pygolampk and Stenopoda, but differing, by
dentated daws, &c., with one apterous ^pedes, D.prolixus; besides
four new species. Nobis geniculata, Pirates fuliginomMj AtUms <mm-
tralis, Enusa juncea, all from Yan Diemen's Land..
Galgulidji. — MononyoB suberoius of the reporter is from the same
place (ibid. 285).
FuLGosEiDA. — Gu^rin (Deless. Souv. ii. p. 66, t. 16), has giTen
splendid plates of Fulgora Delessertii and mbocellcbtck (see Eeport for
1839, p. 321). F. rajah, formerly diaracterized, is here shown to be
identical with F. pyrorhyncJms, I>on.
Westwood (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 118) has published several new
spedes, with short but dear descriptions : Fulgora (Pyrops) Spinola,
aJlied to the F, camdelaHa, from Mysore and Assam ; guttulata, from
Northern India ; virescens, from India ; F. (Episcius, Spin. ?). amabilis,
from Mexico ; EurybrOiChis insignis, from Malabar.
. The same author (LinnsBan Transact, xix. p. 1) has published a very
valuable paper upon the genus Derbe, F., of which previously only a veijr
slight sketeh was given (see. Report for 1840, p. 242),, and to which he
has now appended several additions. The generic name, Derbe, is oon£ned
to those South American species which are of a stout form, have longex
legs, a proboscis reaching to the middle of the abdomen, shorter antennas,
and longer naked wings ; with them he places 2>. hoemorrhoidalis, F. ; *
* The D, hwmorrhoidcUis, of the Berlin oolleetion, differs from the generic
igrfio of Westwood, in the wing-veins^ &o.
303
260 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
D. nei'vota, of the Berlin oollection (StoU. f. 160)» and two new species:
/>. Befnittriata and strigipennis, from BraziL
A seoond genus, MyMta, is formed of those species from South
America which have a slighter form, shorter legs, a proboscis not
reaching bejond the hind legs, moderately long antennso, shorter and
broader dusty wings. In this are D, pcUlida, ¥., Perch. ; tqtiamigera,
eoMtalU, punetum, test€icea, nivea, F. ; and three new species : M, <ilbi-
peimk, from Mexico (Vera Cnu) ; M. Ictctifiora and iubfcudata, from
BraziL — Diogpolis, Westw. (formerly Lydda, Westw.), is a New Holland
form, with a shorter proboscis, short antennas, and long anterior wings,
yery narrow and rounded at the point : D. eUmgatay F., is the only
species known, and is from New South Wales. — Thra^da, Westw., with
long antennae (double the length of the head), three keels on the dypeus,
and yery long narrow anterior wings, tnmcate at the point, is founded
on D. sinuosa and nervota {Bohemarmiy Westw.), Bohem., from
Sierra Leone, to which, is appended a Jayanese species, Thr, java/aica,
'•^Phenice, Westw., comprehending D. fritiUariSf fasciolata, and std-
lulata, Bohem.; dypeus as in the preceding ; antennas short; shorter
anterior wings rounded at the point ; also differing from all the preceding,
by its longish remarkably emarginated eyes ; ocelli distinct. — ^A couple
of yery small and extremely tender insects, from St. Vincent's, in the
West Indies, approaching the genus AnoHa, Kirby, form the genus
Pata/ra, Westw. ; eyes large, emarginated beneath ; ocelli indistinct ;
yery large warty second antennal joint : P, guttata and albida, Westw.
— Cenchrea, Westw., has large eyes emarginated beneath, below them
are distinct ocelli ; small antennas with a roundish tuberculated second
joint: one species C. donalis, Westw. — Lastly (ibid. p. 20) Zeugma
is characterized, which, by its wing yeins, occupies a position between
Derbe and Mygidia^ but (judging from the plate) differs by the keels o£
the forehead continuing on to the clypeus, and the posterior tibiae haying
a spine in the middle : one new spedes Z, vittata, of unknown natiye
country.
MEMBRACiDEiB. — Ouc ucw specics, SmUta informiSf from Brazil, has
been characterized by Westwood (Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 119).
CicADiED^. — Eyersmann (BulL Mosc. 1842, p. 797) has giyen a
notice on the dropping willows of Orenburg. The cause of the drops
was the laryas of an Aphrophora, which yery much resembled the A.
tpumaaiaf but was more oblong, and of a uniform yellow-grey. He
names it A, lacrymans; it is, howeyer, distinguished by FaUdn, as
A. salicia.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 285) has described Aphrophora aUn-
eincta, and Eurytnela hictTicta, from Van Diemen's Land.
According to Harris (Ins. Mass. p. 184) Tettigonia vitist Harr. Amer.
Encyd. xyiii. 43 (1''' long, pale yellow, two stripes on the head ; the
304
INSECTA — HEMIPTERA. 261
posterior part of pTothorax, the scutellum, the root, a broad middle band
and some stripes near to the blackish point of the tegmina, are red ;
head lunate ; ocelli situated close under the ledge of the forehead), is
yerj hurtful to the foreign as weU as natiye Tine. Another species,
T. Fc^HB (pale green, tegmina and wings clear, the last joint of hinder
tarsi bluish, head lunate, ocelli, on the margin of the forehead), injurious
to the Windsor bean.
Stmdulantes. — Westwood (Arcan. Ent. i. p. 92, t. 24, f. 1), has cha-
racterized a new genus, Cystosoma, which differs most essentially from
Cicadaf in the abdomen in the male being swollen into the shape of a
bladder, and the veins of the anterior wings forming, from the middle,
sexagonal meshes : C SoMndersii, new species &om New Holland. On
the same plate figures are also given of Polyneura duccUis, Westw.^
and Hemidictifa frondoaa, Burm. (ibid. p. 97). Westwood has given
an enumeration of the species of Cicada, with opaque anterior wings,
and has increased them by two new species : 0. mea/rsianaf from the
Himalayah, and G, dives, from Sylhet, which are beautifrilly figured on
tab. 25, (See also Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 118.)
The reporter (Arch. 1842, i. p. 286) has described a new species,
O. torrida, from Van Diemen's Land. It may be noticed, that this
species only appears in dry summers, and seasons of great heat and
drought ; and its song is heard during the greatest heat of mid-day.
PsYLLiDiB. — Under the name of Diraphia, used by Illiger for Livia,
Waga has characterized a new genus (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. x. p. 275,
t. 11, f. 11, 12), which is very closely allied to Livia, and differs chiefly
by the second antennal joint, which is much smaller (about one^foiuth the
length of antennae), and simply oval. The anterior comers of the head,
also, are not pointed but rounded : D. linibata, m bushes at Warsaw.
The reporter (Arch. 1842, L p. 286) has described Peylla hiteola anc^
mOfasciata, new species from Van Diemen's Land,
APHiDiB. — Spence (Transact. Entom. Soc, of Lond. iii. p. 98) describes
the ravages of these insects in the orchards of Devonshire. The injury,
in his opinion, is done by the blossoms dying, in consequence of the
leaves being sucked by these insects before their development.
Hofinann Edl. von Hofroannsthal has published a work, called Die
Caruba di Ghiidea, Vienna, 1842. A plate in it represents the gall of
Pigtacia terebintfrna, with the Aphis which inhabits it.
Harris (Ins. Mass. p. 190) considers the former of two Aphides found
in Massachusetts to be Aphis ca/ry<B, Harr. ; a La>chnAis, with a soft
woolly black body, four rows of small transverse spots on the back, black
wing-veins and reddish-brown tibiae, ^" long ; it sucks the branches of
the Ca/rya pordna. The other. A, saliceti; probably also a Lachrvus,
V long, black, without spots ; the short honey-knobs, the third antennal
joint, the. legs, and the veins of the transparent wings, tan yeUow ; i\
305 U
262 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLII :
Urm, in mmw, on th« under nde of the bianchei of different wJllowt,
and appean winged in October. The other speciet mentioned, seem to
agree with the European ; at one, which liyes on the roots of plants
(4. g» the Chinese aster), agrees with A. nidicum ; another, on peach
trees, with A, penieas, Sols. The A, kmigera, Haosm., is also beginning
to show itself in Ameriffl!, though not as jet rerj widely distributed*
THTSANURA.
Wa«a (Ann. d. L Soc. Ent. d. Fr. zL p. 264, 1. 11, f. 5^) has made
known a new species, distingaished hj its size, under the name of
Achorute$ hielanemii. It is a true Pockira, and is placed beside the
P. {trmata, Nic. It is found in the low grounds of the Forest of Bielany,
on the bank of the Vistula, near Warsaw, in great abundance. The
author remarks, that at first the young ones have no trace of the spring-
ing-fork, and questions whether the species of An>wrophorut (Lipara,
Burm.) may not be the young of this genus. Paul Qerrais has made a
new genus, Anoura, for the Achoru4e$ tuberculatui, Nic, to which he
has added a second species, A. roiea. The characters are not giren.
(Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. zL p. 47.)
PARASITA.
Tbis order has been treated of by Denny in a comprehensiye monograph,
** Monographia Anopluromm BritannisB ;" or an Essay on the British
Species of Parasites, Lond. 1842, Svc, with twenty-six coloured copp^^
plates. As the extensive researches of Nitzsch on the Epizoa do not
seem to have been published, tiiis work not only fills up an evident gap
in entomological literature, but will also give an impulse to the investi-
gation of these little regarded animals. The definition of species, of
which a considerable number of new ones have been observed by the
author, is well illustrated by engravings. The division into genera and
sub-genera is that of Nitzsch, only there is a new sub-genus, Nitzchia
(N". Bwrmeiiteriy from the Swift), added under lAothewn,* Exact in-^
vestigations on the parts of the mouth are unfortunately omitted. The
author has been content to give again, in PedicukiSf t&e erroneous
figures of earlier observers.
Qurlt (Mag. f. d. ges. Thierheilk. 8 Jahrg. 4. St. p. 409, t. 4, und 0
Jalirg. 1. St. p. 1, 1. 1) has given an excellent representation of the para«
* Nitzsoh has already long had the honour— at least it is so intended — of
Isnding his name t^ a geatts of intestinal wwms,
306
INaSCTA — ARACHNIDA. 26^
•itie inaects liying on our domeitio fowls and mftininiilift. The plates are
masterly, and although unooloured, far excel those of Denny. Two new
species hare been observed by him: Ornithobitu €biM^ri$j on the goose;
and Trichodectu$ caproe, in the goat»
FOSSIL INSECTS,
Ungeb has made some remarks on the fossil insects in the clay slate of
Radoboj, in Croatia (Yerhandl. der Kais. Loop. Acad. d. Naturf. six. ii.
p. 415). They exceed all other fossil remains of animals, in the number
of genera, species, and individuals, accompanied also by the traces of
very many sorts of plants ; and what is strange, fishes and their scales
are found together with them on one and the same piece of slate;
many of them exhibit marks of commencing putrefaction, while others
seem as if the animal had been buried alive. Hym&noptera are most
numerous, especially ants ; next Diptera, Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and
Nev/roptera, and even the coloured wings of a butterfly have been
found. He has given figures of several Diptera, viz., — Bhipidia
extincta, major; Bibid Mwrchinsonis, gracilis, lignoHuSy giganteus, en-
terodeius ; Leptogaster Hellii. There is also an Essay by Charpentier
(ibid. XX. p. 401, t. 21-23), *' Uber einige fossile Insecten aus Radoboj
in Croatien," in which are represented the remains of (Edipoda
mela/nosticta, Myrmeleon hrevipennie, retictUatue ; LibdhUa plaiyp-
tera. Sphinx atavus, Hylotoma (?) dneracea^ Termes pristinui. His
remarks on the origin of these remains are worthy of attention, as they
throw some light on the important geological question, what sort of ca-
tastrophe destroyed the former creation. These insects, in the author's
opinion, belonged to the land and air ; their tender parts are preserved
in such a way, -Uiat the view of their having been swallowed up by a
deluge cannot be maintained. It is rather to be assumed, that they have
been killed by currents of air, and have fiillen down, enveloped in a
shower of dust and ashes, or been covered by a fine shower of slime ;
an examination of the place, and their position, may lead to a more
certain conclusion. That they were destroyed during the catastrophe
is probable, as dead insects, in the open air, are very soon consumed by
other insects.
ARACHNIDA.
OBtnsE has given some €£ the results of his researches on the anatomy
of the Araeh/fhida (J. MtUler's Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol. 1S42, p. 296).
They contain many important hints, among others, that the part
307
264 BEPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
nraallj called the tongae, lies above the opening of the mouth, and
therefore may be oonridered as the upper lip; that, at least in the
Argyroneta and Epeira, minutely investigated by him, the ring form
of the stomach is only apparent, and that it arises from the anterior
extremities having their points lying immediately upon each other,
without, however, communicating with [uberzugehen] each other ; that
the heart 6f the spiders and scorpions possesses lateral openings, and is
surrounded by a membranous reservoir, with which it communicates
through these openings.
The development of the Lycosa toccata has been observed by Bathke
(Froriep. Notiz. xziv. p. 165). A list of the AracJmida observed at
Chusan has been published by Cantor (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 491) ; they
belong to the genera Attus, ThonUsus, Hypoplatea^ Lathrodectus (?),
Ulohorus, Tetragnatlia, Epeira^ and PhaloAngium, and are, with the
exception of the Epeira faiciata, Walk., considered as new, and
shortly characterized.
ARANEiE.
Blackwall (Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 407) has laid before the Lumiean
Society of London his further observations on the British Spiders*
Dhassidji. — Oraells (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 205) has made
some excellent observations on the Mahnignatte (Lathrodectus l^-guP'
tatus, Boss, malmignatua, Walk.), partly on its habits, and partly on
its poisonous qualities; the Mahnignatte is found principally in the
district of Tarragona, in Catalonia, where, however, it was unknown
previous to 1830, but became a nuisance in the years 1830, 1S33, and 1481.
It makes an irregular net in small hollows^ by means of which, and its
poisonous bite, it overcomes insects which are many times larger than
itself; it also forms a neatly constructed cell) which is concealed beneath
dry leaves, and serves as its lurking place. X» oculatus -and erebus are
found in the same places with the Malmignatte, and are of similar
habits. The author remarks, that the Malmignatte years were also locust
years.
MvoALiDiB. — Numbers four to six of the ninth volume of the Arach-
nida, by Koich, contain only Mygalidce, viz., — if. avicularia^ L., and
hirsutissima, a new species from South America ; M. versicolor, zebra.
Walk., diversipei, plcmta/ris, cmth/racina, lycosiformis, detrita, from
Brazil ; pltmiipes, from Surinam ; rosea, Walk., fr^m Chili ; IcBta, cassia,
from Porto Rico ; drassiformis, inccma, from St. Thomas ; cafreriana,
funebris. Walk., from South Africa; jawcmensis, Walk.» from Java;
v/rsma, convexd, felvaa, locality unknown ; also Octinopus coffer, fr^m
the Cape ; loricOftus frvm Mexico ; tarsalis and longipaipus from Monte
308
AEACHNIDA — SOLIFUG^. 265
Video; and a new genus, Teratodes, with long strong legs, very long
palpi (g), and a small but elevated prominence for the eyes^ on the top
and at the sides of which they are situated ; with one new species, T,
deprestuSy from Bra2dl.
Dtsdbbidjs. — Hentz (Sillim. Amer. Joum. zli. p. 116) has charac-
terized a new genus, ^ermophora ; it has the eyes in two little clusters,
«o that three equally large stand on each side, dose to each other; the
legs are moderately long, thin, the first pair the longest, then the fourth
and second almost of equal length ; the mandibles short, spherical, with
yery small daws ; it resembles Pholcua in the parts of the mouth, but
has shorter legs, and only six eyes. Sp. meridionalis, found in
Alabama, in dark places under rubbish ; it makes a yery loose web. The
female makes no web ; she carries about, in her mandibles, her eggs,
glued to each other, until the young come out.
The genus Argyroneta, according to the excellent researches of
Grube, approximates to the Dysderidce, and will, perhaps, require to be
characterized as a peculiar family ; besides the pleura, it has trachese,
which arise, pencU-Lped, from Lrt stem. opeLg behind the ^rJ,
and haye this peculiarity, that they do not ramify (J. MtQler's Archiy.
1842, p. 300). In a yery interesting treatise on the habits of the
Argyroneta aquatica (Preuss. Proy. Blatter, 1S42), the same author
adds the important fact, that in these spiders, the distribution of vessels
is confined to the abdomen, and is not to be found in the anterior part
Bs in other spiders, so that the tracheae in it occupy their place ; pro-
bably the air which surrounds the spider, when it dives underwater,
comes out of the tracheae. This air keeps off the water by a peculiar
coating of varnish, and it disappears, according to the author's experi-
ments, when scratched under water with a needle, and is not seen when
the insect dives, if the varnish has been previously removed by the
application of ether.
SOLIFUG^.
pHBTNiDiB. — Van der Hoeven (Tidsschr. v. Natuurl. Geschied. en
Physiol, ix. p. 68, 1. 1) has made a careful examination .of the genus
Phrynus, partly having for his object the external and internal ana-
tomy of the Phrynus medius. The following remarks are made on its
internal structure: — The intestinal canal is straight, without lateral
branches going to the liver or the pancreas [(?) Fettkorper], as in the
scorpions. Of the sexual parts the author 6ould give no account. The
nervous system, so far as it lies in the cephalothorax, appeared to the
author to consist of a large ganglion, from which radiated branches go
off to the legs ; a chord passes backwards, which divides, in the abdomen,
309
266 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
into two branchet) from which filamentf go off, at acate aaglea, to the
different parts. The respiratory organs are situated, one pair between
the first and second, and one between the second and third poetericr
segments of the body, and consist of about eighty folds lying dose npon
each other. Finally, he giyes a copious and minute account of the
species figured or described by different authors, among whom, how-
ever, we miss Koch, who, in the eighth volume of his '< Araehnida,*' has
figured a series of species (see Report for 1840, p. 246). It appears £rom
this treatise, that the Berlin collection is very rich in this genus ; and
I shall not delay complying with the desire of the author, occasionally to
give some information concerning them.
ScoBFiomDJi. — In the first number of the tenth volume of his '^ Araeh-
nida,^ Koch has figured the following new scorpions: — I§chnuru$
melampuSf from the Cape ; OpUtophthalmu% pallipes, ibid. ; Va^ovU
nitidulfu, from Mexico ; V, caroUnu9, from Carolina ; V. Jlavescens,
from Braail; F. atperulus, from Mexico, probably identical with
V, mexiccMug ; Broihea$ hanariensie, from La Plata ; Br, nxgrocinC"
tus, locality unknown; Br. erythrodactyluSf from Bnudl; Scarpwi
aravitzenns, from the Banat, nearly allied to 8c. hanaticus; 8c. tiou-
pUentU, from Qreeoe, very slightiy differing from 8c. italicu8»
Quyon (Rev. Zool. p. 17; Tlnsitut. p. 43) has reported to the
Parisian Academy, that there are four species of scorpions found near
Algiers, and that the effects of the sting of 8c. occitcmus are purely
loeal, and di»ppe» within twenty-fonr hon«. In smaU uiinuds, SD«ii
as dogs, cats, and rabbits, the consequences may prove fatal. Merits
Wagner has given a careful account of the Algerine soQrpions (Reis. in
Algier, iiL p. 215-221) ; he has observed five species, and given an
exact account of them, and of the difierent strengths of their poison.
Obisidxsji. — ^A new species, Chelifer Bravainif from Algiers, has
been pointed out by Gervais (Ann. d. 1. Soc. £nt. d. Fr. xi. p. 46).
Qaleodidejs. — Koch has given a systematic view of this family in
these Archives (1842, i. p. 350), which has made known a great series of
species, almost exclusively from the Berlin collection; they are divided into
Ayb genera, of which the most striking variation is in the number of the
tarsal joints : 8olpuga, Licht. ; the second and third pairs of legs have
&ur tarsal joints, the fourth have seven besides the heel joint: ten
species, one from Egypt, and the others from the Cape. Qaleodu, OL ;
the second and thiid pairs of legs have two joints, the last three : seven
species, distributed between anterior India, South Russia, and Egypt,
JSllopus; the three pairs of legs with two joints, the hindmost with-
out daws : one new species from South Africa. Rhcuc, Herm. ; a short
unarticulated tarsus to all the legs, terminal joint of palpi concealed :
four species, from Arabia and Egypt. Olutfia; longer and thinner
lUnarticulated tarsi to all the legs, free terminal joint of palpi ; seven
310
ARACHNIDA — ACARI* 367
■peeief , one from Portugal, the rest from Central America (to the latter,
•eyeral species, figured in Ghi^r. Mag. d. Zool., are to be added).
OPILIONES.
Gebvais (Mag. d. Zool. 1842, Arachn. pi. 2-5) has described and figured
two new species : Gonyleptes planters, Gu^r., from the Straits of Ma-
gellan, and Stygnus inflaius, Gu^r., from Cayenne ; and characterized a
new genus Phalangodes, which is nearly identical with Pach/ylus, Koch ;
defining also the species Ph, anacosmettis, perhaps from New Holland —
it is probably the same as P. granulatus, KolL, from Chili. There iff
also a species of Cosmetidce added, under the name of Cosmetus fiavi-
cinctu8. It is not a true Cosmetus, as it has double protuberances on
the hinder part of its back ; but whether it be a FUrtea, or one of Koch's
allied genera, is not certain, as the number of the tarsal joints is not
noticed. It is found at Bogota, and is distinguished frx>m the other Cos-
metida by the rough spinous hind legs.
ACARI.
Oi7R acquaintance with this order has been essentially increased by
Koch's *' tlbersicht des Arachnidensystems, 3 Hft. 1 und 2 AbtheiL"
These two numbers extend to Hyd/rcbcfjfu^idai and TromUdidcs.
The first division of the mites is formed of the Water-iiccMriy with
swimming feet, in two families : Biyer-acari, HygrobatideSy and Pond-
acari, Hydrachnides, the former having two, the latter four eyes. The
Hygrobatides consist of the genera Atase, Dug. ; Nesosa, K. ; Fiona, K.,
Hygrobates, Hydrochoreutes, K. (including the genus Spio) ; Arrhet^
urus. Dug. ; AtracHdes, Acereus (formerly Tiphys, K.) ; IHplodontus,
Dug. ; Maricay K. The HydrdchrUdes consist of Limnesiay K. ; Hy-^
drachna, Miill. ; Hydryphantes, K. ; Hydrodoma, K. ; EuUm, Latr.
As a second division, the author correctly separates the Marshr^acariy
which, although living in the water, or at least in moist places, have no
swimming feet, and therefore have not the power of swimming. These
AoaH have a long thick proboscis, narrowed by steps [stufenweise abge-
setzten], seven-jointed legs, of which the two anterior pairs are separated
from the two posterior pairs by a wide space. To this group belong the
genera LimnochareSf Latr., Tkyas, K., both living in water, and creep-
ing awkwardly under it ; Smarts, Latr., and Alycus, K., both living on
moist ground or under wet moss.
The L<mdr<tcaa% form the third division (as the author has afterwards
corrected it ; for, by mistake in the text, Ma/nh-aeari is printed), having
seven-jointed legs, without moveable bristles on them, and a little hook
311
V
268 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
on the )>omt of the mazillaiy lobes ; living on the ground. The first
family, Trombidides, have free fiisiform palpi, the penultimate joint of
which resembles a claw, and the terminal joint is articulated at its base,
as an immoTeable appendage ; the eyes are on a little projection at the
sides of the proboscis : Confined to the genus Trombidiwnf F., composed
oi thirty-fiye species, among which T. grandisdrnvm, from the Cape ;
T. barbatum, from Senegal ; T. Jlavipes, from the south of France ; T.
hirsuHstimum, from Greece, are described, and figured as new. The
second family, Bhyncolophides, the author distinguishes, by the eyes
being placed sidewards on the back of the anterior part of the body : It
contains the genera RhyncolophuSy Dug. ; Smaridiaf Dug. ; Eryth/rceus,
Latr. ; Stigmceus, K. ; Caligonus, K. ; Raphignathus, Dug. ; AcHneda,
E. ; TetromychuSf Dug.
A fourth division, the Rtmning-^icari, is formed of such as have
siz-jointed legs, and a small pair of nippers at the point of the maxillary
lobes. The only family, Ewpodides, has two small, scarcely visible eyes,
the fore and after parts of body distinctly separated from each other,
free ^iform palpi, and a short proboscis, elongated fore-legs, serving for
walking and feeling, and contains the genera Bryobia, Scyphdus, PentOr-
leus, LmopodeSf Enpodes, Tydeus, K., which prefer moist places.
Gervais has noticed various AccMri (Ann. d. 1. Soc. £nt. d. Fr. zi. p.
46) : Holothyru» is a new genus of the family of the OribatidcB, with
its body convex above, shield-shaped, flat beneath, marginated laterally,
the upper surface consisting of a single piece ; no eyes, long four-jointed
moveable palpi, legs long, and with daws : one species, H, coccinella,
locality unknown. Dermcmysfus coriaceus, living on the wings of the
Ve^pertilio noctula ; another Dermcmysaus was found under the scales
of Coluber natriof. Ixodes Walkemjerif from the rhinoceros ; /. Btbroni,
from a boa ; /. coxalis, from a New Holland sldnk, are also named.
Gurlt has given an admirable representation of the Acctri living as
parasites on domestic animals. (Magaz. f. d. ges. Thierheilk, ix. Jahrg.
1. St. p. 18, 1. 1.)
A discovery of Dr. G. Simon has attracted much attention, viz., — that
of an AccMTUs living in the human skin (Mull. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol.
1842, p. 218, 1. 11). ' Henle has also found the same animal, and given
an account of it in the Zurich " Offentlichen Beobachter" (Dec, 1841).
He, however, so fiir mistook the nature of the animal, as to consider it
as an intestinal worm. At a later period (Bericht iiber die Verhandl. d.
Naturf. Gesellsch. in Basel v. p. 191) Miescher also communicated his
observations upon it, which confirm, in general, those of Simon, and in
individual cases are more ample. Simon found Acari of ^^^^^ long, first
in comedones, and soon after in healthy hair-sacs of the human skin ;
and it was soon evident, that they might be there without being pre-
judicial. Usually only one Acarus was found in a hair-sac, sometimes
312
ARACHNIDA — ACARI. 269
two, rarely more ; but in one dilated sac, containing many hairs, a com-
pany, of thirteen individuals was discovered. The examinations were
mostly confined to the skin of the nose (Simon), and the external organ
of hearing (Henle, Miescher). Simon observed three different states of
the animal, which in many points varies remarkably &om other Acari,
principally in the legs, which are short stumps like those of the Tardi-
grades, furnished at the end with claws. In the most frequent form the
body is long and narrow, linear, the abdomen much elongated, and there
are four pair of legs. The parts of the moufh are composed of a rather
short, prominent proboscis, which is formed by an under-lip resembling
a myrtle-leaf, and pointed mandibles lying upon it, and a pair of two-
jointed palpi, the little knob-shaped terminal joint of which is moveable
in all directions. In other forms the tarsi are the same ; but the abdo-
men is remarkably shortened and conical. A third form has the long
but still slenderer form of body of the first, but only three pairs of legs.
This last I consider as the youngest condition, the second the more
advanced. It does not appear to me probable, that the development is
concluded in these three forms, and further observation is required.
The internal structure is as yet unknown, as also the organs of propa-
gation. So long as this is the case, it remains doubtful whether all these
forms may not be young states of an Acarus, perhaps of a quite different
shape, and found in other places. With this impression, Simon has not
given it a generic name, but only marked it as Aca/rus folliculorum,
Miescher was not satisfied with this name, and has called it Macrogaster
platypus.
Another Acarus has been found four times in comedones of the
human skin, by Prof. Erdl, and is figured in Jul. Yogel Icones Histologiae
Pathologicse, t. 21, f. 7> It is not accurately defined ; but the figure points
to a DermanyseuSy almost exactly agreeing with the D. avium, even to
the longer proboscis, which considerably projects beyond the palpi.
For some time there was much noise in England about an experi-
ment by Crosse, who obtained, by galvanism, a peculiar species of
Acarus, The matter was brought before the Entomological Society of
London last year. Newport made a communication from a Mr. Wheekes,
who had obtained Aca/ri in the same way as Crosse. Gray, on the other
hand, stated, that Children has also instituted a series of experiments
at the British Museum, precisely similar to those of Crosse, without ob-
taining a single Acarus (Proc. Ent. Soc. p. 55 ; Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 69).
It was afterwards mentioned in the Entomologist (p. 307), that an Ento-
mologist in Exeter (not named) had proved the Acarus of Crosse to be a
well-known species widely distributed in houses, and added, that Crosse
had a whole nest of them in his house, without beiag aware of it ; and
80 it happened, that if one of them accidentally got into his apparatus^
he believed that he had obtained it by his experiment.
313
270 REPORT ON 200L00T, MDCCCXLII :
PYCNOGONIDES.
This order has reoeiyed an aooession of new species from H. Goodsir
(James. Edinb. New. Fhilosoph. Joum. zzziL p. 136, t. 3) : PhoxuMli-
diwn globotwn (with globular swollen thighs), from Orkney ; PaUeru
circulariSf from the Frith of Forth ; Pephredo MVsuta, from the German
Ocean ; Nymphon John$tonii (ibid.) ; N, pellucidum and N. minutum,
from the Frith of Forth ; N, spinoium, locality not given. The new
genus Pephredo, has, as characteristics : daw-shaped jaws ; three-jointed
palpi, of the length of the short cylindrical proboscis ; six-jointed egg-
bearing tarsi ; the first tarsal joint small ; no accessory claws ; in general,
it resembles Phanodemui co$t. (S. Archiy. 1843, 1 Bd. p. 181), but
differs in the form of body, which is narrow and contracted like Nymphon^
while in the former the body is orbicular ; so that the two genera cannot
be united. P^hredo comes nearer Nymphon.
CRUSTACEA.
Caktob has cursorily made known the Crtutaeea obseryed at Chusaa
(Ann. Nat. Hist iz. p. 490). These are, — Corctnus olivaceuSf new
species (greenish-oliye aboye ; beneath white, with a single spine on the
anterior part of the internal margin of the femur) : Sesarma tetror'
gona, new species (aboye green, beneath greenish-grey ; arms and claws
red) ; 8e; quadrata, £dw. ; Pti^kenum orfuUua, OL ; Sguilla mantU, F. ;
and an undefined Limulus.
DECAPODA.
Bathkb has made a contribution to the natural history of the Decapoda,
in the Neuest Schr. der Naturf. Gesellsch. in Danzig, 3 Bd. 4 Hft. p. 23,
which finishes the notices, cursorily made already in yol. yi. of these
Arch. 1 Bd. p. 241, on A$tacu$ ma/rinus, Pagwrus hemhardus, Oalathea
rugosa, and Hyai a/raneue ; and, at last, after repeated inyestigations
into the deyelopment of the river cray-fish, he comprehends the history
of the metamorphosis of the Decapoda under the following general
points of view : —
1. Thomson's important discovery of the metamorphosis of the OrtM-
ta^ea, formerly doubted by the author, is completely confirmed. — 2, Per-
haps no Decapod comes from the egg complete in exterior form ; even
in the river cray-fish, in which the deviation is smallest, the want of
314
CRUSTACEA — DECAPODA. 271
the four lateral leaves of the caudal fan, and the pzoportionably shorter
and thicker thoracic and thinner caudal parts, is to be remarked. In
the lobster, the posterior feet are wanting, and the ambulatory feet
have appendages for the purpose of swimming ; the young of Pcbgurut^
OcUathea, Cro/ngon, Pakcnwn, and Hyas, have, when they leave the
egg, neither abdominal members, posterior legs, nor gills ; the propor-
tions of the cephalothorax and abdomen are quite different ; the former
has often poooesses which afterwards become contracted 3. The most
essential difference of form between the young and adult is, that the
thoracie portion of the anterior part of the abdomen, during growth, if
retiorded more or less in its development, and with it, also, that of the
ambulatory legs and gills. These parts are farthest advanced in their
development in the river cray-fish ; whilst in Po^rterus, Galathea, &c.»
they are altogether wantmg.— 4. The equalization of these differencea
oocors, in the lower grade, by alterations of the proportions (aa is the
case in the river cray-fish), in the higher, by the transformation of
individual parts, as well as of the whole body. — 5. The varieties of form
between tiie young and adult individuals of the same species are greater,
in. an inverse ratio, to the degree of development in which the embryo
leaves the egg. — 6. The following are the causes of the metamorphosia
of the Dec(ipoda: — a. Portions of the body are afterwards formed:
d. Those already present increase in size, without essential alteration of
form : c. Or they, at the same time, alter in form : d. On the contrary,
other parts are retarded in their growth : e. Others, again, are entirely
cast off. — 7. It is worthy of attention, that the river cray-fish, wheii it
comes from the egg, can only creep, while the young of the sea Decapoda
swim. — 8. With regard to the limbs of the Deca/poday the rule in
general seems to be, that they divide into two branches, and as develop-
ment proceeds, each branch takes a different form and direction, (If
we find in Decapoda and Stomapoda, the giU-bearing members simple,
but those without gilla deft, the conclusion is, that the gills correspond
to the second branch of the limbs. But, according to Rathke's obser-
vations on the lobster, the case is different; the gills are formed by
themselves, and one branch of the ambulatory feet becomes wholly obli-
terated).— 9. In some Cru$t<icea, the deft feet remain during life (MysU),
— 10. However much the young lobsters resemble Schizapoda^ particu-
larly in their organs of motion, the development in these, in general,
goes upon quite a different plan. — 11. All the Ampkipoda, without ex-
ception, appear very like their parents at the time they leave the egg ;
in other orders, particularly the Decapoda and Isopoda^ great differences
exist.
H. Goodsir (James. Edinb. New Philos. Joum. xziii. p. 181) has con-
firmed, in opposition to Westwood, Thompson's discovery of a change of
the Deeepoda^ in Careinvs moenas and Pagwms bemAordus, without
315
272 REPORT ON iSOOLOGY, 31DCCCXL1I :
his being aioqiiainted with what had been done on this point by German
Zoologitti.
Krojer hat given, in his monograph on the northern species of Hip-
polyte, his obeerrations on the deyelopment of Hippolyte, Homarus,
and Cymopolia. The embryo of Cymap. Caranii is distinguished &om
the embryo of other Bnuhyura^ as only the hindmost pair of the tho-
racic members project externally. (Dorsal and frontal spines first
show themselves after the first exuviation.) The representation of the
embryo of the lobster agrees essentially with that of Rathke. The
young of Hippolyte polcMris have very large sessile eyes, inclining
towards each other; the antennae placed under the eyes, the inner
being three-jointed, the outer six-jointed, and with a two-jointed leaf-
like appendage ; the foot-jaws are cleft, the outer branch of the second
and both branches of the third pair elongated ; the ambulatory feet short
and simple ; the members of the swimming-tail consist of one common
basal joint and two leaflets.
Joly (Instit. p. 239 ; Rev. Zool. p. 229) has observed the young of
Hypolyte Deimarutiif which, as they come from the egg, have schizo-
podouB feet, like those of Myns ; the front divided, a shovel-formed tail,
no caudal members, three pair of thoracic feet, very large sessile eyes,
unjointed antennal processes, and no gills. He could not completely
distinguish the formation of the mouth in the little animal, at moat
2^'' long, yet he distinguished the mandibles, two pair of perfectly de-
yeloped maxillae, and a single pair of foot-jaws. The young of this spe-
cies evidently show many deviations from that observed by Kroyer, yet,
in other respects, the H, Desmarestii differs from the true ffippolytes.
It is a fortunate circumstance, that observations on the development of
the Decapoda, which is so various, are thus iucreasing.
The Decapoda of Ireland have been enumerated, and a list furnished,
accompanied by valuable remarks on their distribution, by W. Thompson
(Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 274:). The part of this enumeration before me
contains the Brachyura,
Parthbnopii. — Milne Edwards and Lucas (Archiv. du Mus. d*Hist.
Nat. ii. p. 479, t. 28) have made known two new species, one of which
forms a new genus, called EurynolambrvSf because it unites, the charac-
teristics of EtMrynome and Lambrus. The carapace is strongly dilated
at the sides, covering the second and third pairs of feet ; the basal joint
of the external antennae very large, anteriorly soldered to the front, the
moveable portion inserted beside the groove of the internal antennae :
the species, E. cbustraUs, is from New Zealand. The other, Oryptopodda
a/aguloMby native country unknown, is distinguished from the Cr.fomir-
cata, by the crenated margins of the carapace.
Gbapsoidei. — One new species, Orapsus strigilatus, Adam White
(Gray Zool! Misc. ii. p. 78), from New Zealand, is allied to Chr, varius.
316
CRUSTACEA — DEC APOD A. 273
HoMOLii. — ^Milne Edwards and Lucas (Arclii?. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
ii. p. 463, t. 24-27) haye eharacterized a new species of the genus
Lithodes : L. hrevipes, from the South Sea, distinguished by the short-
ness of the rostrum and the legs.
HippiDES. — The same authors (ibid. p. 474, t. 28) have founded a
new group, called Albtmhippa, indicating its close alliance to AUmnea
as well as Hippa ; the four antennas are of equal length, the external
thicker, the internal deft at the point ; the peduncle of the ejes slender,
cylindrical ; both anterior feet have double fingered daws : the native
country of the A, tpinosaf which was unknown to the authors, is the
coast of Peru.
AsTACiNi. — A new sub-genus, PcMranepJvrops, has been formed by
Adam White (Gray, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 79), from P. planifrans, a new
species, found by DiefPenbach in the Riyer Thames in New Zealand.
The author places it between Astacus (Potamobius) and Nephrops ;
the eyes are large, as in Nephrops, the sides of the second section of the
carapace haye a spine, as in Astacus (but a long series of the species of
Astacus haye not this spine !) ; the rostrum has three teeth on the sides j
the scale of the external antennae projecting far oyer the thickened
joints ; the first two joints of the internal foot-jaws spinous on the out-
side ; the middle leaf of the caudal fin of one piece ; the first pair of
feet more slender than in Nephrops, the claws only flatly channeled
with few rows of spines ; of the four other pairs of feet, the first is the
shortest (in Nephrops the last), the second the longest, the last two of
about the same length. Form that of Astacus*
Caiudes. — ^Eroyer (yide Sel. Natury. og math Afh. ix. D.) has given a
very exact account of the northern species of the genus Hippolyte.
There are fourteen species described, grouped as follows : — A. The ex-
ternal foot-jaws with one palpus, but without the whip-like appendage.
a. Legs also without it : H. sma/rcbgdma, new spedes from the coast of
Norway. — B. Palpi and whip-like appendage to the external foot-jaw.
h. Whip-like appendage to the first pair of feet : H, Fahricii, from
Greenland, c. Whip-like appendage to the first two pairs of feet : H,
Oaimardii, Edw. ; H. gtbba, new spedes from Spitzbergen ; H, mutila,
new spedes from the coast of Norway, d. Whip-like appendage to the
first three pairs of feet : H. Sowerbei, Leadi (Comcer spinus, Sow.) ; H,
macilenta, new species from Greenland ; H, turgida, new species frt)m
the coast of Spitzbergen, Greenland, and the north of Norway; H.
PkipptU, new species, ibid. ; H, pusiola, new spedes from Christians-
sund. — C, Whip-like appendage, but no palpus to the external foot-jaws.
«. Whip-like appendage to the first two pairs of feet : H. poUms, Sab.,
very abundant on the coast of Greenlaud, also found at Spitzbergen and
the coast of Norway ; H. horealis, Owen, ibid. /. Appendage to the first
three pairs of feet : H, aculeata, O. Fabr. {Cctnc* gronlandicus, J. Chr.
317
274 RBPORT OM ZOOLOGY, MDCCCZLII :
. Fab.) ; H, mierocero$, new tpedet from QieenUuid. The same author
(Nator. Hift Tidnkr. ir. p 217) hat illutrated the northern epecieB of
Crang&n* He diyidet them into three genera : Argis^ Ei^ without tob-
trom, the eyes almoet concealed under the carapace, parallel, much
longer than thick ; branchin and second pair of &et as in Crangon ; the
legs of the fourth and fifth pairs dilated at the point; swimming feet:
Oran^on /or, Owen. Crangon, in its present limits, has a short ros-
trum, free direrging thick eyes, five pairs of branchisB (no absorbed
branchia on the foot-jaws of the second pair), the second pair of feet
ending in daws, the legs of the fi>urth and fifth pairs pointed, ambula^
tory feet : Cr. horea$, Phipps ; O. nanus, small new species found in
the South Cattegat, and Cr. vulgaris, F. 8abinea, Owen, differing from
Crangon by six pairs of branchiss, and also by the branchial rudiment
present on the fi>re-feet of the second pair, and by a very short second
pair of feet without daws ; with the species 8. T-carinata, Owen ; Cran-
gon 7'Carinata, Sabine, Edw.
The genus Cuma, Milne Edw. (Ann. de. Sc. Nat. ziii. p. 292), and
which was afterwards rejected by the same author (Hist. Nat. d. Crust.
iiL p. 553), with the remark, that it is probably the larra of tk Decapod,
has been pointed out by Eroyer (Natorh. Tidsskr. iii. p. 503. t. 5, 6. —
Isis, 1842. p. 915), who found eggs in a female, as a perfect form and an
independent genus, whidi is increased with four new spedes, yiz., — (7.
Edwa/rdiii, from the South of Greenland, apparently blind ; C. Bathkii,
nasica and lucifera, in the Cattegat. AH these spedes haye five seg-
ments of the anterior part of body, beddes the cephalic portion, while
Edward's C. Audouimi has only four.
STOMOPODA.
Cabidioides. — H. Goodsir (James. Edinb. N. Phil. Joum. zzziii. p. 17^
t. 2.) has described a new genus and three new species of this family.
The new genus, TJiemisto, has a near relation with Mytis, and is distin-
guished by the first, second, and fifth pairs of the caudal members being
jointless and simple; those of the third and fourth pairs are more
strongly developed ; deft feet. To this two of the new species belong :
Th, longi^pina and hrevispina; the third is Cynthia Flemingii: aU
three are from the Frith of Forth.
AMPHIPODA.
Oammakina. — ^This family has been enriched by Kroyer (Naturh. Tidsskr.
It. p. 141.) with a number of new northern genera and spedes. Hie
new genera are : — Opis, agreeing with Anonyx, even to the very large
318
CRUSTACSA — AMPHIPODA. 276
fore-feet: O. Etchrichtii, from Oreenlaad, 4^'' long. Stegocephalus :
eyes apparently wanting, head very large, almost concealed by the
large shield-formed epimera, which also covers the legs ; upper antennn,
with a rery small jointless whip-like appendage ; the mandibles with
very short jointless palpi ; feet simple : 8t, injlaius, from Greenland^
V long. Phoxus; head very large, anteriorly produced and pointed;
antennsB on its under side, the two pairs standing one behind the other;
both have a thick pedicel ; the mandibles haye very long palpi ; tiie
two anterior feet formed for grasping: Ph, Holbdlii and pUMno9U9,
Pantoporeia ; the first pair of feet with claws, the third pair grasping ;
the seventh with a shield-shaped dilated first joint ; epimera large : P.
femorataj from Greenland. PivrdcUisca; the fourth joint forming a
hand on the first and second pairs of legs, the fifth and sixth a daw, yet
so that the sixth joint is elliptical and spinous at the margin ; epimera
very small : P. etupidata, from Greenland. Promedeia ; the feet of the
second pair small, no daW-like hand, but on the third and fourth pairs
the two terminal joints unite into a long daw, which forms, with the
third and fourth, a grasping hand ; epimera short, the fourth, fifth, and
sixth pairs of the abdominal members formed for leaping : P. fasciata,
fix>m Greenland. Ampeliica, like AmpJUtoe ; the seoond pair of feet
simple, the third and fourth pairs have a hand, the palm of whidi is
formed from the third, the fingers horn the fourth, fifth, and sixth
joints : A, Eschrichtii, from Greenland. PhotU; the first two pairs of
feet have a daw-shaped hand, the fifth is curved backwards, standing
reversed, with rudimentary daw-joint ; the epimera very large : PA.
Reinha/rdi, from Greenland. (Edieeros ; forehead elongated to a more
or less pointed or blunt proboscis, whidi always sweUs into a transparent
reddish yellow knob ; eyes apparently wanting ; the two anterior pairs of
feet have a large claw-shaped hand, the seventh pair very long and thin :
(E. 9a>ginatuB, not rare in the Greenland Seas, also on the north coast of
Norway. Lafystius ; head depressed, terminating in a proboscis ; the two
short, strong, fusiform pairs of antennas, articulated, one behind the other,
under the proboscis ; the eyes on the upper surfiw^ of the head ; the first
pair of feet very slender, the hand linear, the second short and strong,
with the hand quadrate, the rest strong-dawed ; epimera of middling
size ; L. iturionis, in great numbers under the pectoral fins of the stur-
geon, also on the SquaL galeus; the only parasitic Amphipod yet
known.
The new spedes of the known genus are : — Leucothoe clypeata, firom
Greenland; L. glacialis, from Spitzbergen; Oammarug dentatus,
firom Greenland ; Aocmthanotus ir^flatus, from Spitzbergen and Green-
land ; Ischyroceros cmguipss and latipes, from Qreenland ; Podocen^
Lectehu, living in a cuticolar tube-like Cerapui. The author remarks,
that with regard to the form of the seoond pair of feet, the female is a
319
276 REPORT OK ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Podocerus, the male an Ericthiynius, This genus most therefore be
abolished. In the genus Anonyx, Kr., he has remarked, that in the
male, the antennas are not only longer, but the inferior are even pro-
vided with a number of small cuticular appendages, which probably
•enre for laying hold of the female in copulation. To this may be added
A, appendiculosus, of which A, lagena is the female. The same relation
is found in the aboTe-named genera, Opist PhoxU, and Ampelisca, and is
also present in the Amphitoes ; so Amphitoe crenulata and inermia are
male and female of the same species, &c
Htpbbina. — Guerln (Bey. ZooL p. 214, 1. 1, f. 1,) has made known a
new genus, CysHsoma, with two triple-jointed antennae ; the first two
pairs of feet small, terminating in daws, the other legs long, narrow,
and flat, the fifth pair longest ; distinguished from Daira by the un-
equal legs ; from Themisto by the want of the under antennas ; from
Primno by the daws on the fore pair of feet. The species, O. NepPunus,
of unusual size (3'' 4f"), comes from the Indian Ocean.
Oaprellima. — ^H. Goodsir (James. Edinb. N. PIul. Joum. zxxii. p.
183, t. 3) has described four species of Caprella^ observed in the Frith
of Forth. 0. ^tnosa, of the author, is distinguished from O. phasma, by
the position of the spines on the central rings of the body; C, tubercviata^
is probably identical with Gu^rin's species of the same name ; C, lasvist .
of the author, seems to agree with C linearis, Hbt., and C, linearis, of
the author, must therefore be a new species. He appends some remarks
also on their habits and internal structure. They live in deep water on
coral reefs, are very deliberate and slow, sit upright as they fasten them-
selves by the hind legs, and bring small animals to their mouth with the
antennae. They often cast their skin. The alimentary canal is simple
and straight, pulsating irreg^ularly ; the long narrow ovaries at each
side of the alimentary canal are also subject to this pulsation. They arQ
each composed of a single row of eggs.
ISOPODA.
AsBLLOTA. — The genus Tcmais, Edw., has been increased by Kroyer
(Naturh. Tidsskr. iv. p. 167, t. 2) with a series of new species, viz. : —
T. Savignyi, from Madeira ; T, Edwardsii, ibid ; T. duhius, from Ba-
hia ; T, gracilis, from Spitzbergen ; T, tomentosus, from the Norwegian
Sea ; T. Oerstedii and T. curcuUo, from the Qresund.
MTRIAPODA.
4(
Notes on Myriapoda'^ have been published by Walker (Entomol.
p. 237, 293). They relate chiefly to the young state of several species,
320
ENTOMOSTRACA. 277
without exactly defiiung tlie age of indiyiduals in qnestion ; nor is the
development followed out. Cantor (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 493) jias
enumerated the Myriapoda, collected bj him at Ghusan. There are
three species : Scolopendra marntcms ; and two new ones, Polydernnm
bicolor, and Scutigera rufipea,
Chilognatha. — A new genus, Seolapendrella, with one pair of ocelli,
has been pointed out bj Geryais (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. zi. p. 47) :
8c, notacantha, inhabits the gardens of Paris.
Chilopoda. — Newport (Proceed. Zool. Soc. p. 177) has enriched the
family of the OeophiUdcB with some new genera. — 1. MecUtocephahis is
distinguished by the elongated head, and contains M.fenrugineuB, Koch ;
M, maxiUariSy Oery. ; and three new species : M, ptmctifrons, from
India; M. Chiildingiif from St. Vincent (West Indies); and M^py/nc-
tildbium, habitat not known. — 2. NecrapMceophagus, sub-genus of
OeophiluSf correi^nding to the Geaph. l&rifficomes, Gery., contains the
O. langicomis, Leach (electricvs, Gery.) — 3. Oonibregmatus, with short
transyerse front ; projecting, thick, folded lip, adapted for suction ; long
body, consisting of more than 160 rings, of which the two or three last
are dilated and tuberous ; small posterior graspers for creeping. The
G, Oummgii, a new species, 5'' bng, is from the Philippines. The author
supposes, that Geophilus Walkenaeri may belong also to this genus.
ENTOMOSTRACA.
PHYLLOPODA.
An ample treatise on a new Entomostracony allied to the Limnadia,
lately disooyered at Toulouse, and called Iscmra cycladioides, has been
published by Joly (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. xyii. p. 293). Subsequently (ibid,
p. 349) he has communicated some farther inyestigations on the allied
animals hitherto known, from which it appears, that the genera Igcmray
Joly, Estheriay Riipp., and Cyzicus, Audouin, come together ; and that
iBaura cycladioideSy Joly (= Cyzic. Bravauii, And.), from France;
Limncbdia tetracerat Erynicki, from Russia ; and Estheria dahcUacermg,
Riipp., from Nubia; are three species of this genus, for which the author
has retained his name Iscmra, Audouin's name has remained uncon-
firmed, although it possesses the right of priority to tiie Estkeria of
RiippoIL The essential characteristics of the genus consist in this,
that the yery mollusk-like shell has projecting whorls, and that the pear-
shaped process of the front in Lim/nadia, is wanting in this genus.
The shell, as in many biyalye shells, has yery distinct concentric striae,
but such, in fewer number, are also found in Limnadia^ which in this
respect, howeyer, offers some yariety. In Isaura cycladioidesy the
shell resembles much that of a Cyclas; it consists of a number of
321 X
278 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
lajen, united by animal matter, and laid above one another, but which
can be separated bj maoeratian in caustic alkali. The alimentaiy canal
is siviple, without cecum ; it also wants saHyarj glands and Hver. The
vascular system, in grown individuals, is not easily examined. The
organs of respiration appear chiefly to be the membranous feet, which
have a great similarity to those of the seventh or ninth pairs of Apus*
The males are distinguished by a pair of peculiarly-formed grasping-
feet, which are situated before the branchial members ; besides these, no
male organs could be found. The ovaries of the female resemble those
of Apus ; but no external passages could be found. The author con-
siders, as the brain, a flattened part, situated under the eyes, which
sends up a thin process towards them, while the optic nerves pass
off from the posterior extremity. The oesophageal ring and ganglionic
chain could not be perceived. The isaura always swims with the back
upwards, not by means of the branchial membranes, but only by their
ramose rudder-like members, which the author calls antennae. Con-
fervsQ were found in the intestines as nourishment. Copulation takes
place, as the author had abundant opportunity of observing, by the male
grasping, with his daws, the under margin of the shell of the female,
and penetrating, with the end of his body, between the two shells.
How the seminal fluid arrives at the egg, the author has not observed.
The fertility is very great. He counted, in one female, a thousand eggs.
The development of the young agrees, in a great degree, with those of
Branckipvis and Artemia, as they come out of the egg. They have two
pair of large rudder-shaped membranes, the second of which afterwards
shrinks, as the branchial members develop themselves. At first neither
blood nor circulation can be seen ; after six days, globules of blood, and
dorsal vessels, show themselves ; and the beginning of the shell appears,
like a horizontal membrane, upon the back. Two days afterwards, the
shell becomes perpendicular, and encloses the little animaL The bran-
chial members are then found so far developed, that the second pair of
rudder-shaped members have dieiappeared ; while, on the contrary, the
first pair have attained a greater degree of development.
Waga (Ann. d. 1. Soc. Ent. d. Fr. xi. p. 261, 1. 11, f. 1-4) has made
known a new species, BrcmcMpTis torvicamis, which is remarkable for
the great hook-formed organs of the male, which are twisted, and send
off several branches. He found it in the neighbourhood of Warsaw,
in a deep dirty puddle.
SIPHONOSTOMA.
H. D. GooDSiR (James. Edin. New Philos. Joum. xxxiiL p. 178 ; Ann. d.
Sc. Nat. xviii. p. 18S) has given some observations on the development of
322
CIRRIPEDIA. 279
Caligus. The ovaries lie in the fore-part of the bodj, often even before
the stomach ; the eggs come out first into the inner, and then into the
outer OTiduets. The latter haye a peculiar construction, which necessi-
tates a gradual progression of the egg. It has, namely, transrerse seg-
ments at regular distances, which must be broken through by the ripest
egg, before it can force itself into the next empty celL The lairsB are
like those of Cyclops and Lemcea,
CIRRIPEDIA.
A NOTICE, by Hinds, is to be found in the Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 256,
that he met with, at sea, in north latitude 36^ 9^, west longitude 164°,
Anatifa grouped together in bunches, without any marks of attachment
to foreign substances. The water was likewise full of minute animals of
the most lively motions. The Anatifa was present in astonishing num-
bers, and 332 English miles were travelled amongst them.
A notice of the presenoe of small fossil Entomostraca in Sussex,
in limestone, has been given by John Fhilipps, in the Proceedings of
the British Association, 1841, p. 64. They are small Cyprides, whidi
are found in the inferior strata of limestone. Isotelus megistoa, Locke
(Sillim. Amer. Joum. xliL p. 366, t. 3), is a huge new TrilMte. It
differs from T. gigas, by a bristle-formed process of the posterior comer
of the shield.
323
REPORT
ON THE
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
ANNELIDES, DURING THE YEAR 1842.
BY
PEOFESSOK C. TH. V. SIEBOLD OF ERLANGEK
Oersted has rendered much serrice to the correct knowledge
of the Annelides, in haying described the Doraihranchiata
of Greenland; and subjected the genus Nais to a more
minute reyision, in regard to the species natire in Denmark.
From his first treatise, *^ Udtog af en Beskrivelse af Groenlands An-
nulata dorsibranchiata, Erojer, Natnrh. Tidsskr. B. 4, Hit. 2, 1842,
p. 109/' we leam, that O. Fabricius biew twentj-seyen Dornbrcmchi-
ata ; and Oersted haying added sixteen new ones, forty-three are now
known in Qreenland, Of these, ten species are in common with Den-
mark, which possesses forfy-two; and three with France, which has
fifty-one species of these animals. In the enmneration of the species,
Oersted has not only exactly discriminated them, and added their
synonymes, but he has also giyen the characters of the genera.
Of the family of the AphroditecBf fiye species are enmnerated : Xept-
donote scabraf cirrata, and ptmctata ; Polynoe langa ; and Pholoe
minuta.
Of AmphiiMymeaif he mentions as new Euph/rowne horealis, Oerst.,
oorpore flayescente oyato-oblongo, segmentis 26-27, eminente capitis
parte elongato-oyali, tentacnlo uno semigloboso, branchiis 9-10 bi-tri-
partitis, cirro superiore nullo.
To the Evmicece he adds the Onuphis EschrichHi, Oerst. ; corpore
supra conyexo, subtus piano, segmentis 50-60, stria transyersa fusca
324
annelideTs. 281
in quoque segmento, oims postoocipitalibus longitudinem capitis sequan-^
tibus, pionis (ramis) in segmentis duobns primis ezoeptis, brevissimis,
branchiis bipartitis basi pinnarum affizis.
Of Nereides nineteen species are eniuneirated. Oersted divides the
genus Nereis into the sub-genera, Nereis, L., Lycoris, Say;, and Hetero-
nereis, Oerst.; the latter principally characterized bj its anteriorly
twisted round, and posteriorly flattened body. To Nereis pelagica,
and diversicolor ; Phyllodoce maculata, Syllis armillaris, Eulalia
viridis ; Eteone fia/ua and longa, and Nephtys cceca, all of which
Fabricius has mentioned. Oersted adds the following: — Heteronereis
paradoxa, Oerst. {Nereis longissima, Johnston ?) ; Heteronereis assimi-
lis, Oerst. (Nereis renalis, Johnst. ?) ; and Heteronereis aretica, Oerst.,
capite elongato oonico 4-5 segmenta sequentia longitudine aequante,
maxillis parum tortis crenulatis, parte antica corporis ez 20 segmentis
constante lobis pinnarum partis anticse omnibus abbreyiatis rotundatis^
cirro superiore quater vel quinquies longiore quam lobo primo ; in parte
postica lobo primo subacuminato, ceteris abbreviatis rotundatis, cirro
superiore prominentiis 9-10 distinctis prsedito.
PoLTBosTBicHus is characterized as a new genus, with the following
diagnosis: — Corpus lineare diepreissum ex duabus partibus, anteriore et
posteriore forma inter se discrepantibus, constans. Caput appendicibus
tentacularibus 11 instructum, palpi duo minuti, 4 tentacula, cirri tenta-
culares quinque. Os inferum absque maxillis. Oculi ducx In antica cor-
poris parte pinnsB oonnatae setis falcatis prseditee, in postica pinnae
discretae, in superiore setae compositas falcatas. Cirrus superior diversae
formas in antica et postica corporis parte, cirrus inferior nuUus. This
genus is represented by P, longisetosa, Oerst. {Nereis corniculata,
Miill.?)
Phyllodoce groenla/ndica is new ; corpore viridi depresso, capite cor-
date paulo latiore quam longiore antice truncate, cirris tentacularibus in
segmentis duobus anterioribus affixis, segmentis brevissimis, branchia
superiore subrectangulari verticali, branchia inferiore subelliptica in
mediis segmentis apice sursum versa, setis capillaribus 30-40. Another
new species, Phyllodoce vridsa, Oerst., may perhaps serve for founding
a separate genus: corpore viresoenti teretiusculo, capite conico duplo
longiore quam latiore, cirris tentacularibus in segmentis duobus anteri-
oribus affixis, segmentis mediis longitudine latitudinem corporis aequan-
tibus subhexagonis, ceteris utramque extremitatem versus regulariter
decrescentibus, branchia superiore subpentagona subhorizontali.
Eteone cylindrica is mentioned as new by Oersted, with the follow-
ing diagnosis: — Corpore tereti, capite abbreviate conico, branchia*
superiore compressa subovali a pinna valde remota.
Nephtys longisetosa, Oersted, is also new; lamella superiore trian-
gulari aequo longa ac pinna, cirro superiore nullo, spatio inter pinnas
325
282 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
altitodiiiem pumn inferknis sabriiLoentei lamella inferiore horizontali
breyioie pinna apioem Tenoa aoguttiore, setis capiUaribuB oonferda
pinnia ter longioribna.
Oerated oonaiden ^ Lwvibrieu$ eapitatus of Fabriciiia to be a
Olycera; and he adda to thia genua a Qlyc, aeio<a,-raegmenti8 pinnaa
geientibiia ez duobua minoribna oampositia, pinnia et dzria et lignla
banchiali destitutia qnadrilobia elongatia (duplo longioribna qnam altia)
tribua lobis oonida obtuaia, quarto multo breyiore rotundato, TnaTnilla
parya in quoque latere B^gmentoruni a pinnia yalde remota, setia pro-
ductia.
Of Alicia, Fabriciua baa only mentioned CirratuliM barealis, Lam.
(Luanbricus cirratuSf F.) To thia Oerated adda Ophelia bicornis. Say.,
Seolcplos amUger, Blainy., and the following new worma: — Scoloploa
minor, Oerat. ; capite globoeo, in aegmentia anterioribua utraque pinna
papillia inatracta, in poaterioribua pinna auperiore minutisaimo rotun-
dato, pinna inferiore multo majore aocuminata, appendicibua caudalibua
4 filiformibus. — Ophelia mamillata, Oerat. ; aegmentia 25-28 aingulo
ex annulia 3 yiz conspicuia oomposito, ligolis branchialibua in segmento
6to-14mo margine interiore duobua prondnentiia preeditia, singulia aeg-
mentia poaterioribua duobua paribua mamillarum lateraUum inatructia,
papillia analibua 11 minutiaaimia omnibua ejuadem longitudinia et aecundo
quoque ejuadem latitudinis. — Arenicola piscatarwn haa alao been men-
tioned hj Oerated aa a Greenland Annelide,
In a aeoond treatiae (Eroyer Tidaakr. ant. dt. p. 128, Conapectua
generom specierumque Naidum ad Faunani Danicam pertinentiuin)
Oerated reyiewa the Daniah Naides, which he plaoea in three diyiaions,
aooording to the number of their bundlea of briatlea: — 1. Segmenta
omnia aetia auperioribua inatructa. In thia he plaoea hia new genua,
LuMBRicoNAia, containing one apeciea only, yiz., — L, marina, Oerat.,
which forma a connecting link between the amall LvmbricincB and the
Naides, — 2. Segmenta quatuor anteriora (interdum aola duo) aetia
auperioribua deatituta. In thia Oerated arrangea Proto digitata. Ok. ;
Stylaria paludosa, Lam. (Nais, prohosddea, Mtill.) ; and the new
genua, Sbrpbntina, Oerat., with the under lip drawn forwarda, contain-
ing the aingle apeciea S. quadriatriata, Oerat. (Nais serpentina, Miill.)
The genua Naia approximatea thia, without any projectiona. To it
belong the J^. eUnguia, MiilL, and N. harbata, MiiU., and two new
onea, yiz. : — N. uncinata, Oerat. ; corpore ex 20-25 aegmentia oon-
atante pellucido, aetia aub-quatemia et auperioribua et inferioribua
uncinatia ejuadem formsB in omnibua aegmentia: and N. littoralis,
Oerat.; corpore ex 20 aegmentia conatante pellucido, aegmentia medua
duplo longioribna quam latia, poaticia breyiaaimia, aetia omnibua uncina-.
tia in antioo pare pinnarum 7-8 yalde porrectia, in oeteria 3-4 pro-
minulia. — 3. The third diyiaion of the Naides posaeaaea Choetogaster ;
326
ANNELIDES. 283
segmenta omnia pinnis superioribns destitata: and Aeolosoma; setis
capillari'bns priedita. Under the Chastogaster Oersted arranges Nats
diaphana, Qniith. ; and in Aeolosoma the A, Ehrenbergi% Oent., which
* may be Aeol. decorum, Ehrb. et Aeol, Hetnprichii, Ehrb. ?
Bathke (Neueste Schr. der naturf. 6es. in Danzig. B. iii.
Heft 4, 1842, p. 56) has published a very minute description
of the AmphUrite auricoma, with beautiful plates.
Rathke observed this worm alive on the Norwegian coast. The mouth
is without jaws, and beset on both sides with a tuft of fifteen tentacles,
capable of being much elongated and shortened, and two red blood-
vessels shine through them. These tentacles secrete a glutinous slime,
and are covered on their upper surface with very vibratile cilia. Close
upon the notched fold of skin which envelopes the tuft of tentacles, there
is found on the vertex, on each side, a transverse row of thidL golden
yellow bristles, which are put in motion by several bundles of muscles.
The margin between the occiput and upper side of the head, is edged by
an indented fold of skin, which runs out anteriorly to a pretty long and
thick cirrus ; the post-occipital segment has, on each side, a somewhat
smaller cirrus, and the second and third rings of the body have a golden
yellow branchia, the leaves of which glitter strongly. On the inner side
of the tuft of bristles, and the leaf-like projections found upon them, is
remarked, on each of the other segments of the body, a round and rough
protuberance ; four such protuberances are situated on the mesial line, on
the abdominal side of the first four body rings ; these rough portions of
skin probably serve for defending the animal, when it slips out of the
tube in which it is concealed. The anal part of the body consists of two
halves, of which the one resembles a heart, furnished with indented
lateral margins, while the other smaller half represents a moderately
thick oval leaf. The anus is placed where those two parts join together.
From the contents of the alimentary canal, Rathke concludes, that
this animal is nourished only by the slime of the sea. As neither eggs
* nor seminal fluid were found in the cavity of the body, it is probable,
that it possesses separated sexual organs. How the eggs and seminal
mass get out of the body, is not dear, and Rathke supposes, that for this
purpose, openings are placed on the sides of the body, near the different
bundles of bristles. A quadri-partite glandular mass, situated on the
first and second rings of the body, on the abdominal side, with an opening
externally in the first ring, probably serves for the secretion of a
cement, which the worm uses in making its arenaceous tube.
We have also, by the same author (op. cit. p. 84), the description
of the hitherto little known Siphonostoma phimosum (Amphitrite
327
284 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
plumo^a. Mull.), which Kathke observed in the sliniy bottom of the sea
on the Norwegian coast. It has sixty-fonr rings, each of which has two
pair of bundles of bristles ; the bristles are simple, longitudinaQj striated
on the npper surface, and furnished on the inner with moderately thick *
transYcrse septa. The whole upper surface of the body is rough, with
small dose set warts, which secrete slime ; the epidermis has an oliye
green, and the corium a slight rosy hue. The four cornered opening of
the mouth is situated at the anterior end of the body, in a short, almost
infundibuli-form proboscis ; close upon this are found two whitish con-
tractile tentacles, which are provided with a longitudinal Airrow ; behind
these tentacles there are eight cirri, twisted, round, and of a greenish
colour ; they stand in two rows behind one another. The animal can
draw all these parts completely within the body ; when stretched out,
they lie protected under the long bundles of bristles of the first two
rings. The contents of the intestinal canal appeared to be an animal
pap, mixed with earth and sand. The blood of this worm is intensely
green. Rathke also corrects Otto's description of Siphonostoma diplo-
chaitoBf in so fiur as to have shown, that the double mouth, which Otto
ascribed to this animal, is only the effect of the too close approximation
of the opposite lateral margins of the otherways simple mouth. Ck>sta
has also corrected this error (Archiv. 1842, B. ii. p. 322).
Mihie Edwards (Ann. des Sc. Nat. tom. xviii. 1842, p. 126) has given
an account of the internal structure of the anomalous Per^atusjuUformis,
from which it appears, that this creature is not a Myriapod, but should
be correctly enrolled among the AnneUdes.
We learn, from a minute anatomicfil investigation which Krohn has
made of StemcLspis tJialassemoides (Miill. Arch. f. Physiol. 1842,
p. 426) that Otto had looked at this worm in the reversed position, and
has described ihe posterior parts as the anterior. Its proboscis, according
to £[Tohn*s account, is an anal tube ; and the vesicula analis, mentioned
by Otto, points out, externally, the position of the brain at the anterior
end of the body. The little tufts, situated under the two oval marks
(verrucsB frontales. Otto), close above the anal tube, Krohn has recog-
nised as blood-vessels. The sexual organs lie in the posterior cavity of
the body, and contain, in the male individuals, seminal threads, and in
the female, distinct eggs.
Leuckart (Zoolog. Bruchstiicke, ii. 1841, p. 104) has described an in-
teresting Annelide, Qeoscolex mammus, which was found in loam in
Brazil, not far fix)m Rio Janeiro. Its length was three feet three inches ;
but when in life it must have been eight or nine feet. Preserved in
spirits of wine, it has now a bladdsh-brown colour. It belongs to the
setigerous AnneUdea, and stands very near LuTnbricus. Leuckart has
characterized the genus under the name of Geoscolex, as follows: —
Corpore lumbridformi, ore bilabiato, labiis latis, ab annuli primi mar>
328
ANNELIDES. 285
gine anteriore sejunctis, intemis (protractilibiu?) ; clitello in anteriore
corporis parte posito, parum ab orificio oris remoto ; setis in singulo cor-
poris annulo (ditelli ftninilifl ezceptis, setis 4 tantmn instructis) octo in-
ferioribas, in annul is anterioribus per paria approzimatis, in iis partis
corporis posterioris sensim inter se magis remotis. Species : O, maxi-
mfus ; oorpore annulis plnsquam 400 instructo, colore nigricante ? Lenckart
distinguished in this worm an anterior portion, a ditellus, and a trunk.
The anterior portion is thickest, and consists of fourte^i rings. The
ditellus is formed of nine rings, and leaves free, as it does not quite
surround the bodj, a furrow of ^-4i'" upon the under surface. The last
ring of the extraordinarily long trunk is rounded obtusely ; but whether
the opening found in it be actually the anus, is a matter of doubt, since a
piece of the body might easily have been torn off. The first three small
rings, of the anterior part of the body, are ribbed longitudinally ; be-
tween the fourth and fifth rings of the cliteHus, on the under side, near
the thickened margin of the clitellus, Leuckart discovered a small round
elevation, in the middle of which was a small hole, evidently the sexual
opening. On the anterior margin of most of the body rings, except the
first thirteen of the anterior portion, and some rings of the cliteUus, there
are two small openings on the under side, which he supposes to be
branchial apertures.
Hofimeister has written a very excellent dissertation on lAMnbricvMB ;
** De vermibus quibusdam ad genus Lumbricorum pertinentibus." Bero-
Uni, 1842. To avoid repetition, it wtil be discussed with another treatise,
by the same author, on land AimelideSj in next year's report.
Stein has published a short description of the sexual parts of the (re-
genwurm) grub (Mull. Arch. 1842, p. 270).
Loven has given an interesting contribution to the, as yet, whoUy un-
known histoiy of the development of the Annelides (Archiv. 1842, th. 1,
p. 302, and Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xviii. 1842, p. 288). He caught in the
sea, small creatures, in the form of an oval disc, and a hemisphere arose
from the disc. The disc was beset, at the margin, with a double row of
vibratile cilia. On the upper side, near the margin, a mouth was dis-
tinguishable, set with cilia ; and on the top of the hemisphere was an
opening, apparently the anus. Upon the under, slightly arched side of
the disc, was observable an opaque spot, with two small points. The
hemisphere became gradually elongated, divided into transverse rings,
and the spot, above mentioned, became gradually more opaque, and
acquired two filiform appendages ; — ^in short, the creature changed into
a Nereid; but its last metamorphosis, unfortunately, could not be
watched to the end.
De Filippi has published his researches on the genus Clepdne, ^* Let-
tere del Dott. F. de Filippi sopra TAnatomia e lo Sviluppo delle Clep-
sine. Pavia, 1839." He has here more exactly characterized a species,
329
286 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
fbfmerly giTen hy him as new, Ol^dne $angu{nea. Its intestines pos-
sess nine red lateral dose sacs, which are forked at their dosed end ;
and its two ejes form oblong somewhat irregular spots. The spedes
has some resemblanoe to Clepnne paludota^ but is not so pointed ante^
riorlj, and especially, is not so soft as it. It also differs, by its blnish
green colour, from tiie dark green Clepnne, It has the habits of Clep-
tine camplanata, and readily attaches itself to stones and mussels. Of
the internal stmcture of the CUpdne, which is fuUy described, we may
notice particularly, that De Filippi recognised a direct connection be-
tween the digestire canal and the system of blood yessels, by whidi the
blood sucked by the leech fiK>m the moUusca, after a short stay in the
intestines, passed immediately into the blood-yessels ; and these animals
thus gained their supply of blood by transfusion. The same peculiarity
also exists in HcBmocha/rit ; but not in Sanguiaugaj HcBmopgU^ nor in
Nephelisj whidi gorge whole animals as well as blood.
Wahlberg has described a new leedi, which, in Sweden, supplies the
place of the medicinal one (Froriep's Neue Notizen, Bd. 23, p. 296).
The ground colour of its strong warty skin is black brown, with six
broad coal-black dorsal stripes, and small white points standing round
the body, on each fifth segment. Its egg capsule is formed like that of
the medicinal leech. Some observations are giyen upon this by We-
deke (Fror. Neue Notiz. Bd. 21, p. 183).* The leeches, when they wish
to lay their eggs, leave the water, and creep many yards away, to seek a
comfortable bed under moist loose earth. Here they emit, from their
swollen maw, a sUmy green coherent fluid, through which they trail the
body as &r as the sexual aperture. They lay their eggs in this yiscous
matter, and glue, with the saliva flowing from their mouth, a paste
round about the egg capsule, which hardens and forms the well-known
spongy covering. When this is done, each leech draws itself backwards
out of the egg capsule, 4ind twists its two sexual apertures together.
The copulation of Hirvdo piscitbtn has been observed by Brightwell
(Ann. Nat Hist ix. p. 11, and Fror. Neue Notiz. Bd. 22, p. 65). Ac-
cording to him, a white substance was perceived in the neighbourhood
of the sexual openings ; the eggs, which these leeches attached to the
sides of a glass vessel, were very small, oblong oval, hard, of a reddish-
brown colour, having longitudinal elevated ridges on the sides. In each
egg, which was covered with a white filmy web-like secretion, was pro-
duced one young one, with four eyes, on the thirtieth day. This was
ascertained by detaching an egg, and keeping it in a glass by itself.
Besides this leech, Brightwell observed, in the fresh-waters of England,
the following : — HcBmopsis scmguisorhaf Sav. ; Sanguisuga medicma-
lis, Sav. ; NepheliB vulgaris, Sav. ; Nephelis tess^lata, Hainv., the
abdomen of which was covered with young to the number of 143 ; Clep-
sine complanata and hyalina,
330
ANNELIDES. 287
The following Irish Aumdides hare been ennmerated hj Thompson
(Ann. Nat Hist. vii. p. 482) : — Nemertes grcLcilU, Johnst. ; Nem, lacti-
florea, Johnst. ; PhylUne Mppoglom^ Lam. (Hirudo hippoglossi, Midi.) ;
CcmneUa trilineata, Johnst. (Gordvus ctnnulatus, Mont.) ; Glosnpora
tubereulata, Johnst.
Rathke has added a new spedes to the rery little hiown familj of
NemertvMB, which he has named Borlasia striata (Neuest. Danz. Schrif.
p. 93). It was disooyered on the coast of Norway. It is about the
thickness of a crow-quill^ and a foot in length ; the body is almost
round, narrowed posteriorly, and marked with black stripes, alternating
with twelve clearer ones. At the anterior margin of the body a small
opening was found, which Rathke did not regard as the mouth, which
lies farther down on the abdominal side, and represents a large longitu-
dinal deft. On the right and left of the anterior end of the body is a
boat-shaped, superficial, longitudinal furrow, to which a strong bundle
of nerrous fibres passes firom the red ganglion of the brain, on which
account Rathke is inclined to think these furrows are the seat of more
acute sensation. Before them, eight or nine yery small black ooellated
points are obseryable. The slimy thickish cuticular coyering has a num-
ber of slight segmental ftirrows. The intestine, running out straight at
the posterior end of the body, contained a whitish slimy fluid, ftom which
Sathke conjectures, that this worm sucks its nourishment from other
white-blooded animals. As a great number of small, thin, cuticular
sacs, which were attached in a single row, behind each other, on the
inner wall of the body of this worm, contained in some indiyiduals dis-
tinct eggs, and in others a fine granular substance (semen), Rathke
assumed, that it possessed separated sexes; but he could not discover
sexual openings in these sacs. Under the dorsum runs a very long
snow-white and spiral canal, which is very muscular, and can be bulged
out, like a proboscis, at the opening first mentioned. He could not make
out its use. It does not belong to the sexual parts, as very young spe-
cimens, which had neither sexual bladders nor testes, yet possessed this
organ. The abdominal nerve of this worm is composed of two white
cords, which, arising from the ganglion of the braiu, run down on the
lateral margin of the body, far separate from each other, without
forming ganglions. Other Naturalists do not agree with this view of
the organs. Dr. G. Johnston takes the two nervous oords for blood-
vessels, and the cerebral ganglion for a heart. Ehrenbei^ holds the
alimentary canal to be an egg passage, and the white spiral organ is, he
thinks, the intestinal canal; while Huschke takes the latter for a se-
minal vessel, and the bulged-out proboscis for the penis. The researches
of Quatrefiiges (I'Institut. p. 427> 1841) agree better with those of
Rathke. He describes the nervous system of Nemertes as two long
threads, running down on both sides of the body, which arise from two
331
288 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
gaagliom, united by a eroM band ; four threads go to the anterior parts
ftom these ganglions, two of whieh can be traced into the large ejes.
Digardin also has fonnd a similar organization in another species of
Nemertu,
Leuckart has giyen a copious account of the remarkable genus,
Mtzostomum, which Utos as a parasite upon the C<muitula, aud forms
a link between the AnneUdes and Trematoda (Zool. Bruchst. iii. 1842 ;
HelminthologiBche Beitr. p. 5).
He characterizes this genus, founded bj himself, as follows : — Corpore
molli, clTpeiformi ; supra depresso vel convexo, infra organis suctoriis et
motoriis, tam acetabulis (s. bothriis) quam hamulis oomeis 10, in-
structo; ore antico, simplice, prominente (tubuloso?) retractili. As
Leuckart only examined specimens preserved in spirits of wine, many
parts of the structure have remained concealed from him, so that his
yiewB of these parasites may be incorrect. The examination which
LoY^n has made of living individuals (Arch. 1842, B. i. p. 306, and Ann.
d. Sc. Nat. t. xviii. p. 291, and Amtlich. Ber. uber die 19te Yersamml.
deutscher Naturforch. Braunschw. 1842, p. 82) gives us a very good idea
of the structure of Myzostomum, and puts us in a condition to conjec-
ture the real use of the shrivelled-up parts seen by Leuckart. Myzo^
tomum cirriferum, Leuck., is furnished with the following diagnosis : —
Corpore orbiculari, margine cirrato ; acetabulis in utroque latere 5, ha-
mulum simplioem emittentibus ; hab. in mari septentrional!, Comatule
euTopaeflB parasitus. Lov^n has frequently found this species on Coma-
tula europ€Ba on the west coast of Denmark. The whole surfiice of
the body, the margin of which is covered by twenty cirri, shows vibra-
tile motions. On the middle of the dorsum are two slight elevations.
On the abdominal surface is found, anteriorly, the fleshy proboscis,
which csD. be completely drawn in ; on the sides there are five pairs of
stumps of tarsi, and between these, four pairs of acetabula; on the
margin of the orbicular body, on each side, are the two male sexual
openings, and the simple vulva, together with the anus. Of the internal
organs, Lov^n has described the nervous system, the intestinal canal
with its appendages, the male and female organs of generation. Of the
latter, the ovarium, with its ramifications, occupies the whole disc, and
contains spherical eggs. Lov^n concludes, firom the lively motions with
which the spermatozoa of this hermaphrodite animal swim about in the
water, that its eggs become impregnated by the spermatozoa after they
are laid ; with which supposition the reporter is inclined to agree, as
the spermatbzoa of these hermaphrodite water-animals stiffen in the
water. The reporter cannot' h&lp remarking, that it would have been
most desirable, had Lov^n described somewhat more exactly, the ovary,
and the difierent steps of development of the eggs of this animal, for the
organ described by him as an ovarium, evidently resembles that organ of
332
ANNELIDES. 289
excretion, which, in many Trematoda, discharges itself at the posterior
end of the body, and which also pushes out its contents backwards, —
an action often mistaken for the laying of eggs. Each stump of a
foot consists of three parts, the last of which is furnished with fbur
retractile horn-like hooks. By these feet, this parasite reminds us of
the lower CrustiAceaf but it cannot perhaps be united to them, because
the yibratile organs, which cover the superior sfu&joe. of My zogtomum are
altogether foreign to the Crustacea, insects, and Ara^fmida. — Leuckart
describes another species, under the name of Myz» costatum : Corpore
depresso, ovali margine crenulata, dorso oostato; aoetabulis suctoriis
hamuHferis separatis, aoetabulis utrinque 4 et hamnlis in utroque latere
5 ; hab. in mari rubro, Gomatulss multiradiatsB parasitus. — A third spe-
cies, Myz, glaibrwny has the following diagnosis : — Corpore orbiculari,
dorso oonyexo et maiginibus glabris, infra concavo ; aoetabulis in utro-
que latere 5, hamulum simplioem emittentibus ; hab. in man Mediter-
raneo, Comatulae mediterranesB (europaefe) parasitus. This species varies
from Myz. cirriferum almost only by the absence of cirri ; and Leuckart
himself has some doubt of these two species being distinct^ since it is
improbable, that two quite different species of a parasitic genus, should
live upon one and the same animal in different seas. He also hazards a
conjecture, whether the presence of cirri may not perhaps point only to
a youthful condition. The reporter is convinced, that Myz, glahrwn
and cirriferum belong to one species, and that the former is an indi-
vidual in which the cirri have shrunk, or become otherways lost. He
infers this, from a specimen which he has taken from a Comatula euro-
pasa at Cattaro, in which, besides the ^Ye pairs of stumps of feet, he
distinctly recognised four pairs of acetabula, which Lov^n likewise saw,
and Leuckart had probably overlooked ; and the margin of the disc of
which he found covered with twenty very small projections, which the
reporter supposes may be the shrunk or cast off cirri.
A work of Duvemoy, which, according to its title (Considerations sur
les Animauz Articulds, sur les limites de ce type, et sur la place qu'il
doit occuper dans les cadres de la m^thode natureUe. Paris, 1841),
should contain only general remarks on the AnnelideSf has not yet come
to hand.
das
REPORT
ON THB
CONTRIBUTIONS TO HE LMINTHOLOG Y,
DURING THE YEAR 1842.
BY
PBOFESSOB C. TH. V. SIEBOLD OF EBLANGEN.
An Essay has been published bj Steenstrap, *' Uber den Generations-
wechsel oder die fortpflanzung nnd Entwickelnng dutch abwechselnde
Generationen, eine eigenthiunliche Form der Brutpfl^e in den niederen
ThierUassen, Copenhagen, 1842," which will create an epoch in Hel-
minthologyf and be read hj eveiy Naturalist with the greatest interest.
He has arranged, and attempted to point out, a series of remarkable
phenomena, which have been disooyered in the propagation of certain
lower animals, but which could not hitherto be explained, and haye
therefore stood quite isolated ; that one and the same original idea is
found expressed in them, which he designates by the name of (Gmercb-
Honswechsel) transmutable generation. This original idea of nature is,
that an animal bears a brood, which is neither like the mother-animal
nor becomes so ; but this unlike-one itself brings forth a brood, which,
in form and all other relations, returns to the mother-animal ; so that it
again finds its like, not in its own brood, but in its successor of the
second or third link, &c. In the orhicvlar Medusoe and bulbous Polypi,
Steenstrup has satisfactorily followed out this generation through its
different links. Among the Helmdnthes, the Trematoda are particu-
larly subject to such a change, and traces of it are found in yarious
other orders of these animals. The reporter must completely assent
to the intelligent yiew which Steenstrup takes of the remarkable
334
ENTOZOA. 291
metamoTphosis, to which the larys of Trematoda, hitherto known as
Cercarke, are subject ; bat he cannot agree with him in assuming, that
the generation of the CercaricB is now completely understood ; for here,
as will be afterwards pointed out, there are considerable gaps to be
filled up. In no single species of Trematoda is this change completely
known : here or there several links are wanting in the chain of the me-
tamorphosis, which must be supplied by direct observation, before we
can look upon the cycle of the different links of any one of them as
concluded. The reporter has no doubt, but that these gaps will be filled
up, especially as Steenstrup's excellent idea points out a way to that
object. In following it in order to develop these wonderful metamor-
phoses of the Helminthes, we must not allow conjecture to slide into the
series, and imperceptibly assume the place of approved fiict.
The early and much misunderstood theory of equivocal generation,
particularly as regards the engendering of intestinal worms, is now
beginning to lose its weight with English Physicians. Dr. Watson is
inclined to the opinion, that the Helmmthes are introduced, as germs or
eggs, within the human body (London Med. Gaz., May, 1812, part 2.
vol. ii. p. 231) ; and he questions, whether some of the Entoeoa may
not be originally Ectozoa. Against the doctrine of equivocal generation
he relates the following circumstance, told him by Abemethy: — A
healthy flock of sheep were driven through a considerable tract of
country, and one of them on the way broke its leg, and had to be car-
ried on horseback. For one night the flock, with the exception of the
maimed one, rested in a marshy meadow, and every individual was
seized with the rot but itself; it escaped the disease, and had no liver-
fluke. Watson asks, whether it may not be assumed, that the flock
swallowed the eggs of the fluke with the fodder they crept from the
moist meadow. The eggs nught then, as is the case, especially with
HelmintheBy shut up in cavities, be conveyed by the blood to the liver.
The reporter has often heard this opinion expressed by Physicians and
Naturalists ; but he cannot conceive how the eggs of HelmmtheBy re-
maining passive in the intestinal canal of an <».niniii.l^ should get into
the vascular system, which is everywhere shut up from it. However,
he is also perfectly convinced, that many HehnrnthM^ after throwing off
the egg-covering, can pass, in their embryo state, through the paren-
chyma, to the organ suitable to th^n. Hammerschmid made a valuable
observation on the origin of Hehnmihes^ at the fourth meeting of Italian
Literati at Padua (Berliner Vossische Zeitong, 14tii Oct. 1842), viz.,—
that Ten^yrio molitor is afflicted with intestinal worms when it feeds
on flesh, and is &ee fiom them when it consumes meal.
A remark of Dr. Wolfring may be mentioned, on the geographical
distribution of the Helminthes (Medic Corresp. Blatt bayerlsoh. Arzte,
18^, p. 805). He described the district of Thalmessingen as a valley
335
292 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIl :
through which the Thallack flows, and snrrouiided by two rows of lofkj
cakareoos hiUs, that fiiniish a Tory hard water, containing many earthy
ingredients. The soil is yery damp ; and most of the buildings stand
upon wet foundations, so that cellars are rarely to be met with. The
food of the inhabitants is mostly meal, salted and smoked beef, and
much pork. The disease of worms is here yery common, and has been
so from a yery remote period. Tasnia toUwrn and Atcaris lumbrieoides
are particularly abundant. Now, a league beyond this district, the
disease is yery rare.
GORDIACEA.
Ak Essay by Berthold, published some years since, has again appeared
last year, with additions, " Uber den Bau des Wasserkalbes (Gordius
aqtiaticus), Gotting. 1S42," and deseryes our attention so much the
more, as, till yery lately, our knowledge of this animal has been yery
defectiye. When the reporter places the Oardicbcea as a separate
order of Helminthes, he has oonyinced himself, in the most precise
manner, by direct obseryation, of the entozootic life, which, at certain
times, the Oordiut aquatieuB leads ; but he could not resolye to incor-
porate it with the Nematoidea^ since it diifers remarkably in its ana-
tomical structure.
Berthold found the Gordius aquaticus generally in brooks and small
springs about Gottingen. Its colour is sometimes a bright, sometimes a
more sombre brown. The head-end forms a white, semi-transparent
arch behind, which the dark hue makes a sort of ring, from which two
dusky-coloured stripes run longitudinally down the whole body ; the pos-
terior end of the body presents a horizontally lying fork, at the under
angle of which the anus opens. The reporter must here correct Ber-
thold's assertion, that this fork is only present in male indiyiduals ; for,
according to his experience, there are not so many male Gordii to be
met with as females, which possess a rounded anal extremity. The anal
opening (which the reporter besides considers as the sexual opening) is
found in the female, in the centre of the obtuse end of the tail. Ber-
thold describes the cuticle of the Gordius as composed of two layers, the
outer consisting of a reticulated tissue, the meshes being bounded by six
unequal sides, and pores are present where the mesh-threads meet at
the different angles. This membrane, according to Berthold, is yery
yascular ; but the reporter could neither discoyer the yessels, nor the
pores mentioned by him. He recognised in it only an epidermis,
composed of an angularly-netted epithelium, the cells of which were
arched somewhat outwardly; and probably Berthold took the calibre
336
ENTOZOA — aORDIACEA. 293
of them for pores. The second outicular layer, which Berthold describes
and figures as a tissne of meshes, composed of oblong nooses, the
reporter could not find ; but, on the contrary, he saw a fibrous tissue
lying under the epidermis, and connecting it with the muscular layer,
and which might be compared with the oorium. It consists of elastic
yellow threads, crossing each other obliquely from right to left. These
threads He crowded together in quantity without number : each indivi-
dual thread seems to run along the whole body of the worm without
interruption, winding spirally either to right or left. If the cnticular
layer be separated ftom the muscular beneath it, many threads of that
described as the fibrous remain on the muscular layer, while more or
less stick to the epidermis, and on its inner surface make a net-work of
greater and smaller lozenges ; they also giye a fibrous appearance to
the torn or cut margins of the cuticular and muscular layers. Berthold
has certainly seen these threads ; for, in describing the cuticular system
of the Gordius, he here and there mentions fine threads, tender little
fibres, &c. He describes the organs of motion, quite correctly, as a
tolerably thick muscular layer lying under the cuticle, and inclosing the
intestines like a tube : it is composed of longitudinal fibres. He could
not precisely determine whether these stretch along the whole body of
the worm, or are only short, and He with their beginnings and ends,
behind and near each other, but conjectures the latter. The reporter is
of the same opinion, since this muscular layer, when torn across, pre-
sents a net of longitudinal meshes. The individual colourless unstriated
muscular fibres, according to the reporter's observation, resemble very
thin ribbonnshaped stripes, which lie with their surfaces close to each
other, and so form the muscular covering which glitters like satin. The
reporter could not perceive the transverse fibres whidi should cover the
longitudinal muscles externally ; but he has quite convinced himself, as
well as Berthold has done, that the Gordius aquaticus, in its motions,
keeps constantly one and the same length and thickness. Witii regard
to the other organs of this animal, the results which the reporter drew
from his investigations, difer so much from those of Berthold, that he
will first premise these researches, in order afterwards to compare them
with his own. Berthold believes that he has discovered the nervous
system of the Gordius, to be two slender threads, not properly confined,
running parallel beside each other under the intestinal canal. The dark
longitudinal bands which run down the body, point out the position of
the longitudinal vessels situated under the skin, one of which runs as an
artery in the brown dorsal stripes, and two as veins beside each other in
the abdominal stripe. With these vessels the above mentioned cuticulo-
vascular net coheres ; and this, according to Berthold, is for the process
of respiration. He had not seen traces of actual circulation of blood in
this vascular system. The mouth of the animal is placed, eccentrically,
337 Y
294 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
in the white lemi-traiuptient arch. The intestiiie it a veiy thin
■imple eanal, which nms on the abdominal side of the walls of the body,
and ends in a Yery short doaea, oonunon to it and the female sexual
openings. A thin vessel winds along with this intestine, which, arriyed
beneath, discharges itself into the common canal of the two female sexual
organs, and is looked upon by BerthoM as a testis. Extenud ozgans of
copulation are wanting. Berthold describes, as the female sexual organs,
two wide tubes running along the whole body, filling up for the most
part its walls, which oommenee above and near the beginning of the
alimentary canal, and internally are united to each other. About one^
Ihurth indi ftom the anus, they join into a common canal, forming a
doaca with the end of the intestine. These oyarian tubes are only
loosely united to the neighbouring wall of the body, and have a very
regular articulated appearance, like the body of a tape-worm. The walb
are composed of two cutides, the exterior (the firmer) forming the tape-
worm-like rings, while the interior seems very loose, and presents a
tissue of meshes like a spider's web, with very fine egg cells. These
meshes must be vessels. Berthold has observed numerous litUe balls
come out firom the anus, whidi are composed each of an immense number
of eggs. In the early part of spring the Gordii contain no eggs, but a
scanty milky fluid, composed of very small granules.
Sudi is Berthold's account. With regard to the nervous system, the
reporter has had as little success as he had. His longitudinal vessels
were not to be found ; and the cuticula-vasoular net, described in con-
junction with them, is probably nothing else but the fibrous tissue lying
under the epidermis. The two tubes, running within the cavity of the
body, on the abdominal side, the reporter has never missed either in
male or female individuals : that lying next the abdominal wall was al^
ways much stronger than the other. Both had fleshy walls, and con-
tamed a dear, fluid, mixed here and there with small grains. The
reporter could not discover, either the superior origin, or the under end
of the two simple thick-walled tubes : That one of these may be an
intestinal canal is probable ; but the reporter cannot find a single proof
that the otiier is a testis. The greatest part of the cavity of the body is
filled up by a peculiar cellular tissue, which leaves firee a channel-formed
space on the abdominal side, within which the two simple tubes just
mentioned run ; besides, two hollow cavities stretch through the cellular
tissue longitudinally, until they approach the posterior end of the body,
where botii unite into one, and discharge themselves at the opening of
the after part of the body. The reporter questions, whether the cellular
tissue forms the two thidc-walled tubes lying dose beside each other in
the mesial line, and passing into a common tube posteriorly. According
to Berthold's description of the female sexual organs, such might actually
be the case, for the double egg-tubes mentioned by him, are evidently
388
ENTOZOA — GORDIACEA. 295
the cellular tissue leoognised by the reporter. We may thus ooniider
this cellular parenchyma, as two tabes glued dose together. They are
In the male indiTidual the testes, in the female the oyarian tubes. The
eonstmeticm of the walls agrees generally in both sexes; but still
there is a certain spedfie difference. The walls of the testicular
tubes are entirely colourless, and consist of a double layer of cells,
lying close upon each other, which Berthold held to be ^g-cells.
Each cell has a distinct round kemeL The form of the indiyidual
eells is always obl(mg, with rounded comers. Its thickness is only half
its breadth. Sometimes they ccmtain a greater or less^ quantity
of a very fine-grained mass. The cellular walls of these tubes have
an extraordinary resemblance to the par^iehyma of a plant. The two
cavities of the testicular tubes contain a very fine-grained milk-white
mass, which, on pressure, oozes- out at the opening of the caudal fork.
This may, therefore, certainly be oonddered as the sexual opening. The
granular mass of the testes, when ynwed by the microscope, consists of
very small cells, between which, when taken firom the lower part, oblong
coi|>uBoles, thinned at one end, appear, of the length of 0.076''' to 0.089"',
and are evidently spermatozoa. In the female individuals, the walls
of the ovarian tubes are mudi thinner, consisting only of one simple
layer of colourless oeDs. These have distinctly kernels, and here and
there a fine-grained mass within them ; they are not obbng, but rather
spherical. The hollow cavity of each tube contains an innumer-
able quantity of eggs, glued together like bunches of grapes ; each egg
has a defined nucleus. In the upper portion, the individual eggs,
which compose the bunches, are of an oval or pear shape ; lower down,
tiiey become more rounded, encompassed by a clear space, through which
they again become glued together, before and beside each other, as longer
and shorter strings of eggs; the nucleus cannot now be recognised,
as perhaps the white granular yolky mass conceals it. At the under-
most end of the cavity of the body, in the female, was found a thin-skinned
bag, of two lines long, filled with a great number of oblcmg moveable
bodies, resembling the spermatozoa of the male Chrdii, A milky mass
oozed out, on pressure, £rom the opening found at the blunted posterior
end of the body in the female, and which consisted of eggs and lively sper-
matozoa, so that the bag may be compared to a receptaculum seminis ;
but the reporter must add, that the individual eggs far exceeded in size
the snail cells of the testicular contents, and the latter certainly are only
undeveloped spermatozoa.
The description which Dujardin has given of a male Oordms aquor-
ticus agrees very well with that of the reporter (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1842,
t. xviii. p. 142).
Dujardm saw no aperture for the mouth in this worm, which was not
the case with the reporter. It is, however, extremely difficult to find, and
339
296 REPORT OK ZOOLOGY, HDCCCXLII .*
I WM nerer Me to trace a ooniiectiaii between this opening and either of
the tubes which nm akmg the abdomen ; naj, it has sometimes appeared,
that this mouth was nothing but a superficial deepening of the tender
cuticle which arches the anterior end of the body. Dujardia has oor-
zeotlj reoognised the threads of the fibrous layer situated under the
epidermis, which cross each other in an oblique direction. He has not
beOn able to find the small tubes on the two brown longitudinal stripes,
held hj Charret and Berthold for abdominal and dorsal yessels. The
muscular layer lying under the cuticular covering, he agrees with the
reporter, in describing as composed of longitudinal fibres, which lie on
each other in lamellae. He found the cavity of the muscular cylinder
filled with a cellular mass, enclosing a longitudinal canal, containing a
homogeneous white mass. Under the name of Oordius toloscmuSf Du-
jardin describes a new species (ibid. p. 146) ; but the reporter cannot
perceive that it difiers from Ch>rdiu8 €bquaticvs. He observed the epi-
dermis of the female individuals with rounded caudal end, to be com-
posed of many-cornered convex cells, while that of the males, with
forked caudal end, had quite a difibrent construction, as here and there,
between the cells of the epithelium, larger projecting spots (disques) lay
scattered. The fibrous layer following on the epidermis, the muscular
layer, and tke cellular tissue filling the cavity of the body, he describes
in the Chwdius toloacmus, ^ and $> quite as they are in Qorddue aqua-
Hcu8. He recognised, in the individual cells of the cellular tissue, dis-
tinctly, the nucleus and the fine granular contents ; he also found here,
that the cellular tissue enclosed a double canal, which was filled with |i
homogeneous substance. It is a pity that Dujardin did not examine this
exactly with the microscope, as his practised eye might have succeeded
in finding out the difierence between the contents of the testicular and
ovarian tubes.
In this Oordius also, Digardin found the head end imperforate, and
covered with a transparent cape ; behind the head he perceived a small
opening. He gives the colour of this Chrdius as blackish ; the males,
which were darker than the females, had an oblong aperture before the
caudal fork, while the females were perforated obliquely at the rounded
caudal end.
The specific difference between O. aquaticus and G, tolo%a/n,us, as
given by Digardin, is, that the latter possesses an epidermis minutely
reticulated, and the former has no epidermis. This distinction certainly
arises only from an error in Dujardin's observations.
Dujardin has described another animal allied to the Oordiua, under
the name of Mermia nigregcens (ibid. p. 129, and rinstitut. 1842,
p. 256 ; also Archiv. G^n. de M^decine, t. xiv. 1842, p. 488). This
worm was found veiy abundantly after rain, on moist ground, and some-
times also after a strong morning dew, on newly delved beds. He
340
ENTOZOA— -aORDIACEA. 297
belieyes that the Mermis lives as a parasite in the larva of the May-bug,
and that the latter, when the ground in which it lives is moister than
usual, is obliged to press its parasites out of its bodj, which also seek
for an exit, in order to have an opportunity of depositing their eggs in
the earth. He remarked, of a MermU which he kept above eight days
in water, that it desired to get out, and actually did escape, and laid its
«gg8 on a dry place ; where also it was dried up, and did not again
revive in water. Left to themselves, they probably spend a long while
in water, when they feel no farther impulse to the laying of eggs.
The Mermis is 100-125 mUl. long, 0.5 to 0.6 null, thick; of a white
colour, with a streak shining through firom its interior, out of which the
eggs develop themselves. The body tapers anteriorly, and behind the
head is somewhat constricted ; the head itself is truncated anteriorly, and
has an angular appearance, in consequence of several projecting papillae ;
the tail-end is obtusely rounded. About fifteen null, from the head is
found a transverse cleft surrounded by padded margins, which represents
the vulva, but it is neither connected with an uterus nor an egg-canal. The
surface of the body seems quite smooth ; no anus could be found. With
this account, the observations which the reporter had an opportunity of
making on a worm of this species, found in water at Danzig, agree pretty
closely. The cuticle of MermiSf according to Dujardin, consists of three
different parts, — 1. A thin epidermis ; 2. A layer of fibres that cross each
other obliquely, running spirally and uninterrupedly through the whole
length of the body ; and, 3. A cartilage-like hollow cylinder, formed of
from fifteen to thirty homogeneous and concentric layers. This car-
tilaginous cylinder decreases in thickness in its passage forwards, while
posteriorly the thickness increases. The reporter, in the MermU
examined by him, has not been able to discover this structure, but he
found the cylinder to be composed of two muscular layers of compressed
longitudinal fibres and distant transverse fibres. Dujardin mentions
the muscular cylinder of longitudinal fibres as situated under the third
cartilaginous cuticle. On the head, five or six very small papillao are
observable, under which are found depressions, which are connected by
small openings with the empty space surrounding the oesophagus. A
broad baaid runs along the inner surface of the muscular cylinder, firom
which Dujardin supposes the eggs proceed. The reporter also obseirved
these two bands, but cannot convince himself, that double rows of spots,
of egg-germination, were present in them. The intestinal canal is simple,
as from the simple mouth a narrow oesophagus passes into the dilated
intestine, which is gradually lost posteriorly. The dusky stripe of the
worm proceeds firom the black-coloured eggs, which the reporter found
enclosed m a narrow bag, but which, according to Dujardin's account,
should be ia connection with the above mentioned problematic ovaries.
The form of these eggs is very remarkable ; each consists of a colourless
341
298 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDOCCXLIl :
lonnd OAptule, from which a fibioiis fimiculiiB arises at both poles, for
attaching them to the base of the oyaries. The xeporter saw the eggs
with these capsules lying free in the ahreadj mentioned tabes ; some of
them on the one side, others e^en on both sides had two separate fibred
eords. The darkish egg-oovering enclosed in the capsule contained some-
times aa embryo, which resembled the young Nematoidea; it had a
bludt tail-end and a strongly thickened head-end, on which the reporter
distingoished a protrusible prickle or bulging out oesophagus.
Dujardin giyes the following diagnosis of this new genus : — Mermu,
Corpore longissimo fiUformi, elastico, antioe parumper attenuato ; capite
Bubinflato, ore terminali minimo rotundo; intestine simplice, postioe
obsolete, ano nuUo ; vulva antica, transversa. In all respects, this worm
is worthy of a particular genus, whidi forms the transition fixHn the
Gordii to the NemaMMea, It has, in common with Gordiutt the highly
characteristic fibrous layer under the epidermis, as well as the want of
an anus ; whUe the muscular walls, with the two bands running aloog
them, rather remind us of the NemaUndea^ although the internal struc-
ture of this worm is stUl very enigmatical to the reporter.
The observations hitherto made on the FilarioB of insects have beeqi
collected t<^ther by the reporter (Entom. Zeit. 184:2, p. 146). He hap
sought to direct the attenticm of Entomologists to this interesting subject
in Helminthology, that a more exact knowledge may be acquired on
these parasites of insects, which appear to differ much from the Filarial
of vertebrated animals, for as yet almost nothing has been said of their
internal structure; they have <mly been sometimes superficially com-
pared with Filariay and sometimes with Oorditu, In how far this call
has had the desired effect on Entomologists, the reporter will be able to
mention in next year's report ; only this much may be mentioned here,
that he has come to the conviction, that insects harbour various thread-
shaped worms totally different from the Nemaioide^, and one species of
which is identical with Oardiua o^aticus.
NEMATOIDEA.
A CURIOUS account has been given, in various periodicals (London and
Edinb. Monthly Joum. of Med. Sc. 1842, p. 599, Froriep^s Neue Notiz.
Bd. 24, p. 256, and Microscop. Joum. May, 184:2), of a Trichocephalfu
ajfiniSf found in the enlarged and gangrenous tonsil of a soldier at
Fort Pitt, after death. The identity of this worm with the whip-worm
(peitchen-wurm), found only in ruminating animals, cannot be received
unconditionally without a more exact description.
Busk (Microscop. Joum. 1841, p. 33) has given a description and
figure of the hinder part of the body of TrichocepkaluB dttpcir, which
342
ENTOZOA — ^NXMATOIDEA. 299
u yesry incomplete, when eontrasted with Mayer's oopioiui work on the
same sabject (Jahresb. 18^).
De la Harpe (Gkirlt und Hertwig's Mag. f. Thierheilk. 1842, p. 14)
foand, in the fatty degenerations of sheep's longs, a complication of rery
small wonns and dusters of eggs, which, he could not doubt, proceeded
from Strongylus fila/ria, a parasite, that, at the same time, ooTered the
famgs in great number.
Bayer has published an excellent paper on Wofm-aneurism and the
StrongyluB a/rmatuB minor. Bud. (Ardiiy. de M^« Comp. par Bayer^
Paris, No. 1, Oct. 1842, p. 1 ; Becherches Critiques et nouyelles obser-
Tations sur TAneuiysme Yennineuz, et sur le StrongyhM ormatM
mmor. Bud., par Bayer ; and Froriep's Neue Notiz. Bd. 28, p. ^23).
According to Bayer's inyestigations, the wonn-aneurism almost always
deyelopes itself, in SoUdwnguhua animals, in the arteria mesenterioa
anterior, and generally in adult and old indiyiduals. He found the cavi-
ties of the aneurismal dilatations sometimes narrowed^ or quite filled up by
a growth of fibrous layers ; in. the smaller depositions of these layers only
few Strongyli were present, but in those of larger size, they were found
in greater number ; they were often also met with in ike ossified arterial
walls of the aneurism. Bayer has neyer seen the internal arterial coat of
such worm-aneurisms perforated or ulcerated ; the worms remain between
the layers of the fibrous deposition, never between the coats of the artery.
Worm-aneurisms, it is believed, do not bunt, as they are always aceom-
panied by hypertrophy of the arterial walls ; but Bay^, in opposition to
this opinion, asserts, that the Strongyli pierce the walls of the arteries
and so get into the cavities. He also objects to the assumption of Mor-
gagni, Budolphi, Laennec, Otto, and others, that the tubercles in the
walls of arteries, containing Strongyli, cause the formation of aneurism^
as such tubercles are only found in dogs and without aneurisms. The
most of the Strongyli are found in the fibrous deposits, and project
sometimes with the head, sometimes with the tail ; only a few lie free in
the aneurismal cavities. The red colour of these worms does not proceed
firom the blood sucked in, but firom resting upon it and being washed
with it. The description of the worms themselves contains nothing new.
A case of aneurism has been given by Gruby, in the coeliac trunk of a
horse, in the cavity of which fibrous deposits and Entc^goa, resembling
Aicarides, were found ; certainly, however, they could have been nothing
else than individuals of Strongyku armaPiM minor,
Leudkart found a Strongylus in the small intestine of Myoaus gUs
(ZooL Bmchst. iii» Helminthol. Beitr. 1842, p* 38), which he has charac-
terized as Su gracilM in the following way : — Capite eziguo, elongate,
obtusiuscuks aloto; ore orbiculari; bursa maris ampla, oostulata,
margine Imiter incisa; &min» parte corporis posticso crassiove, in
mucronem (caudam) tenuiorem depressum exeunte. The colour is
343
300 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, IfDCCCZLlI :
bxawnifh-wliite ; the length of female 4'", of male 2f*'. He has alsO
diiooYered another interestmg round worm in the firontal nniu and cri-
bfiform bone of Mugtela putariuM mnAfcma (ibid. p. 43), which appears
to belong to Spiropteraf and has been furnished with the following
diagnosis ; 8p. (?) ntuicola^ — Capite indiscreto, ore ovbiculari nudo;
maris parte corporis posteriore recta, alis brerissimis, pene mediocri,
Cauda post alas breyissima apice aculeo annata ; feminn cauda acuta, Tiz
distincta, parum inflexa. The hinder part of the bodj in the male is not
spiral ; the colour of these parasites is red ; the length of male 6^"'y of
female 8-12"^ Leuckart obsenred a short pointed prickle projecting
from the posterior end of the bodj in the male, which he considers as an
organ ofincitement, and which, perhaps in copulation, assists in holding
fitft the female. The digestiye canal is provided with a short oesopha-
gus, narrow anteriorly, dilated posteriorly, which passes into a stomach
and intestine ; the sexual parts are the same as in Asca/ris and Strongy-
lu8 ; the females are yiyiparous. He found, Kkewise, a round worm,
agreeing with Atcaria tncisa, enclosed in a peculiar transparent mem-
brane, fastened to the abdominal fur of Sarex Utragonurus (ibid. p. 39).
The worms were 5-9''' long, and no sexual organs could be distinguished
in them, which seems to oonfirm the opinion of Creplin, that no round
worm, enclosed in a membrane, possesses such organs. .
Mayer (Neue Unters. aus dem Qeb. der Anat. and Phys. 1842, p. 9)
has seen, in female individuals of Oxywris vemUcuUMrU, a very great
number of seminal animalculae of the length of y ^^'^ ; they lay between
the eggs, in a crooked shape, with pointed ends.
Gluge has found the eggs of the AscmtU nigroveno$a in the lungs of
frogs, without any trace of that entozoon in these organs (I'Institut.
1842, p. 131, and Arehiv. G^^r. de M^d. t xiv. 1842, p. 364). He
consequently beUeves, that these eggs were taken into the lungs in
respiration, and looks on this phenomenon as an argument against spon-
taneous generation. Mandl has made the same observation, and drawn
from it the same conclusion (Froriep's Neue Notiz. Bd. 23, p. 200) ; his
account, in fiict, agrees so exactly with that of Gluge, that one might
suppose there was a mistake in the name of the author.
A new case of worm-abscess, observed by Hecking at Waxweiler on
the Rhine, is to be added to those mentioned in former reports (Preuss.
med. Vereinsz. 1842, No. 42, p. 187). He had to poultice an in-
flamed swelling of the navel in a girl of four years old, and when the
tumour burst, three dead maw-worms with eggs escaped; the navel
dosed, but after two months another painful tumour occurred, which
went on to suppuration, and again discharged some maw-worms.
Farther observations have been made on Entozoa in the blood of the
vertebrata. Vogt has discovered a quantity of i^^orio-like worms in the
blood-vessels of several frogs (MtQler's Arch. 1842, p. 189), as Valentin
344
EXTOZOA — NEMATOIDEA. 301
has formerly done (▼. Arch. 1840, ii. p. 189, and 1841, ii. p. 34:2). He
also found, like Valentin, the ooyerings of the pupae, or cysts, in the
cavity of the body of the same frogs : many of these cysts contained
Filaria similar to those in the blood. If the cysts in the intestine were
whitish-coloured, they contained small Filaria, and no worms were found
in the blood ; but if the cysts were brown, they were then without
JPV7aWa, and the blood was full of them. Their head was truncated, the
tail-end pointed, and in their interior, Yogt could distinguish an intes-
tinal canal and ovary. This ovary, in the opinion of the reporter, could
have been nothing else than the remains of the yolk, which remains for
a longer while, as a cellular mass, in the already escaped embryos of
the Nematoidea, Vogt found, in the abdominal cavity of a firog, two
gross of female Filaria more than an inch long, with developed sexual
organs, swollen with eggs and embryos. As the latter resembled the
little worms observed in the blood, Vogt thought that the presence of
these FUa/ria in the blood of frogs might be explained as follows : — The
pregnant females deposit their brood in the abdominal cavity; the
young perforate into the great vessels, circulate for a while with the
blood, and at last become fixed to a particular spot ; they now become
surrounded by fibrous layers, and, after attaining to maturity in their
cysts, break through into the abdominal cavity, in order there to deposit
their young. Whether these Filania do attain to maturity in the cysts
the reporter very much doubts, as neither he nor Creplin have found
encysted Nematoidea with the sexual parts developed.
Miescher has seen the small Nematoidea described by Vogt almost
uniformly in the blood of frogs (ibid. p. 191).
The reporter may add, from a treatise by Charles Lee, which he has
just seen, that a Filaria papillosa was observed in the anterior cham-
ber of the eye of a horse at New York, which seemed to occasion no
uneasiness to the animal, and only rendered the aqueous humour muddy.
(8illim. Amer. Joum. vol. xxxix. 1840, p. 278.)
Barkow (tJbers. der Arbeit, and Verand. der schles. Gesellsch. to
vaterl. Eult. 1839. Breslau, 1840, p. 93) has hazarded the conjecture,
that the Entozoa of those warm-blooded animals which hybemate, do
also fall into the dormant state when the lower temperature of their
habitation renders them less inclined to motion. He found, in the
stomach of a hedgehog, killed during its winter sleep, several specimens
of Physaloptera cloMsa, without any signs of life, but which became
lively so soon as they were placed in warm water.
Steenstrup has hinted (0^. ant. cit. p. 110) that BphoBTula/ria hombi
(v. Arch. 1838, ii. p. 297) may perhaps be the nurses (keimschlaiiche,
germ-bags) of certain Nematoidea, an opinion which the reporter finds
improbable, since 8phagrula/ria possesses distinct sexual parts with real
«gg8, which had entered on the process of evolution.
345
302 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Henalow hai given leTeral notioes on the remarkable VtMo iriiici
(Microsoop. Joorn. Lond. 1841, p. 36), which oonfinn tiie obeerrationf
of Bauer on this worm't tenadly of life. Henslow eaw dried heaps of
theae woims oome to life again in water, even when taken from, ears of
wheat of six years old. Eggs and yonng Vibrione$f howeyer, when onoe
dried, always remain dead. The worms i^pear not only in wheat, but
also in rye, oats, and barley, when these sorts of grain are sown along
with wheat affected by Vibrumes ; bat they do not spread oyer these
crops in the same degree as oyer wheat. They are killed in the grain
by scalding with hot water, which procednre Henslow proposes as a
remedy fat the disease.
Sdiiodte has obserred Filaria from J-^ of a line long in the stomach
of CctrabuB elathratus and CcUoscfna sericewm (Genera og Species af
Danmarks Elentherata. Ejobenhayn, 1840-41, i. p. 82). He fonnd
Sniozoa only twice in Dyti$c%, although he dissected a great number of
them (ibid. ii. p. 412). In the one case the worm was a pretty large
Filaria, which was found in considerable numbers in the head of a
DytiscuB marginalii ; in the other initance, the worm, of only one line
long, with pointed posterior end, and without distinct intestinal canal,
belonged to no genus yet characterized. This parasite lay oonoealed
under the external muscular tunic of the crop of an AdHtu suleatus.
Qruby , who found ^^xr»a*like worms in small sacs of the perxtonseum
of frogs, of |. J millim. in size, also saw the eggs of Entozoa circulating
with their blood, and in the dorsal canal (I'lnstitot 1842, p. 239. Arch.
G^n^r. de M^dedne, t. xiy. 1842, p. 483, and Froriep's Neue Notiz. Bd.
24, p. 136). He found, besides, Ascarides in the sheaths of the primi-
tiye bundles of neryes, and eyen between the primitiye threads of the
latter ; they moyed slowly, and were ^j^—^ millim. in length. They
were surrounded in the lungs by a yellow, hard, and conyex substance.
After Gruby had injected eggs of Entozoa^ mixed with serum, into the
great muscular cutaneous yein of the frog, he saw them standing still in
the capillary system of the organs, particularly of the lungs; but he
could follow the deyelopment of the embryo in them. The eggs became
surrounded by exhaled coagulable matter, which forms the yellow sub-
stance in the lungs.
ACANTHOCEPHALA.
Stebnstkup considers most of the Eckinorhynci hitherto known as
nurses (keimsohlaiiche) (Op. ant. dt. p. Ill) ; but in this he goes too
far, for they possess fuUy-deyeloped sexual parts, and are, besides, of
different sexes ; while the nurses, according to Steenstrup's yiew, bring
forth their brood independent of oyaries, or copulation with male organs.
346
BNTOZOA — ^TREMATODA. 303
That SteeuBtrup found amaU Echinorhynchi within separate . capsules
on the mesenteTy, liver, and intestine of a plaice, is a new Toncher in
pvoof of the nomade habit of these animals.
TREMATODA.
Crbplin has described a new MonoBtomum (M, expcmva/m), from the
upper portion of the small intestine of a riyer-^agle (Flussadlers), which
is distinguished by the fore-part of the body being extraordinarily
flattened and broad (Arch. 1842, i p. 327). In the broad part Creplin
observed an organ composed of granular balls ; the very small mouth had
an acetabulum, and a still smaller pharynx, from which the oesophagus
ran to the middle of the anterior part of the body ; from this spot, on each
side, an intestine went down to the end of the hinder part. Two vascular
trunks stretching down on the inner side of the intestinal tubes, which,
in one specimen, contained in some places white coagulated masses, are
perhaps the oigans of excretion that dischaige posteriorly, and which
the reporter has met with in different Monostoma, The dendritic
ovaries begin in the latter half of the flat fore-part of the body, and
stretch on both sides to the extremity. The wide uterine canal, the
commencement of which Creplin could not And, runs with many wind-
ings through the anterior half of the hinder part of the body ; the end of
the uterus must perforate a pear-shaped white knot in the posterior
margin of the body, and then open externally on the middle of the
abdominal side. The brown eggs of the uterus are pretty large, oval»
with a small knot at the narrowed end. The two testes, lying behind
each other in the posterior part of the body, have very deep indenta-
tions, by which they seem divided into radiated, or fan-shaped branches.
Creplin could trace only one vas deferens, and that from the posterior
testis: it passed into two spiral seminal receptacles before it ended
in the receptaculum cirri. It is to be lamented, that this extremely flat
worm could not be examined when alive.
MonoBtomwfn mutahile has been figured by Leuckart (Zool. Bruehst.
op. ant. cit. iii. p. 35), with the remark, that Nitzsch had sent him,
under the name of Monostomum aspersum, a parasite from the nasal
sinus of AncbB fuligulay which was very nearly allied to the Mon, flo/vum
of Mehlis.
Mayer has re«)gm«»d flidcering movemente in the yaiKmlar system of
Amphiatomum subclavatum (Neue Untersuch. ant. dt. p. 24). The
black balls which Mayer saw in canals, forming an arch at the posterior
part of the body, and considered as ovula, or yolk, are the ex<»«ment8
of the excreting organ of this worm, which discharges at the hinder part
347
304 EEPOBT ON ZOOLOGY, MOCCCXLII :
of the bacL Theie little balls appear blackish coloured when the lig^t
falls through them, and white when it fidls on them.
Diitomum hepaticum has been found bjDayal in the vena portarom,
and its hepatic branches, of a man, to the number of five or six indiyi-
duals, fiom 11-14''' hmg, and 4-^" broad (Gaz. Med. de Paris, 1842,
No. 49, and Zeitschr. f. die gesammte Mediz. y. Oppenheim, Bd. 23,
1843, p. 86.)
A Dietamumf discoyered by Otto in the 8qualu8 grieeus, has been
more correctly described by Greplin as Digt. veUporum (Arch. 1842, 1,
p. 336). Its size is somewhat aboye three inches. The abdominal ace-
tabulum lies yery fkr forward, so that the neck is only 3'" long ; on the
middle of the latter the genital pore projects, like a little hillock. The
excretory pore is distinctly placed at the end of the after part of the body,
Creplin remarked, in that part of this animal, three broad bluish spots,
situated behind each other. The two posterior eyidently proceeded firom
the two testes, the third and foremost led from the organ of egg-geimi-
nation, which the reporter has not yet missed in any Trematoid worm.
The eggs of this DtBtamum are yery small, slender, roundish, oyal, and
brown coloured.
A new parasite has been found by Leuckart in the frontal sinus and
labyrinth of the cribriform bone of Mustela putorius (ZooL Bruchst.
iiL p. 33) which he has described in the following way : — Coipore
tereti, oyato, antioe crassiore, rotundato-obtuso, postioe attenuate, acuto ;
poris orbicularibus, poro antico parum prominente, poro yentrali
majore ; oollo nullo. Its length was 1^'", ite colour brown. He also
discoyered another Distomum in the kidneys of Sorex fodiens (ibid.
p. 34). He calls it Dist. truncatiMn, and gives the following diagnosis :
— Corpore tereti, antioe crassiore, rotundato-obtuso, postice attenuate,
truncate-obtuso ; pons remotis, poro antico orbiculari, non prominente ;
poro yentrali minore, apertura transyersa; oollo nullo. Its length was
2''', and it was also of a brown colour.
Gluge obseryed, in the Polystomv/m inUgerrinmm^ a number of cells
with nuclei and nuoleous bodies, some of which were again enclosed in
cells (Heeser. Arch. f. die gesammt. Mediz. 1842, p. 492) ; but he could
not say if these cells had any relation with the deyelopment of the eggs.
We learn from Yarrell, that twenty specimens of the rare parasite,
Tristovn/wm, cocdneum, were found on the outer upper surface of the
head of an Orthagoriscua mola, caught on the English coast (Hist, of
Brit. Fishes, ii. p. 468).
Leuckart has characterized a new genus of Trematoda, under the
name of Diplobothrium (formerly only provisionally called Diclthoth-
riv/m) under the following diagnosis : (ZooL Bruchst. ill. p. 13) : — Cor-
pore molli, elongate, depresso ; aoetabulis sex anterioribus, media val-
vula in duas foveolas divisis, lateralibus, utrinque tribus ; rostro inter
348
ENTOZOA — TBEMATODA. 305
aoetfA>i]la porrecto, ore antioo, simplice. The only species was dis^
ooyered by Leuckart and EoUar on the branchi» of the Acipenter
$teilatu8, PalL, and was called by the former Diplobothrium ctrmor-
turn. It has been spedfically characterized : — Corpore postice incras-
sato; rostro nncinato, uncis qnatuor horrido; acetabnlis pedimculatis^
lineatis, margine ciliatis, aculeo armatis. This worm has been already
mentioned as Diclibothrium crasticaudatum and cMrmatum (Wiener,
Ann. 1. p. 82), and by Nordmann as Hexacotyle elegans (Lamarck, Hist.
Nat. t. iii. 1840, p. 600). Leuckart does not allow the species Hexaco*
tyle Thynni, Hexathyridiwm pmguieola, Treutl., Blainy., and Hexa^
hothrium appendiculatum, Enh., Nordm., bnt reckons them with Poly-^
atomwm. The Diplobothrium is distinguished from these Trematoda
principally by the clasping-organs at the anterior end of the body. The
reporter, in this respect, would rather agree with Nordmann's view, and
oonsidfir the acetabula also in Diplobothrium, as belonging to the after
part of the body. If the two figures be compared which Leuckart has given
of Dipldbothrium a/rmatu/m, and Octcbothrium leptogaster, to be after-
wards mentioned, a similarity in external appearance of the two worms
will be obTious, except that the one has six and the other eight dasping^
organs. In Diplobothriwn, the part furnished with the six acetabula
IS the anterior end of the body. It must therefore strike us, that the
same clasping apparatus, which in one animal is placed on the after
part of the body, is, in another allied to it, on the fore part. The circnm-^
stance, however, of Leuckart having seen a distinct opening on the point
between the projecting clasping-organs, makes me hesitate in agreeing
altogether with Nordmann ; on each side of this opening, considered
by Leuckart as a mouth, are a couple of considerable horn-like hooks,
directed backwards. Octobothrium lanceolatum has similar hooks at the
end of the posterior part of the body. In Dipldboth/riumf behind these on
each side, are three clasping-grooves, between which, the body elsewhere
thin, is somewhat broader. In each groove is found a considerable number
of fine white transverse striae ; and from the middle projects a white
striated membrane, like a sort of valve ; each groove is also provided
with a projecting clasping-apparatus-like claws. Of the inner organs,
Leuckart has observed an intestinal pouch, simple at the beginning,
and afterwards forked. The eggs, which were noticed in the opposite
end of the body, had an oval shape and brown colour. Leuckart has
characterized his genus Octobothaium thus: — Corpore molli, elongate,
depresso ; apertura oris antica, infera, simplice ; aoetabulis in utroque
corporis partis posticsB latere quatuor. — Leuckart refers Octobothrium
mwrUmgi, Nordm., to this genus also, although Nordmann has directed
attention to the fact (Micograph. Beitrage, 1, p. 79)» that this parasite
has not eight acetabula, but only eight clasping-organs unprovided with
an acetabular apparatus. The character of the genus will, therefore,
349
306 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLll :
require correetMm in this reepeet. Leockart mentions, in all, bLk specie
of Octobothria, among which three are new, — OetcbotK leptog€uier:
Corporii parte anteriore latiore, lanceoiala, poeterioie teiiniiwima, illi-
formi ; aoetabnlis anterimbns nollis, poeterioribns subpediniciilatis, fibn-
latit. Rapp found it on the branchis of the Ckkncnra monstnoMi. The
frame of the dasping-oigans here reminds us of Diplozoon paradoscum,
— ^Another new species was found bj Rapp on the branchiae of the
C^adug fnolva, and described bj Leuckart as Octoboth, palmatum : —
Corpore antioe et aoetabnla yersus attenuate, medio latiore ; aeetabnlis
anterioribus nullii, posterioribus fibulatis, pedunculatis ; peduncolis ehm-
gatis, utrinque pafaaas fonnam mentientibus. The double caeoam of
this worm fonns, on each side, a beantifnl rascular net. The sexual
opening is placed behind the mouth. The ends of the eight pedicels,
of the after part of the bodj, haye a grooye, which can be opened and
shut by an anterior and posterior yalye-shaped dilatation. The margins
of these yalyes are, as xu Diplozoan, bordered by amber coloured pieces
of horn. The eggs are proportionably large, oyal, of a brownish-yellow
colour, and proyided with a lid. The length of the wonn is T-B''',
and its breadth If'. — A third new species is Octoboth. tagittatum :
Corpore antioe attenuate, postice latiore, sagittiformi ; aoetabuliB duobus
anterioribus on prozimis, posterioribus fibulatis, sessDibus. This wonn
is a parasite on the brandiiiB of Salmofario, and has been first men-
tioned by Schuhze and Zahringcr, under the name of Cyelocotyh Icm-
eeolatum. Two brown lateral ydsaels finrm the intestine, which send off
ramifications outwardly ; "the part of the body proyided with dasping-
organs is constricted ; the four suction grooyes, on each side, are yery
close together; each has two yalyes, an anterior and posterior, the
margins of which, as in Octoboth, palmatum, are bordered with seyeral
pieces of horn. The hook which the Octchoth, kmccolatwn possesses at
the sexual opening, could not be peroeiyed ; a canal passing anteriorly
contains yery large eggs. The length of the animal is 3-4'''. Leuckart
adduces O. IcMceolatum as a fourth Octobo^hrmm, and O. Bcombri as
a fifth ; but, in my opinion, this cannot be specifically distinguished
firom Octcboth. laneeolatwn, Octoboth. platygattcr, Leuck. (O. Mer-
Icbngi, Nordm.), has been enumerated as a sixth species; and as a
seyenth, the O. hvnidinaceu>m, Bartels, is left doubtfuL Of Cycloeotyle
belones, which Nordmann and Oreplin enumerated with the Octdbotkricby
Leuckart has mentioned nothing definite.
From Steenstrup's ingenious work (Uber den Generatifmswechsel, p.
50), it is now eyident that the Cercaria, hitherto placed as a separate
genus, is only a larya-state of differ^it Trematoda, subject to trans-
mutable generation. In this condition the Trematoda are proyided with
a tail-like apparatus, by the serpentine moyements of which the
pushes itself on, quiyering in the water.
350
ENTOZOA — TREMATODA. 307
Steenstrup first made his observatioiiB on Cerearia eckmata, Sieb.,
from Planorbia cornea, and Lymn€^8 stagnalU, and described it so
exactly, that the reporter knew it at once to be the Cercaria first men-
tioned in Bnrdach's Physiology. The internal cavity, with contractile
walls in the after part of the body, he incorrectly looks upon as the end
of the root of the tail. This is situated not nearly so deep in the after
part of the body of the Cercarke, and only encloses the opening of the
cavity mentioned. According to the reporter's observation, the wide-
extended aperture, at the root of the tail, contracts itself when that
part falls ofP, and then represents the spot for the discharge from the
excrementary organ. The smaller drcular speck, which is situated
before the cavity, and looked upon by Steenstrup as an opening, is only
a spot enclosed by the contractile walls. Steenstrup has made the fol-
lowing remarks on this Cercaria echinata : — ^In swimming, each Cer-
ca/ria rolls its body into a ball, approximating the head to the tail-end,
and beats about with the elongated tail in innumerable S-shaped figures.
These larvsd swarm for some time around the snails from which they
have come forth, and &sten themselves, by means of the abdominal
acetabulum, to their slimy eutide, and then stretch out the fore and
after part of the body. After a time they begin, with leech-like mo-
tions, to creep about upon the eutide of the snails ; when again they
become fixed, and by wriggling strongly up and down, they endeavour
to loosen the tail. When they have succeeded in this, it dies away, and
the Cercaria assumes the appearance of a Distomttm. During the
attempts to cast off the tail, an abundant secretion of slime exudes
from the whole upper surface of the body ; and the tail being cast off,
the worm, by manifold movements and turnings, makes for itself a cir-
cular cavity in this slime, that graduaUy thickens into a case around it.
Steenstrup is of opinion, that in doing this, the animal denudes itself of
a very thin cuticle, which the reporter is inclined to doubt. The former
grounds his opinion on this, that after the formation of this covering, all
the internal organs of the Cerearice become more distinct; but the
reporter would explain this fact, by the emptying of the slime-glands
of the cuticle making the body of the animal more transparent. This
Bistomar-Mke worm possesses, at the anterior end of its body, a sort of
cape, which is deeply emarginate on the middle of the abdominal side :
on this stand the simple prickles or needles, from which the Cercaria
derives its specific name. They are situated at greater and lesser dis-
tances, alternating regularly, in a double concentric circle, the pointed
ends directed outwards, and the blunt ends inwards to the mouth. The
large abdominal acetabulum is placed somewhat behind the middle of the
body. Steenstrup next describes a large bladder-like organ in the interior
of the CerccMricPf which begins close to the nuurgin of the cape, runs down
to the abdominal acetabulum in the middle of the neck, and then i^lits
351
308 REPORT ON ZOOLOOY, MDCCCXLII :
into two side-bnuibhes, which stretch to the end of the after part of the
body. He considers this organ as the liyer, and conjectures, that ihe
intestinal canal, formed conformablj to it, is situated under it. The
reporter would here add, by way of explanation, that this series of
cells is the intestine not yet completely deyeloped, and that it after-
wards loses all this cellular appearance, and then represents a closely^
bounded, fwhed, blind canal. Steenstrup observed two spiral organs
running along both sides of the anterior part of the body, and disap-
pearing in the neighbourhood of the abdominal acetabulum. He does
not give any opinion on the use of these lateral canals, which form at
the same time a ring round the pharyngeal tube. The reporter has also
obserred them, and diBCoyered their blind terminations near the abdo-
minal acetabulum ; they also appeared to him to discharge themselyes
into the bottom of the acetabulum of the mouth, so that they may perhaps
be compared to a saliyary gland, or some other organ of secretion, e. g»
a spinning or a poisonous organ. These side-yessels do not form meshes ;
and if Steenstrup has seen them, they must have been meshes of blood-
yessels, which are present in aU fully-formed Trematoda, and at times
can be distinctly observed in the larva of many Cerca/rim. Another
organ, which passes along the body from beneath, with two lateral
branches, is the ezcrementary organ, and must not be confounded with
the anterior lateral vessels. When the CercaricB have arrived at the
point of becoming pupce, they progress so r^ipidly, that they do not wait
till they have penetrated the body of the snail which they have
selected for their future abode, but pass into the state of pup» upon the
cuticle. Up to this period the habits of Cerca/rim have been long
known; but Steenstrup has followed them farther. In the state of
pupse they remain long in an unaltered condition ; after several months
he found them still the same, while the anterior end of the body became
covered by a number of small-pointed prickles. He saw such indivi-
duals free in the parenchyma of the snail. Some had still a wreath of
spines at the mouth, others had lost it, but in all the intestinal canal
was very much dilated. The pore visible at the upper end of the oeso-
phagus, mentioned by Steenstrup, can only be the head of the pha-
rynx, which does not always lie close in the acetabulum of the mouth,
but is sometimes observed at a distance firom it. The organs, which
he saw filled with little balls on both sides of the body, above the abdo-
minal acetabulum (tab. ii. fig. 8, e. and 8 f.), are the superior blind ends
of the excrementary organ. Thus far Steenstrup's direct observation
of the metamorphosis of the Cercaria echinata extend. How the
small Diatonmm which comes horn this Cercaria fiirther developes
itself, he infers only from analogy with other Treina,toda, which in
the perfect state produce a brood of young, resembling Infusoria. From
these young, then, as is shown by the observations of Bauer, Bojanus,
352
ENTOZO A — TREM ATOD A . 309
and the reporter, the germ>pouches proceed, in which new Cercaria-
like larrsB are deyeloped, by which this chain of metamorphoses, passing
through several generations, is closed. Of the origin of the Cercaria
eehmata there can be no doubt : thej ore produced firom the Konigsgel-
ben Wurmem (Eng. king's-yellow worms), as Bojanus and the reporter
have observed. These worms, formerly observed by Naturalists as germs
of the CerccMfiai, Steenstrup defines as the xnatrice of the Oerccmce and
Dutoma. He is in doubt whether they possess particular openings for
emitting their brood of Cercarice. However, it seemed to him, that two
openings were to be found on the constricted band of the matrice of
Cerca/ria ecMnata, The reporter can assure him, that the matrice of
some species has no definite aperture for emitting their brood, while
others have a peculiar sphincter behind the opening of the mouth,
through which they ore protruded. Steenstrup has often observed,
in the winter months, the origin of the young matrice, which the
reporter was seldom lucky enough to do. In this season were found
many matrices, which c(Hitained nothing but young matrices, in the
most various stages of development. They developed themselves like
CerccMria, also out of round granular germs. He farther conjectures,
that these matrices, which may equally be considered as the first
matrices of the Cercarice, do not again proceed from matrice-like animals,
but from the eggs of Distoma ; but, as he could not explain the chain
of metamorphoses of Cerca/ria echinata, by direct observation, he left
it, and appealed to the brood of Monostom/um rrmtabiU, which, accord-
ing to the reporter's observations, consists of infusoria-like young,
which aU contain a creature very like the matrice of the Cercaria
echinata, Steenstrup certainly conjectured rightly, that in these
matrice-like animals, not the larvss of Monoatotna but of Cercarice
were developed, from which afterwards the complete Monoetoma pro^
eeeded ; he also referred this supposition to the Cercaria echinata, in
order to fiU up retrogressively the gap in the series of the metamor*
phoses of this animal, the transition fix>m the brood of the Diatoma to
the first matrices of the Cerca/rias, The reporter cannot entirely agree
with Steenstrup, that the Cercaria eehmata is the larva of a Diatomum
accomplishing several metamorphoses, and only wishes that this conjee*
tore were confirmed by direct observation ; but he cannot help remark-
ing, that the metamorphoses of the CerccmoB to the perfect Diatom/u/m,
could with difficulty take place in the snail itself. The reporter alsa
doubts, if the Diatoma figured by Steenstrup, without a constricted
throat (tab. ii. ^g, 8 e. and 8 f.), actually belong to the series of metamor-
phoses of the Cercaria echinata ; he expects at a friture period to publish
his grounds for this doubt in a separate essay ; but the following may be
here remarked : — K we compare the armed Diatoma {Diat, echinatum,
uncinatwtn, milita/re, &c.) found in the intestinal canal of water fowls
353 Z
310 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
with the tailless Oereofria echMata, the retemblanoe of these animals,
espeeially of the head aad wreath of hooks, is rerj striking; and if we
remember the interesting obsermtion of Grepiin, that the ScJmtoce-
phalu§ dknorphui (Saw. Observat. de Entos. p. 90) first gains its
sexual organs, after it has been transplanted from the stickleback into
the intestinal oanal of the water fowl, we must be led to assume, that
the sexual organs of the pupa of Cerearia eehinata do not become oom^
pletelj dereloped until it has arriTed in the intestines of those waters
fowl which feed on snails, and then grows up to one of the above named
armed Diit&ma, Steenstrup next turns to the metamorphoses of the
Oerccbria aamata^ Sieb,, on the anterior part of the body of which he saw,
on both sides, a serpentine organ, which, as the reporter ooigectures,
discharges itself at the anterior end of the body, as in C«rc. eehinata ;
perhaps the same opening senres for an exit to both those secreting
pouches, from which the point of the prieUe of the head projects. The
forked intestinal canal of these OerccMiaSf and the posterior excretory
organ, haye not been mentioned by Steenstrup. He saw the shells of
LymncBUB 8t<ignaH$ and PlanorbU eomeus, not merely surrounded by
monstrous swarms of these Cerearia, but also their bodies thickly
ooTered by them. The Cerea/ria creep about upon them, and penetrate,
by means of their prickle, into the cuticle, that they may cast off their
tail; when this takes places, the inner caudal tube is constricted, and
reoeiyes, according to Steenstrup's account, an aperture outwards, through
which the animal then presses out a fluid, filled with globular masses.
The reporter does not take this view. The cavity which contains the
granular fluid does not belong to the tail of the Qerea/ria, but is the
very short forked excrementaiy organ, situated in the posterior part of
the animal's body, the aperture of which is stopped up by the root of the
taU, as in the other species of Oercama. After tibey have penetrated
into the cuticle of the snails, they become pups, while they excrete a
slime from their whole surface, and at once strip off their upper skin
together with the prickle. The Cerearice remain yery long active and
fresh in this state of pupa. We cannot help wondering how Steenstrup
oould consider the tailless Cerectria artnata changed into a Distom/um
quite reversed. He describes its short forked posterior excretory
oi^;an (tab. iii. i^g. 4 f. u. g., 4 d. u. e., a. y.) as the intestinal canal; and
the double ciBcnm, going right and left from the head of pharynx (tab. iii.
fig. 4 f. u. g., V. X. X.), he considers as an organ for the service of propa-
gation. The great acetabulum of the mouth (tab. iii. fig. 4 £ u. g., 4 d. u,
e. s. t.) is to him quite a mystery ; as, misled by optical delusion, he looks
upon the section of the muscular walls as a peculiar horse-^hoe-formed
organ, and the proper opening of the mouth as the aperture of tl^e pos-
terior excretory organ. A Distomumy which had slipped out of its
covering (tab. iii. fig. 5 a.), he also got hold of in the same way reversed ;
354
EKTOZOA — TREMATOD A. 31 1
be now assunee of the Cercairiob beoeme pup® and changed into Dkt<»Mtf
ihkt thej grow strong tifteap beooming pap®, and acquire a lanceolate
^ape, an the fore^part of the body is fltronglj eontrteted, and tiie pupal
tevering at the same time m^ch thidJkened. The rexj thicic sidniied
iSelminthe$y to which Steenstrup next refers, and which he has figured
<m tab. iii. fig. 5 e. f. u. g., do not belong te tl^ series of the metamor-
phoses of Cerccuia <Mnnata. These ffelMmthe$ are yery r^narkable
Wr&matoda, witiiout sex, whidi tiie r^rter hail often met witii between
the nests of Cere^arite in FkMMvhis and LynMuiBm ; the irregular net of
canals, whidi contains a granulisff fluid, ii l^e r&f mrksh dilated exoie-
mentary oigaa of these Hdmrnthes, and widely difi^eient firom the simple
short fblrlced one of the Dktoma wMdi oome f^m Cev^aria armata.
Between tiie acetabtia ^ the moul^ and abdmnen <^ these animals two
semicirdes are obserred^ which Steenstrap considers as the broad ends
of the caTity of digestion ; but they a;^ two openings obliquely perf(^»-
tii^ the thick eutielej and leading to 4 groote in the paraiGhyma of l&e
W0tin« Sfedenitrup has been more happy in pursidng the metamorphoiKB
Of (WectrM^ rotrogfossively; he has succeeded in recognising, in Iheir
matrioes, whidi hare hitherto been esteemed aa immoreable simple
poUchee, A slight Wuntaiy motion, as well ad a sort of acetabulum at
the one end, and an opening for parturition at the other.
In their youngest state^ they contain a cellular mAss ; in the gradual
doTelopm^t of the Cetcttrias the motion by degrees oeaiBes. 8teen6trup,
as well as the lep^ter, haa obs^rred the OerearkB becoming pupn be-
foe they leaTO the maMces, and appeals to the large thick-skinned IV«-
«iato4<iwhichhehasfinmdinthema4rice-bagB. TheaeJ7<0linfn^^hate
alee been seen by the reporter in the matnoe^bags of the Cere* o/rfMbta^
as well as eeMhata^ and must» as already mentioned, be o<msidered as
parasites not belonging to the series of metamorphoeee of these Verearios*
Steenstrup has not hitherto been able to pefceiye the first matrices
(GrossHunm^) of the Oerear. atVMta, tli4t is, stieh matriee-bags as
contain young pouches; he fiirther mentions, that he obtained derttalindi-
tiduals of one Distonmm from the liTer of a i\ijtid<n<» viviparaf whksh
he holds for the same spedes into which the Oerc0^. aphemera^ NitMchy
dhanges on becoming pupa. This is not likely, as the Oerear. ephemera
wants the abd<munal acetabulum; and, accordingly, this lar?a could only
be changed into a Monoetonrnm. Nitasch has erroneously aseribed an
abdominal acetabulum to tiiia Oerearia* Steenstrup next describes a
small oTul animal, which mores by Tibratile cilia, and in all. respects
resembles the brood which comes ftem the ^ggs of Dietoma^ and first
becomes trantmuted into a Distomo-like animal in the third generdtien.
It lires in the mtemal organs and external slime of ilnocionia, and much
i^BsemblesaiWaM^^ritom* The inditiduals gradually lose tiMdr vibraitile
cilia, fix themselres, and become more parenchymatous ; aft tiiey grow^
a cAyity ii fdtmed in thAir interior, which becomes, by degree!, filled
355
312 REPORT ON. ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
with small round or oyal bodies ; these are the germs of Distomum du-
plicatum, Baer, which Steenstnip oonld not observe becoming pupa.
He adds to these obserrations, that the tailed Distovn. dnplicatwn is
▼ery probably the larra of Aspidogaster eon^hicolaf Eaer. The
reporter considers this conjecture as entirely groundless; the tailed
Ditt(mh. dupHcatum can only change into a Ditiamum, It possesses,
like all of them, a forked intestinal canal, and an abdominal acetabulum.
Atpidoga$ter has not an abdominal acetabulum, and -is only fiimished
with a simple intestinal pouch. The brood also of Atpidogaster, which
the reporter has frequently observed, does not at all agree in form with
those creatures of the ParcMOMciu/mAanA. from which Steenstrup asserts
that the matrice for JDMtom. dtiplicatum proceed. Its young are pro-
Tided with a distinct acetabulum of the mouth, under which the anterior
end of the body projects like a moveable tongue, and already points to
the shield-formed abdominal plate of the grown animal. Steenstrup
correctly explains, in opposition to the assumption of Carus, that the
pouch-like beings, which have been named Leucochlaridium paradoxwnf
proceed, by equivocal generation, from the pajrenchyma of the Succmea
umpMbia ; that these pouches are the nurses of certain Trematoda^
and, in his opinion, owe their origin to ciliated animalcules, resembling
the Opalina ranoru/m.
Steenstrup found, in the eyes of fishes, Trematoda, not only free but
shrivelled up, which were fixed to the inner wall of the cornea of a pike
(Hechtes) and of a perch (Borsches), and to which a fine granular imorga-
nized stripe ran through from the external surface, which might be looked
upon as the way by which the rrematocKo-like little animal got from the
outside into the fish. As he also found such Trematoda become pupa in
the neighbourhood of the eyes of fishes, he looks upon this to be a proofs
that the Diplostoma, Holoitcma, and Distoma, living as parasites in their
eyes, are different links of one series of metamorphoses. He explains the
Diplo9t<ymMm elavatum to be the larva, Holo$tOfMtm cuticola the pupa,
and DiploBtomum volvens the full grown TrematodiMn of one and the
same series of metamorphoses ; with which the reporter does not agree, as
these three Trematoda are formed differently from each other, and no
trace of sexual organs can be recognised in the Diplo9tomum volvens.
Whether the Trematodtim found enclosed, in the state of pupa, under
the cuticle and in the mesentery of the Rana temporaria, be the pupa
of Amphistonmm cla/vatum, as he imagines, would need more proof. The
reporter has often found the same sort of capsuled Tr&matoda in &ogs ;
but he always held them for Distoma without sex, never for Amphistoma,
A laboured article by Streubel, on the genus Pentastonwim, in Ersch
and Oruber's '' Eneyclopsedie 16r Theil. 1842, p. 93," which has hitherto
contained distinguished original essays on the Helmmthes, is almost only
a meagre extract from Diesing's Monograph of this genus.
A very singular parasitical worm, which the reporter knows not
356
ENTOZOA — CESTOIDEA. 313
where to classify, has been, described and figured by Rathke, under the
name of Pdtogaster paguri (Neuest. Danz. Schr. Bd. iii. Hft. 4, p. 105).
The animal liyes on the abdomen of the body of the Pagums hemr-
hao'ditSy is &'' in length, and forms an elongated arched crooked oral,
the thicker end of which passes into a short wide tube ; the margin of
the aperture of this tube, which is the mouth of the animal, appears
padded and somewhat undulated. Cirri and eyes are wanting, the epi-
dermis is thick and colourless, and in the middle of the body there is an
abdominal acetabulum, in the form of an amber-yellow radiated emarginate
shield of a homy texture, on a homy longitudinal stripe. The presence
of this acetabulum, with which the parasite is fastened to the body of the
crab, induced Rathke to reckon it with the Trematoda. Through the
mouth we arrive at a very wide intestinal pouch, which reaches to the
end of the body, and is every where fastened to its walls by cellular
tissue. The worm does not prey upon the juices of the Pagiirus, but
sucks the nourishment which is conveyed to it out of the water. The
intestinal pouch serves also for hatching the eggs. In young indivi-
duals, the inner surface of the pouch, towards the back, is covered with
soft flat masses of fibres ; in older ones these spots are occupied by some
layers of eggs, which are united to each other, and with the intestinal
pouch, by a transparent firm substance (a hardened secretion) ; the eggs
contain oily drops of a copper-red colour. The ovaries are situated
between the abdominal wall of the body and the intestine, in the form
of two pouches, which are divided into departments by transverse walls,
and, when swollen with eggs, fill out the whole body. Somewhat behind
the middle of the body, a short narrow canal projects from each ovary,
and opens into the intestine. Before these openings two others are
found, which lead to two warty elevations of the alimentary pouch,
probably organs of attachment for the eggs. No nervous system was
discovered.
CESTOIDEA.
Mater has discovered, outside the thin intestine of a Testudo mydas, a
great number of small greyish-white knots, of f of a line in diameter,
(MiUl. Arch. a. a. O. p. 213. They consisted of a husk, lying under the
peritonaeum, with cheesy contents, between which a dear oval little
bladder, of |''' in size, with an Entozoon, was concealed. This latter
had an oval form, and was stronger at the one end, at the other more
slight and bent inwards. The animal was composed of an external layer
of balls and bladders, and an internal finely granulated layer, in which
four cord-formed sheaths lay close beside each other. These contained
four probosces, sown over with unequal teeth, which, on the lively
357
314 REPORT ON ZOOLQOT, MDOCCXLII :
moiioiui «f tbe aiWAl* w«fe boused oat and in. H« piopottM to <st^ thi^
worm Teir<»rkfffy}ku$ cy^UouM, or ^chmococcus coroHtUu^. J$i%s^.9}l
events * young Tctr^i^hynchmt and on this aooonnt need aot, haiw^ beev
anwnged in a different genn^ ; fhe q^ifie name 9elefM hj Majenc
ahonld hare been fltting» fi>r many Tetrarh^fnci are ^nnd encyeted.
SteenstmpdoobtB (Op. ani dt. p. 113} if a T««rar%iieiM, aoo(«ding to
Mieeoher'a aocoont (y. Aidu 1841, iL p. 901) can proceed from a met^i-
poipboiifl of the JV^oria jMiotufiH aa the tobnlar and dub-fihaped oover-
ings wMob harbour » Te^arhyncu$t and whidi he has often fonnd in
Ssam bdone^ though they certainly on the soi&ce resemble a Fikuria^
yet haye nothing common in stmctare with that worm.
Daremoy has mentioned, under the name of Bothrimowu tturioniBi
a new parasite, belonging to the Oestoiclea, whidi was found by Lesii^nr
in the intestinal canal of the Acipemer <myrhynehu$t Mitch. (Ann. dee
So. Nat. 1. 19, p. 123i, and Froriep's None Notia. Bd. 24^ p. 134). It
makes a transition from Xt^uto to jBo<iWiciM#m. Thereisnomemb^vnig
of the body, on the.nuddle of which, a ftoow funs down both sioftces ;
in these two frrrows are situated a multitude of small eleyations, pvo*
yided with an opening; sometimes, instead of one deya^bion* there is an
oblong drrus-like papilla^ and dose behind it a sepoiid opeping. ThesQ
parts, whidi Duyenioy only properly recqgpuaed v^^on <nte (the »Ma-
minal) surfaee» are perhaps nothing but sexual povec^ and Greplin. wne
right, when he declared the presencp oi sudi porcp on the dcwsnqi of the
animal an illusion (Fror. Neue Notiz, Bd. 2^ p* 136). The globular
head is furnished with two acetabular standii^ dose together, <» raiiies
soldered to each other, which Duyemoy saw situated on the dorsal side
of the head oi the worm ; the posterior end was bhintiy rounded or ere*-
nated outwaxdly ; this last probably only occuxxed from an ugujy .
A comparison has. been made by Creplin (Aroh^ 1842, L p. 315) be-
tween Tasnia escpa/Ma and denticuliUaf and attention particulaElty.
directed to the latter, with whidi the former has been often confounded,
as both at the same time inhabit the intestine of bullocks.
CYSTICA.
In the treatise of Steenstmp, already so offcen mentioned, he emcunerates;
also the encysted worms as animals> whidi perhaps are ge^arating
matrices, of wludi, as yet» the complete 'animals are not known (Op.
ant. dt. p* 111).
R. Fnxriep, in a treatise entitled " Hydatides osdanii" has communi-
cated a case of the presence of the Cy$ti€0rcu9' cdlulaai in the first
phalanx of the middle fingw of a man (Fior. Chimyg. Kupfiartaf. "Hik. 87,
1842), and also two cases of hydatids in human Ixmes ; from which he
358
ENTOZOA — CYSTICA. 316
ooDoliidea, that thxee species of hydatids aze present in the b<mes» viz.,
— 1. Simple spoils c^sts ; 2. Aoephalpc^sts^ or Echinococdf that is, in-
dependent wateiy bladders, enclosed in a fibxoiis ooyering^ which are
sometimes present in great nambers in one and the same husk ; and 3.
CystkercQs celkdoMS, The author has had the kindness to send to the
reporter a preparation &om the under eoctremxtj of a casoi in which
knotty hydatids were yery eztensiyely present^ but in which the reporter
has only reoognised serous cysts.
Leuc^art found, in the peritons^al parts belonging to the uterus of
LepuB cunicuhiB domesHcuSy ten indiyiduals of a CysHcercua (Zool.
Bruchst. iiL p. 1), which he looked xcpaa as new, and has named Cyst,
dongatus, with the following diagnosis: — ^Capite sub-tettagono ; odilo
nullo ; corpore mgoso, elongate, depresso ; vesica caudali gracili, elongata»
apice acuminata, corpore parum lougiore. From a notice communicated
to the author by Diesing, a OystUercuty found by Natterer in the
Lepus hrasUienHsy must agree with this Cyst, elongatut. A CyiHcer-
eus cereopitheci cynomolgi, which Leuckart found in a cjai of the liver,
and mentions as a doubtful species, is near Cysticercus tenuicollis,
Leuckart could not discover Ihe circle of recurved hooks in a Cfyaticercus
piiifarmis from the liver of a house-mouse; and conjectures, that the
hooks, as in the Tcenia, had here fidlen off from old age. It has been
announced by Engel, that in an epileptic patient^ Cysticerci were found
in considerable numbers in grooved deepenings of the convohitionB of
the brain, and the muscles of the same patient were also beset with them
(Schmidt's Jahrg. 1842, Bd. 53, p. 43). Badius obeearved a Cystieercus
in a hydatid of the size of a walnut, in the liver of an old woman,
which was surrounded by a cartilaginous capsule (ibid. Bd. 34, p. 269).
Cases of convulsionc^ madness of swine occasioned by measles, have
been rekted by Behrs (Gurlt and Hertwig's Magaz. 1842, p. 22^). The
encysted worms^ in such swine, occupied almost m<»e space in the cavity
of the skull than the substance of the brain.
A view often taken of the origin of the CkmwMfM cer^brcUis, as the
oensequence of preceding inflammation <^ the brain, has again been
brought fcMTward by Dcmdnik (ibid. p. 83).
According to Boeitansky's observations, aoephalocysts are rery rare
in human bones (Handb. der pathol. Anat. Bd. 11, p. 207). They have
been found in the humerus^ tibia» iliac bones, and tiie diploe of the
skull, generally in consequence of wounds. Bocitamky has communi-
cated the following case : — ^A day-labourer, forty4wo years of age, had
in youth, suflSared from swellings <xf the gionds of the thmt and sbo
and was afterwards severely affected by syphilis. Four years thereafter^
a disease of the bones supervened, with gnawing and penetrating pains,
and in the course of a year he died. The kft ilium was changed into
a fibrous sac, which was filled with aoephalocysts (J^cAmococcus-bladders)
359
316 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
the dze of millet-Beed and nuts, together with namerbiu small and kzger
pieces of bone sticking to the inner wall of the sac ; small sacs of the
same kind were situated on the pubis, ischium, and coccyx- The blad-
ders were partly free and partly united, particularly the small ones, or
seyeral were together in the dilated pores or cells of the bare and
much shattered bone ; the head of the thigh-bone projected into an ace-
phalocystous sac, occupying the place of the socket, which was completely
eroded. This case has also been related by Robert (Oppenheim's
Zeitschr. f. die Gesam. Mediz. Bd. 20, p. 92).
Reginald James mentions the case of a man, fifty-nine years old,
in whom the lateral section of the bladder was made for a retention of
urine (liOnd. Med. Gaz. Oct. 1842, p. 151). A considerable quantity of
urine escaped, without reducing the swelling of the pubis or the pain .of
the patient. After death, a swelling was found behind and above the
bladder, filled with hydatids of difierent size, and which had pressed it
so dose to the pubis, that it was divided into an upper and under por-
tion, the latter of which only had been opened in the operation. Another
case of EchinococcuB hominis has been communicated by Koch (Ro-
hatzsch. allgem. Zeit. f. Chiruig. 1842, No. 17).
Schiodte has found an intestinal worm in the stomach of Opatrum
Mbulosara of half a line long, which seems allied to the Caryophyllceui,
and resembles the figure of a parasite, given by Leon Dufour, in the
Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1826, pi. 21, bis, ^g. a.-d. (Eroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr.
Bd. 4, p. 208). That animal, therefore, certainly does not belong to
Caryophyllceus, but to the enigmatical form of the Cfrega/rina, which
are probably subject to a transmutable generation. .
HELMINTHES GENERIS DUBII.
Oebstep mentions a sagittal-shaped HelminthMf which he found in the
intestinal canal of Lumbriconais marina, Oerst. (Kroyer, Naturh.
Tidsskr. Bd. 4, p. 133). Although a figure is given of the animal, yet the
reporter does not know what to make of it. Nor can he make any thing
of another enigmatical parasite, which Eroyer discovered on the abdomen
of Hippolyte ptuiola (Monografisk Fremdstilling af Slaegten Hippolytes
nordiske Arter med Bidrag til Dekapodemes Udviklingshistorie. Ejoben*
havn, 1842, p. 56). The structure is veiy simple, and points out its
position between the LerncecB, Hirudines, and Helmmthes.
Philippi asserts, that the Physophora harbours in its stomach, worms
which as yet have not been dearly defined (Fror. N. Notiz. Bd. 23,
p. 88, and Bd. 22, p. 344).
A vermicular disease of poultry has been mentioned by Delafond,
without exactly describing the worms (Gurlt und Hertwig's Mag. ant. cit.
p. 115).
360
HELMINTHES GENERIS DUBII. 317
Miescher has been struck hj a remarkable striped appeanmoe of the
muscles of the trunk, extremities, throat, and face, and of those of the
eje, and also of the diaphragm, in a house-mouse (Ber. iiber die Yerh. der
naturf. Ges. in Basel Yom Aug. 18M) bis JuH 1842, Bas. 1843, p. 193).
The muscles of the tongpie, larynx, pharynx, and all the inyoluntaiy
mnsdes, were normaL The stripes were like milk-white threads, which
were found both on the upper surface as well as in the interior of the
muscles, and always ran parallel with the fibres; the length of each
thread corresponded to the length of the muscle ; each individual thread
represented a cylindrical pouch, becoming narrow at both ends, and
was filled with granular contents, in external appearance resembling a
FilcMria. The walls of the pouches were composed of a simple structure^
less membrane ; the contained grains had an oblong, reniform, or sphe-
rical shape, and a length of 0.0034''' to 0.0054'". They did not resemble
simple cells, but consisted of a simple membrane, which enclosed a very
finely granulated substance. Miescher is undecided as to their use;
they might either constitute a peculiar diseased condition of an indiyi>
dual muscular fibre, as each pouch may have been engendered under the
cover of the muscular bundle instead of the fibrillss, or they were pecu-
liar parasitical formations, which here chose their habitation, and have
pressed out &om the actual muscular substance. Neither is Miescher
determined whether the parasite be of a vegetable or animal nature ;
but it puts us in mind of the pouches, observed by Bowmann (Arch. 1841,
ii. p. 296), in the muscles of an eel, which were filled with Trichma
spiralis.
Gluge has discovered an Entozwm in the blood of the heart of a frog
(MiilL Arch. 1842, p. 148); it was very transparent and elongated,
having a head and tail running to a point, and, on the right side, three
oblong processes bulged out and in. It did not contain little balls in its
interior, like the Hcematozoon described by Valentin (v. Miill. Arch.
1841, p. 435), but was probably a creature allied to it. Hosmatozoa
have also been observed by Remak in the blood of most river fish, and
almost constantly in the pike (Cannstatt's Jahresb. 1842 ; Bericht iiber
die Leistungen im Qebiete der PhysioL im Jahre, 1841, p. 10.) They
were of different sizes, but aU generally twice as large as the blood-
corpuscles. When in repose, they had an oval or pear-shaped foim, and
they pushed out dentated processes. These processes are the consequence
of the undulating motions of the transparent membranous part of the
body. Nea^r one end, and more laterally, Bemak distinguished a
thidcer oblong untransparent nucleus, from which, usually, foldings of the
membranous part radiated out to all sides. This membranous portion
in it ran out into two short tips at the end nearer the solid kernel ; in
the Hoffmatozoa of the stickleback, it ran out to a hook-shaped crooked
thin thread.
361
318 REPOET ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLif :
PSEUDO-HELMINTHES.
Matbb hat giTn hk Tiewv <m the natme of the Spermatozoa^ and ii
still eoaTinoed that thej aie aotaaUy animals, as their peeoliaar fonn and
<»gaaiaati(m, as well as their yolnntaiy moTements, oonespond ta the
animal dharaoter (Nene Untemioh. p. 9).
Krohn has shown thai the VmrtumfMU iheUdieola^ Otto, wliich, for a
long while, has been held as a Trematodik^Sk» parasite, is not an inde-
pendent animal ; bat that it is oanstituted from fimns whicb are only
appendages of tilie Theli^$^ but haye certainly a frail oonnectiofn with it
(MnIL Arch. 1842, p. 418). The reporter peroeiyee, from the Transac-
tkms of the Meeting of Naturalists at Tnrin, that already, in 1840,
Verani had qnestioned whether the»e appendices of the Thetyz were
psendo-parasites (Isis, 1842, p. 252), and that Nardo had remarked,
that the Thetyt was able to reproduce them when torn off. It fill-
lows, therefore, that the remark of Maeri, made many years ago, who
had correctly understood the meaning of these appendices, must be agam
added to the description of Thet^ leporinna, yiz. : — ^Majoies appendices
sunt membranaoeiB, oyato-obkmgo, acut», deeid^MB (Atti della reala
aeademia della Scienze di Napoli. Vol. iL 1778, p. 170, tab. 4.) Krohn
has distinctly peroeiyed the skin of the Thetyt to pass orer, without
interruption, the parts which haye been named Vertwrnni; and that
the same colour which the The^ itself has, is found again on the ap-
pendices. The obseryations of the reporter agree completely, in the
latter respect, with Krohn's assertions. He may add also, that one
sees, en the first glance, that the grooye found at the anterior thick end
of the body of the VertwtMiiy and regarded as the animal's mouth,
cannot be an acetabulum, as it is neither ooyered by an epidermis nor
an epithelium ; and as no where, in this grooye, is the peculiar Btruciure
of an acetabulum to be distinguished. The wide canal, whidi stretches
from the grooye longitudinally, in the body of the VertwRMMLS, is ccm-
nected with an innumerable multitude of larger and smaller sinuses,
which lie buried in the other parts of the animal. The whole paren-
chyma consists of irregular cells, with wide meshes, which can be blown
up through the opomig in the grooye of the VtvfwwMM, like the paren-
chyma of the lungs of an AnvphMu/m,
362
REPORT
ON THB
WORKS WHICH HAVE APPEARED DURING
THE YEARS 1841 AND 1842,
ON THB
EOHINODBRMATA, ACALEPHA, POLYPI, AND INFUSORIA.
BY
PBOFESSOB C. TH. Y. SIEBOLD.
ECHINODERMATA.
Zoo]i0028T9 apd Phygioliogiste liaye, last year, diiotcied nmoh of theiir
f#eatioa to th^ Echmodermata (apoii whioh thiere has been no import
jn. these ArehiyeB i^poaoe 1838), so that this dass pTondses to he Bioxe
oompletely desoribed than any other of the inyertehrata*.
Agassiz has pijneipally distiagoiahed. himself in this departmeiit, aa
for seyeial years he haa been sealomily publishing '' Monogiaphies
d'Edhinoderqes yiyans et Fossiles/' of whieh four admirable liyraisona
are now before the reporter* He haa also alieady treated of thia alaaa
kiihia *< Non^enelator Zoologiffas^ Fasc. 1. Solodui, 1842."
Sluirpey haapablidied an ample treatise on the internal stmctoie of
4ie Echmodermata (Cyel<^. of Anat and Physi<^ yol. ii 1839, p. 30) ;
and Digardi» has also laboured at lius olass« in the third yolwne of
Lamaibk's Natural History.
Foi^s has published an ea^oellent work <m the British Schmoder-
mata, which is illustrated, in a truly luxurious maniier« with beautiful
wpod^ts (A Hist(H7 of Biiti^ Stai^ish^ tmd other Ammals of the
daas^Ediinod^emata. IfOndon, 1841). This is a proo^ that in England,
the interest fas Zoology mi^ be more eztensiye than in Qermany. Of
late yearn a number of beautifully illustrated mon(^gra]|^B on the British
363
320 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Fauna have appeared ; while, in Qermanj, works of the same descrip-
tion can hardly be proyided with the most necessary figures.
Forbes diyides the Echinodermata, according to their organs of motion,
into six orders, which correspond with the dirisions hitherto in use. —
1. PnvNiORADA (Crincideas) : of these Comatula rosacea, L. {mediter^
ra/nea. Lam.), onlj is a natire of the English coast. Pentaermus euro-
jMSus, Thomps., is nothing but a joung Comatula, — 2. Spinigbada
(OpMurida). Forbes enumerates the following: OpJUura Uxtwrata,
Lam. ; aUbida, Forb., which has been declared bj Miiller and Troschel to be
OpJdolepU ciliata ; Ophiocotna neglecta, Johnst. (OpMolepia gqtuimata,
Miill. and Tr.) ; Balliiy Thomps. ; pv/nctata, Forb. ; j/Uiformis, Miill. ;
hrachiata, Montag.; ffrcmulata. Link; hellis, Flem. ; Goodsiri, Forb.
(according to Miiller and Troschel, perhaps identical with Oph, Ballii) ;
rostila, Link ; minuta, Forb. ; the last two species have been referred
by Miiller and Troschel to Ophiothrix fragilis ; Aitrophyton scuta-
turn, Forb., which is perhaps Agtroph, Linhii, Miill. and Tr. — 3. Oirkhi-
ORADA (Asteriadai) : Uraster glacialis, Agass. ; ruhens, Ag. ; violacea,
Miill.; hi8pida,Femi. ; Cribellaoculata^'Pejm.; ra«ea, Miill. ; Solaster
papposus, L.; endeca, L.; Palmipes membranaceus, Retz. ; Asterina
gibbosa, Penn. ; Goniaster Templetoni, Thomp. ; equestria, Gm. (Astro-
gonium pkrygianum. Mull, and Tr.) ; Asterias awrcmtia^a, L. ; LuidAa
fragilissima, Forb. — 4. Cibrhisfiniobada (Eckmidas) : Cida/ris papU-
lata, Leak. ; Echinus miliaris, Lesk. ; sphcera, MiUl. ; Flemingii, Ball ;
lividus, Lam. ; neglectus. Lam. ; Echinocyamus pusillus, MiUl. ; Echi-
norachinus placenta, Gm. ; Spatangus purpu/reus, Miill. ; Brissus ly-
rifer, Forb. ; Amphidotus cordatus, Penn. ; roseus, Forb. — 6, Cirrhi-
VERMiORADA (Holotkuriadce) ,' I^kis phantapfA8,lj.', PsoUnus hrevis,
Forb. and Goods.; Cacumaaia frondosa, Grun. ; pentactes, MtQL;
covmmimis, Forb. and Goods. ; fusifomds, Forb. and Goods. ; hyalma^
Forb. ; Drummondii, Thomps. ; Hyndmani, Thomp. ; fucicola, F. and
G. ; Ocnus hruvmeus, Forb. ; lacteus, F. and G. ; Tkyone papillosa,
Miill.; Portlockii, Forb.; CMrodota digitata, Montagu. — 6. Vermi-
ORADA {Sipu/nculidce) : Syrinx nudus, L. ; papUlosus, Thomps. ; Harvdi,
Forb. ; Sipunculus hemhardus, Forb. ; Johnstoni, Forb. ; Pria pulus
caudatus, Lam. ; Thalassema Neptuni, Gaertn. ; Echiurus vulgaris, Say.
A. Hill Hassall has offered a contribution to the Marine Fauna of
Ireland (Ann. Nat. Hist. iz. p. 132). He has enumerated Comatula
rosacea, with ten species of Asteriadce, Spatangus purpureus, Echinus
sphasra, AtnphidoPus cordatus, and Echinocyamus pusiUus, as pre-
sent in the Bay of Dublin.
We are indebted to Grube for a yery yaluabl^ contribution to the
distribution of the Echinoderm^ta, in the Adriatic and Mediterra-
nean Seas (Actinien, Echinodermen, und Wiirmer des Adriatischen und
Mittel-Meeres, 1840, p. 14). The following Crinoidce, Ophiuridae, and
364
ECHINOBERMATA. 321
AsteriadiB have been discovered by him: — Comatula mediterrcmea.
Lam. ; OorgonocepJialus verrucMus, Lam. ; Ophiura lacertosa, Lam. ;
pentagona. Lam. ; gqua/mmata, Lam. (Ophiolepis Ballii, from Miiller
and TroscheVs aoconnt) ; rMmiUformis, Grub. {Ophiolepis squa/mata of
MiUL and Tr.) ; cordiferay Delle Chiaje ; scutdlwm. Grab. {Ophionyx
scutellumy Moll, and Trosch.) ; rasula/ria, Qrub. (OphiOfCcmtha setoaa,
MiQl. and Trosch.) ; fragilis, Miill. ; Agterias coriacea, Orab. (Ophi-
diaster attenuatua, Qraj, according to Miill. and Trosch.) ; mbulataf
Lam.; seposita, Lam.; glacialis. Lam.; aiircmtiaca, L.; biqfdnosa,
Ott. ; platyaccmtha, Phil. ; pentacanthe, Delle Chiaje ; mermbrcmaceay
Retz. Of EchinidcB Qrabe has found the following : — Spatangus Jlave&-
cens, Miill.; atropos and carvnatus. Lam.; Echinus saxatilis, L. ; Tieapo^
litomus, Delle Chiaje ; esculentus, L. ; miliarus and neglectus, Lam.
Of Holoth/uriadce the following : — Holotlvuria regalis, Cuv. ; ScMMtori,
Delle Ch. ; tiibulosa, Miill. ; 8tichopus cinerascensy Br. ; Sporadipus
impatiens, Forsk. ; Stellati, DeUe Ch. ; maculatus, Br. ; Cladodactyla
doHolmn, PalL ; Dicquemouriiy Cuv., with several species which he holds
as new, viz. — Holothwria mummatay catcmensis, Sporadipus gldber,
Psohis grcurmlatus, Cladodactyla syracusoma, Chiridota Chiaiiy and
pinnata, Grabe has, at the same time, characterized two new genera.
The one, Phyllophorus, is intermediate between the genera Sporadipus
and Cladodactyla of Brandt. There is a single species taken at Palermo,
Phyl,. uma. The feet of this animal are scattered over the whole body,
and are not arranged in rows, and its tentacles are branched and arbore-
ons, and not in the form of a shield. The other genus, called by Grube
Hoplodactylus, is allied to Idosoma, Br., but has the tentacles not shield-
shaped, but simply cylindrical, and is only represented by one species,
Hopl, mediterra/ryea. Besides the SipwfMsulus wudus, L., and verru^
cosuSy Cuv., Grube discovered the genus defined by him Anoplosoma^
turn, which forms a transition from the Echinodermata to the worms,
having a simple cylindrical body, neither furnished with tentacles, teeth,
nor warts, nor with bristles or short pedicles to the feet ; but each end
of the body is perforated by an opening. The only species, named by
Grube Anopl. utriculus, was got at Palermo, and is unarticulated
throughout, and of a pale flesh colour.
The nervous system of the Sipu>nculus wuduSy the knotless abdominal
cord of which, firom its position, puts us in mind of the nervous system
of the An/nulata and of the Holoth/uria tubulosay has been described by
Erohn. (Miill. Arch., 1839, p. 348 ; and 1841, p. 9.)
Some observations on the remarkable power of reproduction of the
HolothurioB have been communicated by Dalyell. (Froriep's Neue
Notiz., 1840, p. 1.)
A new Synapta has been found in the British Channel by Quatie-
fiiges, and described as Syn. duvencsa with the following diagnosis : —
365
322 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCOXLII :
(rimrtit., 1841, p. 896.; Ann. d. Sc Nat. t. 17, 1842, p. 22; and
Frar. N. Notis. Bd. 21, 1842, p. 165.) I'-^Corpore molH, TennifoUDi, hie
et OUe modo tugido, modo oomtrieto et tnutisyenim plicato ; c&ti toseola^
hyalina, adlimviite; Tittis qninqae ftbrosu, opacis, albis, Icmgitadi-
ftalilmt imtrada : ore plana, dnodecim tentaculu pinnatilfidift eii««mdato ;
ano rohmdo, iiiido, temiiialL This animal prefers the Bea-filime, and
fteds OB the Mnd, with whidi iti whole inteftme ia 8tiif^» It re^
qnicklj ■eparalet the hinder part of its long Termiferm body, eithe^
▼olnntarily or on tondung it ; the fragments of the animal thns thrown
off moTd about fer three or fonr dajB. The animid itself dianges its
position by Termiform windings of its body, making use of its tentadee
lor that purpose, which are in eonstant motion, and are at the sa&id
time employed as grasping-organs. Although this Synapta shows sea^
aibility to a rety strong admiwion of light, yet it does not appear to
possess any definite organ of sight ; it has also no peroeptkm ci sound.
Its cutieular coTering is composed of a tender epidermis and a oorimni
which is slightly lose-ooloured, by a transparent granulated substanoe*
The upper surfiioe of. the body is not smooth, but ooyered by a number
of oyal eleyations like raspberries ; these bear remarkable andior-fthaped
angular hooks, which are toothed on the convex side of th^ two barbs,
and haTe a small arched dentated dilatation at the upper end of the
•talk opposite the barbs. The barbs or anchornshaped bodies, whii^
are about the length of t\j mill., are listened by the upper dentated
end of the stalk, in an oblique direction, to a small perforated shields
These parts, the anchor and shield, become dissolted with efibrresoenoe
in acids, while they are not affected by caustic potass. The other
elerations which do not bear anchors are covered with small spherical
and oral bodies, some of which are striped transversely. These bodies
can protrude from their interior a filiferm body of j^ mill, in length ;
they are not afibcted by adds, but are dissolved by hali causticum.
Quatrefiiges compares these Httle bodies with the nettld organs of the
AetinicB, and believes that the anchors do not exclusively, as Eschsoh(dti
supposes, cause the bur-like appendages and the urtication of the
Bynapta, but that the last described bodies, principally as in the
Actimai, work as stinging organs. The anus is opposite the mouth,
at the end of the hinder part of the body. The five feathered tentacles
surrounding the mouth, have a tenderer cuticulas covering than the rest
of the body, and bear neither anchor nor shield, nor stinging otgan,
but are Airnished with two rows of aoetabula on their inner surfeoe^
which are very udeM for taking the feed and in creeping forward.
The tentacles, in which the circulation of the blood is maintained in a
lively manner by the vibratile epithelium, also probably serve as organs
of respiration; but at the same time a contrivaiioe by which the i^ynof^to
can constantiy take up water into the cavity of the body, and again
366
ECHINODERMATA. 323
throw it out by contraction, must abo contribute to the process of xe-
spiration. There are found, namely, between the roots of every two
tentacles, on a small papilla-shaped elevation, sometimes four, some-
times fiye openings, from which canals pass in through the covering of
the body to the cavity, giving entrance and exit to the water. With
respect to the organs of propagation, Quatre&ges has discovered the
Synapta duvemasa to be hermaphrodite. He could not discover any
nervous sjrstem.
Agassiz has turned his attention to the Echmidaf, in his manographs
above mentio^ied.
The first livraison of this work embraces the genus ScUema (Dkf ono-
graphics Echinodermes, Ire livrais. contenant les 8alenies. Neuchatel,
1838), which, containing only fossil species, we shall not analize here.
The second contains the ScutelloB (1841.) Agassiz arranges these
Echinodermata in that division of the Eckmidcs whicb he has called
Clypeas^oides, and which have, as a chief characteristic, a central
mouth and a sub-central anal opening. Agassiz holds it unsuitable
to unite the Scutellce into one genus as later Naturalists have done ; and
he was constrained, as he took into consideration the internal organiza-
tion, partly again, to re-establish older genera, and partly to add new,
by which means he makes thirteen genera, in which the position of the
anal and sexual openings, the figure which the ambulacra form, the
structure of the organs of mastication, and the cavity of the body, fur-
nish the principal points for their, characters.
The shell of the 8cutdlcB, like that of the EchmidcB, is composed of
ten regions of plates, of which ^re rows bear ambulacra, and the ^yb
without them He between ; each region is formed, properly, of a double
row of plates, which are so intimately united to each other, that they
can hardly be separated. Bound the mouth, instead of twenty plates,
there are usually only ten or five to be counted, which form the buccal
rosettes so called ; the spiniferous ScuUIIcb rest upon the tubercles on
which the spines are situated, as in EchvMJts. Of these tubercles the larger
may be distinguished as spiniferous tubercles, and the smaller as miliary.
The ambulacra, which form a five radiated rosette on the dorsum of
the ScutellaSy are as yet very little known. Agassiz was able to observe,
on a veiy well preserved, although dried specimen of Lotgawwrn rostror-
turn, that a row of lametim was situated on the inner side of the ambu-
laeral pores, which evidently stood in connection with them. From
this it is to be concluded, that in the ScutdlcB the same organiza-
tion of the ambulacra occurs as in the Echini^ and that these lamellsD
indicate the dried branchial sacs. The Scutellce are very remark-
ably and peculiarly distinguished by the ray-like furrows going out
from the centre and ramifying on the under surface of the sh^; in
these furrows are also found a number of pores, which, like the pores of
367
324 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
the doHQiii, ftand in oonnection with ambulacra. The opening of the
month liea opposite the email apicial rosette, which is composed of three
different parts, namely, the madrepore-form plate, the plates containing
the sexual openings, and those which bear the ocelli. These different
plates are also so intimately connected to each other, that thej can with
difficulty be separated. The spines vary in form according to the genera
and species ; those of the upper surface are mostly clayate, those of the
under straight and pointed ; seyeral species of MelUta and Encope have
a third sort of spines, which are flattened laterally at the ends. These
spines, which are organized, as in Echinus, can be moved by the Hying
animal on all sides. The greater number of the ScutellcR are grey or
violet coloured. In those in which the margin of the shield is entire, the
anus appears farther from the mouth than in those the maigin of which
is incised. The cavity in the interior of the shield is divided by many
perpendicular partitions. The organs of mastication of the Scutellce are
constructed much on the plan of the teeth of Echinus. The intestinal
ouial, which winds through the cavity of the body, contains, generally,
fragments of small corals and shell-fish.
Agassiz divides the Scutellce into thirteen genera, which are all
figured. The four genera. Buna, AmphiopCf Scutella, and 8cuteU
Una, containing only antediluvian forms, are here omitted. Of the
genus Rotula, two species are described : R, Rumphii {Scut, dentata.
Lam.) and Augusti (Scut, octodactyla. Lam.) To the three already
known species, MeUita quinquefora, Ag., Lam., testudinata, Kl.,
hexapora, Ag., L., Gm., Agassiz has added two new species: if.
similis, disco suborbiculari vel subquinquangulari, lunuHs sex, basi un-
dulata, sulcis ambulacralibus valde ramosis ; and M. lobata, disco sub-
orbiculari, lunulis sex, lunulis ambulacralibus postids apertis, petalis
brevibus, ovatis, subdausis, pons genitalibus ocellaribusque vere distino-
tis. The genus Encope is represented by eleven species, of which nine
are new, viz., — E. (Scutella) emargvnata, Ag., Lam. ; tetrapora, Ag.,
Blainv. ; micropora, perspecHva, cyclopara, cblonga, subcla/usa, Valen-
dennesiiy Michelini, grandis, uid StokesU, Ag. To the genus Lobo-
phora, four species are reckoned: X. (ScuteUa) hifora, Ag., Lam.;
tnmcata, Ag. (Scutella hifora, var. 2, Lam.) ; hifissa, Ag., Lam.; aurita^
Ag., Blainv. (Scutella hifisMb, var. 2, Lam.) Besides Amphiope biocu-
lata, Ag. (Scutella hifora, var. 3, Lam.), Agassiz describes a second
species: A. perspicillata ; disco valde depresso, postice subrostrato,
lunulis subcircularibus, petalis subovatis, acutis. — Of Echtna/rcLchniuM
there are three species described, E. paatna, Cbray, Rumphii, Ag.,
Blainv.., and atlam,ticus. Gray; and of Arachnoides only one, A. phi-
centa, Ag., Lam. The genus Lagcmum has twelve species, of which
nine are described for the first time: La^gcmiwm Banani, Ag., El.,
(Clypeaster laganum, Lam.) ; depressum, decagonum. Lesson and Ag, ;
368
ECHINOBERMATA. 325
tlUpHcum, dongatum, rottratum, ma/rgmale, stellatit/mf Ag. ; tonga-
nen&e^ Qaoj -and Gaim. ; Lesueuri, Val.; orbicul<ir€f Ag., L., Gm.;
Peronii, Ag. (Scutella orbicularis^ Lam.) Of the genus Echinocyamus,
only two living species are described; E.puMllvs, Flem.» and amgu^
losus, Leske. Moulinia is the thirteenth and last genus, embracing
the single species, M, cassidulina.
After the third livraison of Agassiz's Monographies, which treated
only of antediluvian EcMmdcB (1842), a very comprehensive monograph
appeared by Valentin, on the anatomy of the genus Echiwus (Monogra-
phies d'Echinodennes 4 e. Uvraison, oontenant TAnatomie du genre
Echinus, par G. Valentin, 1842). He distinguishes in the shell of the
Echiwus three kinds of calcareous plates : the largest form the principal
mass of the shell, the two others comprehend the smaller buccal and
anal plates. The anal plates are held together by a contractile mem-
brane. All the plates, with the exception of the buccal, bear spines,
which are fixed by their articulating heads in a muscular layer. The
suckers of the ambulacra are extraordinarily contractile, and can be pro-
jected, by the living Echitms, far beyond the longest spines, in order to
touch with them or to move forwards ; each sucker is furnished at its
free end with an acetabulum. Besides these long pedicelled acetabula,
tlie Echini possess other stalked appendages, which are very abundant
round the mouth, and were formerly supposed to be parasitic animals
and young brood of the Echiwus, Valentin divides them into three
kinds according to their shapes, and calls them pedicellaires gemmi-
formeSy tridactyles, and ophiocephales. He has also very exactly de-
scribed the Latemi of Aristotle ; and the vascular system has been sub-
jected to a careful investigation.
As supplementary to this excellent monograph, the works which ap-
peared almost simultaneously on Echinus, by Erdl, Krohn, and KoUiker,
are to be mentioned.
Brdl*s researches have been particularly directed to the spines, ace-
tabular and pedioelli of the mouth, as well as to the external branchisB of
the Echinus saasaMlis (Arch. 1842, i. p. 48). Erohn's communications
are confined to the description of the nervous system of the Echiwus and
Spatangus (MtQl. Arch. 1841, p. 2, and Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 16, p. 288).
The separate sexual organs have been recognised by KoUiker in
Echinus saaatilis (Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Geschlechtsverhaltnisse
und der Samenfliissigkeit wirbelloser Thiere, Berlin, 1841, p. 39).
Agreeably to what had formerly been pointed out on these parts in the
Echini by Peters (MiilL Arch. 1840, p. 143, Fror. N. Notiz. No. 275,
p. 168, and Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 13, 1840, p. 196), Milne Edwards and
Lallemand (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 13, 1840, p. 376, and Fror. N. Notiz.
No. 300, p. 218) ; and by Valentin (Repertor. f. Anat. und Physiol.
1840, p. 301) in Spata^us.
369 2 A
326 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
The AtUriadcB have, iMt year espedally, found many zoological
labourers. Besides the already mentkmed contributioBS of Forbes and
Chrnbe, Yarious others remain to be mentioned^ Tix., — ^Forbes on the Aste-
riadcB of the Irish Sea, in Memoirs of the Wemerian Society, 1839, t. yiii.
1, p. 114 ; Agassiz Notice sor qnelqnes points de rOxganization des
Emyales, acoompagne^ de la description detail^ de I'esp^oe de la Medi-
teran^ ; Memoires de la Society des Sciences Natnrelles de Nenchatel,
1839, Tol. ii. ; Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist. yoL y. 1840 ; and Gray, ibid.
Yol. yL 1840. The reporter, howoYer, refrains from analyzing these»
as in the admirable work on the AsteriadcBt lately published by MiUler
and Troschel, the appearance of which must haYO been most anxiously
expected from the cursory remarks (ArchiY. 1840) already published by
these Naturalists for two years past, all the matter belonging to this
dass has been as completely elaborated as can be desired (System der
Asteriden. 1842). The descriptions of the A»teriad<e are so excellently
giYen in this work, and the genera and the species so accurately defined,
that it has afforded the reporter a real pleasure to arrange, with this
book in his hand, the collection of Aiteriada belonging to the zoological
cabinet at Erlangen. The plates, which represent only indiYidual
portions of these Echinodermata, are distinct, and serYC to show, where
description is insufficient, the highly complicated arrangement of the
different parts of the outicular covering, viz., — the spines, plates,
granules, tubercles, pedicellaria, &c. These plates accomplish their aim
completely by their extraordinary exactness, which is a great advantage,
as one often takes np such monographs, richly furnished with illustra-
tions, in order to define, by their means, zoological objects, and yet, by
the diffuse descriptions, and dazzlingly coloured plates, can only make
out few spedes with certainty.
Miiller and Troschel haYe prefixed an introduction to the systematic
descriptive part of the monograph of the Asteriadce, in which their orders
are characterized. They axe defined, generally, as those Echinodermata
which haYe a star-shaped or polygonal, mostly pentagonal form, and,
besides the cuticular skeleton, have also an internal one. They are divided
into two divisions, AsteriadoB and Ophiwridce; the former haYe furrows on
the abdominal side, and a corporeal caYity stretching from the disc to the
arms or processes, which contains the viscera. In the Ophiwridce, with
their two sub-divisions, OphmrcR and Ewryala^t the abdominal furrows
are wanting, and the viscera are confined to the caYity of the disc. In
the family of the Aiteriados, there is fr«quentiy an anus on the dorsal
side of the disc, in scYeral genera central, but mostiy sub-central. In
this introduction, a view of the different divisions has been given, as
they have hitherto been characterized by authors. In the general de-
scription of the first family of Aiteriad<B, both Naturalists have drawn
attention to the pedicellariae, which, as small nipper-like two to three-
370
ECHINODERMATA. 327
armed organs are present on all parts of the upper surface of the body.
Thej can open and shut their arms, and resemble in some measure the
pedioellarisB of the sea-urchin : thej are divided into two sorts, the pe-
dieellarisB forcipatsB, with thin pointed arms, and pedioellarise yalvulatas,
with broad flap-like imns. The former are sometimes pedided, some-
times sessile ; the latter are always sessile.
The Agtericd are diyided into three families ; the first comprehends
those star-fishes which haye four rows of tentacles in each abdominal
i\iTrow, and an anus ; to this belongs the single genus, Asteracanthion,
with fourteen species, among which are three new. A, africwMis, pola/ns,
and hootes. The second embraces those genera which have only two rows
of tentacles in the fiirrows and an anus ; it contains fourteen, viz., — Echi-
nagteTy with eleven species, of which E. crcusus, graciliB, Esckrichtii,
Miill. and Trosch., eridanella, and Berpentarms, Yal., were previously
undescribed : Sokuter, Forb., with two species : Choetaiter, with three
species, among which are the two new species, Ch, Hermanni, M. and T.,
and TroscheUi, Val. : Ophddiagter, Ag., with twelve species, among which,
O. HempricMi, diplcue, Ehrenbergii, tubercula4v>8, echmulatug, M. and
T., and Omithopu8, YaL, are new : Scy tester ^ with siz species, among
which, 8, zodiacaUs, wnwregukmsy and Kuhliit are new : Cukita, with
four species, of which, C. nowj^-gyMieoRy and grex, are also new : Agte-
riseus, with fifteen spedes, among which, A.pectemfery Dimngi, M. and
T., cepheua and setaceus, YaL, are new : Pteraster, with one species :
OreasteVf with seventeen species, among which, 0. aJinUf chmenm,
tuherculatuB, verrucosus, c<Mrmatu$, oriwUcUia, M. and T., and regulus,
YaL, are new : Astrogonium, with ten species, which contain A. magni-
Jlcwn, astrologorum, omatum, LcmMMrchii, M. and T., and geometricum,
as new : Gonidiscus, with nine species, two of which are new : G, plor-
eenta, and cdpella, M. and T. : Stellaster, with two species : Asteropm,
with four species, among which, the only undescribed species is A, ctenor-
ccmtTia, Yal. : and, finally, Archcuter, with three species. The third
family contains those star-fishes, which are furnished with two rows of
tentacles on the abdominal torows and no anus ; to this belong only
three genera; Aatropectenf with twenty-five species, of which. A, hrasi-
lievms, ValenciennU, Tiedenuvwni, polyacantlws, curmatua, Hemprichii,
japonicus, higpidus, hmgitpviMJts, fna^fimCiiO, <md/romeda, grcmulatus,
M. and T., tcopariuSy gerratuSy and hyatrixy Yal., have been hitherto
undescribed: CtenodUcug, with two species: and Lmdia, with three
species, of which L. mcteulatay M. and T., is quite new. The generic cha-
racters of all these are chiefly taken firam the form of the arms, whether
they are long or short, cyUndrioal or conical ; and from the covering of
the upper sur&ce of the body, whether covered with plates, spines, pro-
cesses, granules, tubercles, pedioellarise, &c. ; and after the manner in
which the difibrent parts are arranged.
The section of the OphiuridcB, whidi want the pedicellariae and the
371
328 REPORT OK ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
anus, is divided into two mib-diTiaioiui, Ofhiwra and Euryala, The
OphiwriB hare armi fitted only for walking ; their akin is either naked,
or covered with hard scaly granules, spines, and plates ; on the ahdominal
side of the disc are found five interbrachial shields between the roots of
tiie arms, in which a larger one is distmguished as the shield of the
month; a wedge-shaped ossicle projects towards the mouth firam each
interbrachial shield as a maTilla, from which a tooth-prooees is also
directed towards it. The margins of the fiye-cleft mouth are either naked
or covered with papillso, which appear either simple or serrated on their
margins. The tooth-process bears teeth in all dphiurce, and in some also
papillflB. On the arms two rows of ventral and dorsal, and two of lateral
plates, can be distinguished. On the abdominal aspect of the arms, on
each side of a ventral shield, there is an opening for the passage of a
filiform tentacle. Miiller and Troschel divide these Ophiuras into two
families, of which the first contains such animals as have four genital
clefts in each interbrachial space, and papiUsB on the deft of the mouth.
To this belong the two genera, Ophioderma and OphiocnenUs ; the
finmer with three species, of which 0. cvnerewn and Wahihergii are new ;
and the latter with one species. The second family embraces those
OphiurcB, which have only two genital-plates in each interbrachial space.
The first group of this family are the OpIUurcB, which have the mouth-
deft covered with papilhe. The genera which are clothed on the disc and
arms with hard parts are first, — Ophiolepis^ with seventeen species, of
which the new are, 0. cincta, 8undevall% imbricata, M. and T. : Ophio^
comet, with eighteen species, of which O. eriruLceuSf Wendtii, Schoen-
leiniif dentata, pica, picta, arctica, M. and T., terpentaria, YaL,
lineolata, Desjard., are new : Ophiarctchna, with four species, of which
O. infemalis, gorgonia, and septem^rinoga, have not hitherto been de-
scribed : Opfkiaca/ntha, with two species, of which O. spinulosa is new :
and Ophiamcutw, with one species. Next follow the two genera Opkio-
fwyxa and Ophioscolex, in which the disc and arms are naked. Each
genus contains a single species. In the second group are placed the
OphiurcB with no papill» on Ihe clefts of mouth. It comprehends the
two genera, Ophiothrix and Ophiowyx, of which the former has eighteen,
and the latter four species. The characters of the genera of the OphiiMras
are also taken from the spines, granules, scales, and plates of the cover-
ing of the body, according to their presence, construction, and arrange-
ment ; and, at the same time, the drcumferenoe of the mouth, which is
covered with spine or tooth-like papillflB, and with simple or crowded
papillflB, afibrds additional distinctions.
In the JEuryalce, the second sub-division of the OphiuridcB, the arms
are grasping organs, and can be roUed up towards the mouth. They
have no lateral spines, like the OphiurcB, but two rows of smaU papil-
lary crests on the abdominal side of the arms. Miiller and Troschel
first characterize a new genus, from a species hitherto undescribed, the
372
ECHINODERMATA. 329
Asteranyx'Lovinif which has no branched arms, bears one madrepore-
fixm plate on the abdominal surface, and is ooyered with pridde-lLke
papillsB on the margin of the mouth. Next follows the genus TricJiaster,
Agas., with one species, the arms of which branch regularly dichotomously
towards the end, the madrepore-form plate is wanting, and the margins
of the mouth are set with cylindrical papillsB. The genus Astraphyton,
with eight species, is the last ; its arms are branched from the base, the
margins of the mouth seem set with spine-like papillao, and there is one
madrepore-form plate. In an appendix to this work, anatomical distinc-
tions of the fiunilies and genera of the Asterke, and yarious other remarks
on the internal structure of these Ecfdnodermata are communicated.
Erdl has subjected the tentacles of the Astericn and OpJwurai to a
more exact investigation (Arch. 1842, i p. 56).
Kxoyer (Isis, 1842, p. 932) confirms the opinion of Miiller and Tro-
schel (Arch. 1840, i p. 329), that the small individuals, of two lines in
size, of the OpJdomfa armata, are only the young state of another Opkiu-
ridcBf probably of an Ophiolepis which he calls 0. ciourleata. This must
in its growth gradually lose, from the basis of the arms to the point, the
echinulated spines and double hooks which distinguishes the genus Ophi-
onyx, Eroyer saw, in a specimen of this OphiolepU €bculeata, one-sixth
of an inch in size, spines which were smooth, except at the extremest
joints of the arms, where some scattered echinulated spines and double
hooks were present. He also observed an individual in the act of repro-
ducing a lost arm, which had quite the construction of Ophionyx a/rmata.
Mtiller and Troschel, however, have placed Ophionyx a/rma/ta in the
family of the AsteriiidcBy as an independent species. Eroyer found, be-
sides, in a Ewryale (Astrophyton) verrucosa, two young Ewryales (Isis,
1842, p. 935), the smaller of which was only 9"' long, and from the man-
ner of the branching of the arms, it would be considered a THchaster,
M. and T. ; but the larger one, in this respect, was already much nearer
the mother. Eroyer concludes from this, that the different manner in
which the arms branch in the Euryalce is not alone sufficient for found-
ing new genera ; but Muller and Trochel have taken into consideration
other essential characteristics in establishing their genus Trichaster.
Sars has made the observation (MulL Arch. 1842, p. 330), that Aste-
rias sanffuinolenta and angulota, by a voluntary bending in of the basis
of their rays, can form a well-dosed cavity, in which the eggs are pre-
served; and the young harboured fora long while. They hold fast to
this cavity by their four clasping organs, and are carried about by the
mother.
The separate sexes of the AsteruB and OphiwrcB have been pointed
out by Eolliker (Beitrage, op. cit. p. 39), and Rathke (Fror. Neue Notiz.
No. 269, p. 65).
Muller has undertaken a work on the genera and species of the
373
330 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
ComahUa: (Bericht uber die zor BpiVanntmaohmig gecigneten Yeifaaad •
Inngen der KonigL Akad. der Wiiseiuch. am Berlin, 1841, p. 179, and
Aroh. 1841, i. p. 139). He diBtingaiihet twenty-four speciea, among
which twelve aie found with ten anm, the otiiera are many-armed.
Fifteen are new species, nine cxf them belonging to the many-armed.
The CofnahUcB want a madrepore-form plate. The sexes are separate.
Miiller never observed the cirrhi of the central taberde (cup) move.
He has also pablished an important contribation to the more exact
knowledge of the PentcLcriwm caput Medutce (Bericht, ant. cit. 1840,
p. 88, and Archiv. 1840, i. p. 307). The stalk as well as the cirrhi
of this Orinoid are withoat mnsdes, while the stalk of the jonng
ComatulcB (Pentomfius ewropanu, Thomps.) is contractile. The arms
and pinnulss of Pentcicrinus are furnished with mnsoles, which are
situated on the abdominal side. The alimentaxy canal passes through
the middle of all the parts of the skeleton. The furrows of the tentacles
of the ComatulcB and Pentctcrini are intemallj provided with two rows
of very small tentacles. There are genera among the Crmoidece with
and without an anus. The arms of the CofMttuUB and Pentitcrini have
two canals, besides the vascular one, passing through the middle, namely,
the abdominal-cavity canal and the tentacle canal ; the five canals of the
abdominal cavity open into it. The digestive organs lie in the disc
under the skin ; the sexual parts, on the other hand, axe in the pinnulas
under the ventral cuticle. In the CrinoiddBf the arm-rays always pass
out from the dorsal part of the calix ; in the AtteriadcB, the whorls of
the rays pass from the ventral side.
AOALEPHiE.
AoASSiz has given a list of the systematic names of the genera of Aca-
lepha in the Nomendator Zoologicus (Fasc. i. 1842) ; much investigation,
has been bestowed on this class during the past year, and the histoiy
of their development and metamorphoses proves, that several genera^
hitherto recognised as distinct, are merely the young state of others.
Currents have been observed by Patterson in the yessels, passing firom
the stomach and ribs of the Cyddppe pcmiformis (Trans, of the R. Tr.
Acad. 1841, p. 91). The cilia of the eight ribs were seen by him in
uninterrupted motion ; and, therefore, he considers them not merely as
organs of motion, but also of respiration. He could not observe phos-
phorescence in this Medu»a, which he thought he did in Bolina htber-
nica (ibid. p. 154). The ovaries, according to Erohn's account, are
to be found situated under the eight ribs (Fror. Neue Notiz. B. 17,
p. 52).
Milne Edwards found the ribbed MeduBoe described by different
374
ACALEPHiE. 331
Zoologists as Beroe ovatus, elangattu, Idya Far$kalii, and Beroe
CMajU, very abimdaiit at Nizza, and he declares them to be nothing
else but different degrees of age of one and the same species, which, with-
out farther discussing the synonymes, he comprehends under the name
of Beroe Forshalii (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 16, 1841, p. 193). In this Beroe,
Milne Edwards remarked a red pear-shaped eye, which rested on a
ganglion-like swelling, in a groove situated opposite the mouth, and
contained several crystalline corpuscules. The cavity of the mouth of
thiB MedA/aa stretches almost through the whole body, and passes at the
base into a small cavity, surrounded by two padded lips, which may be
compared to a stomach ; from this issue two vessels, which divide into
eight principal trunks, and at the end of the mouth, disohaige together
into one circular vessel, on the way anastomosing with each other, by
means of lateral branches. In this vascular system the nourishing fluid,
which contains colourless round corpuscules, is put in motion by vibra-
tory dlia. The cavity of the stomach discharges also externally, by
means of two openings in the vicinity of the eye.
Milne Edwards has described a new Beroid, found at Nizza, under
the name of Leeuewria vitrea. It ranks very near the genus MnenUa
of Escfascholtz, and the genus Alcmoe of Rang. Its wide-cleft mouth is
covered with a multitude of contractile threads ; the cavity of the mouth
reaches to the upper third of the oval and laterally compressed body ;
in the upper half of this cavity two double-folded lamellfe run along the
walls, and may be considered as the ovarium. In the bottom of this
cavity is found an opening, by which we arrive at the stomach, which is
covered on its inner surface by a vibratory epithelium, and sends out
four vessels, which pass through the body, and contain a colourless
fluid, moved by vibratory cilia. In a groove found at the end of the
posterior extremity of the body, is a red organ, similar to that which
Milne Edwards found in Beroe, The same Naturalist discovered at
Cetta a new discoid Medt/UBa^ which, as it stands very near the Aeqwyrea
fortkalina and ciliata, has been called by him Aeq, viohbcea, Sevenfy-
four canals pass from the very roomy stomach of this Mechua to the
margin of the disc, where they unite into one circular vessel The
sexual parts form on the under surface of the disc folded lamellsB, which
embrace the seventy-four radial vessels, and with their under margin
float free in the water. He observed in these lamelUs, in some indivi-
duals, only eggs, in others spermatozoa.
A new Medusa has been found by Forbes on the north coast of Ire-
land, which belongs to the genua Hippoerenef characterized by Brandt
(Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 82). The Oytceis octopunctata, formerly described
by Sars, Forbes has declared to be also a Hippocrene, the species of
which he sums up as follows : — ff, Bugainvillii, Br. : stomachal appen-
dages as long as the proboscis, eight, the four larger ones oblong,
375
332 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
yellow, with red centres; tentacoliferonf glands fonr, red and yellow,
with pink tentacula ; umbrella in part pilose. — H, hritcmnica, Forb. :
stomachal appendages as long as the proboscis, four, equal, yellow ; ten-
taouliPerous glands four, red and white, with white tentacula ; umbrella
smooth. — H. oetopwnetatat Sars. : stomachal appendages shorter than
proboscis, four, unequal; tentaculiferous glands eight, black; umbrella
smooth.
Forbes had added four new species of rAaufnantuM, found in the
British Seas, to the four species previously made known by Eschscholtz
and Sars, tIs. : — Th. piUata : umbrella cap-shaped, oral pedunde and
dubs of the vessels pink ; proboscis four-deft at the mouth, lobes acute ;
eyes large, black and yeUow, on the bulbous origins of the twenty tenta-
cula.— Th, ThompMonU : umbrella hemispherical, very convex ; proboscis
four-deft, lobes triangular ; dubs of the vessels, proboscis, and bases of
tentacula yellow; eyes minute, black, on the triangular bases of the
sixteen tentacula. — Th. punctata : umbrella hemispherical, dubs and
proboscis pink ; probosds four-deft, lobes sub-acute ; eyes large, black,
on the bulbous bases of the thirty-two tentacula. — Th. samiea : um-
brella henuispherical, clubs and proboscis bluish; proboscis four-deft,
lobes acute ; -eyes ? tentacula twenty.
Mrs. Dsvis has described a very small Medusa, under the name of
Cya/ncBa coccinea (ibid. p. 235). She kept it for several weeks alive in
a glass. Its form is oampanulate, tranducent, with four faint rays ; in
the centre a red ball, with four white arms, forming a cross; at the
margin of the disc numerous tentacula. The editor of the Annals
regards this Medusa not as a Cya/n/oea, but rather as a species of Oceama,
allied to 0. cacuminata, Esdi.
Rud. Wagner has published a very interesting contribution to the
knowledge of the structure of the Pelagia noctiluca (Tiber den Bau der
Pelagia Noctiluca und die Organisation der Medusen, 1841). He men-
tions also the presence ofMeduioe in the Qulf of Villafranca, the general
vital phenomena of the Pelaffia noctiluca, their luminous and urticating
qualities (Arch. 1841, i. p. 38) ; and holds, that all the MedusoB belonging
to the genera Aurelia, Cyanea, Pelagia, Ocecmia, and Cassiopeia are
bi-sexual. Separate sexual organs have also been recognised by Kolli-
ker, in Rhizostoma Cuvieri, Ch/rysaora isoscela, and ^quorea hen-
leana. It is rather strange, that Ehrenberg will not admit, that the
discovery of separate sexes in the Medusa is proved (ibid, 1842, i. p. 67).
He says, that it is a thing unheard of, that the organization of the
male and female of an animal spedes should be the same, not merely in
form, but even to the anatomy of the sexual parts. No one has ever
asserted such a resemblance. The male and female individuals of the
Medusa cmrita are neither in external form, nor in the intimate structure
of the sexual parts, alike in the grown state. The females have a
376
ACALEPHiE. 333
number of pouches in their grasping-arms, for the reception i>f the eggs
and brood, which the males want entirely. The band-stripes, situated in
the folds, which Ehrenberg considered as pouches, contain the female
egg-germs imbedded in the parench3rma, to which exit is given bj the
dehiscence of its outer covering of epithelium. In the male these bands
contain an innumerable multitude of small, thick-walled, testicular sacs,
which discharge on the surface of the band turned to the branchial cavity,
and in which spermatozoa are developed from the cells, according to
known physiological laws. When Ehrenberg thought he recognised un-
developed eggs between masses of spermatozoa, in the sexual apparatus
of the MeduscB, they were evidently the above-mentioned cells, in which
the spermatozoa had not yet developed themselves. The reporter would
here especially give warning, that every thing resembling an egg-germ
should not be held for an egg. By the discoveiy of the cellular de-
velopment, Schwann has solved for us the enigma, that the contents of a
testis may completely resemble those of an ovary. Ehrenberg has also
made some observations on the stinging-organs of Cycmea capillata.
He found them only on the fang-threads of this animal, which it could
elongate to twenty-five feet. Their construction is quite like those of
tiie HydrcBy only wanting the hooks.
The correctness of the reporter's description of .the first stages of
development of the Medusa av/rita has been confirmed by Sars, in an
excellent treatise on the development of that animal and C^anea ca/pil-
lata ; and Sars has also proved, that the animal described by him as
StrobUa, is only a young state of the same Medusa. Steenstrup quotes
this remarkable metamorphosiB of the Med. awrita as an example of
that phenomenoir, styled by him " Oenerationswechsel" (transmutable
generation) ; and he considers the polype-like individuals, out of which,
by transverse section, a number of disc-shaped young Meduios proceed,
as the nursQs of these young ones.
According to the observations of Plulippi, Physophora tetrasHcha is
not a compound animal (Fror. N. Ndtiz. Bd. 22, p. 344, and Bd. 23, p.
88). The cavity at the end of the axis of this animal is neither filled
with air nor provided with an opening; neither are the swimming-
bladders filled with air ; and the fang-arms are neither gUls nor holders
of fluid; the stomach is not in connection with the hollow axes; and
the animal possesses organs of both sexes.
A Stepha/nomia has been discovered by Milne Edwards in the Gulf
of Yillafranca, which is veiy nearly allied to the genus Apolenda, Esch.,
and has been called by him, on account of the spiral rolled-up rachis,
Steph. cantorta (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 16, p. 217). In the upper end of
the body of this Medusa is found a pear-shaped hollow organ, which,
besides a reddish fluid, contains an air-bladder open beneath. The
band-shaped spiral body has three diflerent appendages at its margin.
377
334 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Que Bort of appendage serTes for iwimming, and resembles a hollow
obtuse oone, which can pump water oat and in, by opening and shutting
its oarity ; the second sort is rerj complicated, consisting of a pedicle, a
boat-shaped flap, an irregularly spiral cirrhus, and a number of tender
reiy contractile spiral threads, with a larger pear-shaped hoUow body,
which is perhaps for the reception of nourishment ; the third sort con-
sists of pedided, smaller, pear-shaped, and very contractile sacs, with
which some bodies, lilse clusters of grapes, are in connection. The
latter contain evident spermatozoa, while the larger pear-shaped bodies
must contain the oraries. He has also giyen some notices on the struc-
ture of the Stephcmomia proUfera, of which Milne Edwards, however,
found only mutilated specimens at Nizza.
Hyndman has discovered a new Diphya on the coast of Ireland,
which he has named Diphya elongata, and characterized thu^ : — ^both
portions of similar form and nearly equal size ; the swimming cavity
of each likewise similar, and, as well as the nutritive organ, extending
the whole length of the body. A circulation was discovered, commendng
in the canal, which originates at the base of the tentacular appendage,
and continuing throughout the nutritive organ. Costa has also recog-
nised a distinct circulation in Velella (Comptes Rend. t. 13, p. 533,
rinstit. 1841, p. 301, )ind Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 16, p. 187).
POLYPES.
We are especially indebted to British Naturalists, during the last year,
for much interesting information on the anatomical structure and geo-
graphical distribution of the Polypes,
Hassall has added a valuable supplement to the catalogue of Irish
Zoophytes (Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 276 and 363), in which the follow-
ing species are mentioned: — Coryne squa/mata; ffermia glandulosa;
Tybula/ria larynx ; Tlioa nvu/ricata ; Sertula/ria tna/rgctreta, pv/mila,
JUicula ; Thujaria articulata ; Phimularia pinnataj setacea, catha-
Tina, cristata^ m/yriophyllum, fruteicens ; Alcyoniddum rubrum ; Acti-
nia mesembriantJienMmVy hellis, gemmaeea, di<Mithu8,ma€ulata; Anthea
cereus; Valkeria cu8cuta,imbricata,pu$tulo8a; PediceUma echinata;
Veiicularia spinosa ; Hippothoa Icmceolata ; Anguina/ria spatulata ;
Tvbulipora verruca/ria, l6biUata{^) ; Cellepora ramulosa, himucronata ;
Berenice hyalma; Lepralia nitida, coccmea, va/tiolosa, dliata, ap*
pensa, pediostoma, insignis^ cylindrica, pimctata, Imea/ris ; Men^ct-
nipora stellata; Flustra tnmcata, avicula/ris, Imeata, tuberculata^
distanSy camom, hibemica; Alcyonidiwn gelatinosum, Jwnutum,
parasiHcuniy echinatum.
378
POLYPES. 335
The following Zoophytes have been added by Thompfion to the Fauna
of Ireland (ibid. p. 481) : — Hydra viridis. Actinia viduatay Mull., and
CUona celata, Grant.
The Zoophytes which are found on the coast of Aberdeen, have been
enumerated by Mac^illivray, and comprehend the following species
(ibid. voL ix. p. 462) : — Coryne sqwimata ; Echinocorium damgerum,
Hass. ; Tubula>ria indivisa, larynx and ra^nea; Thoa halidna and
mu/ricata ; Sertularia, with eleyen species; Thujctria thuja; Antenwu-
kuria am,tennma ; PltMimlaria, with ^ye species ; Laomedea dichotoma,
geniculata, and gelatinosa ; Campa/Milaria, with four species ; Alcyo-
nmm digitatum; Actinia gemnMicea and dioMthus; Crida, with three
species ; Notdmia lorictUata ; Tubulipora patma and B&rpens ; Diseo-
pora hispida (?) ; Oellepora^ with four species ; Lepralia, with six species ;
Menibra/nipora pilosa ; Flustra, with four species; Cellula/ria scruposa
and repta/M ; Fa/rdnda dnuoMf Hass. ; Alcyonidium, with three spe-
cies ; and Oliona cdata.
The Zoophytes of the coast of Cornwall have been ennumerated by
Couch, among which Flustra Peachii is mentioned as a new species
(ibid. vol. X. p. 60).
A new Actima has been described 'by Forbes, under the generic
name Capneaf with the following character (ibid. vol. vii. p. 81) : —
Body cylindric, invested in part by a lobed epidermis, and adhering by
a broad base ; tentacnia simple, very short, retractile, surrounding the
mouth in concentric series. The only species, Capnea sa/ngmneaf was
discovered in deep water in the Irish Sea. The tentacula are arranged
in three series, sixteen in each ; the epidermis, which is eight^efb at
its upper part, is of a bfown colour ; the body is elsewhere vivid vermi-
lion. He has also described another Actinia, found in the ^gean Sea
(ibid. vol. viii. p. 243), which has a vermiform appearance, and lives
free, in a self-constructed tube under the sea-sand. The animal is allied
to the Edwardsia, which is yet to be mentioned, but differs from it
chiefly by the circles of tentacula, of which that of the margin of the
mouth is composed of numerous short tentacula, while the margin of the
diBO is covered by a circle, consisting of thirty-two larger tentacula;
these are yellow and brown spotted, and, in retracting, are not oon^
oealed by the external cuticular covering. The disc and oral tentacula
are white, as well as the upper part of the body ; the remainder to the
extremity is yellowish-brown. It is protected by a membranous tube,
which is itself strengthened by an incrustation of gravel and shells, in
the manner of a Terebella. If the animal be injured, it leaves its
tube, and moves about in the water like an Avmelide, On being sup-
plied with sand and gravel, it proceeded to construct another tube, rolling
itself in the sand, and secreting glutinous matter for the membranous
lining. It eats voraciously, and attacks other animals that come within
379
336 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
reach of its tentacula. Intemallj, its stractaie is similar to that of
others of its tribe.
A new genus of AcHnia has been characterized by Qaatre&ges,
Qnder the name of Edwa/rdda (Ann. de So. Nat. t. ziriii. p. 65),
the species of which, li^ that of Forbes just mentioned, do not fix
themselYes bj a foot, but live free in the sea-sand. The bodj is
cjlindric and Termifonn when stretched out, posteriorly rounded and
swollen. Quatrefages has given the following diagnosis of this re-
markable Zoophyte : — " Ck>rpus libemm, yenniforme ; pars media plus
minusve epidermate opaco incrassata, pars anterior pelludda, ten-
tacttlis oniata; posterior autem vitrea, rotundata, basi viz instmcta;
utraque ezsertilis et retractilis. Intestinum rectum, mesenteric inter-
mpto Buspensum, posterius large apertum, duabus partibus compo-
situm: Sinus octo posteriori intus eminentes quibus pendent totidem
oyaria, usque ad extremum abdomen productL*' Quatre&ges has dis-
coTered three dififerent species of this genus in the Channel, on the
French coast. The first species, Edwa/rdtia Beautempsii, is 6-7 cen-
tim. long, of a jeUowish-red colour, passing posteriorly into yellowish-
green or blue. As specifically difierent from the other two, it is
characterized : — *' Ore terminalein eztremitate papillae suboonicss, drcum
basim tentaculatas ; tentanilis 1^16 uaiseriatis ; parte media subpoly-
gonali; epidermate crasso, opadssimo, fulyo-rubente." The second
species, EdwcMrdda tinUda, is also 6-7 oentim. long, and possesses the
following specific character : — *' Apice piano, tentaculis 20-24 uniseriatis
drcumdato; parte media viz subpolygonali ; epidermate tenui, paulu-
lum transluddo, Myo." The third species, Edwa/rdda HcMrastiy is only
5^ centim. long, and is distinguished by the following characters : — ^^ Pa-
pilla terminali rotundata, tentaculis 24 biseriatis ad basim drcumdata ;
parte media cyHndrica; epidermate crasso, opadssimo, obscure fulyo."
These ActincR inhabit such spots of the sandy sea-mud as are caused by
the alternation of the ebb and flow of the tide ; in the ebb they retreat
within their tubes. They are extremely contractile, and can, like the
Bolothurias, eject their intestinal canal out of the body. Each of these
three spedes use their tentacles in a peculiar manner in unfolding and
expanding. In the Edw. Bea/utempsii the tentacles are stiff; in the
Edw, Hmida they are spread out irregularly, and are in constant
motion ; and in the Edw, Ha/rctm one row is directed stiffly upwards,
the other downwards. The motions of these Actinias are altogether
yemuform ; their food consists of small Crustokcea and Spirorbes. Qua-
trefages kept them in a glass with sea-water, and remarked that they
cast the skin. Their whole body was ooyered with the stinging organs
peculiar to all Actinias, The intestinal canal passes straight through
the cayity of the body ; its external surfiice, as well as the internal sur-
face of the cavity, is covered by a vibratory epithelium. The ovaries
380
POLYPES. 337
are like yellow cords fastened down to the intestines. Quatre^^es oonld
not distinguish the testes, nor a neirous nor vascular system in these
animals. The tentacles are hollow, and covered with a vibratory epi-
thelium, which, with the cilia of the cavity of the body, cause the fluid
found in it to move up and down ; so that it appears as if these cilia
could change their motions at will. By these Edwa/rddce the Actinioe
are connected with the HolothuricB, particularly with the genus Synapta^
R. Wagner (Arch. 1841, i. p. 41) has become convinced, by recent
investigation, that the organs of the ActmicB, previously described by
him as seminal animalci^es (Arch. 1835, ii. p. 205), are the stinging
organs of these zoophytes. KoUiker has also discovered these organs,
but never could perceive any motion in them (Beitr. ant. cit. p. 44).
This may be influenced by the sexual organism of the Actinias, and also
by the season of the year; for, according to Erdl's account, ther stinging
organs of the Actinias^ when in heat, are diflerently shaped firom those
of individuals not in that state, and display in spring much more activity
than in autumn (Mull. Arch, 1841, p. 426, and 1842, p. 305). Be-
sides these stinging organs, male parts of generation have also been
discovered in the Actvnias by Kolliker as well as Erdl ; and the latter
has become convinced of the separate sexes of these animals. The
sexual organs here form bands, with many folds, resting under the
mantle, on the longitudinal muscular ledges, and one comer of the side
floats free. In the male, these band-formed processes contain a quantity
of testicular sacs ; in the female, a number of eggs. The sacs contain
elongated bundles of spermatozoa, of which the moveable ones consist
of an oval body and fine pilose appendage. When the time of heat in
the Acli/MB is past, there is no farther trace of sexual parts. According
to this, Ehrenberg's view, that the stinging organs are the spermatozoa
of these animals, is not tenable (Archiv. 1842, i. p. 73).
A description of the young of the Actmia meaembricmthenmm has
been given by Bathke (Neueste Danzig. Schrift. Bd. Ill, Hft. 4, p. 112),
which were found in the stomach of two grown individuals. Thd
largest was three Hnes high, the smallest half a line. They were rose^
coloured, and the circle of tentacles of the smallest individuals contained
ten ; and the ring of the mantle was wanting, while it was completely
formed in the larger individuals.
A monograph, published by Leuckart, is confined chiefly to the mush-
room corals. There are described in it two genera, Fungia, with eight
species, containing the new one F, dentigera ; and Herpolitha, with
six species, containing the new one JET. Ruppellii (Observationes Zoolo-
gicsB de Zoophytis Coralliis spedatim de genere Fungia, 1841).
A new Qoi^nian coral has been described by Philippi, under the name
of Bdyryce moUis (Arch. 1842, i. p. 35), which he found in the form of
little branched stems, of three to four inches high, on Oculina rwmea,
381
338 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MBCCOXLII :
He also found at Napks anothi^r vexy snuill xoopliyte, of the family of
the XenioBf upon Balani and oyiter shells, whieh he describes as Evagora
roua. The eight-armed polypi of this zoophyte (2''' W&g) can retract
themselyes oompletely into their lower leather-like basis. The same
Naturalist has pointed out the presence of the Ins elangata in the
Mediterranean; and mentions six species of Cyathina, Ehrenb., also
found there, among which are three new species, Cyath, a/nguhsa,
fuUhellay and striata.
A new xoophyte, belonging to the Akycniduke, has been discovered
by HassaU on liie Irish coast, and placed in a partioukr genus, Oycloum
(Ann. Nat. Hist. riL p. 483). Its character is given as follows : — ^Poly-
pidom fleshy, encrusting, covered with numerous imperforate papiUas.
The only species, Oyclovmpapilloswm^ has polypi with eighteen tentacula
disposed in the form of a belL It is found upon Fucus 9erratu$, — ^Another
new genus HassaU has named Saarcochitum. In this soophyte, the poly-
pidom is fleshy and encrusting, covered with numerous prominences of
irregular form and unequal size, from which the polypi issue. The only
species, Sarcochitum polyauan, is also found on Fucus serratusy and
has polypi with twenty tentacula.
Stinging organs have been recognised by Erdl in the fang^anns of
the Alcyonium exos (MiilL Arch. 1841, p. 28). He has also subjected
VeretUlum cyThomorium to a more exact investigation (ibid. p. 43), and
given an excellent figure (R. Wagner, Icones Zootom. tab. 34, fig. 1 and
4-7). The male and female polypes of this VeretUhmk, recognised by
him, difler firom each other in this respect, that in the latter the ^gs
hang together in the foot like a bunch of grapes, by means of pedicles ;
while, in the former, the seminal capsules are fastened together on the
same spot.
C!o8ta has assured us, that Pemiatula rests at the bottom of the sea
in the mud, and that what are called the polypes are only peculiar
organs of one and the same animal (Fror. N. Notiz. Bd. 21, p. 154).
These relations, as well as the presence of a nervous system, must,
according to him, bring Pennatula near to Encrinus.
Laurent has made Hydra grUea the object of his investigation in
several treatises, and mentioned many singobur views (Fror. N. Notiz.
Bd. 24, p. 81 and 100). He denies, among others, the existence of the
hastsB of Corda, and asserts, that the hook-threads, with their hooks,
are only a glutinous sap spun out, and enlarged at the loose or free ex*
tremity. If the reporter should grant that thread originates in Has
way, he cannot conceive how the hooks, with their little bladders, should
only be at the swollen end of such melted slime. It must be a very
unpractised eye that could mistaJke this hook apparatus in the way
Laurent has done. He does not agree, besides, that the spot at the
origin of the foot is an ovary, because it presents the same structure as
382
POLYPES. 339
all the other parts of the bodj ; but the reporter miuBt definitely assert,
that it does form an oyaiy at certain seasons, in the same way that the
testes are developed from that part of the body which is situated
between the origin of the tentacnla-and the foot, which Laurent oon*
siders as pustules, and which, according to his opinion, must originate
from a faulty construction of the medium surrounding the polypi, which
the reporter cannot assent to, as he observed the testes, with their living
spermatozoa, not only in those HydrcB which he kept, but also in those
which he had collected from fresh water.
Ehrenberg saw both sexes united ia the Hydra viridis, but he also
remarked individuals, that possessed male or female organs only (Fror.
N. Notiz. Bd. 22, p. 58). He could not discover any urticating qualities
in the Hydra (Arch. 1842, i. p. 72), and therefore thinks, that the fang-
hooks and poison pustules of the Hydras cannot be called stinging-
organs. Erdl corrects Ehrenberg's description of the hook-oigans of
Hydra in this respect (MiLll. Arch. 1841, p. 429), that it is not the
round part of the o^an which first proceeds from a wart of the fang-
aim, but always the thread, then the neck with the spines, and lastly,
the round part ; and this the reporter can fully confirm. According to
his observation, the Hydrce fling these threads with the poison pustules
towards the animals, which they seize and remain fixed to; they also
hang abundantly on the arms of the Hydrce themselves, by which the
poison bladder floats in the water. Ehrenberg has been deceived by
this, and erroneously assumed, that the poison bladder first comes from
the arms; for this reason, the HydrcB could not, with these organs,
which cannot at all be properly called hooked-organs, lay hold of any
animal; and they are much more correctly defined by the name of
poison organs, since they have an active poisonous effect on small
insects, Crustaeea and Awaelides, which die so soon as they are only
touched by a pair of these organs. The bristle-shaped short threads,
which project from the small oval corpuscles found by Corda, are used
by the Hydrcs for holding their prey (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. t. viii. pi. 18^
fig. 5).
Hassall has described, under the name Echinochoriwn, a polype
allied to Coryne (Ann. Nat. Hist. voL vii. p. 371). The poljpidom is
encrusting ; surface raised into numerous rough papillas ; polypi hydroid,
naked, pedicellated. They have, in the only species, EcMn, clamgerum,
a davate shape, are not retractile within cells, and are furnished with
daviform tentacula. Another Ooryne-like genus has been discovered at
Naples by Philippi, upon Conchylia (Arch. 1842, L p. 37). The small
two lines long twelve-armed polypi rest here upon a general cuticular
expansion.
Steenstrup has observed a new Coryne in Iceland, and has named it
Coryne firitillaria (Uber den Generationswechsel, p. 20). It consists of
383
840 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
m ftalk, at the end of which if fixed a poljpe head, sunoimded bj ^ve
or riz tentaeiila, from which hang four four-sided campannlate bodies,
which he did not oansider m oi^gans of the Coryne, but as separate IndiTi-
dnals. In each oomer of the free margin of the campanidate body was
a red oceUated spot, and in the base of the whole appeared a four<eor-
nered stomach. These bodies, which had much motion, at last tore
themselTes firee, and swam about in the sea like MedumB, Steenstnip,
at the same time, recals to mind the Corymorpha wutant of Sors, which
bears similar bodies to those of his Coryne fritillaria ; and he deems
it probable, that the bodies in Corymorpha also separate and become
changed into free swimming Meduice, Finally, he expresses an opixiion,
thai the poljpe-knobs are only the nurses of the Medusa^like animals, and
that in Coryne fritilla/ria and Corymorpha nutans, Sars, the eggs are
first formed into the beU-^haped indiTiduals after they are separated from
their nurse, the pol3rpe-knob ; whilst in Coryne echinata and vulgaris,
Wagn., and in Syncoryne ramosa, Sars, the eggs are already developed
in the campanulato bodies, before they have lefr the polype-knobs.
Van Beneden has described a polype, connecting the AcHma and
Hydra, under the name of Hydra,€Jtin%a (BulL de TAcad. Voy. d. Sc.
de Bnix. t. viii. f. 1, p. 89, and Tinstit. 1841, p. 166).
Quatrefiiges has found an almost microscopic polype, of ^ a millimetre
in diameter, on the French coast, in a slough among sea-plants, and has
made it known as Eleutheria dichotomy, (Ann. d. Sc. Nator. t. 18,
1842, p. 270). It is destitute of feet, but moves fireely about with its
branchy arms. The following are its generic characters i-r-Without feet,
eye-points on the basis of the arms. The specific character is : —
Body hemispherical, of a yellow colour, and sprinkled with red points on
its posterior and under side, six double forked tentacula, which end in
roundish swellings. The animal lives on small Crustacea, and quiddy
contracts itself on being touched. The cuticular covering is frill of pe-
culiar cells (poison-organs), from which a fine prickle projects. They
chiefly abound on the swellings of the arms. The cavity of the arms
communicates with that of the simple stomach. The eggs are de-
veloped in the under part of the body, between the cuticular covering
and the bottom of the stomach; they have a spherical shape, but no
germ pustules can be detected within them.
TTfUMtfLlI has investigated a great number of Lepralias, in their various
stages of Hfe, according to locality, age, &c. ; and has described six new
species, — Lepralia semiluna/ris, auriculata, ventricosa, temds, assimHis,
and ovalis (Ann. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 407).
Landsborough, who has made many experimente on the phosphores-
cence of the Sertulariai (ibid. viii. p. 257, and Fror. Neue Notiz. Bd. 21,
p. 83), has discovered, tiiat on shaking, under water, Valckeria cuscu-
ta, 8ertula/ria polyzonias, Cellularia reptans, Laomedea geniculata,
384
POLYPES. 341
Fluitra membrcm(Mea, pilosa, and Mewhrcmipora itellata, emitted
sparks. After he had taken these Zoophyte$ out of the water, together
with the sear-weed to which they were attached, and left them dry for
two days, the Membramvpora stellata and Flustra metnbracea still shed
light; but this property was always destroyed by frost. Hassall has
confirmed this account (ibid. viii. p. 341).
Kolliker has published his obseryations on the male organs of genera-
tion of the FlustrcB (Beitr, ant. cit. p. 46).
The appendages of the Cellul<iria avictUaria, resembling a bird's
head, have been minutely examined by Nordmann (Obseryations sur
la Faune Pontique, 1840, p. 679). The mass of this appendage is cal-
careous, the bilL opens and shuts, whilst the head turns from one side to
the other ; all these motions are quite independent of the unfolding of
the tentacula of the polype. In Bicella/ria tcruposa, Nordmann obseryed
similar moyeable bodies, the use of which he has not yet been able to
make out. He saw the fourteen tentacula of the polypes of Cellulcmaf
placed in a circle, and ooyered with yibratile cilia. The increase of the
Odtulariaf according to his obseryation, goes on in a fourfold manner,
by stolons, gemmules, and two sorts of eggs.
Various remarks haye been made on the organization of the tufts of
polypi in fresh-water, as' well as on their deyelopment, by Coste (Compt.
Rend. t. zii. p. 724, and Fror. Neue Notiz. Bd. 19, p. 10), and Laurent
(I'Instit. 1841, p. 225). We are indebted to Nordmann for a yeiy exact
description of the Plumatella ca/mpcmulata^ of which Plumatella re-
pens, Milll., is .only a yariety. This sort of polype is also propagated
by gemmules, and two sorts of eggs, namely, summer and winter
eggs.
Hassall has obseryed (Ann. Nat. Hist. x. p. 153, and Fror. Neue
Notiz. Bd. 24, p. 90), that Phimatella repent and Alcyonidiv/m stag-
norfon, belong to the same genus, and perhaps eyen to the same species,
for the difference in the mode of branching can scarcely be regarded as
affording a character of generic importance. PltMnatella repens is only
attached to leayes, which, after a few weeks, become decomposed, inyol-
ying the Zoophytes upon them in their own destruction ; Alcyonidmm,
on the contrary, attaches itself to stems of yegetables, and other firm
substances, which do not decay so soon ; and aUow time for some of the
specimens to become as large as the closed hand.
Johnston has turned his attention to the Sponges and lAthophytes
(History of British Sponges and Lithophytes, 1842). He could not
oonyince himself that these forms actually belong to the animal king-
dom, for he found no animal irritability in the sponges, nor could he
find polypes nor animal y^scera in them. So long as the sponges are
fresh and liyely, they draw in and put out water, as he has yery dis-
tinctly obseryed in Halichondria papillaris, Flem. He also saw them
385 2B
842 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
throvr out small exoremential graini. The caufe of the droolation of
water through them he oould not diflooyer ; but he is oonrmced, that
it doee not originate fixun any insect accidentally concealed and breathing
in the sponge, as Hogg some time since asserted (Ann. Nat. Hist. yi.
p. 816; Transact, of linn. 6oc. yoL xriii. p. S6d; Trans. Ent. Soe. yo1«
iii. p. 105),
Johnston has sometimes Ibnnd oral oorpnscoles in Tethea and Hali-
chondria, which were oomposed of a gelatinous substance^ with numerous
spicola imbedded in it; but he supposes they are not ^ggs, since they
did not at all agree with those ciliated eggs which Grant had discoyered
in seyeral species, and which haye been again mentioned by Laurent
(I'Instit. 1841, p. 243).
Johnston assumes, that the sponges increase by a sort of self-diyision,
small particles detaching themselyes from the gelatinous fluid, and de-
yeloping into their species, after they haye become fixed on an appro^
priate site.
Sponges consist of a loose, elastic, fibrous, or porous substance, in which
spicuLft are often imbedded. Besides the nmnerous pores, stiQ larger
openings are found on dififerent spots of the surface, from which canals
pass, in the most yarious directions, through their substance. The fibres
in the proper sponges are cylindrical, of unequal thickness, and reticu-
larly united together ; in Tethea, ffalichondria, and SpiyngUla, there
are siliceous spicula in tUs fibrous web, and in Ghrcmtia calcareous ones.
Johnston diyides the British Sponges into eight genera : — Tetheay with
two species, T, cranium and lyncurtttm ; Halichondria, with thirty-
six species, two of which are new; Spangilla, with two species, the
Jiuviatilis and lacustris; Spongia, with three, Hmbata, pulchella, and
kevigata ; Cfrcmtia, with eight species ; Duseideia has two, fragiUB and
papilloM; Haliearca, of which the only species is H, Dujardinii ;
Geodia, G» zeikmdica ; and P<Mihymat%9may also with a single spedes^
P. Johnstoniu
He next compares the different yiews of Naturalists respecting the
Lithophffte$, which are sometimes reckoned with the yegetable, some-
times with the animal kingdom. He coincides with those who belieye
them to be yegetables, since they are formed quite difierently firom the
zoophytes, and bear no polypi. The British Lithophytes form two
families ; CordHinece, of yegetable form, branchy and articulated ; and
NulliporidcB, Of the former are mentioned Oorallina, with three
species ; Jania, with two species ; and Halimeda, with one species. Of
the latter, NuUipora is the sole genus, with four spedes.
Bowerbank has examined a keratose sponge from Australia (Ann.
Nat. Hist. yii. p. 129). He found siliceous spicula, of yarious shapes,
imbedded between the homy fibres, and here and there groups of round
bodies, which he did not know whether to consider as gemmules or eggs.
386
FORAMINIFERA AND INFUSORIA. 843
He has also exammed the intimate structure of the Corallinas (Edin. New
PhiL Journ. vol. zziii. 1842, p. 206, or Fror. Nene Notiz. Bd. 23, p. 154).
After remoying the caloareoos portions by means of nitric acid, he saw
a tissue of net-work, and sometimes also siliceous spicula remaining ; and
between the tissue gemmular bodies, which, in his opinion, must have
been polype germs.
A new classification of the sponges has been proposed by Hogg ( Axm.
Nat. Hist. yiii. p. 3), in which he divides them into five sections, accord-
ing to the construction of their parenchyma: 1. SpongicB Bubcomeas^
parenchjrma without spicula ; 2. Spongice mbcomeo^licecB, parenchyma
with numerous siliceous spicula ; 3. Spongice euhcardlagineO'Calca/ricB,
parenchyma with calcareous spicula ; 4. 8pongi<B mbccMrtilcigmeo-iiUeecB ;
•and 5. Spongics suhereo-HlicecB.
A new homy sponge has been described by Owen, under the name of
EupUctella aepergiUti/m (ibid. p. 222)^ which is cylindrical, hollow like
a cornucopia, and composed of a regular net-work. The material of this
resembles dried gluten, and bums away to a charry residuum.
FORAMINIFERA AND INFUSORIA.
Ehrbnberg continues his researches into the microscopic organisms of
the past and present world, and gives by them an always firmer and
broader basis to the surprising conclusion he had come to, that these
microscopic beings exercise the greatest influence on the solid surface of
our earth.
He has convinced himself, that the calcareous rocks of Syria and of
central North America, contain densely-crowded masses of small Poly-
thaldmice (Bericht uber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Yerhandl.
der Konigl. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1842, p. 187), several
species of which, from the North American limestone, completely agree
with the PolythalamicB of the European chalk.
Ehrenberg also found the plastic marl of iBgina to consist of small
organisms, several species of which belong to the chalk animalcules
(ibid. p. 263). He mentions, moreover, that the limestone hills of Lake
Onega, in Russia, consist partly of small Polythakf/mias (ibid. p. 273).
He has also taken some pains to investigate the structure of these won-
derful chalk animalcules (Abhandl. d. Kon. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Ber-
lin, 1841, p. 106). He recognised no external, but only an internal
body covering the shell of these animals, which allowed very long, fine,
expansible, palpal threads, to pass out from all parts of the cribriform
shell. He does not confirm the account of D'Orbigny, that all these
animalcules possess a protrusible head, covered by a plumular palpal
apparatus. According to the researches of Dujardm, the animal of the
387
344 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII :
Polythalam*a it alao an internal one, which im completely enveloped
by the shell (Microaoop. Joom. 1841, p. 104).
A very oompiehenaiye work, by Ihgardin, on the InfoBoria, has ap-
peared (Histoire Nat. des Zooph. Infiisoirea, 1841). He separates this
data into two great divisionB. Of these, that of the asymmetrical Inju-
garia corresponds to the polygastric of Ehrenberg ; whilst the other,
under the definition of Syitolides, comprehends the Rotatoria of Ehren-
beig, with the Tardigrades, which latter haye not hitherto been properly
accommodated to any class of the invertebrata. Doy^re has also at-
tempted to proYO an alliance of the Tardigrades with EeyenlBotatoria,
yiz.f-^Notommataf Diglena, Digtemma, Monocerca, -and Mastigocerca
(Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 17> p* 193), the mouths of which particularly remind
ns of the Tardigrades, Doy^re, at the same time, draws attention to
the similarity of their muscular parts, their cuticular covering which does
not become absorbed, the intestinal canal, and the unproportionably
large eggs in both groups of animals. He has also repeated his experi-
ments on the revivification of the Tardigrada, Rotifera^ and Anguil-
lulcB (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 18, p. 5, Tlnstit. 1842, p. 289, Fror. Neue Notia.
Bd. 24, p. 232), and has proved, that these animals can be completely
dried in pure sand, in the open air, in dry air, and in a vacuum^ with-
out losing the capability of being again revived by moisture. When
these animals were put into hot water of 50 centigr. they were killed
outright ; but they retained the power of revival when the water was
at 45 to 48 centigr. When dried individuals were subjected to a great
heat, there were found among them . some which could be revived by
moisture, even afler they had sustained 120-140-145 degrees. He also
mentions two new species of Macrobiotus, discovered by Quatrefages
(Ann. d. Sc. Nat. 1. 18, p. 34). Ehrenberg has discovered a new ini^^
sorian belonging to the Rotatoriaf at Wismar, in the Baltic, and named
it Dipodina arctiscon (Fror. Neue Notiz. Bd. 24, p. 184). He defines
it as approximating the genus Notommata, by a particular construction
of its tarsal nippers. An infiisorian, living in the VoMcheria clavata^
has been made known by Morren as Rotifer vulgaris (ibid. Bd. 18, p. 101).
Doy^re points out some contradictions of Ehrenberg, which have
occurred to him in his examination of the oigans, regarded as the
sexual parts of the Rotatoria (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. t. 17, p. 199). In
several species of Notonvmata, Synchoeta, Diglena, &c., Ehrenberg
defined two simple pouches as testes. In several species of Hydatina,
Notonvmata, Cycloglena, Euchlanis, and Brachionus, these two pouches
are covered with vibrating branchial appendages, and discharge into a
contractile organ {vesicula seminalis, Ehrenb.) On the other hand, in
Notommata myrmeleo, syrinx, and cla/vulata, in which two simple
pouches, and. one furnished with vibratile branchial appendages, dis-
charge into a contractile organ, the simple pouches, and not that with
388
FORAMINIFERA AND INFUSORIA. 345
«
the appendages, were taken for testes by Ehrenbefrg, without any exact
reason being given. Dgy^re on this remarks, very properly, that it
must astonish us, how a contractile organ, which uninterruptedly con-
tracts and expands itself, taking into it a £uid, and the next moment
again rejecting it, can perform the function of a yesicula seminalis. He
farther doubts, whether an organ like that above mentioned, covered
with vibratile appendages, and constantly present in equal development,
can be a vesicula seminalis and testis, for in other lower animals, the
internal male parts of generation are only developed at certain times.
The ring-shaped streaks, asserted by Ehrenberg to be a vascular
system, and which are so evident in Hydatina senta, Enteroplosa
hydaiina, Synchceta pectinata, Notormnata collaris, and others, are
considered by Doydre as a cuticulo-muscular system, analogous to that
described by him as the stemo-dorsal muscle in the Ta/rdigrades,
A series of very extended labours by Wemeck, on Infugoria, has
been laid before the Berlin Academy of Sciences by Ehrenberg (Bericht
fiber die Yerhandl. d. Kon. Acad, der Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1841,
p. 102 und 373). They contain a minute view of the internal structure
of Hydatina senta, and very valuable observations on the polygastric
animalcules, whose organs of nourishment he has not so completely
made out as Ehrenberg has described them ; and whose contractile blad-
ders he also asserts to be vesiculae seminales, without having recognised
spermatozoa in them.
The organization of the polygastric Infusoria, as described by
Ehrenberg, has lately been questioned from many quarters. Dujardin
(Op. cit. p. 66) has called attention to the dislocations of the so-called
stomachs of these creatures, which could not take place if they were
in union with each other by canals. He also has opposed the view that
they lay eggs, possess male sexual organs, and that their coloured
spots are organs of sight. As the nature of these spots has also been
contended by several other observers, it is to be hoped that this conten-
tion will call into the field, which has been opened up by the constant
and great labour of Ehrenberg, a larger number of unprejudiced en-
quirers, acquainted with the use of the microscope.
Rymer Jones repeats the assertion, that he has observed in Pa^ame^
cium aurelia, the gastric vesicles in regular and continuous circulation ;
nor had he, in any instance, been able to detect the central canal, or the
branches leading from it to the vesicles. (A General Outline of the
Animal Kingdom, and Manual of Compar. Anat. 1841, p. 59.)
Focke saw, in Loxodes huraa/ria, Paramecium aurelia, and other
polygastric Infusoria, the cavities filled with pigments, intersecting each
other in varied series, and concluded from this, that the digestive appa-
ratus is not separated from the parenchyma, but that the parenchyma of
these animals, consisting of cells, encloses the fluid nourishment received
from without in narrow spaces, which may be compared with the
1\89
346 REPORT ON ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLIi:
intercellular peasa^ of plants (Amt. Ber. iiber die 20te VenanunL d.
dent Natoif. nnd Ante zn Mainz, Sept. 1843, p. 227).
Eidl hai obferred and described a peculiar diculation of the green
globules in the body of the Buraaria vemalU (Miill. Arch. 1841, p. 278).
The reporter has seen this circulation yerj distinctly in Laxodes bur-
aaria, and supposes that Erdl has had the same animal before him, but
to which he has assigned an erroneous name.
The organs of motion of a large Navicula have been recognised by
Ehrenbei^ as long, fine, and contractile threads, which the animal can
protrude £rom the tfhell (AbhandL d. Kon. Aiad. d. Wissench. zu Berlin,
1841, p. 102).
According to Morren, the red pigment spots of LcLgmdla, Crypto^
glma, and Trachelomonas, cannot be eyes (Mem. de TAcad. Roy. des
Sciences and des Belles Lettres de Brux. 1841, taf. 14), as in TrcbchelO'
mancut the red of the red spot can be distributed over the whole body,
when the animal, on this supposition, would be quite changed into an eye.
Neither does he consider the cavities in these Moncides to be stomachs,
although he has seen a mouth and anal opening in Euglena scmguinea.
Focke has mentioned, that Pcmdorina morum and other proboscidated
Moncidett appear to change very much in colour according to tempera-
ture and season ; and he found, in green and in red water, individuala
quite colourless, as well as Monades saturated with the pigment (Ber.
uber die Yersamml. d. Naturf. und Arzte zu Mainz, a. a. O. p. 217).
Yoigt has published his observations on the red snow (ibid. p. 217 ;
the Microsc. Joum. 1841, p. 81 ; I'lnstit 1842, p. 259), the colour of
which, according to him, is not caused by vegetable, but always by animal
matter. The chief part of the snow is formed by the genus Cfyges, the
young of which has been considered by Shuttleworth as an Astasia,
while the uncoloured shoots, by which the Cfyges propagates itself, have
been brought under the genus Pandorina, Besides these dijQTerent forms
of development of Qyge$t there is also a peculiar Badllana and the
Phihdina roseola in the red snow.
Ehrenberg found, at Wismar, in the Baltic, that the Pendinium tripos
and fasus belonged to the phosphorescent Infusoria, but some emitted
light (Fror. N. Notiz. Bd. 24, p. 152). The latter animals were quite dear,
while the phosphorescent individuals were filled with yellowish-brown
matter, which he considered to be developed ovaries, so tiiat here also the
devebpment of light appears connected with the development of the egg.
Experiments have been made by Purkinje, in the warm season, with
rain water, in regard to the production of Infusoria (ibid. Bd. 22,
p. 121 and 136, or tJbers. der Arbeit, der Schles. Gesellsch. ftbr Yaterl.
Kultur im Jahre, 1841). In moist weather, their production was but
sparingly observed ; but in dry weather, manifold forms of these animals
quickly appeared, belonging principally to the genera Qonium, Volvox,
Proteus, &c.
390
FORAMINIFBRA AND INFUSORIA. 347
Fuchs constantly obflerved, in healthy oow's milk, two different Infu-
foWa, a very small Monade, and a larger polygastrio animalcule belong-,
ing to the bristle Monade$ (Gurlt und Hertwig, Magaz. f. die Thierheilk.
1841, p. 155). The blueness of the milk arises, according to his investi-
gations, firom the development and increase of an infusorian belonging to
the genus Vibrio^ which he calls Vjfbr. cyanogenus. He defines another,
which causes milk to turn yellow, as Vibr, xcmthogenua. The ViMane$
die at a heat of 50^55^ R. When froten and again thawed, they con-
tinue to live, and Fuchs saw them, when they had been dried for three
weeks, again oome alive on being moistened.
According to the observations of Mitsoherlioh, a considerable deposit
is, after some days, formed in the watezy extract of expressed oilHseeds,
of most of the green parts of vegetables, and of boiled animal substances,
which might be supposed a product of decomposition of the substances
dissolved in the fluid by means of the air, but which the microscope
discovers to consist of living and dead Vibriones (Ber. iiber die Ver-
handL der KonigL Akad; der Wissensch. zu Berlin, 184:2, p. 265). These
Vibrionei are also very abundant in the intestinal canal of man as well
as of beasts. Mitsoherlioh fed rabbits for a long while upon cabbage,
artificially infected with Vibrione$; yet he found fungi only, the result
of fermentation, in the intestinal canal of these animals.
The highly interesting observations of Ehrenberg have determined
the actual share of microscopic orgimisms in the blocking up of the
harbours at Wismar and Pillau, as well as in the formation of the slime
of the bed of the Elbe at Cuxhaven, and of the bottom of the Nile
at Dongola, Nubia, and the Delta of Egypt (ibid. 1841, p. 127 and 201).
He has also extended his observations to the distribution and influence
of miorosoopio life in North and South America, and in Iceland. His
experience enables him to distinguish the forms of microscopic ^niniAlf
in the small particles of earth hanging to plants in Herbaria, and to
other bodies. He was able to show the Society of Naturalists at Berlin,
living Infusoria sent from America, consisting chiefly of Badlkma
(Fror. N. Notia. Bd. 23, p. 10).
Bailey has given a view of the fossil and living Bacillcma in the
United States (Sillim. Amer. Joum. vol. xlii. p. 88, and vol. xliii. p. 321).
Ehrenbeig has continued his observations on that great bed of Infiir-
aaria, the Liineburg Heath (Bericht. uber die Yerhandl. der Akad. der
Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1842, p. 292). He has given some information
on the fossil JnJuBoria of Ireland ; and drawn attention to a bed of them
at Berlin (ibid. 1842, p. 321 and 336; 1841, p. 231 and 362), which seems
to be the most extensive deposit yet known, and in which, it is remark-
able, that Infu9(yria still living, and not yet discovered at the surface
of the soil near Berlin, are present among the fossil. Gallionella de-
ctiuata and granulata are particularly mentioned.
391
348 REPOBT OK ZOOLOGY, MDCCCXLII, BTC.
Aoooiding to Quekett, an infbsorial itratuni, of twenty feet thick, htm
been foond underlying the dtj of Richmond in Y irginia, which contains
forma agreeing completely with the apedes found in the North Sea.
Navicular Aetinocycluif OalUonella, and others, are specified. (Ann.
Nat. Hist. ix. p. 66).
A microscopical analysis, undertaken by Ehrenbeig, of the natural
paper-like mass found in Silesia in the year 1736, has given the follow^
ing result : — That the chief part of the tissue consists of the Conferva
fracta, in which nineteen species of Infus&ria are imbedded (Bericht.
iiber die Verhandl. d. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Berlin, 1841, p. 225).
Stiebel has published his observations on the presence of InfMoria in
Spas (die Qrundformen der Xnfusorien in den Heilquellen, 1841).
An infusorial, liying in the sulphureous waters of Harrowgate and
Askem in Yorkshire, aoooiding to Lankester, would seem to be the
A$t<ma ?uefnatode9, but he could not distinguish a tail, which is a
generic character of Aitiuia (Ann. Nat. Hist. yii. p. 109).
Focke has dedared the lowest inyertebrata, namely, the Monctdes, to
be too minute for physiological inyestigation. No explanation, there-
fore, can be given of these animals, either in regard of their generation
or of their vegetable or animal distinction, or of the function of the
parenchyma, and the like (Bericht. iLber die Yersamml. der Naturf. u.
Aizte zu Mainz, 1842, p. 227). In the Bacilkma and Navicularia,
particularly the Navicula viridiSf Focke observed an evident open longi-
tudinal deft, through which it receives nourishment, so that no doubt can
exist of the animal nature of this being ; but, on the other hand, it was
very difficult to distinguish it in the Deimidiaceaf as they continued
eight days, and longer, in the act of their transverse section, without
essentially altering during this time. Besides the Desmidiacea, the
DiatofMa and Closteria have been also separated by Digardin fix>m
the animal kingdom (Hist. Natur. des Zooph. p. 668).
In the contributions to the Fauna of the Infusoria at Vienna, pub-
lished by Hiess, 360 species are mentioned according to Ehrenbeig's
system (Beitrage zur Fauna der Infusorien um Wien, 1840).
Ehrenberg has accurately and ingeniously arranged, in his treatise.
Das unsichtbar wirkende Leben, Leipzig, 1842, his previous important
researches of many years, on " invisibly-working organic life.''
The two following works, for which that of Ehrenberg has furnished
the groundwork, are useful as hand-books^ Kutorga : Naturgeschichte
der Infusionsthiere, vorziiglich nach Ehrenberg's Beobachtungen bear-
beitet, 1841 ; and Pritchard : a History of Infusoria, Living and Fossil,
arranged according to ** die Infusionsthierchen " of Ehrenbeig, 1841.
392
REPORT
ON THE
PBOGKESS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY
DURING THE YEAR 1841.
BY
DB. H. F. LINK,
DIRECTOR OP THE ROTAL BOTANIC GARDEN, BERLIN.
TRANSLATED BY
E. LANKESTER, M.D., F.L.S.
REPORT
ON THB
PBOGBESS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL BOTANY, 4c.
Annual Reports on the progress maxle in science, as first
instituted by Berzelius for Gbemistry and Physics, rank among
the most useful of our scientific arrangements, proyided three
conditions are borne in mind. First of all, they must not be
published too late, when the information is already known to
the public, and, therefore, superfluous ; and if such should be
the case with the present Annual Report, let it be considered,
that the unexpected death of the former reporter. Professor
Meyen, occasioned an unayoidable delay. It is always better
to make up, in indiyidual matters, than to publish all too late.
The second condition is, to giro, as far as possible, a faithful
report of the statements of the author, without mingling them
with the opinions of others. It appears also preferable to me,
to pass oyer a work entirely, rather than to pronounce it at
once as insignificant. It is at times necessary to introduce the
author yerbally, in order to exhibit the manner in which he
has instituted his obseryations. But this is not always prac-
ticable, and it is frequently yery difficult to represent the
yiews of another faithfully, because many authors haye not
the ability to express themselyes in definite, and therefore in
distinct terms, a deficiency which particularly betrays itself
by the use of too many words, used in order to ayoid the
necessity of stating, that they are not yet acquainted with a
395
4 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
certain matter, or that they hare committed an error, or that
they hare not yet a distinct view of the subject. The more
inexperienced we are in a science, the more apt are we to
suppose onrselres perfect in it, and the less are we inclined
to confess that we have been mistaken. Finally, it is nnsnit-
able to make controversy a principal object of an annual
report, or to conduct it in an irritable and hostile spirit,
or to quarrel and dispute, when nothing can be said against
the principal matter. The Anatomy and Physiology of Plants
has been yery much exposed to such contentions, and a pro-
gress of their knowledge has been rather impeded than faci-
litated by them. My predecessor in this work, can, by no
means, be absolyed from the reproach of a contentious dis-
position ; I shall, howeyer, endeavour to avoid imitating him
in that respect.
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS.
We find a treatise on tJie Internal Structure of Plants in
general, in the Annalea des Sciences Naturelles, second
series, volume xiv. p. 16, 17, under the title of — " Etudes
Phytologiques, par le Gomte de Tristan. Prem. Mem. de la
Nature des tissus Y^g^taux.'* The author commences with
the question, whether the tissue of vegetables is homogeneous
or not. With this view he contemplates the transverse sec-
tion of the stem of any plant — for instance of the Poppy
(Papaver somniferum) ; and further, of the petiole of the
leaf, as of CucurMta mcuxnma, and finds therein a double
tissue. The first occupies the greatest part of the stem or
petiole, and clearly consists of cells ; the second surrounds
the vascular bundles. The latter, however, do not always
exist, but the tissue also occurs without them. He now
follows the fine fibres of the latter, as far as the ovarium,
and finds, that it only exhibits itself there in bright spots, in
which no organization is perceptible. Spiral vessels are only
subsequently produced in the axis of these fibres. The
" clear'' unorganized substance he terms cambium, and says
396
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 5
of it, that it may hare exuded from the first tissue, but that it
is not homogeneous with it. In this respect he distinguishes
the second tissue from the first; and since the cells of this
first tissue resemble foam, being only more consistent, he
terms the first tissue '' aphrostase ;'' the second, because it
accompanies, and, as it were^ conducts the yessels, " hege-
mon." A division, or fissure, which he calls " cunice,"
separates, in trees, the bark from the internal part, or from
the " endophyte" as he terms it. The inner part, howeyer,
does not consist of a single part, but of the pith, and that
which is called wood, but which does not always deserve this
name, as it is frequently very soft in herbs. The author
therefore terms it " endostere,'' because it is at all events
firmer than the surrounding part. He now proceeds to ex-
amine the origin of the so-termed " prolongemens meduUaires,"
and says of them, that they originate from the " tissue aphros-
tasien," that they also continually get smaller, and that the
vascular bundles which have grown up, thicken, at last only
leaving a trace of them. He therefore terms them " isthmes
aphrostasien," or briefly " isthmes." The consideration of a
transverse section in the stem of a bramble {Rubvs fruticosua)
leads him to the adoption of a third tissue, which he terms
'* proxyle," distinguishing it by the circumstance, that it con-
sists of prismatic or cylindrical fibres (filets) of an indefinite
length. He examines it from its first origin, and finds that it
also consists at first of a cambium, so that each of the three
tissues has its own peculiar cambium. These tissues are very
often intermixed, and he terms such a mixture, which is pro-
duced from an efiusion of the cambium ^' proxylaire," into
another already formed tissue, an " adelome." These are
the principal contents of the treatise.
It is grati^ng to see, how an observer, without regarding
that which others have done before him, nevertheless hits
upon the best arrangement. The three kinds of cellular
tissue, as determined by the author, certainly deserve to be
distinguished. The first is that cellular tissue (called ^' aph-
roatases^' by the author), which constitutes the basis of the
whole stem, or rather of the whole plant, and which always
397
»»
6 RBPOBT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
oonsists of parenchyma, and is forced together in the stem by
means of the growing woody bundles (holz-btindel) ; and me-
dullary rays (prohngemena medtdlaires) are formed, which
the author very correctly defines, and not unjustly terms,
<< isthmes." The general term *^ hegemon,'' for the cellular
tissue, which accompanies the rascular bundles, and which
mostly consists of parenchyma — at times, also, howeyer, of
long, narrow, parenchymatous cells — is likewise very proper.
The third cellular tissue of the author, the " proxyle," has
already receiyed the name of liber. The Greek appellations
of the author are, howeyer, bad enough, — '^ Aphrostase
means position of foam ; ^' hegemon," a leader ; '' proxyle,
anterior wood ; " adelome,'' concealment. The French always
used to ridicule the technical terms of our learned men as
proofs of their pedantry ; we might now, I think, justly return
the compliment. In German, we might term these tissues
Grund-gewebe (fundamental tissue) ; Begleitendes-gewebe (ac-
companying tissue) ; and Bast-gewebe (liber tissue.) That the
author only saw an inorganic matter in the so-termed cam-
bium, probably was owing to employing too low a magnifying
power
With this I beg to combine the announcement of a treatise,
which struck me yery much, and which partially belongs to
this subject : — ^^ Etude Microscopique des Fr^dpit^s et de leurs
Metamorphoses appliquee k T explication de diyers Fh^no-
men^s Physiques et Fhysiologiques, par P. Harting. Y. Bul-
letin des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles en Neerlande. Ann.
1840, p. 287, 365." The author has analyzed a number of
precipitates, formed mostly with inorganic substances alone,
yery few of. them with organic and inorganic substances
together. The first kind of precipitates, according to our
author, are the crystalline ; and he asserts, that crystalliza-
tion is an original act. The second kind are the Tnoleculaty.
Their form cannot be ascertained, because the comers or
angles, in the small granules, cannot be recognised beyond a
certain boundai7. The granules unite themselyes to irregular
or flocculent masses, and the molecular motion ceases as soon
as this is effected. The third kind, the membranous preci-
' 398
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 7
pitates, are in many instances produced immediately ; at first
they are flexible, become, howerer, brittle afterwards, and are
changed also into flocculent masses. The fourth and last
kind, are the gelatinotis precipitates. Thus far the subject,
properly speaking, does not belong to our department. The
author, however, proceeds fiirther. He reduces the molecular
morement to an attractive and repelling power, and applies
this to the movement of the granules in the cells, which he
says may be explained in the same manner, even though it
is assumed that the movement depends on the walls of the
cells. He refers to the statement of Schwann, with regard to
the manner in which the cellular bodies arrange themselves
around a granule, and finds a similarity in the manner in
which the granules form themselves in the precipitates. He
carbonized pieces of an onion, the cells of which contained
nuclei, and found the nucleus destroyed; but is still of opinion,
however, that this negative result does not prove any thing.
Carbonized parts of plants, it is well known, retain their
original form, and the author therefore inquires, whether the
formation of the homogeneous organic members may not be
considered as a membranous precipitate of substances, which
are usually termed inorganic.
In the present year (1841) I have published a small treatise
respecting the solidity of bodies, with the view of directing the
attention of natural philosophers to this subject. I have seen,
and proved it to several eminent natural philosophers, that all
precipitates, when analyzed immediately after their formation,
exhibit globules ; that these globules unite themselves to larger
ones (being therefore fluid, like globules of quicksilver) ; and
that tiiese united globules or drops, subsequently only (and
that frequently under our own eyes) change themselves into
crystals. If M. Harting did not observe tins, it was owing to
his not having examined the precipitates speedily enough.
The globules sometimes form flat surfaces, sometimes they are
gelatinous. I have repeated, in this small treatise, what I
have before stated, that all fluid substances exhibit a com-
mencement of solidity on their surface — for we attribute
fluidity to a substance, if the parts can be displaced from each
399
8 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
other by the slightest application of force ; and this can only
be done, when the attracting and repelling powers of the
homogeneous parts neutralize each other, which cannot be
the case on the surface of fluid substances, where the parts
are unequally drawn in different directions. This solidity
increases with the surface, and a thin stratum of fluidity is
consequently in itself solid. The degree of solidity certainly
depends on the degree of attraction among the parts, which,
as is weU known, is different also in fluid substances, as exhi-
bited by quicksilyer and water. Nothing, therefore, is re-
quired, for the production of a membrane, but the separation
of a stratum of fluidity, as every bubble shows. The half
fluid substances, mucus, jelly, &c., are a mixture of solid and
fluid parts, as can be seen when they are dried, and it is
saying nothing, to say we hare derived a solid substance from
mucus. Not is it by any means necessary, that a fluid sub-
stance should have to pass through a state of half fluidity, in
order to become solid — as a proof of which, we may adduce
the crystals of s^t. K we admit attracting and repelling
powers to act at pleasure, as M. Harting has done, a good
deal may certainly be explained; but we must divest our
explanation, as much as possible, of arbitrary assumptions.
We have received many researches this year respecting the
chemical constitution of cellular tissue. Firsts Some obser-
vations respecting the colouring blue of the vegetable cell-
membrane, through means of iodine^ by Hugo Mohl. Flora,
1840, p. 609. In consequence of Schleiden^s observations,
the author instituted researches regarding the embryo of
Schotia speciosa. This embryo swells by a lengthened ma-
ceration in cold water, and by boiling with water, but is not
entirely dissolved ; and then, not only are the cells coloured
blue by the application of iodine, but also the mucus around
them. The cells of the cotyledons of Tropeolum majus^
hybridum, and minus^ exhibit a similar reaction. The blue
colour with them, however, does not appear immediately, but
the cell-membrane first turns yellow, then green, and finally
blue. The cell-membrane of many lichens was likewise ana-
lyzed, after Meyen's suggestion, and a similar reaction was
400
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 9
obserred. The efifect upon the Algce was much slighter, and
only SphcBroeoccus ciliatutSy Viva linza, and U. lactuca^
assume a blue colour. The author further instituted re-
searches respecting the horn-like albumen-cells ; first, of those
of Monocotyledons^ when he found the four following principal
modifications: — a. Albumen-cells, which are coloured yellow
by diluted tincture of iodine, becoming yellowish-brown upon
being dried, and which assume their former yellow colour
again on being moistened, and which, in fact, behave them-
selves in quite the same manner as the common woody tissue.
This takes place, as far as the author investigated, with the
albumen of all Palms, for instance, with Rhapis (leaulis,
Manicaria saccifera, &c. b. Albumen-cells, which exhibit
first a yellow, subsequently a brown colour with an admixture
of violet, upon the action of iodine, which become clearer
or darker yellow-brown upon being dried ; and upon being
soaked again, become violet, with a brown admixture; as
Iris pratensiSj atomaria, Allium globosum, odorum, siMri-
cum, Asphodeltis luteus, Anthericum ramosum, Czackm
liliastrum, Eucomia punctata, c. Albumen-cells, which,
upon the action of iodine, become first yellow, then brown,
finally dirty violet; when dried, red-brown; when soaked
again, violet, with a partial transition to deep violet blue ; as
Iris aurea, Asparagus dauricus, m^ritimus, Scilla peru-
viana, Hyadnthus romxmus, amethystinus, Lilium bulM-
ferum, Tigridia pavonia, . Convallaria racem>osa, Yucca
gloriosa. d. Albumen-cells, which, by the application of
iodine, are coloured with a lively violet ; when dry, red brown ;
soaked again, beautifully violet or deep violet blue. lana
hyalina, squalida, Gladiolus tristis, Euscus ra^cemosus, VelU
hewnia mridifolia. The author has investigated, with less
care, the seed of Dicotyledons with horn-like albumen, because
the phenomena, as far as he observed them, were the same as
in the Monocoiyledonous plants. Caustic potass acts, accord-
ing to the author, veryconsiderably upon those albumen-cells
which become coloured blue by the application of iodine.
Those upon which the alkali acted most slightly, were fiir-
nished with considerably thicker walls. It was distmctly
401 2C
10 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
seen, that the external strata of each cell were first loosened
into a gelatinons mass ; and the cells, situated at the edge of
the section, were entirely conrerted into a jelly, soluble in
water. The dissolyed substance, as well as the loosened
membranes of cells, were beautifblly coloured blue by iodine.
The author next remarks upon the effect of iodine upon the
cell-membrane in general, and draws the following inferences : —
l«f. The iodine imparts yery different colours to the r^etable
cell-membrane, according to Hbe quantity in which it is taken
up by it. A slight quantity of iodine produces a yellow or
brown, a larger quantity a violet, and a still larger quantity a
blue colour. Iodine imparts the yellow or brown colour to the
dried membrane of the cell, provided it is dissolyed in alcohol,
or otherwise comes in contact with the latter; the yiolet or
blue colour, on the other hand, only takes place when the cell-
membrane is soaked in water. The blue colour converts itself
into the violet or red brown upon being dried, but resumes the
former colour on being again moistened ; analogous changes
of colour, as is well known, also take place with the iodine of
starch, according to the circumstances of the latter being dry
or wet. 2dly^ The colour which the cell-membrane assumes
through means of iodine, does not only depend on the quan-
tity of iodine applied, but also on the quality of the membrane
limit. The more soft and tender membranes, which swell
readily in water, assume immediately a violet or blue colour,
even when only a small quantity of iodine has been applied
to them ; or the yellow colour, which they at first assumed,
passes into a violet or blue colour, even before the fluid has
completely dried up ; or, at all events, immediately after, and
resumes it again on being soaked. The more hard, brittle
membranes, which less readily swell in water, on the other
hand, on the application of iodine, assume a yellow or brown
colour; and, after being dried and soaked again, assume a
blue colour, when a large quantity of iodine has acted upon
them. Third, This development of a blue colour entirely de-
pends on the nature of the membrane of the cell, and is only
produced by the addition of a sufficiently large quantity of
iodine.
402
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 11
Schleiden has published an Appendix ta this Treatise, in
the same annual series of the Flora, p. 737. He is of opi-
nion, that Mohl might have drawn two conclusions from his
researches : — 1st, That iodine has no influence as a reagent
upon starch, which indeed is the result of tiie discoyery of
the amyloid. Schleiden, together with Vogel, has found
a substance in the cotyledonary cells of Schotia latifolia^
apeciosaj Hymemea eourbar^ &c., which assumes a blue
colour on the application of iodine, but in a different manner
from starch; and he has published this in Poggendorff's
Annals for 1839. 2dly, That the blue colouring of regetable
substances, by iodine, is no real chemical combination. Mohl
has said, that the blue colouring of the membrane does not
indicate a material difference from the ordinary membrane of
the cell, on account of its not being probable, that cells formed
of a different substance, should occur together in the same
plant; but with regard to this, the reporter replies, that the
only point of importance, is the question of what is under-
stood by the essential difference of two regetable substances^
Mohl seems inclined to leaye this point to the chemists, but
is however of opinion, that in that case we should haye to
wait some time. This is followed up by a remark, which
deserves to be inserted here, as it marks the peculiar manner
of Schleiden. '* On reading the good-for-nothing opinions of
Berzelius and Liebig, respecting Schwann's discoveries with
regard to the (Gdhrungspilz) fungus of fermentation, one
would suppose that these gentlemen had never heard of such
a thing as a microscope. On hearing Berzelius speak of
Schwann's firivolousness, we do not know what to say to such
absurdity. I should sincerely congratulate the science of
chemistry, if Berzelius had always instituted his researches
with a circumspection so thoroughly founded upon elaborate
knowledge, and a profundity, combined with so much modest
doubt in his own powers, as to secure him from the influence
of preconceived opinions, as Schwann has done.* Did not
* Schwami has written a book, caUed " Microfloopical Researchei
on the Identity of Stnicture and Growth of Animals and Plants"
403
12 REPORT ON BOTANY, MBCCCXLl :
the first hundred pages of the sixth yolaine of his chemistry
oocnr to Berzelias when writing these words, and produce a
hlnsh of shame in him for such a judgment 1"
The aathor then proceeds to the dhemical qualities of many
regetable substances, and draws the following conclusions
therefrom, which I will enumerate verbatim, in order that
they may be understood : — 1st, " The vegetable substances,
which are usually enumerated as indiflferent ones (amphotere)^
and which belong to the series of starch, form only a very
scanty selection of the infinite variety of materials, belonging
to the same degree of development, which occur in plants.
2dly, The plant forms a chemical elementary matt^ in its
vegetation (no allusion is meant hereby to the old nonsense of
primitive mucus), which remains the same, in all stages of the
process of vegetation, with regard to its elementary composi*
tion ; but is, however, capable of infinite modifications, owing
to internal changes, which are imperceptible, and altogether
unknown to us, partially, also, to the increase and diminution
of the water combined with it ; the number of which depends
on the number of atoms of water which associate themselves
with it, and also on different combinations of elements, but
which, for the present, appear to us as a constant series of
different states, the nearest members of which do not appear
to us to differ materially. The lowest of these members is
sugar, the highest the perfectly developed substance of the
membranes, — a series, the members of which become more
insoluble in water as they rise from below upwards, so that,
under certain circumstances, the gelatine from the cellular
substance crystallizes from without in an organic form." (See
Schwann^s Microscopical Besearches, &c., p. 220.)
It appears to me very advisable, however, to have recourse
again to the chemists.
There is a r^K>rt of a treatise of M. Payen " Sur la Com-
(Berlin, 1839) ; in which he adopts Schleiden's opinion with regard to
the cytoblast, without any farther scrutiny, and now endeavours to trace
a similarity in the animal Idngdom. Keq)ecting it, see my Propyl&en of
Natural History ; Berlin, 1839.
404
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 13
position Ghimique du Tissu Fropre des V^g^tanx," in the An-
nates des Sciences Natnrelles, yoI. xiii. p. 305.
The reporters are, Dumas, Felonze, and Ad. Brongniart.
Payen caused caustic potass in a heated state, then iodine,
and occasionally sulphuric add, to act upon different yegetable
substances, and obseryed, that the original membrane, which
constitutes the int^nments of the cells, remained without any
change. He found, on the other hand, that the deposits on
this membrane converted themselyes into a substance under
the action of potass, which, on application of iodine, assumed
a Tiolet colour (blue-yiolet) ; and that, finally, a part of these
new products, which he terms secondary ones, were conyerted
by the same influences into another substance, which assumes
an orange colour on the application of iodine. It appears,
further, from his numerous analyses, that the yegetable tissues,
both of the Phanerogamia and the Cryptogamia^ by the con-
tinued solution of all foreign substances^ which haye either
been deposited in their cayities, or on the membranes them-
selyes, may be traced to a substance (cellulose), which con-
stitutes the original walls of the cells of the cellular tissue, of
the woody tissue, and of the vessels, which has the same com-
position as starch, and is only distinguished by its aggregated
state, through means of which it exhibits a stronger degree of
resistance to chemical influences. The similarity of the cel-
lulose and of starch, with regard to elementary composition,
the transformation of both substances into dextrine and sugar,-
would, indeed, in themselves, lead us to suppose, that inter-
mediate states exist. In fact, the author obseryed, that the
membrane of the Cetraria islandica^ when properly cleansed^
assumes a blue colour on the application of iodine, and is
dissolved like starch in soda. The thick walls of the cells in
the albumen of Phytelephas and Draeoma likewise, when
properly cleansed, assume a blue colour on the application of
iodine, but resist solution longer than the cellular substance
of the Liehenes, The reporters add : — Cells of woody tissue,
when freed from all foreign substances, so as no longer to
assume a black colour on the application of muriatic acid,
and of weak sulphuric acid ; nor an orange colour, on the
405
14 REPORT ON ROTANT, MDCCCXLI :
applicatioii of iodine, still retained some thickness, bnt had
become soft and spongy ; and this was also the case with the
dots and stripes (Jtneamenfo) which do not disappear. They
are of opinion, therefore, that the deposited substances are not
only deposited externally, bnt haye also penetrated into the
internal stmctore of the tissue.
An elaborate treatise, on this subject, by M. Payen, is
published in the same Journal, yol. xir. p. 73, being the
results of elementary analyses of the cellular tissue of various
plants. These were : — ^The OYule of the kernels of almonds,
pears, and apples, and HeUanthua annuus^ the membranous
part of the cambium of cucumbers, the cellular tissue of
cucumbers, the pith of 8arnbucu8 nigra, of .^chyn&mene
pahtdosa, cotton cleansed once, and cotton cleansed twice,
the spongioles of roots. The analyses fluctuate between 43
and 45 parts of carbon in 100; 6.04 and 6.32 hydrogen;
and 48.55 and 50.59 oxygen. The formula of G ^ H 18 0 »
4- H 3 0 corresponds with these analyses. Other researches
are added to this. Leayes were, with difficulty, fireed firom a
waxy substance, but at last gave a cellular substance of the
same composition as the former. Spiral vessels of Mti8a
9apientum evidently contained a covering, " mati^ incms-
tante ;" for, only on being cleansed by the application of am-
monia, water, weak muriatic add, &c., did they give 0.484
carbon; on being treated by potass with heat, only 0.44
carbon ; the latter had otherwise the same proportion as the
normal cellular tissue. The pure membrane taken from the
grains of wheat had the usual constituents. The cells in the
circumference of the albumen exhibited a grey colour, which
originates from a gelatinous substance that covers the mem-
brane. The application of tannin colours and contracts this
substance, ammonia and acetic acid dissolve it, and leave the
pure membrane ; solution of iodine colours the gelatinous sub-
stance yellow, the starch dark violet, and leaves the membrane
uncoloured. There remains in the grain only pure membrane
after germination. Vegetable remains, from cow dung, were
easily cleansed, and the membrane then had the usual com-
position. The hair of the seed of the Virginian Poplar Tree
406
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 15
behaved in the same manner as cotton. It was difficult to
separate firwood fi*om all foreign substances ; the membrane,
howerer, after this had been accomplished, exhibited the usual
composition. The membrane of Cetraria ialandica^ cleansed
by water, alcohol, anmionia, acetic acid, and ether, still
assumed a blue colour on the application of iodine ; and the
jelly of this lichen contained hydrate of starch and inulin.
This last substance is resolved into a sugar by acetic acid,
which is dissolved in water, and also in alcohol. On dis-
solving inulin in boiling water, it is separated, when left to
cool, into small, white, and transparent globules, like starch
globules ; they do not, however, assume a blue colour on the
application of iodine. The albumen of dates may be en-
tirely dissolved by potass, in the same way as the membrane
of Cetraria islandica. It was more difficult to remove depo-
sited substances from the Confervce and Chara hispida; pre-
caution was necessary with the Fungi; but a membrane of the
usual composition remained in all these cases. The author de-
scribes different forms of starch granules in the Chara; but
they were not different in a chemical point of view. The tender
membrane in the orange coloured organs of the Chara exhi-
bited the usual composition of vegetable membrane ; the sub-
stances contained in it, however, were very nitrogenous. The
author expresses the opinion, that all nitrogenous materials
in plants, are only deposited, whilst they penetrate into the
membranes themselves of animals. He obtained the prepared
gut of a sheep, from a manufacturer of stringed instruments,
treated it with water, acetic acid, and potass, of which thQ
two latter had a peculiar dissolving effect, analyzed the re-
mainder, and found a nitrogenous quaternary compound. This
residue had also, in other respects, the general qualities of
animal membrane; it dissolved in acetic acid and diluted
muriatic acid, which is not the case with vegetable membrane.
The author compares the distinguishing marks of pure vege-
table and animal membrane ; and, besides the one enumerated,
I may add, that the latter is dissolved by the diluted solutions
of potass and soda, and ammonia, but not the former. Fur-
ther, that tannic acid, alum, and corrosive sublimate, do not
407
16 REPORT ON BOTAKT, IfDOCCXLI :
act at all, or at all ey^nts only in a trifling degree, upon the
former, tannic add contracting it a little ; the latter, how-
erer, is not only contracted by it, but combines with it.
This excellent work presents decided answers on many dis-
puted points.
I may here be permitted to add something respecting the
starch in plants. I hare illustrated the changes of the gra-
nules of starch in the 16th Table of the Icones AnatamiccB
BotaniccB. Th^ granules of potatoes were burst by warm
water, and yielded a thick fluid mass, which assumed a blue
colour on the application of iodine, the same as the enclosing
integument. . It follows from this, that each granule of starch
contains a thick fluid kernel, as Baspail asserted, although
the integuments consist of many layers, as may indeed be
distinctly seen in many granules of starch, just as Fritzsche
first obseryed. As this thick fluid kernel assumes a blue
colour on the application of iodine, like the int^ument, there
is no reason to doubt that it consists of any thing else than a
mass of amylum. It is an ordinary occurrence, that this mass
is changed into gum or dextrine, by being strongly heated,
or by a lengthened rubbing with water, as Baspail applied it,
and a similar transformation takes place on the more usual
application of nitric add. The experiment should be per-
formed as soon as the bursting has taken place, in order to
avoid any change occurring in the starch. The integument
of the granules is frequently found torn after germination ;
see fig. 9 and 10 of the same table, compared with fig. 8.
Unformed thick fluid starch I first found in the bulbous-formed
roots of 8alep9 subsequently also in the bulbous-formed roots
of the conunon Orchis latifolia^ before and alter blossommg,
as is seen in fig. 13 of the same table. Later, I also found
amykim in the roots of Orchis pyramid^Us^ and in the roo>ts
Qf Orchis latifoliay long after blossoming. As usual in granules.
Boots of Salep are also met with, that contain granules of
starch. It seems, therefore, that the unformed matter is
capable of transforming itself into granules. A thick fluid
mass, which cannot be coloured by iodine, mixed with large
granules of starch, is also found in the seed of Phaseolus
408
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 17
vulgaris, fig. 12. Large and small granules of starch are
generally mixed with each other. The most external cells of
the grain of wheat, in which, according to Fayen, the most
gelatine is contained, contain small granules of starch, as if
they were developed from gelatine. Mohl, I think, was the first
who obserred that starch deyelopes itself in chlorophyll ; it
may be obsenred, with peculiar distinctness, in the older leares
of the Vallisneria spiralis, where a granule of starch is pro-
duced in the granules of chlorophyll, as may be perceived by
the application of iodine. It is remarkable, that the movement
of the chlorophyll granules immediately ceases, as so<m as a
granule of starch has formed itself in them.
Vegetable substances are by no means so uniform as the
mineral substances. Saltpetre is saltpetre, and common salt
common salt, let it be prepared in what way it will, if
it has only been properly cleansed. This is not the case
with many vegetable substances — ^for instance, with alcohol,
the vegetable acids, 4^c. In others, this chemical universality,
if I may so term it, is not so great as is seen in sugar. The
vegetable substances, indeed the organic substances in general,
only form genera and species in most cases. Thus the etheric
oils are different in every kind of plants, and this is also the
case ^th the isomeric compounds ; also with the resins and
gums ; and although they have but five distinguishing charac-
ters, yet they differ in their qualities in almost every plant.
This is also the case with starch, for although it has the same
characters from wheat, potatoes, and fi^m arrow root, yet
the jelly obtained from them exhibits differences. Potato
starch, for instance, has a peculiar smell. In this instance,
therefore, as indeed is done generally in natural history, we
reduce the species into genera, which we distinguish by cer-
tain marks ; and thus every thing is (sailed starch, which pre-
sents itself unformed or in granules, that assumes a blue colour
on the application of iodine, and that is dissolved in warm
water ; and not ia spirit of wine, ether, and oils. The AlthcBa
mucus also, at least partially, belongs to the genus starch;
it forms granules, which become blue on the application of
iodine, which dissolve themselves in cold water, and which
409
18 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDGCCXLl :
fomi a mucuB that is likewise turned blue by the tincture of
iodine. See Icon. Anat BoL^ table 16, fig. 14, a. b.
It is a matter of surprise to me, that Payen has paid no
regard to the cellular substance of potatoes, which seems to
approximate to the membrane of the Lichenes. As to Ce-
traria itlandieay it behares itself as I bare represented in
the third rolume of the selected Anatom. Bot. Figures, table
5, figs. 1 and 3 (1841). The most external layer, which
generally consists of an intercellular substance, does not
become coloured by iodine; the second layer, consisting of
yery tender close tubes, exhibits a strong colooring by iodine ;
and again, the most internal, yery loose layer, which consists
of larger tubes, is not cbanged by iodine. It is different with
Lobaria pulmonariay and Roceella tmctoria ; the external
layer does not become coloured, but the internal, yery loose
layer, consisting of rather thick tubes, does ; the second layer,
which is coloured blue in Cetraria islandica, is also entirely
wanting here. See table 5, fig. 13, and table 6, fig. 5.
The production of new cells, in relation to those already
existing, may be conceiyed to take place in three different
ways. The new cells are produced at the ends, edges, or
within the circumference of the older cells ; or they are pro-
duced between the older cells ; or they are produced within
the old cells, by a mother cell being torn, or otherwise de-
stroyed, which causes the new cell to come forward. The
last mode of production is assumed by Schleiden, who describes
the new cells as produced firom a dark nucleus '* cytoblast"
(which B. Brown has particularly obseryed in the young cells
of the OrchidecB) within a mother cell. I haye made some
researches on this subject, and the result of them I haye giyen
in the second yolume of the Iconea Selectee Anat Bot. (1840),
tab. 6, figs. 1-8. The young leayes are most easily inyesti-
gated in juicy plants ; the bud is only a round projection of
the trunk, on which the leayes are situated like small granules.
Fig. 1 represents such a leaf of Sempervivum arhorevm^
magnified 315 times in diameter ; and fig. 2 exhibits the point
of such a leaf, magnified 600 times. A dark material is per-
ceiycd in the cells of fig. 1, which is less distinct in the cells of
410
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 19
fig. 2, which, howeyer, in the final papiHa, seems to be bound
into a sac. This papilla disappears when the leaf begins to
grow. The projection of the trunk itself, with the young
leaves or the bud, is found in fig. 4, magnified 100 times ; and
in fig. 3, magnified 180 times. There is scarcely any foreign
tnatter perceptible in the leaves, but a granule is certainly
found in the projection of the trunk, which afterwards dis-
appears ; no trace of cells is, however, found any where one
within another. If we were to call the entire young leaf a
mother cell, in as much as it may be surrounded by a cuticle,
this would be a mere quibble, since this little skin is torn and
disappears, and thus allows the cells to come forward; indeed,
the individual cell distinguishes itself from the skin of the
leaf, by the former enclosing no other cells than that of the
latter. Fig. 5 exhibits a young bud of Qwerciw robur. It
exhibits just the same structure as the juicy plants, a pro-
jection of the branch famished with leaves, the only difference
being this, that it is curved in this and straight in that.
Cells, 780 times enlarged from the projection, are seen in
fig. 6. The green substance, chlorophyll, is exhibited dis-
tinctly, of a pale green colour ; but one cell within another is
nowhere to be seen. All this is confirmed by the represen-
tation of a bud of Syringa vulgaris^ which would only have
developed itself in the following year. As young cells are
never perceived, therefore, in the interior of the old cells, we
have reason to assert, that an enlargement of the cellular
tissue, by means of mother cells, does not take place in these
plants.
A preliminary answer to H. Mohl's treatise, respecting the
structure of the annular ducts, by Dr. M. J. Schleiden, is
found in Flora^ vol. xxiii. p. 1. It is necessary, however, to go
back as far as the year 1839 ; partly in order to understand
the subject in general, and partly because Meyen's represen-
tations are very defective. The same author has published ob-
servations in the same journal, respecting spiral formations
in the cells of plants. The cells of plants, he states, inclusive
of the so termed vessels — but setting aside the latex ducts •• —
exhibit two periods in their life. In the first period, which
411
20 RBPORT ON BOTAXT, MDCCCXLI :
18 the period of their prodnctioii and isohited independent
derelopment, the membrane forming them, grows in its whole
substance through intussusception. As soon, howeyer, as the
cells hare joined the cellular tissue as the constituent matter
of a certain plant or its parts, that kind of growth ceases,
or, at all eyents, retrocedes yery much. But a pew and im-
portant circumstance is now added to the other phenomena,
namely, that a new layer is deposited upon the whole internal
surface of the wall of the cell, in the form of one or more
bands, closely twisted together, so that the spires exhibit the
most exact contiguity without any continuity among them-
selyes. Originally, such is the opinion of tiie author, two
bands existed together, arising from an ascending and de-
scending current of the formatiye matter. The author first
of all contemplates the case, when the cell has not attained its
perfect deyelopment, at the period when the thickening of its
walls commences through means of spiral deposits. We find
here the following cases: — a. Simple fibre (double in the
sense stated aboye). The cell extends itself considerably from
the moment of its production, indiyidual spires grow together
early, and others become disunited and form annular ducts.
The author subsequently expresses himself more distinctly, by
stating, that this laceration or separation takes place by means
of resorption, h. Simple or manifold fibre, with an extension
of the cell, and slight or no connection with the wall of the
cell. Spiral yessels, capable of being unrolled, with wide
spires, c. Simple or manifold fibre, with a more considerable
extension of the wall of the cell ; which are generally closely
grown together. Narrow spired (not 1) spiral yessels, that are
capable of being twisted, false tracheso, and partially banded
and sqalarifonn yessels of the older writers, d. Manifold
fibre, with moderate extension of the cell ; particular portions
of the spire grown together ; generally^ also^ they adhere to
the wall of the cell. The entire series of forms, from the so
termed branched spiral, to the reticulated yessels. A portion
of the banded and scalariform yessels of the older writers
also belong to this diyision. The author then proceeds to
the second case, stating : — If the cell, howeyer, has ahready
412
INTERNAL STRUCTURE QF PLANTS. 21
attained its perfect deyelopment at the period when the spiral
deposits commence, a new and most wonderful circiHnstance
takes place, namely, the formation of air yesicles on the outr
side of the cell, between two adjacent ones, which precedes
the production of the deposits, and the spires in the inside
at the locality, which corresponds to the place of those air
re^cles, separate themselyes from each other in the shape of
fissures. All porous cells and yessels belong to this diyision ;
likewise, howeyer, a portion of the former banded and scalari-
form yessels, which are only distinguished by the length of the
slit of the pore, from the so termed porous yessels. The author
further alludes to the differences of the cells as to form, which
pass from the small globular to the yery lengthy form. The
yessels, according to his opinion, are produced by the inter-
yening walls of the cells being absorbed ; he also says, that
the perforation of the primary membrane, in the leaf cells of
sphagnum, is produced by resorption. The author . likewise
adds, that it is not always only a single deposit that remains,
but seyeral repeated, and in such a manner, that they either
lie one upon another, by which the broad plates in the sphag-
num cells are produced, * or when this does not take place, as
in the pores of Taavs hdccata. Freyious to this, appeared a
treatise by H. Mohl^ in the same Journal, yol. xxii. p. 81, re-
specting the structure of the vegetable cell Tnenibrane, which
is particularly directed against Meyen's opinions; and, among
others, against the opinion, that the membrane of cells is
formed of spiral fibres. In this treatise, he also maintains the
opinion, that the fibres and punctations of the cells originate
from a deposit of a secondary, upon the external membrane,
in many cases eyen from a tertiary membrane. He belieyes,
the process of formation of the simple, particularly of the
secondary cell membrane, is goyemed by the rule, that the
organic substance is not deposited perfectly uniform, but is
deposited in some places in larger, in others in smaller quan-
tities ; and it is when this unequsd deposit occurs at some
places in larger quantities, and is entirely wanting between
the deposits, that ttese large deposits either (particularly in
lengthened cells) take place in the direction of a spiral, or
413
22 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
(eBpedftUy in shorter cells) in the direction of the fibres of a net.
There is another treatise in the same yplnme, p. 673, by H.
Mohl^ respecting the annular ducts, directed against Schleiden,
who asserts (as abready mentioned), that annular ducts, which
are capable of being unrolled, were formed from the basis of
spiral vessels, the fibres of which hare grown together firom
two spires which have become closed, and which subsequeoj^ly
become isolated by the resorption of the spiral formed portions
of the fibres that are situated between. H. Mohl obserres, —
" I haye explained the reasons in the treatise respecting the
regetable cell membrane, which are in fayour of a fibrous
structure, belonging to those secondary cell membranes, that are
distinguished by stripes ; and by a greater degree of capabi-
lity of tearing or separating themselves in a spiral direction ;
and by depressions and furrows, which extend themselves
through the entire thickness of the membrane of the cell ; aiid,
in a still higher degree, by fissures." He considers the struc-
ture of the fibre, which forms the annular ducts, to be quite
analogous to the structure of the spiral fibre, and shows, that
(especially where the rings are situated near to each other),
in the lines of division, shallow or deeper ftirrows exhibit
themselves, which are quite parallel to the edges ; and that
(where they are more removed from each other) a regular
spiral fibre runs between them in other cases, which either
connects itself with the rings or not. This representation
alone must cause a doubt with regard to Schleiden's theory.
A principal reason, however, is the examination of 2Va-
deaeanUa taberosa^ to which Schleiden refers, especially of
the roots, where (in the first states in which the fibres exhibit
themselves) they have already the same differences of form,
viz. : — Annular and spiral fibres, as in the subsequent states.
This is followed by the preliminary answer of Schleiden, to
which we have alluded in the commencement. He states, that
he does not believe that he has been mistaken in his obser-
vations, but that he has seen real stages of transition, as the
stationary rings are distinguished essentially by sharpness of
delineation, firmness, and clearness of substance, from the yel-
lowish jelly-like transitionary matter of the spiral, which is
414
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OP PLANTS. 23
already partially destroyed at the edges, and in the act of
decomposition. Some of the annular fibres, with spiral fibres
of Mohl, he considers to belong to the reticulated tissues. He
states, — '^ Generally speaking, I am inclined to pronounce the
inference firom the deyeloped forms, upon the history of the
production, as yery dubious, for it cannot hare escaped the
obseryation of Mohl, that secondary fibres, in yery many cases,
deyelop themselyes as links of connection, subsequently to the
formation of the fundamental spirals; and which fibres, al-
though consisting of quite a different substance (because they
are soluble by being boiled in caustic potass), are apparently
not different from the spirals, and thus renders the recognition
of the fundamental spiral exceedingly difficult." He is inclined
to attribute such a secondary mode of connection to one repre-
sented in Mohl's figures. Schleiden says, at the conclusion, —
*' The reason that particularly induces me to perseyere in
my yiews, is the philosophical necessity, inseparable from the
genuine inyestigation of nature, of limiting the number of modes
of explanation, so long as a new reason is not absolutely re-
quired, in consequence of the impossibility of explaining a
phenomenon by an old mode of interpretation."
Herr Schleiden's theory, respecting the spiral formations
in plants, is a hypothesis. The explanation of the different
forms of these formations, out of the relation of their produc*
tion to the increment of the cells, is yery ingenious and con-
yenient, if it could only be proyed to be true. But there
appears to us to be a fictitiousness about the wonderful air
yessels, which are to constitute fissures and pores, and no
other inyestigator has obseryed any trace of them. A number
of questions might be put in objection to this yiew, as, for
instance. How can air bladders produce regular formations,
and how is it that they do not act equally upon both sides ?
Whence come these air bubbles] It is not probable, that
yessels can be produced from the absorbed walls of cells, as
it is in their young state that they do not present walls at all.
The author is fond of attributing effects to resorption. He
probably intends to say ^^ decomposition," fhsion, or some-
thing of that kind, for we know of no re or absorbing yessels
415
24 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDOCCXLI :
in the Tegetable kingdom. Schleiden is right, when he says,
that it is a genuine philosophical principle, to limit the num-
ber of explanations, provided the reasons existing are sufBcient.
Thns Newton applied this doctrine, by stating, that the moye-
ment of the heavenly bodies did not require any other ex-
planation than the one giren by him. Bat it would, indeed,
be nnphiloisophical to carry this doctrine so far as the anther.
For how can any one admit the impossibUity, in experi-
mental sciences, of explaining an experiment, according to
an old theory, when one is bold enough to create hypotheses ;
such, for instance, as has been done here about a deposit in
spirals. Such a doctrine would be very acceptable to
M. Ihitrochet and the mechanists.
Herr Schleiden mentions my former opinions respecting
the spiral formations in plants, at the commencement of his
treatise, in the twenty-second yolume of the Flora, with a
riew to pronounce them incorrect. He is perfectly right there,
for I myself haye found them to be incorrect. He fiirther
says : — ** link is still far firom understanding all the facts
connected with Botany, and unable to arrange them from a
correct point of riew, as is seen in his newest edition of the
Fhilosophia Botanica.^' He may. likewise not be wrong there,
for I am far from being so conceited, as to imagine that I
haye perfectiy understood nature.
We haye not enumerated, aboye, a slight controyersy which
took place between Mohl and Schleiden, respecting the right
and lefb directions of the spiral fibres, because Schleiden re-
nounces his opinions at the commencement of his preliminary
answer, and eyen accuses himself of thoughtlessness.
Mohl says (Flora, yol. xxii. p. 676), " No doubt can be
entertained by any one, who has investigated the development
of the spiral fibres and the spiral cells, and who has re-
cognized the decided analogy between these two formations
and the dotted cells, that the fibre of the spiral vessels is no
peculiar formation, existing by itself, but that it must be
considered as the secondary membrane of the vascular sac,
which has a spiral direction, and is dirided into one, or into
several parallel bands." I beg to ask, Was the membrane
416
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 25
connected in its first fonnation, and did the separation into
fibres only take place subsequently ? I shall demand proofs
if this question is answered in the afiSrmatiTe ; and if in the
negatiye — if the fibre is assumed to be separated from the
membrane immediately at its first formation — ^I shall then ask
fiirther. What difference is there in saying, the fibre is a
peculiar independent tissue; or, a membi'ane is peculiar,
and primitively separated into fibres ] The word ^* deposit-
ing*' does not explain any thing; on the contrary, it has the
improbable unprored meaning, that the formation of tiie
fibre and of the membrane was a mere act of precipitation.
Eren when the fibre is pressed rather flat, it has no simi-
larity with the parts of a membrane ; for, on magnifying 1500
times tissue from yery young roots, the tender fibres of the
spiral yessels may distinctly be seen rounded on the edges.
The enclosing external membrane at that period is so tender,
that it cannot be perceiyed. I should like to reverse the
matter and to say. Whoever investigates the development of
spiral yessels and of spiral cells, must acknowledge the fibre
to be a peculiar independent formation. With regard to the
pores, I am of Mohl's opinion, that the opening is covered
with a tender membrane, and as I could not comprehend how
it was, that a secondary deposit could be absent from certain
localities, I thought these places were little bubbles, such as
are seen in a glass. This, however, was a mere conjecture.
My delineator always denied the existence of this membrane.
At last I was in hopes of convincing him : we saw it coloured,
as it is represented in Icon. Select, part i. tab. v. fig. 6, 7. But,
afterwards, I never saw any thing of the kind, and the micro-
scope which I made use of had the quality of colouring objects
under certain circumstances. Herr Schmidt still maintains,
that the pores penetrate the walls ; and if we are of a difierent
opinion, my opinion, as a preconceived one, must be doubted.
I likewise not unfrequently observed, especially at the edge
of the pores, that several membranes of the same kind were
situated one above another. This may often be seen very
distinctly in the tubes of the liber. See Icon. an. Bot. F. 1,
table 6, fig. 15. Payen's experiments prove, that the deposits
417 2D
26 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
are different from the membrane formation. The spiral for-
mation belongs to the membrane, because it is not dissolved
by being boiled in caustic potass or soda.
Mohl has taken great pains to refute Meyen's assertion,
that the yegetable membrane is formed of spiral fibres. This
assertion is only of yalue as far as it goes, because, by far the
greatest number of membranes, in the yegetable kingdom, do
not exhibit such a composition. I told him, immediately, that
I could not find what he had, eyen in the asrial roots of his
Stelis. It is yery remarkable, that many portions of plants
haye a tendency to split into a spiral line ; but this only takes
place with the thicker parts ; for instance, with the old porous
yessels, and eyen with the bark, as in the birch tree. We need
not, therefore, go back with Mohl to a molecular position,
but leaye that to the natural philosophers. And if the mem-
brane were eyer so thin, it would be a more simple assumption
to suppose still thinner places, in which the membranes tear
themselyes to pieces. It is yery true, that no definite and
distinct difference exists between yessels and cells in the yege-
table kingdom, yet we must retain the expression of the dif-
ference for the science, in order to preyent confusion. If we
were to call the external part of the flower of grasses, bracts,
or leayes, because they, in point of fact, happen to be bracts,
and eventually leaves, it would give rise to infinite confusion ;
and how many terms would not be necessary^ in order dis-
tinctly to express what bract or what leaf is alluded to]
Raspail, indeed, has given such a description of grasses, and
it was only owing to no notice being taken of it, that it did
not occasion concision.
The vasa propria of the calyx of CheUdonmm majua^ I
have caused to be represented in the second volume of the
Icon. Sel. An. Bot., t. vi. fig. 1 (1840). The arrows attached
to the figures indicate the direction of the current. It follows
thence, that the current does not always originate in the flow-
ing out of the juice from the parts that haye been torn off,,
as many believe, and as, indeed, often is the case, for the
stream by no means runs towards the outside, but rather from
the outside towards the inside. As the calyx of Chelidonium
418
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 27
is very thin, . we only need to tear oflf the small leaf, with-
out making any incision, when it leaves only a small spot from
which the juice can flow. This discovery, made by Herr
Schultz, is therefore certainly a peculiar discovery, and is
readily seen, without there being any necessity for making the
observation in sunshine. For the movement which is seen in
the sunshine, especially in leaves that have been torn off, is an
optical delusion, and the stream may be directed at pleasure
towards one or towards the other side, according as one turns
the mirror. Professor Amici convinced me of this, at the
Assembly of Naturalists at Pisa, in the autumn of 1839. The
flickering motion, which is seen simultaneously with this, may
likewise be owing to an optical delusion. These peculiar
vessels, which in Latin one might probably term vasa latici-
/era, are by no means always simple in Chelidonium majtis, as
I formerly believed, but branched. Simple they certainly are
in the vicinity of the leaf nerves, and in that of the bark of the
root, and in the wood of the trunk. As such they have also
been represented in the Icon. An. Bot. tab. 14, figs. 6, 7» 8.
It appears to me, that the branching of these vessels may be
mentioned as a principal character, by which they may be
distinguished from all other vessels, even when they have no
coloured juice. But these vessels must not be mistaken for
the long cells, or the vessels in the accompanying tissue (the
woody bundles), which never are branched, never carry a
coloured juice, and in which a movement of juice has never
been observed, which mistake, indeed, has been committed by
many, and is still made. The circumstance of the latex vessels
having been investigated only in the vicinity of the woody
bundles of the trunk, and of the leaf nerves, in which very
localities they are simple and similar to those of the liber, has
given rise to this error. Their curved and branched forms may
soon, however, be found, when they are examined in the flat
parts, and removed from the nerves.
Stomata are represented in the second volume of the Icon.
Sel. F. 2 (1840), tab. 4 and 5. First, Stomata of the usual
form, consisting of two curved cells, having a slit-like opening
between them, and which are surrounded by one or more
419
28 REPORT ON BOTANY, MBCCCXLl :
annular cells : fig. 8, of Ep^kyllum phyllanthus ; figs. 9 and
10, of OpunUa vulgaris ; fig. 11, of CereiMJUMhelUformis. The
chlorophyll forms, in figs. 9 and 10, an ohlong substance. The
enclosure in RhiptaUa salicornioidea^ fig. 7, consists of seyeral
cells placed in a circle, and the internal curred cells are also
seen grown together into a small ring. The stomata of the
Hahea pugianifomm are also of the same form, but a yefl,
consisting of a deposited matter, which wholly or partially oyer-
spreads the stomata, is also frequently seen in them, although
not always. Fig. 3, of the fourth table, exhibits a quite free
and a half-yeiled stomate ; fig. 4 an almost entirely coyered
stomate. This yeil, or rather obstruction to the stomate, is seen
still more distinctly in the stomata on the leayes of the Chni-
fer<B. Table 5, fig. 6, of Cunnmghamia ainerms; fig. 7, of
Picea exceUa; fig. 8, of Picea alba. Free and obstructed
stomata, at one and the same time, are found on the leayes of
Arauearia exeeUa^ fig. 2, and of Arauoaria imbricata^ fig. 4.
On boiling the leayes with water, the stomate becomes free, as
may be seen in the stomate of Araucaria imbricata^ fig. 5.
Boiling them with spirit of wine does not affect this so readily.
I did not succeed at all in doing it. I haye always entertain-
ed doubts, that the stomata were the air holes of plants, and
consequently the organs of respiration. I do not find a dis-
tinct connection between the stomata and the chasms in the
cellular tissue of the leayes. It always appeared strange to
me, that organs of so distinct a structure should only lead to
mere chasms in the cellular tissue ; and the obstructing and
coyering matters which they producQ, haye finally induced me
to consider them as organs of secretion.* But I must leaye the
matter in doubt, for I confess, that I should not know what
to say, if I was to be asked, " What secretions are formed
by stomata in which such obstructions are not obseryedt"
Certainly much has been said about open and closed stomata.
I myself haye said much, and it is yery possible that the ob-
I structed stomata haye been taken for closed ones.
* Mention will be made of a contention between Dutrochet and
Delile respecting this subject, in the Annual Report for 1841.
i20
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 29
But let US hear what Schleiden says respecting these things,
" In yain" (he says, in his inoffensive obserrations respecting
the nature of the stomata, in Wiegmann^s Archiyes of Natu-
ral History for 1838, yoL i. p. 57) " have I tried to ascertain
a fact, by which it might be rendered probable, that these
secretions originate more from the exhalations of the alleged
glandular cdls, than from those of the other parenchymatous
cells, especially from those which border immediately on the
cavity into which the stomata conduct ; and it appears to me,
that the alleged function, considering the present state of the
science, is nothing but a mere petitio principn. For instance,
let us take the Coniferce, Here I find resin on the stomata ;
on removing this by etherical oil, the stomata exhibit a con^
tinually increasing chasm. I next find beneath it a cavity^
which (including the two curved cells) is surrounded by nothing
but cells which contain gum, mucus, some starch, chlorophyll,
but no trace of resin or turpentine ; on the other hand, I find
large turpentine ducts much lower down in the parenchyma ;
and I now conclude, that the volatile turpentine oil makes its
exit from those ducts in the form of vapour, arrives at the
intercellular cavities by following the intercellular ducts, and
evaporates into the atmosphere through means of the stomata ;
in doing which, according to its nature, it leaves a certain
quantity of resin. This inference appears to me quite natural.
But, on the other hand, if two of those perfectly equal cells,
filled with green matter, are arbitrarily chosen, and supposed
to constitute glands which secrete resin, because they happen
to be situated near the exterior, I really cannot see how
this can be justified by any kind of logic." I find the cells
beneath the resinous covering of the Cistdcece^ and of many
other plants, green ; and I cannot conceive how the oil of tur-
pentine, which is alleged to make its exit from the turpentine
ducts in the shape of vapour, can leave resin in the stomata.
However, I am glad that my opinion is similar to that of my
friend Berzelius. He has certainly been still more abused
about it than myself, because he is a greater man than I am.
In the " Journal of Natural History and Physiology, by Van
der Hoeven and De Vriese, Leiden, 1840," we find, p. 185, a
4n
30 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCOXLI :
paper, entitled, *' Micrometrical Determinatioiis and Microsco-
pical Researches, by P. Harting." Many micrometrical deter-
minations of vegetable objects are contained in this treatise,
of which I wUl only enumerate some, because the whole table
would otherwise haye to be copied here. They are stated in
ten thousandth parts of a millimeter. The smallest spiral
ressels from the chalaza of an oak, impregnated within a few
days, measured 33 ten-thousandths of a millimeter ; the thick-
est, firom a twig of one year old of Sambucu8 nigral 425 ; the
thinnest from the same, 140 ; the spiral fibre from the former,
the thickest, 39; from the latter, the thinnest, 27. The
average diameter of the dots, on the dotted spiral ressels from
the same twig, 48. Rings fit>m an annular duct in the same
twig, average diameter, 38. Stomate of a tolerably large leaf of
Lilium eandiduniy average length, 712 ; average width, 520 ;
average length of the slit, 420 ; average width, 123. Stomate
of a matured leaf of Leontodan tarcuxHieum, average length,
230 ; average breadth, 130. Stomate of a matured leaf of
Lemna minor, average length, 192 ; average breadth, 160 ;
average length of the slit, 142 ; average breadth, 90. Pollen
granules of Malva rotumdifolia, 1341 : of LiUum eandidum^
average length, 925 ; average breadth, 392 : of Lathyrus odo-
rattMy averi^e length, 517 ; average breadth, 283 : of Salia?
attniy average length, 272 ; average breadth, 126 : ofLamium
purpureum, average length, 412 ; average breadth, 248 : La-*
mium aUmmj average length, 308 ; average breadth, 202 : of
Aconitum Napellus, average length, 83 ; average breadth, 47.
Chlorophill grains from a leaf of Sanibucus nigra, average
diameter, 50 : of Chelidonium majus, 55 : of Sedum telepMwfnj
67 : of Oeranium robertianum, 52 : of Malva rotundifoUa,
51 : of Iris pseudacorus, 42 : of Lilium candidum, 30 : of
Georgina variabiliSy 34 : thickness of the layers of a grain of
potato starch, 8-30. Although some uncertainty always takes
place in micrometrical measurements, these statements are,
nevertheless, very valuable as proportional numbers; and it
is therefore very desirable, that the same observer should con-
tinue his observations with the same instrument. The num-
ber of animal objects which were measured is much greater
422
INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF PLANTS. 31
•
than that of the yegetable ones. I only beg to remark, that
the blood-globule (bloedshyfjes, blood-shields as. the author
calls them, which is a new Dutch word) of almost all animals
are larger than the grains of chlorophyll. The muscular fibres
of animals, on the other hand, are generally thinner than the
spiral fibres.
The inyention of M. Boucherie, of imparting useful quahties
to wood, by causing different fluids to be imbibed by it, deserves
mention at the conclusion of this department. (See Comptes
Bendus, 1840, vol. i. p. 686). The thought was suggested to
him by the well known experiments, causing coloured fluids to
be absorbed by, and to rise in the yessels of plants. Those ex-
periments, which hare hitherto been merely instituted for scien-
tific purposes, he wishes to apply to purposes of general utility ;
or, as he expresses himself, he is desirous of creating an indus-
trial power from the yital power. The operation is performed
on a tree which is still standing upright, by making a trans-
verse incision, so as to bring the sap vessels in connection
with the solution which the tree is to imbibe ; sufficient wood
must, therefore, be left standing at two opposite points, so as
to enable the tree to retain its vertical position. The absorbing
power decreases on separating the tree from its roots {de ea
9<yache\ and from the moment of its being hewn down; use
may, however, be still made of it for two days, or even for a
longer period. This power, however, is different at different
seasons ; it is strongest in the autumn. The quantity of fluid
which is absorbed also varies very much ; but, as a general
rule, it may be said, that the neutral combinations are imbibed
in greater quantities than the acid and alkaline. In order to
render the wood durable, he causes the brown coal-tar (pyro-
lignite de fer) to be imbibed ; and to impart to it a greater
flexibility and elasticity, he makes use of solutions of soluble
chlorides, and the same are also useful in preventing the wood
from being warped, and serve the purpose of rendering the
wood less combustible. The dying of the wood is done by
mineral or vegetable substances. If the former be used, the
liquid already coloured must not be used, but two liquids
must be applied successively, which produce colour by their
42S
32 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
mntual decompositioii ; thus, if one wants to dye blue, first a
salt of iron, and then cyanide of potassimn (cyaneisenkatinm)
must be used. Coloured regetable liquids are incapable of
being imbibed. Certain woods, indeed, do not imbibe any
thing at all. These practical applications confirm, yery
strongly, the now almost generally adopted theory of the
risii^ of the sap in plants. Further on, mention will be made
of the formation of yessels and cells, especially on speaking
of the treatise of D. Don on the Oycadacece^ and of Schleiden
on the Ccu:t€LC€<B.
STEM, LEAVES, AND BUDS.
Our knowledge of the stem has been enriched by an elaborate
work, which well deserves the attention of inyestigators : — On
the Structure and the Growth of Dicotyledonous Sterns^ by
D. F. linger ; a prize treatise, to which the reward was ad-
judged by the Imperial Academy of Sciences at St. Peters-
burg. St. Petersburg, 1840, 4to, 204 pages, 16 tables. Wo
will follow the author as far as our space permits, for to him
the science of the physiology of plants owes much already.
He first enumerates the usual division of the stem into pith,
wood, and bark. The wood he again divides into the medullary
sheath, the real wood, in which the ripe or heart wood is
but little distinguished firom the alburnum, and the cambium-
layer, which he describes as a layer of tender cellular tissue.
The bark he likewise divides into the upper layer or epidermis,
the cork-layer, and the cellular integument. The latter, he
says, contains chlorophyll nodules, and is the substance which
forms the medullary rays. This is followed by a history of the
theories on the growth of the Dicotyledons. I will not refer
to the statements of others on this subject; but he has entirely
mistaken what I have said. After having referred to a former
opinion of mine, which is incompatible with my later opinions,
he states the following, page 27 : — '* It is the opinion of
both Link and Meyen, that the stem grows through the buds,
which means, that the new layers of wood are the produce
424
STEM, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 33
of the buds. The former says (El. Phil. Bot., Ed. ii. 261),
it may be seen with the naked eye, that a layer of wood issues
from the bud into the branch beneath, and attaches itself
to the wood, and on using the magnifying glass, young spiral
vessels, &c., &c., may even be perceived to penetrate into
the branch.'* If the author had taken the trouble to read
the sentence, he would have seen, that I certainly said, ^' That
vessels with a cellular tissue issue from the bud downwards
into the branch,** but by no means, that the entire new layer
of wood was formed by it, but that the latter also grows to it
from the sides, so that the vessels, as it were, inoculate one
another. The manner in which this is done, I have not only
elaborately described, but also representd in the seventh table
of the Icon. Anat. Bot. part i. table 7, fig. 6-12. He recurs
to my former opinion in page 111, and carefully states who
has confuted it. He then adds, p. 112, — " Link has latterly
changed his views on this point, and he pronounces the spiral
vessels, in the vicinity of the pith, to be undiangeable, as
Mirbel and others have shown. He gives ^ the alder * as an
instance, which exhibits, after forty years, the same vessels
that it had at first.** This is all that he says of my represen-
tation, and he has thus shockingly mutilated it. He also says,
p. 121, — ^^ Link places the cambium layers with the liber, and
calls them * internal liber.* ** The sentence referred to treats
of the sap, which I certainly distinguish from the cambium.
But this shall not influence my analysis of what follows.
The third division treats of the structure and the growth of
the AloinecB. He commences with these, because they have
the greatest similarity in their structure with the Dicotyledons^
as the stem consists of bark, wood, and pith. The author
draws the following inferences from his researches upon the
Drdccma ferrea : — 1st, A homogenous tissue, which belongs
to the cellular system, and which is distinguished by the cir-
cumstance of its extended cells carrying a more or less cloudy
coloured juice, is the original basis of the vascular or woody
bundles. 2d, The development of the vascular or woody bun-
dles, considering it in its whole course, does not take place
in an uniform manner, but portions of it are capable of being
425
34 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLl :
developed in a higher degree, whilst others remain in their
original simplicity. 3d, the same central point from whence
a perfect deyelopment of the rascular bundles takes place in
both directions, is the point also where the latter leave the
stem, to the formation of which they contribute the essential
part. 4th, Between the internal or the stem-part, and the
external or the leaf-part, of the yascular bundles in the plant,
there is an opposition, which, remarkable enough, nerer pro-
duces an identical matter, but only that which is analagous,
and in proportion to the distance from the central point. 5th,
With regard to the nature of the elementary parts, or the origin
of the yascular bundles, it appears that the proper vessels (yasa
propria) form the first and most essential part of them (the
author explains, that the proper vessels consist of thin walled
cells, consequently they are very different things from those
which are called so by other Botanists), not only in as much
as they are the elementary parts which first of all appear, but
also because they form the most permanent part of the tissues,
and never entirely disappear among all the metamorphoses of
the yascular bundles, and consequently cannot be replaced by
other tissues. I must leave it to others to search for proofs
of the truth of these conclusions.
IV. Comparison of the Development of the Vascular
Bundles in different Monocotyledons. — In this part, the
course of the yascular bundles in the palms, according to
Mohl, and in the Aloinece (in which there is no ramification,
as Mohl found in the palms), as Meneghini describes it, is
adopted. The course and ramification of the vascular bundles
in the Ananas, and also their course and entangling in the
grasses, are considered.
V. On the Structure and the Development of the Pipera-
cece. — We give the authors own words on this point. In all
Piperacece there is a central system of yascular bundles,
which may be distinguished from a peripheral system ; these
two systems consist of parallel vascular bundles, which run
through the stem, and nowhere anastomose with each other.
426
STEM, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 35
The two systems unite themselTes in the node into a fibrous
net-work, from which spring buds and roots, in such a manner
that their separated systems of vascular bundles enter into
immediate connection with those of the stem. The formation
of the wood only takes place through the peripheral vascular
bundles, by the production of woody matter on their outside,
and which consists partly of new vascular bundles, and partly
of cells of prosenchyma. The system of vascular bundles of
the appendices is only connected with the central system of
vascular bundles towards the exterior, and appears as its
immediate continuation. A part of the same system of vascular
bundles continues its course upwards, from which it follows,
that a continued growth of its bundles is peculiar to this
system of vessels (vegetatio terminalis). The same also holds
good with regard to the peripheral system of vascular bundles ;
but since this enlarges itself towards the exterior by the
deposit of vascular bundles, of a second, third, and fourth
rate order, it exhibits a complicated vegetation. The author
calls this mode of growth *' yegetatio peripherico-terminalis."
He then speaks of the structure of the related genera, San-
ruruSy Houttuynia, and the Chlorantheoe.
VI. On the Structure and Development of the NyctaginecB,
— ^The following are the results of the researches which the
author instituted with regard to the formation of the stem
of the MiroMlis. A double system of vascular bundles may
be distinguished, an internal and an external one. The inter-
nal system is simple, and consists of a zone oi vessels, and of
the central vascular bundles enclosed by it, and which enter
into the leaves ; the external system, on the other hand, con-
sists of many circles of vascular bundles, which are situated
one above another, which, independent one of another, are
formed from the former, and are only cemented by anasto-
mosis. A peripheral- growth, in the manner of the Monoco-
tyledons, does not take place internally nor externally, but
a growth, progressing towards the axis, that is, a vegetatio
terminalis. A peripheral vegetation, however, appears here,
when both systems of vascular bundles are regarded in the
427
36 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
relation of their deyelopment to each other ; hence a T^;etat!o
peripherico-terminalis takes place.
VII. On the Structure and Orawih of the Chenopodece
and Amaranthaeece. — A double system of vascular bundles
exhibits itself in these stems, an internal one, connected
together through the entire stem, and situated in the pith
or at its edges, and an external system, likewise connected
together through the entire stem, and which increases itself
from the outside, forming, as it were, the wood. The two
systems are perfectly different from each other in point of
essential composition ; but the internal system, which provides
the appendicular parts with vessels, and the external system,
which belongs to the stem, are both found in such a way,
that (excepting that each vascular bundle enlarges itself to
a certain extent in its diagonal towards the outside) only
one uniform progressive growth towards the upper end can
be perceived. The type of a vegetatio peripherico-terminalis
is, however, also manifest here, if we regard the fact, that
the stem, through the agency of the continual formation of
new layers of wood, grows towards the outside.
VIII. On the Structure and Growth of the Arborescent
Dicotyledons. — The author infers, from the examination of
young willow twigs, that the vascular bundles, which contain
the vessels of the medullary sheath, correspond with the central
system of vascular bundles of the herbaceous Dicotyledons^
only with this difference, that the cardinal vascular bundles
seem to be wanting in the system of the latter, whilst they
maintain a distinguished position in the former plants. The
real woody substance is formed here, as well as in the herba*
ceous Dicotyledons^ by a peculiar system of vascular bundles,
having nothing to do with meduUary sheaths, and forms a
mass, which, by means of prosenchymatous wood cells, possess
a tendency to increase from ^thin outwards. For the better
explanation of the whole, I will add to the preceding, one
sentence from the author's general inferences : — In all plants
provided with vessels, there are only three kinds of vegetation ;
428
STEMS, LEAVES, ANB BUDS. 37
Ist, The vascular bundles of the stem extend themselves, in
their development, towards the upper part of the stem, with-
out multiplying themselves; and by this mode of growth,
produce additions to the point or the end acrogenous growth
(vegetatio terminalis), as is seen in the Cyeadacecs and
Ferns. 2d, The vascular bundles of tiie stem have only a
certain length, and the stem is enlarged and lengthened by
new vascular bundles, which are added to those already
existing, and attach themselves to those on the outside and
over them ; this produces the endogenous growth (vegetatio
peripherica). Finally, A third kind, which is perfectly dis-
tinct from the two preceding kinds, and which is distinguished
by the circumstance, that the vascular bundles do not only
extend themselves towards the upper end, but at the same
time towards the outside, which occasions the formation of a
central and peripheral system of vascular bundles. This kind
of vegetation is exogenous (vegetatio peripherico terminalis).
IX. Anatomical character of the Cambium Layer, — The
author here particularly alludes to the growing together of
the cells ; he believes, that this may be best observed in the
lower plants, as in the Algce; and by researches on the
subject, combined with other circumstances, he has come to
the conclusion, that the increase of the cellular tissue is prin-
cipally effected by division.
Every attention is due to the researches of the author, but^
in my opinion; he has overlooked many things. It is, in the
first place, indispensably requisite, to distinguish the different
kinds of stems, if we wish to obtain a correct view of the
structure of the stem. In relation to the researches of the
author, two kinds maybe mentioned: — First, The Genuine
Stem (caulis genuinus), which continues to grow by means of
buds, so that the buds extend themselves in length, and the
leaves being in the course of development pushed asunder,
the lowest leaves, or even the covering leaves (tegmenta) of
the buds fill their places. This kind of stem is peculiar to all
Dicotyledons, if we except the stemless plants (PZ. a€aules\
to the grasses, the Smilacece, and some of the palme. Most of
429
38 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
the palms, the DraecBnece^ the Pandanece^ many AMneece, and
similar plants, hare such a stem. The author has oyerlooked
the circumstance of the increase of the pith in the growth of
the genuine stem, which always precedes the growth of the
bud ; and, indeed, almost forms the latter in its first state.
Spiral ressels grow subsequently, and attach themselyes to
the older yessels of the stem, and to the internal yessels which
are in contact with the pith. It is, howeyer, not correct,
when the author compares the medullary sheath of most of
the Dicotyledons with the central system of yascular bundles
of the Piper<»cecB, Nyctaginecey and Ainaranthac€€B. The
latter plants, in their infancy, haye only a circle of yascular
bundles, which grow outwards by means of spiroids and pro-
senchyma, and frequently also laterally, for the eyentnal
purpose of forming a ring of wood. It is not always the case,
that the lateral growth produces a genuine ring, but gaps
remain between the yascular bundles, as in the UmbellaUBj
CmcifercB, and some others; the Amaranthacece^ howeyer,
are different, as also Monocotyledons generally. They haye,
eyen in their yery first days of growth, seyeral rings of yascular
bundles, of which the external one deyelopes itself into a woody
ring. The author has taken notice of the entangling of the
yascular bundles in the nodes in the stems of the genuine
Monocotyledons. I haye caused this to be represented, in the
Icon. Anat. Bot. part i. t. 2, f. 5, 6, I flatter myself, with
accuracy. The author also has obseryed the growth of the
yascular bundles in the cauloma. The taking the Alffcs as
examples of the growth of the cells, appears to me to be
calculated to occasion errors.
Perhaps I may be permitted to make a few remarks on
the formation of layers in the Dicotyledons. It is a well
known fact, that letters, canred figures, and foreign substan-
ces, are frequently met with in the yery middle of trunks. I
found such letters in a lime tree near Betlin, on an estate
belonging to the deceased minister. Count yon Lottum ; the
letters on one side of the split piece were hollow, as repre-
sented, Icon. Sel. Anat. Bot. part ii. t. 2, fig. 7, on the other
eleyated, and the cayity had eyidently been filled up again with
430
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 39
a woody substance, as exhibited in fig. 3. This filling up sub-
stance, on making a transyerse incision, exhibited rather irre-
gular layers, with a moderate magnifying power. It appeared
as seen in fig. 9 ; and on being magnified by 315 diameters, it
evidently consisted of strata of larger and smaller cells, partly
filled up, partly empty, with interstices, as seen in fig. 10. The
circumstance, however, which appears particularly remarkable,
is, that the internal structure of the filling up substance, as
exhibited in fig. 11, on a longitudinal incision, corresponded
very nearly with the old wood, fig. 12, situated next to it,
with the difference only, that spiroids existed in the former,
which were entirely absent in the new wood. It will be seen,
therefore, that the formation of layers is peculiar to the wood,
and is by no means caused by any external influences.
A treatise of D. Don, on the Cycadece (Annals of Natural
History, vol. v. p. 48), was read at a Meeting of the Linnsean
Society, in January, 1840. The author states, the stem in
the Conifer(B exhibits the formation of other Dicotyledons;
the annual zones are distinctly marked, and a distinct sepa-
ration is also seen between wood and bark ; this is not the
case with the Cyc(MdecB. They resemble the Monoeotyledona
in this respect, but are distinguished from them in others.
CyccLB has, besides a large central pith, several thick, concen-
tric, developing layers of cellular and fibro-vascular tissue;
in Zamia and Encephalartos, there are, besides the pith, only
two very thick layers, an internal layer of fibrous tissue, and
an external layer of cellular tissue. The CyeadecB do not
share the peculiarity of the wood of Coniferce, which consists
of parallel regular dotted tubes ; but there are, in it, dotted,
reticular, and spiral vessels, besides slender transparent tubes,
which are without dots or any other distinction. The dotted
vessels of the Cycadece certainly resemble the same tissue of
the ConiferoBy but the dots are placed much more irregularly,
not only in different vessels of the same bundle, but also in
different localities of the same vessel. Their form is oblong
or elliptical in CyoM revoluta, glauea^ and spedosa ; Zamia
furfuraeea and pumila ; as also in Encephalartos horridus.
and spiralis; but sometimes they are longer, smaller, and
431
40 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLl :
almost lineftl, giTing the yessel the appearance of being striped
across. The dots are always arranged in the diagonal direc-
tion. The dotted ressels in Zamia furfurncea and pumila,
may be unrolled spirally, in the shape of a ribbon, as in the
ferns ; the act of nnrolling takes place in the direction of the
dots, and from the right towards the left. Other yessels,
which differ bnt little from the spiral yessels, excepting in
their tendency to unite themselyes in their windings, are to be
found in all Ch/eadece, besides the dotted yessels. The spires
in some yessels are free, and the fibre frequently exhibits, at
yarious places, slits or little branches; the spires, in other
cases, unite on one or on both sides, in which case the yessels
exhibit a series of rings or bars ; the fibre, in that case, is
difficult to be untwisted, and frequently breaks off in the ring,
or the bars separate themselyes at the points where the spires
unite, which usually takes place on the perpendicular sides of
the yessel. The yessels, in other cases, are reticular, and as
such there is a great analogy between them and the dotted
yessels in Cyccu revoluta. All these modifications are fre-
quently exhibited in the same yessel, in Zamia furfurcicea
and pumila^ which proyes the correctness of Meyen's theory,
who reduces all these yessels to one type. The dots and bars
are eyidently the thinnest parts of the tube, and probably
remnants of the primitiye membrane of the cell, which has
remained free from the subsequently deposited material.
The cellular tissue of the Cycadeee consists of a pretty
regular parenchyma of prismatical hexagonal cells. The
walls of the cells, in the aboye mentioned species of Zamia
and EncephalaftoSy appear uniformly thick and transparent,
without dots, but the walls of the cells, in the old stems of
Cy€<i8 revoluta^ are proyided with numerous elliptical oblique
bars, dots, or spaces, where the membrane is so extremely
tender and transparent, that the cells seem to be perforated,
the interstices Imng coyered with an incrusting material, in
the form of bands, that run one into the other. The extra-
ordinary tenderness and transparency of the dots, or of the
interstices, of whateyer shape they may be, seem to afford
eyident proof, at those places where they are not coyered by
432
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 41
the incrustation, that they are deriyed from the original mem-
brane of the cell. Tincture of iodine renders the membrane
opaque, which evidently shows, that the interstices have no
openings. The bands are eyidently the result of a partial
conversion into wood, and, indeed, no better instance can be
given, to illustrate and confirm the correctness of the view
which Schleiden has given of the origin of the bands and
fibres in the vessels and cells, than the Cycas revoluta. The
author being anxious to ascertain whether the bands already
existed at a former period, examined a young undeveloped
frond, about two weeks old, and was glad to find his opinion
confirmed; the cells were of a uniform transparency, and
exhibited neither dots nor bands, but had a distinct cytoblast
or nucleus, which had entirely disappeared from those cells in
which the incrusting material was observed ; which proves, that
this incrusting material had formed itself at the expense of
the nucleus. The material which forms the band is connected,
and has evidently not been produced by a 'growing together^
as one might suppose, for it is perfectly solid, and exhibits no
disposition to unroll itself, or to degenerate into fibres. The
bands were probably produced by the circumstance, that the
incrusting substance, which first flowed over the walls in a
liquid state, contracted itself, and by the mere effect of
condensation, supported by the distention, and probably the
enlargement of the cells, naturally left parts of the primitive
membrane uncovered. The author, however, notwithstanding
the analogies exhibited by the reproductive organs, considers
the relationship between the Cycadeod and the Coniferm very
remote, and supposes the Cycddece to be the remnants of a
class of plants which belonged to a former vegetation.
The description is accurate and striking, and his conclu-
sion, that the Cycadece has but a remote relationship with the
ConiferuB, ought to be well considered by those who assimilate
these two natural orders with each other. A similar analogy
takes place among the Orchidece and the Ascl^muiecB with
regard to the fructification, and yet no one will be bold enough
to place them under one head in the natural system.
The approbation which the author gives to Schleiden is
433 2E
42 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
unwarranted, for Schleiden does not say that which the
author aBcribeB to him. According to Schleiden, the cyto-
blaat produces other cetls, which come forth when the mother
cell is absorbed. I also beg to state, that Mr. Quekett
mistakes Schleiden's meaning, when he asserts (Annals of
Natural History, rol. y. p. 66), that vessels are produced
from a cytoblast in a similar manner as the cells. The
ressel at first can, with difficulty, be distinguished from a
cell, but it soon lengthens itself, and the cytoblast disappears.
Mr. Quekett supposes the fibres to be produced from small
granules in a gelatinous mass, which granules join each other
according to the different formation of the ressels. There is
much more in Mohl's opinion which D. Don's observations
favour. Meyen, however, was not the first who reduced the
dotted, the reticulated, and the spiral vessels to one type.
I have endeavoured to illustrate the structure of the
Oyeadeob in the Icon. Select. Anat. Bot. part ii. (1840), 1. 1,
more with a view to determine their position in the natural
system, than to investigate the formation of the separate
cells and vessels. A cauloma, from a withered Encepha-
lartosy Friderid Ouhelmi III.^ served for the purpose of
examination. A longitudinal incision through this cauloma is
represented in fig. 1, one half of its natural size — a part of
this incision, in natural size, in fig. 2. A large pith in the
centre, a thin layer of wood, which forms a perfect circle, and
a rather thicker bark, will immediately be distinguished. Thus
far the structure appears to be very similar to the structure
of the stem of the Dicotyledons. But, on more particularly
observing the bark and pith, there will occasionally be seen
curved bundles of wood in both, which^ on being magnified at
82 i. d., are seen as bundles of spiroids both in the bark,
fig. 3, and in the pith, fig. 6. Such a formation is quite foreign
to the Dicotyledons, and as the longitudinal incision cuts
through the woody bundles in various ways, it readily suggests
the conjecture, that they may, perhaps, form a net in both
parts. This becomes evident, on observing a longitudinal
incision of the wood, through the medium of a glass of low
power, fig. 4, where the net of woody tissue extends itself just
434
STEMS, LEAVES, ANB BUDS. 43
as much from the layer of wood, as in the nodes of the larger
grasses, for instance, of Zea^ Mays^ and Saccharum pffisci-
narum (Icon. An. Bot. fig. 1, t. 2, figs. 5, 6) ; fig. 5 exhibits
something of this entangling in the magnified degree of 82 i. d.
The lower spiroids descend straight down, the upper make a
curre towards the interior, and between them there is cellular
tissue. A horizontal cellular tissue is also seen at g, like
a medullary sheath, which has given rise to the conjecture,,
that the wood is produced here also from the cellular tissue,
and that, by growing from the interior to the exterior, it
compresses the cellular tissue. Every thing is the same here
as in the Monocotyledons^ the compound layers of wood,
alone, are calculated to create doubts. We ought to consider,
however, that the entire cauloma of the CycadecB is to be
considered as a lengthened monocotyledonous node. In the
second volume of the Icon. Anat. Bot. t. ix. fig. 1, I have
caused a longitudinal incision of Zamia* Altensteinii to be
represented. The same kind of woody bundles, exhibiting a
similar net as those possessed by EjncephalgLttoa^ are also
seen here. The spiral vessels of these bundles are repre-
sented, in a magnified degree, in fig. 2. The circular layer of
woody bundles is not so developed in these CycadecB as in
Encephalartos, Fr, Ouil,
The leaves of the Cycadece have a peculiar character.
They are jointed at the base, that is, they are seated upon a
stalk, from which they fall off, as soon as the stem or they
themselves begin to wither This stalk is of the same thick-
ness as the lower part of the leaf, and exhibits, externally,
interruptions tonfards the end where it is joined to the leaf,
which, however, do not extend themselves into the interior.
Other leaf-like parts are found beneath these leaves, one such
part being under each leaf. See Icon. Sel. part ii. 1. 1, s. 1, 2,
and t. 2, s. 1, 2. If now we should assume, as a general law,
that the branches issue forth from the axil of a leaf, and are,
therefore, supported by leaves, that two genuine leaves are
never seated one under another, or that one leaf is never
situated in the axil of another leaf, we should, in such case,
have to consider those parts of the Cycadece which are
435
44 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
usually called leaves, as branches, and the leaf-like parts
under them as genuine leaves. The term fronds, which
Miquel gives to these leaves, in a recent treatise respecting
the Cycade<B^ is very suitable, because it represents a sort of
intermediate state between leaf and branch, like the fironds
of ferns. Miquel, indeed, seems to have derived the expres-
sion from the latter. The leaf-like parts might be termed
squamao foliares. Such, for instance, occur in the Aspara^
gti8y where the so called leaves ought to be considered as
barren flower-stalks. There are also squam» foliares beneath
the so called leaves of Ruacus^ Phyllanthtia, &c.
Some remarks by George Gardner, on the Structure of
the Stems of Palms, may be found in the Annals of [Natural
History, vol. vi. p. 57. The author refers to a sentence in
landley's Introduction to Botany, where Lindley states : —
" The investigations of Mohl appear to show, that this view
of the structure of endogens requires some modification.
According to this observer, every one of the woody bundles
of a palm -stem originates in the leaves, and is at first
directed towards the centre; arrived there, it follows the
course of the stem for some distance, and then turns outwards
again, finally losing itself in the cortical integument. In the
course of their downward descent, the woody bundles gradually
separate into threads, till at last the vascular system, which
for a long time formed an essential part of each of them, dis-
appears, and there is nothing left but woody tissue. In this
view of the growth of endogens, the trunk of such plants must
consist of a series of arcs, directed from above inwards, and
then from within outwards ; and consequently the woody fibres
of such plants, instead of being parallel with each other,
must be interlaced in infinite intermixture." Lindley, farther
on, enumerates some difficulties with which the formation
and the direction of the woody bundles, in reality, accord-
ing to Mohl's statement, would be attended. Gardner, when
travelling in the Brazils, caused a palm tree, which is called
Coqueiro by the Brazilians, to be split, and in the trunk he
found very large woody bundles, which were readily traced.
As soon as they come from the leaves into the trunk, they
436
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 45
make a gentle curyature of about 18° downwards and inwards,
until they nearly reach the centre of the coluiiin ; they then
change their direction, and turn downwards and outwards,
with a greater obliquity than before, until they have nearly
reached the external surface of the trunk ; they now descend
downwards in a line parallel with the axis, until they at last
get so much ramified as not to be followed further. Lindley,
as above stated, found the first difficulty in Mohl's statement
to be this, that the lower part of the trunk is, as it were,
obstructed by the woody bundles, and must, therefore, un-
questionably be equally hard. Gardner, howeyer, asserts,
that the woody bundles of the upper leayes do not descend
quite down to the bottom, so that the lower as well as the
upper part thus retain an external hard and an internal soft
part. Lindley further says, the lower part of the bark must
be much harder than the upper, because a greater quantity of
woody bundles are there met with. That indeed is the case,
replies Gardner, and eyery Brazilian knows it. Lindley
says, thirdly. The hardness of the external part of the trunks
of the palms cannot originate in the pressure of a new growth
from the interior towards the exterior, but from a cause
which would correspond with the production of the heart
wood in the exogens. Is there such a cause, he asks, in the
endogens? Gardner replies. The woody substance in the
endogens is eyidently produced from the leayes, and from
this it may be inferred, that the same is the case with the
exogens, as Du Petit Thenars has already asserted. The
only difference appears to be this, that the woody fibres, in
the exogens, remain between the bark and the last layer of
wood ; while, in the palms, they turn downwards and inwards,
then gradually downwards and outwards, and finally descend
parallel with the axis.
The remarks of Mr. Gardner appear to me to be, upon
the whole, yery correct. There is another difference to be
obseryed, namely, that the trunk of the palms forms itself
solely from the leayes, whilst other trunks do so from buds
from which branches are deyeloped.
Contributions to the Anatomy of the Cactacece, hy M, J.
437
46 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
SekleideUj is the title of a treatise which was read to the
Academy of Sciences at St. Petersbiirgh, in 1839, but which
was only published at a subsequent period. The author first
speaks of the parenchyma of the pith and bark, and says : —
The cells are almost all globular or elliptical ; the connection
between the separate cells is so loose, that thciy are generally
torn asunder by one incision, so as to render it a rare occur-
rence to see a cell which has been cut through. The sap,
which in its youngest state always occupies the intercellular
spaces, retires during its gradual drying up into the commissures
(Fugen), and there forms a slight distention, filling up the
yicinity of two cells. On the cells being separated, as described,
the point of contact exhibits itself as a circle or ellipsis, sur-
rounded by a slight elevated ring. Meyen has delineated these
round circles from the Oneidum juneifolium^ in which plant
such a loose cellular tissue likewise occurs, and considers them,
wrongly, as it appears to the author, large pores. The
author has conyinced himself, by researches and comparison
in an infinite number of cases, that all porous canals proceed
from the primary cell-wall ; and if they do not seem to reach
as far as that, they are then only fragments of a canal which
has been cut through. Such perfect canals are, howerer,
neyer seen to terminate ill an intercellular space, nor eren
upon a part of the cell-wall, which confirms MohPs view. The
contents of the cells of parenchyma, always consist, in the
first instance, of mucus in little globules, or of starch, both
almost always covered with chlorophyll. It is of frequent
occurrence amongst the CactacecB, that the starch is the
bearer of the chlorophyll; and, in this instance, it may
readily be observed, that the starch, affcer having been libe-
rated from the chlorophyll through means of alcohol, is always
a long time before it acts upon iodine, as for instance, in
Opuntia brasUienais. Besides the ordinary cells of paren-
chyma, we also find, in very many Cdetacece, cells of two or
three times the size of the former, distributed in the bark as
well as in the pith, which are entirely filled with vegetable
mucus. This mucus has also a kind of organization. It forms
a globule, and is very finely marked on the surface with small
438
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 47
furrows, similar to what in art is called '* en yermeil.'' The
different crystalline forms of oxalate of lime, as found in the
Cact(icecBy are stated. The author found, in 100 parts of the
perfectly dry yegetahle substance of plants, 85.57 of oxalate
of lime, 5.75 humic acid, 7.79 regetable fibre, and 0.92 loss.
The CactacecB frequently contain carbonate of lime, besides
oxalate of lime, and that often in perfectly formed ** rhom-
bohedrons,'* as, for instance, in the Cereiia triangularia.
The opinion of the author, that young cells form themselves
from a cytoblast, and then make their appearance after the
resorption of the mother cell, he endeavours to prove by ob-
seryations made on very young bulbs of Oeorginaj where two
cells develop themselves from a cytoblast in one mother cell.
The author then proceeds to treat of the external layer
of the bark, the epidermis, and the outer bark. He says,
besides the ordinary bark-parenchyma, we meet with, in the
one-year-old shoots, beneath, the epidermis, in almost all
plants, particularly of those which convert themselyes into
wood, a more or less thick layer of peculiar cells, the walls of
which are in a different chemico-physical state to those of
the ordinary cell^membrane of the parenchyma. This tissue
contains most water when in its youngest state, and is almost
identical with vegetable mucus ; it hardens subsequently through
the loss of water. The cells at first have thin walls, but
thicken in their gradual development, but owing to the gela-
tinous quality of these walls, it was impossible for the author
to distinguish layers ; but pores presented themselves, which
may here be observed to particular adyantage. The various
changes of this cellular tissue are given. The commencement
of the formation of the outer bark, or rather of the formation
of the cellular layer, consists, according to the author, in the
fact, that a darkish, yellow-brown, granular mucus matter col-
lects itself in a certain locality in some of the epidermic cells.
This substance gradually increases, till it bursts the sidewalls
of the cells, and raises the upper walls, which are connected
together in a continued membrane, whilst the lower walls
remain firmly combined with the layer of bark situated be-
neath. In the third place, he treats of the wood. There is
439
48 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
nothing more easily seen, says the author, in the Monoco-
tyledom with shortened intemodes, than that the older ras-
cular bundles cross (in their peripheral course) the younger
Tascular bundles, which are situated towards the outside, and
thereby form a longer or shorter curre. This is more difficult
to obserre in the Dicotyledons generally, but is easily seen in
some of the Mammillarias. Here is found the curyed course
of the fibres, the crossing, and, in short, every thing that has
erroneously been considered as a peculiarity of the monoco-
tyledonous ^tem. Lastly, he gires the history of the forma-
tion of the wood. The inner cells, a small bundle of the yet
tender cells, cease to deyelop themselyes, and begin to form
thickened layers by spiral deposits. The cells are extended
in length by joining the adjacent distended cells, and fre-
quently so much so, that the cell-membrane dries up and is
absorbed, so that the spiral fibres frequently get into the
intercellular spaces, as is oftev seen in the Ccictacece. The
spiral fibres are subsequently conrerted into rings, by a
regular and gradual distension. The cells of woody fibre
extend themselves longitudinally, and when this extension
no longer corresponds with the extent of the whole plant, they
are then compelled to force themselves with their ends between
each other, and as it were, to grow into the intercellular spaces
of the other tissues. When the formation of cells ceases in
the intemode, it nevertheless still continues in the cambium
in the Dicotyledons. The cells form themselves into two or
three very unequal parts, to which a fourth is sometimes
added. The largest inner part forms wood cells, the external
(third if existing) remains partly parenchymatous, and partly
forms itself into cells of the liber, whilst the walls of the cells
of the central portion (or, if the former is wanting, the ex-
ternal) remain quite tender and capable of propagation, and
form the new cambium. The continued growth of the cam-^
bium is best observed in the CactacecB, Cytoblasts form
themselves in the lowest cells of the cambium, and those small
and tender cells grow upwards through the whole cell. Their
contiguity to the next upper wall occasions the same process
of growth, and thus it continues. The spiral-formed layers
440
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 49
are seen at an early period. Finally, the mother cells are per-
fectly absorbed, the inner cells becoming wood cells, the ex-
ternal, cambium, &c. Another process yet takes place during
the production of lateral anastomozing branches; a cloudy,
slimy, gummy liquid is produced in a certain series of cells of
the parenchyma, from which a layer is precipitated, by which
the parenchymatous cell is conyerted into a spiral or reti-
culated fibrous cell.
I hare endeayoured to represent the theory of the author
in the context, and haye mentioned, that I consider the doc-
trine of the cytoblast as the producer of the young cells in a
mother cell, the latter of which is finally absorbed, as a mere
hypothesis, founded upon imperfect obseryation. I do not
know of any profound obseryer who has adopted it. Foreigners,
when talking of cytoblasts, merely mean the nucleus in many
cells, the existence of which no one denies ; they neyer allude
to the mother cell. An example of it has been giyen aboye.
Schwann has adopted Schleiden's yiews, and applied them to
the animal world. I think, perhaps the animal cell, in this
respect, may be formed in a way exactly opposite to the
yegetable cell.
It has always been a question, whether the spiral yessels
are air tubes, or whether they carry the juices for nutrition ?
I myself haye twice changed my opinion regarding it, because
it was more my object to arriye at the truth than to insist
upon being right. Dr. Schleiden despatches this question-
yery quickly. He says, " I found, almost without exception,
in all Cdctacece, that the yessels, as they issued from the
cambium, were filled with air. Indeed, I must confess, that
I cannot conceiye how any one, who has examined a great
number of plants with attention, and only applies sound logic,
can set up the doctrine, that the spiral yessels, and the woody
fibres associated with them, are intended to carry fluid.
Neyer and nowhere is a fluid found in them, excepting during
a short time in the spring, in the forest trees of our own
climate, which may be accounted for yery simply, by the su-
perabundance of the rising sap, and the permeability of the
cell-membrane, and which, being only a periodical phenomenon,
441
50 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
belongs as little to the usual course of yegetation, as the
human uterus can be said to be a blood vessel on account of
its menstruating. A considerable quantity of fluid flows out
rapidly from the cut stem of the Hixya eamosa in our hot-
houses, but the microscope instantly shows, that all the spiral
and porous yessels carry only air."
The answer deriyed from the rapidity of the flowing out of
sap is not worth much ; for eyery Botanist knows, or may
readily conyince himself, by placing a slice of a potato
under the microscope, and adding a drop of tincture of iodine,
when it progresses as rapidly through the walls of the cell as
on the table, therefore the liying membrane of the cell offers
little or no resistance to the absorption of fluids. In the
same way as inorganic substances are permeable (most of the
perfect crystals, at least of the alkalies and earths) to the
imponderables, light, warmth, &c., so also is the organic
substance permeable for fluids. It is not the passing through
of a fluid, which is the effect of a yital power, which requires
explanation, but quite the reyerse ; it is the retention of the
fluids in certain cells, which either originates from a parti-
cular organization, as in the epidermis, or from the difference
of the medium on both surfaces (air and fluid), as, for
instance, in the air cells, or from peculiar organic powers, as,
for instance, in the cells with coloured juices, existing between
the cells with uncoloured juices.
Since the lifeless, yegetable membrane retains fluids, the
most simple method is to attribute this as a primary quality
also to the living membranes, and to search only for par-
ticular powers when they allow a fluid to pass through them.
The juice which flows from the Hoya earnosa^ comes from
the proper yessels, sap yessels, the same as the milky juice in
the AsclepiadacecB, These vessels generally, however, have
no partitions. If, then, the nutritive sap made a rapid tran-
sition from the spiral vessels into the cells (withered twigs,
for instance, placed in water, very quickly erect their leaves),
would it be seeni But this is not the place for the
investigation of this subject; it was only necessary to give
Dr. Schleiden's statement in his own words.
442
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 51
'* Delineations of the internal structure of some CdctaeecR are
' represented in the Sel. Icon. Anat. Bot. part ii., tab. 3. The
I woody bundles in the stem of Epiphyllum phyllanthus are
> separated from each other at the points, where the stem has
i still its round form, and each bundle is surrounded by its
alburnum, upon which follow the Jiber, separated in the same
' manner, and surrounded as usual by the bark, and opposite
' the woody bundles (see fig. 1). The alburnum consists of
^ yery tender small cells of parenchyma, the liber of yery thick
t walls, or finely punctated liber vessels, rarely with partitions,
i but they are found in some (fig. 2); ramified, frequently
I reticulated spiroids are seen in the flat part of the stem,
I which are inclined towards the spot where the tufts of thorns
I are seated (fig. 3). The leaf, therefore, seems really to be
transposed into the wings of the stem, for such a separation
of vessels is not found in the stem of the Dicotyledons, nor
in the stem of the same plant where it is round.
The internal structure of Opuntia vulgaris is likewise
represented. A similar division of the spiroids towards the
thorn tufts is likewise seen here, as in the flat part of the
trunk of Epiphyllum phyllanthus (fig. 4). The joints of the
stem or branches of the Opuntioe are perfectly compressed, and
that in such a manner, that the woody bundles are situated
remotely from each other (fig. 5). Where the stem of the
OpuntioB is round, there it has the internal structure of
the Cactacece in general, a thick bark, and woody bundles
separated from each other (figs. 6, 7). The spiral vessels
and spiroids also ramify towards the tuftis of thorns in the
Cereus flabelliformis (fig. 9) ; the fluid distension is, however,
principally owing to the enlargement of the bark, which is
much thicker than the pith (fig. 9).
Decaisne, in his M^m. sur le Developement du Pollen, de
rOvule, et sur le Structure des Tiges de Oui, Bruxell., 1840
(Exte. du t. xiii. de TAcadem. B. de Bruxell.), has commimi-
cated some observations on the Stem of the Mistletoe (Viscum
album). He first alludes to the remarks made by De CandoUe,
Kaiser, and Dutrochet, respecting it. Dutrochet asserts, that
ea<;h joint of the stem grows independent of another; that
443
0
I
52 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
the woody substance of each joint is separated from the other
by a layer of cellular tissue ; and that the joints are only con-
nected with each other by the bark. Decaisne, on the other hand,
says, that on the contrary, the bark ressels are not connected
with eyery joint, and that the latter, on that account, readily
separate from each other, but that the woody bundles are not
separated from each other at the nodes ; he failed to detect a
layer of cellular tissue between them. . Eight bundles of long
fibres, he says, are observed about the pith, which exhibit all
the characteristics of liber ; these bundles correspond exactly
with the internal part of the woody bundles, and next to them,
and even in the wood itself, ringed vessels are found, which
here seem to occupy the place of the spiral vessels. These
ring vessels have escaped Kaiser, at least he does not speak
of them. The mistletoe has no genuine spiral vessels, nor are
there any traces of a membrane by which they are connected,
nor are such vessels found in the nerves of the leaves. The
number of woody bundles is constant in the young twigs,
generally eight, seldom seven or nine ; each bundle consists of
three zones, the most external belongs to the liber, or to the
fibrous cells of the bark, the second to the wood, and the
innermost is formed like the external.
What the author calls ring vessels, vaisaeaux annelea, are
not generally so called ; there are genuine spiral vessels, the
spires of which do not join one another, and in which
the membrane enclosing them can be distinctly perceived.
Many Botanists would certainly not agree with him in the
supposition, that there are spiral vessels which are entirely
deficient of that membrane ; and it is still less correct, to
assume that circumstance to be a characteristic sign of spiral
vessels. The more or less closely connected spires are
likewise of no particular importance, and deserve as little to
be ranked among the characteristics of spiral vessels. The
substance which the author calls liber, certainly seems to
deserve this appellation ; the wood, however, in this plant is
of a peculiar quality, which will be explained on another
occasion, as we shall, further on, allude to the otherwise ex-
cellent researches of the author on the mistletoe.
444
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 53
In Froriep's Neuen Notizen, yol. xiv. p. 242, we find Von
HalTs Observations on the Increase of Trees in Thickness,
read at the Boyal Institution of Sciences of the Netherlands,
&c., first class. The obseryations were made on the oak,
willow tree {Salix alba), Canadian poplar (Populus monili-
fera)y horse chestnut, birch, maple (Acer psevdo-Platanus),
lime tree, fir tree {Piaus abies), and the wallnut tree. I will
pass over these obseryations, as the relatiye growth of these
trees depends much on the soil in which they grow, and the
obseryations only refer to trees in the same locality. The
author has frequently made the obseryation, that the increase
of growth, in point of thickness, is considerably lessened by
the tearing off of the foliage, and the taking off of many and
strong boughs, which is opposed to the opinion of the adyo-
cates of pruning trees. The author further instituted inyesti-
gations on the increase of thickness in different months of the
year. The tables on this point exhibit a proof, that the
growth of trees in Holland is yery yariable, which no doubt is
owing to the weather and temperature of that country. As a
general rule, howeyer, we learn, that the months of June and
July are those in which the trees increase most in thickness,
for the growth in these two months, in most cases, exceeded
that of all the other months put together. The author did
not observe a suspension of growth of trees from the latter
half of June to the middle of August, as recorded by Duhamel
for France ; this is unquestionably owing to the fact, that
there is no dry season in the summer in Holland. The
opinion of Agardh is unfounded, that trees grow more in
length in the first part of the summer, and more in thickness
in the latter part of it. Trees do not increase in thickness
during the winter months ; the buds, however, thicken. The
branches of birch, maple, and other similar trees, are seen
to be filled with rising watery juices in March and April, if
the weather is mild, which cannot be perceived so much, or
not at all, as soon as the weather becomes warmer. These
juices, howeyer, haye no influence whateyer upon the increase
of thickness in a tree. The superabundance of this rising
juice decreases as soon as the leayes have perfectly shot forth,
445
64 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
which seems, therefore, to be more concentrated in the leaves;
and the growth of trees, in point of thickness, only commences
after the leaves are capable of folfilling their functions : this
has been proved by all the measurements which the author
instituted. The influence of the leaves upon the increase of
trunks, in point of thickness, exhibited itself, among others,
most distinctly in the Italian poplar. On one of these trees
being deprived of almost all its branches, in the month of
March, the increase in thickness was proportionably slight
during the months of June and July. The growth of a lime
tree, on the other hand, in which the side branches, also those
lower down on the trunk, as well above as beneath the point
of measurement, had, for the greater part, been purposely left,
was considerable, and increasing every year. An experiment
was made with two equal sized oaks, situated under the same
circumstances, all the lateral branches were taken from one
and left in the other; the result was, that the increase of
thickness, in the tree whidi had not been pruned, was much
more considerable than of the one which had been pruned.
The trunks of Monocotykdons also increase in thickness
according to the observations of the author. An Aletria
frcLgrwM had increased by 17| millimeters in thickness in five
years, and a trunk of BracotAfoa draeoy by 23^ millimeters
in the same period of time. These excellent observations
confirm the theory which Thouars has advanced, respecting
the increase of trees in thickness, which I have endeavoured
to represent, at least in its principal features, in the elm.
Phil. Bot. ed. 2, vol. i. p. 260, and in the Icon. Anat« Bot.
part i. p. 7, fig. 10-12.
In addition to the account form^ly mentioned, of the dying
of wood, and rendering it durable, by Dr. Boucherie, we have
now to add the Report of the Commission of the Academy,
consisting of Mirbel, Arago, Foncelet, Audouin, Combey,
Boussingault, and Dumas (Gompt. Bend. 1840, vol. ii. p. 894).
It is not necessary, they say, that the tree should have
all its branches and all its leaves, it is only requisite to
leave a tuft at the point, in order to effect the imbibition. It
is not requisite that the tree should remain standing, it may
446
STEMS, LEAVES, AND BUDS. 55
be cut down, after haying preyiously taken away all its useless
boughs, and must then be placed with its lower end immersed
in the fluid which is intended to be absorbed. If it should not
be desirable to cut down the tree, it is only necessary to make
a hole in the trunk below, or to make an incision with a saw,
and then to bring the fluid in contact with it. The permeating
of the stem is effected in a few days without difficulty or labour.
In order to make the wood more durable and harder, pyro-
lignite de fer should be made use of for imbibition. The pine-
wood add is brought into contact with iron shayings, the com-
bination takes place eren in the cold, and then contains much
of creosot ; and the latter, as is well known, is a preserratiye
of all organic substances. In order to preyent the warping of
the wood, Boucherie uses chloride of Ume, or the lye of the
places in which salt is prepared. It has already been stated,
that wood may be died by causing fluids to pass into the tissues
of trees, which, by their chemical effect upon each other, pro-
duce colours.
M. Fayen has read a treatise at the Academy of Sciences
in Paris, on the Leaf-nerves of the Dicotyledons^ which
has been criticised by De Mirbel ; the critique is contained
in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 2d S6r. Botaniq.,
y. 14, p, 220, and in the Gomptes Bendus, 1840, y. 2. The
treatise is praised on account of its practical applications.
The author first considers the origin of the neryes from the
yascular bundles of the wood in the branch, and enumerates
three different kinds of origin ; — Ist, The unitary, if they spring
from one yascular bundle : 2d, The ternary, if three yascular
bundles unite in order to form the leaf-neryes ; and, 3d, The
drculary, if the yascular bundles meet froin the whole circum-
ference of the wood. The yascular conyolutions frequently
run through the petiole of the leaf to the leaf, without expe-
riencing a change, but frequently each diyides itself into three
fibres, which then either enter into the leaf on the same surface
as the principal nerye, or on different surfaces. The simple
leaf is produced, if the central yascular* bundle separates itself
from the wood at an earlier period than the two others ; if,
howeyer, the two lateral bundles liberate themselyes first, then
447
56 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
9k folium lobatum^ or stipulatum, or even compositum^ is pro-
duced. If one of the two lateral bundles is separated earlier
than the other, and earlier than the principal nerres, then the
side of the leaf, where this happens, is always more deyeloped
than the others. If the curvature, which measures the dis-
tance of the central nerves to the side nerves, at that point
of the branch where the bundles separate from the wood, is
very large, then the leaf is generally lobed and stipulate.
The epilogue of Mirbel is singular. The labour, he says,
was obliged to be done, it was necessary for science; it is
well that it has been done with diligence. Good fortune has
frequently a greater share in making important discoveries in
the experimental sciences than cleverness. The phytologist,
who has recourse to anatomy, can derive no more from the
object than there is in it, however industrious he may be.
M. Payen is not wanting in capability, he only wants the op-
portunity. Mirbel wished to say, What is the use of accuracy
in research, if the variety discovered is not brought into
combination with the whole 1 They are preparatory labours
for the fortunate man who discovers their combination.
The Leaves of the Coniferce appeared to me so remarkable,
that I subjected them to an examination ; the description of
which is to be found in the Icon. Select. Anat. Bot. part ii.
tab. 5, (1840.) They are principally distinguished by only
haying an ordinary simple (sometimes, howeyer, perhaps a
double) vascular bundle, which runs longitudinally through the
leaf, without producing branches or ramifications. The Folium
acerosum might be thus characterized. They generally also
have one or two resinous channels, which run through the
whole leaf; the leaves of AMea baleamea have them at the
sides (fig. 9) ; the leaves of Thuja occidentalia and Juniperua
communis (figs. 11 and 12), have only one resinous channel
near to the principal nerves. Many have a double upper
layer, as, for instance, Abies balsamea (fig. 9, e e\ and Juni-
perus sabina (fig. 10, c c) : the cells of some of them are also
lengthened laterally, beneath the upper layer, as, for instance,
on the upper surface of the leaves of Abies balsamea (fig. 9,
c c). The form of the leaves of Thuja occidentalis is strange,
448
EOOTS AND TUBERS. 57
the nerves are so ramified, not only amongst each other, but
also with the branch, that only one woody bundle goes through
the branch in the middle.
ROOTS AND TUBERS.
A Note upon the Anatomy of the Roots ofOphrydecBy by John
Lindley, Tr. of the linnean Society, vol. xyiii. part iii. p. 423.
The author says, that the tubers which form the roots of many
African OphrydeoB, on becoming dry, hare the appearance of
sacs, filled with small pebbles ; the surface is coarse grained,
as if the epidermis was firmly contracted over hard substances.
This may be seen particularly in the dry spindle-like roots of
Diaa multifida. On cutting across a fresh root of Satyrium
pallidum^ it will be seen distinctly whence this appearance
arises. A great quantity of oral, tough, and solid nodules,
clear as water, and frequently twenty times the size of the cells
which surround them, are found in the tender parenchyma.
These nodules may readily be separated from the cellular tissue
in which they are situated, and they appear to be of an irre-
gular polygonal shape, like polished stones of rock crystal.
Their facettes are produced by the pressure of the cells of
parenchyma between which they are situated. They are tough
like horn, cannot be torn, crackle between the teeth like
pieces of caoutchouc, may readily be cut eyen into slices, and
then appear quite homogeneous; they do not exhibit any
layers either in a fresh or dried state, or when treated with
chemical reagents. They are generally of the same size, but
some are not larger than the ordinary cells of cellular tissue.
The nodules are scarcely soluble in cold water, but swell upon
being boiled, and are partially dissolved into a transparent
jelly, having the appearance of glass. On exposing them to
the air, they rapidly become dry, and of a dark brown colour.
The diluted solution of iodine does not perceptibly act upon
them, but the tincture of iodine gives them a claret colour, on
being previously treated with caustic potash, or nitric, or sul-
phuric acid. The diluted solution of iodine colours starch
449 2F
58 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
granules blue, but has not that effect upon these nodules ; the
tincture of iodine, on the other hand, gradually colours the
nodules of an amethyst colour ; they then become claret coloured,
and, on an incision being made into them, this colour gradually
distributes itself. These colours, howeyer, soon disappear
again, especially if there is a if arm temperature ; no trace of
blue can be detected. The nodules, therefore, are not starch.
The roots of all other Ophrydece, European or otherwise,
which the author had an opportunity of examining, were
formed, in erery essential point of view, like those of Saiy-
rium pallidum. The only points of difference presented^
were the size and the shape of the nodules, and the relation
which they bore to the surrounding cellular tissue, and the
colour which the nodules assume when exposed to the air.
On crushing the nodules, it was found that they consisted of
rery small transparent cells. The author endeayours to
explain the reasons which induced Guibourt and Fayen to
describe the Salep as consisting principally <^ starch, and is
of opinion, that they boiled the tubers of Salqp and afterwards
dried them again. By this process he supposes the starch to
haye been dissolyed, and to haye flowed oyer the nodules, tibus
rendering theih incapable of being recognized. He adds, The
principal characteristic of the tubers of Salq> does not owe its
origin to the starch, but rather to that gummy-like substance
which for the present he would call bassorin. The remarks
of the author deserye attention. It is well known, that the
powder of the tubers of Salq[> swells in cold water, which
granules of starch do not. Besides the starch, there is another
substance likewise found in the tubers of Sal^ and other
Orchidece, which is not coloured blue on the application of
iodine. This is found in the nodules of the author ; into the
inyestigation of this substance I did not enter at the time.
Unformed starch, the same as if the tubers had been boiled,
I haye seen in the fresh roots of Orchis latifolia, which I
haye alluded to before. I must leaye it open to discussion, as
to whether the Salep roots, that are sold in the market, are
boiled, and afterwards dried again.
4t50
FLOWERS. 59
FLOWERS.
M. Deoaisne treats of the Development of the Male Bloaaoma
of the Mistletoe in the aboYe-mentioned memoir, respecting the
pollen, the ovules, and the stem of the mistletoe. On making
a transverse incision quite through a young flower, slices were
obtained, which, in the same manner as the vessels, are sepa-
rated into four divisions. A layer of cellular tissue forms the
external circumference; this is followed by a green matter,
mixed with granules, which have a strong molecular movement,
and an uncoloured tissue is situated in the centre, against
which the green matter makes four projections. The green
matter some time afterwards was distinctly seen separated into
four parts, each consisting of two halves, an external green
half belonging to the calyx, and an internal paler coloured
one from which the anthers were produced* The green part
gradually increased, and shot forth prolongations into the
inner part, which crossed through it. On examining each of
these four parts separately, clearer spots were perceived in
them, which were spaces filled with mucus matter ; the cellu-
lar tissue which forms the walls of these spaces contains many
small granules, and some of them also contain a nucleus of a
lentil-shaped form, which the author calls a phahocyat* The
mucus in the spaces, upon being submitted to a greater degree
of magnifying power, subsequently exhibited round, trans-
parent, large cells, which the author, as well as Mirbel, calls
pollen cells (utricules poUiniques). These pollen cells some
days afterwai*ds cease to be transparent, and one, or some^
times two, oval nuclei are formed, which consist of small
granules. The pollen cells, about five days afterwards, become
again transparent, the granules being concentrated in one
mass in the centre. They are still surrounded by a mucus
substance. Thus the pollen cells remain for some days ; four
* From f ax6g, lentil, and %utfr>j, bladder. The name, says the author,
seems to give a more correct conception of the characteristics, *' sans rien
prejuger de ses fonctions,*' than the term of Cytoblast.
451
60 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
phakocysts are subsequently disoorered in the centre of the
granular mass, each with a clear central point. The granular
mass disappears after some time, without any of the phakocysts
becoming enlarged. At last, in the middle of the month of
August, four months after the commencement of the obseira-
tions, the regetable cells exhibit themselyes as consisting of
concentrated layers, with a cavity in the middle, in which the
four commencements of the pollen grains appear surrounded
by a liquid. They gradually increase in size, and the thick
pollen cell, consisting of layers, finally disappears altogether.
The pollen cells in the Malvaeece, at least in Hibiscus syriacus^
have already a considerable thickness, before we can perceiye
the commencement of the pollen grains, because the matter
within them is clear as water. It only afterwiards, when it
forms new products, becomes granular, for the first traces
of phakocysts are subsequently discorered in the granular
matter. The granular matter subsequently separates itself
into four masses, which contain a phakocyst ; and a clear ring
is seen round each of these four masses, which shows that they
do not altogether fill up the pollen cell. The pollen cells hare
a coyering, consisting of layers, like the starch granules, and
they also shoot up in a similar manner, on placing them in a
drop of water. The membrane of the pollen cells, according
to the opinion of the author, is not produced from the internal
surface of the pollen cells, The author adds, — ^^ The anthers
of all flowers first attain their essential characteristics, when
the other flowering organs are scarcely perceptible. On rolling
young pollen grains between two glass plates, their external
membrane is not remoyed, but the granules are torn, and their
phakocyst escapes ; on the other hand, the external membrane
of ripe pollen grains is easily separated, and the internal cell
contains only granules, but no phakocysts.**
IMPREGNATION— OVULE— SEED.
We shall here proceed with the researches, which M. Decaisne
has instituted, respecting deyelopment in the mistletoe. On
452
IMPREaNATION — OVULE — SEED. 61
examining the ovary in its earliest state, it presents a uniform
mass, with two small interraptions of the cellular tissue ; the
cells, however, soon unite again, in order to form a clear
cellular tissue in the centre, surrounded by a green circle.
No ovule is perceived in the ovary for a long time, not as far
as the commencement of June, when the ovary has the thick-
ness of a pepper com. At a little later period, however, an
ovule may be discovered; the easiest method of effecting
which is, to separate the central substance into two parts,
which is best done by gently drawing it to and fro. The
ovule forms a club-shaped excrescence, the cellular tissue of
which is arranged in concentric layers ; each cell contains two
phakocysts. On subsequently bringing the OYule, when it has
assumed the shape of a small, rather compressed substance,
in contact with a drop of water, the water will penetrate it,
and drive out the phakocyst with some force. The applica-
tion of a drop of tincture of iodine colours the interior yellow,
but leaves the granules imcoloured, which only subsequently
become coloured when iodine is applied. Two thin club-
shaped bodies are found next to the ovules at this epoch, and
some weeks earlier, three fibrous bodies, rather thickened at
the end. The author considers these bodies as abortive
ovales. The ovule, which is thin at the lower end, might
be compared with an embryo sac, if the position of the
surrounding vascular system, and the comparison with the
other parts of the fruit, did not contradict it. The young
embryo exhibits itself, as a small mass of cells, at the point
of the ovule, and nearly in contact with what one might
call the epidermis. The author never observed a trace of a
pollen sac in the interior of the ovary, nor did he ever
discover the slightest indication of a special int^ument for
the OTule; so that the latter exhibits nothing more than a
nucleus, as has been observed in the Santalacea&y and even
in the Olacineoi, This nucleus is attached, by its base, to
the bottom of the ovary, and has its point exactly in the
opposite direction, so that the ovule must be regarded as
orthotropous. When the OYule has attained such a size that
the embryo becomes yisible, together with the fibre on which
453
62 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
it hangft, it assumes a green colour, for it was preriously
uncolonred ; and this green colour spreads itsdf from below
upwards, as far as the embryo, which remains nncoloured. The
starch granules also become larger, and almost entirely fill up
the cells ; but the phakocysts remain unchanged. Besides the
green colour of the mistletoe seed, another circumstance has
attracted the attention of NaturaJists, namely, that two or
three embryos almost always occur in one seed« The author
was fortunate enough to observe OTules several times in
various stages of growth, and saw that the union of the ovules
commenced at the base and progressed upwards, by which,
therefore, the polyembryony of the mistletoe became explained.
The author never saw a cavity in the ovule of the mistletoe
when the embryo was forming, neither did he ever find an
embryo sac. The embryo exhibits itself, first, as already
mentioned, at the upper end of the ovule or nucleus ; and the
embryo cell, or the young embryo itself, is subsequently seen
to be attached to a series of cylindrical cells in the cavity of
the ovule, which cells constitute a kind of umbilical cord, but
without a vascular system.
Observations on the seed of Loranthus aphyllue. — ^A small
conical mass is seen at the upper end, in a similar ovule to that
of the mistletoe, which is more dense than the surrounding cel-
lular tissue ; from this substance issue four tender tubes, which
twist themselves round each other, and, in a manner, form a
spiral vessel, almost in the same kind of way as Treviranus
observed in the ovules of Abies. An oblong body, the embryo,
is subsequently produced at the lower end. If several embryos
are existing in one seed, they always appear at the upper and
lateral part of the nucleus. The separation of the embryos in
the ovules is, in the first instance, caused by the united ovules
being either of an unequal size, or by one growing more rapidly
than the other. If the ovules are, however, of an equal size,
the embryos then first turn themselves obliquely towards the
axis of the nucleus, and afterwards, as soon as the cotyledo-
nary ends touch each other, the latter turn round, and are
directed towards the point where the ovule is attached. The
author explains the circumstance of the embryo shooting
454
IMPREGNATION — OVULE — SEED. 63
forth from the nucleus, by supposing that the f<»*mer, when in
the act of enlarging itself, is forced out by the resistance (^
the already formed nucleus. The author nerer saw more
than three embryos in one seed. He observes, that the cir-
cumstance of the fructifying fluid retaining its power so long
can scarcely be comprehended, when the long interral is con*-
sidered which interrenes between the opening of the blossom
and the appearance of the embryo. This is obseryed in other
plants ; and Ad. Brongniart is, th^efore, of opinion, that the
embryo remains for a time in a sort of torpor before it de-
ydopes itself. But, says the author, this cannot be applied to
the mistletoe, because the OYules are not only not organized
at the time of blossoming, but they have not eyen a cayity for
the embryo. The author then makes some obseryations on
impregnation in general. He says, pollen sacs exist in some
plants; but in others, where papillsa are situated upon the
ovule, as in the Aroidece, they have never been observed, and
the papillae seem to be substituted for them ; in other plants
again, little bands (bandelettes) descend from the basis of the
style, and are deposited in the seed near the micropyles ; for
instance, in the Compoeitce^ and in some others. Finally, he
speaks of the position of the species of Viscum in the natural
system ; the author, with Robert Brown, places them in the
ApetalcB, beside Loranthus, and next to the Santalacece;
Schoepjia, however, must be separated from this, and placed
amongst the Oladnece. Three tables illustrate the researches
of the author.
With this we must notice Some further Words on the
Act of Impregnation, and Polyemhryony in the Higher
Plants, by F. J. F. Meyen ; Berlin, 1842, vol. ii. p. 50. The
author first details facts, and then argues against Schleiden^s
theory of the embryo forming itself from the pollen tube.
The point of the embryo sac, according to his researches, com-
bines itself with the pollen tube, and the embryo proceeds from
this union, and, in many cases, appears as a double germinal
vesicle. The observations related in this part of the treatise,
were made upon the Mesembryanthemum pomeridianmn,
and may be considered as an epilogue to the statements made
455
64 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDOCCXLI :
on this subject, in the third rolmne of the author's physiology.
He then speaks of polyembryony, and gives a description of
the development of the ovule in the mistletoe. There is no
particular pistil, he states, in the mistletoe, and, therefore,
likewise no real ovarium ; the ovule is a mere naked nucleus,
the point of which is free and projecting, and at the same
time serves as a stigma, as it is the immediate recipient of
the pollen. A cavity is produced in this nucleus, and within it
the embryo sacs, of which there are often two or more, exhibit
themselves in the middle of April. It is then that the embryo
developes itself. The author did not observe any pollen tubes.
It is evident, that what the author terms embryo sacs,
Becaisne describes as ovules. The examination of these ovules
has been instituted with much greater care by Decaisne, and
if Meyen had continued his researches long enough, he no
doubt would have been convinced of his error. He likewise
did not think of the pericarpium, nor of the berry. Meyen
always aimed too much at novelty, at producing a striking
effect, and endeavoured, in this way, to outdo his antagonists.
This statement should be compared with the author's expla-
nation of the peculiar position of the embryos in the mistletoe
seed, when several of them occur in one and the same seed,
in Wiegmann's Archiv for 1840, vol. i. p. 164, in which he
has well observed the union of the embryos with their cotyle-
donary ends,
Goeppert enumerates an instance of polyembryony in Thuja
orientaliSy in the Report of the Labours of the Silesian
Society for Native Culture, 1840, p. 99.
M, Amdt, of Osnabriick, has instituted observations (Flora,
1840, p, 477) on the Impreffnation of the Flowers ofLopezia
meajicana. The anther burst on the inside towards the
stigma ; the place where the anther^valve is about to open is
indicated by a glittering longitudinal stripe. The bursting of
the valve takes place when the petals of the corolla are still
entirely closed, which is, however, perfectly developed in all
its parts. After the bursting, the filaments increase in size,
turn round and round, and finally throw off the emptied pollen
tubes.
456
IMPREGNATION — OVULE — SEED. 65
Remarks on the Impregnation of Plants are also found in
the Journal de Fharmazie, 1840, p. 751, by M. Fromond ; see
also Flora, 1841, p. 204. He particularly treats of the cases
where the stigma is situated above the anthers. The author
is of opinion, that wind or insects are not always required to
facilitate the impregnation ; indeed, he does not even consider
it philosophical to have recourse to these modes of explana-
tion in such cases. Impregnation, according to the author,
only takes place some time after the opening of the flower,
and when the corolla twists itself on the approach of the
period of withering. This is the case in Iris, The pollen
here precipitates itself upon the basis of the style on the
bursting of the anther ; the parts of the flower afterwards
become erect, and bend themselves towards the centre of the
flower, and thus the pollen is sprinkled upon the stigma. The
same process also takes place in Sisyrinchium and Mor<za,
The flower in Ipom,ORa and Convolvuhs is twisted into a spiral
form after the bursting of the anther, and completely encloses
the style ; the corolla is afterwards loosened at the base, and
glides down on the style by the slightest motion of the air,
and the pollen situated upon it thus comes into contact with
the stigma. The anthers in the Malvacece strew the pollen
about far and near in the morning, so that it is partially pre-
cipitated upon the petals, which latter are brought towards
the centre of the flower in the evening, thus enabling the pollen
lying upon them to come into contact with the stigma. Many
flowers are twisted in a spiral form, so as perfectly to enclose
the stigmas.
M. Treyiranus made Remarks on the Hairs on the Style
of the Species of Campanula (see Flora, 1840, p. 680), to the
Assembly of Naturalists at Erlangen. He agrees with Ad.
Brogniart in the opinion, that impregnation in these plants is
effected in the usual way, by pollen tubes, which he found upon
the stigma. Brogniart found that these hairs did not fall off",
but drew back into a sheath, like the claws of a beast of prey ;
which Treviranus confirms. The latter found pollen-globules
within the cavity of the hair itself; they therefore cannot
have come into the hair accidentally, as Brogniart believes.
457
66 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
Treyiranus has likewise obs^nred, that a carity is situated be-
neath these hairs, which penetrates into the style, without,
however, oommmiicating with the conducting cellular tissue.
7A« Style Hairs of Campanula medium hare been repre-
sented in the Icon. Anat. Bot. tab. 21, fig. 1 and 4. It can
be se^i, that a channel enters from the hair into the style,
without, however, being connected with the duct of the style.
The drawing back of the hair I did not find ; but it appears to
me, as if the fore-part of the hair lost itself in and sunk into
the lower. There were tubes similar to pollen tubes in the
style, but forced together, and before the opening of the
anthers (fig. 1). The duct of the style is closed below both
before and after the opening of the anthers, but open above
(figs. 2, 3). Pollen tubes were seen in the duct after the open-
ing of the anthers, and differ firom the lengthened papillsB with
which I placed them in the explanation of the figures ; they
are also thus delineated, as the few papillae strewed about in
the duct may have got into it by the incision. It is singular,
that pollen tubes should have been found in the duct of the
style before the bursting of the anthers ; but this requires
Airther investigation.
Pollen tubes, in the state in which they penetrate the
ovule, are illustrated in the Icon. Anat. Bot. part ii. (1840),
tab. 8. The micropyle of the ovule of Meeembryanthemum
fflomeratum is much larger than the entering pollen tube
(fig. 2), and no trace could be perceived of an opposing em-
bryo sac, or of any other change taking place within. The
same was also the case upon the penetrating of a pollen tube
into the ovule of the Hohenhergia hilbergioides (fig. 3) ; each
ovule in the ovary was provided with such a p<dlen tube. The
pollen tubes of the same plant, as they are produced from the
pollen grain, are represented, fig. 4, in which the perfect cor-
respondence between the tube, which forces its way into the
ovule, and the sac which has just been developed, may be ob-
served. Fig. 5 exhibits two ovules of Oymnadenia conopaea,
into which pollen tubes are entering. The integument of the
ovule is so tender and transparent, that the absorption of the
sac, as soon as it has entered, may be distinctly observed. The
458
IMPREGNATION— OVULE — SEED. 67
pollen tube does not always exactly hit upon the opening of
the OTule ; thus it is seen at the edge of the micropyle in fig. 6,
in an oyary of Matthiola annua. The manner in which the
pollen tubes penetrate through the cellular tissue of the duct
of the style is represented in fig. 6, from Nicotiana tabacum.
They take the shortest road to get from the cellular tissue
into the carity of the capsule ; but no entering into an ovule
could be perceived.
The Oermmation of the Orchidece I have attentively ob-
served in AngriBCum maculatum and Ooodyera proeera, and
it has been represented in the Icon. Anat. Bot. part ii. (1840),
t. 7. That which I have seen is so different from the germination
of all other Monocotyledons, and corresponds so exactly with
the germination of the (bulbilli) bulbous buds which are found
on many LiliacecR, that I hold the seed of Orchideae to be
a bulbillus. It is well known, that tiie seeds of many of the
species of Pancratium are converted into bulbilli, which,
though not the same, is certainly a similar occurrence. For
the sake of comparison, I have given, in the sixth table, an
analysis of a bulbillus of Lilium bulbiferum, I had already
kept the delineations of AngrcRCum for some time, which
H. Schmidt had executed with his usual ability and exactness,
but thought, however, that it was an accidental change of the
seed, until I had an opportunity, not only of observing very
accurately the germination in Ooodyera, but also of observing
that no contradictory circumstance is perceptible in the Or-
chidece generally, which are already further advanced in the
process of germination. The seed of Angrcecvm first exhibits
itself with two points (fig. 1) ; from which, as subsequently
seen, the stem and a small root develop themselves (fig. 2).
On cutting through the seed, when in that state, longitudinally,
a bundle of spiroids will be found in the centre of the cellular
tissue, which occupies the whole seed (fig. 3). On cutting
through the seed, bulbillus, or whatever one pleases to term
it, after the germination, we find that it is but little changed, a
bundle of spiroids is seen going laterally into the root (fig. 4).
Ooodyera is similar. The seed, after it has commenced to
swell and to germinate (fig. 8), has its exterior shape in the
459
68 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDOCOXLI :
same state as it had in the testa (fig. 7), preying that it does
not experience any material change by germination, nor is it
conyerted from a genuine seed into a bulbillus. It was im-
possible eyen for M. Schmidt, who certainly possesses great
ability in making fine incisions, to do this with the seed when
situated within the testa, but it was easily done in the seed
which had just begun to germinate. A bundle of spiroids was
likewise found to be here situated in the centre, and.eyery
thing else was filled up with cellular tissue (parenchyma). The
cells in the circumference contained chlorophyll; the cells
towards the centre, howeyer, dark granules — phakocysts, as
Decaisne terms them (fig. 10). A fine longitudinal incision
was made, after the embryo had adyanced so far as to exhibit
two perfectly deyeloped leayes (fig. 9). It exhibited little
change from the former ; the bundle of spiroids had enlarged,
and separate yessels entered into the leayes. The number of
the chlorophyll cells had rather decreased than increased, and
the phakocyst had dissolyed itself into small granules (fig. 11).
Instead of a large root, as Angrcecum exhibited, only fine
root-leayes, which surrounded the nucleus, were found. On
making a longitudinal incision through a bulbillus of Liliwn
btdbiferum^ a bundle of spiroids will likewise be found in the
centre of the cellular tissue, from which the separate yessels
are giyen off upwards into the layers of the bulbillus (fig. 11).
The only difference is found in the fact, that the seed of these
OrehidecR is quite naked, whilst the bulbillus is enyeloped in
leayes, as may be seen in the transyerse section (fig. 10).
Three roots are always attached to the Lilium halbiferuan
(fig. 12), which usually haye a bundle of spiroids in the centre,
without pith; spiral fibrous cells, howeyer, are seen in the
circumference, similar to those in the aerial roots of the
Orchideoi,
460
ANOMALOUS PHANEROGAMIiE. 69
ANOMALOUS PHANEROGAMIiE.
A, PARASITES.
XJnger has made some excellent contributions to our know-
ledge of Parasitical Plants in the Vienna Archiy for Natural
History, yol. ii. (1840). After haying giyen a general sketch
of the different opinions on parasitical plants, and of the
literature of the subject, he proceeds to the different classi-
fications of these plants. On commencing at the lowest of
them, he states, we shall find the parasite united with the
plant that giyes it nourishment, in such a manner, that it
shoots forth immediately from the wood of its supporter,
and its yascular system anastomoses with the yascular system
of the nourishing plant. This is seen in the species of
Raffleaia^ Brugmarmay Piloatyles^ and Apodanthes^ perhaps
also in Cytinus. An immersion of one substance into the
other, without any intermediate aid, is perfectly recognis-
able here ; the lowest part of the parasite is, in a manner,
wedged into the nourishing plant; its parenchyma exactly
joining itself to the parenchyma of the bark of the nourishing
plant, and the yascular bundles of the former are attached
separately to the parts of the wood separated by the medul-
lary ray. 2d, The parasite forms a sort of root-stock, by
which it adheres to the nourishing plant, and from which it
sends forth seyeral flower stalks. 3d, A part of the yascular
system of the nourishing plant is receiyed into the root-stock
of the parasite, and by means of an increased reaction (pro-
bably produced in the same way as germination), a substance
is thus formed, which belongs both to the parasite and to the
nourishing plant; Balomophara^ Cynomoriam^ Oynopaole^
Sareophyte, Lophophytum^ and Ombrophytum. 4th, The
parasite forms a root-stock, the fibres of which attach them-
selyes to the nourishing plant; Helosis and Langsdorfia,
5th, No root-stock is formed, but strongly ramified roots,
which are connected with the mother plant through means of
papillae ; Lathraea aquamaria, 6th, Inoculation of the
461
70 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
paraaite, as in number 1, but with the addition of roots, which
are provided with papill», which soon disappear ; Orohanche,
Phelipdea, Cfionopholis, Hyohanche^ Epiplieagtts, ^ginetia,
and Obolaria. 7th, The bulb- shaped irregular substance,
similar to a rhizom, from which the flower-stalks of these
plants spring, consists of a bundle of intimately matted toge-
ther root-fibres, which partly belong to the parasite, partly
to the nourishing plant; Monotropa hypopithys. 8th, The
parasite derelopes itself independently, and only here and there
occasionally shoots forth from the stalk into the nourishing
plant ; Cuscata cassytha. 9ih, Strongly ramified roots, which
extend themselves both over and under the bark of the nourish-
ing plant, and are in a manner infiltrated into the same;
Viscum^ Loranthua, Misodendrofhy &c., &c.
The author has added many facts respecting the anatomy of
these plants. Thick walled cells frequently occur in the form
of bundles, which are longitudinally extended, and provided
with partitions. The application of a strong magnifying glass
distinctly exhibited thirteen layers in the Helosia hraziliensis,
and even thirty layers could be distinguished in the Langs-
dorfia hypog<Ba, The channels which cross through the
layers in all directions, could also be distinctly perceived.
These layers are very unequally deposited, and in such a*man-
ner, that one side appears free from deposit, whilst the other
appears to have an accumulation of them. The vascular
bundles of the Rhizanthacece may be considered as remark-
ably small and insignificant ; they consist of only two vessels,
and the thick walled cells accompanying them. The vessels,
without exception, belong to the reticular, porous, and scalari-
form vessels, never to the simple or ring-formed spiral vessels.
In general, the vessels of the RhizanthacetB consist of short
longitudinal tubes in the shape of a leather pipe, which are
irregularly placed one above another, and are placed in con-
tinuation with each other by the partial absorption of the
intervening walls. We also perceive in the vascular bundles,
especially in the CynomoHum and Heloaisy that a peculiar
homogeneous matter, which is soffc and of a brown colour, is
deposited in larger or smaller irregular bars and nets. The
462
ANOMALOUS PHANEROGAMIiE. 71
yegetation he considers to be his vegetatio tenninalis, as exhi-
bited in the ferns. Thej^e not Monocotyledons, Independent
of the circumstance, that no anastomosis of the yascnlar bundles
takes place in the Morhocotyledons, which is distinctly seen in
the RhuanthacecB, there is another fact which is opposed to
this supposed mode of vegetation of the vascular bundles, and
that is, that the curvature towards ihe outside is never per-
ceived. Observations are then added respecting the anthers
of parasites. The club-formed swellings of the columna geni-
talis, in the Pitoatylee^ cover, at the lower side, from two to
three rows of simple pressed tubes, flattened at the points.
The anther, in Brugmansia, consists of four tubes ; in
Rafflesia, an indefinite number of long drawn tubes are found,
which all bend together upwards, and scatter their contents
about through a single opening. The anthers in Hydnora
consist of longitudinal tubes, which open themselves longitu-
dinally ; an indefinite number of blunt conical tubes, entwined
with each other and united into a little head, are seated on a
thick foot-stalk in the Sarcophyte sangumea; the upper free
wall of these tubes bursts at the period of ripeness ; the burst-
ing is eflfected by the elasticity of striped vascular cells. The
anther tubes in Hydnora have quite a similar structure.
The author finally treats on the relationship of parasites
with the fungi, with which they certainly correspond in many
respects. The author's statements are illustrated by seven
tables, which are a valuable contribution to our knowledge of
these plants.
There is no doubt, that all parasitical plants belong to the
Dicotyledons, The vascular bundles certainly do not often
form a ring, but stand separated in one circle, which is also
the case in many weed-like Dicotyledons; they are never,
however, situated in several circles, as is the case in the
Monocotyledons. I am not inclined to agree with the author,
when he says, that the latter exhibit no anastomosis of the
vascular bundles ; this is frequently the case with the nodes of
the grasses ; the bending towards the outside is by no means
a rule with the Monocotyledons, Many Rhizanthacece, ac-
cording to the representation of the author, appear to have
463
72 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
the Btractqre of a root-stock; for instance, compare with
them the root-stock of celery (Apium ffraveoleus). The
thick walled cells most probably belong to the vessels or cells
of the liber. The author, in this instance, also limits his con-
ception of spiral yessels to such as may be unrolled, and which
exhibit no membrane between the spires. I will not be posi-
tiye that this membrane always exists, or that it is firequently
wanting ; but I have mentioned once before, that I would not
like to consider it as a characteristic, nor eren the circum-
stance of their being unrolled, for the latter may be occasioned
by die stronger or slighter union of the spires themselyes, or
by the greater or less strengtii of the membrane between them.
In my opinion, there are only two kinds of spiral vessels ; one
where the spiral-formed windings are exhibited in the form of
a band, and the other where there are porous vessels with
roimd holes or transverse bars. We. have before noticed the
treatise of David Don respecting the CycadecB^ in which he
says he had saturated porous vessels with tincture of iodine,
and found that the openings were coloured ; and thought this a
proof that they were overspread with a tender membrane. I
have frequently repeated this experiment since, but the result
was just the reverse ; the pores were not coloured at all, but
were always distinctly seen as genuine openings. K Mr. Don
did not see this, it must have been owing to his not having
made sufficiently fine incisions, when, consequently, a mem-
brane was left beneath, which closed up the opening. The cir-
cumstance of the bars being seen as dark stripes, originates in
the reflection of the rays of light ; this, however, is frequently
so deceptive, that these bars may be considered as shortened
spiral fibres or bands, as has occurred to myself and many
others.
B, LEMNAOEuE.
Contributions to the more intimate knowledge of Lemna
arhiza, by J. T. Hoffmann, Wiegmann*s Archiv, 1840, vol. i.
p. 138. The author found this hitherto but little known or
neglected species upon waters in the south of Holland, near
Oouda. It is distinguished by its form; it is oblong or
464'
ANOMALOUS FHANEROGAMIiE. 73
roundy almost flat abore, but strongly arched below; it has
no roots, and 0.05 inch long. A yellow spot is speedily
discovered on the lower side, which rapidly enlarges itself^
and produces a new plant, which remains combined with
the mother plant for some time^ so that the plants seem
to be joined in pairs, but they are finally separated. This
yellow spot, therefore, is a bud. Lemna arJdza floats about
in this form, till the end of October or the middle of Noyem-
ber. Dried leaves, intermingled with yellow granules, which
latter are the winter buds, are then found in the mud of the
ditches, upon which Lemna arhiza has been floating ; these
buds develop themselves in the ensuing spring. They are
not so much distinguished firom summer buds in L. arhiza as
in L, polyrhiza ; but they are smaller, of a yellower colour,
and are triangular with rounded comers. These winter buds,
in the other species of Lemnay are always without roots, and
have, therefore, frequently been mistaken for L, arhiza. A
slit is discovered, when more accurately observed, where the
bud is about to develop itself, and in it the young buds are
found to be lying behind and next to each other ; the winter
buds contain two buds of very unequal size, sometimes a third
and fourth. The whole plant consists of parenchyma, has
stomates on the upper surface, but the author could not find
any nerves or vessels in the interior ; he also saw no fructifi-
cation. This is a valuable contribution to the knowledge of
this misunderstood plant.
PERNS.
A BEiscRiPTiON of the germination of Pilularia globuU/era,
with relation to Bischoff's observations and corrections, will
be found among the Botanic Aphorisms of Charles Miiller,
Flora, 1840, p. 545. After the capsule has been laying in
the mud during the winter, it bursts in the spring in the
shape of four valves, through which it discharges spores and
sporules, which again produce new plants. The commence-
ment of the germination he relates in the following manner :
465 2Q
74 REPORT ON BOTANY, MBCCCXLl :
m
— The hyaline globules of the albmninoiiB Bubstance deyelop
themselyes first in the interior of the spores ; they swell, and,
by so doing, the spores spring ont from each other ; through the
opening thus made, a small hyaline yesicle first derelopes itself,
which is soon followed by a second, and third, and fourth, all of
which assnme a crooked shape. The spores now bnrst into fonr
lobes, and a green coloured material derelopes itself from the
interior of them. The papilliB also now burst, and a green
mass likewise issues from thdr openings. The author, in
other respects, agrees with Bischoflf. The fibres which Bischoff
terms algoid or fungoid formations, the author considers as
Cotyledons. In a supplement, p. 721, he is of opinion, that
their office is to keep the spore abore water, as it has
become heayier by the pressing forward of the green matter.
He likewise saw the bursting of the sporules, as he terms
them.
How does the author know that the small globules are
albuminous ? Has he seen that they burst the spores by their
swelling? Has he seen the bursting of the papiUael His
hasty determination, with regard to the albumen, induces me
to put these questions.
On the Structure of Isoetes laemtris, by Hugo Mohl»
Linn»a, yol. ziy. p. 181. The stem or root-stock has a
double furrow, by which this species may be distinguished
from the laoetes setcuiea^ Del., which has three such furrows,
as Delile has obseryed. The root fibres are situated in these
furrows, of which the upper grow upwards before the lower ;
not as is usually the case in this kind of root-stock, where the
lower root fibres break forth before the upper. Another
peculiarity of this plant consists in the fact, that the external
layers of the stem wither away, and are supplied by new ones
from the interior. The white matter of the root-stock con-
tains parenchymatous cells ; the small central woody matter
has, aboye, an oyal, below, a half moon, conyex, round form ;
and consists of a uniform mass of small, short jointed, roundish,
yery loosely combined tubes, with large intercellular channels
and spaces between them ; the tubes are coyered with irregu-
lar spiral fibres and ring fibres. The yascular bundles extend
466
FERNS. 75
«
themselres from the woody substance, in all directions, and
consist of tender, annular, and spiral vessels, and a few de-
licate oblong cells. The stem of Isoetes, like the other vas-
cular Cryptogamia, has a vegetatio terminalis; the woody
bundles do not form any layers with progressing age, but only .
lengthen at their upper end. With regard, howiever, to the
parenchymatous part of the stem, the peculiarity is seen
which we have mentioned before, namely, — that the whole
parenchymatous substance i& annually replaced by a new one,
which developes itself in the circumference of the woody
bundles, is forced towards the outside, withers, and at last
decays altogether. The author says, in conclusion, ** It must
be regarded as very improbable, when the mode of germina-
tion of the other Cryptogamia^ from which the germination of
Isoetes certainly does not materially deviate, is considered,
that these plants possess a real Caudeoo descendens. Since,
however, the development of the root fibres takes place in a
descending order, and since the central woody substance^
from which the vessels of the fibres are derived, extend them-
selves downwards ; we have, perhaps, in Isoetea, an instance
before us of the case, which is so distinctly exhibited by Tamus
communis, namely, — that the lower part of the rising axis
developes itself, in relation to its growth, in the same manner
as an original Cavdex deacendena, without being so in reaUty."
It would have been desirable that the author should have
examined Isoetes aetacea, which is easier to be obtained than
laoetea lacuatria; it grows after the root-stock has been dried
for some time.
The remarkable phenomenon which M. Martens first ob-
served at Lowen, in the botanical garden, that an inter-
mediate species of fern grew where Oymnogramma calome-
lanoa and chryaophylla were situated, has also been observed
by Bemhardi in Erfurt (Ottos and Dietrichs Flora, 1840,
p. 249 and 325). A fern has grown in the botanical garden
of that place, which holds a middle rank between Oymno-
grammxz diatana and chryaophylla^ species which are culti-
vated in the same garden, and had been frequently standing
next to each other. The frond of this intermediate fern is
467
76 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
doubly pinnate, decreasing towards the npper part ; the shape
of the pinn» and pinnate diyisions, holds a middle rank
between the shape of these jMirts in its progenitors. The
white powder of O. di$tan8 is scattered about at the base of
the fironds and the pinniD, where they are attached to the foot
stalk, and the yellow powder of O. ehrysophylJa^ but rather
paler, is seen on other parts. M. Bemhardi considers these
forms as real hybrids ; he recommends particular attention
to the 4lructification of the fern in these species of Qymno^
gramma; he thinks, that if his assertion respecting the male
fimctifying parts of these plants should be confirmed, the
phenomenon may be more readily explained, than if other
parts are regarded as anthers. M. B. rejects the opinion too
hastily, that the species of ferns, of which such intermediate
forms haye been observed, may be modifications of the same
species ; indeed, these species are very similar, and the ferns
are by no means so constant in their forms as the author
thinks ; on the contrary, they change rery frequentiy, and
much more so than other plants. It is (tften the case, that we
see long and short, pointed and blunt pinnsa, on one and the
same fh>nd of the larger Polypodiacem, I hare characterized
two kinds of Ceropteris in the list of the ferns of the Boyal
Botanical Garden at Berlin (Filicum Species in Horto. B. Bot.
Berolin. Cultie. Berol. 1841), which hare been considered as
hylHrids, i. «., C. MartenaU^ alleged to be a hybrid of O. co^
lamelanos and C chfysophylla, and C. Massoniy a hybrid of
C, distans and C ehrysophylla^ which Bemhardi has men-
tioned. A Ceropteris is also described, which- is an inter-
mediate form between O. ealomeUmo» and (7. dtstana. The
genus Ceropteris has its peculiar characteristics, not only in
the singular hairs which secrete wax, but also in the distri-
bution of the thec», which, like those of the Oym,nogrammay
are regularly placed in lines.
The author, in expressing his opinion respecting the anthers
of the fern, says, they have generally been erroneously de-
scribed, as the thickened ends of the leaf-nerres were mistaken
for them, and this had probably been done for the sake of
conyenience, SprengeFs drawings haying been followed without
468
FERNS. 77
paying attention to his treatise. This certainly has not been
the case ; the treatise he alludes to was published forty years
ago, in a journal which attracted more attention, and had a
greater circulation, than was the case with Spresgers draw-
ings. But on following the partioiiar and elaborate illustra-
tion of the author, I first obserred the thickened ends of the
nerres, and also, more externally^ granules, which I took to
be the author's anthers, but which appeared to me more
like excretions. I have frequently sought in yain for definite
forms, and it was certainly owing to this that I did not say
any thing about it publicly, until at last the recollection of
these granules vanished from my memory altogether, and I
only recollected the impression of the very remarkable thicl^^
ened ends of the nerves, which do not occur in any other class
of plants. Sprengel has directed attention to similar points
in the Craesula erenata, but these are very difierent from
these thickened ends of the nerves, which consist of a bundle of
spiroids, as they have been represented in the Icon« Sel. An*
Bot. part iii. tab. 3, fig. 8. If any parts are to be regarded
as anthers, they evidently are those which Blume first of all
definitely indicated, and which are represented in the same
part of the Icon. Sel. tab. 3, fig. 1-5 ; they certainly have
the greatest analogy with anthers, although I by no means
attribute to them the same functions which are possessed by
the anthers of the phanerogamous plants. For we need only
reflect upon the eye of the mole, which certainly cannot see
with it, to be convinced that nature sometimes also arranges
things for no particular purpose* But provided even that
these anthers of the fern, or the parts acknowledged as such
by Bemhardi, really possessed the function of impregnation,
I yet cannot see how hybrids can be produced in this class
pf plants. With regard to the anthers of Blume, they are
too near the pistils of the same species ; and as to those of
Bemhardi, the pistils in other species are situated at so
remote a locality, that it is impossible to explain how the one
could get to the other.
469
78 REPORT ON BOTANY, MPCCCXLI :
MOSSES.
On the Structure of the SeUB .of Funaria hygrometrica^ by
Edwin Lankester ; Annals of Natural History, Tol. ir, p. 362,
The fruit-stalks of this well known moss hare already long
been known to possess hygroscopical qualities, The author
instituted a more particular examination with regard to them
in this respect. On taking a dry fruit-stalk into one's hand,
and moistening the lower piM*t with the finger, the capsule will
turn itself from the right to the left, by making two, three, or
more turns ; on moistening the upper part in the same
manner, the capsule turns itoelf still more rapidly in an oppo«
site direction. On a microscopical examination, the whole
stalk was found to consist of lengthened cellular tissue, which
is twisted in a spiral form. The cellular tissue is not, h6w->
oyer, turned uniformly, but at two^thirds of the length of the
stalk it commences to assume a straighter form, and at the
upper part it again turns itself, but more acutely, in the op^
posite direction to that of the lower part. The cause of the
turning depends on this direction of the cellular tissue. It
may be left to discussion, whether the moisture renders the
tissue straighter in consequence of extending it, or whether
it originates from the mere distension of the external tissue.
The capsule turns itself in an opposite direction to the spires
of the wetted end, and the circumstance of its turning more
rapidly on the upper end being wetted, depends on the more
acute angle made by the upper spires. But the dryness of the
fibres is not the sole cause, for the green fruit-stalks, although
perfectly dried, do not turn when moistened. But as the cap-
sule turns itself towards the earth at the period of ripening,
it is probable, that the turning of the fibres already existing
becomes stronger, and thus the moyements are produced.
By the controrersy which was at one time carried on b^
tween De Saussure and De Luc, it has been established, that
dry yegetable fibre is shortened by moisture, but that the
animal fibre is lengthened by it. Probably because the former
is hollow, and is distended by the imbibed fluid, and thus
470
MOSSBS. 79
Bhorteaed. The second, on the other hand, may consist of
closely united dense parts, which the moisture separates from
each other. In the case before us, it seems that the thick
fluid contents of the cells leaye a precipitate in the cells of the
green stalks on being dried, and thus fills them up ; but this
precipitate is dissolved and absorbed, and otherwise applied
on the ripening of the capsule, and thus the cells, being
empty, act like hollow tubes on being dried.
LICHENES.
We find an account of H. Korber's paper, On the Propagation
of Lichens hy imeana of Gemmules^ in the general sketchi of
the Works, &c,, of the Silesian Society, &c., for the year 1840,
p. 95. I only extract the following sentence, which appears to
me to contain the principal matter of this treatise (p. 98) : —
*' The individual propagation takes place through means of
soredia, which form new individuals through an intercellular
development. This intercellular development is prepared in
the mother cell by the circumstance, that the primary goni-
dium, which at first is a distinct spherical cell, developing the
organisable mucus contained in it into elementary globules.
Further, the original mother cell is absorbed as soon as this
is effected, and the soredium has issued from the thallus. The
soredium is, therefore, nothing more than the contents of the
mother cell, which have become free, and which develop a
connected cellular tissue, from those new cells (globules) which
are combined together by means of the formative mucus.
These new cells, therefore, seem to be a kind of cytoblast
from the original now absorbed mother cells, which, how-
ever, are still capable of transforming themselves.''
On examining Lobaria pulmonaria^ which certainly ex-
hibits large soredia, it will be seen, that at least with regard
to them, there is not a word of truth in all that the author has
stated. Such a soredium is represented in the third volume
of the Icon. Sel. Anat. Bot, (1841), tab. 5, fig. 11. It will be
seen, that the internal flocculent matter, which in b, fig. 13,
471
80 REPORT ON BOTAKT, MDOCCXLI :
has been represented yery mnch enlarged, breaks forth and
forms the soredinm. The external cellular integument, wbich
is seen yery mnch enlarged in fig. 13, on the oth^^ hand, is
broken through, and nothing of it goes to the soredinm, I
doubt yery much if the indiyidual propagation of Liehenes
takes place by soredia.
ALGtM.
Remarks on Spongilla fltwiatilis^ by John Hogg, in Tran-
sactions of the LinnsBan Society of London, yol. zyiii. part iii.
(1840), p. 363 and 368. The author, in his first essay, declares
himself in fayour of the yegetable nature of this organization.
He says, that he cannot belieye that the seed-like bodies of the
Spongilla are the eggs of a Cristatella (vagans), since he has
neyer found such a Cristatella in their yidnity. . In the
second essay he relates, circumstantially, his obseryations on
the Spongilla. In the year 1838, he obsenred some germ-like
bodies, which floated about in the yessel in which were a
number of yegetating Spongillos. They were small, but yisible
to the naked eye, of a globular, or rather of an oyal shape ;
the lower and smaller part is opaque, the upper transparent
and membranous. Their moyements were as remarkable as
they were elegant ; they rose from the Spongilla at the bottom
of the yessel to the surface, and either floated slowly on the
surface, or roamed through the water like a balloon in the air.
They approached or remoyed themselyes from each other;
calmly suspended themselyes in a giyen spot, or turned round
in circles. They always, howeyer, moyed in such a manner,
that the round part was before. He placed one of these bodies
in a watch-glass, and renewed the water daily twice or thrice.
At first, the body moyed itself, then it turned slowly round on
its axis ; finally, it established itself firmly, and became con-
yerted into a white opaque substance, which, as it grew in the
water, appeared to be gelatinous, but when dry, exhibited
small cells, and fibres, and points. About the same time, he
made an experiment with the seed-like bodies which he terms
sporules. He took them off from the Spongilla^ and placed
472
AhGM. 81
them in a cup, which he filled with water, renewing it twice
a -day. These bodies did not more, but (after they had
lain for some time) a white opaque substance issued from
the opening at their point, which glued the seed to the cup.
This substance gradually increased, and orerspread sometimes
the mother body entirely, spreading itself, likewise, round
about oyer all substances situated near it. At first, no traces
of the Spongilia itself were seen, but only a white, thick^
gelatinous matter ; but, on suffering this latter to become dry,
a membrane of the sponge exhibited itself, and the holes could
be seen which were formed by the interlacing of the fibres, as
also the small points. The author now inyestigated, whether
the germ-like bodies had converted themselves into the seed-
like, and decided against it; he thinks they are different
reproductive organs, which he terms sporules and sporidia.
He further enumerates observations respecting the movement
of the germ-like bodies of other Algce^ especially olEctoBperma
clauataf as a confirmation of the plant-like nature of the
Spongilia. He saw the currents about the germ-like sub-
stances of the Spongilia^ when they moved, but he did not
observe cilia, as are found in real zoophytes ; he even considers
these cilia as characteristic of animal beings. The movement
of the germ-like bodies of the Alg<B he believes to originate
in an endosmosis and exosmosis. He then enumerates other
correspondences between the Spongilia and vegetables, as the
similarity of the membrane, the gelatinous substance, the green
chromule (chlorophyll), its behaviour in acids, and its develop-
ment of gas in the light. He further speaks of the currents
which flow from and into the cavities of the Spongilia, and
attributes them, for the most part, to an animalcule of a green
colour ; not entirely, but in some measure also, to endosmose
and ezosmose. The author then endeavours to refute Du-
jardin's reasons for supposing the Spongilia to be of an
animal nature ; and lastly, adds some remarks in favour of the
vegetable nature of the Sea Sponges.
The observations of the author deserve great attention.
Many reasons given by him, in favour of the vegetable nature
of the Spongilia and the Sponges in general, might certainly
473
82 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
not be found saffident ; but we must agree with him in the
principal matter, for this reason, that these substances are
deficient in a central organ, the stomach, which is peculiar to
all animals. The 8pongilla is not secreted from an animal
substance, as the stems of the Sertularia, and similar
Eoophytes, which I acknowledge now to belong to the animal
world, although I formerly beliered they were plants. It is
not, howeyer, at all credible, that a variety of movements, such
as the author observed in the germ-like bodies of the Spon*
gilla, should originate from endosmose and exosmose; the
membranes by which endosmose and exosmose take place
remain immoveable, for the very reason, that the current of
the fluids goes through them. Endosmose and exosmose can
only be employed as an analogy for the explanation, and not
as an explanation itself, for the simple reason, that they have
not yet themselves been explained.
Several observations have been published by Laurent on the
same subject, i. «., on the SpongiUce and their Propagation^
in the Comptes Rendus of 1840, vol. ii. p. 478, 694, 1050.
M. Laurent assumes the animal nature of this organization.
They exhibit, according to him, a three-fold mode of propaga-
tion : — 1st, Germ-like bodies, which he considers as undliated
(non ciKes) buds : 2d, Egg-shaped bodies, which are formed in
the spring, and are different from the egg-formed bodies of the
later season: 3d, Protean bodies, which lib^ate themselves
from the rhizopodal prolongations of the young Spongillce,
He also speaks of propagation by self <- division (scissiparit^
naturelle) of the old Spongillce. M. Laurent, in the second
memoir, goes through the various phases of life of these
Spongillce, The first phase is that of latent life, in which
the egg-shaped bodies and gems are first found ; the contents
of the former are then globular-watery (globuUno-aqueux),
and at the period of the latent life of the latter, the whole
Spongilla is still in this state (globulino-aqueux). The small
projections are still wanting at this time. The second phase
is that of the embryonic state, when the whole tissue is almost
subglobular- glutinous (subglobulo-glutineux) ; the eggs are
transformed from the globular-watery state into the globular-
474
ALGiE. 83
glutinous state; the gems also of the unciliated embryos,
formerly globular, now become oblong; the projections and
protean bodies appear first. The Spongillce which are formed
in this threefold method are the same. The Spongillce in the
third state appear to be first covered with a membrane, and,
upon its bursting, the cayities and the eggs are seen. The
propagation through protean pieces only takes place in very
young indiyiduals, which are produced from non-ciliated em-
bryos, as the self-^diyision (scissiparit^ naturelle) only takes place
in old indiyiduals, which have been produced from the same
embryos. In the third memoir, he compares the non-ciliated
free embryos of the Spongilla, with the free embryos of Ecto^
sperma clavata. The former move about from two to three
days, whilst the latter only move from two to three hours,
or even immediately establish themselves. Upon applying a
magnifying power of 2^300. i. d., the fibres of the embryos of
the Spongilla were distinctly seen, but not in those of Ecto-
sperma; the former also have a current around them, but the
latter have not. The embryos of the Sportgilla are white,
those of the Ectoaperma are green. ^.
I may here refer to some observations of Agardh, in Suensk.
Vetensk. Hdlgr. f. Ar, 1837, translated in the Flora for 1840,
p. 128, where he states, that a Draparnaldia termia developed
itself from moving granules ; also, that he observed a move-
ment of the granules in the articulations of the Bryopm
arbvscala, M. Morren's observation, that he found the Rotifer
vulgaris in Vaucheria clavata (Ectosperma cl,), in such a
position that it could not be removed on the opening of the
articulation, is worth attention. Bullet, d. TAcad. Boy. d.
Bruxell., vol. vi. p. 4.
The current of fluid, observed by M. v. Lobaczewski, in the
Closterium lunula, Ifizsch, described in the Linnsea, vol. xiv.
I must leave to the Zoologists, although the phenomenon is
very similar to those which have been observed in Chara and
other plants.
The observations too, which Meyen has made with regard to
red snow, in Wiegmann*s Archiv, 1840, vol. i. p. 166, belong
to Zoology, in as much as Protococeus nivalia and ^ridia are
475
84 REPORT ON BOTAN7, MDCCCXLI :
iao, and Euglena $anguinea and E. viridis^ Ehrenb.,
are at present doubtful beings.
FUNGI.
Dry Rot, by Schwabe, Linn»a, 1840, p. 194. — ^The author
describes the dry rot, BoUtua destructor^ Shrad. (P^lyporout
destructor^ Fries), especially the thallus, very accurately, from
its first origin, and mentions, that it is more frequent in Dessau
than MeruliuB vaatator^ Tode (lacrymanSy Fr.) The destruc-
tion of the wood, he adds, seems to be caused by the fibres of
the fungus depriving the woody cells of their contents, for the
purpose of obtaining the nourishment which they require for
their yegetation, by which the latter loose their consistency
and toughness ; the membranous walls of the cells suffer parti-
cularly, for they are always seen battle and torn, on examining
them under the microscope. In Berlin, which certainly is not
far from Dessau, the Merulivs vastator^ Tode, is the most
frequent. The latter, howeyer, rather imbibes the humidity of
the atmosphere by its fibres or tubes, which is distributed
through the wood, and thus produces decay or decomposition.
Penicillum Biotiy described by Turpin, Gomp. Bend. yol. i.
p. 507. This mould had grown in a closely corked bottle, in
which there was distilled water, with some dextrine, which
Biot sent to the author. He describes the thallus of this
fungus with great exactness, and adds, that its swollen articu^
lations contain granules, which haye induced him to classify it
as a particular species. Of the fructification he says. When
the yegetation has come to a certam point it deceases, the
articulations of the small stems become shorter, more globular,
and arrange themselyes in a moniliform row, which is either
simple or compound. The small globules are of a bluish colour.
The Amgus, according to the author, propogates itself in a
threefold manner ; 1st, By an almost spontaneous generation^
for the organized globules of the dextrine need only to be
properly arranged, in order to represent this mould at once :
2d, By globules in the tubes ; and, finally, by separated joints.
476
FUNGI. 85
I doubt if Penicillum Bioti be different from Peni4nllum
glaucum. The latter is produced in all mucus, sweet, and
yegetable acid solutions, also in solutions of salts which con**
sist of yegetable acids.
Gardner has discovered a new phosphorescent fungus in
the Brazils. Description of a New Phosphorescent Species
of Agarictis, by George Gardner ; with Remarks upon it by
the Bey. )A. J. Berkeley. Hooker's Journal of Botany, yol. ii.
(1840), p. 406. It belongs to the tribes of pileo-eccentrica,
and Berkeley states, that it might be classified in the sub-
genus Panus of Fries. The characters of it are, Pileo
camoso-coriaceo, subindfundibiliformi, glabro, flayo, lamellis
longe decurrentibus pallidioribus, stipite breyi, coriaoeo, gla-
bro, cinerascente. Hab. in Brasilia, ad folia Palmarum, quae
ab incolis dicuntur Pindoba. During a dark night, at the
commencement of the month of December, in the town da
Natiyidade, in the proyince Goyazes, Gardner witnessed some
boys knocking about a shining fungus with sticks; this in^
duced him to get the perfect fungus, in which he succeeded,
and thus was enabled to giye a description of it. Berkeley
adds, that there are several species of fungus which emit
light in the dark, and mentions the Ag. oUarius^ Dec. ; he
also proposes to change the name of Ag. phosphareseens into
A. Oardneri, It is a question whether these species of fun-
gus are always shining. The Rhizomorphee do not shine
under all circumstances.
Chrysomywa ahietis, a fungus and eruption (exanthem) of
the red fir, is described by F. Unger. See Froriep's Neue
Notiz. xyi. (1840), p. 10. The following is an abstract of
Unger's remarks on its comparative pathology ; Vienna, 1840.
He first gives an exact anatomical description of the leaves
of the fir, and then proceeds to the description of the exan-
them. It is found on the last annual shoot, and on almost
every leaf. There are yellowish discolourations on the upper
side of the leaf, and similar discolourations on the imder side;
also one or several rust yellow spots, but only where there
are rows of stomates. The yellow rust spots are elevated
iiito a wart-like substance, and the upper membrane is torn
477
86 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
open ; dense tabes, of a deep red colour, are seen at the edge,
and irregolar tubes towards the middle, which are rather
enlarged towards the upper part, and partially entwined with
each other, and are seated on a mucus granular material.
This substance constitutes the stroma of the pustule. A
tissue of cylindrical, simple and ramified, yery much matted
together, fibres, is next produced. The disease terminates
with the falling off of the leayes. It originates iii the air
holes of the leaf, in the form of a mucus granular material.
The author attributes the cause to the moisture, which im-
pedes the process of respiration. He concludes by saying.
That the disease is a heterogeneous generation.
The air holes (or organs of respiration) of the author are
a layer of large cells. The author confesses, that the stomates
are closed up eren in the youngest leares ; but is of opinion,
tliat the air can penetrate nerertheless. We quite agree
with the author in his concluding sentence, but this is a sub-
ject of general physiology and pathology.
M. Lucas has found humin in the Uredo segetum ; Einhof
found the same substance, but did not recognize it as humin.
Braconnot separated humin from the spiroids of Agariciis
alramenUxrius^ Bull ; and this substance, indeed, seems to
prerail in many of these lower plants. Annal. d. Fhar*
made t. Wohler and Liebig, yol. xxxyii. p. 90.
MONSTROSITIES.
M. DB Lafont, Baron yon Melicoeq, describes seyeral modifi-
cations of the lAnofria vulgaris j in the Annal. d. Scienc. Natur.
S. II., yol. xiy. p. 255, which may be compared with the great
collection of such modifications which M. Fr. Batzeburg has
published. They were collected at Gambrai and Arras, and
are, — 1. Corolla with two lips, two spurs, equal or unequal ;
one of the flowers had six filaments, of which two were
shorter than the others. 2. Corolla with two lips, three
spurs, the central one longer ; of pretty frequent occurrence.
3. Corolla with two lobes, three long equal spurs ; of rare
478
MONSTROSITIES. ' 87
occurrence. 4. Corolla without an upper lip, the lower lip
with four diyisions, four spurs of the same length, four sepals ;
a solitary specimen. 5. Corolla almost without an upper lip,
the lower lip with five divisions, seven spurs, six filaments,
two shorter, eight sepals ; very rare. 6. Regular corolla, with
five divisions, five spurs; rare. 7. Corolla with two lobes,
but at the base with one to three, even sometimes four, flower-
like appendages, coloured like the lower lip of the corolla ;
some of these corollas had two spurs; one specimen had a
very developed corolla-like appendage, almost as long as the
corolla ; the two lips of the latter were lying horizontally, the
spur had remained vertical. 8. Corolla perfectly reversed, and
provided at the base with a genuine petal. 9. Corolla with
two lobes, a flower-like appendage at the basis, three spurs
of the same length, fibre filaments ; rare. 10. The upper lip
of the corolla with three divisions, the lower lip in four ; rare»
11. Corolla with two lobes, without spurs. 12. Stem with
bands. It is owing, in my opinion, to the singular position
of this species, between the Personatce and the Solanacece,
that the flower of Linaria vulgaris exhibits a greater number
of modifications than any other plant. It is, to make use of
a simile, as if the flower was resorting to all possible means to
return from its fettered state with the lips of the PersonatcBj
to the regular one of the Solanacece, with which it is really
related. The modifications do not, as far as I know, extend
themselves to the ovary, for it has nearly the same form in
both these natural orders.
M. Goppert has published an account of some observations
on Malformations in a specimen of Tragopogon orientale, in
the general review of the works of the Silesian Society, f. v.
L., 1840, p. 103. The pappus, in most of the flowers, was
changed into small lancet-like pointed leaves, and the corolla,
anthers, and stigma, were coloured a slight green. In some
flowers, the filaments, as well as the anthers, were changed
into small tender green leaves, and a new, perfect, small
flower-head had formed itself in the axil of the stigma ; the
stigmata, at the same time, commencing to assume a leaf-
like character. A rare proliferation certainly.
479
88 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
M. Naudin, in the Ann. d. Sdenc. Nat. yol. xiy. (1840),
p. 14, describes some tmall plants of Drosera intermedia^
produced on the leaf of another. A leaf of Drosera inters
media (Dr, anffUea)y exhibited two small plants of Drosera
in miniature on the upper side of its edge, which were
derdoped firom the cellular tissue, between the mid rib and
lateral leaf-nerres at the edge, and stood at about the distance
of a line and a half firom each other. They were from fiye to
six lines in length, and had, singularly enough, a stem with
alternate leaves (according to the illustration) ; the natiye
species of Drosera being stemless, and only provided with
root leaves, which, in this instance, was the case with the
mother plant. Nothing could be observed at the lower side
of the mother leaf, excepting a black spot beneath one of the
two stems, but no roots. The stems, however, issued from
the naked cellular tissue, and stood in no connection with
the vessels of the leaf. A very singular and remarkable
monstrosity.
M. Walpers makes mention of a Monstrous Sei/en-leaved
Leaf of Trifolium repens, in the LinnsBa, vol. xiv. p. 362, and
considers the three-leaved, as well as the simple leaves of the
genus, as shortened pinnated ones. He adds, that the leaves
of Oleditschia triacanthos^ in which almost all the forms of
leaves which occur in the Leguminoscs may be easily observed,
together with their transformation from one into the other,
are particularly instructive.
M. Hampe observed, in a bush of Salix repens, that twigs
above the water blossomed as females, whilst those twigs, which
had been in the water, and subsequently blossomed wh^i the
water was dried up, had only male blossoms. He endeavours
to prove, by other instances, that Diclinous, plants, situated in
wet localities, produce more male than female blossoms. See
lannsea, vol. xiv. p. 367. The editors, in a supplement, add
many observations respecting the change of sex in willow trees,
without, however, determining the causes.
Remarks on the Ergot (claws), by John Smith, Linnaean
Transactions, vol. xviii. p. 3 (1840), 449. He analyzed the
mucus sweet liquid of the ergot in Elymus, and found in it
480
MONSTROSITIES. 89
oblong transparent bodies, similar to the sporidia of a fungus.
He found the same body also in all states of the ergot, as far
as the anthers of the affected ears, both in Elymus and in
Pfuilaris aquatica; he therefore regards it as the cause of
the ergot. The sporidia, according to Mr. Smith, first get
into the earth, thence through the stem, as far as into the
anthers, and finally through them into the oyary. He adds,
also, that these sporidia have been obserred by seyeral indi-
yiduals. Mr. Quekett next giyes a yery elaborate circumstan-
tial treatise on this subject. The oblong bodies, sporidia, lie
in ramified fibres upon the ergotised grain when it is young,
but are no longer found when it is perfectly gjown. The
author obseryed the external pericarpium in torn pieces on
the surface. In the interior, he found an irregular cellular
tissue ; he did not find the cells of the external membrane to
be oblong, as phoebus, but small and quadrangular. The
appendages at the point, according to the author, consist, for
the greater part, of the torn pericarpium, which could not
follow the growth of the grain, and thus was eleyated to the
point. He then giyes an accurate description of the fungus,
which spreads itself oyer the grain ; he witnessed the multipli-
cation of the sporidia, when placed in a wetted glass, either
by a tube shooting forth from one side, with partitions, the
joints of which separate themselyes as sporidia, or by. a small
bud being produced at the end, which grows into a sporidium.
Another kind of multiplication takes place, when the epider-
mis about the sporidium is torn into pieces, and sprouts out,
deyeloping granules upon itself, which become similar to those
in the interior — the sporidia. The last kind of growth is the
following : — A green granule extends itself laterally in the
sporidia, and forms a partition, and thus diyides the sporidia
into two parts ; each part again diyides itself, and so on, so
that thus a jointed, simple fibre is produced, which then
becomes further ramified. He also saw small green granules
collected on the glass, which had separated themselyes from
the sporidia that were torn, as might be inferred from the
presence of the torn sporidia, and which deyeloped themselyes
into sporidia. As this fungus, therefore, can yegetate on glass,
481 2H
90 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
remote firom the grain, it would be a reason for the conjec-
ture, that the fungus is quite different from the ergot. The
author found no sporidia in the interior of the ergotised grain ;
the nuclei which were in it are lighter than water, whilst, on
the other hand, the sporidia sink in water; the nuclei melt
when exposed to heat, and then flow one into another, the
sporidia do not ; the former also may be dissolved by ether,
not so the sporidia. The author lastly resorts to a chemical
analysis, to prove that the ergot is no fungus. The author is
of opinion, that the green granules of the fungus penetrate
into the interior of the grasses, and develop themselves upon
the ovary^as upon a proper basis; they communicate the
disease when they get into a sound grain, by destroying the
membranous pericarpimn. He terms the fmigus ErgoUBtm
abortifaciena, and describes its characteristics as follows : —
" Sporidia elliptical, moniliform, finally separating, transpa-
rent, and containing seldom more than one, two, or three, well
defined (greenish) granules.'' He finally adds, that a small
Acaruis (of which he also gives a rough illustration) destroys
the ergot, which is important for the science of pharmacy.
A brief treatise on this subject, by Francis Bauer, then
follows. He rejects all external causes for the ergot, and
terms it a monstrosity. He gives some excellent illustrations,
in order to prove that it is the scutellum which increases in
size, tears the skin of the pericarpimn, and is then coloured
brown. Since the fungus also occurs on other parts of the
grass besides the ovary, he is induced to think, liiat the
latter does not produce the ergot, but that it only occurs
incidentally.
The now deceased excellent artist was certainly right.
Quekett's researches and reasons afford more proof against
the origin of the ergot, from a fungus, than in favour of it.
And, supposing even that the fungus only did occur in the
ergotised grain, and did not grow at all without it, this would
yet be no sufficient reason far the assertion that it was the
cause of the ergot. Is Tubereularia vulgaris the cause
of the dryness of wood, because it is not found upon any
thing else than dry wood, or only the consequence I I laid
482
MONSTROSITIES. 91
drawings of the ergot before the assembly of Naturalists, at
Florence (1841), in which the grains at the point had sprouted
out into three leaves ; an additional reason in fayour of the
ergot being only a monstrosity. It still remains to be ascer-
tained, whether the excresence only occurs on the scutellum.
The fungus which Quekett has yery well described, is an
Oidium, It is well that we can get rid of such an abomina-
ble term as Ergotcbtiay badly formed as it is from the Greek
and the French. The obseryations on the different modes of
1
propagation are yery interesting ; it is a question, howeyer,
whether they are not the result of an optical illusion.
SECRETION.
Observations on the Phenomena of Water Drops on the
Leaves of some Plants, by Bainer Graf, Flora, 1840, p. 433.
The author principally instituted his obseryations on the
Impdtiens noUtangere. These drops may be obseryed in the
cotyledons, and that always at the small teeth, in which the
neryes of the leaf terminate, which run through the centre of
the leaf. Small drops eyen make their appearance in the
primordial leayes, whilst they are still folded together in the
bud, they occur at the edge in all places, which subsequently
become crenated. As soon as the leayes of the plant haye
attained their full deyelopment, the drops appear on the cre-
natures, which haye been formed by the tendril, and by the
secondary neryes in the leayes. The still undeyeloped leayes
of all succeeding buds, are also coyered with drops in the
same way as the primordial leayes. A small drop appeared
regularly at the point of each of the calyx leayes, until the
capsule began to swell, also on the point of the bracteao, and,
finally, also on the flowers. They appear here at the middle
tooth of the upper arched petal, and at the point of the lower
yalye-like calcareate petal. The drops are largest on the
cotyledons, those on the leayes follow next ; and there they
are always larger at the points of the tendrils than at the
points of the secondary neryes. The drops, which in other
483
92 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
respects consist of perfectly tasteless and scentless water,
nsnally appear within ten or twenty minutes after rain or
watering the plant. If the plants had become withered before
watering, the upper leaves first erect themselyes, the branches
follow next, and thus it goes on to the lower leaves. The
capsules also, when quite at rest, are in the habit of opening
as soon as the drops appear after the water. The drops like-
wise disappear again, and that in a very different manner.
Sometimes they are suspended without any change for the
whole of the day, at other times they disappear again in
half an hour. The author could not attribute this to
mere evaporation, and made the following experiments : — He
managed to attach a drop of common water, of about the
size of the drops in question, by means of a fine needle, to
the edge of the leaf, at a. place where there was no aper-
ture to the nerves. This drop was to be perceived for a
considerable time after, the other drops which had made their
appearance at the apertures of the nerves, had all disap-
peared. The author, in order to proceed with still greater
security, took off a drop, that had made its appearance, with
great caution from the crenature, and attached it to another
part of the leaf; this also was to be seen unchanged after a
long time, whilst the other drops attached to the crenatures
had disappeared. The appearance of the drops, therefore, on
the plants, the author adds, cannot always be considered as a
secretion of the superfluous nourishing sap ; but it seems, on
the contrary, that the sap rises so rapidly, and in such great
quantity, that the same, cannot be immediately and properly
distributed, and consequently issues at all apertures. As
soon, however, as the distribution of it has taken place in the
cellular tissue, the part temporarily secreted, in the shape of
drops, is also imbibed, and applied to further distribution in,
and nourishment of the plant. The author instituted similar
experiments with the leaves of the cauliflower, and the result
was the same ; he also observed the same occurence sometimes
when the drops had accidentally got displaced. Although the
drops of the cauliflower are larger than those of the Impor-
tiens nolitangere, they yet disappear more rapidly, very
484
SECRETION. 93
probably owing to the greater circumference of the leaves, in
which the distribution takes place more rapidly than in the
smaller leaves.
This familiar phenomenon has found, in this instance, an
excellent observer. That the vessels, the spiroids, namely,
which are situated in the leaf-nerves, carry the juice of nutri-
tion rapidly from one place to another, conducting it finally to
those points where it is necessary for the nourishment of the
plant, is convincingly demonstrated in these observations.
Remarks on the Formation of Crystals in the Vegetable
World, have been published by Unger in the Ann. of the
Vienna Museum of Natural History, vol. ii. p. 1. After hav-
ing treated generally of their occurrence, he gives drawings of
crystals in the cellular tissue of many plants, which, however,
are not sufficient for their determination, as the sizes of the
angles are not stated. This is followed by some . chemical
researches. He dissolved crystals of Piper blandum, Ficus
bengalerms, and Maranta zebrina, in nitric acid, and neutra-
lised the liquid with ammonia. The precipitate was heated in
a platina crucible ; that of the crystals from Piper blandum
was alone coloured brown. After having been heated, effer-
vescence of all of them took place, on being treated with acids.
The crystals consisted, in all three cases, of a vegetable acid,
and most probably of lime ; the acid in the crystals of Maranta
zebrina and Ficvs bengalensis were oxalic acid; the acid,
however, in the crystals of Piper blandum must have been a
different one. '
Payen has instituted some researches on the Calcareous
Precipitates, and Precipitates in General in Plants. (Compt.
Rend., 1840, vol. ii. p. 401). The stalked, club-shaped sub-
stances in the species of Ficus, which are covered with calcareous
precipitates, and which Meyen first observed, have been inves-
tigated by the author in Ficiis ferruginea, laurifolia, benga-
lensis, nymphmfolia, elastica, Carica, religiosa, and reclinata;
further in Parietaria ojfficinalis, where they are very large ;
in P. lusitariica and arborea, Urtica nivea, and Forskalea
tenacissima. The cylindrical concretions from Celtis australis,
and the pear-shaped ones from C missisipensis were similar ;
485
94 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLl :
likewise the concretions in the leaves of Moms nigra^ alba,
and tnulticaulis ; those of BrouBsoneHa papyrifera, Humulus
LupuluSy and Cannahis satiua, are situated at the basis of the
hair. These substances are generally found on the upper
surface of the leaf, beneath the epidermis, at times on the lower
surface, as, for instance, in the ordinary fig tree, mor& rarely
on both sides at the edge, as in hemp. A large leaf of
Brtmssonetia papyrifera, contained 134,000 concretions.
Carbonate of lime is frequently met with between the cells of
the parenchyma of the leayes and their nenres, in the channels
of the petioles of the leaves, and of the stems ; it is also found
under two forms in the leayes, one containing a juice so acid,
that it would dissolve the carbonate of lime. The author is of
opinion, that the deposit here takes place through the car-
bonate of ammonia of the atmosphere. The oxalate of lime
forms glands in the leaves and the stems of Cactus, Baphides
consist of a membrane, which is filled with oxalate of lime ;
they develop themselves in cells, which consist of a special
tissue, and contain a nitrogenous substance. Silica covers
the membranes of the leaves of many plants, perhaps of all ;
and is found also in the cells of the stems of the Gramineos,
Chara>ce€B, and Equisetacece ; also in the intercellular spaces,
and likewise in the form of a spheroidal concretion, which is
secreted by a tissue that developes itself in a cell. Chara
translucent is incrusted with silica ; Chara vulgaris, in the
same water, is found covered with carbonate of lime and
silica, whilst Chara Mspida has only carbonate of lime.
SPERMATOZOA IN PLANTS.
On the Anthers of Chara, and on the Animalcules in the
same, by Gustav Thuret, Annal. d. Sc. Naturell. vol. xiv.
p. 65. The so-called anthers of Chara, consist in their in-
terior of a convolution of fibres, with partitions, in which the
spermatozoa are situated. These fibres, in the young state,
are only oval sacs, they then get partitions, and afterwards,
frequently very rapidly, a nucleus is produced, which assumes
486
SPERMATOZOA IN PLANTS. 95
a brown colour on the application of tincture of iodine. The
animalcules appear subsequently to the nucleus, and remnants
of the nucleus may sometimes be seen on one side of the cell,
and on the other side an animalcule. These animalcules are
at first immoyable ; they soon, however, make efforts to libe-
rate themselres from their prison. They move themselves
more rapidly in the wann than in cold weather, and in such a
manner, that their animal nature cannot be doubted. The
most distinct part of the body is a spirally formed twisted
fibre, with three to five twinings. Two bristles or feelers
(tentacules) appear just behind one of the ends of the spines ;
they possess extraordinary sensibiUty, and with them the
animalcule moves continually witib great rapidity. They
are, therefore, not seen as long as the animalcule is alive, but
only when its movements become slower, or cease altogether.
They are seen best when some tincture of iodine is put into
the water, when their movements cease, and they become
more ^ible by the brown colouring. This is particularly
the case, if the water with the tincture is allowed to evapo-
rate from the vessel which contains the object. The author
also observed a current of fluid in the sacs which surround the
fibres.
Meyen has published an accurate description of the anthers
of the Gharace<By and of these animalcules, in the third volume
of his Physiology. He did not see the two feelers. I was, he
says, p. 223, at first only able to recognise the existence of
the long thin end, through the few thicker little points. Two,
and even three, small points of the kind are frequently seen,
which change their position with great rapidity. He adds,
" For some time I was of opinion, that the fine end of these
spermatozoa was ramified, and that the little points were
to be considered as the thickened end of these branches ;
but in the spermatozoa, which seemed to die slowly, from
their movements gradually becoming more slow, I was at
last able distinctly to observe, that the fibrous end in the
spermatozoa is as little ramified as in those of the lower
plants.^* Who, then, is in the right ?
487
96 REPOET ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLl :
GROWTH— NUTRITION.
Chemical researches can only be taken into consideration
here, in as far as they hare reference to the plant as an
indiyidual. They belong to a diyision of chemistry, called
organic, which only contemplates substances produced by a
yital process.
An important work has lately been published, in relation
to the nutrition of plants : Organic Chemistry^ in its Ap-
plication to Agriculture and Physiology, by Justus Liebig.
Brunswick, 1840. The contents of this work are well known
to all who are occupied with subjects of this kind, and it will
not be necessary to giye extracts from it. I shall, therefore,
only take the liberty of making a few remarks. It proves, in
a very conyincing manner, that the substances which are taken
up from the humus, by water, are not sufficient to yield the
carbon which is found in plants. It would, on the other hand,
have been desirable, if it had been proved equally satisfac-
torily, that the atmospheric air, which surrounds the plants,
both in the quantity of carbonic acid contained in it, and
decomposed by the plant, was sufficient to afford the plant
the carbon which it requires for its sustenance. The author's
remarks on this point are very arbitrary. He calculates the
weight of the whole atmosphere, the thousandth part of the
weight of which, according to the experiments of Saussure, is
carbonic acid ; and thus gives a number of pounds for the car-
bonic acid contents, which far exceeds the quantity of carbon
in plants. He further assumes, that the surface of the leaves
of plants, is twice as great as that of the surface of the soil
upon which they grow; and that in each second of time,
during eight hours daily, 1-lOOOth part of its weight of car-
bonic acid is extracted from the atmosphere ; so that the leaves,
in 200 days, take up 1000 pounds of carbon. The last asser-
tion is entirely hypothetical. The first calculation is founded
upon the circumstance, that carbonic acid is equally diffiised
through the whole atmosphere ; a fact, however, which is by no
means perfectly established. Experiments in Ward's apparatus
488
GROWTH — NUTRITION. 97
would be far more conyincing. The author further treats
of imbibition of oxygen by plants, first observed by Saussure,
and says, This process has no share whatever in the life of the
plant. Oxygen is,. however, consumed in plants. The scentless
and tasteless leaves of Agave americana, take up little ; those
of Pinus abiesj containing oil, more ; those of Qmrcua robor^
containing tannic acid, still more ; among all of them, the bal-
samic ( 1? ) leaves of Populuu alba most. The author adds,
that beyond a doubt, and most manifestly, this chemical action
exhibits itself in the leaves of the Cotyledon calycma^ and of
the Cacalia ficoHeSj and others. In the morning they are
acid like sorrel (there is proof of this wanted) ; towards noon
they are tasteless ; in the evening bitter (not to be perceived).
A genuine process of oxydation, he says, also takes place at
night ; the acid formed, enters into substances which contain
hydrogen and oxygen, in the same proportion as in water, or
that contain less oxygen, as in all tasteless and bitter matters.
But, on causing Cotyledon calycina to remain the whole day
in the dark, the reaction of the juice is always acid ; and the
most simple inference is, that the oxygen, which, when taken
up, constitutes tiie acidity, is again secreted when exposed to
the light. The author likewise asserts, that the exhalation of
carbonic acid which has been observed, has nothing to do with
the process of assimilation. The water of the soil contains
carbonic acid gas, which is taken up by the roots and by the
leaves, with the water, and is again exhaled. But why is this
carbonic acid not decomposed, and would it not be a much better
source of sustenance than the atmosphere itself? Is the whole
of the carbonic add of the atmosphere really decomposed %
I by no means wish to dispute the principal fact, but would
suggest, that the dictatorial manner assumed by the author,
must render his conclusions suspicious. The author is quite
angry, that the talent and ability of Botanists should have been
wasted in the investigation of the structure and the external
forms of plants, whilst chemistry and physiology have been
neglected, in the explanation of the most simple processes. As
a proof, he quotes Reum*s Forest Botany, and a sentence from
Burdach's Physiology. Why these, above all ? It certainly
489
98 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
is unjust to attribute to all the neglect of two. Chemistry
has certainly been taken into consideration in the better
systems of physiology ; but Botanists cannot be blamed, if they
do not at once take erery thing for granted that is told them
by chemists. The author further says, in his indignation, — ^As
soon as the mysterious yital power is presented to the phy-
siologists in some phenomenon, they renounce their senses and
judgment, &c., &c. Strange ! Finally, the author demands, that
the bugbear, ^' vital power,*' as he expresses it, be assumed,
to place substances together in such a manner, as to constitute
a spiral vessel, a cell, a leaf, a blossom. The author then pro-
ceeds to the assimilation of hydrogen in plants. He says, the
solid part of the plant, the woody fibre, contains carbon and
the constituents of water, or the elements of carbonic acid.
We can suppose the wood to be produced from the carbon of
the carbonic acid, which is combined with the elements of the
existing water, under the influence of the light of the sun ; in
this case, oxygen is given off as gas, and the carbon is assimi-
lated in the plant ; or, what is more probable, the plant, under
the same circumstances, containing carbonic acid, decomposes
the water ; its hydrogen is assimilated with the carbonic acid,
in order to form the woody fibre, whilst its oxygen is given off.
The woody fibre contains carbon and the constituents of water ;
there is, however, more hydrogen in the wood than corresponds
with this relation ; hydrogen is situated within the wood, in
the form of chromule, wax, oil, resin, &c., &c. It cannot be
doubted, that hydrogen is assimilated by the plant from the
water ; but it has not yet been explained how this is done ;
the author only states conjectures, and does not enter into the
reasons of the chemical combinations and decompositions. The
assimilation of nitrogen, according to the author, takes place
from the carbonate of ammonia in the atmosphere, which is
carried down by the rain, and imbibed by the roots of the plant.
Rain water, according to the author, contains carbonate of
ammonia. This salt gets into the atmosphere through the
medium of decaying animal and vegetable substances. This
seems to be very correct. Gypsum, the author adds, is used
as manure, because it decomposes carbonate of ammonia, and
490
GROWTH — NUTRITION. 99
fixes it as sulphate of ammonia ; it does not act as a stimulant ;
a plant has no nerres, therefore there can he no suhstances hy
which a leaf can he stimulated to appropriate to itself a greater
quantity of carhon from the air, when the other constituents
are wanting which the plant requires for its deyelopment. The
explanation of the mode of action of gypsum is improbahle,
and the author must show, first, that sulphate of ammonia has
been formed in gypsum, when long exposed to the atmosphere,
and why plants should not be capable of stimulation. A con-
siderable part of the work of the author is deyoted to the
inorganic constituents of plants. He shows their constancy,
and also, that one constituent supplies the place of another in
its yarious combinations ; thus, for instance, it has been proved,
by the analyses of the fir of diflferent localities, that the num-
ber of bases is certainly diflferent, but that the quantity of
oxygen in them is the same. Indeed, it is yery probable,
judging from what the author states, that alkaline bases are
essentially necessary for the development of plants. These
constituents of the soil, in general, have the greatest influence
upon the growth of plants, a circumstance which is elaborately
investigated in the sections on the culture of plants, on the
rotation of crops, and on manures. This first part appears to
me the most important in the work, as belonging to our sub-
ject ; the second part is purely chemical.
In the Journal of Practical Chemistry, by Erdmann and
Marchand, vol. xx. p. 267, we find a continuation of confir-
matory experiments, on the effect of humic cicid bases parti-
cularly of those prepared from peat as a means of manure^
by W. A. Lampadius. The composition consisted of the
refuse of peat, of chalk-dust, of brick-dust, and ashes, in the
proportions 53, 3, 3, 3. A development of carbonic acid is
probably also eflfected here, through the action of humic acid
on the chalk-dust.
Speculations on the sources of Carhon and Nitrogen in
Plants and Animals, are found in Daubeny's Lectures on
Agriculture, and an extract from them appears in the Edin-
burgh New Philosophical Journal, vol. xxx. p. 360. Daubeny
.directs attention to the fact, that carbonic acid and ammonia,
491
100 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
which, as he had prored to be the sources of the carbon and
of the nitrogen in plants, were contained in so varying pro-
portions in the atmosphere, that they would appear to be
opposed to combination ; and also, that they were known to
issue from the interior of the earth at different places. The
author adopts liebig's theories ; his argument is generally
physicotheological, and he cites the fact, that ammonia would
be injurious to plants if giyen alone in a requisite quantity.
This might be easily answered. But the presence of carbonic
acid in all spring water, would certainly seem to fayour the
conjecture of a subterraneous origin ; and the phenomenon of
ammonia in rain water, might likewise originate from a general
telluric cause, eyen if we do not exactly take into considera-
tion yolcanic agency. But this subject, properly speaking,
belongs to geology.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Etudes 8ur FAnatomie et la Physiologie des Vegeteaux par
Th. Lestibonidois, Annal. de Scienc. Nat., voL xiy. p. 267.
The editors of the Annales state, that this paper constitutes a
part of a Memoir d. 1. Soc. Roy. d. Scienc. de TAgricult., et
d. Arts de Lille, pro 1839, the great extent of which, however,
renders it impossible to communicate every thing of novelty
and 'importance in it ; and many illustrations would likewise
be necessary for that purpose ; and they have, therefore, con-
tented themselves, by giving the '^ resum6 g^n^ral'' at the end.
The author commences with the elementary constituents of
plants. The first elements of the organs, are the small
globules, which are found in the elaborated sap, and which
seem to possess a peculiar life. When more developed, they
constitute globuline, starch, &c. They form lamellae by their
union, which together form the lamellary tissue (tissu lamel-
laire) that constitutes the basis of the plant. This tissue
exhibits itself under a double form. The cellular tissue (t.
utriculaire), and the vascular tissue (t. vasculaire). The cel-
lular tissue consists of vesicles, or small sacs, which adhere to
492
MISCELLANEOUS. 101
each other. These sacs are hexagonal, round, or oblong,
flattened or spiral formed (Cticurbita pepo.\ ramified (Fictis
el(Mtica), &c., &c. They either have simple walls, or are
covered, internally, with free spiral formed twisted fibres
(lames), or the fibres are combined (soudees), and form slits
(utr. scalariformes), or they form large and narrow holes,
which are regularly or irregularly distributed (utr. poreuses).
Further, they are, when deyeloped, empty, as in the pith (ar^o-
laires), or full of juice (succulentes), or they contain a coloured
juice, which thickens, and renders the walls thicker (utr. paren-
chymateuses). The vessels are of a twofold kind ; — 1st, Proper
vessels or bark-vessels, which carry a more or less coloured
juice : 2d, Tracheae, central, or wood-vessels. The tracheae
have a fibre in the interior, which lies close to their walls ;
this fibre is free, twisted in a spiral form, and may be un-
rolled in the true tracheae, or it is double, either with edges
that are remote from, or touch each other ; or the edges are
here and there entwined with the false tracheae, or with the
cranny like vessels (v. fendus) ; or they are intergrown with
each other, in a manifold manner, as in the porous vessels.
The tracheae sometimes consist of small pieces, which are
joined to each other at their ends (v. articul^s). These dif-
ferent forms are frequently found together in one and the
same vessel, but one form never changes itself into another.
Dicotyledons. — The stems of Dicotyledons, at the commence-
ment of their formation, are ftmned of a transparent, juicy,
imperfectly developed organized cellular tissue. They soon
exhibit more juicy and coloured points, which in definite num-
bers constitute the parenchymatous bundles. These bundles
contain vessels of a twofold kind ; — 1st, Proper vessels, which
are placed towards the circumference, and especially towards
the external circumference : 2d, Tracheae, which are situated
in the interior of the bundles. The parenchymatous bundles
are situated in the pith of the stem, and are divided into
three parts, the central pith, the medullary rays, and the
bark. The first period of growth follows. A transparent
intervening space exhibits itself between the two vascular
groups of the parenchymatous bundles, which is only an
493
102 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLl :
exhaled cambium (exhal^), with an imperfect organizatiim.
This gelatinous zone soon organizes itself, and becomes paren-
chyma, in which new trachesB are situated on the external,
and new proper vessels on the internal side of the older
vessels, and between them a new gelatinous intervening space
is formed. An analogous growth also takes place in the
medullary rays. Some vessels remain stationary at the first
period of their growth, their vascular bundles are always round;
the gelatinous intervening space of the bundles becomes solid,
and thus also the analogous intervening space in the pith
forms rays. In the second period the parenchymatous bundles
are lengthened through the external part of their central por-
tion, and through the internal part of their bark portion ;
these growing portions also spread laterally.- By this the
central portion of the bundle becomes triangular, and strives
to effect a combination with the adjacent bundle. The cellular
intervening spaces of the bundles, which are situated between
the vascular masses, correspond with the intervening spaces
of the other bundles, and in this way the medullary layers
(circonferences medullaires) are formed, which, however, do
not always fit exactly one upon another. The new vascular
groups do not, however, attach themselves immediately to the
old, but there is almost always a separating cellular tissue
between them. This is very easily to be distinguished in the
roots of the beet. The bundles meet at the end of the first
year, and thus is produced the first annual ring. New trans-
parent layers are produced between the wood and bark in the
third and fourth period of the growth, from an exhaled cam-
bium ; new vascular fibres are produced in the parts which
belong to the central system, and are separated by medullary
layers and medullary rays, which are either continuations of
the preceding year, or new formed ones. At last, the internal
layers of wood, and the external layers of bark, become dense
and hard. The root of the Dicotyledons is similarly formed
to the stem ; and although the pith does not appear in many
roots, it yet penetrates into it, gradually decreasing. Of the
leaves the author says, that the position of the leaves on the
stem have hitherto alone been investigated, without seeking
494
MISCELLANEOUS. 103
for their deriyation in the position of the bundles of the stem ;
he carries this out by contemplating the opposite, whirled and
alternate, leaves. The buds he distinguishes into terminal buds
and lateral buds ; the former are only the end of the stem,
which is connected with the transparent growing zone, and
consequently can go on deyeloping ; the latter are formed by a
prolongation of a part of the parenchyma of a median bundle,
which is carried away by the pressing forward of the leaf-fibre.
The blossoms he contemplates in the same manner as the
leaves, and says, that the symmetry of the alternate leaves is
most frequently that of the parts of the flower, and that five
parts present themselves in the blossom, as five leaves most
frequently do in a single turn of a stem. Monocotyledons, —
The author lays particular stress upon the doctrine, that there
is no difference between the stem of the Monocotyledons and
annual plants, the growth of which is limited, in as far as the
bundles are rounded, and remain isolated ; as the transparent
part also does not develop itself, but becomes more dense, or
disappears, so that no separation takes place between the
central and bark portions. The growth takes place in the
following manner : — The new fibres are produced from the
external fibres, and also from those which constitute the denser
part of the stem ; and further, from those which are situated
near the pith. The result of the growth, therefore, does not
occupy any particular zone ; it takes place through the whole
thickness of the trunk, and is therefore no larger on the out-
side than (Sn the inside.
The researches of the author deserve every attention, and
many points have been illustrated in an admirable manner.
That the granules, which are situated in the sap, should form
cells by their union, is a mere hypothesis, which lacks all
probability. What the author says of the vessels is very cor-
rect in general ; but it is strange, that he mistakes the liber
and the prosenchyma for proper vessels. For it is evident,
from his description of the woody bundles, that he means that
tissue when he speaks of proper vessels. The latter are dis-
tinguished by their great diameter ; and although they contain
no coloured juice, there are yet granules in the juice, which
495 I
104 REPORT ON BOTANY, MDCCCXLI :
render them very distinct. Nothing of the kind is seen in the
liber tissue, and still less in the cells of prosenchyma. The
proper yessels are. likewise of much rarer occurrence in plants
than the two tissues alluded to. The cellular tissue is per-
fectly organized, even in the earliest state ; and it is always
owing to the want of a good microscope, if it does not appear
organized in the phanerogamia. He has correctly explained
how the central part deyelopes itself in the woody bundles,
which he calls, against all the usages of language, ^^ faisceaux
parenchymateux ;" but erery thing is not accomplished by
this alone. If the author asserts, that the root is not different
from the stem, he must hare orerlooked the circumstance,
that the pith is wanting in most roots, or, when it does exist,
that it wedges itself towards the apex ; and that, on the con-
trary, the pith increases towards the apex of the trunk. The
reference to the fibres of the stem, for the representation of
the position of the leaves, does not appear to me of import-
ance ; and his idea of the formation of the bud seems quite
erroneous. With respect to the Monocotyledons^ the author
overlooks the circumstance, that there is not a series of woody
bundles existing in them, as in the Dicotyledons^ and that
evidently some of them are produced at a later period, which
alters the matter altogether.
496
INDEX.
To the Families, Genera, and Species, of which mention, other than
the Na/me only, is nuzde.
MAMMALIA.
JEgooeros Pallasii ....
Alactaga indica
Amphisorex Lesueurii . .
Anomalurus Fraseri . . .
Antilope bohor ......
gOT^n
sagia
Arctomys flaTiventer . . .
monax
Argali ....
Arvioola americana
fiilvus ,
nasutus
neglecta ....
Roylei
.scalopsoides . . .
Townsendii . . .
Asoomys borealis ....
Asmus equTileus
hamar
Atherora africana ....
....
...
...
Banteng . .
Bos atlantiniis
gauTus
Brachjsorez
Harlani . . .
Bradypus gularis ....
infuscatus . . .
Canis Azaras
primseyus
TTitilans
Capaocinius megapodius . .
Gapra ........
simaitica
Carigaeya
497
Page
108
90
74
90
107
107
107
90
90
108
97
97
97
7
97
97
97
93
105
105
100
110
111
110
74
75
103
103
81
81
81
23
107
109
83
mammalia.
Cayia aperea . . .
rufesoens . .
Caelogenys fulvus .
Centurio ....
Ceroolabes melanuros
Ceroopithecus . .
Bumettii
labiatus .
Lalandii
leucampyz
monoides
pygerytlirus
poloway .
ruber
rufo-viridis
Cerodon saxatilis . .
Cervus artisiensis . .
bresciensis . .
Choeropns
castonotis
ecaudatus .
Cheirogaleus Commersonii
Smitliii
Chimpansee . .
Colobus guereza
UTsinus .
CoTsira nigrescens
Crossopus himalayiciis .
platycephalus
Cynogale venatica . .
Dasyprocta aguti . .
albida . .
AzarsB • •
caudata
nigra . •
nigricans .
2i
Page
101
101
101
71
100
64
65
64
65
65
64
65
65
65
65
101
106
106
83
83
83
68
68
61
64
64
75
75
75
79
101
101
100
101
100
100
11
INDEX.
MAMMALIA.
DasypoB uroceras .
Delphiniu abnsalem
globioeps
Dichobmie oervinum
DidelphjB ....
albiyentris
anrita . .
incana
tricolor .
Dila Khaufiik . .
Dingo
DipuB manritanicuB
yezillaris . .
EchimjB ....
Elasmotheriam . .
EquuB hippagruB
yanuB . . .
EnnaoeuB aegypticuB
albiventriB
sethiopicoB
algiras •
heterodactjluB
platyotiB .
Eriodes frontatus •
Fells pardaloideB
Ghilago craBsicaudatufi
minor . .
Ganr
Gajal .....
Genetta Hichardsonii
Genetts ....
Gerbillus erjthrurus
Gl^ptodon clayipes .
Guillinomys chilensis
Harpiooephalus . .
Herpestes Widdringtonii
Hesperomys . . .
HeterocephaluB . .
glaber
Hippotigris antiquorum
isabellinus
Holophoms . . .
Hyasna brunnea . .
HylobateB oonoolor
entelloideB
leuoogenys
Hypodon ....
Hypudaeus a^stis .
alpinus •
498
Page
104
111
111
105
83
83
83
84
84
55
80
91
91
92
105
105
104
73
72
73
73
72
73
66
81
55
68
110
110
79
79
96
103
98
71
80
96
93
93
105
105
104
81
63
63
63
111
97
97
MAMMALIA.
HypudsBUB flllYllB .
neglectuB
niyalis .
InnuuB BpedoBUB
Keriyottla ....
LagomyB nepalensis
rufesoenB
Lemur ooronatos
LeoparduB . . .
LepUB americanus
aquiloniuB
artemisia .
fiachmani
hibemicoB
melenuruB
BichardBonii
timiduB
TownBendii
LoncbereB . .
LonchooereB elegana
latioeps
Lonchopborus
Lutra solitaria .
MacroscelideB Rozeti
Malaoothriz . .
Markbor . . .
MarBupialia • •
MastonotoB Popelarii
Megatberium . .
Meles Morreni .
MiaB kassar . •
pappan . .
Kambi . .
Miopitbecus . .
capiUatuB
MisBurium Kochii
Monotremata . .
MuridsB . . .
Murinse . . .
Mus alezandrinus
aureolas . .
betulinuB .
cieruleas
carolinensis
bibemicuB .
bumiliB . .
Leeontii
micbiganeiiBis
minutos • .
Page
97
97
97
66
71
103
102
68
81
102
101
102
102
101
102
102
10
102
92
92
92
92
78
76
95
109
82
98
103
79
62
62
62
66
66
105
104
94
71
95
95
98
95
96
95
95
96
96
95
INDEX.
Ill
MAMMALIA.
Mu8 polionotos .
yarius . .
Mufitela fusca
Mjodus hudsonicus
Mjopotamus . .
Mjosorez . . .
Myotis ....
M70ZU8 cineraoeus
Nelomjs . . .
antrioola
sulcidens
Nesokia . . .
Nodulinia . . .
Nyctipithecus Azaras
' trivirgatus
Yociferans
Page
96
96
78
98
98
75
71
90
92
92
92
94
71
67
67
67
Orycterotherium missouriense 104
Osmetectis 80
Os^hranter
Ovis. . .
Ox . , .
Pachypus ....
ParadoxuTus Nubias
Phascogale epicalis .
leuoopis
Phloeomys Cumingii
PhyllomyB . . .
Phyllophora megalotiB
Phylloetoma elongatum
excisum .
Platyonyx ....
Plecotos breyimanus
Pithecia pogonias
Pithecus bicoloT .
Pleurodon . . .
Presbytis nobilis
Procyon psora .
Pteromys derbianus
Yolans
Pteropus dasymallus
pselaphon
schxensis .
Rhinoceros megarhinus . . 106
Rhinolophus ferrum equinum 69
fmnigatus . . 69
morio .... 69
Rhinopoma carolinense . . 72
Rhizomys macrocephalus . . 93
Rbixomys minor .... 93
499
84
107
109
. 104
. 80
. 84
. 84
. 96
. 92
. 69
. 69
. 69
60,103
. 22
. 66
. 63
. 104
. 63
. 77
. 88
. 89
. 68
. 68
. 68
MAMMALIA.
Rhombomys xobustus .
Rodentia
Scalops argentatus . .
Breweri . . .
latimanos . .
Townsendii
Schizodon .....
fuscus . .
Sciiiroptenis caniceps .
nobilis
oregonensis
Sduridse
Sciuras Adolpbei . .
atrodorsalis
Belcheri . .
caniceps . .
castaneoyentris
Delessertii . .
ferrugineiyentrifl
gilyigalaris
italicus . . .
lanigenifi • .
lencogenys . .
moUipilosus ,
mustelinus . .
occidentalis
Piladei . . .
Richardsonii .
rufo-brachium
rufo-gaster . .
nifo-golaris .
rufo-niger . .
splendidus . .
Stangeri . .
ScotophlLus ....
Seal
Senmopithecus dossunueri
Sinua morio . • • •
Wurmbii . . .
SmilodcHi
Sorex
erassicandus . .
etruscos . . .
giganteus . . .
Gmeleni . . .
herpestes . . .
indicus . . •
Perrotetii . . .
pulclielliis . .
Sonneratii • .
suayeolens . .
Sorex yarius ....
Page
96
84
77
77
77
77
91
91
88
88
88
85
87
86
88
86
86
86
87
88
11
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
86
86
86
88
86
71
81
63
62
62
60
74
74
15
74
75
74
75
74
76
74
75
75
ir
INDEX.
MAMMALIA.
Spermophilns aannlatas
citilliu .
gattatus
miuicofl .
TownBendii
StemmatopOB oristatiu
SiunuTA
spectrain
Sub ameiicamu .
Talpa wogara ^ .
Tamias Hindei .
xninimuB
stoiatus .
Townsendii
Tarsipes . . .
fostratos
Spenoens
TnlatitiiB . •
Trocbictis carbonaria
UrotrichoB
• • •
talpoides
Vandeluria . . .
Vespertilio . . .
brachjotis
califoimcus
caroIineiiBis
emaiginatoB
bumeralis .
irretitiu
limnopbiliiB
Leibii . .
megapodias
minutiBsimus
montioola .
Schreiberii .
subulatiis .
turoomanus
Tir^mianus
Tipistrellus
Yolgensis .
Yesperago Niksonii .
Xerus trivittatus . .
Zobel
Page
89
90
90
90
89
81
69
69
106
76
89
89
89
89
82
82
83
71
79
76
76
94
71
22,70
71
72
22,70
23
70
22
71
23
70
71
22
72
70
71
23
70
69
88
78
AVES.
Alauda alpestris
Aloedo smyniensis .
Alechthelia . . .
Anas
diBOors . .
puTpiireoyiridis
Anthns pratensiB
Ardea minata . .
Athene Woodfordi
Bubo capensifl
Buooo malaooensiB
BuooonidaB
Badjtes . .
Calljrhyncus .
Caprimulgiim
Camifez . .
CatamblTrhyncos
CertbiaoesB
GerthiparoB .
ChizoerhiB leuoogaster
perBonata
Chlamjdera . . .
CoocjzuB americaziiLB
eT3rthTop7gus
Conostoma . .
Coryns infmnatuB .
OuculinsB ....
CqchIub Berratofi
CypBeluB leuoonotoB
Vauzii
DentiroBtres
Drymoica .
Ducks . .
Emberiza hortnlana
paluBtris .
Emu
Euphonia coelestiB .
Eurhinorhjiichus grifieuB
FranoolinuB nivoBus .
Fringilla cisalpina . .
linaria . . .
Fringillidee ....
Fulica americana . .
criBtata . . .
121
125
130
133
133
133
124
131
118
118
126
126
123
121
125
118
121
124
124
128
128
5
126
126
119
119
126
126
125
125
122
123
133
121
23
130
120
131
129
120
120
120
131
35
500
GaUin® 129
Glareola melanoptera . . . 131
orientalis • . . . 132
INDEX.
AVES.
Glareola toiqiiata
Page
132
HarpyhaliaBtos 118
HirundinaceaB 125
Hirundo neozena .... 125
Hoopoe • •J 125
La^pns sabalpinus ... 11
Leipoa ocellata .... 5, 130
Lipoglossss ...... 125
Macrochires 125
Megalonyx 124
Megapodius 129
Mennra . 119
Merganetta 133
Minla ignostmcta .... 120
MotacD&flava 123
Musicapa yariegata .... 122
OrmismyisB 125
Osprey 118
Otu anstralasiana *. . . . 131
tarda ........ 129
AVES.
Page
Talegalla Lathami ... 5, 130
Tanagridae 120
Tinamus cinnamomea . . . 130
Todidffl 125
Trogon aurioeps 126
personatuB .... 126
Turdus yarius 122
Uncirostrum 124
Upupa 119
y ultor isabelliiius
118
Wagtails 123
Woodpeckers 127
YeUow-Hammer . .
Yunz aeqaatoiialis . .
REPTILIA.
121
127
Pastor roseus
Pelecanus onocratulus . . .
Pica San-Elasiana ....
Piculus. .......
Picus luridus
schoensis
Pipra fastuosa
Platalea flayipes ....
Podiceps antaircticus . . .
bn^stris . . .
Pogonias Ifleyirostris . . .
Psittadnae
Psittocus flayi&ons ....
pnllarius ....
rufiyentris . . .
Pteroglossus castaneorhynchus
Ptelinopus Euwingii ....
Puffinus major . , . . .
Sarooramphus condor . . .
gTTphus . .
Sterna aictica
nigra
Subuliroetres
Sylyiae
Sylyia locusteUa . . . .
Philadelphia . . .
501
13
116
119
127
127
127
119
131
134
35
126
127
128
114
128
127
129
132
118
118
132
116
122
122
115
122
Aspidorhinus 139
Aturia 141
Bitia . . .
BoidaB . . .
Boltalia . .
Bufo yineanun
Calamaria fabae . .
Callopeltis leopardinua
Coluber isabeUinus .
CrotalidsB ....
Daboia
Dimades .
Diporiphora
Elaps omatus
Emys europoea
Farancia
Ferania
Fordonia
Qehyra
Hatteria ....
Higina . . . .
Hjdraspis yictoriae .
HjdridsB ....
141
141
139
143
142
13
142
141
142
141
140
142
136
142
141
142
139
140
142
138
141
VI
INDEX.
EEPTILIA.
Page
Lapemis 141
LiopalU 141
LophognathoB 140
Miralia 142
Naja auBtralis 142
NaultinuB elegans .... 139
pacificofl . . . 139
pimctatas . . . 139
(Edura 139
PhTTnofloma Harlanii . . . 138
Pleuiodeles 23, 36
Proteus anguiniu .... 39
Python bivittata .... 140
Schneideri • • . • 137
RacHtia 142
Sieboldia 21
Tolarenta 140
Tomyris 143
Viperidfle 142
PISCES.
Abramis Heckelii . .
Acanthurus vulnerator
Ambassis indica . .
Amphioms lanceolatns
Amphiprion. melanostolus
rubrocinctus
Angoilla latirostria
Apogon aprion
Imeatus
semilineatus
Anoptos . . .
Aspius albumoides
Aulaoocephalus .
Aulopyga . .
Bagras macronemus
Branchiostoma . .
Callichtys personatns
Callionymus festiyos
Calophysus . . .
Capaeta ....
502
156
152
149
159
151
151
147
149
149
149
150
156
150
17
153
39
154
13
153
155
PI8CB8.
Carcharias poiofins . .
Cestraeiis
Chaetodon sezfasciatus
Chehnon marginalis
CiirhimiB bnmesiaiLa «
Cirrhites aureus . .
Clupea macrophthalmia
Cobitia bontonensis . •
Conger brasiliensis . .
cylindroideus •
opistophthalmus
rubescens . .
Coregonus oxyrbynchus
CyprinoidsB ....
Dangila . .
Diaoope sparns
Diapterus . .
Eleotris basalis
Erythrinus .
Esoz indica .
Euanemus
Eucheliophis .
ExocaetuB bahiensis
Galeus maculatus . .
Glyptostemon . . .
labiatus
pectinopteros
striatus .
sulcatus .
Gymnothoraz funebris
Httmulon
melanopterom
moricandi .
Hemiodus
Page
159
151
162
152
156
150
157
156
158
158
158
158
157
146
154
150
151
. 152
148, 156
. 157
. 153
. 158
. 157
159
153
154
154
154
154
158
151
151
151
156
Hypostomus breyitentaculatus 154
Lepidosiren 17
Leuciscus neglectus . . . 156
rutiloides . . • 156
MacTodon 157
Mesoprion bahiensis . . . 150
argyreus . . . 150
carponotatns . . 150
Nenria 155
Olyra 154
laticeps ..... 154
INDEX.
Vll
PISCES.
Page
PISCES.
Page
Oljra longicaudatus
. . 154
Syugnathus opbidion . . . 158
OpMoephalus indicus .
. . 152
montanus
. . 152
Tetrodon marmoratus . . . 158
Opsarius bioirratus . .
. . 156
pachycephalus . . 159
piscatoriiiR
. . 156
Therapon oxyrhyncus . . . 150
OreimaB plagiostomus .
. . 155
rubricatus . . . 150
Pagrus qiiadritubercalatua
. 152
Patycara aniHura . .
. . 156
MOLLUSCA.
liBsorbyuciis .
. . 156
^
Percis emeryana . .
. . 150
Achatina erecta 170
Pimelodes anisurus . . .
. . 153
Kransii
. 170
indious . .
. . 153
lactea . ,
, 170
pasilliiA . . .
. . 153
Perroteti
. 170
PleiiTonectes nasutus .
. . 13
picta . 1
striata
. 170
. 170
Racoma
. . 155
tincta .
. 170
brevis . . . .
. . 155
. turbinata .
. 170
chrysoclilora .
. . 155
Actaeon paryus .
. 177
gobioides . .
. . 155
Admete . .
. 181
labiatus . .
. . 155
Amaura ....
. 179
nobilis . . .
. . 155
Ampullaria tasmanias .
. 177
Rohita .......
. . 155
Anculosa . . . . .
Aporrhais occidentalis
. 175
183
Salmo orientalifi . . .
. . 157
pescarbonlR .
183
Scams amplus . . .
. . 152
Area galactodes . . .
. 189
Schizothorax . . . ,
. . 155
Ascidia monooeros . .
. 193
barbatus . .
. . 155
Astarte globosa . . ,
. 192
edeniana . .
. 155
Auricula avena . . .
. 173
intermedius .
. 155
finuuentum
. 173
ritscliieana .
. .155
Soolopsis longulus . . .
. 151
Batillaria ....
, 176
Scorpoftna burra . . . .
. . 151
Boltenia ciliata . • .
. 193
ergastulonim
. . 151
Buccinum affinis . .
> 182
militaris . .
. . 151
floridanum .
. 182
panda . . .
. . 151
genetta . .
. 182
Serranus aka-ara . .
. . 149
obliqunm
. 182
awo-ara . .
. . 149
pbalaena
. 182
dermopterus .
. . 149
pulicaris
. 182
epistictus . .
. . 149
. tulipa . .
. 182
Gilbert! . . ,
. . 149
BuUa corticata . ,
1 1
. 186
kawamebari . ,
. . 149
fiubangulata .
1
. 186
latifasciatos . ,
. . 149
turrita . . .
> 1
. 186
luridus . . .
. 150
BuUasa punctata
«
186
mo-ara . . .
. . 149
Bulimus aplomorphus .
. 169
octo-oinctus . .
. . 149
balanoides
. 169
psociloiiotus . .
. 149
Bridgesii • .
. 170
stellans • . .
. 150
calobaptus
. 169
tsirimenara . .
. . 149
fiilguratus
. 169
Sillago biirrus . . .
. . 150
jayanus
. 170
Silurus indious . . . .
. . 153
malleatus . .
. 169
Synanceia trachyuis . ,
. • 151
pachychillus .
» 170
Synbranobus fuUglnosua .
. . 159
rhodacme . ,
t
, 170
503
VIU
INDEX.
1I0LLU8CA.
Paffe
MOLLUSCA.
Page
Bulimus simplex . . .
. 169
Delphinula calcarioidefl
1 . . 179
smajagdiiiiiB . .
, 170
tuberculosa
. . . 180
terebndis . . .
, 170
Doris aspera . . .
. . . 187
umbilicaris . .
. 169
depressa . .
. . . 187
litturata . .
. . . 188
CalliopflBa
. 186
repanda . .
. . . 187
Cardiom aquilinnm . .
. 191
similis • . .
. . . 187
elegantnlum . .
. 191
Dreissena purpurascen
B . . 191
Cannana gracilu . . .
. 166
CaioooUa cumberlandia .
. 169
Eolis aurantia . .
. . . 187
edgariana . .
. 169
hystrix . . .
. . . 187
Gaijchiam exile . . .
. 173
minuta . . .
. . . 187
Castalia Daprei ....
. 190
nana . . .
. . . 187
Cerithium canoeUatum
. 186
obtusalis . .
. . . 187
lacteum . . .
. 185
oliyaoea . .
. . . 187
procerum • .
Clangulus Blainyillii . . .
. 185
paUida • . . .
. . 187
. 180
rosea . . .
. . . 187
Ciausilia aculus ....
. 171
yittata . . .
. . . 187
pluyiatiliB . . .
. 171
Euplocamus HolboUii
. . . 188
yentrioosa . .
. 171
Clavagella
. 192
Fasciolaria sulcata .
, . . 185
dayelina clistallina . .
. 193
Fusus foUicus . .
. . . 185
ClTpeolum
. 178
&ondosus . .
. . . 185
Columbella ampla . . . .
. 182
funiculatus • .
. . . 163
aphthsB^ra . ,
buccinoides .
. 182
• Holbollii . . .
. . . 185
. 182
imbricatus . .
. . . 185
clathra . . .
. 182
Kroyeri . . .
. . . 185
digitaliB . .
. 182
laterioeus . .
. . . 185
pimcariB . . .
. 182
pyruloides .
. . . 185
Conns victor
. 181
rosar-ponti . .
163, 185
Corbionia fuscata . . . .
. 192
sinuatus . . .
. . . 185
Crepidula acuta
186
yeutricosus . .
. . . 185
Cjclas Steenbuchii • • • .
. 191
Cjclostoma auberiana . . ,
. 171
Heliacus
, . . 180
auriculata . .
. 171
HeHcina antillarum
. . . 172
bilabiata . .
. 171
Brownii . .
. . . 172
candeana . . ,
. 171
conica . . .
. . . 172
cincinnatensis
. 171
oomea . . .
. . 173
delatreana . . .
. 171
crassa . . .
. . 172
Gironnierii . ,
. 171
dentigera . .
. . . 172
latilabris . . .
171
elegans . «
, . . 172
maculosa . . ,
. 171
elongata . .
. . 172
poeyana . . .
171
globulosa . .
. . . 172
pudica . . . .
Pretrei . . . ,
. 171
^uadeloupensi
s . . 172
171
jamaicensis .
. . 172
sagia . . . .
171
lutea . . .
. . 172
yeutricosa . . .
171
maculata . .
. . 172
Cynthia glutinans . . . .
. 193
minima . .
. . 172
Cyrena obesa
192
peUucida . .
. . 172
purpurea . . . .
192
petitiana . .
. . 172
tenebrosa . . . .
192
rotella . . .
. . 173
rotunda . .
. . 172
Defrancia
185
sagraiana . .
. . 172
504
INDEX.
IX
MOLLUSC A.
Helldna Sloanii
trochulina
zephirina
Helix ....
candei . .
Cheyalieiii
clausa . .
conus . .
Darondeanii
dejecta
Guerini .
minoricensis
minutissima
mobiliana .
naninoides
nyeli . .
rarida .
telonensis .
tennesseensis
touranenses
Valtoni
zeus . .
InciUaiia . . .
bilineata
lo tenebrosa . .
Lacuna glitcialis
Laguncula
j-jecia • a .
Limacidse
Limacina balea
Limax agrestis
Lithedaphus .
Lucina cristata
Lymnea minor
plicatula
Mangelia Holbollii
Margarita coetulata
glauca
vahlii
Marginella albolineata
caribeea
lavalleeana
OYuliformis
sultriplicata
Melania
brevis
oonica
ooronata
crassa
cubaniana
505
Page
172
172
172
167
169
167
173
168
167
169
168
167
168
168
168
167
168
167
168
167
168
168
166
166
175
180
175
190
166
165
164
186
191
174
174
184
180
180
180
181
181
181
181
181
175, 176
176
176
176
176
176
MOLLUSC A.
Melania flammulata
glans . .
granum. .
omata .
semigranosa
terebra
testudinaria
torqu£ta
Winteri
zonata . .
Melibcea omata . .
Menestho ....
Mitra affinis . . .
aTiaiS .
casta . .
groenlandica
obliqua
virginalis .
Modiola Uhenui .
cicercula
elliptica
pulex .
senhousia
Murex brandaris
cleryi .
Mytilus edulis
niger
Natica
affinis .
alba .
lacemula
nana .
pygmsea
rhodostoma .
sagraiana
septentrionalis
ubBrina . .
Nautilus pompiHus .
Neripteron . . .
Neritae ....
NeritinsB ....
Neritina armstrongiana
Cbdmardii
gigas . .
microstoma
tristis
vestita
Nucula ....
Odontostoma
depressa
globulosa
2k
Page
175
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
175
176
187
176
181
181
163
181
181
181
191
191
191
191
191
184
184
191
191
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
179
165
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
178
189
171
172
172
INDEX.
MOLLUSCA.
Page
MOLLUSC A.
Page
Odontoetoma laeTJiminnin .
. 160
Bingicnla semistriata . . . 181
rogalosum .
. 165
Rueoa marmorata . .
•
177
OliTina miliola . . .
. 181
obtnsa
plica ....
177
. 177
Paludestrina
. 175
pnnctnm . • .
fl
177
Paludina bennondiaiia
. 175
sabuliun . • .
•
177
l^ughelii . .
. 174
subyentricosa .
•
177
lecTthoidet . .
. 174
BossiaJaoobii . . .
<
165
longioomifl . .
. 175
Owenii . . .
1
. 165
obtusa . . .
. 175
Eotella anomala . . .
1 1
, 180
quadrata . . .
. . 174
cariiiata . . ,
4
, 180
regularis . . .
. 175
diaphana . .
t i
. 180
Beminalis . .
. 175
semistriata . .
» 1
. 180
Btriatula . . .
. . 175
stxiata . . .
* 4
. 180
subfiiflca . .
. . 174
troostiana
. . 175
Sanguinolaria iridesoens
•
. 192
Pandorina arenosa . . .
. . 192
Scabjria albida ....
» 4
. 177
Partula DumartroTii .
. . 170
candeaua . <
t
. 177
inflata . . .
. . 170
echinaticQsta .
1 4
. 177
Pasithea sordida . .
. . 177
Eschrichtii
»
. 177
Patella ceiea ....
. . 198
foliaceicosta .
»
. 177
insessa . . .
. . 188
hotessieriana
i
. 177
Patelloida depicta . .
. . 188
uncinatioosta
•
. 177
Pecten glaber . . .
. . 189
ScarabuB lekithostoma
•
. 173
Peplidia
. . 188
poUex . . ,
i
. 173
Phasionella breris . .
. . 181
PTTamidatus
»
. 173
lunbilicata
. . 181
Sepiola ....
•
. 165
zebrina
. . 181
Sigaretus helicoideus
•
. 179
Pholadoxnja Candida .
. . 192
Solarium ....
»
. 180
Piiena atra ....
. . 175
bisulcatujn
B
. 180
aurita . . .
, . 175
delphinuloide
8
ft
. 180
Planazis areolatus . .
. . 182
inomatum
•
. 180
circinnatos .
. . 182
Strombus australis .
»
. 184
Planorbis bellus . . .
. . 174
cbenmitzii
•
. 184
buchanensis .
. . 174
ooniformiB
•
. 183
hemispbamila
. . 174
dabius
•
. 183
papyraoeut .
. . 174
elegans .
t
. 183
regularis . .
Pleurotoma funicidata
. . 174
fusiformis
•
. 184
. . 184
hsemostoma .
1
. 184
perlata
. . 184
glabratufl
•
. 184
Poljcera ocellata . .
. . 187
ponderosus
Sibbaldii
•
. 184
Psammabia decora . .
. . 192
•
. 183
Pupa Hoppii , . .
. . 171
terebellatufi
ft
. 184
Pupina aurea . . .
. . 173
Struthiolaria gigas .
•
. 183
mitis ....
. . 173
Sttccinea ....
•
. 167
Purpura aterruna . .
. . 183
avenacea . .
. . 183
Ter^pes rupium . ,
•
. 188
bicolor . . .
. . 183
Tbracia insequalis . .
•
. 192
Tiolacea . .
. . 183
myopsis
Tritonia felina . .
•
ft
. 192
. 187
Bidnula iodostoma . .
. . 182
pulchella .
■
. 187
monttruosa .
. • 183
TrochuB canaliculatus
»
. 180
mfostonui . .
. . 183
hotesserianufl
ft
. 180
506
INDEX.
XI
IN8ECTA.
Turbinella pacifica . .
purpuroides
taitensis
Tttrritella caribaea
costalata
lactea
polorifl
Unio
gratiosus .
semigranoflos
Valvata bicarinata
piscinalis
Velutina lanigera
Yitrina sigaretina
zebra
Voluta braziliana
delessertiana
Yoldia
Page
184
184
184
177
177
177
177
190
190
190
174
164
179
166
166
163
181
190
INSECT A.
INSECTA.
AbropuB 209
Acheta 265
Aohetid» 265
Achomtes bielaneusis . . , 306
Acrideae 262, 268
Acridites 267
Acridiuin alutaceam . . . 268
flaYovittatum . . 269
Adapsilia 299
Adelotophus 212
Amblytelus 209
Ambyopene 282
Ampedus 217
Amphicvrta 227
Anisorrnina 239
AnomalariaB 234
Anoura 306
AnthicidflB 243
Anthicus 243
Apate 224
Aphelorrhina 239
Aphidae 305
Aphodiidse 231
Apiareas 282
ApoTocera 258
Aracbnodes 230
Aradiedae ...'.... 303
Aradus obscurus .... 302
Areoda lanigera .... 236
Ariphron 281
507
Arsipoda
AsilidaB
Asthenia
Atelopos
Axinia .
Badllns Bossii
Bactrophron .
Barjmorpha .
Beliophorus .
Bembecidae
Blattides . .
Blepusa . .
Bombyliedae .
Brachyooelus .
Braconidae
Branchiostoma
Bubas . . .
Bulbooeras
Byrrhii . .
Cadmus
Callisthenes . . . .
Reiohei
Calostegia . . . .
Campsostemus . . .
Capnia
Capsine^B
Cardiorhinus . . .
Carabi
Carabici
Oarabus ezasperatus
Carenom
Carpophilini . . . .
Cassidse
Cateretes
Catocheilus ....
Gecidom jia destructor .
tritici . .
CecidomjzidsB . . .
Oenchrea
Oentrura
Cephaloctenus . . .
Cephalodesmius . . .
Ceratitis citriperda . .
hispanica . .
CerambicidsB ....
Ceresium
Cetonia aurata . . .
Cetoniae
Cetoniidas
ChalcididaB ....
Chelonida) . . . .
259
294
293
217
221
300
268
234
216
280
263
242
295
208
277
274
231
233
227
259
206
206
241
216
272
303
216
205
205
205
211
225
257
225
280
293
293
293
304
255
302
230
299
300
251
253
229
239
237
279
287
Xll
INDBX.
INRCTA.
Pige
Chilonycfaa 204
Chilotomas 208
Chironomids 292
ChloealtiB 269
abortiya .... 270
oonspena . . . 270
curtipemuB . . . 270
ChiysididiB 279
ChijsomelidaB 258
ChrjtomeliiiaB 257
Chelrolasia 238
Cicadiedtt 304
Gidndela 204
campestriB . . . 205
OicindeUdiB 203
Clerii 218
Clenu . *. 220
Cnemoplites 252
CoocmellidiB 261
CcBloprosopTis 207
Coleotichus 301
ColpcM^bila 236
Colydii 249
Goljmbetes oonsputuB . . . 212
Conooephalus ensiger . . . 267
ConopeidaB 298
Coreidffi 302
Ck>riplatuB 302
Coiymbites 216
Corynetes 222
CossiphidsB 242
CrabronidsB 279
Grepidomenufi 215
Gryptooephali 258
CaciqipeB 250
Cacujas depressus .... 250
Culicidas 292
CorculionidaB 245
CyUdrus 219
Cylistus 222
Cynipid© 277
Cyphonidae 217
Cyphosoma 209
Cystosoma 305
Danaides 286
Deinacrida heteracantha . . 266
Derbe 303
Deretaphrus 248
Dermestini 227
Diacanthus 216
Dianthsecia luteago . . . 289
Dicenopsis 258
508
IM8BCTA.
DieroteloB 303
Diospolis 304
Diraphia 305
Diza nigra 293
Dolichogyna 298
DolichopidsB 296
DoTcus paraUelopipedns . . 229
Dopofl 297
DorylidiB 281
Dyiiastidae 234
Dytiflci 212
ElacMsta ooffeela .... 292
Elateridfls 215
Empidfls 295
EndomychidaB 261
Engis 261
Exmomos illunaria .... 290
Enopliom 222
Epiteles 223
ErotyH 260
Erotylids 259
Erymanthiis 221
Enchioa 253
Eucnemides 215
Euryoda 204
Eusthenia 271
Eyanidas 277
Ezochofitoma 296
Forficula gigantea .... 262
Forficulida^ 263
Formica rafa 281
Formicarias 281
Fulgoridae 303
Galgulidas 303
Gelechia lapella 291
Geometridae 290
Geotrogus 235
Geotrupidae 233
Glyda 207
Gnathoxys 208
Goliathidse 238
Gonia 299
Gryllotalpa yulgaris . . . 265
G^niantocera 287
Gyrini 213
HaHplus 213
Halticaa 259
Helopiaa 242
Helluonides 206
INDEX.
xin
IN8ECTA.
Page
Hemerobii 273
Hemiops 216
Hesperidae 287
Heterooeridee 228
Heteromera 201
Hexaphyllos 240
HirteidflB 293
Histeres 226
Homothes 209
Hopliarias 234
Hybotinidse 295
Hydrophilid® 228
Ichneumonidse 276
Idiocephala 258
Imatisma 298
lontha 289
Iresia 203
Isodermus 303
Isonotos 279
KoUaria 271
Laclmiis 305
Lagriarias 243
Lamellioomes 229
LamisB 254
Lamprima 240
LampyridsB 217
Langelandia 248
Lathridii 261
Lathrobiam angustioolle . . 214
longioome . . 214
Latometus 248
Lema Sufnani 257
LepismensB 272
Leptidas 294
Lestignathus 209
Lobodontus 207
Locu8ta sequalis 269
caudata 267
euoerata .... 269
latipennis .... 269
maritima .... 269
marmorata . .... 269
nebuLosa .... 269
Locustidae 262, 267
Longioomes 251
Lophocheilus 280
Lozomerus 208
LucanidaB . 240
Lycaenides 286
Lycidae 218
509
INSECTA.
Page
Lyda 276
Lygasites 303
Lytha 244
Macrodactyli 228
Macrodactylus subspinosus . 239
Macroderes ...... 230
Mantides 263
Mastax 268
MecynopuB 253
Megacantha 241
Megaoephala 204
senegalensifl . 203
Megalostylus 208
Megaspis 298
Meloe 244
Melolonthas 236
Melipones 283
Melolonthidas . . . 234, 236
Melolonthanas 234
Melyrides 218
MembracideaB 304
Metopon 246
MidaddaB . 294
Migadops 208
Minurus 246
Mitooera 258
Mixogaster 298
Molpus 209
Monota 4-foyeolatiiin . . . 262
Mordelliones 243
MuscaridaB 299
MutillariaB 281
Myrmecilla pygmaea . . . -204
Myrmica radiana .... 282
Mysidia 304
Mystropterus 208
Nanos 230
Nemoura 272
Nepticula 291
Nepytis 236
Nesioticufl 240
Nicoletia 272
Nitidulariffi .... 225, 226
NitidulinaB 225
Nitchia 306
NoctuidaB 288
Notoxus 243
Nymphalidfie 286
Ochropsis 258
Ochthenomus 243
XIV
INDBX.
INSECT A.
Page
OdontodeniB 259
Odontocheila 264:
(EstracidflB 298
Ogcosoma 241
Onthocharis 230
OpatridaB 241
OphryodactjluB 209
C^ilus 221
Orchelimum graoile . . • 267
Yulgare . . • 267
Orectochilus vUlogufl . . . 213
Orjctomorphus pictua . . • 234
Osmia femiginea .... 283
Ozynopterus 216
PsBderus lusitanicus . . . 214
Palpatores 224
PapilionidsB 284
Paraaomus 209
Paropsis 258
Patara 304
Paussidn 250
Pedilophoras 227
Pelidnota punctata .... 234
Pentatomidse 301
Penthetria holoserioea . . 294
Perla 271
PerlariflB 270
Phasma oonocephalum . . 264
Phaenognathus 236
Phenice 304
Phloeostichus ...... 250
PhyUodioma 204
Phyllophaga 236
Phylloporidae 215
Physodeutera 204
Pierides 285
Pimelopus 234
Plagiocera . . . . . . 298
Platisus 250
Platycheiru 297
Polochrum repandum . . . 280
Pompilus aa(^x 280
Prinobius 252
Priocera 220
PrionidaB 251
Pristilophus 216
Probaenops dromedarius . . 301
Prosopis 282
Psammophila 280
Pselaphidse 262
Pseudocephalus 256
Psychopsis 274
510
INSECTA.
Page
PsyUid® 305
Pterelachisus 293
Pteronarcys ...... 271
Riniorea 223
Ptiolina 294
Ptycbopterus 221
Pupipara 300
Pycnomenis 248
PypaHdae 290
Pylufl 223
Reduvini 303
Rhipiceridfls 217
Rhipidocerus 252
Rhizotrogos 235
Rhombodera 207
Rhopalocerua fermgineus . . 209
RuteUdae 234
Salpingidse 243
Sapygites 280
Saxa^ 242
Sarrotrium muticum . . . 249
Satyrides 286
Scariphites 207
Scaritidae 211
Scitala 236
Sdethrus 253
Soopodes 207
Sericariad 234
SesiariaB 287
Silopa 236
SUpha 224
SHphales 224
Simplocaria 227
Siricis 275
Spalacopsis 256
Spectra 264
SphagidfiB 279
Sphenarimn 267
Sphingidae 287
Staphylini .... 213, 214
Stemmoderus 250
Sterculia splendida .... 214
Stilbia stagnicola .... 289
StratiomydaB 296
Stridulantes 305
Strongylinae 225
Synercticus 223
Syrphidfie 297
Syetropus 295
Tabanidse 294
INDEX.
xr
INSECTA.
Pag©
Taohydromidae 295
Tachynomyia 280
TelephoridaB 218
Telupa 236
Temnoplectron 230
Tenebriones 240
TenthredinidsB • 275
Termitina 270
Tetracha 203
Tettigonia fab® 305
vitis 305
Thallis 261
Theda isocrates 286
Thracia 304
ThynnidaB 280
TiUus 219
Tineidfie 291
Tinesorrhina 239
Tomioephalus 216
Tortricidae 290
Tragocephala 269
infiiscata . . 269
radiata ... 269
Trichodes ....... 221
Triplax nigripeimis . . . 261
Trogidae 233
Trogositinae 226
Trypeta signata 300
TupularideaB 293
Ulodes 242
Uroxys 230
Vesicantia 244
YespareaB 282
Volooella inanis 297
plumata .... 297
Xanthocerus 223
Xyletinufl omatus .... 224
Xylophagidae 294
Zeugma 304
Zophius 241
ARACHNIDA.
Acari 312
land 311
marsli 311
rnnning 312
AcaroB of Crosse .... 313
foUiculorum . . . 313
5n
ABAOHNIDA.
Pago
.raiopus 310
Argyroneta 309
aquatica . . . 309
Gosmetus flayidnctus
311
Drassidas 308
Dysderidae 309
Eupodides 312
Galeodes 310
GaleodidesB 310
Gluvia 310
HolothyniJB 312
Hydrachnides 311
Hygrobatides 311
Lathrodectus 13-guttatus . . 308
Malmignatte 308
MygalidaB 308
Obisidesae 310
Phalangodes 311
Phrynida 309
Phiynus medius 309
Rhax 310
Rhynoolophides 312
SooTpionidaB 310
Scorpius occitanus .... 310
Solpuga 310
Spermophora 309
Teratodes 309
Trombidides 312
CRUSTACEA.
Albunliippa 317
Ampelisca 319
Anonyz 320
Argis 318
Asellota 320
Astacini 317
Caprella 320
spinosa 320
Xri INDEX.
ABACHNIDA.
Capiellina
Carciniu oliraoeDs ....
Carides
Caridioides
Crangon
Cuma
Cytifloma
EiiiTnolainbruB
Grapsoidei
Hippides
Hippoljrte
polaiiB ....
Homolii
Hjperina
Hy^ljte Desmarestii . . .
Lafystius
(Ediceros
Opis
Paranepbrops
Pardalisca
Parthenopii
Pephredo
Photis
Pbozus
Podoceras Leachii ....
Pontoporeia
Promedeia
Pycnogonides
Sabinea
Sesarma tetragona ....
Stegocephalus
Tanais
MYRIOPODA.
Chilognatha 321
Chilopoda 321
Gonibregmatus 321
Mecistocepbalus 321
Necrophlsaophagus .... 321
Soolopendrella 321
512
Page
320
314
317
318
318
318
320
316
316
317
317
316
317
320
316
319
319
318
317
319
316
314
319
319
319
319
319
314
318
314
319
320
ENTOMOSTRACA.
Anatifa
Page
323
Branchipus toiiioomis . . . 322
Caligas
Cimpedia
iBaura . . . .
Isotelus megistos
Phjllopoda
Siphonostoioa
323
323
321
323
321
322
ANNELIDES.
Aeolosoma ....
Amphitrite auricoma .
AphroditesB .' . . .
Ariciae
327
327
324
326
Borlasia striata 331
Chffitogaster . . .
Clepsine sanguinea
Eteone cylindrica ^ .
Euphrosme borealis
Geosoolex . . .
maxinms
Gljoera setosa . <
Heteronereis . . .
ajctica
Hirudo piscium . .
Leech . .
Lmnbricinae
Lumbrioonais
Myrostomum
drriferum
oostatum
glabriun .
Naides . . . .
Nais littoralis . .
uncinata . .
Nephtjs longisetosa
Nereis
Nereides . . . .
326
330
325
324
328
329
326
325
325
330
330
329
326
332
332
332
332
326
326
326
325
329
325
INDEX.
XVU
ANNELIDES.
Qnupbis Eshrichtii . .
Ophelia bioomis . • .
mamillata . .
Peripatus julifonnis
PhyUodoce groenlandica
indsa . .
Polybostrichtts . . .
Serpentina . • « .
Siphonostomift diplochaitos
plumosum
Scoloplos minor « . .
Stemaspis thaUssemoides
Ascaris incisa . . . .
nigroyeno3a
Aspidogaster . ,
Bothrimonu^ sturionis
Osenuras oerebralis
Cercana
echinata . .
pfclocotyle lanoeolatiim
Cysticercus oeUnlosae .
oeroopitheci
elong^tu9 •
piinfonnis .
Dipbbothrinm . . .
armatum
Distomum hepaticum .
truncatum .
yeHporum .
Echinoooccns hominis .
Echinprhjn<d • . .
Pag©
324
326
326
328
325
325
325
326
327
327
326
328
ENTOZOA.
Amphistomum subdavatum « 347
Ascarides • 346
. 356
358
359
350
351
350
358
359
359
359
348
349
348
348
348
360
346
Filariae . .
Filarifi papilloma
. 342, 345, 346
■ • • • OC&V
Ooidius aqnaticus .... 336
tolosanus .... 340
Qregarina 360
Haematozoa 361
Hezaootjle elegans . ^ . 349
513
BNTOZOA.
Mermis
nigresoens . .
Monostomum ezpansum
mntabile
Octobpthrimn . • •
leptogaster
merlangi
palmatum
sagittatum
Ozjuris yerpiiculttris .
Peltogastjer pagur) .
Physajopterfi clansa
Poljstomum integerrimum
Schistpoephalos dimorphus
Spermatozoa . .
SphflBmlaria bombi .
Spiroptera nasipola
Strongylus armatus
filaria .
' graqilis .
TetrarhTnclius cysticus
Trematoda ....
TrichocepbalTis affinis .
dispar .
Tristomnm ooocineum .
Vertumnus thetidioola
Vibrio tritici . . .
ECHINODERMATA.
Ampbiope perspicillata . .
Anoplpsomatom
Asteriadse
ABteracanthion
Asterise , .
Asterias anguloea . . . .
sangoinolenta . .
Asteronyz Loyeni . . . .
Astrophjton
Page
342
340
347
347
349
350
349
350
350
344
357
345
348
354
362
345
344
343
343
343
358
356
342
342
348
362
346
Cljpeastroides
Comatol® . ..
Eobinidae . . .
Echinus
texatilis
Enoope . . .
...
368
365
370
371
371
373
373
373
373
367
374
367
369
369
368
2l
XTUl
INDEX.
■CHIIVODSBMATA.
EuryalK
yemiiooea .
Qoniaster equestiif
372
373
364
HolothuruB 365
Hoplodactylus 365
Lagftnum 368
rostratum . . . 367
Lobophon .*.... 368
MeUitalobata 368
nmiliB 368
Ophioooma Ooodgiri
minata .
nefflecta
Ophiolepis acueata
Ophionvz armata .
C^khiundn . . .
Ophiura albida . .
C^huirs ....
Pentacriiuis caput mednalb
Phyllophorus ....
Qma .
Scatells . . . .
Sipunculus nudua .
Synapta duvenasa .
364
364
364
373
373
371
364
372
374
365
365
367
365
365
Trichaater 373
ACALEPHiE.
.^uorea yiolacea ....
Beroe Fonkalii ....
C janea capillata ....
ooodnea ....
Cjrdippe pomiformis . . .
Diphja elongata ....
Hippoorene
britannica . .
Bugainvillii . .
octopiinctata . .
375
375
377
376
374
378
375
376
375
376
Leaneuria yitrea .... 375
Medusae 376
514
▲OALBPHA.
Meduaaaurita • . .
Pelagia noctilnca • .
Phjaophora tetrasticha
S(ephan<Mnia ocmtorta .
Strobila
Thaumantiaa
Veklk
pileata .
punctata
aamica .
Thompaonii
Page
377
376
377
377
377
376
376
376
376
376
378
POLYPI.
Actinia of .£gean Sea . .
maaembiyanihemum
ACCinMB • • • •'> • •
Aloyonium ezoa
Alcjonidium atagnorum . .
BacillariflB
BebiToe moUia
BioeUana aorupoaa . • . .
Boiaaria yemalia . . . .
Cornea .......
aanguinea . . . .
Oellularia ayicularia . . .
CorallinflB .
Coryne firitiUaria
CyathinsB
Oydouni .......
pi^nlloBum . . .
Dipodlna arctia«Mti • . . .
Echinochorium .....
aayigenim .
Edwaraaia ...•••
Beautempsii . .
Haraaai . . •
timida • • • •
Eleutheria dichotoma . . ,
Euplectdla aspexgfflym . .
Eyagoraroaea
Fnngia
GallionellsB
379
381
381
382
385
391
381
385
390
379
379
385
387
383
382
38^^
382
388
383
383
380
380
380
380
384
9Sr
382
381
391
INDEX.
xpc
POLYPI.
Page
Heppolitha 381
Hydtttliie senta 389
Hydra grisea 382
viridis 383
Hydractinia 384
InfTisoriae 388,389
Isis elongata 382
L^nella ....... 390
Lepraliae 334
Lithophytes 386
Monades 391,392
Navicula 390
viridis 392
POLYPI.
Page
Paratnecium aurelia . . . 389
Pardorina morom .... 390
Pennatula 382
Peridinium tripos .... 390
Plumatella 385
repens .... 385
PolythalaiXLiae 387
Rotatoria " . . 388
Saroochitum 382
Snow, red 390
Sponges 385,387
Yeretillam cynomorium . . 332
Vibrio cyanogenus .... 391
Vibriones 391
FINIS.
PRIMTEO BT ir. n* LIXARS, EDINBaHGH.
REPORT
OF THE
FIRST ANNUAL MEETING
OF
THE RAY SOCIETY,
OCTOBBB 2f 1844.
SIR PHILIP DB MALPAS GREY EGBRTON, BART.
IN THE CHAIR.
WITH
THE LAWS OF THE SOCIETY, LIST OF OFFICERS, MEMBERS,
LONDON :
C. AND J. ADLARD. B \RTHOr.OMEW CLOSE.
THE RAY SOCIETY.
The Secretary Dr. Lankester^ read the following Report :
The Society whose first Annual Meeting we are met to com-
memorate, had its origin in a wish, expressed by Dr. Johnston of
Berwick, to some of his scientific friends, that some means could
be devised for printing such works on Natural History^ as stand in
need of extraneous assistance to ensure their publication. The scien-
tific value of zoological and botanical works is generally in the in-
verse ratio to their popularity, and it often happens that the authors
of profound scientific researches are compelled, either to make their
writings popular, or to incur the inevitable loss consequent on pub-
lishing, on their own account, works whose circulation is confined to
lovers of science only. In cases of this kind it has been usual to
apply for aid to Her Majesty's Government, but though assistance
has been occasionaUy obtained from this source, yet there are
many difficulties attending such applications. These difficulties were
sensibly felt last year at the Cork meeting of the British Association,
when several elaborate MS* works on various departments of Natural
History were laid before the Association, and their claims on
its assistance were backed by the influence of the Sectional Com-
mittees, but, from the limited state of its funds, the Association was un-
willingly compelled to withhold the desired aid. Here then were several
original researches of great value to science returned upon the hands
of their authors^ merely because the booksellers would not incur the
risk of their publication, while scientific bodies were unable to assist
them. To rescue such precious materials from oblivion^ is one of
the objects for which the Rat Society was instituted, and it has
been ascertained that by applying the whole funds of the Society,
with rigid economy, to the printing and issuing appropriate volumes
on the plan of the Camden, Sydenham^ and other similar Societies,
a large dividend of scientific matter may be annually distributed to
the Subscribers. In carrying out this project, however, the Society
will oarefully avoid interfering with the interests of the book trade, or
of scientific societies, and to quote the words of our own regulations,
** It will be a direction to the Council that they shall not print any
tbing that appears to them suitable to the transactions of established
societies, nor any work which a respectable publisher shall under-
take to publish without charge to the author."
The Rat Sociktt does not, however, confine itself to printing
original matter, but will include in its objects the editing, translating,
and reprinting of rare or inaccessible works of really scientific
Falue.
Aware how imperfectly the majority of British naturalists are
acquainted with the state of their science in foreign countries,
the Council considered that they could not better occupy their first
volume than by giving translations of several recent Reports on the
state of Zoology and Botany, which have appeared on the continent.
It was hoped that this volume could have been got ready in time for
the present meeting, but although every exertion has been used, we
shall be compelled to await its appearance a few months longer. Some
of the proof sheets have however been bound into a volume, to serve
as a specimen of the form in which it is proposed that the works shall
be issued.
In preparing works for our future volumes, a very numerous list
of proposed publications has been laid before the Council, among
which it has been decided to publish the following at an early
period.
L Memorials of John Rat; consisting of the 'Life of John
Rat,' by Derham ; the 'Biographical Notice of Rat,' by Baron
CuvifiR and M. Dupetit Thouars, in the Biographic Universelle;
published and unpublished Letters of Rat, &c. Edited by £.
Lankbster, M.D.F. L.S.
II. * Iconographia Linnaeana,' to be published in parts, and to con-
sist of Illustrations of the original specimens in Zoology of Linnaeus,
at present existing in the Museum of the Linnsean Society. Edited by *
Professor Bell, f.r.s., and Professor Forbes, f.r.s.
Of this the Council intend publishing a part yeariy or half-yearly,
as their resources will permit.*
III. A ' Monograph,' with coloured drawings, of every species of the
British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, by Messrs. Alder and Hancock ;
in parts.
Without pledging themselves to publish all the following works,
the Council present the names of some which have been brought
before them for consideration :
1. A Translation from the Greek, with Notes, of the Works Of
Aristotle on Animals, and of Dioscorides on Plants.
2. A Translation from the Spanish of Azara*s Birds of
Paraguay.
3. An edition of the ' Systema Naturae' of Linnaeus.
4. A Translation from the German of the ' Principles of Philo-
sophical Botany' of Dr. J. M. Schleiden.
In regard to the portion of our publications which are now in
actual progress, we have to express our thanks to W. B. Macdonald,
Esq., to Dr. Lankester, and to H. £. Strickland^ Esq., for their
assistance in translating and editing the several Reports on the state
of Zoological and Botanical Science^ which will occupy the first
volume.
We are happy to announce that upwards of 400 Members have
already joined this Society, and additional names are daily added to
our list. We feel confident that as soon as its objects and merits
become known on the Continent, a large number of foreign natu-
ralists will join our ranks. We would urge on all well wishers to
the Rat Society, the importance of making it extensively known
and supported by their scientific friends, as its utility to science,
and its advantages to each individual Member, will be exactly pro-
portionate to the amount of its annual income.
The Treasurer's Accounts were then laid before the Society, an
abstract of which follows :
The Ray Society in Accoant with J. S. Bowerbank^ froni
March 13, to October 3, 1844.
Stationery, Stamps^ and Postage
Dr. Johnston's Account £6 10
Ditto P. 0 Orders 1
.
0
3
£ s. d.
2 14 6
6 11 3
Cash from 225 Sub-
scribers . . 236 1 0
Dr. Lankester's Account 11 13
Ditto ditto . 9 13
2
5
21 6 7
lf> 4 ^
£. Newman's Account 5 6
Ditto ditto 5 13
Ditto ditto . 5 5
0
6
_0
■
Balance
46 16 10
. 189 4 2
£236 1 0
£236 1 0
The above Accounts, extending from March 13 to October 3, 1844, have been
examined by us, and compared with the vouchers, and found to be correct.
Nov. 15, 1844.
(Signed) Edwin J. Quekbtt,
Robert Warington.
6
1. Moved by Lord Northampton; Seconded by the Dban of
Hancheater;
That the Report now read» be received and adopted.
2. Moved by R. I. Murchibon, Esq. j Seconded by Dr. Hugh
Falconer ;
That the thanks of this Meeting be given to Mr. Bowerbank,
Treasurer; to Dr. Johnston, and to Dr. Lankester, Secretaries^
and to the Local Secretaries, for their services.
3. Moved by Sir Henry de la Bechi; Seconded by Professor
Anstid ;
That the following gentlemen be the Council for the ensuing
year.
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, ESQ.
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D.
ROBERT BALL, ESQ.
THOMAS BELL, ESQ. F.R.S.
REV. M. J. BERKLEY.
GEORGE BUSK, ESQ.
J. DALRYMPLE, ESQ.
C. DAUBENY, M.D. F.R.8.
SIR P. G. EGERTON, BART. F.R.S.
EDWARD FORBES, ESQ. F.R.S.
R. K. GRBV1LLB, ESQ.
SIR W. JARDINE, BART.
REV. L. JENYNS.
RICHARD OWEN, ESQ. F.R.8.
JOHN PHILLIPS, ESQ. F.R.S.
J. T. ROYLE, M.D. F.R.8.
PRIDE AUX SELBY, ESQ.
HUGH E. STRICKLAND, ESQ.
W. THOMPSON, ESQ.
N. B. WARD, ESQ.
4. Moved by A. Strickland, Esq. ; Seconded by Professor Allman ;
That the thanks of this Meeting be given to the Chairman, Sir
Philip de Malpas Grey Egerton, Bart., for his kindness in
presiding on the present occasion.
LOCAL SECRETARIES^
Aberdeen
• • • •
Dr. Dickie.
fieecks
• • • •
H. Davey, Esq.
Bttiy St. Edmunds
Dr. Ranking.
Chdlmaford
• • • •
G. Meggy, Esq.
Cork
• • • •
Dr. Harvey.
Derby
• • • •
R. J. Bell, Esq.
Edinburgh
• • • •
Dr. Douglas Maclagan.
Gloucester
• • • •
J.M. Hitch, Esq.
Godalming
• • • •
J. D. Salmon, Esq.
Halifax . .
• • * •
Dr. Inglis.
Hatfield
• • • •
Lloyd 'I'homas, Esq.
Hereford
• • • •
T.Tucker Price, Esq.
Hertford
• • • *
Dr. Reed.
Hull
• • • •
G. Norman, Esq,
Leeds
• • • •
T. P. Teale, Esq.
Leicester
• • • •
J. Harley, Esq.
Liverpool
• • • •
Dr. Dickenson*
Manchester
• * • •
Peter Barrow, Esq.
Newcas tie-on-
Tyne
J. Thornhill, Esq.
Norwich ..
• • • •
T. Brightwell, Esq.
Plymouth
> • • •
Rev. J. Hore.
Reading ..
• • • •
— Lovejoy, Esq.
Ryde, Isle of Wight
Dr. Bell Salter.
Scarborough
« • • •
Dr. Murray.
Tenby, South Wales
Dr. Falconer.
Torquay
• • • •
Dr. Battersley.
Winchester
• • •
Dr. A. D. White.
Witham
• • • •
Jacob H. Pattisson, Esq.
Worcester
• ■ • •
Dr. Streeten
York
• a • •
W. M. Tuke, Esq.
THE FOLLOWING MEMBEP-S OP THE COUNCIL.
Belfast . .
Cambridge
Dublin
Glasgow
Greenwich
King's Cliffe
Oxford
W. Thompson, Esq.
Charles C. Babington, Esq.
Robert Ball, Esq.
J. H. Balfour, m.d.
George Busk, Esq.
Rev. M. J. Berkley.
C. Daubeny, m.d. f.r.s.
8
THE LAWS OF THE RAY SOCIETY.
I. That thl0 Society ihall be called Thb Rat Sogibtt ; and that its object
■ball be the promotion of Natural Historj, by the printing of original works
in Zoology and Botany $ of new editionn of works of established merit; of
rare Tracts and MSS. ; and of translations and reprints of foreign works which
are generally inaccessible from the language in which they are written^ or
from the manner in which they hare been published.
N.B.— It will be a direction to the Council that they shall not print any-
thing that appears to them suitable to the Transactions of established
Societies ; nor any work which a respectable publisher shall undertake
to publish without charge to the author.
II. Every subscriber of One Guinea annually to be considered a Member of
the Society, and to be entitled to one copy of every book published by the
Society during the year to which his subscription relates ; and no Member
shall incur any liability beyond the annual subscription.
III. That the annual subscriptions shall be paid in advance, and considered
to be due on the 2d day of February in each year; and that such Members as
do not signify their intention to withdraw from the Society before the 2d day
of June, shall be considered to continue Members, and be liable for the year's
subscription.
IV. The management of the Society shall be vested in a Council of
Twenty-one Members, of whom one third shall have their stated residcDces
in London, and all of whom shall be eligible for re-election at the annual
meeting.
y. That the Council hereafter shall be elected by the Members, at a meet-
ing to be held at the time and place of the meeting of the British Association
for the Advancement of Science, and that no Membei whose subscription is
in arrear be allowed to vote at any meetings.
VI. That the Council shall elect two Secretaries (one of whom shall be
resident in London) and a Treasurer, who shall ex officio be Members of the
Council.
VII. The annual subscription shall be deposited in a chartered bank, in the
name of the Treasurer and two Members of the Council.
VIII. The accounts of the receipt and expenditure of the Society shall be
examined annually by two Auditors appointed by the Council ; the Auditors
to be Members of the Society, who are not Members of Council, and their
statement circulated among the Sul)scribers.
IX. That the number of copies of the Society's publications shall, unless
otherwise directed by the Council, be limited to the number of actual Sub-
scribers who shall have been enrolled, and paid their subscriptions, on or
before the 2d day of June.
X. That the Editors of Works published by the Society be entitled to a
number of copies, not exceeding 20, as may be decided by the Council.
LIST OP SUBSCRIBERS.
Academy, Royal Irish
Adlard, C. and J. Bartholomew Close
Ainslie, W. esq. Woodhill, by Ripley, Surrey
Alder, Joshua^ esq. Newcastle-on-Tyue
Alfordy — esq. Taanton
Alison, W. P. Professor, m.d. Edinburgh
Allanson, J. esq. Infirmary, Leeds
Allcard, John, esq. f.l.s. &c. Stratford-green, Essex
Allchin, W. H., esq. m.b. University College
Allis, Thomas H., esq. York
AUman, Professor, Dublin
Ansted, D. T. esq. m.a. f.r.s. Professor of Geology, King's College
Ashmolean Museum, Oxford
Atkinson, Rev. J. C, b.a. 7> Victoria place, Scarborough
Austin, R. A. C. esq. sec. qs. &c. Merrow, Guildford, Surrey
Babington, C. C. esq. m.a. f.l.s. g.s. &c. St John's College, Cam.
Babington, C. esq. b.a. St. John's College, Cambridge
Backhouse, W. J. esq. Darlington
Bailey, — esq. Museum of Economic Geology
Baird, Rev. John, Yetholm, Roxburgshire
Baird, W. m.d. British Museum
Baker, Robert, esq. Writtle, Essex
Balfour, Professor, m.d. f.l.s. Glasgow
Ball, John, esq. b.a. m.r i.a. &c. 85, Stephen's green, Dublin
Ball, Robert, esq. m.r.i.a. V.P. Geol. Soc. Dub. 3, Granby row. Dub.
Balloch, Robert, esq. 177> West Regent street, Glasgow
Banks, Dr. Dublin
Barf, A. esq. 7* Paradise place, Hackney
Barnes, Rev. H. F. Ryde, Isle of Wight
Barker, T. esq. Surgeon, York
Barrow, Peter, esq. 7, Clifford street, Manchester
Bartlett, J. P. esq. Browne House, near Canterbury
10
Battenley, Dr. Torquay
Baxter^ W. esq. Botanic garden, Oxford
Bayton, Rey. W. S. Chichester^ Sussex
Bean, W. esq. Scarborough, Yorkshire
BearpariL, G. E. esq. 74, East street, Leeds
Beatty, Professor, T, E. m.d. m.r.i.a. Merrion square, Dublin
Beauchamp, H. esq, Taunton
Belfast Library, Natural History Society
Bell, J. T. esq. 18, Aberdeen place, Maida hill, Paddington
Bell, Matthew, esq. m^p. f.h.s. &c. Grosvenor crescent, Belgrave sq.
Bell, Professor, f.r.s. l.8. g.s. &c. New Broad street. City
Bell, Robert, J. esq. Mickleover House, near Derby
Bell, Miss, East Shafto, by Morpeth, Northumberland
Bennett, James Risdon, m.d. 24, Finsbury place
Bennett, J. T. esq. f.r.8. f.z.b. sec. l.s. &c. British Museum
Benson, John, esq.
Berkeley, Rev. M. J. Mjk. f.l.s. &c. King's Cliffe, Wansford
Bid well, H. esq. Wellington, Salop
Bird, George, esq. ToUerton, near Alne Station, Yorkshire
Birkbeck, H. esq. Keswick, near Norwich
Birkbeck, Morris, esq. Bradford, Yorkshire
Blackie, W. G. esq. Villa-field Printing Office, Glasgow
Black wall, John, esq. Oakland, near Llanrwst, Denbighshire
Bladon, W. jun. esq. Taunton
Blood, J. HoweU, esq. White Hall, Witham, Essex
Bodenham, F. S. esq. Hereford
Bompas, — esq. Bristol
Bold, T. J. esq. 24, Cloth Market, Newcastle-on-Tynii
Bonar, Miss, Kimmerghame, or 1), Chester place, ^Regent's park
Boniville, A. C, de, esq. Corpus Christ! College, Cambridge
Borrer, W. esq. f.r.s. l.8. &c. Henfield, Sussex
Botfield, J. B. esq. m.p. f.r.s. l.s. &c. 9, Stratton street
Bowerbank, E. S- esq. Sun street, Bishopsgate
Bowerbank, J. S. esq. f.r.s. g.s. &c. 45, Park street, Islington
Brackenridge, G. W. esq. f.8.a. o.s. &c. Bromwell House, Brisling^n,
Bristol
Bramley, L. esq. Halifax, Yorkshire
Brandsby, Rev. John, m.a. f.l.s. c.p.s. &c. Lynn, Norfolk
Branton, John, esq. Bush Hall, near Hatfield
Bree, Robert Charles, esq. Stowmarket, Suffolk
Brisbane, Sir T. M. Bart, k.c.b. k.c h. d.c.l. p.r.s.e. &c« Mackers-
town, near Kelso
Brightwell, T. esq. f.l.s. Norwich
Broderick, W. esq. Belford
11
Brodhurst^ B. esq. London Hospital
Bromfield> W. A. m .d. Ryde^ Isle of Wight
Broome, C. £. esq. 1, Chesterfield place, Clifton, Bristol
Brown, Edwin, esq. Burton«on-Trent
Brown, Thomas, esq. surgeon, Finsbury pavement
Brown, Robert, d.g.l. f.r.s. v.p.l.s, &c. British Museum
Brown, R. esq. m.r«c.s. Preston, Lancashire
Brown, Isaac, esq. Hitchin, Herts
Browne, W. M. esq. Westminster Fire Office, King st. Covent garden
Brydges, J. H. esq. f.l.s. &c. Boultibrooke, Presteign, Radnorshire
Buckley, Nathaniel, mo). Rochdale
Budd, — M.D. Plymouth
Bugin, T. esq* m.r.la. President of the Microscopical Society, Dublin
Boll, J. esq. Godalming
Burton, John, esq. Groom's hill, Greenwich
Busk, George, esq. Dreadnought Hospital, Greenwich
Butler, WiUiam, esq. Witham, Essex
Buchanan, Walter, esq. Suffolk place, Hyde park gardens
Callwell, Robert, esq.M.R.i.A. Herbert place, Dublin
Ganino, The Prince of
Garr, William, esq. Hurst cottage, Blackheath park, Kent
Garr, W. esq. m.r.c.8. Lee
Garpenter, W.B.m.d. f.r.s. Fullerian Prof.Royallnst. Ripley, Surrey
Carey, Walter, esq. Ghelt hill, Cheltenham
Garter, J. esq. Petty Gury, Cambridge
Chandler, A. T. esq. Godalming
Chandler, Mrs. Bramley, near Guildford
Children, J. G. esq. f.r.s. s.a. l.s. &c. Torrington square
Christie, Dr. John, Keith, Banffshire
Church, John, esq. Woodside place, near Hatfield, Herts
Glapp, William, esq. Dreadnought Hospital, Greenwich
Clark, Rev. J. D. the Hall, Belford
Clark, H. esq. Corpus Cbristi College, Cambridge
Clark, Rev. Professor, m.i>. Professor of Anatomy, Cambridge
Clarke, Rev. Benjamin, J. Tuam, Ireland
Clarke, W. B. m.d.26, Dockwray square, North Shields
Clarke, H. G. m.d. Berwick-upon-Tweed
Clay, Mrs. P. Newwater Haugh, Berwick-upon-Tweed
Clear, William, esq. Cork
Clifford, Rev. F. C. Elden Rectory, near Thetford, Suffolk
Clifton, A. C. esq. Welwyn, Herts
Clifton, James, esq. Melton, Romsey, Hants.
Coates, John, esq. surgeon, Rochdale
12
Collinifwood, F. J. W. esq. Glanton Pyke, Whiuingham, Northumb.
ConynghaiDf Lord Albeit, k.c.h. f.s a. &c. Bourne place, Canterbury
Conway, P. L. esq Burton-under-Needwood, Litchfield
Cooper, W. W. esq. St. John's College, Cambridge
Cooke, James^ esq Lanesend Cottage, Melksham, Wiltshire
Cooke, W. R. esq. Burford, Oxon.
Cornwall Library, Truro
Corsellis, C. C. m d. Asylum, Wakefield
Cottingham, E. esq. surgeon, Bexley, Kent
Crampton, Sir Philip, Dublin
Creswell, Rev. R. Salcombe Vicarage, Sidmouth
Croker, Dr. C. V. m.b i.a. Merrion square, Dublin
Cruickshank, Alexender, esq. 12, Rose street, Aberdeen.
CuUen, W. H. h.d. Sidmouth
Cuthbertson, Donald, esq. ll.b. 110, Fife place, Glasgow
Currer, Miss^ Eshton hall, Yorkshire
Currie, Robert, esq. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Curtis, — esq. Harrow
Cutler, Miss, fiudleigh Salterton, Devonshire
Dale, J. C. esq. m.a. f.l.s. c.p.s. &c. Glanville's Wootbn, Sherborne
Dalyell, Sir J. Graham, bart. Hanover street, Edinburgh
Dalrymple, John, esq. 56, Grosvenor street. Bond street
Dairy mple, D. esq. Norwich
Dallachay, Mr. John, Haddow-house, Aberdeen
Darwin, C. esq. Down, Kent
Daubeny, Professor, m.d. f.r.s. o. s. &c. Oxford
Davies, Mrs. St. Leonard's place, York
Davies, W. M. esq. Liverpool
Davy, H. esq. Beccles, Suffolk
Dawes, J. S. esq. f.g.s. West Bromwich, Staffordshire
Deane, Henry, esq. Clapham common
De la fieche. Sir H. f.r.s. g.s. &c.
Dennes, G. E. esq. f.l.s. &c. Vine street. Golden square
Devon and Cornwall Natural History Society
Dickenson, Joseph, m.d. 25, Great George street, Liverpool
Dickenson, William, esq* North Mosses, Liverpool
Dickie, George, m.d. Lecturer on Botany, Aberdeen
Dickson, Dr. Curzon street. May Fair
Dillwyn, L. L. esq Parkwern, Swansea
Dilke, C. Went worth, esq. 76, Sloane street
Doubleday, Edward, esq. f.l.s. &c. British Museum
Douglas, F. M.D. Kelso
13
Douglas, R. C. esq. Corpus Cbristi College, Cambridge
Dover Proprietary Library
Dowell, E. W. esq. Swaffham, Norfolk
Dublin, Royal Society
Duncan, P. esq. m.a. f.g.s. &c. Museum, Oxford
Dundas, Mrs. Beechwood, Murrayfield, Edinburgh
Dunnett, James, esq.
Eddison, Robert, esq. 14, High pavement, Nottingham
Edwards, F. C. esq. 2, John street, Devonshire hill, Hampstead
Edwards, Thomas, esq.
Egerton, Sir P. G. Bart. m.p. p.r.s. g.s. &c. Oulton park, Cheshire
Elliott, John, esq. Kiogsbridge
Ellison, K esq. surgeon, Liverpool
Elsey, J. R. esq. Bank of England
Elwes, John, esq. Bossington house, Stockbridge, Hants
Embleton, Robert, esq. Embleton, near Alnwick
Enniskillin, The Earl of, d.c.l. p.r.s. g.s. &c. Florence court,
Enniskillin
Evans, Mrs. Shenley hiU, Herts
Eyton, T. C. esq. p.g.s. z.s. &c. Eyton Hall, Shrewsbury
Falconer, Dr. W. Tenby, South Wales
Falconer, Dr. H. f.g.s. 23, Norfolk street. Strand
Farre, Dr. Frederick, Bridge street, Blackfriars
Fennell, James H. esq. Cedar House, Hillingdon, Uxbridge
Fielding, George, m.d. f.r.s. &c. Hull
Finsbury Medical Book Society, 2, St. Mary Axe
Fitton, E. B. esq. 63, Upper Harley street
Fitton, William H. m.d. f.r.s. &c. 63, Upper Harley street
Fitton, W.J. esq. b a. Trinity College, Cambridge
Fletcher, Rev. C. Southwell, Nottingham
Fletcher, Bell, m.d. Birmingham
Flower, J. W. esq. 61, Bread street. City
Forbes, Professor Edward, p.r.s. &c. King's College, London
Forster, Edward, Esq. p.r.8. v.p.l s. &c. Mansion House street
Fox, Rev. Darwin, Delamere Rectory, Chester
Fox, George T. esq. p.r.8. g.s. &c. Durham
Frampton, Dr. A. New Broad street. City
Freeborn, J. J. S. esq. 38, Broad street, Oxford
Frere, H. T. esq. Corpus Christi College, Cambridge
Fry, J. S. esq. 2, Charlotte street, Park street, Bristol
Fryer, J. H. esq. Whitley House, Northumberland
Fuge, J. H. esq. p.r.c.s.e. Plymouth
Fyfe, W. W. esq. Berwick-on-Tweed
14
Gall, A. C. esq. Ripley, Surrey
Gandy, J. H. esq. Trinity College, Cambrids^e
Gardner, W. H. esq. Jersey
Gamons, Rev. L. P. d.d Sidney College, Cambridge
Geoige, Richard F. esq. Gay street, Bath
Gibson, G. S. esq. Saflfron Walden, Essex
Gillett, W. B, esq. Freshwater House, near Taunton
Glasgow Philosophical Society
Goadsley, Edward, esq. Albert place, Manchester
Goatley, Thomas, esq. Chipping Norton, Oxon
Goldsworthy, J. H. esq. High street. Stepney
Goodsir, Harry D. S. esq. R.N.
Goodsir, John, esq. College Museum, Edinburgh
Gordon, Rev. George, Manse of Bimie, by Elgin, N B.
Gott, William, esq. Leeds
Gott, John, esq. Wither, near Leeds
Gough,G. S. esq. M.a.i.A.Gren.Gds 45, Park st. Gros. sq.or Athens&um
Gould, John, esq. f.r.s. l.s. z.s. &c. 21, Broad st. Golden sq..
Gourlie, William, J. esq. 8, South Frederick st. Glasgow
Grainger, R. D. esq. f.r.s. &c. &c. Anerley, Norwood
Gray, John, esq. m.d. Greenwich
Gray, William, jun. esq. York
Gray, T. esq. Monteith row, Glasgow
Greenhill, Dr. Oxford
Greening, William, esq. Marlborough place, Kent road
Greenwood, Alfred, esq. Chelmsford, Essex
Gretton, Rev. H. Nantwich Rectory, Cheshire
Greville, R. K. ll.d. f.r.s.b. &c. George's square, Edinburgh
Griffith, William, esq. Calcutta
Griffith, Mrs. Torquay
Gruggen, J. B. esq surgeon, Chichester
Grut, N. esq. f.r.b.e. &c. 5, Inverleith row, Edinburgh
Gumey, J. H. esq. Earlham, near Norwich
Hailstone, S. esq. f.l.s. Horton Hall, near Bradford, York
Hully John, esq. West road, Oongleton
Hall, C. R. esq. Holmes Chapel, Cheshire
Hall, N. esq. Wortley, near Leeds
Hamilton Rev. James, 7> Lansdown pltice, Brunswick square
Hancock, John, esq. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Hands, Benjamin, esq. Hornsey, Middlesex
Hanley, Sylvanus, esq. Newington green
Hanson, Samuel, esq. 15, Trinity square. Tower hill
Hanson, William, esq. Reigate
15
Hardwicke, William, esq. Caithorpe street,' Gray*s inn lane
Hardy, James^ esq^ 7, Mulgrave terrace, Gateshead
Harley, James; esq. Leicester
Harley, F. esq. Cortling* sciftck, Nottinghamshire
Harrinson, J. esq. Reading
Harrison, J. B. esq. Barham, near Canterbury
Harvey, J. R. bi.d. 18, St. Patrick's place, Cork
Harvey, W. H. esq. Trinity College, Dublin-
Haywood, J. W. esq.
Head, Edward, esq. Mr. Crossing's, 16, Morrice square, Devonport
Henderson, W. T. esq. London and Westminster Bank, lyothbury
Henderson, Thomas, esq. South Dispensary, Liverpool
Henfrey, Arthur, Esq. f.l.s. &c. Museum of Economic Geology
Hepburn SirT. B. m.p. Smeaton, Preston Kirk, N.B.
Hepburn, Thomas B. esq. Shabdenpark, Chipstead, Reigate
Hepburn, A. esq. Whittingham, near Preston Kirk, Mid Lothian
Heppenstall, John, esq. Upper Thorpe, near Sheffield
Heslop, R. C. M.D. Preston, Lancashire
Hewitson, J. esq. Corpus Christi College, Cambridge
Hewlet, George, esq. Harrow
Heysham, T. C. esq. Carlisle
Higgins, C. H. esq. Taunton
Hill, W. T. esq. Portwood hall, near Stockport
Hinckes, Rev. William, Hampstead
Hindle, James, esq. Norton, near Doncaster
Hitch, J. W. esq. Gloucester
Hodgson, H. B. esq, Acomb House, York
Hodson, Joseph, esq. surgeon, Birmingham
Holland, William, esq. Light Cliff, near Halifax, Yorkshire
Hore, Rev. W. S. m.a. f.l.9. &c. 30, Trafalgar pi. Stoke> Devonport
Home, C. esq. Clapham Common
Horner, Leonard, esq. 2, Bedford row
Horrocks^ Miss E. M. Antecmony house, Lennox town, Glasgow
Horsfield, Dr. f.r.8. l.s; cks. &o. India house, London
Howitt, Thomas, esq. Leicester
Hoyer, J. esq. Crown court, Threadneedie street
Hudson, Anthony, esq. Norwich
Hudson, R. esq. F.R.ft 6.s. &c. Clapham common
Humphries, Edward, esq. sui^eon, Kingsland
Hunter, M. esq. 22, Artillery place, Pmahury
Huntingdon, Frederick, esq. Hull
Husband, W. D. esq. surgseon, York
Hutton,. Thomas, esq. r^o.s. mi.&.i.a. &c. Dublin
Hyndman, George C. esq. Belfast
16
Ibbotson, 8. L. B. esq. 22, Upper Phillimore place, Kensingtoa
IckyW. D. PH.P.0.8.&C. Philosophical Institution, Birmingham
Image, Rev. Tho8« a.m. f.o.s. &c. Whepsted, near Bury St. Edmund's
Ingham, Robert, esq. m.a. p.o.8. &c, Westoe
Inglis, James, m.d. Halifax, Yorkshire
Ipswich Philosophical Society
Ireland, Royal Zoological Society of
Irvine, Hans, esq. m.b. Dublin
Isaacson, W. esq. Huntingdon
Jackson, Dr. Oxford
Jackson, H. esq. James's row, Sheffield
James, Captain R. £.
Janson, Joseph, esq. p.l.s. 32, Abchurch lane
Jardine,SirW.Bart. F.B.s.B. l.s. &c. Jardine hall, Lockerby, Dumfries
Jefferson, J. esq. St. John's College, Cambridge
Jeffireys, J. G. esq. f.r.8. l.b. &c. Swansea
Jenyns, Rev. L. m.a. f.l s. c.p.8. &c. Swaffam Bulbeck
Jepson, W. M.D. 80, Chapel street, Salford
Johnston, George, m.d. ll.d. f.r.c.s.b. Berwick-upon-Tweed
Jones, Capt. m.p. f.g.s. &c. 30, Charles street, St. James's
Jones, — esq. 23, Soho square
Johnson, J. W. esq. Ipswich
Joy, Thomas, esq. 10, St. Giles's street, Oxford
Jubb, Abram, esq. surgeon, Halifax
Kane, W. esq. b.a. t.c.d. Exmouth
Kay, David, m.d. Bradford, Yorkshire
Keenlyside,R. H. m.d. Stockton-on-Tees
Keman, J. esq.
Kennedy, J. m.d. Woodhouse, near Loughborough
Kennedy, James, m.d. Ashby de la Zouch
Kenrick, Miss, Stonehouse, near Canterbury
Kemon, Thomas, esq. Avebury house, Marlborough, Wilts
King, R. L. esq. St. John's College, Cambridge
King, John, esq. Ipswich
King, Richard, m.d. Sackville street
King, Henry, Castle gate, York
Kirkroan, Dr. Melton^ near Woodbridge, Suffolk
Kitching, Alfred, esq. 57, Myton gate, Hull
Kitching, John, esq. Darnell hall, near Sheffield
Kitching, W. V. esq. St. John's College, Cambridge
Knapp, Dr. 9, Duncan street, Edinburgh
Knapp, J. L. esq. Thombury, Gloucestershire (Alverston)
Knowles, Professor C. B. Birmingham
Koninck, L. de, esq. Li^ge
17
Lacy, E esq. m.r.cs. &c. Poole, Dorset
Landsborougb, Rev. D. Park-end, Saltcoats, Ayrshire
Lane, E. esq. Plymouth
Langmore, Dr. 40, Finsbury square
Langmore, W. B. esq. 4, Christopher street, Finsbury square
Langstaflf, J. esq. 9, Cambridge square, Hyde park
Lankester, E. m.d. p.l.s. Golden square, London
Lay, Rev. H.
Laycock, Dr. C. R. 5, Adelaide road, Haverstock hill
Leckenby, John, esq. Scarborough, Yorkshire
Lee, Dr. f.e.8. f.r.a.s. &c. Hartwell, near Aylesbury, Bucks.
Lee, Rev. James P. King Edward's School, Birmingham
Lee, W. S. esq. Momingside, near Aberdeen
Leeson, Dr. Greenwich
Leighton, Rev. W. A. b.a. p.b.s.e. kc. Luciefield, Shrewsbury
Leslie, James, esq. Chanonry, Old Aberdeen
Lindley, Professor, d. ph. f.r s. &c. 21, Regent Street
Lingin, Charles, m.d. Hereford
Lingwood, R. M. Esq. ma. p.l.s &c. Lyston house, Ross, Hereford
Lister, J. J. esq. p.r s. Upton, near Stratford, Essex
Little, Rev. William, Manse, Kirkpatrick, Moffat
Litton, Professor, m.d. r.d.s. &c. Dublin
Liverpool Library, Lyceum
Liverpool Natural History Society
Tiiverpool Medical Institution
Liverpool Royal Institution
Lizars, W. H. esq. St. James's square, Edinburgh
Lizars, Professor A. J. m.d. 17, King street, Aberdeen
Lloyd, Rev. M. H. m.a. Goodnestone, near Canterbury
Lloyd, William Horton, esq. Park square. Regent's park
Loftus, W. K. esq. Caius College, Cambridge
London Institution, Finsbury Circus
Lovejoy, — esq. Reading
Luard, William W. esq. Witham lodge, Witham, Essex
Lush, Charles, m.d. p.l s. &c. Bombay Army
Lye, James Black, m.d. Hereford
Lyell, Charles, ma. p.r.s. l.s. g.s. &c. 16, Hart street, Bloomsbury
Macdonald, Alexander, esq. 5, Regent terrace, Edinburgh
Macdonald, W. B. esq. Rammerscales, Lochmaben
Mackintosh, George, esq. Campsie, near Glasgow
Mackintyre, Dr. p.l.s. Hackney
Mackenzie, Skelton, esq. ll.d. Dublin
Maclagan, Douglas, m.d. 129, George street, Edinburgh
Maclagan, P. W. m.d. Assistant Surgeon in the Army, Canada
Macmeikan, John, esq. London Hospital
18
Manchester Natural History Sodety
Manchester, The Hon. and Rer, Dean of, York
Marshall, Matthew, esq. Bank of England
Marshall, Timothy, esq.
Martin, Dr. Glendale, Isle of Skye
Martin, Dr. Adam, Rochester, Kent
Matteson, William, jun. esq. snrgeon, York
Maund, Benjamin, esq. Broomsgrove, Worcestershire
Maxwell, Well wood, esq. Munshes Castle, Douglass
Mc Andrew, R. esq. Liverpool
Meggy, George, esq Chronicle Office, Chelmsford
Melrose, Jonathan, esq. Writer, Coldstream, Berwickshire
Mercer, James, m.d. f.r.c.s.x. 50, Northumberiandst, Edinburgh
Meynell, Thomas, esq. York
Miers, John, esq. Temple lodge. Hammersmith
Miller, O. T. esq. Royal Marine Infirmary, Plymouth
Miller, George, esq. if.B.c.s.E. Emsworth, Hants
Mitchell, Alexander, esq. 20, Upper Kirk gate, Aberdeen
Mitchell, D. W. esq. 5, Mortimer street. Cavendish square
Mitchell, Dr. Mauchline, Argyleshire, N.B
Mitford, Captain, Hunmanby, Yorkshire
Moggeridge, Matthew, esq. Swansea
Moon, William, esq. surgeon, Tottenham, Middlesex
Moore, J. C. esq. 37, Hertford street. May Fair
Mordaunt, John, esq. Ash ton Water, near Bristol
Morris, Beverley, m.d. York
Morris, John, esq. 6, Lower Durnfbrd square, Stonehouse, Devon.
Munford, Rev. George, East Winch Vicarage, Lynn
Munn, W. A. esq. Knowley house, Feversham, Kent
Munro, Miss, Fritham, Stoney cross, Hants
Murchison, R.I. esq. f.r.s.&c. Belgrave square
Murdoch, W. m.d. 320, Rotherhithe street
Murray, Patrick, m.d. Scarborough, Yorkshire
Napp, J. L. esq.
Nasmyth, Alex. esq. f l.s, g.s. &c. 13, George st. Hanover square
Naylor, G. F. esq. Asylum, Wakefield
Neill, Patrick, ll.d. f.r.s.e. l.s. &c. Cannon Mills, Edinburgh
Nelson, Jno. G. esq. Colchester, Ess3x
Neville, Henry, esq. Hervey hill, co. Londonderry, Ireland
Newbold, W. W. esq. b.a. Sharrow Bank, Sheffield
Newcastle Literary and Scientific Society
Newman, Edward, esq. f.l.s. 9, Devonshire street, Bishopsgate
Newnham, W. O, esq. St. John^s College, Cambridge
Newnham, William, esq. Farnham, Surrey
19
r
Newport, George, esq. Pres. Ent. Soc. Southwick st. Cambridge ter.
Norfolk and Norwich Literary Institution
Norman, George, esq. p.g s. &e. Beverley road, Hull
Norris, Henry, esq. South Petherton
Northampton, the Marquess of, p.r-s. &c, 145, Piccadilly
Norwich, the Lord Bishop of
Nunneley, Thos. esq. Surgeon, Leeds,
Nutford, Capt. Hunmauby, Yorkshire
Ogle, W. esq, Catherine Hall, Cambridge
Ogilvie, J. F. esq. Morningside Lunatic Asylum
Owen, Professor, p.e.s. l.s. &c. Royal College of Surgeons
Parker, C. L. esq. Oxford
Parkinson, esq. p.l.s. Cambridge terrace, Hyde park
Pamell, R. m.d. p.r.s.e. &c. 60, Rankeilor street, Edinburgh
Pattisson, Jacob L. esq. ll.b. Witham House, With am
Pattisson, J. H. esq.
Patterson, Robert, esq. Belfast
Paxton, Jas. m.d. Rugby
Pearce, J. C. esq. Bradford, Wilts, near Bath
Percival, W. esq. 1st Life Guard8,'Regent's Park Barracks
Pereira, J. m.d. p.r.s. &c. Finsbury square
Percy, Edmund, esq. Nottingham
Percy, J. m.d. Birmingham
Phelps, Rev. H. D. Snodland rectory. West Mailing, Kent
Pigge, Thomas, jun. esq. 7, Ridley place, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Pinder, Rev. George, Sedburgh, Yorkshire
Playfair, Lyon, Dr. Museum Economic Geology
Plomley, James, F. esq. Rye, Sussex
Plomley, Francis, m.d. Ph.D. p.s.a. &c. Lydd, Romney Marsh, Kent
Pollexfen, Rev. J. H. Bradford, Yorkshire
Powell, Hugh, esq. Clarendon street, Somers Town
Power, Thomas, m.d. St. Patrick's hill, Cork
Price, William, esq. Leeds
Price, Thomas T. esq. Surgeon, Hereford
Prower, Rev. J. M. Purton, near Swindon, Wilts
Phillips, Professor John, p.r.s. o.s, &c. Dublin
Player, Mrs. Tenby, South Wales
Pratt, S. P. esq. 53, Lincoln's inn fields
Preston Literary and Philosophical Society
Prestwich, Joseph, jun. esq, Mark lane.
Quain, Richard, m.d. University College Hospital
Quekett, E. J. esq, p.l.s. 50, Wellclose square
20
RaKan, R. B. Captain, r.n. Taunton
Raddiffe Library, Oxford
Rankin, Robert, esq. Hastingf, Sussex
Ranking, W. H. m.d. Bury St. Edmunds
Ransome, Robert, esq, Ipswicb
Raper, W. A. m.d. Parade, Portsmouth
Rawson, T. W. esq. Halifax, Yorkshire
Rawson, John, esq. Skirbeck, near Boston
Ray, George, esq. Milton, near Sittingbourne, Kent
Ray, John, esq. Heaver Hall, Derbyshire
Reade, Rev. J. B. Stone Vicarage, near Aylesbury, Bucks
Reid, F. G. m.d. Hertford
Reid, John, m.d. St. Andrews
Reeve, Lovell, esq. a.l.8. &c. King William street. Strand
Reckitt, William, esq. m.a. &c. High street, Boston, Lincolnshire
Reigate Institution, Reigate, Surrey
Reynolds, Henry, esq. 42, Moorgate street
Richardson, John, m.d. f.r.s. l.s. &c. Haslar Hospital, Gosport
Ringrove, John esq. Potters Barr
Robb, James, m.d. Prof. Nat. Hist. King's College, Frederickton,
New Brunswick
Robertson, W. esq. f.z.s. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Robertson, W. H. m.d. Buxton, Derbyshire
Robertson, John, R. esq. Grove Cottage, Duffield row, Derby
Robinson, George, esq. Armagh
Rohloff, — esq. Plymouth
Rolfe, Rev. S. C. £. N. Heacham Hall, Lynn, Norfolk
Ross, Andrew, esq. 21, Featherstone buildings, Holborn
Rothery, H. C. esq. b.a. 10, Stratford place
Royal Irish Academy, Dublin
Royal Zoological Society of Ireland
Royle, Prof. J. F. m.d. f.r.s, l.s. g.s. &c. 4, Bulstrode street,
St. Marylebone
Rudd, E. J. esq. Halifax, Yorkshire
Russell, F. esq. Brislington, Bristol
Rutherford, W. esq.
Sabine, W. esq. b.a. Jesus College, Cambridge
Sabine, Colonel
Salmon, John, D. esq. Godalming
Salter, T. Bell, m.d. f.l.s. Ryde, Isle of Wight
Salter, H. H. esq. King's College
Sandwith, Humphry, m.d.1, Albion street, Hull
Satterfield, Joshua, esq. Manchester
Saull, W. D. esq. f,g,s. a.s. &c. 15, Aldersgate street
21
Say, Rev. F.H.S. Braughing Vicarage, Ware, Herts
Sayle, George, esq. Lyme Regis
Seager, J. L. esq. Millbank, Westminster
Searle, George, esq. Gumming street, Pentonville
Sedgwick, Rev. Adam, f.r.s. &c, Cambridge
Selby, Prideaux, J. esq. f.l.s. o.s. &c. Twizel, Northumberland
Sellers, William, m.d. Royal College Physicians, Edinburgh
Semple, Robert H. esq. 3, Hans buildings, Islington
Shaw, Dr. Hophouse, near Boston, Lincolnshire
Shapter, Thomas, m.d. Exeter
Sharp, Henry, esq. Bolton-le-Moor, Lancashire
Sheppard, James, m.d. Stonehouse, Devonport
Shuttleworth, Robert James, esq. Berne
Shuttleworth, John, esq Manchester
Sidney, M. J, F. esq. Cowper, near Morpeth
Simpson, J. Y. m.d. Prof. Midwifery University Edinburgh
Simpson, Samuel, esq. The Greaves, Lancaster
Sion College Library, London Wall
Slaney, W. H. esq. care of T. C. Eyton, esq. Eyton Hall, Shrewsbury
Smith, Alfred, esq. m.r.c.8. St. Paul street, Portland square, Bristol
Smith, J. J. esq. m.a. Caius College, Cambridge
Smith, Dr. Pye, Horoerton
Smith, Charles, esq. m.r.g.s. Bury St. Edmunds
Smyth, W. H. esq, Caius College, Cambridge
Society, Philosophical, of Glasgow, (Botanical Section)
Society, Literary and Philosophical, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Solly, R. H. esq. f.r.s, l.s. &c. Great Ormond street, Queen square
Sowerby, James de C. esq. f.l.s. z.s. &c. Royal Botanic Garden,
Regent's park
Spence, W. esq. f.r.8. l.s. &c. 18, Lower Seymour st. Portman sq«
Spence, Rev. John, East Keal, Spilsby, Lincolnshire
Spicer, J. W. G. esq. Esher place, Esher, Surrey
Spragge, W. K. esq. South Down buildings. Tor, Devonshire
Stanger, W. m.d. Cape of Good Hope
Stark, Robert, M. esq. Annandale street, Edinburgh
Statham, Rev. S. F. Waldon terrace, Torquay
Statter, William, esq. Wakefield
Stead, Edward, esq. Morrice street, Devonport
Steel, C. W. esq. Lewisham
Steuart, Sir James, Bart.
Stevens, W. V. esq. Pembroke square, Kensington
Stewart Allan, m.d. 50, High street. Paisley
Stock, Daniel, esq. Bungay
Stokes, W. R, esq. Shrewsbury
22
Stokes, Charles, esq. r.ii.8. g.s. &c. 4, Ventkun buildiiif s, Cray's Inn
Strickland, Hugh £• esq. m.a. f.g.s. &c. 39, Holywell, Oxford
Strickland, Arthur, esq. Bridlington Quay, Yorkshire
Strickland, J. H. esq. 22, North Audley street
Streeten, R. J. N. m .d. Worcester
Sweetlove, J. esq. Liverpool, Nat. Hist. Soc.
Swineard, Frederick, esq. Precentor's court, York
Subscription Library, Bromley house, Nottingham
Tancred, Sir Thomas, Bart. Shotley hill
Tate, George, esq. f.g.8. Alnwick, Northumberland
Tatham, John, esq. jun. Settle, Yorkshire
Taylor, Richard, esq. f.l.s. 8.a. &c. Red Lion court, Fleet street
Taylor, Henry, u.d. Nottingham Dispensary
Teale, Joseph, esq. Leeds
Teale, T. P. esq. Leeds
Tennant, James, esq. r.a.B« &c. 149, Strand
Theakstone, J. W. esq. Scarborough, Yorkshire
Thomas, W. L. esq. Hatfield
Thomas, Henry, esq. Sheffield
Thompson, Thomas, esq. m.a. p.r.s. &c. Solicitor, Hull
Thompson, W. esq. Pres. Nat. Hist. Soc. Belfast
Thompson, Theophilus, m.d. Bedford square, London
Thomson, R. D. m.d. Glasgow
Thomson, Professor Allen, 26, India street, Edinburgh
Thomhill, J. esq. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Thorpe, Rev. W. Wormersley, near Pontefract, Yorkshire
Tomkins, ۥ m.d. Abingdon
Torquay Natural History Society
Torrie, T. J. esq. f.g.s. &c. 21, Royal Circus, Edinburgh
Travis, J. H, esq. York
Trinity College, Dublin
Tripe, Dr. Plymouth
Troughton, Nathaniel, esq. Coventry
Tudor, Richard, esq. Bootle, Liverpool
Tuke, W. M . Esq. York
Tuke, James,H. esq. York
Turner Dawson, esq. f.r.s. s.a. l.s. &c. Yarmouth
Tweedy, M. esq. Alverton, Truro
Twining, William, m.d. 13, Bedford place, Ruseell square
Twiss, Travers, Dr. Prof. Political Economy Univ. Coll. Oxford.
Varenne, E. G. esq. Kelvedon, Essex
Waller, Edward, esq. Finnow House, Burrisakane, Ireland